250 Piping Design Guide
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View 250 Piping Design Guide as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 146,982
- Pages: 779
Loading documents preview...
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICES 670.250.0020:
Table Of Contents: Piping Engineering Design Guide
670.250.0100:
Organization Chart
670.250.0120:
Discipline Responsibilities
670.250.0170:
Operation Numbers And Activity Codes
000.000.0310:
Safety In The Home Office
670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions / Requisites
670.200.1005:
Drawing Numbering Systems
670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
670.250.1038:
Drawing Corrections - Piping
670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
670.250.1055:
Drawing Practice - Simplified Method Of Drawing Elliptical And Dished Vessel Heads
670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1061:
Supplier Submittal Review - Exchangers
670.250.1062:
Supplier Review - Pumps And Turbines
670.250.1063:
Supplier Review - Reciprocating Compressors
670.210.1150:
Storm Drainage
670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
670.210.1200:
Outside Underground Piping
670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
670.210.1211:
Thrust Restraint Design
670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
TECHNICAL PRACTICES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
670.250.1641:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifolds
670.250.2005:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development - Instructions
670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement - Location Control Plan Instructions - Onsites
670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing And Procedures
670.250.2021:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Interface Control Chart And Procedure
670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
670.250.2031:
Plant Arrangement - Valve Accessibility And Clearance
670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
670.250.2051:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Minimum Detail
670.250.2052:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method
670.250.2053:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method
670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
670.250.2055:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method
670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
670.250.2080:
Piping Isometrics - Piping Isometrics Drawing Instructions
670.250.2081:
Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions
670.250.2082:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Pipeway
670.250.2083:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, ASME Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2084:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Post Heat Treated And Stainless Steel Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2085:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2086:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld Dimension Method
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2087:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2089:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld, Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2090:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric And Procedure - Shop / Field Fabrication Of Vacuum Stiffener Rings
670.250.2091:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Steel Underground
670.250.2093:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop / Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2100:
Offsites - Refinery Plot Plans
670.250.2105:
Offsites - Tank Spacing
670.250.2110:
Offsites - Atmospheric Storage Tank Piping Layout Guide
670.250.2111:
Sleeve Through Dike
670.250.2120:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Models
670.250.2121:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Plot Development Model
670.250.2122
Model Piping - Instructions For Model Preparation And Review
670.250.2150:
Supports - Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, and Concrete Pads
670.250.2151:
Supports - Field Supports
670.250.2152:
Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts
670.250.2153:
Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors And Guides - Metallic Piping
670.250.2154:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping
670.250.2155:
Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature
670.250.2156:
Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
670.250.2157:
Supports - Gusset Supports
670.250.2158:
Supports - Structural Steel (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2159:
Supports - Concrete (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2170:
Spectacle Blind Layout, Design, Handling, and Removal
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2172:
Detail - Utility Station Piping
670.250.2174:
Detail - Vents And Drains
670.250.2175:
Sample Connections And Sample Cooler Details
670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
670.250.2210:
Stress Design - Responsibilities
670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
670.250.2230:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Rotating Equipment
670.250.2231:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Equipment - Exchangers And Vessels
670.250.2232:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Pipeway
670.250.2240:
Stress Design - Spring Hangers And Hanger Rods
670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
670.250.2340:
Tie-In Practices - Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Form
670.250.2350:
Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps
670.250.2351:
Pumps And Turbines - Reduction At Pump Suction
670.250.2352:
Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps
670.250.2353:
Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
670.250.2360:
Pumps And Turbines - Strainers, Pump Suction, Conical
670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
670.250.2475:
Compressor Piping - Pulse Dampener Type And Location Of Mounting On Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2480:
Compressor Piping - Pipe Support Spacing For Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2481:
Compressor Piping - Line Spacing Using Holddowns
670.250.2485:
Compressor Piping - Centrifugal Compressor General Arrangements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2490:
Compressor Piping - Steam Turbines For Compressor Piping And General Arrangements
670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
670.250.2525:
Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design
670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements - Heaters
670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping
670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
670.250.2601: Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers 670.250.2602:
Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements
670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
670.250.2650:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Piping
670.250.2651:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Trays
670.250.2660:
Vessel Layout - Classification Of Vessels Vs Piping
670.250.2701:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Arrangement And Layout Guide
670.250.2702:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Clearances And Camflex Type Layout Guide
670.250.2705:
Instruments - Tagging For Piping Plans, Isometrics, And Models
670.250.2710:
Instruments - Meter Runs - Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes
670.250.2711:
Instruments - Orifice Flange Tap Piping
670.250.2720:
Instruments - Pressure Instrument Branch Connection And Layout Clearances
670.250.2730:
Instruments - Thermowell Details Selection Chart
670.250.2740:
Instruments - Level Instrument Piping Layout Guidelines
670.250.2750:
Instruments - Relief Valve Piping And Locations
670.250.2752:
Instrument Piping - Steam Trap, Continuous Drainer, And Drip Pot Pipng
670.250.2790:
Instruments - Piping Layout Requirements - Misc Items
670.250.9100:
TOC: Piping ApplicationsGuide fro Intergraph PDS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
DETAILS 670.240.4000:
Table Of Contents: Plumbing Details
670.245.4000:
Table Of Contents: Fire Protection Details
670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.245.4300:
Table Of Contents: Steam Tracing Details
670.250.4301:
Maximum Steam Tracer Length And Pocket Depth
670.250.4302:
Tracer Supply And Condensate Header Sizing
670.250.4303:
Maximum Instrument Tracer Lengths And Pocket Depth
670.250.4304:
Tracer Position
670.250.4305:
Tracer Expansion Loops Tracer Anchor And Guide
670.250.4306:
Valves, Flanges, And Control Valve Manifold
670.250.4307:
Steam Jacketing
670.250.4308:
Pump Case Tracing
670.250.4309:
Steam Tracing - Liquid Level Instruments
670.250.4310:
Steam Tracing Manifolds
670.250.9801:
Dimensional Chart - Overall Dimensions - Weld Fitting And Branches
670.250.9804:
Formulas For Rolled Offsets Using Bends Or Elbows
670.250.9809:
Dimensional Chart - Nominal Wall Thickness For Pipe
670.250.9810:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Fittings, Flanges, And Valves
670.250.9811:
Dimensional Chart - Slip-On Flanged Fittings
670.250.9812:
Dimensional Chart - Standard Dimensions - Ring Joint Weld Neck Flanges
670.250.9813:
Dimensional Chart - Large Diameter Fabricated Type Reducers
670.250.9814:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Two And Three Weld Mitered Elbows
670.250.9815:
Dimensional Chart - Line Spacing - Pipe
670.250.9816:
Dimensional Chart - Cutting And Dimensioning Pipe At Odd Angles
670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
670.250.9820:
Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
RESOURCES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights - Piping Components
670.250.9822:
Properties Of Pipe
670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
670.250.9830:
Acceptance Criteria - Flange Face
670.250.9835:
Application Of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances
670.250.9853:
Pressure Conversion Table - PSI To Bars
670.250.9856:
Piping Codes And Standards
670.250.9860:
AWS Standard Welding Symbols
000.000.9910:
Abbreviations - Terms And Phrases
670.250.9965:
Decimal Equivalents Of Feet And Inches
670.250.9966:
Trigonometric Functions
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Topical Index of Piping Practices by Subject - Piping Engineering Design Guide
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
Note!!! The purpose of this attachment is to sort the Piping practices by subject. The subject areas are the following: Miscellaneous Plant Arrangement Offsites - Plant Arrangement Underground Equipment Studies - Vessels - Pumps and Turbines - Exchangers - Fired Equipment - Compressors Instruments Supplier Data Stress Material Sketching Plastic Model Piping Miscellaneous Details, Utility Stations, Spectacle Blinds Drawing and Drawing Checking Piping Isometrics Heat Tracing Piping Plans Supports Dimension Charts and Tables The listings in this attachment are not automatically updated with the table of contents. Miscellaneous 670.250.9100:
Table Of Contents: Piping Applications Guide For Intergraph PDS
670.250.0100:
Organization Chart
670.250.0120:
Discipline Responsibilities
670.250.0170:
Operation Numbers And Activity Codes
670.200.0310:
Safety In The Home Office
670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions / Requisites
670.250.2005:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development - Instructions
670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement - Location Control Plan Instructions - Onsites
Plant Arrangement
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing And Procedures
670.250.2021:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Interface Control Chart And Procedure
670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
670.250.2031:
Plant Arrangement - Valve Accessibility And Clearance
670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
670.250.2100:
Offsites - Refinery Plot Plans
670.250.2105:
Offsites - Tank Spacing
670.250.2110:
Offsites - Atmospheric Storage Tank Piping Layout Guide
670.250.2111:
Sleeve Through Dike
670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
670.250.2340:
Tie-In Practices - Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Form
670.210.1150:
Storm Drainage
670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
670.210.1200:
Outside Underground Piping
670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
670.210.1211:
Thrust Restraint Design
670.240.4000:
TOC Plumbing Details
670.245.4000:
TOC Fire Protection Details
670.250.2650:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Piping
670.250.2651:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Trays
670.250.2660:
Vessel Layout - Classification Of Vessels vs Piping
670.250.2350:
Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps
670.250.2351:
Pumps And Turbines - Reduction At Pump Suction
Offsites Plant Arrangement
Underground
Equipment Studies: Vessels
Pumps And Turbines
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2352:
Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps
670.250.2353:
Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
670.250.2360:
Pumps And Turbines - Strainers, Pump Suction, Conical
670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
670.250.2601:
Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers
670.250.2602:
Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements
670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
Exchangers
Fired Equipment
6700.250.2525: Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design 670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements - Heater
670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping
670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
Compressors
670.250.2475: Compressor Piping - Pulse Dampener Type And Location Of Mounting On Reciprocating Compressors 670.250.2480:
Compressor Piping - Pipe Support Spacing For Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2481:
Compressor Piping - Line Spacing Using Holddowns
670.250.2485:
Compressor Piping - Centrifugal Compressor General Arrangement
670.250.2490:
Compressor Piping - Steam Turbines For Compressor Piping And General Arrangements
670.250.2701:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Arrangement And Layout Guide
670.250.2702:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Clearances And Camflex Type Layout Guide
670.250.2705:
Instruments - Tagging For Piping Plans, Isometrics, And Models
Instruments
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2710:
Instruments - Meter Runs - Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes
670.250.2711:
Instruments - Orifice Flange Tap Piping
670.250.2720: Instruments - Pressure Instrument Branch Connection And Layout Clearances 670.250.2730:
Instruments - Thermowell Details Selection Chart
670.250.2740:
Instruments - Level Instrument Piping Layout Guidelines
670.250.2750:
Instruments - Relief Valve Piping And Locations
670.250.2752:
Instrument Piping - Steam Trap, Continuous Drainer, And Drip Pot Piping
670.250.2790:
Instruments - Piping Layout Requirements - Misc Items
670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1061:
Supplier Submittal Review - Exchangers
670.250.1062:
Supplier Review - Pumps And Turbines
670.250.1063:
Supplier Review - Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2210:
Stress Design - Responsibilities
670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
670.250.2230:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Rotating Equipment
670.250.2231:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Equipment - Exchangers And Vessels
670.250.2232:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Pipeway
670.250.2240:
Stress Design - Spring Hangers And Hanger Rods
670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
Supplier Data
Stress
Material Sketching
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
Plastic Model Piping 670.250.2120:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Models
670.250.2121:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Plot Development Model
670.250.2122:
Model Piping - Instructions For Model Preparation And Review
670.250.2170:
Spectacle Blind Layout, Design, Handling, And Removal
670.250.2172:
Detail - Utility Station Piping
670.250.2174:
Detail - Vents And Drains
670.250.2175:
Sample Connections And Sample Cooler Details
670.200.1005:
Drawing Numbering Systems
670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
670.250.1038:
Drawing Corrections - Piping
670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
670.250.2080:
Piping Isometrics - Piping Isometrics Drawing Instructions
670.250.2081:
Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions
670.250.2082:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Pipeway
670.250.2083:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, ASME Butt Weld, Dimension Method
Miscellaneous Details, Utility Stations, Spectacle Blinds
Drawing And Drawing Checking
Piping Isometrics
670.250.2084: Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Post Heat Treated And Stainless Steel Butt Weld, Dimension Method 670.250.2085:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2086:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld Dimension Method
670.250.2087:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2089:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld, Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2090:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric And Procedure - Shop / Field Fabrication Of Vacuum Stiffener Rings
670.250.2091:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Steel Underground
670.250.2093: Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometrics - Shop / Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method Heat Tracing 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
670.250.1641:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifolds
670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents: Steam Tracing Details
670.250.4301:
Maximum Steam Tracer Length And Pocket Depth
670.250.4302:
Tracer Supply And Condensate Header Sizing
670.250.4303:
Maximum Instrument Tracer Lengths And Pocket Depth
670.250.4304:
Tracer Position
670.250.4305:
Tracer Expansion Loops Tracer Anchor And Guide
670.250.4306:
Valves, Flanges, And Control Valve Manifold
670.250.4307:
Steam Jacketing
670.250.4308:
Pump Case Tracing
670.250.4309:
Steam Tracing - Liquid Level Instruments
670.250.4310:
Steam Tracing Manifolds
670.250.1055:
Drawing Practice - Simplified Method Of Drawing Elliptical And Dished Vessel Heads
670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
670.250.2051:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Minimum Detail
670.250.2052:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method
Piping Plans
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2053:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method
670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
670.250.2055:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Detailed / Dimension Method
670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
670.250.2150:
Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads
670.250.2151:
Supports - Field Supports
670.250.2152:
Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts
670.250.2153:
Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors And Guides - Metallic Piping
670.250.2154:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping
670.250.2155:
Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature
670.250.2156:
Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
670.250.2157:
Supports - Gusset Supports
670.250.2158:
Supports - Structural Steel (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2159:
Supports - Concrete (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.250.9801:
Dimensional Chart - Overall Dimensions - Weld Fitting And Branches
67.250.9804:
Formulas For Rolled Offsets Using Bends Or Elbows
670.250.9809:
Dimensional Chart - Nominal Wall Thickness For Pipe
670.250.9810:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Fittings, Flanges, And Valves
670.250.9811:
Dimensional Chart - Slip-On Flanged Fittings
670.250.9812:
Dimensional Chart - Standard Dimensions - Ring Joint Weld Neck Flanges
670.250.9813:
Dimensional Chart - Large Diameter Fabricated Type Reducers
670.250.9814:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Two And Three Weld Mitered Elbows
670.250.9815:
Dimensional Chart - Line Spacing - Pipe
670.250.9816:
Dimensional Chart - Cutting And Dimensioning Pipe At Odd Angles
Supports
Dimension Charts And Tables
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
670.250.9820:
Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights - Piping Components
670.250.9822:
Properties Of Pipe
670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
670.250.9830:
Acceptance Criteria - Flange Face
670.250.9835:
Application Of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances
670.250.9840:
Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valve Dimensions
670.250.9853:
Pressure Conversion Table - PSI To Bars
670.250.9856:
Piping Codes And Standards
670.250.9860:
AWS Standard Welding Symbols
670.250.9910:
Abbreviations - Terms And Phrases
670.250.9965:
Decimal Equivalents Of Feet And Inches
670.250.9966:
Trigonometric Functions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9100 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING APPLICATION GUIDE FOR INTERGRAPH PDS
TECHNICAL PRACTICES 670.250.9100:
Table of Contents: Piping Application Guide for Intergraph PDS
670.250.9101:
Introduction
670.250.9102:
Project Setup
670.250.9103:
Plot Plan, Indexes, and LCP
670.250.9104:
Equipment Modeling
670.250.9105:
Pipe Modeling
670.250.9106:
Underground Piping
670.250.9115:
Interference Detection
670.250.9120:
Design Review
670.250.9125:
Isogen
670.250.9126:
Checking and Auditing
670.250.9130:
Drawing Extraction and Composition
670.250.9135:
MTO Reporting
670.250.9136:
Material Interface
670.250.9137:
Reference Database
670.250.9141:
Plotting
670.250.9142:
Forms
670.250.9143:
Memos
670.250.9190:
Glossary
090.203.9000:
Table of Contents: PDS Base Case Project Execution Plan
RESOURCES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0120 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the discipline responsibilities of Piping Engineering and Design.
GENERAL Piping Engineering and Design is comprised of five subgroups: Piping Design Piping Material Control Piping Material Engineering Model Shop Pipe Stress Analysis Engineering These groups, under the direction of the assigned project piping engineer, are responsible for all piping engineering and design on a given project, and are commonly referred to under the collective title of Piping. Piping provides the resources and talent for producing all piping related deliverables required on a project. Since this department usually is the focal point of a project's detail design coordination, Piping engineers, designers, and drafters may be involved in the engineering work from concept to startup. To efficiently perform this work, many computer engineering programs are utilized to provide engineering calculations, three dimensional plant design, and two dimensional drawings and isometrics. These electronic methods, in conjunction with design models and conventional drawing methods, are evaluated for each project, and the combination providing the best value in engineering production is selected.
MAIN AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY Plant layout and equipment arrangement drawings. Piping layout, design, detail, and isometric drawings. Design, material, fabrication, and installation for piping, insulation and coatings. Material take-off requisitioning and control. Pipe stress analysis and pipe supports. Modeling technology to produce scaled models for layout, site arrangement, architectural features, detailed design, and working models.
REFERENCES The following documents are related to the use of this practice: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions/Requisites
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBERS AND ACTIVITY CODES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for standardized Operation Numbers and Activity Codes to be used by Piping Engineering and Design. Using these numbers and codes on timesheets during the course of each project will provide historical data, enabling the Piping Engineering discipline to produce more accurate and timely factors to measure the engineering effort.
SCOPE Refer to General Engineering Practice 670.200.0170: Common Engineering Activity Codes, for common Engineering Activity Codes applicable for all disciplines. This practice covers the range of technical activities on projects for the following groups: 250 Piping Engineering Covers labor for the activities of the Lead Piping Engineer and detailed tasks associated with that position. 251 Piping Design Covers labor expended for Piping design activities including plant layout and design of Piping systems. Includes drawing production of plans, elevations, isometrics, equipment locations, and modeling (plastic and electronic). When P&ID (Piping and Instrumentation Diagram) drafting is done by Piping, it will be done under Operation 251. 252 Piping Material Engineering Covers labor expended for the specification of Piping materials of construction. Activities include specification, line list and P&ID input, commodity catalog, and related computer data base functions. 253 Piping Material Control Covers labor expended in the Engineering control of piping materials from the initial material takeoff to final installation. 254 Piping Stress Engineering Covers labor expended for the Piping stress activities of stress analysis, engineered pipe supports, standard support details, and evaluation of the effect of loads on rotating equipment.
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer is responsible for the proper application of this practice on a project.
REFERENCES General Engineering Practice 670.200.0170: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0730: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0770:
Common Engineering Activity Codes
Estimating Engineering Labor And Expenses - Piping Engineering Scheduling - Project Discipline Responsibilities
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBERS AND ACTIVITY CODES
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0786:
Engineering Project Completion Report - Project Discipline Responsibilities
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Operation Number and Activity Code Matrix
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBER AND ACTIVITY CODE MATRIX
Op No
Activity
Discipline Specific Activity
E.
Unassigned
F.
Specifications ......................................
G.
Unassigned
H.
Permitting .............................................................................................................
I.
Unassigned
J.
Flow Diagrams ....................................
K.
Interdiscipline Drawing Squad Checks .................................................................
L.
Revamp Activities ...............................
(Includes Datasheets) ..............................
Reviews And P&ID Drafting ..................
Tie-Ins .................................................... Demolition Drawings .............................
M.
CIE Support ...........................................................................................................
N.
Project Standard ..................................
Drawings ................................................ Details ....................................................
O.
Unassigned
P.
Technical Support Activities .................................................................................
Q.
R.
S.
2 5 0
2 5 1
2 5 2
2 5 3
2 5 4
-
ü ü ü ü
-
ü ü
-
ü
ü ü ü ü ü - ü ü ü ü - ü - ü ü - - - - ü - ü -
ü ü ü ü ü Modeling ............................................ Plastic (Including Review) ...................... - ü Specialty Items List ............................................................................................... - ü Project Specification Database (PDS - RDB) ......................................................... - ü ü Stress Analysis Activities (Calculations) ............................................................... - ü Spare Parts ............................................................................................................ - ü Engineered Component Design ............................................................................. - ü Electronic Modeling ............................ Computer - PDS ..................................... - ü Project Commodity Catalog ................. PDS ....................................................... - ü FACET .................................................. - ü Other ..................................................... - ü Preliminary MTO Activities .................................................................................. - ü -
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBER AND ACTIVITY CODE MATRIX
Op No
Activity
Discipline Specific Activity
2 5 0
2 5 1
2 5 2
2 5 3
2 5 4
T.
Plot Plans ...............................................
-
ü - ü - ü - ü
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ü
-
-
-
Intermediate MTO Activities ................................................................................
-
-
-
ü
-
Drawings .............................................
-
ü
-
-
-
Final MTO Activities ............................................................................................
-
-
-
ü
-
Drawings (Equipment Locations) ........ Equipment Locations ..............................
-
-
-
-
General Arrangements ...........................
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Drawings ............................................
Plant Layouts ......................................... Stress Sketches ....................................... Flow Diagram Transposition ..................
U.
Isometrics (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual) .....
Material Sketches .................................................................................................
-
ü ü ü
Pipeline List / Line No. / Specification P&ID .......................................................
-
-
ü
-
-
X.
Drawings .............................................
Aboveground (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual)
-
-
-
-
Y.
Drawings .............................................
Underground (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual)
-
-
-
-
Z.
Drawings .............................................
All Other ...............................................
-
ü ü ü
-
-
-
V.
W.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsibilities of the Piping discipline during a project's development. Members of the Piping discipline are responsible for performing those portions of the scope of work assigned them. The assigned PPE (project piping engineer) will enforce the using this practice.
SCOPE The definition and scope of project discipline responsibilities will vary from project to project. The roles, activities, and responsibilities will include but not be limited to the following functions: Project Piping Engineer (PPE) Piping Design Piping Material Engineering Piping Material Control Pipe Stress Analysis and Engineering Model Shop
APPLICATION The Piping discipline usually is the focal point of the detail design coordination for industrial and process oriented projects. Therefore, the tempo of major projects is often set by the ability of Piping personnel to identify problem areas, respond to them on a timely basis, and be a leader in the design and engineering coordination efforts. Even though the major portion of Piping work is centered around process oriented projects, there is a significant amount of work involved in commercial and general engineering projects. The discipline's responsibilities within these types of projects are equally as important as those within process oriented projects, but are not as complex or extensive. In general, Piping will do the following: Prepare piping design, material, fabrication, and specialties specifications as required for items such as the following: - Insulation -
Coatings -Expansion joints
-
Engineered supports
Overall plant layout. Coordinate piping design with vendor equipment drawings. Prepare scale models for process plant, topographical or architectural requirements. Prepare bulk material takeoffs and requisitions. Perform technical bid analysis, and approve vendor drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Project Piping Engineer The project piping engineer is responsible for the following: Administering corporate personnel policies. Preparing the piping scope of work and design basis for the project; preparing estimates of manhours, computer time, and expenses. Initiating and maintaining a front-end work plan. Supervising the five engineering and design functions within the discipline; coordinating their work with other disciplines and with the client through project management. Providing discipline staff with all technical assistance required, and supervising the quality of the design work of the engineers, designers, and drafters, including all calculations, drawings, and specifications. Providing reporting and budget control, which includes: - Meeting notes -
Estimate Deviation Notices
-
Information needs lists
-
Monthly summaries of work for engineering reports
-
Control of manhours within the discipline
Providing schedule input for the discipline's activities, and assuring preparation and maintenance of control level schedule. Maintaining the piping discipline's input to project status reports. Performing engineering inspections on the jobsite and at vendor facilities. Enforcing department and project procedures. Reviewing and approving vendor drawings. Projecting estimated manpower requirements, and coordinating schedule and budget requirements with the discipline department manager and the project engineering manager. Providing performance appraisals and counseling for direct reports assigned to the project, and input to performance appraisals for others on the project. Instituting and monitoring formal checking practices and quality audits throughout the five Piping functional groups. Piping Design The piping design function on a project will do the following: Prepare all specifications required for plant layout and design, pipe fabrication, winterizing and heat tracing, and other piping specifications. Develop the overall and area plot plans; size process equipment buildings; locate all major equipment consistent with job specifications, codes, economics, safety, maintenance, and constructibility requirements. Prepare project planning, plot development, and design models for client review. Interface with Construction and all design and engineering groups during development. Develop design manhour estimates, trends, and detailed work schedules.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Work directly with Equipment Engineering to select major items of equipment. This service includes economic studies of equipment and piping systems, and participating in vendor and client conferences. Interface with the equipment engineers establishing preliminary equipment data requirements and outlines. Review Seller's drawings; where necessary, review "in-house" drawings developed by other design groups. Coordinate Piping Design activities with other groups within Piping to ensure control of piping material quantities, completion of piping model work, and stress analysis of required systems. Provide piping plans and related piping isometrics that supply construction and fabricators with sufficient details for prefabrication and installation of piping systems. Provide scope of work narratives and supporting drawings for piping subcontracts (e.g., shop fabrication; insulation; erection of above and below ground systems). Coordinate with Project Controls to provide data necessary for developing project piping estimates and schedules. Provide personnel for shop assistance, subcontract monitoring, and inspection and construction assistance at the jobsite. Piping Material Engineering The piping material engineering function on a project will do the following: Establish basic piping material specification requirements, and prepare all detailed material and purchase specifications. Prepare other specifications including material certification, valve nondestructive examination, and fiber reinforced plastics. Initiate and maintain the Summary of Heat Treatment and Related Requirements document. Assign line classifications, line identification, and insulation codes to all piping systems. Prepare Piping Line List. Review all P&IDs for conformance to the piping material specifications. Select special piping material components not covered by piping material specifications. Prepare pipe wall (pressure and vacuum), spectacle blind, and other required material and component pressure-retaining thickness calculations. Technically evaluate piping material bidder's lists; assist inspection in evaluating manufacturing and fabrication facilities. Evaluate and approve quotation summaries, products, and material and component substitutions for all piping materials and components. Develop inspection, examination, and quality control requirements for all piping systems material and components. Provide control and coordination procedures for certification and traceability of piping materials and components, when so dictated by Contract. Prepare field pressure test specification, calculation summary, and instructions. Provide consultation services regarding piping, insulation and coating materials. Assist all engineering groups and Construction with piping material interfaces or applications. Monitor trends and developments in the piping component fields to ensure that Fluor Daniel and Client have the benefit of the latest technology.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Develop material and application specifications for heat conserving insulation, including acoustical control. Develop specifications for internal and external coatings, including the following: - Concrete coated pipe applications -
Internal cleaning, passivating
-
Underground steel pipe coatings
-
Galvanizing
-
Heat transfer cements
-
Intumescent mastic fireproofing
-
Internal linings
Technically evaluate insulation bidder's list in cooperation with Procurement for Client and project approval. Prepare Request for Quotation design packages for insulation materials or subcontracts. Participate in technical evaluation of insulation quotations, preparation of bid summaries, and appropriate bidder recommendations. Initiate insulation Purchase Requests, Supplements, and all necessary procurement support documentation, including interface with subcontracts manager. Monitor insulation manufacturer and subcontractor's performance; provide inspection, examination, and quality control services for materials and application. Monitor new developments in insulation and coating materials and in applicable codes, standards, and regulations. Piping Material Control The piping material control function on a project will do the following: Prepare piping material acquisition plan and milestones commensurate with Construction and Engineering schedules. Prepare material logistics diagrams, and provide materials management resources. Prepare piping, insulation, and coating material takeoffs, and bills of material. Prepare Request for Quotation and Purchase Request with required attachments for piping materials. Monitor the bidding's progress; coordinate the review of bid summaries. Provide Project Controls with piping material data and requirements for development of estimates. Provide Project Controls with Purchase Order Committed Dollar reports, and provide other cost information for cost accounting and cost controlling. Provide Construction with reports and other information necessary to maintain field material inventory control. Coordinate special material handling procedures with Construction.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Piping Stress The piping stress engineering function on a project will do the following: Analyze and approve piping systems for effects of the following: - Thermal expansion and contraction -
Dead weight from operating and test loading
-
When required, dynamic or static seismic loading
-
Wind loads
-
Vibration
-
Live loads
-
Thermal transients
-
Thermal shock
-
Earth loads
Analyze the system for compliance with state, local, and national codes as well as contractual obligations. Provide engineering direction to meet allowable criteria for above parameters. Evaluate equipment and piping layout to optimize installation. Determine requirements for formal and informal documentation of calculations. Technically evaluate and approve bidder's list; initiate Request for Quotation and Purchase Request packages for spring hangers, expansion joints, slide plates, and other stress related components. Develop and provide specifications for stress analysis requirements and related engineered piping and support items. Evaluate the effects of new tie-ins on existing systems within existing plants. Develop inspection, examination, and quality control recommendations for piping support items. Monitor developments in applicable codes and standards to ensure necessary compliance. Determine piping loads at structures, vessels, and equipment; transmit them to related disciplines for incorporation into Equipment and Structural designs. Provide assistance to construction for field checkout of piping. Model Shop The model shop function on a project will do the following: Provide scaled model components mounted on plot boards and necessary services to construct planning, plot development, and design models. Provide specialty, large scale models to evaluate clearance or other problems. Provide special topographic or portable sales models to illustrate overall planning requirements of a project. Develop manhour and model material estimates and schedules. Provide photography service.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Crate and arrange for shipment or disposal of model upon the project's completion. Perform material takeoff for model supplies and components; procure material and supplies. Establish and maintain inventory control and material transfer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
PURPOSE This practice defines the various types of design documents produced by Piping on a typical project.
SCOPE This practice is organized into the following major sections: CODES, STANDARDS AND PRACTICES SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS LISTS CALCULATIONS AND ANALYSIS REPORTS PDI (PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS) BOOK
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in all Fluor Daniel Operations Centers. Flexibility is allowed based on project needs, the approval of the project manager, and the Operations Center Manager of Piping Engineering. Each Project Piping Engineer needs to review the data listed here, analyze the specific project needs, and make sure the project management team and the client fully understand what is to be included as part of the job.
RESPONSIBILITY The responsibility for ensuring compliance with this practice rests with the assigned project piping engineer.
CODES, STANDARDS AND PRACTICES The design, materials, and methods of construction for all piping systems and accessories will comply with the current editions of the practices, methods, or standards prepared by the technical societies, associations and regulatory agencies as applicable: ANSI (American National Standards Institute) ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) DIN (Deutsche Industrie Norm) FDA (Food and Drug Administration) GMP (Good Manufacturing Practices) MSS (Manufacturers Standard Society)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
NCPWB (National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau) NFPA (National Fire Protection Agency) NIH (National Institute of Health) OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) USDA (United States Department of Agriculture) The overall design and material selection is also guided by Fluor Daniel project documents and standards. In the event of a conflict between the various documents listed in this section, the more stringent criteria as determined by the project piping engineer will govern.
SPECIFICATIONS Piping specifications are narrative definitions of various technical aspects of the piping effort on a project. Depending on project requirements, some or all of the following specifications may be used. Additional specifications may also be developed to meet specific project requirements. 50001:
Process And Utility Design, Layout, And Drawing This specification prescribes the specific design, layout, and drawing criteria, and procedures to be used on the specific project. It includes spacing criteria for equipment, access clearances, and other safety, maintenance, and constructibility guidelines. Prerequisite: Interface meetings to define Client and construction criteria. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Piping Design Supervisor
50002:
Piping Design Models This specification is a basic overview of the methods, procedures, and components used for modeling an engineering project. Prerequisite: Decision as to requirement and definition of any unusual project requirements. Originator: Lead Piping Design Supervisor
50003:
Piping - Line Class Material Specification This specification prescribes all material required to assemble piping systems by line class based on pressure, temperature, corrosion, and commodity criteria. Prerequisite: Process and metallurgical flow diagram developed to a high level of definition; and a design criteria flow diagram review. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50025:
Piping -- Shop Fabrication And Handling-Process And Utility Piping This specification prescribes the specifics of vendor shop-oriented fabrication of metallic piping systems. Prerequisite: Determination of piping systems to be shop-fabricated; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 3 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50026:
Piping -- Field Fabrication And Installation-Process And Utility Piping This specification prescribes the specifics for the field-site fabrication, assembly, and installation of all piping systems required by the project. Prerequisite: Determination of construction responsibility; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer
50027:
Piping Tie-ins This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for piping tie-ins to existing plant systems. Prerequisite: Definition of responsibility for tie-ins; I.F.A. P&IDs showing tie-ins; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
50028:
Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and method for internal cleaning of piping systems. Prerequisite: Definition of the process for any special cleaning requirements; and Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50029:
Cleaning, Testing, And Passivation Of Hygienic Systems This specification prescribes the special scope, criteria, and methods for internal cleaning, and passivation of hygienic systems. Prerequisite: Process definition of any special cleaning requirements; and Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50030:
Geographic Color Coding This specification prescribes the logic and method for marking piping and other materials with a construction site, area-oriented, geographic color code. Prerequisite: Overall plot or site plan, definition of construction responsibility, and requirements. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
50035:
Pipe Markers And Valve Tags For Commodity And Safety-Related Identification This specification expands on industry standards and provides client specific / project specific criteria for the identification and tagging of pipe lines for commodity and safety. Prerequisite: Project Material Specification (50003) Commodity Key Sheet. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 4 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50050:
Piping Pressure Testing Specification This specification prescribes methods, tasks, scope, and criteria for testing installed piping systems, including hydrostatic, pneumatic, and sensitive leak testing. Prerequisite: Preliminary piping line list; Specification 50003; and Client testing criteria. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
The following purchase specifications (50100 - 50108) prescribe the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for Vendor performance on purchase orders of the applicable items. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer 50100:
Purchase Specification For Gate, Globe, And Check Valves
50101:
Purchase Specification For Ball, Butterfly, And Plug Valves
50102:
Purchase Specification For Diaphragm Valves
50103:
Purchase Specification For Knife Gate Valves
50104:
Purchase Specification For Pipe, Fittings, And Flanges
50106:
Purchase Specifications For Bolts, Nuts, And Gaskets
50107:
Purchase Specification For RTR Pipe And Fittings
50108:
Purchase Specification For HF Modified Castings
50109:
Internal Lining Of Piping Systems This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirement for any Vendor supplying piping components with linings such as glass, Teflon, or polypropylene. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50110:
Cement Lined, Carbon Steel Piping This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for lining of carbon steel pipe, flanges, and fittings with cement. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50111:
Galvanizing This specification prescribes the technical requirements for galvanizing steel surfaces of components purchased on a project. Prerequisite: Determination of Client requirement for galvanizing (versus paint). Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 5 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50112:
Package Equipment Piping This specification prescribes the minimum project requirements for piping furnished as a part of Vendor pre-piped equipment such as pumps, compressors, lube oil / seal oil consoles, and water treatment skids. Prerequisite: Determination of application (i.e., existence of applicable equipment); and direction from the project / Client that furnished piping is to conform to specific criteria. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Piping Material Engineer
50120:
Piping Traceability And Certification This specification prescribes the requirements for various levels of traceability and certification of piping components including manufacturer's standard certification of compliance, PMI (positive material identification) and full traceability. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application to the project; and Material Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50200:
Piping Flexibility This specification prescribes the minimums for practices, methods, and criteria used in the stress analysis of piping systems on a project. Prerequisite: None, unless Client has special criteria applicable to the project. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50201:
Piping Support Elements This specification prescribes the criteria for all engineered (e.g., spring hangers) and pre-engineered (e.g., rod-hangers) piping support elements. Includes attachments defining pre-engineered supports. Prerequisite: Specific Client input regarding pipe supports, if any. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50202:
Metallic Expansion Joints This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of metallic expansion joints. Prerequisite Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50203:
Elastomer Expansion Joints This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of Elastomer expansion joints. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 6 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50204:
Shock Arrestors This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of shock arrestors attached to piping systems. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50300:
Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments This specification prescribes the criteria for providing process heat control, heat conservation and winterizing of piping systems, some small equipment, and instruments. Prerequisite: Client's heat tracing and process control criteria; process data and requirements updated on P&IDs; and site climate data. Originator: Lead Design Supervisor
85002:
Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication This specification prescribes the scope and criteria for welding, thermal treatment, examination, and testing requirements for shop and field fabricated metallic process and utility piping. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003 Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer and Welding Engineer
85013:
Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for preparation, execution, acceptance and rejection of orbital and manual welds for stainless steel sanitary tubing. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003 Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer and Welding Engineer
86110:
Hot Insulation This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for hot applications. Prerequisite: Client's input for material preference; site climate data; and the cost of energy. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86130:
Cold Insulation This specification prescribes the scope. criteria, material, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for cold applications. Prerequisite: Client input for material preference; site climate data; and the cost of energy. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86150:
Acoustical Insulation This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for noise control. Prerequisite: Definitive determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86210:
Painting - Piping Systems Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 7 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for paint systems for piping aboveground and in non-immersion services. Prerequisite: Determination of any Client product preference criteria; site climate data Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer 86310:
Coating And Wrapping Of Steel Pipe This specification prescribes the materials and technical requirements for the external protective coating of steel pipe installed underground. Prerequisite: Determination of need; interface meetings with Civil; Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
DRAWINGS Drawings are graphic records that are the results of the engineering and design process. They fall into two categories: issued and developmental. Issued Drawings Drawings produced as issued for construction deliverable documents may include, but not be limited to, the following: Plot Plans Plot plan is a scaled drawing of an overall site or unit within a site, and Client approval of this document is a key milestone to project's progress. (For related document, Site Plan, refer to Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.0755.) Prerequisite: Client-furnished data about the site, design criteria, maintenance and operating philosophy, and process data about the plant(s). Piping Drawing Index Piping drawing index is a plot plan-oriented drawing that forms a key to the piping plans issued on a project. Prerequisite: Approved plot plan; definitive manhour estimate; and responsible level of plant layout to establish drawing match lines or partition and limits. Piping Plans Piping plan drawings are produced as a standard deliverable on all projects. Piping plans will be provided at a scale which displays the level of detail necessary to convey quality and accurate design information. Prerequisite (Plans and Sections): Development: Approved plot plans; approved equipment location control plans; issued for Design P&IDs; and definitive equipment data (and piping design model where applicable) Check and Issue: Certified Dimensional outlines or FDOs (Fluor Daniel Outlines) of all (or most) equipment. (Issued for Approval and Approved for Construction issues with holds due to late outlines may be required by schedule but should be avoided.) Demolition Drawings Occasionally on projects, piping engineering and design will be responsible for the development of scaled drawings or photo markup drawings showing piping and equipment Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 8 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
removal in an existing facility. These drawings will depict piping items to be removed from an existing site prior to a new installation. Prerequisite: Client furnished data about the site. Piping Sections Piping section drawings are developed as required to support the piping plans and isometrics in providing proper data to Construction for installation. Prerequisite: (Refer to above Piping Plans.) Piping Isometrics The term isometric is used to describe an 11 by 17 inch, 3-dimensional drawing of a line or part of a line, complete with all information required for purchase, fabrication, and installation. On a base case, Fluor Daniel project, isometrics are produced for all lines. Prerequisite Development: Approved plot plans; issued for Design P&IDs; definitive equipment data (or piping design model where applicable); piping plans and sections. Check and Issue: Certified Dimensional outlines of all (or most) equipment. (Issued for Approval and Approved for Construction issues with holds due to late outlines may be required by schedule but should be avoided.) Piping Details Piping details fall into three categories: Pre-Engineered Support Details Pre-engineered support details are generic, miscellaneous items normally used on piping systems (e.g., field support, anchors, guides, hangers, and pickups). The Fluor Daniel pre-engineered details are based on the major industry hanger components and are packaged to reduce cost yet ensure high quality. Prerequisite - Development: None. - Check and Issue: Preliminary material take-off to confirm requirement of existing detail or need for new assembly. Engineered Support Details Project specific items such as spring hangers and expansion joint details are developed for each individual need. Prerequisite - Development: Stress analysis identification of need. - Check and Issue: Final design check of applicable piping system. Pre-Engineered Piping Details Pre-engineered piping details are generic, miscellaneous sub-assemblies normally used in piping systems (e.g., steam trap, safety shower, pressure, temperature vent, utility station assemblies). Prerequisite - Development: Identification of application and need - Check and Issue: Final design check of applicable piping system.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 9 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
Developmental Drawings Developmental drawings produced on a project but not normally issued may include the following: Equipment Location Control Plan An equipment location control drawing is generated for all areas of the project. These drawings will show the locations of hard and soft items that require space. Hard items are structures, equipment, or physical obstructions that are permanent. Soft items are items such as clearances, passageways, tube bundle removal areas. Prerequisite: Client-approved plot plan; specific equipment size data; and preliminary issue of the applicable P&IDs. Piping Transposition A piping transposition, or "one-line," is a simplified plot plan-oriented drawing produced by superimposing the routing of major process lines on a plot plan or location control plan background to prove the plot and to support cost estimating. Various versions may be produced and then checked for cost impact prior to formal issue of a plot plan for Client approval. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Piping Layouts / Studies Piping layouts, or studies, are produced in various levels of detail and at various times as required to define plant layout problems and explore economical solutions. Layouts are rough, informal drawings that are not intended for issue, but do contribute to the final design deliverable. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Nozzle Orientation Sketches Nozzle Orientation Sketches are produced with enough detail to show locations of vessel connections in plan and elevation. They are dimensioned and will include projection dimensions. These are informal sketches not intended for issue. They are used for preliminary information to the equipment group and for piping to continue design efforts while formal vendor drawings are being developed. Prerequisite: IFD P&IDs, equipment data sheets, and preliminary vessel shell and internals. Stress Sketches Stress sketches may be in the form of a formal isometric (copy) or a specific sketch developed for pipe line stress analysis. Data applicable to the stress analysis process is added to the sketch (or isometric copy); the results of the analysis is also recorded on the sketch. Recommendations and requirements of the stress analysis process are included in the final design piping plans and isometrics. Prerequisite: Process P&IDs; equipment data; Material Specification 50003; and Stress Analysis Specification 50200.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 10 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
LISTS Some piping engineering and design deliverables are lists, as follows: Piping Line List The piping line list is a tabulation of each line on the project, complete with all identification, origin, terminus, pressure, temperature, and other technical data used in design, stress analysis, fabrication, installation, and testing. Prerequisite: Preliminary level P&ID development. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer Specialty Piping Items List (SP List) The specialty piping items list is a tabulation of piping components that fall outside the normal line class specification (Material Specification 50003). Each item listed is identified by information that includes a number, P&ID location, line number for installation, description, manufacturer, and purchase order. Prerequisite: Definition of need and process criteria. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer Tie-in List The tie-in list is a tabulation of each connection point of new piping to existing piping. Each tie-in is identified by number, P&ID origin, line number, tie-in type, responsibility, and other installation and testing data. Prerequisite: Determination of need based on development progress or P&ID and input from Client jobsite. Originator: Project Piping Design Engineer Piping Material Commodity Catalog The piping material commodity catalog is a definitive publication of the full purchase descriptions of all piping materials specified for the project. The data contained is used by various home office groups to make initial purchases, and by the field to make subsequent buys and form a record for Client after job completion for spare parts and replacement. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer
CALCULATIONS AND ANALYSIS Calculations are a function of any engineering effort. A wide range of items are analyzed during the normal course of Piping engineering and design of a project. The actual calculations are not normally issued as a deliverable; however, exceptions may occur. Areas of analysis may include the following: Material Cost Analysis Materials of Construction Analysis Corrosion Allowance Analysis Flange Design Analysis Bolt Torque Analysis
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 11 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
Stress and Flexibility Analysis Spring Hanger Design Analysis Expansion Joint Design Analysis Vacuum Stiffener Requirements for Large OD (Outside Diameter) Piping
REPORTS Reports are a byproduct of many of the Piping engineering and design activities, and are used to control the work and inform Project and Client management personnel. Standard reports available on a project may include but are not limited to the following: Piping Drawing Status Report Piping Specification Status Report Piping Isometric Status Report Piping Tie-in Status Report Interference Report (Electronic Model) Shop Fabricated Piping Status Report
PROCEDURE PDI Book The PDI is a collection of contract specific data organized in a consistent manner from job to job, to advise, instruct, guide, or inform all Piping personnel on projects what will be done for each specific project. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT: PLOT PLAN DEVELOPMENT - INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the sequence of functions and responsibilities in developing plot plans and is intended to ensure orderly development of plot plans with participation by responsible disciplines.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PREREQUISITE TERMINOLOGY OVERVIEW REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The practice is to be used by all projects requiring plot plans.
RESPONSIBILITY Responsible disciplines include, but are not limited to, the following: Architectural Building Mechanical - HVAC - Plumbing - Fire Protection Civil Construction Control Systems Electrical Environmental Equipment Manufacturing Engineering Piping Process Structural Vessels
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT: PLOT PLAN DEVELOPMENT - INSTRUCTIONS
PREREQUISITE Ideally, prior to the application of this interface procedure, the task force has been assembled, overall project design criteria has been established, and some basic information and documents are available.
TERMINOLOGY Transposition: A simplified piping routing plan drawing used to prove plot plan arrangement. AFC: Approved for Construction.
OVERVIEW The plot plan is the starting point planning tool for the physical definition of a project or part of a project. It will graphically show the key areas, units, equipment, and general features of the project. As such, it requires the input of all relevant engineering disciplines, construction, and the client. The activities outlined in Attachment 01 will be regarded as guidelines and not as rigid instructions. They may be tailored to fit specific project and client requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50001: Process And Utility Piping Design, Layout, And Drawing
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Plot Plan Execution Procedure
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLOT PLAN EXECUTION PROCEDURE
Sequence 01
Activity
Responsible Discipline
Activity Description
Review site date, All client data, job criteria, and maintenance requirements
Examine all pertinent information including:
02
Process flow diagram and equipment datasheets
Prepare and issue block flow diagrams, process flow diagrams, and initial equipment list. Issue initial process equipment datasheets.
03
Equipment sizes Equipment, Vessels, Process / Manufacturing Engineering
04
Building sizes
As required by Generate approximate building building function dimensions for all buildings and electrical structures. Dimensions are given to Piping.
05
Site preparation
Civil
Develop preliminary overall site plans and grading / drainage requirements. Layouts are given to Piping.
06
Produce plot plans
Piping
On basis of data from preceding steps, produce initial plot plan. Consult with other disciplines as needed.
Transpositions
Piping
Develop transposition of critical piping to minimize cost and material flow.
06A
Process / Manufacturing Engineering
Property maps or site plans Topographical maps Preliminary soil reports Vicinity maps Locations of process feed stream such as utilities, product lines, power supply, and waste streams Existing obstructions (above and below ground) and buildings Client maintenance procedures Basis for roadways Construction requirements
On basis of above documents, establish approximate equipment sizes for exchangers, pumps, compressors, heaters, vessels, and tanks. Data is given to Piping.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLOT PLAN EXECUTION PROCEDURE
Sequence 07
Activity Issue Rev. A
Responsible Discipline Piping
Activity Description Issue for internal Fluor Daniel review and comment to: Architectural Building Mechanical HVAC Plumbing Fire Protection Civil Construction Control Systems Electrical Environmental Equipment Manufacturing Engineering Piping Process Structural Vessels
08
Issue Rev. B
Piping
Revise plot plan to incorporate comments received in Sequence #07. Hold formal Fluor Daniel review with disciplines listed in Sequence 07.
09
Issue Rev. 0
Piping
Incorporate changes for Sequence #08, distribute to all participants and issue for client approval.
10
Issue Rev. 1
Piping
Receive client comments, review with affected disciplines, revise as necessary, and issue AFC.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice provides instructions that serve as a guide for developing Flow Diagram Transpositions. Because each project has its own specific requirements, sound judgment must be exercised.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY INITIAL PLOT ORDER STUDY STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITION PREPARATION STEP I TRANSPOSITION STEP II TRANSPOSITION ITEMS TO BE INDICATED ON STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITIONS HEAT TRACING TRANSPOSITION REVISIONS ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Flow Diagram Transpositions should be prepared on all projects. The main objective of the piping transposition is to confirm that the plot plan is arranged for optimum plant design and economics. Give considerable attention to the line routing and component arrangements.
RESPONSIBILITY Because the transposition establishes the optimum plant arrangement, the Area/Unit Piping Design Supervisor should be responsible for their assigned area/unit.
INITIAL PLOT ORDER STUDY The purpose of the initial plot order study is to establish basic equipment order and plot shape by transposing the main process lines from the available process or P&IDs (Process and Instrumentation Diagrams) to establish logical equipment order. Schedule a review of the initial plot with Process Engineer. Add any information that can be obtained from Process Engineering.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITION PREPARATION The transposition is usually prepared on a transparency of the plot plan. Pipeway width will make it necessary to cut the plot plan in the pipeway area and add a section of paper to accommodate the lines. If a multilevel pipeway seems required, use a separate transparency for upper (utilities) and lower (process lines) levels.
STEP I TRANSPOSITION Step I transposition should prove plot plan economics and set preliminary pipe support configurations and sizes by transposing all process and utility lines on a transparency of the initial plot plan. Divide the pipeway into evenly spaced berths and indicate large and hot lines near the pipe support column centerlines. Route the remaining lines without regard for pipeway sequence. Color off a copy of the flow diagram to ensure all lines are accounted for. Check for the following: Verify instrument and electrical rack duct requirements, aboveground versus underground, and size. Color code 14 inch and larger alloy, exotic, and heavy wall lines on a print of Step I. Study the transposition for optimum plant design and economics. Review the transposition with Process Engineer and construction to obtain their squad check approval of plot arrangement. Update plot plan as required.
STEP II TRANSPOSITION Step II transposition should finalize basic pipeway, including expansion loop bays and anchor supports; use for preliminary MTO (Material Takeoff) and vessel orientations. Locate subpipeways. Verify header sizes, pressure drop conditions, and piping flexibility studies; and provide an initial piping study to be further developed. Check for the following: Study Step I in order to sequence pipeway lines. Generally group hot lines to one side to aid in expansion loop configurations. Route the lines with the goal that only minor additional studies would be required to develop the model, pipeway control drawings, and piping plans. Color off a copy of the mechanical flow diagrams. Obtain Lead Supervisor's approval. Readjust transposition as required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
ITEMS TO BE INDICATED ON STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITIONS All process lines (Exclude items such as bridles and vent valves.) Utility lines in any pipeway or connecting to a major piece of equipment (Exclude items such as utility stations, steam traps, and sample coolers.) Flow arrows Line identification Utility commodities Line size (Indicate reducers in a pipeway.) Line risers and drops Control valve stations and the control valve function (such as PVC, LV, and FV) Orifice flanges Relief valves other than atmospheric or bypass systems Unit battery limit block valves and related platforms Detached plans for multilevel structures Distribution chart
HEAT TRACING TRANSPOSITION For heat tracing transposition instructions and practices, refer to Practice 670.250.1601: Heat Tracing Practices.
REVISIONS After the client has approved the plot plan, only major process or plot changes or an update of preliminary MTO would require a revision of the transposition.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Initial Plot Order Study - Step I and Step II Transpositions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the format and development of the front end document locating all equipment and space allocation requirements.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS METHOD OF COORDINATING PLOT ITEMS METHOD OF INDICATING ELEVATIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice and the LCP (Location Control Plan) is intended for use on all projects. Exception to the use of an LCP will have the approval of the Manager of Piping Engineering and the respective Project Engineering Manager.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Design Supervisor (or designated area Lead Supervisor) is responsible for the initiation and maintenance of the LCP.
GENERAL DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS Drawing Size And Scale Size Roll size drawings are recommended. Scale Appropriate scale will be tailored to specific job requirements. The following are recommended: One eighth of an inch = 1'- 0" drawing scale is recommended. One fourth of an inch = 1'- 0" drawing scale may be used if required for clarity (for example, congested areas). Items drawn out-of-scale for size and location should be avoided. Potentially out-of-scale items will be evaluated for impact on other disciplines.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Match Lines And Plot Limits Match lines and plot limits will be shown for drawing continuation and will indicate adjacent drawing numbers and coordinates. North Arrow Orientation of north arrow will be consistent with overall project requirements. Title Block Title block will be in accordance with project requirements. The following items will be noted on drawings: Last Structural pipe support or sleeper number used. Last utility station number used. Last safety shower number used. Key plan with north arrow is required, if more than 1 location control plan is used for an area. Space allocation legend and typical detail will appear on each plan. Legend will include, but not be limited to, items shown on sample drawing. Coordinates that have been transferred to foundation location plan drawings will be encircled on the LCP drawing with a cloud and cross-hatched, to indicate that Structural's foundation location plan drawing is now the controlling document. Revisions Coordinates Or Dimensions Neatly cross out portion to be revised on the drawing, add new number and revision triangle, and encircle with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Only latest revision will remain on original. Relocation Of Equipment Draw in new location, remove from previous location, add revision triangle, and encircle change with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Addition Of Equipment Add equipment, revise elevation table, add revision triangle, and encircle revised area with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Deletion Of Equipment Remove equipment from face of drawing and elevation table. Add revision triangle and encircle revised area with cloud. Initial and date piping master.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Distribution Design Engineering distribution chart will be added to drawing and will include, but not be limited to, distribution list shown on sample drawing. The distribution chart is to be filled in with the dates sent to the appropriate department.
METHOD OF COORDINATING PLOT ITEMS Vertical Cylindrical Equipment Coordinate centerlines at grade or primary support level only. Horizontal Cylindrical Equipment Horizontal cylindrical equipment is located at grade and in structures. Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line, usually aisle side head. After outlines have been received, coordinate centerline of support used for anchor and remove reference line coordinate. Indicate anchor (X). Exchangers Shell And Tube Exchangers Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line, usually aisle side head. If underground cooling water lines are implemented, coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference centerline of channel nozzles. After outlines have been received, coordinate centerline of support used for anchor and remove reference line coordinate. Indicate anchors (X). Double Pipe Exchangers Coordinate longitudinal centerline and centerline of foundation closest to piping connections. Dimension shell nozzles from foundation coordinate. Air Coolers Coordinate centerline of air cooler columns at corner which must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Pumps Horizontal Pumps Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference face of foundation. After receipt of outline, coordinate centerline of discharge nozzle and remove reference coordinate on face of foundation. Refer to Attachments 01 and 02. Vertical Pumps
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Coordinate centerlines. Refer to Attachment 01. Compressors Reciprocating - Coordinate centerline of crankshaft and number 1 cylinder. Centrifugal - Coordinate centerline of shaft and discharge nozzle. Auxiliary equipment - Dimension from compressor coordinate lines. Boilers, Heaters, And Furnaces Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line which is part of the equipment (stack, steam drum, main stay). Structures A structure is defined as an open structure designed as a support or access system such as process column towers, pipe racks, and bridges. Dimension to centerline of columns from equipment coordinates. At a structure that supports single horizontal or vertical equipment, dimension to centerline of columns from equipment coordinates. Draw section to establish structure elevations. Pipeways (Overhead And Grade) Overhead Bents Coordinate centerlines of columns (both sides) and longitudinal centerline of each bent. Dimension cantilever from centerline coordinate. Indicate pipeway bracing as braced bay. Overhead "T" Supports Coordinate centerline of column and longitudinal centerline. Dimension width from centerline of column coordinate. Pipe Supports At Grade (Sleepers) Coordinate edge that must be held and longitudinal centerline. Dimension overall length. Buildings A building is defined as an enclosed structure designed for occupancy by people, equipment, or both such as process building and control house laboratory. Buildings with equipment (for example, compressors, pumps, boilers) Coordinate main equipment and locate building by dimensions from equipment centerline to centerline of columns or outside face of masonry depending on type of building
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
construction. Dimensions will be given to that part of building which must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Buildings without mechanical equipment (for example, control house, laboratory, administration, and change houses) Coordinate the corner that must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Coordinate will be outside face of concrete or centerline of steel depending upon type of building. Paving Show and coordinate edge of paving. Roadways Coordinate centerline and dimension to edge of road and shoulder. Miscellaneous Equipment And Plot Items Miscellaneous items which require plot space will be shown on the LCP. The space required will be shown to scale. Some of the items that could be shown are listed below: Switchgear Coordinate face and 1 side and give overall dimension. Upon receipt of electrical drawings, add coordinate for centerline of columns and remove reference coordinate for face of rack. Substations and miscellaneous electrical equipment Coordinate fence line or edge of concrete slab on corner that must be held due to clearances or other reasons. MH (Manholes) Indicate, but do not coordinate, callout MH. Sumps and pits Coordinate inside control corner and define size by dimension or note. Existing interferences above and below ground including deadmen Coordinate and dimension for clearance. Auxiliary equipment Dimension from main equipment coordinate lines. Items normally located around pipe supports and major equipment will be shown and called out. Items to be shown will include, but not be limited to, the following and those indicated in legend of sample drawing: Utility stations Junction boxes Emergency shower Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Eyewash Electrical and instrument racks Hose reel Fire hose cabinet Fire monitors and hydrants Piping manifolds (control valve manifolds, steam tracing supply manifolds, and steam tracing condensate return manifolds) Security equipment (for example, floodlight pole and TV monitors) Welding receptacle
METHOD OF INDICATING ELEVATIONS Elevations will be given in elevation table, as indicated below: Equipment
Method
Compressors Pumps Heaters and boilers Shell and tube exchangers Double pipe - fins Air coolers Vertical vessels Horizontal vessels Tanks (concrete foundation) Mechanical items Building floors Pipe supports
Centerline of crankshaft elevation TOG (Top of Grout) elevation TOG elevation Centerline elevation Face Elevation of bottom flanges Base plate elevation TOG elevation Centerline elevation TOG elevation TOG elevation HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) TOS (Top of Support) elevation
For elevations on structures, the top of steel or concrete elevation on operating levels is to be indicated on the section. For slab elevations, consideration must be given to minimum slab thickness at (low points) (drain funnel locations). For pipeway strut elevation, the top of steel elevation will be indicated on the plan. HPFS elevations will appear on plan. Note!!!
1.
The method of indicating elevation for equipment should be evaluated for each contract. Example: Air coolers at grade will be indicated as TOG.
2.
Early establishment of TOG for some equipment such as pumps and vertical vessels will allow Structural an early start for foundation design.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions/Requisites Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Figure 1. Vertical Pumps - Detail A Figure 2. Vertical Pumps - Detail B Attachment 02: Equipment And Miscellaneous Plot Items Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Location Control Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS PLOT ITEMS MATRIX
a. = Indicate by symbol b. = Show min. Outline to scale c. = Locate by coordinate or elevation d. = Locate by Dimension
Remarks
Vertical Cylindrical Equipment
X
X
Horizontal Cylindrical Equipment
X
X
Exchangers
X
X
Pumps
X
X
Compressors
X
X
Auxiliary Equipment
X
Heaters
X
Structures
X
Pipeways
X
X
X
Indicate P/W Bracing as "Braced Bay" Coord. Centerlines and Dim. L. and W.
Buildings
X
X
X
Coordinate Building Without Mechanical Equipment
Paving
X
X
Roadways
X
X
X
Dimension from Centerline to Edge of Road and Shoulder
Switchgear
X
X
X
Coordinate Face and One Side, and Indicate Overall Dimension
Substations and Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment
X
X
Manholes
X
Sumps and Pits
X
Utility Stations, Junction Boxes, and Eyewash
X X X
Callout "MH" X
Coordinate Inside Control Corner - Define Size by Dimension on Note
X
Instrument and Electrical Rack
X
Existing Interference
X
Dimension for Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the contents and preparation of the Pipeway Control Drawing from the Step II Transposition through the Rack Loading and Final Pipeway Drawing stages.
SCOPE This practice provides the following: Transmission of material requirements to the Material Control group. A scale drawing for the Stress group to check stress, establish loads, and forces. Transmission of information to the Structural Design group. A source of information for Construction for rack loading.
APPLICATION This practice should be considered for application on any project where there are major pipe racks where construction would benefit.
PHILOSOPHY Fabrication philosophy for this drawing (rack loaded portion) is maximum field fabrication. Lines in the pipeway that cross 2 or more supports will be rack loaded 2 feet past the last support it crosses. Individual projects may alter the fabrication philosophy to meet the requirements of their Project. Prerequisites The following prerequisites apply: Step II Transpositions. Pipe support spacing. Cross section of pipeway showing required clearances such as instrument racks, electrical racks, deck elevations, and drop areas.
PREPARATION Pipeway drawings are prepared for each main unit pipeway and main process area interconnecting pipeway. Offsite pipeways may be handled in the same manner. Microfilming frames will be placed on all roll size drawings. (Refer to Piping Design Guide 8.5.) It should be determined early in the contract life (prior to loading issue) if a roll drawing can be issued as a contract document. If not, separate drawing numbers must be assigned to each microfilming frame to facilitate breaking roll drawings into individual drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
If contract requirements call for 4 or 5 size drawings for issued contract drawings, the roll drawing will have to be cut up and given the drawing numbers which appear in the microfilming frame. Drawings may be produced utilizing manual, 2D CAD, or 3D CAD methods. A roll type drawing with the upper and lower racks drawn parallel is preferable for issue to Construction for rack loading, and for use by Design during the layout drawing and checking activities. For rack loading purposes, the drawing must contain line numbers, sizes, pipe support numbers, elevations, coordinates, and extent of piping to be rack loaded. The Pipeway Control Drawing will be drawn to the same scale as the area drawings. The Pipeway Control Drawing will be concerned primarily with lines in the pipeway and their associated items such as supports, hangers, anchors, and guides. Branch connections are shown for approximate locations initially, and updated as information becomes confirmed. A master copy of the pipeway control drawing is to be maintained by the Unit Supervisor in the same manner as a master flow diagram. It must be updated and revised to scale as the area piping plans and isometrics are drawn and checked. Layout Investigate for the following: Space and location for electrical and instrument racks. Drop areas. Client requirements for future space. Box clearances for orifice flange piping and other instruments. Potential interferences caused by lines dropping out of berth at 45 degrees, or use of SR ells. Oversized insulation on steam traced or cold insulated lines. Insulation of flanges on steam lines. Hold downs, anchors, guides, special shoes, and cradles. Sloping lines requiring special supports. Battery limit manifold requirements. Valve access requirements. Lines with valves in run which require more space than normal valves (lift plug VAs). Hamer blinds. Interferences caused by expansion such as line dropouts or steam boot leg movement in pipe supports. Lines in the main run are indicated including space for steam tracing headers as required. Utility lines will be located to the side of the heavy user and on the upper level of a 2-level rack. The hottest line will be located on 1 side of the rack and adjacent lines will be progressively cooler. Locate small lines that cannot span the pipe support spacing between the 2 cool uninsulated lines to enable the use of pick ups. Special consideration must be given to nonmetallic lines such as PVC, glass, and plastics. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
Indicate the required method of support for each line such as 5PU1, 5DS1, or 5HR3. Indicate the amount of cold spring/prespring. Locate and size required expansion loops. Show all lines as single line regardless of size. Indicate all pressure and nonpressure attachments. Lines in the pipeway will be located by both dimension and coordinate. Branch lines are indicated in their approximate location and sequence. They are not dimensioned or coordinated as this will be done on the isometric and area drawing. When a line crosses 2 or more supports, the rack loaded piping (portion located between field welds) will be indicated by a double line, broken off at each end. Pressure and nonpressure attachments must be indicated and identified on the rack loaded lines such as shoes, process, hydrotest vents and drains, and instrument air connections. Allow ample space between branch connections to the pipeway header and header-in-line items, for branch location adjustment. A distribution chart is to be added to the Pipeway Control Drawing. MTO (Material Takeoff) When the Pipeway Control Drawing is issued for rack loading and pipeway isometrics are produced, the Pipeway Control Drawing is used for preliminary and secondary MTO. When the Pipeway Control Drawing is issued for rack loading, and pipeway isometrics are not produced, the Pipeway Control Drawing is used for preliminary, secondary, and final takeoff. A BM/BMFMR (Bill of Material/Bill of Material Field Material Requisition) for each individual line will be issued with the pipeway control drawing when being issued for rack loading or final AFC (Approved for Construction) issue. It is the responsibility of Design to notify MTO of changes in material requirements. Stress Review Stress will receive 3 prints of the Pipeway Control Drawing from Piping Design and if required by Stress, 1 print of the Step II Flow Sheet Transposition. The Stress Engineer will review size and location of expansion loops, anchors, guides, and cold spring, and calculate anchor forces for Structural Design. The Stress Engineer will return 2 copies of the reviewed Pipeway Control Drawing to the Pipeway Design Supervisor and retain 1 copy for personal files. The Piping Design Supervisor will forward 1 copy to Structural Design, retain 1 copy for Design's use, and mark it as "Master Copy." As the Stress Group evaluates the branch sketches, they may have to modify the Pipeway Control Drawing. These revisions must by marked on the Piping Design Master and transmitted to Structural Engineering.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
Check The Pipeway Control Drawing Checker is responsible to verify the accuracy of the drawing such as spacing, branch location, and stress review comments. - For checking procedure and checklist, refer to Piping Design Guide 8.3. Area Checkers are responsible to mark any changes affecting the pipeway control drawing on the master copy. Issue The pipeway control drawing will be issued first for rack loading. Then, after final design, check will be issued as the pipeway plan or plans. For reason of control, a reproduction of the Pipeway Control Drawing should be used as the rack loading original, and should be assigned a sketch drawing number. Whenever issuing the Pipeway Loading Drawing or the Pipeway Piping Plan or plans where pipeway isometrics are not drawn, BM/BMFMRs must accompany them. Revisions including those without material changes must be sent through MTO before being issued. The Distribution Chart is to be filled in with the dates and sent to the appropriate department.
REFERENCES Piping Design Guide 8.3, 8.5.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Rack Loading Drawing Sample Attachment 02: Rack Loading Drawing Typical Notes
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2021 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY INTERFACE CONTROL CHART AND PROCEDURE
PURPOSE To provide a document for transmitting design information, and coordinating the interconnecting pipeway design interfaces. To provide a uniform method and procedure for conveying design changes promptly. To ensure quality control and accuracy for the interface match points at battery limits.
SCOPE This practice provides: Consistency and direction for interface between individual plant/unit design groups at unit battery limits. Instructions for preparation of interface control charts.
APPLICATION This practice should be on any project where there exists pipeway-to-unit interface coordination requirements. Example: Major interconnecting pipeway under 1 Area Lead and multiple onsite areas. Interconnecting or pipeway interface with another Fluor Daniel engineering office. Interconnecting or pipeway interface with another engineering company.
RESPONSIBILITY The Area Lead for the interconnecting pipeway design group initiates the pipeway interface control chart, maintains control of the master copy, and is responsible for updating and issuing the latest revision. General Procedure The interconnecting pipeway group enters all known information and issues a reproducible (vellum) work copy to the Unit Design Supervisor. - All match points will be located with coordinates and centerline or face elevation. - Add special requirements such as slope (provide rate), or "Do Not Pocket" notes in the remarks column. The unit design group checks and modifies the information as required. New information and changes are added to the reproducible, and after taking a print for unit records, the reproducible is returned to the pipeway group. As new information is developed, it is added to the original and distributed to the Unit Supervisor. As the pipeway design progresses, the chart will be updated and distributed promptly, thus ensuring both design groups are developing their pipeways to the latest data. Prior to check of pipeway control drawings or isometrics, either design group will inform the other, and design changes will be minimized to avoid rework.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2021 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY INTERFACE CONTROL CHART AND PROCEDURE
Isometric Interface The interconnecting pipeway isometrics will indicate all materials up to and including the flange on the interconnecting side of battery limit block valve. Bolts and gaskets for connecting flanges will be covered by the unit isometrics. The interconnecting pipeway isometrics will cover all required materials up to the battery limit block valves on butt welded, socket weld, and screwed valves. When a natural breakpoint is not available, such as a valve or flange, piping will terminate with a plain or beveled end, as applicable. Screwed lines will terminate with a male threaded connection on the interconnecting pipeway side. Heat tracing: The process unit's responsibility for tracing will end at the battery limit connection.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing and Procedures
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Form: 000.250.F3600:
Pipeway Interface Control Chart
Attachment 02: Sample Form: 000.250.F3600:Pipeway Interface Control Chart Attachment 03: Example Pipeway Interface Responsibilities
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING
PURPOSE This practice defines recommended spacing for buildings and equipment in oil and chemical plants.
SCOPE This practice includes recommendations for spacing in the following types of facilities: Oil Refineries Chemical Plants Gasoline Plants Petrochemical Plants
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Designers for preliminary layout and spacing of facilities and equipment. The specification 670 250 50001, Process and Utility Piping Design, Layout, and Drawing, should also be used. It is important to obtain the clients criteria and approval when developing plant arrangements.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: General Recommendations For Spacing In Oil and Chemical Plants Attachment 02: General Recommendations For Spacing in Oil Pipeline Pump Stations. Attachment 03: General Recommendations For Spacing in Public Utility Natural Gas Pumping Stations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL AND CHEMICAL PLANTS
Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendations (8), (7)
Serv. Bldg..
Elec. sub. & MCC
Utility Areas
Cool. Tower
Control Compr. Process Process Process Atmos. Press. Refrig. Rooms & Unit Unit Unit Storage Storage Storage Pump Mod. Inter. High Tanks Tanks Tanks Houses Hazard Hazard Hazard
Service Buildings (3)
(1)
Electrical Substations and MCC
(1)
Utilities Areas
50
50
Cooling Towers
50
50
100
Control Rooms (4)
(1)
(1)
100
100
Compressor & Pump Houses
100
100
100
100
100
Process Units Moderate Hazard (6) (9)
100
100
100
100
100
30
50
Process Units Intermediate Hazard (6) (10)
200
100
100
100
200
50
100
100
Process Units High Hazard (6) (11)
400
200
200
200
300
100
200
200
200
Atmospheric Storage Tanks
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
350
350
Pressure Storage Tanks (5)
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
(2)
Refrigerated Storage Tanks (5)
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
300
(2)
Unloading & Loading Racks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
300
300
250
350
350
Fire Stations & Fire Water Pumps
50
50
50
50
50
200
300
300
300
350
350
350
Unload . & Load. Racks
200
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( ).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL AND CHEMICAL PLANTS
Notes for Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendations
(1) The spacing requirements for building to building are based on occupancy, square area, storage criteria, type of construction, and access requirements. Minimum spacing for buildings shall be obtained from the Architectural Engineering Group. (2) The spacing for storage tanks shall be determined using the NFPA 30 principles. (3) Service buildings generally include: offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, cafeterias, labs, hospitals, garages, etc. (4) Control rooms serving unusually large or hazardous units and central control rooms for multiple units or housing computer equipment, require greater spacing and may require blast - resistant construction. (5) LPG tank locations, preferably, should be isolated to remote sections of the plant vessel heads aimed away from major plant values or occupancies. Spheres also should be remotely located whenever possible. (6) Distances are from battery limits. (7) Flare stacks (with knock out vessels) less than 75 feet in height should be 300 feet distance from other equipment and tankage; with stacks over 75 feet in height 200 feet distance may be considered. These minimum distances shall be verified by Fluor Daniel Process Engineering. (8) Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendation are based on the Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI) Guidelines for Loss Prevention and Control (IM.2.5.2). (9) Moderate Hazard: "This category includes processes, operations, or materials having a limited explosion hazard and a moderate fire hazard. This class generally involves endothermic reactions and nonreactive operations, such as distallation, absorption, mixing and blending of flammable liquids. Exothermic reactions with no flammable liquids or gases also fit in this group." Typical examples include: Acetic anhydride, Acetone (dehydrogenation of alcohol), Ammonia, Crude distillation, Ethanol (from methanol) Ethylene glycol, Formaldehyde, Methyl ethyl, solvent extraction, Urea, Visbreaking.(IRI, IM.2.5.2A) (10) Intermediate Hazard: "This category includes processes, operations, or materials having an appreciable explosion hazard and a moderate fire hazard. This class generally involves mildly exothermic reactions." Typical examples include: Alkylation (Refinery), Benzene Benezene-Taoulene-Zylene, Methanol (Reforming), Polypropylene, Polystyrene, Reforming (Refinery). (IRI, IM.2.5.2A) (11) High Hazard: This category includes processes, operations, or materialshaving a high explosion hazard and moderate to heavy fire hazard. This class involves highly exothermic or runaway reactions and highly hazard products handling." Typical examples include: Acetic acid, Acetone (cumene oxidation), Acrylic acid, Butadiene, Ethylene, Hydrocracking (Refinery), Polyethylene LD (high pressure), Polyethylene HD (large units), Propylene oxide, Vinyl acetate, Vinyl chloride. (IRI, IM.2.5.2A)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Control Room (1)
Service Bldg.
Tanks
Manual Valves
Emerg. Shutdown Stations
Open Flame
Loading Dwellings Docks
Pump House
0 ft
50 (3)
200
100
250
150
200
200
Tanks
200
200 (3)
2 dia. largest
100
250
200
250
200
Terminal and Tank Farms Storage Tanks
Loading Racks
Pumps
Service Bldg.
Docks
Open Flame
Compressor Pressure Tanks
Product Storage Tanks Not LPG
2 dia. largest
250
200
200 (3)
350
200
200
50 (4)
Loading Racks
250
50 - 250
200
200 (3)
200
200
100
100
Open Flame
200
200
200
-
200
-
100
200
Pressure Tanks
50 (4)
100
100
100 (3)
100
200
100
50
Offshore Properties Service Bldg. Service Building
20
Process and Gas Separation
50 (3)
Open Flame
Proc / Gas Separation
Open Flame
Gas Emerg Compressor Shutdown Stations
Product Storage
100
Gas Compressor Houses
50 (4)
50
50
Emergency Shutdown Stations
50
100
100
50 - 250
Product Storage Tanks
50 (2)
50
100
200
100
Loading Docks
100
100
100
100
100
100
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( )
Notes: Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
(1)
Control room should be pressurized.
(2)
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
(3)
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages,, except as specifically indicated.
(4)
500,00 gallons per group: 100 feet groups.
1.
Control room should be pressurized.
2
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
3.
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages, except as specifically indicated.
4.
300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet groups.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Compr. Houses
Gen. Bldg.
Shop Bldg.
Office Bldg.
Boiler Houses
Gas Meter Reg. Houses
Air Gas Jacket WareCooled Cooling Water Houses Exch. Tower Cooling (Gas) Wood Tower
Main Lines
Compressor Houses
(4), (6)
Generator Buildings
100 (5), (6)
(4)
Shop Building
100 (5)
30 (4)
(4)
Office Buildings
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
Boiler Houses
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
(4)
Gas Meter Regulator Houses
100
100
100
100
100
(4)
Incombustible or Air Cooled Exchangers (Gas)
100
100
100
100
100
40 (4)
Gas Cooling Towers Wood Construction
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
50 (4), (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
40 (4)
40 (4)
50
Warehouses
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
Main Lines
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
500 1000
Fire House & Equipment
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
100
Product Storage Tanks
100
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( ).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
1.
There should be a minimum of 2 remote control stations to actuate the main linepower operated valves. One (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from any gas pumping building, and 250 feet or more from any gas line. The second (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from the other (RCS) or any gas line or gas pumping building, or shielded by topography or structures so as to be accessible at all times.
2.
Power operated valves with no remote control stations and manually operated valves on main suction or discharge lines should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
3.
Main lines when equipped with other than power operated valves with (RCS) should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
4.
Distances indicated are for buildings or structures of incombustible construction. If otherwise, consult you Insurance Underwriters.
5.
All open flame devices or ordinary electrical equipment, should be located 100 feet from any gas vapor hazard area, gas line or gas pumping building; and 200 feet from Product Storage Tanks.
6.
Often electrical generating equipment, gas turbines, or other similar items are housed in the same building with gas compressors. In such instances, you should consult you Insurance Underwriters concerning the standards for the installation of this equipment. General Notes: (A) Main-line power operated valves with (RCS) should be located 350 feet from all station buildings. (B) Electrical Equipment should be located 100 feet from gas sources and 50 feet from cooling towers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
Minimum Distance in Feet Service Gas Oil Bldg Comp Pump House House
Dist And Frac
Util
Press. Atmo Loading Tanks Tanks Racks
Service Building
Refer to Chart
Gas Compressor House
100
-
Large Process Oil Pump House
100
50
-
Distillation and Fractionation
100
501
30
-
Utilities
50
100
100
100
-
Pressure Tanks
150
200
200
200
150
-2
Atmospheric Tanks
100
200
200
200
100
50
2 dia largest
Loading Racks
100
200
200
200
100
100
100
Fired Heaters
100
100
100
100
50
150
Cooling Towers
50-3 100
50-3 100
50-3 100
100
100
Ski Unit for Package Plant
100
50
50
40
Control Houses*
50
100
100
50
Main Fire Gas Pumps Vlv 50
100
250500
200
250500
200
250500
200
250500
0
100
250
100
250
50100
100
150
100
100
100
150
250
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
200
250500
150
50
200
200
200
200500
50
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
Minimum Distance in Feet Open Ord Flames Elect. Service Building
0
Gas Compressor House
100
Large Process Oil Pump House
100
Distillation and Fractionation
100
Utilities
Pressure Tanks
Emer Turret Fire Flares Stm Hydr Ctrl Nozzle Equip. Snf Sta House And BD **
50
50
**
50100 50
50100
50
50
50
50
50100
-
50 50
50100
50
50
50100
100
50
100
50100
200
50 50
100
50100
200
50
100
50100
200
50100
100
50100
50100
100
100
Loading Racks
100
Fired Heaters
-
100
-
50
0
Atmospheric Tanks
Lean Oil Pump
50
Cooling Towers
100
50100
50100
Ski Unit for Package Plant
100
50
100
Control Houses*
100
50
50 50
50
50100
100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
*
Control houses serving unusually large or hazardous units and central control houses for multiple units or housing computer equipment, require greater spacing and may require blast-resistant construction.
**
Both stations should be located at least 250 feet and not over 500 feet from compressor house, process area, loading racks, heaters, and main gas lines. Minimum 250 feet between stations.
***
Height less than 75 feet, 300 feet from plant. Height over 75 feet, 200 feet from plant. Service buildings include: Offices, laboratories, change houses, gate houses, shops, maintenance warehouses, garages, cafeterias, and hospitals. Utilities include: Boilers, power houses, and water treating.
1. 2. 3.
Where equipment is housed because of cold climate, a standard firewall should separate compressor and process equipment. Maximum of 300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet between groups, or other suitable arrangements. Fifty feet for handling nonflammables, 100 feet for handling flammables.
Note!!! Fire water systems, with locations of hydrants and valves, require special consideration. 4.
More spacing may be required in unattended plants or in high-valued attended plants with complex control systems.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Pump House Tanks
Control Room
Service Building
Tanks
Manual Valves
Emergency Shutdown Stations
01
503
200
100
250
2 dia lrgst
100
250
Serv Bldg
Docks
200
200
3
Terminal and Tank Farms Stor Tnk Ldg Racks
Pump
3
350
Product Storage Tanks, Not LPG
2 dia lrgst
250
200
200
Loading Racks
250
50-250
200
2003
200
Open Flame
200
200
100
-
200
Pressure Tanks
50
4
100
100
100
3
100
Offshore Properties Serv Bldg Proc / Gas Open Flm Gas Comp Emer Shtdn Service Buildings
20
Process and Gas Separation
503
-
-
100
-
50
50
-
100
100
50- 250
-
50
100
200
100
100
100
100
100
Open Flame Devices
4
Gas Compressor Houses
50
Emergency Shutdown Stations
50 2
Product Storage Tanks
50
Loading Docks
100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Open
Fire
Dwellings
Fire
Ldg
Pump House
100
150
200
100
200
Tanks
100
200
200
100
250
Terminal and Tank Farms Fire
Fire
Comp
Open
Press
Product Storage Tanks, Not LPG
300
100
200
200
504
Loading Racks
150
100
200
200
100
Open Flame
100
50
100
-
200
Pressure Tanks
200
50- 100
100
200
503
Offshore Properties Prod Stor
Ldg
Service Buildings Process and Gas Separation Open Flame Devices Gas Compressor Houses Emergency Shutdown Stations Product Storage Tanks Loading Docks
100
-
1.
Control room should be pressurized.
2
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
3.
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages, except as specifically indicated.
4.
300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet groups.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Minimum Distance in Feet Comp Hous
Compressor Houses
Gen Bldg
Shop Bldg
Off Bldg
Boil Hou
-4,6 5,6
Opn Flm Dev
Gas Mtr Reg Hou
Inc / FF Clrs Gas
Gas Clg Twr Wf
Jack Wtr Clg Twr
Refer to Note
-4
Generator Buildings
100
Shop Buildings
1005
304
-4
Office Buildings
1005
304
304
-4
Boiler Houses
1005
304
304
304
Open Flame Devices
-4
No. 5
Refer to Note No. 5
Gas Meter of Gas Regulator Houses
100
100
100
100
100
-4
Incombustible or Fin Fan Coolers (Gas)
100
100
100
100
100
404
-
Gas Cooling Towers Wood or Wood Frame Construction
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
504,5
304
304
304
304
504
404
404
50
-4
Warehouses
1005
304
304
304
304
-
304,5
304,5
304.5
304
Main-Line Valves
Main-Line Power Operated Valves with (RCS) Should be Located 350 feet from All Station Buildings
Remote Control Shutdown Stations
Refer to Note No. 1
Main Lines
3503
3503
3503
3503
3503 Refer to No. 5
3505
3505
3505
3505
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Minimum Distance in Feet Whs
Fire Equi Hou
Fire Hou
50100
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
Gas Meter of Gas Regulator Houses
100 5
50100
50100
Incombustible or Fin Fan Coolers (Gas)
100 5
50100
50100
Gas Cooling Towers Wood or Wood Frame Construction
100 5
50100
50100
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
50
50
50100
-
50
50100
100
100
-5
-
-
1005
100
100
100
100
100
Compressor Houses
MnIn Vlv **
Rem Ctrl Shd Sta
Mn Lns
Cp Bldg Dwl etc.
Prop P/L Whs etc.
N o t e
Shop Buildings Office Buildings
No. 1
Boiler Houses Open Flame Devices
Warehouses
-4
Main-Line Valves
1005
Refer to No 2
Remote Control Shutdown Stations
Tur Noz
1005 ***
Refer to
Generator Buildings
Ord Elec Equi
-
Main Lines
3505
-3
2501
-
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
5001000
5001000
200
200
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
**
Main-line power operated valves with (RCS) should be located 350 feet from all station buildings.
***
Turret nozzles should be located 50 to 100 feet from any large structures, gas compressor buildings, cooling towers, or tanks.
1.
There should be a minimum of 2 remote control stations to actuate the main linepower operated valves. One (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from any gas pumping building, and 250 feet or more from any gas line. The second (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from the other (RCS) or any gas line or gas pumping building, or shielded by topography or structures so as to be accessible at all times.
2.
Power operated valves with no remote control stations and manually operated valves on main suction or discharge lines should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
3.
Main lines when equipped with other than power operated valves with (RCS) should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
4.
Distances indicated are for buildings or structures of incombustible construction. If otherwise, consult you Insurance Underwriters.
5.
All open flame devices or ordinary electrical equipment, should be located 100 feet from any gas vapor hazard area, gas line or gas pumping building.
6.
Often electrical generating equipment, gas turbines, or other similar items are housed in the same building with gas compressors. In such instances, you should consult you Insurance Underwriters concerning the standards for the installation of this equipment.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2031 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - VALVE ACCESSIBILITY AND CLEARANCE
PURPOSE This practice describes the Fluor Daniel method for determining valve accessibility and operating clearances.
SCOPE This practice includes information on the following areas: Vertical Stem Valves Horizontal Stem Valves Average Man Clearances
APPLICATION This practice should be used on all projects. It is intended as a guideline only. It is the responsibility of both the Designer and Checker to follow this practice where practical.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Valve Accessibility And Clearance - Vertical Stem Attachment 02: Valve Accessibility And Clearance - Horizontal Stem Attachment 03: Average Man Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
PURPOSE This practice establishes recommended guidelines to assist the Piping Designer for development of a unit plot arrangement.
SCOPE This practice is arranged in the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND PIPEWAY CLEARANCES PIPEWAY LAYOUT REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guideline for the development of the unit Plot Plan.
RESPONSIBILITY It is the Lead Piping Supervisor's responsibility to ensure that this guideline is followed, along with any specific client requirements.
ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT Note!!! The numbers enclosed in parentheses below refer to specific notes in circles on Attachments 01, 02, and 03. Equipment Structures The plant layout of equipment shall utilize common structures for equipment vessels and pumps. As a rule single installation of equipment will not require a structure. Vertical Vessels Vertical vessels (A1) will be on a given centerline established by the largest vessel. The shell of the largest vessel will be 2'- 0" from the aisleway reference line. Vessels that are considered larger than the average vessel (A1.1) in a unit, will be established independently with the shell located 2'- 0" from the aisleway reference line. Manways in vertical vessels will normally be located on the side of the vessel away from the pipe rack. This leaves the pipe rack side clear for pipes going to and from the rack. Ladders will be located on either side of the vessel. Stacking two or more vertical vessels shall be investigated. This investigation shall consider the process conditions (commodities, temperatures, pressures), vertical height limitations, and
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
piping layout for economic advantages. The stacking of vessels requires the acceptance of Process and Vessel engineering. Horizontal Vessels Horizontal vessels (A2) will have the head of the largest vessel line up with the aisleway reference line. All other horizontal vessels in the same vicinity will have a common tangent line coordinate with the largest vessel. It may be economical for adjacent vessels to share a common saddle coordinate to utilize a common foundation. The minimum elevation from grade is usually shown on the P&ID if it is critical for process reasons. If no elevation is expressed and minimum is required, care should be taken to allow adequate clearance for piping. Exchangers Shell and tube heat exchangers (A3.1) will be lined up with their channel heads away from the pipeways, so that tube withdrawal is toward the outside of the unit. The shell heads will be lined up so that the largest head is in line with the aisleway reference line. All other exchangers are to be lined up to have a common channel nozzle coordinate. It may be economical for adjacent exchangers to share a common saddle coordinate to utilize a common foundation. "G"- fin or fin tube type exchangers will be located (A3.2) with the centerline of the shell nozzles lined up and located such that all piping remains clear of the aisleway reference line. Horizontal reboilers (A3.3) will preferably be located next to the equipment they service. Pumps
Locate pumps close to the equipment from which they take suction (A4.1). Pumps handling flammable products are not to be located under pipeways carrying major product lines, air coolers, or vessels. Pumps handling non-flammable products may be located under pipeways and air cooled exchangers. Pumps located between pipeways and equipment row should be located to avoid being hazardous to pipeway and equipment. Industrial Risk Insurers IM.2.5.2 (IRI) indicates the minimum distance to be 10 feet clear (A4.2); this distance should be verified by the clients requirements. Layout pump suctions and discharges on common centerlines, allowing the use of common pipe supports (A4.3). Aircoolers Aircoolers will normally be located above the pipeways (A5).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
Furnaces Furnaces should be located upwind or sidewind from the rest of the unit and be separated by at least 50 feet. Compressors Compressors should be located downwind from the rest of the unit, be separated from the other equipment, and preferably not located in an enclosed building. Valve Manifolds Operational valve manifolds, control valve manifolds and utility stations (A6) are to be located for operability and access.
EQUIPMENT AND PIPEWAY CLEARANCES Walkways 2'- 6" horizontal by 7'- 0" vertical (C1.1). Aisleway For fork lift or similar equipment 6'- 0" horizontal by 8'- 0" vertical. For portable manual equipment operation 3'- 0" horizontal by 8'- 0" vertical (C1.2). Access Way Mobil equipment access (hydraulic cranes, trucks, etc.) 10'- 0" horizontal by 10'- 0" vertical (C1.3). Flange Clearance Between adjacent equipment (example: shell and tube heat exchangers) 1'- 6" clearance between flanges if no other access is required (C2). Foundation Footings Minimum (2'- 6") walkway clearances are required between foundations of any equipment and any adjacent equipment or piping. Pump Clearances For pumps extending under the pipeways, a minimum 10'- 0" (C4.1) clearance is required between pumps at opposite sides of the rack. This clearance need not be in a straight line down a series of pumps under the rack. Minimum clearance of 3'- 0" is required between pumps (C4.2). The 3'- 0" dimension is a minimum requirement between adjacent equipment, foundation or piping. Exchanger Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
Clear aisleway for exchanger shell head removal will be 6'- 0" when using a fork lift truck or portable "A" frame (C4.3). 3'- 0" clear platform is required when using a mobile crane positioned at channel end to remove shell cover (C4.3.1). 3'- 0" clear when shell cover is fixed and removal is not required. Miscellaneous Clearances Platforms will be 1'- 0" minimum clear of piping or pipeway (C4.4.1). Allow clearance for drain funnels in front of pumps (C4.4.2). Road Clearances The requirements for drainage ditches or underground pipeway easement may increase the dimension from the edge of roads to equipment (C5).
PIPEWAY LAYOUT For pipeway support elevations (P1), refer to Practice 670.250.2041: Plant Arrangement Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans. Pipe support spacings shall be maximized using the limits of pipe spans and structural integrity. Location of electrical and instrument raceways will be determined by one of the following: When electrical is located primarily aboveground (P2.1), raceways for electrical and instruments will be located as shown (vertical or horizontal, with horizontal being the alternate location), taking care not to interfere with pipe turn-outs and expansion loops. On projects where electrical is predominately aboveground, the top level of the pipeway (P2.2) will be reserved for electrical and instrument raceways. Drop space (P3), if required, for utility, steam trap, or vent piping drop space width is set by minimum clearance for largest line and may be on either or both sides of pipeway as required. The centerline of line drops (P4) will normally be 2'- 0" from centerline of P.S. column or end of cantilever, whichever is applicable. Special consideration needs to be given to large diameter lines. Width of rack (P5) will be determined by the flow diagram transposition. Refer to Practice 670.250.2010: Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions. For pipe support spacing (P6), refer to Practice 670.250.2041.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2005: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development Instructions Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement Location Control Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Unit Plot Arrangement Attachment 02: Section Thru Pipeway, Standard Arrangements Attachment 03: Space Allocation At Support Columns
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
PURPOSE This practice establishes general guidelines for various types of tie-ins.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY DEFINITIONS REVIEW REQUIREMENTS LOCATE TIE-IN IN THE FIELD PREPARE DEMOLITION ISOMETRIC DESIGN ROUTING OF LINE TIE-IN TO DESTINATION REVIEW ISOMETRICS DOCUMENTATION MATERIALS PRESSURE TAPS BOLT-ON CONNECTIONS VALVES TESTING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guideline for making piping tie-ins, including selection, location, and design of tie-in connections to existing piping and equipment.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer will be responsible for the physical location, design, and initiation of material procurement for the tie-in. The Lead Process Engineer will establish tie-in process requirements. Construction will establish blinding, purging, safety procedures, and will perform NDE (Nondestructive Examination) on the proposed locations. The client will approve tie-ins.
DEFINITIONS Tie-In: A new piping connection to any existing pipeline or piece of equipment which is made in place. Pressure Tap (hot tap): A tie-in made by drilling or cutting a line or vessel, which is either under pressure or has been depressurized, but has not been cleared for conventional construction methods. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Stopple: A device used to isolate a section of pipe for repair or revision without depressuring or clearing the entire line.
REVIEW REQUIREMENTS Use as-built P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Check for special process requirements such as the following: - Do not picket - Vibrating service - Allowable pressure drop - Two-phase flow. Determine hot-tap or cold-cut. Prepare tie-in list (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340: Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms).
LOCATE TIE-IN IN THE FIELD The majority of tie-ins to existing facilities will be accomplished during a Plant shutdown. Those piping systems remaining live during a Plant shutdown and requiring tie-ins will be identified as such in the preliminary flowsheet markups. As illustrated by the following items, special care and attention will be given during the design phase, which will be effective in minimizing system shutdown requirements: Tie-in points will be tagged with a weatherproof tag indicating the job number and tie-in number, and will be fixed to the tie-in location by means of a semi-permanent but removable device such as a wire. The tie-in point will also be painted on the pipe or valved tie-in point with a color of paint which is acceptable to the Plant Engineer. Tie-ins will be as shown on applicable P&IDs. Use existing connections when possible. - Valve with no connection. - Blind flange. - Replace existing flanged spools with new spools incorporating a connection point. Choose locations which can be blocked by existing valves. Review tie-in locations with Process, Operations, and Maintenance. Determine testing requirements. Use Form: 000.250.F0300: FSR (Field Service Request), from Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340: Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms, for manual measurements and survey data. - Determine existing reference coordinates and elevations by survey, and paint the information on the reference item in the field; for example, pipe support column coordinates and top of steel elevations. - Measure from marked columns and steel elevations. - Take pipe measurements from welds rather than from hard-to-find centerline of elbows or Tees.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
-
On critical tie-ins, have centerline elevation and 1 set of coordinates surveyed to complement manual field measurements. - Perform UT on existing line. (Does it meet code?) - Determine type of PMI (Positive Material Identification) on the existing line. - Determine type of existing insulation or tracing. When the Fluor Daniel Piping Design team is close to completing their work, the Fluor Daniel Piping and Process Engineers will travel to the plant site and together will check the Plant Design team work from a Process and constructibility standpoint. When piping tie-ins are checked by Fluor Daniel Piping and Process Engineers, they will be reviewed with the plant's Project Engineer for approval. After preliminary approval by the plant's Project Engineer, Fluor Daniel Piping will formally draw up the Piping tie-in isometrics and Piping tie-in key plans, and develop the Piping tie-in list which will be issued formally for approval.
PREPARE DEMOLITION ISOMETRIC Demolition can be shown on existing isometrics or be part of the new tie-in isometric. Demolition isometrics show Construction exactly where the existing line has to be cut to install the new tie-in.
DESIGN ROUTING OF LINE FROM TIE-IN TO DESTINATION Field check for clearances. Try to maximize the use of existing steel. Do not block future expansions.
REVIEW ISOMETRICS Verify constructibility (such as crane access and welder access). Verify clearances for hot-tap machine (if required). Verify sketch's level of detail; does it show existing anchors, guides, and supports (for stress review)? Verify that thermal expansion has been accounted for when taking existing line field measurements. Verify that existing isolation valves are shown.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
DOCUMENTATION In addition to data normally shown on Piping drawings, the following information will be given when hot tapping or stoppling piping or equipment: Process fluid or vapor, and maximum operating pressure and temperature. Material specifications, acceptable wall thickness (not less than calculated minimum) of equipment or pipe to be tapped. Exact location and orientation of tapping nozzle. Drill or cutter diameter. Nozzles and adapters will be according to Piping Material Specifications as shown on the drawings. For cast iron lines, tapping saddle or sleeve specifications and the exact outside R (radius) of the lines measured at the point of pressure tapping. Special welding and heat testing procedures, if required. Valve size, rating, materials, and type. Packing material for valve and tapping machine, if other than that shown in the Piping Material Specifications for the valve. Gaskets for valve, adapter, and tapping machine, if other than that shown in the Piping Material Specifications for the valve. Test fluid and pressures for testing nozzle, valve, adapter and reinforcing pad (if reinforcing is specified), and special instructions for removal of test fluid and cleaning the nozzle, if required to prevent product contamination. Special instruction for work to be performed on equipment containing toxic or potentially hazardous material, and any other special safety precautions which may be required. Precautionary notes such as those required when tapping or stoppling ethylene, butadiene, or acetylene. The minimum clear, full-round valve opening required (allow for 1/8 of an inch clearance in diameter), and the specific valve meeting this requirement. If reinforced connections are not commercially available or if excessive time is required to secure the commercial connections, specify the following and provide the necessary information for their fabrication: - Cast iron lines. Design according to applicable code. - Other than cast iron lines. Specify pad.
MATERIALS Valves, packing, gaskets, and other piping components will be in accordance with the Piping Material Specifications. Nozzle reinforcement material will be of the same nominal chemical composition and physical characteristics as the branch connection and the equipment being tapped.
PRESSURE TAPS Pressure taps must be approved by Owner's Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Pressure taps may be used for the following: - To provide a connection into Piping or Process equipment without disrupting normal process operations. - To provide a connection into Process equipment that has been depressured but which is impractical to prepare for "hot work." An example would be connections into long underground pipelines. - To provide a connection into a pipeline for inserting a plugging or stoppling device to isolate equipment or a section of pipe. Pressure tapping of lines or vessels containing the following is not permitted unless written approval is obtained from the client, and client approved procedures are followed: - Compressed air - Caustic soda - Oxygen - Unsaturated hydrocarbons - Decomposables Pressure taps will not be used unless it is impractical to employ conventional methods. Each tap will be evaluated on its own merits considering operating conditions, material contents, and location. The following requirements will be met: - Pressure taps will not be made in equipment while it is operating at a temperature below the metal transition temperatures. - Special preheat, welding, and postheat procedures may be required for pressure taps that will be made at low temperatures (below 40 degrees F). - Pressure taps will not be specified for equipment handling amine (MEA and DEA) or caustic, if operating conditions would require stress relief. - Pressure taps will not be specified for equipment or lines containing flammables below atmospheric pressure, or containing a mixture within the flammable range and operating at any pressure. - Pressure taps will be avoided or special precautions specified when air hardening alloys are involved. - Pressure tapping of equipment containing hydrogen is permissible, provided the equipment has not operated above the Nelson curve limits. - When equipment containing hydrogen sulfide or other toxic materials is to be pressure tapped, special safety precautions for these materials will be specified. - If equipment handling ethylene, butadiene, or acetylene is to be pressure tapped, special precautions must be taken to maintain circulation and prevent overheating and thermal decomposition (with possible explosion) of the contents. Do not pressure tap pressurized piping or pressure vessels at locations where fluid flow does not exist. Pressure tapping of storage tanks will not be specified, except at locations on the shell where the liquid level can be maintained at least 3 feet above the highest point of welding during welding operations. Do not pressure tap equipment upstream of rotating machinery, unless facilities exist (such as strainers) that will prevent cuttings and droppings from reaching the machinery. Bolt-on connections will be used for pressure tapping cast iron equipment. Pressure tapping of reinforced concrete pressure piping (or other internally lined equipment) is allowed; however, special tapping materials, equipment, and techniques are required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Design of pressure tap connections will be in accordance with the applicable Codes and Standards. Locate pressure tap connections according to the following: - Allow sufficient clearance to install connections and operate the tapping or plugging equipment. - Whenever possible, locate connections so welding is performed at least 2 feet from flanges, threaded connections, and riveted joints. This should prevent leaks from developing in those joints. - Locate connections so that no welding is required within 2 inches of an existing weld. The nozzle length must be determined for the particular tapping machine that will be used in order to ensure a complete cut through the equipment wall. In addition, for flanged nozzles, the length should be adequate to permit removal of flange bolts. When practicable, the face-to-center line dimension of flanged nozzles for perpendicular connections to pipeline should be the same as the corresponding dimensions for a welding tee, and welding neck flange of the same size and rating as the tapped line. Connections will be the reinforced type using 1 of the following: - Pressure tap connections for size-to-size connections will be a full encirclement saddle (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). - Pressure tap connections for other than size-to-size will be 1 of the following: a) Integrally reinforced welding outlet fitting (fully welded). b) Reinforcing pad (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). c) Full encirclement, weld-on saddles (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). d) Full encirclement, bolt-on saddles where attachment by welding is not permitted. - Pressure tapping connections for cast iron pipelines will be full encirclement, bolt-on saddle. - Stoppling connections will be full encirclement type, fitting equal to T. D. Williamson's stopple fitting. Connections will be designed to prevent buckling of the surface being tapped, due to application of test pressure to the inside of the branch connection. An acceptable method for calculating the buckling pressures in externally loaded cylinders is given in R. J. Roark's Formulas For Stress And Strain, Fourth Edition, Page 54, Item S(34). The minimum pressure tapping nozzle and valve size specified will be 1 inch NPS. Heating or purging of the tapping or stoppling connection will be specified, if the equipment contents will be solid at ambient temperatures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
BOLT-ON CONNECTIONS When welding or other hot work is not allowed, pressure taps using bolt-on connections will be considered. When bolt-on saddles are used to pressure tap equipment within limits or in fire hazardous areas, a fireproof gasket will be specified.
VALVES Valves must have clear, full round openings at least 1/8 of an inch greater in diameter than the specified drill or cutter OD. Valves will be inspected for sufficient clearance of cutter prior to tapping. Regular-port (not tilted-port or venturi-port) gate valve with the same NPS and rating as the branch connection will be specified, except as follows: - Ball valves may be used, if port opening and material specifications are adequate. - Corporate plug cocks (3/4 of an inch NPS) may be used in water service, if the line being tapped is cast iron or steel, Schedule 40, and is 4 inch NPS or larger. - If maximum drill diameter is required for valves size 2-inch NPS and smaller, full-port valves equal to Smith Valve No. 88 (threaded or socketweld). - Flanged full-port valves will be either API 600 pattern (available in 1- 1/2 inch and 2-inch sizes) or forged body (available in any size as a special order); check availability with the Material Engineer. For valve sizes 2 inch NPS and smaller (other than full-port type), it may be necessary to use a drill diameter 1 size smaller than that specified in order to clear the valve seat rings. This decision must be made in the field after the valve has been selected, since inside dimensions of the smaller valves vary widely with manufacturer and style.
TESTING The hot tapping or stoppling connections, reinforcing pad, valve, machine, and joints will be pressure tested prior to tapping the line. Hydrostatic test shall be specified for equipment operating between 40 and 200 degrees F, unless other special conditions require a different test medium. Air, nitrogen, or another inert gas shall be specified for other temperatures. Test pressure for the valve, nozzles, and reinforcing pad (if required) will be as follows: -
For tanks, test pressure will be 40 psi. For piping and pressure vessels, test pressure will be calculated in accordance with the applicable code and will be based on the most severe combination of design pressure and temperature (not the operating conditions), since operating conditions may change from time to time.
REFERENCES Roark, R.J. Formulas For Stress And Strain. Fourth Edition. Item S(34): 54. Piping Engineering Form 000.250.F0300:
FSR (Field Service Request)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Piping Engineering Form 000.250.F4101:
Piping Tie-In List
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340:
Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Tie-In Examples
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2340 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN LIST AND FIELD REQUEST FORM INSTRUCTIONS AND SAMPLE FORMS
PURPOSE This practice provides information on Form 000.250.F4101: Piping Tie-In List, and Form 000.250.F0300: FSR (Field Service Request). Instructions for both forms are included. Use this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2301: Tie-In Practices General Design.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY FORM INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guide for completing Form 000.250.F4101 and Form 000.250.F0300.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer will be responsible for the use of the tie-in forms.
FORM INSTRUCTIONS Form 000.250.F0300: Fsr (Field Service Request) Refer to Attachment 01. This form is to be initiated by the Piping Engineer as a request for service for data from the field. Form 000.250.F4101: Piping Tie-In List Refer to Attachment 02. This form is to be completed as follows: Header Section Fill in the title area with the originator's (BY) initials, Checker's (CHK) initials, contract number, unit and area numbers, sheet number, revision, and date. Revision Section Provide revision number indicating when the individual tie-in was added or last revised.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2340 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN LIST AND FIELD REQUEST FORM INSTRUCTIONS AND SAMPLE FORMS
Drawing Reference Section Provide Fluor Daniel tie-in number (and Client tie-in number, if required). Provide Piping line number, sheet number, and pipe size. Provide Piping plan drawing number on which the tie-in appears. Provide P&ID number and drawing section where the tie-in appears. Planning Section Tie-in line service. Provide measured wall thickness of the existing pipe. If equipment, list equipment number and put equipment name or other designator in remarks. Provide tie-in size and facing; for example, 4"-300RF. Indicate the material status. (Is the material ready for installation?) Indicate whether Fluor Daniel or the Client will perform the tie-in. Indicate how the line will be prepared for making the tie-in; for example, blinding, purging, and cleaning. Indicate process and Client approvals. Indicate start and finish dates of shutdown or shutdown phase period. Indicate if a hot tap is required. Yes or No. Indicate if Form 000.250.F0300 was generated. Yes or No. Indicate date when the tie-in isometric went AFC. Construction Section Indicate date when tie-in is complete. Indicate date when inspection and hydrotest are complete. Remarks Section Any pertinent comment regarding a tie-in.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
Attachment 01: Form 000.250.F0300:
FSR (Field Service Request)
Attachment 02: Form 000.250.F4101:
Piping Tie-In List
ATTACHMENTS
Piping Engineering
01
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
PURPOSE This practice provides guidelines for overall storm drainage design for a project site and applies to projects being performed by the Civil Discipline that require storm drainage design. Information contained herein should be used by the Civil Engineer as a guide. Many design criteria, data, charts are available in text books, handbooks, manuals, but some of them are shown here. The Design Engineer should stay up to date on materials, specifications, and design criteria. Each project will have its own set of situations to be analyzed and addressed with the best engineering concept. Good engineering judgment and most economical solutions should be utilized. For complicated projects, obtain appropriate reference publication and design storm drainage system as specified in the publication. For very large projects, computer programs are available where time and cost saving is justified. Even for smaller systems, simple computer programs are available which provide quick and accurate results.
SCOPE This practice utilizes many design criteria, data, charts, textbooks, handbooks, and manuals available for storm drainage design. This practice contains types of commonly used hydrology analysis, hydrology design criteria, the rational method to determine storm water runoff from a drainage area, hydraulic design of open channel and closed storm sewers, storage basins, and design of culverts.
APPLICATION Each engineer or designer performing storm drainage design should utilize this guideline on each project. It is the overall responsibility of the Lead Engineer to ensure that this practice is used for storm drainage design on projects.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Comprehensive storm drainage design includes more than determination of runoff quantities and the layout of a collection or conveyance system to dispose of the runoff. Integral to the design is the consideration of erosion control and its impact on adjacent properties. The design of the storm drainage system should be prepared in conjunction with the grading design since the grading directly influences the type and design of drainage system employed. It is necessary that the drainage philosophy be established before the grading design is prepared. The impact of increased/decreased runoff from the project site to adjacent properties must be considered. Further development within the watershed must also be considered. Stormwater management is integral to the drainage system design. It is becoming more commonplace for local/state authorities to require stormwater management programs in the form of retention/detention ponds. The rate of runoff is frequently controlled by statute. Implementation Of Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Storm Drainage Practice Implementation of storm drainage practice includes the following: Data collection Define existing watershed Define/develop drainage philosophy for site Develop proposed layout of system Prepare calculations for system Design stormwater management facilities, if required Data Collection Review local/state statutes. - Erosion Control -
Stormwater Management
Establish/determine requirements for permit applications. - Plan Requirements -
Calculations
Obtain most recent topographic plans of watershed. - Use USGS to establish general location and define total watershed. -
Use city/county topographic plans for preliminary design in absence of more accurate data.
-
Obtain topographic survey prepared at suitable accuracy for final design.
Obtain rainfall data. - Obtain latest rainfall data from appropriate governmental agency (weather bureau). Define Existing Watershed Delineate watersheds on topographic plans. Calculate existing runoff (Q10, Q25, Q50, and Q100) as required. - Onto site -
From site
Define/Develop Design Philosophy For Site Consider method of collecting runoff. - Sheet flow versus series of drainage inlets -
Ditches versus underground piping system
Establish design criteria. Develop Proposed Layout Of System Prepare conceptual grading and drainage plan. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Delineate drainage area for each inlet or section of ditch. Note!!! For conceptual design, space inlets based on 1 inlet per 10,000 sf. Prepare Calculations For System Design collection system for design storm frequency. Refine grading plans and adjust layout of storm drainage. - Check ponding at inlets. Check capacity of grates. -
Consider special inlets with high capacity grates.
-
Check ditch flow for depth and velocity. Consider need for erosion netting, sod, or rip rap/energy dissipaters. Use available charts for design of open channels.
-
Check pipe flow for cleansing/scouring velocity and depth of flow.
-
Determine inlet and outlet losses for manholes and culverts.
Pay special attention to details for proper drainage at the following: - Intersections of roadways -
Truck docks
-
Building entrances
-
Rail docks/yards
-
Pedestrian crossings
-
Roof drainage discharge points
-
Parking lots
Design Stormwater Management Facilities Code search - Check state/local/federal requirements. Prepare calculations/drawings for the following: - Erosion control -
Retention/detention basins
-
Outflow structures
-
Emergency spillways
-
Earth dams
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
HYDROLOGY ANALYSIS Technical Release 55 (TR-55) Technical Release 55, Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, presents simplified procedures to calculate storm runoff volume, peak rate of discharge, hydrographs, and storage volumes required for floodwater reservoirs. These procedures are applicable in small watersheds, especially urbanizing watersheds, in the United States. The model described in TR-55 begins with a rainfall amount uniformly imposed on the watershed over a specified time distribution. Mass rainfall is converted to mass runoff by using a runoff CN (curve number). CN is based on soils, plant cover, amount of impervious areas, interception, and surface storage. Runoff is then transformed into a hydrograph by using unit hydrograph theory and routing procedures that depend on runoff travel time through segments of the watershed. Use peak discharge method for up to 2,000 acres of drainage area. Use tabular method for up to 20 square miles of drainage area. In TR-20, the use of TC (Time of Concentration) permits this method for any size watershed within the scope of the curves or tables, while in TR-55, the procedure is limited to a homogeneous watershed. The approximate storage routing curves are generalizations derived from TR-20 routings. Use TR-20 if the watershed is very complex or a higher degree of accuracy is required. Use TR-20 if TT (travel time) is greater than 3 hours and time of concentration TC is greater than 2 hours and a drainage area of individual subareas differ by a factor of 5 or more. Refer to Civil Engineering software, quick TR-55, and TR-20 for computer application. Synthetic Unit Hydrograph Method (Chapter 16, Pages 16-1 To 16-26) Over the past 2 decades, the federal, state, county, and local agencies have made numerous hydrologic investigations of drainage basins using synthetic unit hydrograph methodology. The synthetic unit hydrograph method should be used on larger drainage areas. Rational Method The rational method is 1 of the most widely used techniques for estimating peak runoffs, and is applicable to most of the drainage problems encountered on Fluor Daniel projects. The rational formula is Q = CIA where Q
=
Peak runoff, cfs
C
=
Coefficient of runoff, the rate of direct runoff to rainfall
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
I
=
Rainfall intensity, inches per hour, corresponding to the time of concentration
A
=
Tributary area, acres
The rational method is commonly used for determining peak discharge from relatively small drainage areas up to 200 acres.
HYDROLOGY DESIGN CRITERIA Normally, design for a storm frequency of 10 years for projects, unless otherwise specified by the client. Check for storm frequency of 50 years to estimate the consequences of flooding the site. For major structures such as culvert under public highway, use a storm frequency of 50 years. Design major flood control channels and major lift stations for a storm frequency of 100 years. Stormwater runoff from tank farms is normally not included in the design. Stormwater is impounded within the dikes and released after the peak stormwater runoff has passed. Design containment storage within containment areas for a storm frequency of 10 years, 24-hour storm for projects, unless otherwise specified by the client. Ponding at inlets should be less than 3 inches for a frequency of 25 years storm.
RATIONAL METHOD Rational Formula The rational formula is Q = CIA. On a topographic plan of the drainage area, draw the drainage system and block off the subareas draining into the system. Determine A, the area of each subarea in acres. Coefficient Of Runoff The coefficient of runoff is intended to account for the many factors which influence peak flow rate. The coefficient of runoff primarily depends on the rainfall intensity, soil type and cover, percentage of impervious area, and antecedent moisture condition. Determine the coefficient of runoff C, for appropriate class of ground surface from the following table. If more than 1 class of ground surfaces fall in 1 tributary drainage area, use a composite coefficient of runoff value.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Coefficient of Runoff
C
Roofs Pavements Concrete Asphalt Oiled Compacted Soil Compacted Gravel Compacted Impervious Soil Natural Bare Soil Uncompacted Gravel Compacted Sand Soil Natural Soil, Grass Cover Uncompacted Soil Lawns
1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.20
Composite coefficient of runoff C: A1C1 + A2C2 + A3C3 + −−−−AnCn A1 + A2 + A3 + An where A1 A2 A3 ---- An= C1 C2 C3 ---- Cn
Areas in acres of different class of surfaces = Corresponding coefficient of runoff
Time Of Concentration If rain were to fall continuously at a constant rate and be uniformly distributed over an impervious surface, the rate of runoff from that surface would reach a maximum rate equivalent to the rate of rainfall. The time required to reach the maximum or equilibrium runoff rate is defined as the time of concentration. The time of concentration depends upon the length of the flow path, the slope, soil cover, and the type of development. Determine the initial time of concentration using the nomograph on Attachment 01. Use a minimum time of concentration of 5 minutes for paved areas and a minimum time of concentration of 10 minutes for unpaved areas. Precipitation The various precipitation amounts during specified time periods at recording stations are analyzed using common models of probability distributions. A number of alternative statistical distributions such as Log Pearson Type III, Pearson Type III, Two-Parameter Lognormal, Three-Parameter Lognormal, and Weibull, Type I, Extreme Value are used in flood hazard analysis.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Intensity Duration Curves Use the intensity duration curves available from federal, state, county or local agencies for the project location. If such curves are not available, construct these curves using Weather Bureau Technical Paper Number 40 (Continental United States); 42 (Puerto Rico and Virginia Islands); 43 (Hawaiian Islands); 47 and 52 (Alaska); or NOAA Atlas, Precipitation Frequency Atlas of the United States, published by the National Weather Service. For constructing the curves, given only 1 or 2 points, use the following conversion factors based on 30 minutes as 1.00: Duration in Minutes
Factor
Duration in Minutes
Factor
5
2.22
40
0.80
10
1.71
50
0.70
15
1.44
60
0.60
20
1.25
90
0.50
30
1.00
120
0.40
To go from 1 curve to another, use the following factors based on the 50 year maximum rainfall as 1.000: 1 year
0.428
25 years
0.898
2 years
0.455
50 years
1.000
5 years
0.659
100 years
1.108
10 years
0.762
Rainfall intensity duration curves for more than 100 years can be constructed using rainfall data for periods of 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100 years; and time periods of 20 minutes, 60 minutes, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours; and 24 hours using the following formula: _ Xji = Xi + Kj Si
_ Xi
where j i Xji Xi Kj Si
= = = = = =
Return period in years Specific storm duration in minutes, hours or days Precipitation in inches for return period j and duration i Mean maximum annual storm for duration i Frequency factor (in standard deviations) for a return period of j years Standard deviation of maximum annual storm for duration i
For more detailed procedures using this formula, refer to "Analysis of Data," Pages 7 to 25 of Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency for California, Department of Water Resources, State of California, November 1982. A sample set of curves is shown in the sample problems in this practice.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Using the initial time of concentration, determine "I" intensity of rainfall in inches per hour from the intensity duration curve for the plant's geographical location using the proper yearly rainfall frequency. Compute Q = CIA. Refer to sample problems in this practice. Travel Time Determine the size of the channel or pipe required to carry Q on the slope of the drain. Determine the velocity of flow. Measure the length of flow to the point of inflow of the next subarea downstream. Compute the time of flow for this reach and add it to the initial time of concentration for the first area to Calculate Q for second subarea, using the new time of concentration and continue in similar fashion until a junction with a lateral channel is reached. Start at the upper end of the lateral and carry its Q to the junction with the main channel. Storm Runoff At Junction Compute the Q at the junction. Tributary area with longer time of concentration
Tributary area with shorter time of concentration
QA
QB
TA
TB
IA
IB
Peak Q cfs (cubic feet per second), time of concentration in minutes, rainfall intensity in inches/hour. If TA = TB then Qp = QA + QB TP = TA = TB If QA > QB then Qp = QA + QB IA IB TP = TA If QA< QB then Qp = QB + QA IB IA TP = TB Qp = Peak Q at junction Tp = Peak time of concentration at junction If more than 2 tributary areas are contributing at 1 junction, combine 2 areas at a time and proceed similarly until tributary areas are combined.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 9 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
DITCHES AND CHANNELS Capacity The capacity of ditches and channels will be calculated using the Manning's equation: 2/3 1/2 Q = 1.486 n r s A
where: Q A
= =
r
=
s n
= =
Capacity in cfs Cross sectional area of flow in square feet Area of flow Hydraulic radius = in feet Wetted perimeter Slope of energy grade line in foot per foot Roughness coefficient
Values of roughness coefficient n for ditches and channels Lined ditches and channels n = 0.014 for poured concrete n = 0.016 for shotcrete (gunite) n = 0.014 for asphalt n = 0.035 for medium weight rip rap n = 0.025 for crushed rock n = 0.030 for grass Unlined ditches and channels n = 0.020 for very fine sand, silt or loam n = 0.025 for sand and gravel n = 0.030 for coarse gravel Values of n for other surfaces can be found in Session 7, Pages 7-17 of King and Brater, Handbook of Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Chapter 5, Pages 110 to 113 of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. Ditches and channels should be designed with the top of the walls at or below the adjacent ground to allow interception of surface flows. The minimum velocity of flow should be 2.0 feet per second in order to prevent the settling of solids, if there is possibility of solids flowing in the ditches and channels. Velocities in unlined ditches and channels must be limited to prevent cutting or erosion of the ditch or channel bottom or sides. Permissible channel velocities for various types of soil can be found in Session 7, Pages 7-19 of King and Brater, Handbook of Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Chapter 7, Page 165 of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. If the mean velocity exceeds that permissible for that particular kind of soil, the channel should be protected with some type of lining. Freeboard or additional wall heights are to be added above the calculated water surface. For ditches and channels with capacities to 50 cfs, add 1.0 feet.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 10 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
For ditches and channels with capacities from 50 cfs to 200 cfs, add 1.5 feet. For ditches and channels with more than 200 cfs capacities, refer to Chapter 7, Pages 159 and 160, of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. For curved alignments, add freeboards above the superelevated water surface. It is desirable to provide a depth greater than critical. If not possible, an energy dissipator may be required at the end of the ditch section. Linings Ditches and channels with a flow velocity that exceeds permissible velocity will be lined. Lining of ditches and channels will be poured concrete, gunite, asphalt, crushed rock, riprap, or other type of slope protection. For design procedure of riprap design, refer to Chapter 3, Pages III-137 to III-150 of Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation, 1980.
GRAVITY STORM SEWER SYSTEM Capacity The capacity of a gravity storm sewer system will be calculated using the Manning's equation. Refer to sections covering Ditches and Channels in this practice. Closed storm sewers should be deigned to flow full for the design storm, unless otherwise specified by the Client. The gravity storm sewer system will be designed in such a manner that at the maximum design flow, the water level in the most remote catch basin of the system or subsystem is a minimum of 6 inches below top of grating. The controlling elevation at a junction of a main, lateral, or sublateral for calculating the hydraulic gradeline upstream will be the hydraulic grade elevation of the main or lateral at the point or the soffit elevation of the pipe, whichever is greater. Values of Manning's n for closed sewers are as follows: Pipe Material Polyvinyl chloride pipe Steel Ductile iron Cast iron Cement lined pipe Concrete pipe Vitrified clay pipe Fiberglass reinforced plastic Corrugated metal pipe
n 0.010 0.011 0.013 0.013 0.015 0.013 0.013 0.010 0.024
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 11 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
The preferred slope for sewer lines will be approximately 0.01 foot (1/8 of an inch) per foot. The minimum slope will be approximately 0.005 foot (1/16 of an inch) per foot but may be decreased, if necessary, provided the required minimum velocity is maintained to avoid disposition of solids. The minimum pipe size for branch lines will be 4-inch diameter and 8-inch diameter for catch basin outlet pipes. The minimum velocity for closed storm sewers should be 2.0 feet per second to prevent the settling of solids. For concrete sewers where high velocity flow is continuous and grit erosion is expected to be a problem, use a maximum velocity of about 10 feet per second. The alignment chart in Attachment 02 can be used for the solution of Manning's equation for circular pipes flowing full. The graph in Attachment 03 is used for the solution of problems involving sewers flowing only partly filled. The following procedure is used for finding the hydraulic elements of the pipes. Compute the ratio of q/Q for each line. Find the ratio of h/D and v/V. From the ratio h/D, calculate h. From the ratio v/V, calculate v. q Q h D v V
= = = = = =
Actual flow, cfs Quantity if pipe flowing full, cfs Actual depth of flow, feet Inside diameter of pipe, feet Actual velocity, fps (feet per second) Velocity if pipe were flowing full, fps
Losses Manhole losses will be calculated from the following: 2 2 hmh = 0.05 v to0.75 v 2g 2g depending upon the inlet and outlet pipe size, elevation and design. Bend losses will be calculated from the following equations: 2 hb = Kb v 2g where Kb = 2.0 δ 90 where δ = Central angle of bend in degrees. Bend losses should be included for closed conduits; those flowing partially full as well as those flowing full.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 12 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
CULVERTS Drainage culverts are normally corrugated metal pipe, reinforced concrete pipe, or reinforced concrete box as necessary to meet the requirements for stormwater drainage flow, truck loads, and depth of fill above the culvert. Culverts under roads will be designed to support the earth pressures on the culvert and the maximum wheel load that will be imposed over it through its design life, plus the applicable impact, as defined in AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Traffic Officials) Standard specifications for Highway Bridges. In the absence of construction or maintenance vehicles with a greater wheel load, the culvert will be designed to support a wheel load of 16,000 pounds (HS-20 loading). Minimum cover over culverts will be 12-inches for circular corrugated metal pipe, and 18-inches for reinforced concrete pipe, and corrugated metal pipe arches. The minimum size of culvert will be 12-inch diameter for lengths of 30 feet or less and 18-inch diameter for lengths over 30 feet. Where installation of multiple culverts is required, the minimum clear distance between pipes will be as follows: Pipe Diameter
Minimum Clear Distance
12 inch to 24 inch 27 inch to 72 inch 78 inch to 120 inch
12 inches 1/2 diameter 36 inches
Culverts will have a slope that will provide a minimum velocity of 2.0 fps. Culverts will be sized to pass the 10-year storm flow with unsubmerged inlet. However, the culvert will be checked for the 50-year storm with ponding at the entrance not to exceed the top of the road subgrade. In designing any culvert larger than a 36-inch diameter single-barrel pipe (for example, arch and oval pipe, multiple-barrel culverts, concrete box), design features such as headwalls, endwalls, transition structures, and energy dissipators will be selected strictly on the basis of culvert performance and be economically justified. Procedure for determining culvert size: List the design data. Refer to sample problems in this practice. Estimate first trial size. Find headwater depth. Inlet Control: Using Attachments 04, 05, or 06, determine HW/D using the appropriate entrance scale. Convert HW/D to HW (headwater) by multiplying by D (pipe diameter) in feet. Outlet Control: Using Attachment 07, 08, or 09, determine H (head) in feet using the appropriate value for k(e) as given in the following table:
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 13 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Entrance Loss Coefficients Type of Entrance
Coefficient k(e)
Concrete Pipe Projecting from fill, socket end (groove end)
0.2
Projecting from fill, square cut end
0.5
Headwall or beadwall and wingwalls Socket end of pipe (groove end) Square end Round radius (radius - 1/2 D)
0.2 0.5 0.2
End section conforming to fill slope
0.5
Corrugated Metal Pipe Projecting from fill (no beadwall)
0.9
Headwall or beadwall and wingwalls, square edge
0.5
Beveled to conform to fill slope
0.7
Flared end section (available from manufacturer)
0.5
Beadwall, rounded edge
0.1
Solve for HW in the following equation: HW = H + ho − SoL For TW (tailwater) elevation equal to or greater than the top of the culvert at the outlet, set ho equal to TW. For TW elevation less than the top of the culvert at the outlet, use the following equation or TW, whichever is greater, where dc, the critical depth in feet, is determined from Attachment 10 or 11. ho = dc + D 2 Compare the headwaters for both inlet and outlet control. The higher headwater governs and indicates the flow existing under the given conditions for the trial size selected. Select culvert size which keeps headwater depth below allowable limit.
STORMWATER DETENTION AND RETENTION BASINS Flood Control Detention Basin The primary function of the flood control detention basin is to store the storm runoff during peak flood and reduce the peak discharge.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 14 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
The flood control detention basin is generally the least expensive and most reliable measure. It can be designed to fit a wide variety of sites and can accommodate multiple outlet spillways to control multifrequency outflow. Measures other than flood control detention basins may be preferred in some locations. Any device selected, however, should be assessed as to its function, maintenance needs, and impact. Design flood control detention basins for 50 years storm frequency. For flood control detention basin storage volume requirement calculations procedure, for up to 2,000 acres of drainage area, refer to Chapter 6 Storage Volume for Detention Basins, Pages 6-1 to 6-11 of Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, TR-55, United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, January 1975, or use local drainage manual, if available. Stormwater Retention Basin Regulations require management of storm runoff from industrial plant sites so as not to discharge toxic or hazardous pollutants to receiving waters. The purpose of stormwater retention basins is to store the stormwater during periods of storm runoff and release it at a lower rate to the treatment process. Retention pond and storage basin capacities will be determined based on the total accumulated stormwater runoff from the design storm frequency for duration of 24 hours. A minimum freeboard of 12 inches will be provided on top of water surface. Lining for ponds and basins will be as recommended in the Geotechnical Investigation Report or as required by process and environmental criteria for the project. Sediment Control Basin Erosion and sediment control measures are required during construction to prevent surface storm water runoff pollution into stream channels and water bodies. The sediment control basin is required to collect and store sediment or debris from affected areas. The sediment control basin collects and holds stormwater runoff to allow suspended sediment to settle out. Design sediment control basins for 10-year storm frequency, unless regulatory agencies dictate otherwise. The surface area of the sediment basin at the height of the rim of the riser pipe is calculated by using the following formula: A=
KQ Vs
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 15 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
where A Q K Vs
= = = =
Basin surface area square feet Storm runoff cfs 1.2 0.00096 ft/sec settling velocity for a 0.02 millimeter particle size.
Particles greater than or equal to the 0.02 millimeter particle size are to be retained in the basin. The sediment storage volume is 75 cu yd per acre of disturbed construction area. The settling zone will be a minimum of 2 feet deep. The combined capacities of the riser pipe and spillway are designed to be sufficient to pass the peak rate of storm runoff of a 10-year storm frequency. The sediment control basin will need to be periodically cleaned out to restore the basin to its original designed volume capacity. A concentric antivortex device and trash rack should be provided on top of the riser pipe. A concrete base of sufficient weight to prevent flotation of the riser is attached to the riser pipe with a watertight connection. Stone riprap protection should be provided on the spillway to reduce erosion of the spillway dike. A protection fence should be provided around the sediment control basin for safety. The sediment control basin may be used after construction as a permanent stormwater management basin. For sediment control basin design requirements and procedure, refer to Chapter 3, Pages III-59 to III-88 of Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation, 1980.
STORM DRAINAGE SOFTWARE (AVAILABLE IN IRVINE) 1.
Advanced Designer Series Civil Soft Storm Plus Storm Drain Analysis Program Storm Plus is based on the original computer program F0515P and was developed in April 1979. This program was written for use by the Los Angeles County Flood Control District or by its contractors on district projects. This program computes and plots uniform and nonuniform steady flow water surface profiles and pressure gradients in open channels or closed conduits with irregular or regular sections. The flow in a system may alternate between super critical, subcritical, or pressure flow in any sequence. The program will also analyze natural river channels
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 16 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
although the principle use of the program is intended for determining profiles in improved Flood Control Systems. 2.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-1 Flood Hydrograph Package This computer program was developed by HEC (The Hydrologic Engineering Center), Corp of Engineers, Department of the Army. The HEC-1 model is designed to simulate the surface runoff response of a river basin to precipitation by representing the basin as an interconnected system of hydrologic and hydraulic components. Each component models an aspect of the precipitation runoff process with a portion of the basin, commonly referred to as a subbasin. A component may represent a surface runoff entity, a stream channel, or a reservoir. The result of the modeling process is the computation of stream flow hydrographs at desired locations in the river basin. HEC-1 has several major capabilities which are used in the development of a watershed simulation model and the analysis of flood control measures. The capabilities are the following: Automatic estimation of unit graph, interception/infiltration, and streamflow routing parameters. Simulation of complex river basin runoff and streamflow. River basin simulation using a precipitation depth versus area function. Computation of modified frequency curves and expected annual damages. Simulation of flow through a reservoir and spillway for dam safety analysis. Simulation of dam breach hydrographs. Optimization of flood control system components.
3.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-2 Water Surface Profiles This computer program was developed by HEC, Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army. The HEC-2 computer program is intended for calculating water surface profiles for steady, gradually varied flow in natural or manmade channels. Both subcritical and supercritical flow profiles can be calculated. The effect of various obstructions such as bridges, culverts, weirs, and structures in the flood plain may be considered in the computations. The program is also designed for application in flood plain management and flood insurance studies to evaluate floodway encroachments and to designate flood hazard zones. Also, capabilities are available for assessing the effect of channel improvements and levels on water surface profiles.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 17 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
4.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-Plot Plotting Program for HEC-1 and HEC-2 HEC-Plot is an enhanced version of the Plot 2 Program of the US Army Corps of Engineers, written by HEC. Computer Program HEC-Plot was developed to provide a quick and simple graphical display of cross section data and computed results from HEC-1 and HEC-2. The HEC-Plot Program provides the capability to plot cross section data, including the changes to the section caused by the HEC-2 options that modify section data. HEC-2 profiles and rating curves of the output variables, available on HAESTAD 95 or TAPE 95, can be plotted. HEC-Plot also plots HEC-1 output hydrographs.
5.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software Quick HEC-12 Drop Inlet Design and Analysis Quick HEC-12 handles the following inlet types: Curb Grate Combination curb and grate 4-inch bridge Scupper Slotted Drain Grate in trapezoidal ditch Quick HEC-12 uses the manual procedure outlined by the Federal Highway Administration, Hydraulic Engineering circular Number 12, Drainage of Highway pavements, March, 1984.
6.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software POND-2 Detention Pond Design and Analysis POND-2 Computer Program is for detention pond design. It estimates detention storage requirements, computes a volume rating table for any pond configuration, routes hydrographs for different return frequencies through alternative ponds and plots the resulting inflow and outflow hydrographs. POND-2 is completely compatible with LINK-2 and can automatically import inflow hydrographs from QUICK TR-55, TR-20, and HEC-1 computer files.
7.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software Quick TR-55 Hydrology for small watersheds Quick TR-55 Computer Program was developed based on the SCS TR-55 Urban Hydrology for small watersheds. The program can generate and plot hydrographs, compute peak discharges, and perform predeveloped and postdeveloped analysis.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 18 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
8.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software TR-20 Project Formulation Hydrology The TR-20 Computer Program is a single-event model which computes direct runoff resulting from any synthetic or natural rainstorm. It develops flood hydrographs from runoff and routes the flow through steam channels and reservoirs. The following major Civil Engineering software programs from Haestad Methods are also available:
9.
HECWRC Flood Flow Frequency
10. HMR52 Probable Maximum Storm 11. WSP-2 Water Surface Profiles 12. Hy-4-69 Hydraulics of Bridge Waterways 13. WSPRO (Hy-7) Bridge Waterways Analysis Model 14. DAMS 2 Structure Site Analysis 15. THYSYS Culverts Storm Sewer and Inlets 16. SWMM Storm Water Management Model 17. HEC-6 Scour and Deposition 18. SEDIMOT II Hydrology and Sedimentology 19. HYDRA Storm and Sanitary Sewer Analysis Software PITZER HYDRA is one of the most practical programs available to analyze storm and sanitary sewer collection systems. It is structured to work well on both large municipal systems and small tracks, with or without database files and without or within AutoCAD. HYDRA allows the designer to generate storm flows by the Rational Method, a modified SCS Method (Soil Conservation Service) or by continuous simulation. The best method to use depends upon the situation, available data, and the requirements of the municipality.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 19 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
REFERENCES AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Traffic Officials). Analysis of Data, Pages 7 to 25 of Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency for California, Department of Water Resources, State of California, November 1982. Bureau of Engineering Manual. Part G, Storm Drain Design. City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works. Capacity Charts For the Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 10. Mar. 1965. Chow, Ven Te. Handbook of Applied Hydrology. McGraw-Hill Book Company. 1964. Chow, Ven Te. Open-Channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New York. 1959. Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. American Society of Civil Engineers. WPCF Manual of Practice Number 9. 1972. Design Manual. Hydraulic. Los Angeles County Flood District. Design Manual. Orange County Flood Control District. Engineering Field Manual. United States Department of Agriculture. SCS. Washington, DC. 1989. Estimating Probabilities of Extreme Floods: Methods and Recommended Research. National Research Council. Washington, DC. 1988. Guide For Sediment Control on Construction Sites in North Carolina. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service, SCS. North Carolina. 1973. Guidelines For Determining Flood Flow Frequency. Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data, Bulletin #17b of the Hydrology Subcommittee, VA. 1982. Gumbel, E. J. Statistics of Extremes. Columbia University Press. New York. 1958. Hydraulic Charts For the Selection of Highway Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 5. Dec 1965. Hydraulic Design of Improved Inlets For Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 13. Aug 1972. Hydrology Manual. Los Angeles County Flood Control District. Hydrology Manual. Orange County Flood Control District. Hydrology Manual. Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District. King and Brater. Handbook of Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New York. Kite, G. W. Frequency and Risk Analysis in Hydrology. Water Resource Publication. Littleton, CO. 1977. Manual For Erosion and Sediment Control in Georgia. Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Committee. 1975. Manual of Standards For Erosion and Sediment Control Measures. Association of Bay Area Governments. Jun 1981. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 20 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Maryland Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. College Park, MD. 1975. National Engineering Handbook. Drainage of Agricultural Land. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. Washington, DC. 1971. National Engineering Handbook. Hydraulics. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. Washington, DC. 1975. National Engineering Handbook. Hydrology. United States Department of Agriculture. SCS (Soil Conservation Service). Washington, DC. NOAA Atlas, Precipitation - Frequency Atlas of the United States, published by the National Weather Service. Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency For California. Department of Water Resources. State of California. Nov 1982. Urban Hydrology For Small Watersheds. TR-55. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service. Jan 1975. Urban Runoff. Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service, SCS. St. Paul, MN. 1976. Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation. 1980. Water Resources Technical Publication. Research Report Number 24. United States Department of The Interior, Bureau of Reclamation. Weather Bureau Technical Paper Number 40 Number 42 Number 43 Number 47 Number 52
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Overland Flow Time Attachment 02: Alignment Chart For Manning Formula For Pipe Flow Attachment 03: Relative Velocity And Flow In Circular Pipe For Any Depth Of Flow Attachment 04: Headwater Depth For Concrete Pipe Culverts With Inlet Control
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 21 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Attachment 05: Headwater Depth For CM Pipe Culverts With Inlet Control Attachment 06: Headwater Depth For CM Pipe Arch Culverts With Inlet Control Attachment 07: Head For Concrete Pipe Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 08: Head For Standard CM Pipe Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 09: Head For Standard CM Pipe Arch Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 10: Critical Depth Circular Pipe Attachment 11: Critical Depth Standard CM Pipe Arch Attachment 12: Form 000.210.F8000:
Rational Method Calculation Form
Attachment 13: Form 000.210.F8001:
Peak Q At The Junction Calculation Sheet
Attachment 14: Form 000.210.F5000:
Datasheet - Culvert Design
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
PURPOSE This practice establishes the parameters of the various components involved in the design of gravity and force main sanitary sewer systems. Design of these systems will require compliance with regulations and standards of various private and public agencies and applicable federal, state, county and city regulations. The design data, dimensions, regulations and standards will reflect a considerable diversity between owner and government agencies. The Civil Engineer must review these various regulations and standards and select the appropriate ones for the project. This technical practice should be used in conjunction with textbooks and other publications on the subject, such as those listed in the references. The design engineer should stay updated on materials, specifications, and design criteria.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SEWAGE FLOWRATES GRAVITY SEWER DESIGN MANHOLES PUMPING STATIONS SIPHONS HYDRAULIC DESIGN EXAMPLE PROBLEM REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice provides guidelines for the design of sanitary sewers and applies to all projects and work assignments being performed by Fluor Daniel Civil Discipline. The Lead Civil Engineer on a project is responsible for the use of these guidelines in designing sanitary sewer systems.
SEWAGE FLOWRATES Domestic sewage quantities normally are to be computed on a contributing population basis, except as noted in subparagraph d and e on page 3-1 of Hydraulic Design of Sewers. Subparagraph d (Industrial Waste Flows) Such industries cannot be computed totally on a population or fixture unit basis. Industrial waste sewers and sanitary sewers will be designed for the peak industrial flow as determined for the particular industrial process or activity involved. Subparagraph e (Fixture Unit Flow) The size of building connections, including those from theaters, restaurants, chapels, clubs and other such buildings, will, in all cases, be large enough to discharge the flow computed on a fixture unit basis. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
The population to be used in design depends upon the type of area which the sewer serves. If the area is entirely residential, the design population is based on full occupancy. If the area served is entirely industrial, the design population is the greatest number of employees in the area at any one time. Average Daily Per Capita Sewage quantities for different types of installations are shown on page 3-1 of Hydraulic Design of Sewers. The average daily flow will be computed by multiplying the resident and nonresident contribution populations by the appropriate per capita allowances and adding the two flows. Nonresidents working 8 hour shifts will be allowed 30 gallons per capita per day. Flowrate The average hourly flowrate should be used when designing sewers to serve small areas of the installation where several buildings or a group of buildings are under consideration and where the majority of sewage is generated by nonresidents or other short term occupants. The peak daily or diurnal flowrate is an important factor in sewer design, especially when minimum velocities are to be provided on a daily basis. The peak diurnal flowrate will be taken as 1/2 of the extreme peak flowrate. Extreme flowrates of flow occasionally and must be considered. Sewers will be designed with adequate capacity to handle extreme peaks flowrates, ratios of extreme peak flowrates at average flow will be calculated with the use of the following formula: R = C 0.67 Q where R Q
= =
C
=
Ratio of extreme peak flowrate to average Average daily flow or average hour flowrate in million gallons per day, gallons per day or gallons per hour Constant 3.8 for MGD, 38.2 for GPD, or 22.5 for GPH
Infiltration And Inflow In computing wastewater flows for new sewer design, allowances for groundwater infiltration will be 500 to 1,000 gallons per day per inch diameter per mile of pipe and will be added to the peak rate of flow.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Fixture Unit Flow The size of building connections will be large enough to discharge the flow computed on a fixture unit basis. This requirement applies to building connections only and not to the lateral or other sewers to which they connect.
GRAVITY SEWER DESIGN Generally, it is not desirable to design sewers for full flow even at peak rates. Trunk and interceptor sewers will be designed to flow at depths not exceeding 90 percent of full depth; lateral and main sewers 80 percent; and building connections, 70 percent. However, regardless of flow and depth, the minimum sizes to be used are 6 inch for building connections and 8 inch for all other sewers. The Manning formula will be used for design of gravity sewers: 2/3 1/2 V = 1.486 n R S
where V n R S
= = = =
Velocity in feet per second Coefficient of pipe roughness Hydraulic radius in feet Slope of energy line in feet per foot
Values of n (roughness coefficient) to be used in the formula range from 0.013 to 0.015, with the lowest n value applying to new or relatively new pipe. Values of n will also depend on the pipe material. Variation of n with depth of flow has been shown experimentally, and can be considered in designing sewer to flow partially full. Velocity Sewers will be designed to provide a minimum velocity of 2.0 FPS (feet per second) at the average daily flow, or average hourly flowrate, and minimum velocity of 2.5 to 3.5 FPS at the peak diurnal flowrate. Pipe Cover Adequate cover will be provided for frost protection and against structural damage due to any superimposed surface loading. Hydraulic Profile In most cases where small to medium sized gravity sewers are installed in long runs, it will be safe to assume uniform flow throughout the entire length of pipe. A hydraulic profile is recommended showing all the other utilities crossing the sewer line. Sewer plans generally will be oriented so that the flow in the sewer is from right to left on the sheet and stationing is upgrade from left to right. Each sewer plan should include a north arrow. Match lines should be easily identifiable.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Critical Flow Gravity sewers will ordinarily be designed to maintain subcritical flow conditions in the pipe throughout the normal range of design flows. However, there are exceptions in which supercritical flow may be required and will be justified. Hydrogen Sulfide In Sewers Two of the most important problems occurring in wastewater collection systems are the corrosion of sewers and appurtenances, and the propagation and emission of odors and toxic gases. Both of these problems can be attributed in large part to the generation of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) in sewers. Sewers will be designed hydraulically in accordance with U.S. EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) guidelines established therein to prevent excessive generation of hydrogen sulfide. Corrosion Control Plastic pipe PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride); HDPE (High Density Polyethylene); ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadien-Styrene), fiberglass, and vitrified clay pipe are best suited for corrosive environments, whereas concrete (including ABS composite), asbestos cement, ductile iron, and cast iron soil pipe should be avoided unless a special protective lining, coating or treatment are provided.
MANHOLES Sanitary sewer manholes will be spaced 300 to 400 feet. When the size is large enough to permit a man to enter, a spacing of 500 feet may be used. Manholes should be located at the junctions of sewers and changes in grades, sizes, or alignment. Manholes may be precast concrete (assembled in the field) cast in place, or brick.
PUMPING STATIONS Pumping station and pneumatic ejectors will normally be required to remove waste from areas which cannot be served hydraulically by gravity sewers. In certain situations, however, a gravity sewer system can be used, but only at the expense of deep trench excavation. Both wastewater pumping and gravity flow sewers may be technically feasible and capable of meeting service requirements, however, they may not be equivalent in economic terms. When it is not readily apparent which solution would be more economical, the decision to use one or the other should be based on life cycle cost analysis. Initial capital and construction costs for pumps, ejectors, structures, force main, plus operation and maintenance costs should be compared with cost of deep trench excavation or other special construction methods required for a gravity system. Generally, a gravity sewer system will be justified until its cost exceeds the cost of a pumped system by 10 percent.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Pumping Equipment Pumping equipment used in sanitary sewer systems may be classified into two general types; centrifugal pumps and pneumatic ejectors. The latter are used only in the smaller installations where centrifugal pumps, if used, would be too large for the application. Centrifugal pumps fall into the following three general classifications: Axial - flow or propeller pumps Mixed Flow or angle - flow pumps Radial - flow pumps (commonly referred to as centrifugal pumps) The classification into which a pump falls usually can be determined by its specific (Ns) at the point of maximum efficiency. The specific speed of an impeller may be defined as the speed in rpm (revolution per minute) at which a geometrically similar impeller would run if it were of such size as to deliver 1 gpm against 1 foot of head. The formula for specific speed is as follows: Ns =
RPM GPM H 3/4
where H is in feet. Pump Construction Most pump casings are made of cast iron. Although for special applications where gritty or corrosive liquids are involved, other materials sometimes are specified. Pneumatic ejectors are usually used for lifting sewage from basement of buildings and small lift stations where their advantage outweigh their low efficiency, which is limited to about 15 percent. Their advantages are the following: Sewage is completely enclosed an consequently no sewer gases can escape except through the vent. Operation is fully automatic and the ejector goes into service only when needed. The relatively few moving parts in contact with sewage require little attention or lubrication. Ejectors are not easily clogged. The following is an empirical formula for the approximate capacity of air required to operate an ejector: V=
Q(H + 34) 250
where V H Q
= = =
volume of free air required in CFM total head in feet rate of sewage discharge in GPM
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Datum All readings for suction lift, suction head, discharge head, and net positive suction head are taken with reference to the datum which in the case of horizontal shaft, is the elevation of the pump center line and in the case of vertical shaft pumps is the elevation of the entrance eye of the suction impeller. Suction Lift (Hs) Suction lift exists where the total suction head is below atmospheric pressure. Total suction lift, as determined on test, is the reading of a liquid manometer at the suction nozzle of the pump converted to feet of liquid and referenced to datum, minus the velocity head at the point of gage attachment. Suction Head (Hs) Suction head exists, when the total suction head is above atmospheric pressure, as determined on test, it is the reading of the gage at the suction of the pump converted to head, in feet, at the point of gage attachment. Total Discharge Head (Hd) Total discharge head is the reading of a pressure gage at the discharge of the pump, converted to feet of liquid and referred to datum, plus the velocity head at the point of gage attachment. Total Head (H) Total Head (H) is sometimes referred to as total dynamic head or TDH. Total head is the measure of the energy increase per pound of the liquid imparted to it by the pump and is therefore the algebraic difference between the total discharge head and the total suction head. Total head as determined on test where suction lift, and, where positive suction head exists, the total head is the total discharge head minus the total suction head. NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head) The NPSH is the total suction head, in feet of liquid absolute, determined at the suction nozzle and referred to datum, less the vapor pressure of the liquid in feet absolute.
SIPHONS The siphon in sewerage practice almost invariably refers to an inverted siphon or depressed sewer which would stand full even with no flow. Its purpose is to carry the flow under an obstruction such as stream or depressed highway and to regain as much elevation as possible after the obstruction has been passed.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Single And Multiple Barrel Siphons It is common practice, at least on large sewers, to construct multiple barrel siphons. The objective is to provide adequate self-cleaning velocities under widely varying flow conditions. The primary barrel is designed so that a velocity of 2 to 3 feet per second will be reached at least once each day, even during the early years of operation. Additional pipe regulated by lateral overflow weirs assist progressively in carrying flows of greater magnitude, that is maximum dry weather flow to maximum storm flow. Profile Two considerations which govern the profile of a siphon are provision for hydraulic losses and ease of cleaning. The friction loss through the barrel will be determined by the design velocity. For calculating the head loss it is sound conservative Hazen-Williams C of 100 (Manning n from 0.014 for small sizes to 0.018 for the largest). Siphons may need cleaning more often than gravity sewers. For easy cleaning, siphons should not have any sharp bends either vertical or horizontal; only smooth curves of adequate radius should be used.
HYDRAULIC DESIGN The first step in the hydraulic design of a sanitary sewer system is to prepare a map showing the locations of all required sewers and from which the tributary can be shown. Preliminary profiles of the ground surface along each line are also needed. They should show the critical elevations which will establish the sewer grades, such as basements of low lying buildings. topographic maps are useful at this stage of the design. Sanitary sewer design computation, being repetitious may best be done on tabular forms. The attached tabulation form is fairly comprehensive and can be adapted to the particular need of the designer. In using this form for sanitary sewer design, supplementary graph or tables are required to calculate wastewater flows and hydraulic data. It is recommended that all flows should be converted to cubic feet per second (CFS). Calculations should start from the highest elevation and proceed downward. Each building sewer outlet should be shown and be connected to the nearest sanitary sewer manhole. There is a tendency on the part of some designers to increase the size of the sewer in order to obtain a theoretical velocity of 2 feet per second when the available slope would not produce this velocity in a smaller pipe. Actually, in the larger pipe, the depth of flow would be decreased to such extent that the velocity might be no greater, and perhaps less, than in a smaller pipe laid on the same slope. In such cases, the net result of increasing the pipe size would be to increase the cost without improving the flow conditions. Errors of this nature can usually be eliminated through analysis of the velocity at various rates of flow.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
EXAMPLE PROBLEM Refer To Attachment 07: Column 1 (Total Discharge in GPMs [Gallons Per Minute]) was taken from the 3 buildings having a total of 236 fixture units designed by the mechanical department. With the use of the supply demand curve (Refer to Attachment 01), it will read 98.16 GPM. Column 2, Size of Pipe; Column 3, Length of Line in Feet; Column 4, Slope of Pipe in Percent; and Column 5, Velocity Flowing Full, use slope of 2.0 percent. Column 4 and 5 use pipe flow chart (Refer to Attachment 02) = 4.5 FPS. Column 6 (Discharge Flowing Full) = 1.52 CFS. Column 7, convert (Column 1) 98.16 GPM into CFS = 98.16 x 0.002228 = 0.2187 CFS = 21.87 (1/100) average flow to be 1/3.8 peak flow = 21.87/3.8 = 5.76 (1/100) CFS. Column 8 (peak flow 1/100 CFS) = 98.17 GPM x 0.002228 = 0.2187 CFS = 21.87 1/100 CFS. Column 9 (Discharge Average %) = (Column 7) 5.76 divided by (Column 6) 1.52 = 3.79 CFS. Column 10 (Discharge Peak %) = (Column 8) 21.87 divided by (Column 6) 1.52 = 14.39 CFS. Column 11 (Velocity Average %) = use proportionate flow chart on Attachment 03. Column 9 (3.79 discharge to velocity) = 0.46 FPS. Column 12 (Velocity Peak %) = use proportionate flow chart on Attachment 03. Column 10 (14.39 discharge to velocity) = 0.70 FPS. Column 13 (average flow velocity FPS) = (Column 11) 0.46 x (Column 5) 4.5 = 2.07 FPS. Column 14 (Peak Flow Velocity FPS) = Column 12 0.70 x Column 5 4.5 = 3.15 FPS. Column remarks, the designer will show the total discharge that are being added on that particular line. As specified previously, the pipe should not be designed flowing full. Attached are graphs to be used in calculating the hydraulic elements. To use Hydraulic Elements Graph in Attachment 04 for circular pipe. Example: Flows will be known, extreme peak, diurnal peak and average daily flow. Extreme Peak Diurnal Peak Average Daily Q S 12" Diameter n
= = = = =
1.71 CFS 0.91 CFS 0.44 CFS 1.71 0.003
=
0.013
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 9 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
From Attachment 05, for 12 inch the discharge is 2.0 CFS and the velocity is 2.53 FPS. 1.71 = 0.86 then on Attachment 04 hydraulic elements, with the use of this graph plot 0.86 = 2.0 d/D = 0.71 is less than the lateral and main sewer 0.80. using the same line proceed to the right where it intersects the dash line for velocity and it reads 1.14. 1.14 x 2.53 = 2.88 FPS. Same procedure will be performed for the other flows. The minimum velocity for average flow is V = 2.0 FPS. Q = 0.44 CFS = 0.44 = 0.22 from Attachment 04 = d/D = 0.33. 0.79 x 2.00 2.53 = 2.0 FPS for average flow.
REFERENCES Design and Computation of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. ASCE Manual and Reports on Engineering. ASCE. Practice Number 37. Domestic Wastewater Treatment. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-3). Engineering Manual. Part VIII, Chapter 1. Corps of Engineers. Hydraulic Design of Sewers. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-1). Plumbing. Engineering Manual. EM 1110-345-165. Corps of Engineers. Sanitary and Industrial Wastewater Collection - Pumping Stations and Force Mains. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-2). Selye, E.E. Book of Design. Sewerage Treatment Plant Design. ASCE Manual and Reports on Engineering. ASCE Practice Number 34. Steel and McGhee. Water Supply And Sewerage. These standards provide guidelines for the design of sanitary sewers and applies to all projects and work assignments being performed by the Fluor Daniel Civil Discipline.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Supply Demand Curve Attachment 02: Pipe Flow Chart Attachment 03: Proportionate Flow Chart (Manning's Formula) Attachment 04: Hydraulic Elements Graph for Circular Sewers Attachment 05: Alignment Chart for Manning Formula for Pipe Flow Attachment 06: Critical Depth of Flow and Specific Head In Rectangular And Circular Conduit
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 10 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Attachment 07: Typical Computation Form
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
PURPOSE This practice establishes the general layout and design guidelines for outside underground piping and should be used for basic design. This practice will benefit Civil, Process, and Piping Design Engineers, but also can be of assistance to other disciplines as well. It is the responsibility of the Lead Engineer to ensure application and utilization of this practice.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: DOMESTIC WATER (POTABLE) SANITARY SEWERS OIL WATER DRAINAGE COOLING WATER FIREWATER NATURAL GAS PIPE MATERIALS PIPE BEDDING PIPE SETTLEMENT REFERENCES
APPLICATION This technical practice should be utilized by engineers and designers when locating outside underground piping facilities for industrial or process uses as well as commercial and residential uses. The practice should be used in conjunction with job specifications, client specifications, and specifications established by the local Purveyor or Government agency and is not intended to override any of the aforementioned guidelines unless none exist.
DOMESTIC WATER (POTABLE) In general, domestic water lines should be located on the side of the road that provides the shortest service connections. These lines should not be located under paved or heavily traveled areas. Horizontal separation of domestic water lines and other utility lines should be a minimum of 10 feet to avoid potential contamination. If possible, it should be located in its own easement. Domestic water lines should not be located in the same trench with other utilities. When domestic water lines cross other utilities, there will not be a joint within 3 feet in either direction of the crossing. The water line should be located at an elevation higher than other utilities, when at all possible. If the water line must cross underneath other utilities, the other pipeline should be enclosed in concrete or incorporate the use of pressure rated pipe.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
Minimum cover should be 4 feet under heavily traveled roads or railroads. In other nonstructural areas, 3 feet minimum cover is acceptable. Domestic water lines should always be located below frost depth.
SANITARY SEWERS Sanitary sewers are usually gravity flow and should be located vertically and horizontally before pressure pipelines. Sanitary sewers may be located at the centerline of roadways to help avoid conflicts with other pipelines located on either side of the roadway. It is preferable to locate sanitary sewers outside of roadways to avoid having to excavate roadways when repairing or replacing pipe. In many cases, flat sites may require a sanitary sewer lift station and force main system installed. The force main should be treated as a pressure line normally located next to roadways in a dedicated casement or corridor. Manholes on gravity lines should be used for changes in direction or slope and for maintenance access and should be spaced at approximately 300 feet for lines up to 12 inches in diameter and 500 feet maximum for lines larger than 12 inches in diameter. Minimum cover should be 4 feet for lines under heavily traveled roadways or railroads and 3 feet in nonstructural areas. For larger sanitary sewer mains (12 inches and above), it is not necessary for the top of the line to be below frost depth. The centerline or Springline should be at or below the frost line to avoid frost heave problems and provide satisfactory bedding. Also refer to Practice 670.210.1160: Sanitary Sewer Systems, for more detailed sanitary sewer design. Storm Sewers Surface Runoff Storm water runoff is normally collected via overland flow in ditches and culverts designed by the Civil Discipline. Many projects require enclosed stormwater systems with catch basins and manholes located as required. Clean stormwater should be discharged into natural site drainageways as much as possible. Stormwater runoff during construction may require a runoff pond to settle the solids and let the clear stormwater flow into the natural waterway. The governing laws on erosion control should be followed. In areas where hydrocarbon or other hazardous liquids or materials are present, catch basins or trench drains should be utilized so as to collect the flow. These hazardous materials should be piped to the appropriate waste treatment facilities.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
Storm Drainage Within Tanks Compound Areas Arrange grading in tank farm areas so that the surface slopes at a minimum of the 1 percent away from the tank to swales or ditches along the sides of the enclosure. Where there are 2 rows of tanks, the pipeway is normally run down the center. Provide a high point under the pipeway to prevent liquid spills from collecting there. Terminate the drainage ditches or swales at the corners of the tank enclosure. Provide a minimum 8 inch drain pipe from this point through the dike with a gate valve or indicator post valve outside of the enclosure. The drain valve should discharge to the storm ditches. This valve is normally kept closed and is used only after a rainstorm to discharge accumulated clean water. Provide a valved branch line from a point upstream of the drain valve which will give the operator the option of discharging the tank enclosure to an oily water sewer in the event of a spill of contamination. In cold climates, arrange the piping so that water does not stand against closed valves.
OIL WATER DRAINAGE Storage tanks are normally provided with a drain valve at the bottom of the tank to permit periodic drawoff of water which normally collects in the product. The water drawoff valve should be positioned over an open concrete box with an outlet discharging into the oily water collection system. The collecting sewer for a group of tanks is run under the center portion of the compound and a gate valve or indicator post valve operable outside of the compound is provided. This valve is normally kept closed so that in the event of spill or tank rupture, the commodity remains inside the diked enclosure and does not run into the cleanwater storm sewer system. Routing Of Clean And Oily Water Sewers Routing for main lines from process areas to waste treatment areas should run parallel to roads and not directly underneath. Where space permits, an easement or corridor alongside the road should be provided. Avoid routing large mains down the center of roads as it could potentially leave trenches open for long periods of time. It should be noted that storm sewer lines alongside of roads also can sustain heavy loads during the construction process. Consider keeping large trench excavations clear of construction work and access areas. If possible, discuss routing of all major (24 inches and larger) underground lines with Construction Manager. Verify whether or not sewer lines under roads and millroads will sustain earth and traffic loads. Refer to Practice 670.210.1210: Loads On Underground Pipe. For large sewer mains, it may not be necessary for the top of the line to be below frost depth. It is obvious the volumes of water that are flowing in these larger mains are not about to
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
freeze. To avoid frost heave problems and provide satisfactory bedding, the centerline or Springline should be at or below the frost line.
Manholes And Invert Elevations Provide manholes to access and maintain the system and in accordance with the requirements set forth in the contract specifications. When separate major groups of storage tanks, process blocks, and loading facilities are involved, sealed and vented manholes will be required at strategic points to sectionalize the system. Sewer invert elevations are set by the slope and size of the line handling the design flow and is a compromise between a larger line at a flat slope or a smaller line at a steeper slope. The starting and terminating elevations of the system play an important role in the above choice. To meet the hydraulic requirements, the system should terminate so that the top of pipe is 2 to 3 inches higher than the maximum water level in the receiving body of water or, if an existing sewer, the water level in the manhole.
COOLING WATER This system is run underground where the line sizes are large and soil conditions permit. The supply line starts at the cooling water pumps. Downstream of the associated valving, it drops underground. Routing of the supply and return line should parallel main roads running between the cooling tower and the process area units. The most economical route should be selected with the same considerations given to these lines as described in the section preceding. These headers usually run for long distances and depth of cover should be kept to a minimum giving consideration to the following: Top of pipe to be at or below frost line. At least 2 feet minimum cover and more, if necessary, to sustain construction traffic loads. Flat turn at changes of direction are preferred, provided all other piping and electrical ducts in the area can be set to avoid interference. Spacing of parallel cooling water headers: - To avoid heat transfer, provide clear space as follows: -- 18-inches between 24-inches and smaller headers -- 24-inches between 30-inches and larger headers
FIREWATER The design responsibility of underground firewater systems varies from office to office depending on available expertise. Detailed design of these systems are performed by Fire Protection personnel. The Civil Discipline, as a minimum, provides coordination in the final system layout and often shows the fire loop and building run-ins on the civil underground utilities plan. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
NATURAL GAS In General, natural gas pipelines are run underground and can be laid out in the form of a connected loop whenever possible dependent on those facilities requiring gas service. The mains should be located under or just outside the road shoulders or in a separate easement or utility corridor, whenever possible. Separation should be a minimum of 5 feet from pipelines or facilities containing nonhazardous materials and a minimum of 10 feet from facilities containing hazardous materials. It should be noted that many local agencies and codes require separation which are more strict than those mentioned above. Depth of bury should be at least 3 feet in potential traffic areas to avoid high traffic loading. Cathodic protection should always be considered for steel pipe, especially in areas with potentially high soil electrolysis. Coordinate with the electrical discipline.
PIPE MATERIALS Several pipe materials are available on the current market and are applicable to a wide variety of uses. The most common include the following: PVC DIP VCP CIP RCP CMP HDPE
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Cast Iron Pipe Reinforced Concrete Pipe Corrugated Metal Pipe High Density Polyethylene Pipe
PIPE BEDDING When suitable soil is encountered in a trench excavation, it can be used for pipe bedding if it meets the requirements of Specification 670.210.02224: Excavation, Backfill, And Compaction For Underground Piping. Any local rules and regulations should also be consulted along with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. When unstable bedding is encountered and the bottom of the trench is not sufficiently stable or firm, proper bedding must be installed to prevent vertical or lateral displacement of the pipe after installation. Excavate native soil below grade of bedding material and replace with a layer of gravel, crushed rock, sand, or other coarse aggregate which may produce the desired stability. Bedding details will be as shown on the drawings.
PIPE
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
SETTLEMENT Differential settlement of manholes and connecting sewers can sometimes break the sewer pipe. A pipe joint just outside the manhole can lessen this danger. If the soil conditions are unstable or a high water table could leach sand bedding out from under the pipe, a second joint within 3 feet of the first should be provided. The pipe joints must be flexible such as a compression or mechanical joint. Differential settlement of cooling water branch lines and exchangers on piled foundation which may not settle, can over stress the piping. This problem can be remedied by locating the headers so that the branch lines are at least 10 feet long and providing flexible connectors, such as Dresser and Smith-Blair, at either end of the branch of steel pipe, or using mechanical joints for cast iron pipe.
REFERENCES Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
Civil Engineering Specification 670.210.02224: Excavation, Backfill, And Compaction For Underground Piping
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the engineer or designer calculating the loading that may be expected for various depths of bury and live loads on the surface over underground pipe and a method to verify that the loading is not excessive. This practice provides a design methodology to accurately calculate loads on underground pipe. This practice will benefit engineers and designers when laying out conduits crossings under roads or traffic areas that could have potentially heavy loading. In most cases, it will be needed to determine the load produced by the fill and the strength of pipe required to carry the load. In some cases, a definite strength of pipe will be specified and it will be desired to find a height of fill which will not produce a load on a pipe greater than that which it is capable of supporting. It is the responsibility of the engineer or designer to ensure the application of this practice.
SCOPE This practice provides the following: Discussion of different types of pipe and the methods for determining the inherent strength. Discussion of live and dead loads and the factors affecting the calculations of these loads. Description of pipe bedding and the applicable load factors. A design check and sample calculations.
APPLICATION It is the responsibility of the engineer and/or designer to consult this practice whenever earth loads or live loads exceed normal conditions. Normal conditions are defined as normal depths of bury and normal live loads transmitted by vehicles. This information contained within this practice would apply to new design as well as checking existing pipes for extreme loading such as that which would be encountered during construction.
PIPE STRENGTH When designing underground conduits, inherent pipe strength should be known so the supporting capability of the pipe is not exceeded by the proposed earth and live loads. Pipe strengths can be obtained from formulas derived using specific tests or are usually obtained from pipe manufacturers catalogs. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) testing standards usually require pipe strengths to be such that normally expected live and dead loads can be handled. However, some conditions such as extraordinary loads or very deep or shallow depths of bury require special attention. Pipe is normally classified as either rigid or flexible. Rigid pipe such as cast iron, concrete, or clay fail when the combined load (internal pressure and external load) imposed on them become greater than their inherent circumferential stiffness and they crack or rupture. Methods Of Testing And Specifying Pipe Strengths
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
3 Edge Bearing Strength (Clay Pipe, Asbestos Cement Pipe) The strength of a rigid conduit is normally specified by its resistance in a laboratory test called the 3 Edge Bearing Test. Since the load is applied to only 3 points on the pipe, the test is more severe than actual field conditions. To convert the 3 edge bearing strength to the design or safe supporting strength, multiply by a load factor based on the type of bedding used, then divide the results by the appropriate safety factor. D Load Strength (Concrete Pipe) For reinforced concrete pipe only, laboratory strength may be expressed as the load per foot of pipe which causes the pipe to develop an 0.01 inch crack or also as the ultimate load the pipe will withstand. The strength of the pipe, at either the 0.01 inch crack or ultimate, divided by the nominal internal diameter of the pipe in feet, is called the D load strength. For example, a 48 inch diameter reinforced concrete pipe has a 3 edge bearing test load at 0.01 inch crack of 8,000 lb/ft and an ultimate strength of 12,000 lb/ft The 0.01 inch crack strength is then 2,000D and the ultimate strength is 3,000D. Ring Test Crushing Load (Cast Iron Pipe) The crushing load for cast iron pipe varies with the size and wall thickness of the pipe and must be calculated. The modulus of rupture which governs the maximum crushing load should be figured as 40,000 psi; although, pipe having a modulus of rupture of 45,000 psi is available. The crushing load will decrease with an increase in internal pressure. Flexible Pipe Strength Load (Steel Pipe) Flexible pipe such as steel and plastic combine their own strength with the lateral support of the compacted soil at the side fills to resist deflection. The maximum external load to be applied to a flexible pipe is the load that will give a deflection of greater than: 5 percent of the nominal diameter for flexible coating. 2 percent of the nominal diameter for rigid coating. Internal pressure assists flexible pipe in supporting external loads but cannot be relied on since the pressure could be shut down. The table in Attachment 01 has been developed using various ASTM testing methods for various pipe categories.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
TYPES OF BURY Types of bury are essentially classified as that in cut or that in fill. Pipes in a cut situation are referred to as trench condition and pipes in a fill situation are referred to as embankment condition. There can also be a combination of both. Refer to Attachment 02. To simplify this practice and to induce a certain amount of conservatism, this practice will be limited to trench conditions and embankment conditions. A combination condition will be considered as an embankment condition.
PIPE LOADING Formulas and charts for determining loads on an underground pipe are determined from theories developed by A. Marston, Iowa State University. Earth loads and live or transmitted loads must be considered when designing underground conduits. Data on live and dead loads can be obtained from many different handbooks available as well as from pipe manufacturer's guidelines. Every condition of bury or loading does not have to be checked for failure. In most cases, pipe loading does not need to be checked. Most underground pipe design regulations require that pipe be designed for normal depths of bury with normally expected live loads. Certain conditions should be checked for pipe loading conditions. These conditions can be the following: Depths of bury exceeding 10 feet Abnormal soil conditions Unusually high live or transmitted loads Live loads for depths or buy less than 3 feet Earth Loads The amount of earth loads that is transmitted to the pipe is dependent on many factors. The primary factors that determine earth loading are: Depth of cover Width of trench at top of pipe Rigid or flexible pipe Type of construction (trench or embankment) Soil density and cohesion characteristics Formulas and charts developed by A. Marston provide a means to closely calculate the earth loading for the variable factors listed above. This data can be found in many available handbooks. AWWA (American Water Works Association) C-101, is a good example, as well as many catalogs and handbooks published by pipe manufacturers. Full descriptions of the various construction conditions are also given. In order to simplify the determination of earth loading, Attachment 03 may be used for approximate values. Approximate values from the table are satisfactory for the following reasons: Depths of cover are usually less than 8 feet. Earth load values for a depth of 8 feet are well below the 3 edge bearing strength of vitrified clay pipe or reinforced concrete pipe for any properly installed system. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Unless the width of the trench is specified and controlled during construction, calculating earth loads from Marston's formula would be impractical. The unit weight of soil used in Attachment 03 is 120 pounds per cubic foot. Pipes with 12 inch diameter and less are assumed to have a trench width 1 foot wider than the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipes from 12 inches to 36 inches are assumed to have a trench width 2 feet wider than the outside diameter of the pipe. The table in Attachment 03 is intended to be used as a guide in determining earth loads for underground conduits with normal bury conditions. For unusual bury conditions such as large diameter pipes or deep pipes, the designer should consult the pipe manufacturer's catalog for design criteria. Live Loads It is usually not necessary to consider live loads except where they are exceedingly large or where they occur on conduits with very little cover. A few computations under various conditions will establish the relative importance of live loads in the designers mind. Trucks or construction equipment moving over the ground surface above underground piping subject the piping to loads. A certain percentage of the total load, based on depth of cover and size of pipe, is transmitted to the pipe. If paving is involved, flexible pavement will transfer more load to the pipe; whereas, rigid pavement such as concrete will tend to bridge the pipe transmitting more load to the surrounding soil. For calculating transmitted loads, use the guidelines that follow and the Table in Attachment 04 which gives the percent of live load that is transmitted to the pipe for various depths of cover. For piping under roads, depth of cover should be based on rough grade elevations for the road, since underground lines will be subject to truck traffic before any asphalt surface is applied. For design purposes, use a wheel load of 32,000 pounds (1/2 axle load of 64,000 pounds). The wheel load may be on dual tires but is still considered 1 wheel. This load is the heaviest that would be expected from a large unladen truck crane. Heavier loads could be possible during equipment handling or lifting activities and this point should be reviewed with Construction Management. Generally, the pipe is protected with timber mats or omitted entirely during these operations. The wheel load of 32,000 pounds recommended above is twice that of H-20 truck loading which is used as a basis for bridge and highway design. Where loads are known to be less or greater, the calculations should be based on the actual figures. The minimum wheel load used for design purposes is 16,000 pounds which is normal H-20 loading. When expecting heavy 1 time construction or equipment loads, the conduit could be installed after the loading has been imposed.
PIPE BEDDING The pipe bedding determines the load factor or number to multiply the 3 edge bearing strength to determine the field supporting strength. The bedding is the contact between the pipe and the foundation on which it rests. The soil on the sides of the pipe and above it is the backfill. The field supporting strength of a rigid pipe and, therefore, the load factor for a particular conduit, depend chiefly upon 2 characteristics of the installation as follows:
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Width of the bedding of the pipe and the quality of the contact between the pipe and bedding as it affects the distribution of the vertical forces. Magnitude of the lateral pressure acting against the sides of the pipe and the area of the pipe over which the lateral pressure acts. Cohesion for trench conduits is assumed to be negligible because of the following: Considerable time must elapse before effective cohesion between the backfill material and the sides of the trench can develop. The assumption of no cohesion yields the maximum probable load on the conduit. Pipe Bedding Classes Pipe bedding generally falls into 4 classes. These 4 classes are described below. Class A Load Factor 3.4 This method of bedding involves either a reinforced 2,000 psi concrete cradle or arch. The concrete will extend to the springline, which is halfway up the side of the pipe. The cross sectional area ratio of steel to concrete should be 0.4 percent. If no reinforcing is used then the load factor will be reduced to 2.4. If p = 1.0 percent for concrete arches, then the load factor can be increased to 4.8. Class B Load Factor 1.9 This method of bedding involves well graded crushed stone carefully placed and shaped to the bottom of the pipe with a minimum thickness below the pipe of 4 inches. The bedding will extend up the haunches to the springline of the pipe with select material as initial backfill. Class C Load Factor 1.5 This method of bedding involves carefully placed and compacted material with a wide range of gradation and possibly locally obtained. The bedding generally extends from 4 inches below the pipe up to 1/6 of the OD of the pipe. Select backfill will be used as initial backfill. Class D Load Factor 1.1 This method of bedding involves little or no care when shaping the foundation surface to fit the lower part of the conduit exterior or to fill all spaces under and around the conduit with granular materials. Initial backfill will be of select material. It can be seen by the bedding classes described above that the better quality bedding provides a higher load factor and, therefore, more load carrying capability. The economy of the different types of bedding along with the potential live and dead loads must be taken into account when specifying bedding requirements. In order to simplify the selection of an appropriate load factor, use a conservative value of 1.5 which is based on ordinary bedding. In special and unusual situations where a line is run excessively deep (over 10 feet), or for other reasons, it becomes necessary to specify a particular bedding condition, then the appropriate design handbook listed in Attachment 05 should be consulted.
FACTOR OF SAFETY
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
When the materials are analyzed and the job is properly assembled in the designer's mind, a factor of safety should be applied to the plans to account the unforeseen stresses which may be imposed on the structure. This technical practice would not be complete without a discussion of this factor of safety as applied to the structural design of an underground conduit. A factor of safety cannot be computed by laws and equations, but depends entirely upon the judgment and experience of the engineer and/or designer. In general, the Factor of Safety will range from 1.0 to 1.5 depending on a variety of conditions or situations. Culvert or nonpressure conduit failures are gradual in occurrence; whereas, pressure conduits usually fail quickly once a crack develops. Bedding and backfill is another variable factor that must be considered when selecting a factor of safety. Rigid pipes usually require a higher factor of safety than flexible pipes since flexible conduits will usually deflect more before they reach failure.
DESIGN CHECK This section gives the procedure for checking if a line under a given earth cover, subject to construction traffic loads, will not be excessively loaded. Minimum cover for protection against traffic loads Minimum cover depth which is measured from grade to top of pipe is determined by computing total load on pipe, but in no case should be less than: - 2'- 6" for cast iron and asbestos cement pressure lines - 2'- 0" for steel and concrete pressure lines - 2'- 0" for all nonpressure lines Bedding conditions Where calculations indicate that pipe will not sustain loads at the covers specified above, consideration may be given to improving the load carrying capability of the pipe by specifying a bedding condition with a higher load factor. Formulas and table - Earth loads (dead loads) We = Earth load based on maximum conditions of trench width and 120 lb./cu. foot soil material using Marston formula. Refer to Attachment 03. - Truck loads (live loads) Wt = Truck load, based on a concentrated wheel load of 32,000 pounds and an impact factor of 1.0. Use Table in Attachment 04 to determine load reaching pipe. If impact factor is required, multiply result by appropriate factor.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Safety supporting strength rigid pipe - no pressure. Safety supporting strength =
3 edge bearing strength x load factor safety factor
Refer to pipe bedding for load factors. Safety factors - nonpressure systems: Clay pipe Cast iron pipe Concrete pipe
1.5 1.5 1.0
Safe supporting strength must be equal to, or greater than, We and Wt. Safety supporting strength rigid pipe, pressure systems. Since there is a relationship between the amount of load a rigid pipe can carry and the internal pressure it is subjected to, it is necessary to include the effects of pressure in the equation to determine maximum load that can be applied. The following may be used for cast iron pressure pipe: Wd =
W
P1 − p P1
where: Wd W P' p
= = = =
Safe supporting strength (pound) Crushing load with no internal pressure (pound per linear feet) Bursting pressure with no external load Working pressure times 2.5 safety factor
The values of W and P are calculated as follows: W=
Rt 2 .0795(d + t)
P 1 = 2St d where: R S t d
= = = =
Ring modulus of rupture, use 40,000 psi Bursting tensile strength, use 18,000 psi Net thickness (inch) specified thickness less casting tolerance Nominal pipe size (inch)
Wd must be equal to or greater than: 2.5(We + Wt) Lf where: We Wt Lf
= = =
Earth load Truck load Load factor
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Safety factor is included in equations. Safe supporting strength - flexible (steel) pipe. The deflection determined by the following equation should not exceed the following: Five percent of nominal pipe diameter for flexible coatings. Two percent of nominal pipe diameter for rigid coatings. d=
fK W1 r 3 Et 3 + 732r 3
where: d f W1
= = =
E K t
= = =
ultimate long time deflection of pipe (inches) 1.5 (deflection lag factor) We + Wt times 1.25 safety factor (pounds/linear feet) r=radius of pipe (inches) 30,000,000 psi (modulus of elasticity, steel pipe) Bedding Factor = 0.10 thickness of pipe wall (inches)
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Crushing Strength Attachment 02: Types Of Bury Attachment 03: Dead Load From Earth Cover On Underground Pipes Attachment 04: Percentage Of Wheel Load Transmitted To Underground Pipe Attachment 05: Design Handbook Listing Attachment 06: Sample Design 1
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CRUSHING STRENGTH
(3-Edge Bearing Test, Lbs. Per Ln. Ft.)
Pipe Size (in.)
Vitrified Clay Nonreinforced C.I. Soil Pipe Extra Strength Concrete Class Extra Heavy ASTM C-700 2 ASTM C-14 ASTM A-74
Reinforced Concrete, ASTM C-76 Load to Produce a .01" Crack Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
4
2,000
2,000
6,500
6
2,000
2,000
4,400
8
2,200
2,000
4,275
10
2,400
2,000
4,275
12
2,600
2,250
4,425
1,000
1,350
2,000
3,000
15
2,900
2,600
5,310
1,250
1,688
2,500
3,750
18
3,300
3,000
1,500
2,025
3,000
4,500
21
3,850
3,300
1,750
2,363
3,500
5,250
24
4,400
3,600
2,000
2,700
4,000
6,000
27
4,700
2,250
3,038
4,500
6,750
30
5,000
2,500
3,375
5,000
7,500
33
5,500
2,750
3,713
5,500
8,250
36
6,000
3,000
4,050
6,000
9,000
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DEAD LOAD FROM EARTH COVER ON UNDERGROUND PIPES
(Loads are Shown in Lbs. Per Ln. Ft. of Pipe) Depth of Cover, Ft.
Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inch. 4
6
8
10
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
2
180
240
290
340
390
450
500
560
610
700
750
820
875
3
270
370
460
550
630
750
860
950
1,040
1,120
1,200
1,300
1,400
4
370
520
650
780
920
1,080
1,230
1,400
1,520
1,630
1,750
1,850
2,000
5
470
660
830
1,000
1,160
1,420
1,610
1,810
2,010
2,200
2,340
2,500
2,630
6
570
800
1,000
1,200
1,430
1,710
2,000
2,230
2,500
2,700
2,950
3,180
3,350
7
670
950
1,180
1,420
1,700
2,050
2,400
2,700
3,050
3,300
3,570
3,900
4,100
8
780
1,080
1,370
1,620
1,960
2,400
2,780
3,200
3,550
3,900
4,200
4,500
4,800
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PERCENTAGE OF WHEEL LOADS TRANSMITTED TO UNDERGROUND PIPES
(Figures Show Percentage of Wheel Load Applied to One Ln. Ft. of Pipe) Depth of Cover, Ft.
Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inches 4
6
8
10
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
1
9.3
12.8
15
17.3
20
22.6
24.8
26.4
27.2
28
28.6
29
29.4
2
4.3
5.7
7
8.3
9.6
11.5
13.2
15
15.6
16.8
17.8
18.7
19.5
3
2
2.9
3.6
4.3
5.2
6.4
7.5
8.6
9.3
10.2
11.1
11.8
12.5
4
1.2
1.7
2.1
2.5
3.1
3..9
4.6
5.3
5.8
6.5
7.2
7.9
8.5
5
0.7
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.6
3.1
3.6
3.9
4.4
4.9
5.3
5.8
6
0.5
0.8
1
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.1
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.5
3.8
4.2
7
0.2
0.5
0.7
0.8
1
1.3
1.6
1.3
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
8
0.1
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
2.2
2.3
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN HANDBOOK LISTING
Pipe
Handbook
Publisher
Asbestos Cement
Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos Cement Water Pipe
AWWA
Cast Iron
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
AWWA
Concrete Sewer
Concrete Pipe Handbook
American Concrete Pipe Association
Steel
Steel Pipe Design and Installation
AWWA
Vitrified Clay
Clay Pipe Engineering Manual
National Clay Pipe Institute
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the analysis and design of thrust blocks and joint restraint for pipelines and underground piping. It is the responsibility of the Civil Lead Engineer or Designer to utilize this practice where necessary.
SCOPE This practice includes the following: Discussions of thrust restraint for pressure piping, including both thrust blocks and pipe joint restraints. Typical values for soil parameters. Thrust values.
APPLICATION Thrust restraint must be included in the design and construction of pressure piping systems. Without thrust restraint, piping may separate during service.
THRUST GENERATION Thrust exists in pressure piping wherever there is a deflection, either horizontally or vertically, in the line. The thrust forces are generated from the static and dynamic fluid action on the pipe. Velocities in the majority of lines are of such low magnitude that dynamic thrust can usually be neglected. However, static thrust in pipes due to internal pressure usually require some kind of thrust restraint since the forces are of large magnitude. Large pipe diameters together with large deflection angles and high internal pressure will cause very large thrust forces that require careful design.
RESTRAINT METHODS Restraint for unbalanced forces in piping systems may be accomplished using one or a combination of the following methods: Concrete thrust blocks Restrained joints Thrust Blocks Thrust blocks are cast in place concrete blocks designed to transmit unbalanced forces from the pipe fitting to the soil that the block bears against. A thrust block acts similar to a spread footing, distributing the thrust across an adequate area of undisturbed soil. Thrust blocks must be cast in place against undisturbed soil which is very important in the selection of a thrust restraint system. Future excavation will disturb the soil bearing area in congested utility areas. Also, past excavation in a given area may not allow for thrust blocks to be utilized in such a case. Other considerations that must be addressed in the selection phase of a thrust restraint system is available space, soil parameters, and whether the deflection is vertical or horizontal. A
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
crowded utility corridor or small plant area may cause the design of a thrust block to be impractical because of space and excavation limitations. Also poor soil bearing capacities may require thrust blocks to become too large for the available space. Thrust blocks should not be used for vertical thrust restraint hat is in the upward direction. Downward vertical and horizontal thrusts are appropriate directions for thrust block restraint. Location Location of thrust blocks: Horizontal deflections greater than 10 degrees Downward vertical deflections Under valves in asbestos cement systems (not used much anymore) At fire hydrants The direction of thrust and the direction of the soil resultant reaction must be collinear to prevent an unbalanced moment from acting on the system. The depth to the bottom of the thrust block from the soil surface should be equal to or greater than two times the height of the block. Sizing Sizing of thrust blocks, as with all thrust restraint systems, must be designed for the highest pressure the pipe will experience throughout its service life. Typically, the highest pressure will occur during testing of the pipe line. Calculation of thrust resulting from pipe deflection is determined using the following formula: T = 2PASin Θ 2 Equation 1 where: T P A Θ
= = = =
Thrust (pounds Maximum (Test) Pressure psi Cross Sectional Area (Square Inch) of pipe Pipe Deflection
Values calculated from the above formula have no factor of safety. Values of thrust forces have been tabulated by the CIPRA (Cast Iron Pipe Research Association) and are presented in Attachment 01, Table 1. Values in Attachment 01, Table 1 are higher than those calculated using Equation 1. CIPRA values may contain a factor of safety that has been included in these values. As stated above, thrust blocks will be sized on the basis of test pressure in accordance with Attachment 01, Table 1, or the calculated value, and the bearing capacities of the soil. Bearing capacities are readily available from the project soils report. For preliminary sizing, Attachment 01, Table 2 shows typical soil classifications with bearing capacities. Again, these values should only be used for preliminary sizing of blocks. Knowing the force and soil bearing capacities, the thrust block size can be calculated. Block width usually varies from one to two times the height. Again, the height of the block should
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
be at least as high as the outside pipe diameter and at least as deep as the block is high. Reinforcement placement, sizing, and spacing for large blocks should be reviewed by structural engineering for adequacy. The placement of thrust blocks should be at a 45 degree angle to the soil bearing surface and should not cover any bolts or fittings of the piping. Restrained Joints Restrained joints are specially designed joints that together with soil friction transfer forces at pipe bends. Restrained joints are predominantly used where thrust blocks are not economical or practical due to limited space, access, unstable soils, or possible disturbance by future excavation. When restrained joints are used, the pipeline becomes its own thrust block. By restraining a length of pipe near bends and along the pipe line, the thrust force is transferred to the surrounding soil by the pipe. Unbalanced Forces Horizontal Bends: The length of pipe to be restrained is calculated by the formula L=
S f PAK KF s + DP p
Equation 2 where: L Sf P A Fs Θ
= = = = = =
K
=
Pp D
= =
length of pipe to be restrained (feet) safety factor internal pressure (psi) cross sectional pipe area (square inch) pipe to soil friction (pounds per feet) deflection angle 4 tan Θ 2 passive soil resistance (psf) pipe diameter (feet)
The length (L) calculated specifies the length of pipe that is required to be fitted with restrained joints to prevent the pipes from separating. Within this length, frictional and bearing forces of the soil will resist the thrust forces imposed from the pipe line deflection. To calculate pipe to soil friction, Fs, certain soil parameters are required. Fs = Ap C + W tan δ
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
where: Ap C W δ φ fφ
= = = = = =
pipe surface area (SF/LF) pipe cohesion (psf) normal force on pipe (plf) f φφ soil internal friction angle (degree) pipe friction to soil friction ratio
Also: C
= fc Cs
where: fc Cs
= =
pipe cohesion to soil cohesion ratio soil cohesion (psf)
Typical values of soil parameters are presented in Attachment 02, Soil Friction and Cohesion Factor, from Thrust Restraint For Underground Piping Systems by R. J. Carlsem. The soil parameters to be used for the friction calculation should be for whatever soil is in direct contact with the pipe. For example, if the pipe is surrounded by bedding material and the trench then backfilled with native material, the bedding parameters should be used for the calculations. To calculate the normal force on the pipe (W), the weight of the pipe plus the weight of fluid in the pipe plus the weight of soil above the pipe are added together. The soil above the pipe may be simplified to: We = ω HD where: We ω H D
= = = =
weight of earth (plf) unit weight of soil (pcf) depth of cover (feet) pipe diameter (feet)
The passive soil resistance, Pp, is calculated using Rankine Theory. P p = ωH c N φ + 2C s N φ where: Hc
=
Nφ
=
height of cover (feet) φ tan2 45 o + 2
To accurately account for all forces along the pipe length, an additional force for the added resistance resulting from pipe bells should be added to Fs to calculate F's. F's = Fs + Fb
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
where Fb
=
Db D
= =
π
P p D 2b − D 2
4 outside diameter of bell (feet) diameter of pipe (feet)
If the pipe is to be wrapped or encased with polyethylene, the value of Fs and F's must be reduced by 30 percent to account for slipping which may occur between the pipe and polyethylene. Vertical Bends: For unbalanced forces resulting in vertical uplift the following formula should be incorporated for design lengths: L=
S f KPA KF s + 2W
Terms have been previously defined. Dead Ends: The required length for unbalanced forces resulting from a dead end is calculated as follows: L=
S f PA Fs
Passive soil resistance may be included if the soil is to remain undisturbed. Tees Tees in pipe line are capable of restraining quite a lot of force through passive soil resistance. L=
S f (4PA − DP p L x ) 4F s
where: Ls LT
= =
LT + 2Lp length of tee (feet)
Lp
=
length of pipe adjacent to fitting (feet)
General When designing thrust restraint joints, one problem to be aware of is restraint length overlap and bend combinations. If two deflections are located near one another, the total deflection to be designed for may be the sum of the two deflections if bends are within each others restraint length. Also, joints should always be designed for test pressures if that is the maximum pressure that the pipe will experience.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
REFERENCES Carlsem, Roger J. Thrust Restraint for Underground Piping Systems. CIPRA (Cast Iron Pipe Research Association). Handbook - Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Pipe. Cast Iron Pipe Research Association. Oak Brook, Illinois. Kennedy, H., D.S. Shumard, C.M. Meeks. Ductile Iron Pipe Thrust Restraint Design Handbook. EBAA Iron Sales, Eastland, Texas.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Table 1. Thrust at Fittings in lbs/100 psi Water Pressure Table 2. Approximate Values of Soil Capacities for Preliminary Design Attachment 02: Soil Friction and Cohesion Factor
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
Table 1. Thrust At Fittings In lbs/100 psi Water Pressure Pipe Size Inches
Pipe End or Tee
90 Degree Bend
45 Degree Bend
22.5 Degree 11.25 Degree Bend Bend
4
1,810
2,559
1,385
706
355
6
3,739
5,288
2,862
1,459
733
8
6,433
9,097
4,923
2,510
1,261
10
9,677
13,685
7,406
3,776
1,897
12
13,685
19,353
10,474
5,340
2,683
14
18,385
26,001
14,072
7,174
3,604
16
23,779
33,628
18,199
9,278
4,661
18
29,865
42,235
22,858
11,653
5,855
20
36,644
51,822
28,046
14,298
7,183
24
52,279
73,934
40,013
20,398
10,249
30
80,425
113,738
61,554
31,380
15,766
Note!!! To determine thrust at pressures other than 100 psi, multiply the thrust obtained in the table by the ratio of pressure to 100. For example, the thrusts on a 12 inch, 90 degree bend at 125 psi is 19, 353 x
125 100
= 24, 191 pounds
Carlsem, Roger J. Thrust Restraint for Underground Piping Systems. CIPRA
Table 2. Approximate Values of Soil Capacities for Preliminary Design. Type of Soil Muck, peat, etc.
Safe Load lbs/SF 0
Soft Clay
1,000
Sandy Silt
3,000
Sand
4,000
Sandy Clay
6,000
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SOIL FRICTION AND COHESION FACTOR
Soil Description
Friction Angle Degrees
Cohesion Cs (psf)
fφ
fc
44.5 39
0 0
0.76 0.80
0 0
40 32
0 0
0.95 0.75
0 0
13 - 22
385 - 920
0.65
0.35
11.5 - 16.5
460 - 1,175
0.50 0.50
0.50 0.80
Well Graded Sand: Dry Saturated Silt (Passing No. 200): Dry Saturated Cohesive Granular: Wet to Moist Clay: Wet to Moist At Max. Compact
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
PURPOSE Piping assemblies usually are readily differentiated from vessel assemblies; occasionally, however, this distinction is not easily recognized. This practice provides design personnel with information that will assist them in recognizing this difference. Proper classification is important because improper classification affects code compliance, design, purchase, fabrication, testing, inspection, shipping, and installation.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY CLASSIFICATION EXEMPTION
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in all Fluor Daniel operations centers.
RESPONSIBILITY Bring any assembly whose classification is questionable to the attention of responsible Vessel Engineer and Piping Engineer for final disposition. Design personnel are cautioned to take special note of the following: Small, independently supported bottle assemblies consisting of a section of pipe with weld caps at each end and flanged or coupling outlets. Drip legs with liquid level control or indicators in piping systems. There have been occasions where such assemblies have been designed and fabricated as piping, then rejected by Client or by the local agency that has jurisdiction because they should have been handled as vessels. The mere presence of liquid level indicators or controls shows an intent to store a liquid, even momentarily; therefore, the assembly may be required to be a code pressure vessel by some jurisdictional agencies.
CLASSIFICATION Piping System A piping system is considered to be a pressure containing system whose primary function is to transport fluids from one location to another. A piping system may contain pressure vessels as well as piping components. The following are to be considered as piping components when used in a piping system: Expansion joints Fittings Pressure containing parts of other components such as small strainers and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, and metering or Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
controlling flow, providing that pressure containing parts of such components are generally recognized as piping components or accessories and are not required to be classed as vessels according to vessel classification. Vessel Usually the assembly is classified as a vessel when any of the following conditions exist: It has been identified by a vessel item number on flow diagrams and drawings. It must be designed, fabricated, or certified in accordance with a nationally recognized code or standard such as ASME, API, AWWA, NFPA, TBMA, or Factory Mutual. It must be fabricated by a vessel fabricator because of size, shape, construction, complexity, or economic advantage. The dimensions of the cross section are important criteria in the determination of whether a vessel is required to be certified to be constructed according to the Pressure Vessel Code. (Refer to Notes.) It is classified as a vessel by Client, Client's insurance underwriter, or local, state, and federal laws and ordinances. (Refer to RESPONSIBILITY.) It is classified as a vessel by jobsite labor craft jurisdiction. Its function is storage (even momentary), settling, surge, expansion, accumulation, separating, reacting, and blowdown; for example, something other than a conduit for transferring fluids. It is a nonexempt vessel. (Refer to EXEMPTION.)
EXEMPTION Piping System Piping systems recognized as superheaters, economizers, and other pressure parts connected directly to a boiler without intervening valves will be considered parts of the boiler proper. Their construction will conform to ASME Section I rules. Vessel Notes Notes regarding the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division I: Any component or assembly, regardless of size or pressure, may be stamped with the ASME Code Division 1 symbol if it meets all design, material, fabrication, and testing requirements of the code. However, Division 1 of the code does not consider the following to be necessarily within its scope and as such may be handled as either piping or as a vessel when none of the conditions listed under ASME Vessel Classification is present. A hot water supply storage tank heated by steam or any other indirect means when none of the following limitations is exceeded: - A heat input of 200,000 Btu per hour (58.6 kW) - A water temperature of 210 degrees F (99 degrees C) - A nominal water containing capacity of 120 gallons (16 cubic feet) Vessels having an internal or external operating pressure not exceeding 15 psi with no limitation on size. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
Vessels having an outside dimension not exceeding 6-5/8 inches (or in the case of rectangular cross section 6-5/8 inch diagonal) with no limitation on pressure.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for squad checking heater supplier drawings.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SUPPLIER CONFERENCE CHECKLIST GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING SQUAD CHECKING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The assigned Lead Piping Supervisor is responsible for the application of this practice. The narrative specifications, Mechanical Equipment Datasheets, P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams), supplier outlines, client data, and the job standards define the framework of the heater design.
SUPPLIER CONFERENCE Preparing for a supplier conference for a heater is a large task. A great deal of information must be collected and cross checked. Designs must be started with a minimal amount of data and direction. Most importantly, many design variations must be reviewed and a direction selected that proves to be the most desirable in regard to economics, safety, and ease of operation. The preliminary design is presented to the Heater Supplier at the outset during the preorder (Supplier) conference. In a broad sense, squad checking problems are relative to the degree of effectiveness with which Piping Design communicates with the Heater Supplier. This is a stage setting process; that is, the foundation for all further activities in dealing with the Supplier in design problems. Presently, a large part of the squad checking effort is the result of not establishing sufficient ground rules for the required design. Piping Design and Mechanical Engineering should do a detailed investigation during preliminary design of the equipment and create a sufficient number of drawings, sketches, and details to describe as much detail to the Heater Supplier as possible. There are a number of items that are negotiated with the Supplier during the conference; therefore, it is important to document the various agreements for future reference. Note!!! After the Supplier conference, the Supplier starts the detail drawings. The process continues to a higher and higher level. As time goes on, changes cost Fluor Daniel and the Supplier more time and more money. The original Supplier conference was virtually free; however, the fourth squad check can become quite costly.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
CHECKLIST GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING The key to effective squad checking is to focus fine attention to the Supplier's general arrangement drawings. This is the drawing that controls the other Supplier's detail drawings. Make certain that all the items requiring checking are reviewed and back checked. If needed, support the squad check markups with detail sketches to clearly indicate some requirement by firmly attaching the sketch to the drawing. Care must be taken to transfer all marks to the "Return Copy" for the Supplier. Provide adequate (even liberal) clearances so that minor changes such as line size change will not necessitate an additional squad check change. Transfer adequate (even liberal) piping loads (design) to the Supplier so that increases in line size will not require new support design. Tubes And Terminal Connections Actual and allowable tube movements must be indicated on drawing. The Stress group is responsible to request this data on the supplier drawing. Decoking connections, if required, are shown and properly oriented for clearance and accessibility. Check for decoking connections in stack, if required. Temperature connections: Correct rating, size, type, and properly oriented for clearance and operation. Is taper boring required on terminal connections? Refer to Attachment 01. Are manifolds properly supported, and guides or anchors indicated? (These supports are normally shown on a detail drawing. The Stress analysis governs.) Supplier to indicate on drawing, shop tube test pressure plus field test pressure. Field test pressure to be maximum allowable pressure at 100 degrees F. If tubes cannot withstand hydrotest pressure required for Fluor Daniel piping, provide method for blinding during test; check with Piping Supervisor for method of blinding. Check for high point vents. Are tube removal doors accessible to a convenient drop area? Orient tube pulling arm with doors. Dimensionally locate all terminal connections. Check connections for correct size, type, rating, and proper orientation for clearance and operation. Pipe Supports From Heater Dimensionally locate loads and indicate maximum deflections of one-fourth inch on steel members on supplier drawing. (Stress analysis governs.) Give clearances between pipe and supporting steel for spring or other type of supports. Verify that supplier will allow supports or guides from heater. The Pipe Stress Group will indicate and locate all special supports such as counter weights on general arrangement drawings. Miscellaneous Items Check heater floor height. Refer to contract standard (narrative specifications) when air preheater is required. Check clearance under duct.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Check instrument connections. Narrative specification governs. - Orient for most economical arrangement of piping and instrument leads. Check for accessibility from platform or ladder. Check stack damper wheel. Locate near or close to heater support leg in general operating area (unless there is automatic control). Are explosion doors located away from operating areas and other equipment? Check observation doors; are they approximately 5'- 0" above platform? Do not obstruct with internal piping. Where are burners located? Datasheets will indicate type. Supplier general arrangement drawing should indicate make, model, and locate connections. Are snuffing steam connections shown? Size, type, rating, elevation, and orientation must be indicated. Stack height agrees with narrative specification? Check for height above adjacent platforms. Are floor access openings sized, located, and clear of piping? Do burners have vertical or horizontal clearance for removal? Use Fluor Daniel North arrow and orient on Supplier's general arrangement and foundation loading drawing. Verify that foundation drawing and general arrangement drawing have same support column orientation. Is high point of grade shown in elevation on general arrangement drawings? (Reference elevation 0'- 0" bottom of heater support steel.) Where are floor sight ports located? Do header box doors have clearance for opening? Platform Drawings The following should agree with heater narrative, Piping specifications, and Structural contract standard drawings. Check for the following: Effective widths. Clearances around crossovers, overhead, and windbracing. Convection section tube removal doors can be opened without interfering with platform or handrail. Removable platforms or handrails may be required. Piping plus insulation clears steel knee braces and wind braces. Check fireproofing requirements. Pipe openings located and sized. Platform design agrees with structural specifications. - Side or front step-off ladders. - Maximum pitch and height of stairways runs. - Maximum runs of ladders. (Intermediate platforms may be required.) - Area of 200 square feet or more requires additional ladder or stairway for escape. - Check for access, area, and configuration. Foundation Loading Drawing Check for orientation and location of supports, ladders, and stairways.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Drawings That Will Normally Require Checking By Piping The extent of checking these drawings is as outlined under the appropriate section of these sheets. General Arrangement Plan and Elevation Drawing Ladders and Platforms Foundation Loading and Anchor Bolt location Detail Drawings That May Require Checking By Piping The extent of checking these detail drawings is limited to those areas which specifically affect piping design; that is, the preparation of piping arrangement drawings and piping spools. Burner Outlines Sootblower Outlines Air Preheater Outlines and Supporting Drawings Manifold and Header Drawings Special Piping Support Details Drawings That Are Available For Reference These drawings do not necessarily require checking by Piping Design. The drawings are to be checked by appropriate department. Tube Assembly Drawing Tube and Return Bend Details Stack and Breeching Details Access and Observation Port Details Header Box Arrangement Details Tube Support Details Damper and Damper Control Details Structural Steel Details Refractory Details Instrument Connection Details Platform and Ladder Details Parts and Hardware Description and Lists Shipping Lists and Details Heater Datasheets Fire Eye
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
SQUAD CHECKING Helpful hints that would improve squad checking effectiveness are as follows: Create a control list describing briefly all the markups on each drawing and make sure a copy is forwarded to the Supplier in the transmittal letter. This helps as a reference during phone calls and project cost control record keeping. If the markups are not perfectly clear, make a sufficient number of sketches to back up the changes. Use reference marks or section arrows to clearly indicate the view reference. Attach copies of the sketches to the squad check. This greatly helps in speeding marks transfer as well as eliminating the possibilities of errors. Provide ample design tolerances for possible changes so that changing Supplier criteria is reduced; for example, a 3-inch line with 1-inch insulation and a 400-pound load is designed as if it were a 14-inch pipe with a 600-pound design load. Usually, for small pipes and loads, a 100 percent overage is not expensive. Check with the Pipe Stress Engineer for design tolerance when loads exceed 1,000 pounds. When it appears that markups will create significant changes on the design of the heater, communicate these comments to the Fired Equipment Engineer prior to forwarding the squad check. Design, scope, schedules, and costs may be adversely affected; for example, changing vertical heater supports from top to bottom supports. Always maintain a copy of each squad check. Do not waste time squad checking detail heater drawings; emphasize the general arrangement drawing as far as controlling the design. Have the Stress group squad check the general arrangement drawing during Piping squad check. Do not waste time rerouting material through Supplier data. Do not waste time asking questions that could have answers generated by design, for example, rather than asking the question, "What is projection of 1-1/2 inch snuffing steam connection?", state that, "Projection of all snuffing connections will be 6 inches." The Supplier wants answers, not more questions. This is an important item. Many squad check comments contain too many questions rather that stating conditions or giving answers. Make certain that plan and elevation drawings of the general arrangement are squad checked at the same time. With the Supplier via the Fired Heater Engineer, schedule the arrival of drawings in related batches rather than piecemeal involvement. It may be wiser to delay a squad check when there is knowledge of a pending receipt of a related or critical drawing. Avoid situations where lines drop through platforms. The squad checking effort to approve such a scheme is complicated, particularly when there are line size changes. Also, the structural detail drawings must be available to avoid interferences. The structural details are not obtainable in the early stages of contract work. Unless there are great cost differences, it is always better to have the Heater Supplier provide collection headers when there are more than 2 connections. For example, ring headers for process outlets of vertical heaters are routed through congested areas where it is difficult for Fluor Daniel to squad check. Collection headers underneath box heaters may have 20 connections. The Supplier is required to design the required supports for headers. In counter weighted systems, this is difficult to control unless the Supplier has total responsibility. There are contractual and liability implications present. In terms of squad checking, it is important to qualify all the interface points between the following: Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
-
Furnished pipe and Fluor Daniel pipe. Furnished supports designed by the Supplier and those supports supplied by Fluor Daniel. - Instrument connections and instruments provided by Fluor Daniel. Once terminal loads and movements have been transmitted to Supplier, avoid changes unless the following conditions exist: - Supplier cannot or will not accept conditions. - System will fail unless altered and rerouting of lines is not feasible. - Do not reduce loads or movements if they have been accepted by the Supplier; a change in design may require use of the prior conditions. The squad checks are expensive and time consuming, but an important undertaking. It is the method by which a Supplier's proposal is qualified to be suitable for a particular installation. The designer is obligated to conduct the squad checking in a detailed, thorough manner.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2501:
Fired Equipment Piping - General Introduction
Practice 670.250.2505:
Fired Equipment Piping - General Discussion
Practice 670.250.2510:
Fired Equipment Piping - Narrative Specs
Practice 670.250.2511:
Fired Equipment Piping - Datasheets
Practice 670.250.2515:
Fired Equipment Piping - Interface Program
Practice 670.250.2516:
Fired Equipment Piping - Job Book
Practice 670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
Practice 670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
Practice 670.250.2525:
Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design
Practice 670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
Practice 670.250.2530:
Fired Equipment Piping - Air Preheaters
Practice 670.250.2535:
Fired Equipment Piping - Instruments And Controls
Practice 670.250.2540:
Fired Equipment Piping - Snuffing Steam
Practice 670.250.2545:
Fired Equipment Piping - Soot Blowers
Practice 670.250.2550:
Fired Equipment Piping - Steam Generation
Practice 670.250.2555:
Fired Equipment Piping - Steam-Air Decoking
Practice 670.250.2560:
Fired Equipment Piping - Heater Platforms
Practice 670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements Heaters
Practice 670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Practice 670.250.2581:
Fired Equipment - Fired Equipment Piping
Practice 670.250.2582:
Fired Equipment - Burner Piping
Practice 670.250.2590:
Fired Equipment Piping - Pipe Stress
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heater Squad Checking - Squad Checking Examples
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2705 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT PIPING - TAGGING FOR PIPING PLANS, ISOMETRICS, AND MODEL
PURPOSE This practice illustrates which instrument balloons are to be shown on models, isometrics, and piping plans.
SCOPE This practice covers the most commonly used drawing instrument symbols for tagging. It also provides illustrations of this tagging for pressure, flow, temperature, and level instruments, and steam traps.
APPLICATION This practice should be used by Piping Engineers when tagging piping plans, isometrics, and models.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Drawing Instrument Symbols Attachment 02: Pressure Instruments Attachment 03: Flow Instruments Attachment 04: Temperature Instruments Attachment 05: Level Instruments and Steam Traps
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS - METER RUNS - ORIFICES, FLOW NOZZLES, AND VENTURI TUBES
PURPOSE This practice is used for determining minimum straight pipe runs needed for various meter run installations.
SCOPE This practice includes information on meter runs for orifices, flow nozzles, and venturi tubes.
APPLICATION This practice will be used as a design guide by Piping Designers. Exceptions to its use will be only with the approval of the Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Control Systems Engineer.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Meter Runs For Orifices Attachment 02: Specialty Meters Attachment 03: Meter Runs For Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes - General Notes Attachment 04: Meter Runs For Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes - Schedules 1 Through 8 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11.
Schedule 1 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 2 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 3 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 4 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 5 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 6 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 7 - Valves Schedule 8 - For Venturi Tubes Typical Piping Arrangement With Fittings Or Bends In The Same Plane Typical Piping Arrangement With Fittings Or Bends Not In The Same Plane Typical Piping Arrangement At Boiler Outlet
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SPECIALTY METERS
Types of Meters
Straight Run Requirement (In Nominal Pipe Diameters) Upstream Downstream (Refer to Note 2) (Refer to Note 2)
Magnetic Flow Meter
5
5
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Corielious Magnetic Flow
5
5
Straight Tube Corielious
10
10
Positive Displacement Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Turbine Flow Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Vortex Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Anubar (Pitot Tube)
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Venturi Tube
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
3
3
Sonics Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Insertion Type
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Flow Nozzle
Rotameter
NOTES: 1. Use same upstream and downstream straight run length as orifice flanges. 2. Listed dimensions are for layout purposes. Verify upstream and downstream requirements when the Supplier is selected.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL METER RUN FOR ORIFICES, FLOW NOZZLES, AND VENTURI TUBES - GENERAL NOTES
1.
Schedules 1 through 8, shown on Attachment 04, sheets 1 through 4, will apply in all cases except that 6 diameters will normally be used for the downstream run. Upstream runs will be based on a d/D ratio of 0.75. Deviations from these upstream and downstream runs will require the approval of Control Systems Engineering.
2.
Attachment 04, sheets 5, 6, and 7, show typical piping arrangements and schedules that apply.
3.
For practical purposes, a "diameter" (as used to measure the length of straight pipe) may be taken as a linear distance equal to the nominal pipe size in inches.
4.
The upstream and downstream dimensions shown are minimum, and will be increased where practical.
5.
If possible, the piping layout will avoid the use of straightening vanes. Use of straightening vanes requires the approval of Control Systems Engineering.
6.
The dimensions given on Schedules 1 through 7 are for orifice flanges or fittings having flange taps and for flow nozzles. When pipe taps (2-1/2 and 8 diameters) are used, the upstream dimension will be increased by 2 diameters and the downstream dimension by 8 diameters.
7.
When piping arrangement is not covered by a schedule, consult with Control Systems Engineering.
8.
Meter run schedules 1 through 8 are from ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers). Application - Part II Of Fluid Meters, 6th Edition, 1971, Interim Supplement 19.5 On Instruments And Apparatus, Page 180.
9.
Meter run schedules 1 through 8 show the recommended minimum lengths of pipe preceding orifices, flow nozzles, and venturi tubes. All control valves, including regulators, should be located on outlet side of primary element.
10. The following chart is applicable to meter run schedules 1 through 8. 0.0 - 0.50 Ratio Fittings Allowed 1. on Outlet Side of 2. Straight Pipe 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tees 45º Ells Gate Valves Y-Fittings Exp Joints Separators
0.50 - 0.60 Ratio 1. Tees 2. Gate Valves 3. Y-Fittings 4. Exp Joints 5. Separators (If inlet neck is 1 dia lg.)
0.60 - 0.70 Ratio 1. Gate Valves 2. Y-Fittings 3. Separators (If inlet neck is 1 dia. lg.)
0.70 - 0.80 Ratio 1. 2.
Gate Valve Long Radius Bend
11. For meter run Schedules 1 through 8, the absolute minimum downstream run will be 6 diameters if a control valve, regulator, partially closed gate valve, or check valve is the first downstream fitting.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2790 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS - PIPING LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
PURPOSE This practice provides piping layout information for a range of situations not covered by other documents.
SCOPE This practice covers the following areas: Butterfly Valve Rotameter Ring Joint Orifice Plate Holder
APPLICATION This practice combines various information not readily found and is utilized by the piping department to facilitate the layout effort.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Butterfly Valve Attachment 02: Rotameter Piping Attachment 03: Ring Joint Orifice Plate Holder
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to ensure a consistent and complete supplier document review. It applies to all projects.
SCOPE This practice provides procedure details and guidelines in reviewing and handling of supplier documents.
APPLICATION This practice should be referred to during the early stages of the project as TDC (Technical Data Control) is set up and as supplier documents arrive in-house. It should be referenced by the Piping Design Supervisor and Piping Designers throughout the project in relationship to squad checking and review of all supplier data and documentation.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor will enforce the utilization of this practice.
INTRODUCTION The Piping Design Supervisor should review the project schedule to ensure that supplier documents to be received are scheduled in a logical time sequence to support engineering and piping design.
PROCEDURE DETAILS General Supplier documentation for review may occur in any of the following forms: Catalogue Cut Sheets Supplier Preliminary Drawings Supplier Approval drawings being returned to the Supplier Certified Drawings Approval Drawings Supplier documentation should be received by the Piping Design Supervisor or his designee. TDC should be instructed as to who will receive the documentation ensuring that all items are reviewed and processed expeditiously. Return date and signoff sheet should be part of routing package.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
CATALOGUE CUT SHEETS On certain projects, the schedule sometimes dictates that supplier catalogue cut sheets be used to allow design to proceed. When utilizing catalogue cut sheets for layout, the following should be remembered: Catalog cut sheets are usually adequate for "off the shelf" items; i.e. small pumps, filters, valves, double pipe heat exchangers, air handling units, etc. Provide adequate clearances for service door swing, air flow requirements, or any other equipment requirements. When using cut sheets for layout, assure that adequate space is available to accommodate growth of the equipment (since this is usually in the early stage of design and sizes and capacities are still changing). Provide space for removal of equipment internals. Estimate nozzle sizes and use preliminary vessel sketches (if available) locating nozzles, manways, etc. for proper orientation. The Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designers should be aware of the Equipment Engineer's responsibility and establish a working relationship to ensure that information is exchanged as it becomes available.
DOCUMENTATION Drawing Review The drawings are to be distributed by the Design Supervisor or his designee, to the applicable Area Lead Designer for review. All comments are to be marked neatly in red on review prints or in pencil on sepia prints. The drawing review should include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: The overall package should be reviewed in general to verify that all drawings that comprise the package have been received. Review for adequacy of dimensioning on drawings, i.e. ensure that all nozzles and openings are completely dimensioned. Review the drawings against the P&IDs to verify that all piping/instrument connections are accounted for. Review the Bill of Material to ensure that piping nozzles are in accordance with applicable piping specifications (i.e., material of construction, pressure rating, pipe schedules, etc.). Set manway/handhole locations/orientations to suit optimum accessibility. Orient piping connections to suit piping layouts. Verify that type of end connections on the nozzles are clearly called out i.e., buttweld, flanged, etc. (if flanged, type of flange as well as flange orientation should be specified). Pipe stress review to locate pipe supports/pads. Ladders, platforms and other attachments shown in proper location. If the supplier drawings are from a foreign manufacturer, verify that piping connections meet ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials), ANSI (American National Standards Institute), or other applicable codes.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
Orient agitators, dip tubes, etc. to allow for pull space around equipment and structural steel. Review the equipment for constructibility; i.e., can the equipment be installed after adjacent equipment has been set and structural steel installed? Sequencing equipment arrival on site should be coordinated with the equipment group and the Construction Engineer. When equipment is mating to other equipment (i.e., thermosyphon reboilers to vessels) verify that mating flanges between the equipment are identical. Check that all equipment weights are supplied, maintenance requirements stated, required lifting lugs, and any special shipping, maintenance, lifting and supporting considerations are listed. Drawing Returned To Supplier When supplier drawings are returned to the supplier with comments, TDC should distribute prints of the marked-up drawings to the applicable disciplines. Refer to Attachment 01 for sample stamp and review codes. The Design Supervisor, or his designee, should review the marked-up prints to ensure that all comments have been incorporated. Any discrepancies should be pointed out to the responsible engineer immediately. Additional comments added by other disciplines should be reviewed to determine the impact on engineering/design development. Certified Drawings The certified supplier drawings should be reviewed to verify that marked-up comments have been incorporated by the supplier. Any deviation from the marked-up prints should be forwarded to the responsible engineer.
SUPPLIER FILES The Piping Design Supervisor, or his designee, will set up discipline files for supplier documentation where the latest revisions are kept. As revisions are received, the superseded copies are stamped "superseded" and kept for record. Refer to Practice 670.250.0790: Filing - Project Discipline Responsibilities.
REFERENCES For more detailed information and squad checking lists for various types of equipment see: General Engineering Practice 670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0790:
Filing - Project Discipline Responsibilities
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1061:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Exchangers
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1063:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Pumps and Turbines Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Reciprocating Compressors
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Stamp and Review Code
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
PURPOSE This practice provides a general guide and checklist for squad checking supplier drawings of various types of exchangers, to ensure all piping discipline needs are met and responsibilities are fulfilled.
SCOPE This practice provides: General squad checking items common to all exchangers. Specific squad checking items that relate to the following types of exchangers: - Shell and Tube - Air Coolers - Reboiler (Kettle) - Thermosyphon Reboiler - Double Pipe - Plate and Frame General notes and instructions.
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking supplier drawings for exchangers is to ensure all design criteria are met, data is correctly documented and to convey any required changes to the supplier. Supplier drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review, for guidelines in reviewing and handling of supplier drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designer shall enforce the utilization of this standard. The Piping Designer/Checker responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings shall ensure all supplier data/drawings are carefully reviewed. Caution, squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval. Common To All Exchangers The following general list of squad check items is applicable to the various types of exchangers. Nozzle size, rating, and orientation. Location of nozzles and supports. All location dimensions. Miscellaneous connections in each nozzle (if required by equipment specification) and orientation of each. Correct equipment number and service. Nameplate in visible location. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Lifting lugs or davits required. Flow sheet check. Maximum and shop hydrotest pressures. Equipment weights. Required maintenance space and lifting or removal requirements.
SHELL AND TUBE The following are specific squad check items for shell and tube exchangers. Outside diameter and total length. Slotted hole in correct support for expansion (verify with stress). Clearance between outside diameter of bottom shell nozzle flange and face of concrete foundation. Type of channel cover and shell cover. Adequate dimensions for unit totally assembled. Weight of tube bundle required for maintenance information. If stacked and only one exchanger is shown on print, request stacking arrangement so that all nozzle locations will be verified correct. Stacked exchangers with high temperature differential between shells or between shell and channel nozzle, shall have stress group check for best nozzle arrangement. On stacked units check for the correct number, material, and type of bolts, gaskets and shims furnished.
AIR COOLERS The following are specific squad check items for forced draft and induced draft air cooler arrangements. Centerline dimensions of support columns. All platforms and structural steel (cross bracing) should be shown. Headroom below fan motor. Platform access to fan motor, vibration switches and header box where required. Expansion of tubes and location of anchor points. Header box vent and drain (when required). Show any additional piping loads on air cooler support columns. Allowable nozzle loads. Allowable nozzle movements. Weights of tubes and total unit for correct support design.
REBOILER (KETTLE) The following are specific squad check items for reboiler exchangers. Location of level gage, level controller and dimensions between connections.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Offset dimension between centerlines of shell outside diameter and channel outside diameter. See items under shell and tube exchanger squad checklist.
THERMOSYPHON REBOILER The following are specific squad check items for thermosyphon reboiler. Dimensions between nozzles on reboiler (to match with vessel nozzles). Support requirements. Clearances for tube pulling or bundle and rodding, if required.
DOUBLE PIPE The following are specific squad check items for double pipe exchangers. Verify span of double pipe exchanger to ensure that no additional support is required. Proper stacking and flow arrangement, verify with specification sheet and flow diagram. All units are shown on supplier drawings. Tube pulling area required, and type of maintenance.
PLATE AND FRAME The following are specific squad check items for plate and frame exchangers. Required space for plate removals and maintenance. Nozzle connection type and bolt stud lengths if supplied with exchangers. Number of required plates and plate support frame length. All nozzles identification: inlet/outlet and cold/hot side for correct piping connections. Full dimensions supports and bolt holes.
GENERAL NOTES The narrative specifications and mechanical equipment datasheets define the exchanger design; as required verify all design criteria with these documents and the project standards. General sources of reference material to check against should be as follows: Piping Layout Drawings Structural/Civil Drawings Mechanical Equipment Datasheets Process Flow Diagrams. The following sources should be checked for special requirements: Engineering Conference Notes Fluor Daniel Narrative, Equipment Specifications Supplier Equipment Drawing Notes Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Fluor Daniel Mechanical Equipment Engineer Supplier Service Manual
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2601: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2602: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines and checklists for seller drawing squad checks of various types of pumps and general purpose turbines.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: General pump squad check items for various types of pumps and turbines Specific squad check items for certain types of pumps Special squad check items for general purpose turbines General notes
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking seller drawings for pumps and turbines is to convey any required changes to the seller, and to ensure that all design criteria are met and that data are correctly documented. Seller drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review for guidelines in reviewing and handling of seller drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY The design supervisor and area lead designer shall enforce the utilization of this practice. The piping designer/checker who is responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings shall ensure all seller data and drawings are carefully reviewed. The department manager shall maintain and revise this practice as required.
GENERAL PUMP SQUAD CHECKLIST The following list of general squad check items is applicable to the various types of pumps including centrifugal, reciprocating (piston), rotary, vertical in-line, and vertical sump pumps. Overall dimensions: Be sure to adequately dimension for space and orientation requirements, including attached driver and pump baseplate. External connections: Be sure that the location for external connection points of piping are clearly sized and dimensioned. Drawings: Review the drawings against the P&IDs (process and instrument diagrams) to verify that all piping/instrument connections are accounted for.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
Suction and discharge nozzles: Check that the correct size, rating, and facing are indicated on the seller drawing. Ensure that piping nozzles and connections are in accordance with applicable piping specifications and other project specific requirements (such as type of material, pressure ratings, pipe schedules, and types of facings). Ensure that nozzles are adequately dimensioned from shaft centerline and referenced to the pump baseplate. Check clearance behind nozzle flange to allow for nuts on bolting make-up. Engineering codes and standards: If the seller drawings are from an offshore manufacturer, verify that all piping connections meet ASTM, ANSI, or other applicable codes. Allowable nozzle loads: The maximum limitations for allowable loads, forces, and moments by the pump seller should be clearly indicated on the pump datasheet or drawing. Auxiliary piping connections: Check against auxiliary and P&IDs for identifying symbols, size, rating, and facing. Connection points should be verified for ease of installation. Be sure casing vent and drain and baseplate drain connections are also indicated. Maintenance requirements: Check against piping layout drawing for overhead clearances and required breakout flanges in piping for removal of pump and driver. Equipment weights: Driver and pump weights should be listed to determine handling requirements. Pump baseplate: Insure that adequate dimensions are given to enable support foundation size and anchor bolts to be correctly designed. The relationship between the baseplate and pump should be fully dimensioned. Foundation/support requirement: Check that all pump extremities and auxiliaries are located so that there is no interference with the designed pump foundation/support. Driver outline (motor): Check against piping layout drawings for space and orientation requirements. Be sure the size and weight is adequately defined to establish clearance for removal and maintenance.
ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS The following specific items apply to certain types of pumps as listed: Reciprocating (piston) pumps - rod removal: Location and extent of clearance required for piston pull and rod removal.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
Rotary pumps - screw removal: Location and extent of clearance required for screw removal. Vertical pumps: Check vertical height of pump to determine overhead clearance for pulling of pump. Vertical sump pumps: Check length of pump from mounting surface to extreme underside of pump. This is to determine the clearance for sump depth and overhead clearance for pump removal. Determine whether complete sump cover is supplied with pump and whether it is fully dimensioned to fit the top of the sump as required by civil/structural drawings. Check the requirements of level control system fittings on side of sump pump. Extreme out-to-out dimension of pump suction shaft to be checked to determine clearance to sump walls.
TURBINE SQUAD CHECKLIST The following specific checklist applies to squad checking of seller drawings and for general purpose steam turbine pump drivers. For commonly checked items such as overall dimensions, maintenance requirements, removal clearances, and auxiliaries, refer to previous section, General Pump Squad Checklist. Inlet and exhaust: Check size rating and facing of these connections and be sure that they are dimensionally located and in accordance with applicable piping specifications. Verify that exhaust connection is high enough above grade to accommodate boot, trap, and drain requirements. Trip-throttle valve (seller supplied): Check for clearances around valve and equipment for operation, maintenance, and removal. Loading limitations: Check limitations to loads, forces, and moments from Fluor Daniel piping, and forward to the stress group. Drain and leakoff connections: Check against piping layout drawing for clearances to foundation support and accessibility in operation of valves. Check mechanical auxiliary flow diagrams for valve and piping requirements. Common drain and leakoff connections are as follows: Steam chest drains Casing drains Shaft packing leakoffs Trip valve or trip and throttle valve above seat drains Trip valve or trip and throttle valve and governor valve steam leakoffs GENERAL NOTES Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
For all seller auxiliary schematic drawings, verify with Fluor Daniel auxiliary flow diagrams for process requirements. Check that all devices and piping furnished by seller and all devices and piping required to complete the installation have been so indicated. General sources of reference material to check against should be as follows: Piping layout drawings Structural/civil drawings Mechanical equipment datasheets Auxiliary diagrams and P&IDs Piping Material Specifications The following sources should be checked for special requirements as they apply to seller equipment: Engineering conference notes Fluor Daniel narrative equipment specifications Seller equipment drawing notes Fluor Daniel mechanical equipment engineer Seller's service manual Specific project requirements Squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2350: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2352: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2353:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
PURPOSE This practice provides a general guide for squad checking seller drawings of reciprocating compressors and associated drawings.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY SELLER DRAWING LIST GENERAL SQUAD CHECKLIST ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS GENERAL NOTES REFERENCES
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking seller drawings for reciprocating compressors is to convey any required changes to the seller, and to ensure that design criteria are met and that data are correctly documented. Seller drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review for guidelines in reviewing and handling of seller drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designer will enforce the utilization of this standard. Piping Designer/Checker who is responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings will ensure that seller data and drawings are carefully reviewed.
SELLER DRAWING LIST The following is a list of seller drawings that Piping Designer may be required to squad check: Composite outline drawing of driver and compressor Driver outline Jacket water piping schematic Lube oil schematic Packing vent and drain schematic Interstage equipment and piping drawings Lube oil cooler outline Oil filter outline Lube oil pump outline (when not integral part of compressor) Auxiliary lube oil pump outline
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Gage board outline Vent and drain schematic (for hazardous gases) Moisture trap outline Lube oil piping drawing
GENERAL SQUAD CHECKLIST Composite Outline Of Compressor And Driver Overall Dimensions: Adequately dimensioned for space and orientation requirements. Be sure that the location for external connection points of piping are clearly dimensioned. Check totally enclosed motors for maintenance requirements with Electrical Supervisor. Piston Pull: Check piping layout drawing for space requirements. Centerline of Shaft above Floor: Check against the piping layout elevation requirements. Check the horizontal offset between compressor shaft and driver shaft if gear box is required. Cylinder Valve: Check cylinder valve orientation and removal requirements plus manual clearance pocket requirements against suction and discharge bottle orientation and nozzle lengths. Cylinder Support: Check cylinder support and distance piece support (if required) against piping layout elevation and check clearance from bottom bottle to cylinder support. Dimensions: Check dimensions from centerline of cylinder to inlet and outlet face connections. Suction and Discharge Size, Rating, and Facing: Ensure that piping nozzles are in accordance with applicable piping specifications for items such as material type, pressure ratings, pipe schedules, and type of facing. If the seller drawings are from an offshore manufacturer, verify that piping connections meet ASTM, ANSI, or other applicable codes. Ensure that all nozzles are adequately dimensioned. Stud Projections: The bottom cylinder bottle connection must be long enough for double nuts (stud removal) for bottle removal.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Drawings: Review the drawings against the P&IDs to verify that piping and instrument connections are accounted for. Maintenance Lifts: Check against piping layout drawing for handling requirements. Verify weight of heaviest component that might be removed and check facility to be employed. Also, check piping layout for overhead clearance and required breakout flanges in piping. Allowable Nozzle Loads: The maximum limitations for allowable loads, forces, and moments by the seller should be clearly indicated on the compressor drawing or datasheet. Foundation Requirement: Check against compressor structure plan drawing. On seller's first squad check, show extent of concrete around the unit and the minimum clearance dimension to edge of concrete for seller fittings, piping, or down connections to auxiliary equipment. Auxiliary Piping Connections: Check against auxiliary and P&ID (process and instrument diagram) for identifying symbols, size, rating, and facing. Connection points should be verified for erection ease. Driver Outline (Motor) Overall Dimensions: Check that all dimensions required for space and orientation are shown. If external piping connections are required, be sure they are sized and dimensioned correctly. Also, if driver sound enclosure is required, check overall dimensions and accessibility to driver. Rotor Removal: Check for space and handling requirements. Equipment Weight: Weights should be listed to determine handling requirements in accordance with the piping layout drawing. Driver Outline (Turbine) Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062: Supplier Drawing and Data Review Pumps and Turbines, for seller squad checklists on special purpose steam turbines.
ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS Additional items that must be squad checked but that may or may not appear on the composite outline drawing are indicated as follows:
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Jacket Water Schematic: Check only that routing of supply and return piping can accommodate seller's connections. Lube Oil Schematic: If piping not furnished by seller, check that routing of supply and return piping can accommodate seller's connections. Packing Vent and Drain Schematic: Check that routing of piping can accommodate seller's connections. Interstage Equipment and Piping Drawing: Verify accessibility, removal, and operation requirements. Check with stress for support requirements, especially on cylinder mounted intercoolers and furnished piping. Lube Oil Cooler Requirements: Check bundle pull area only upon evaluation of main suction and discharge piping routing. If cooler is located below steel platforming, removable floor steel is required. Check weight of these lifts involved. Oil Filter Outline: Check size, rating, facing, and dimensional data for piping connections only if Fluor Daniel is furnishing the piping. Lube Oil Pump Outline: Lube oil pump outline and auxiliary lube oil pump outline (when not integral part of compressor): For pump squad checklist, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062. Gage Board: Check for accessibility and orientation. Vent and Drain Schematic (For hazardous gases): Check that routing of piping can accommodate seller's connections. Moisture Trap Outline: If trap is to be used in unfurnished piping, check operational requirements with the mechanical engineer. Lube Oil Piping: Check accessibility of in-line items and support requirements.
GENERAL NOTES For reciprocating compressors, the lube oil system equipment is usually mounted on the compressor and supplied and piped by the seller. For all seller schematic drawings, verify with Fluor Daniel auxiliary flow diagrams for process requirements. Check that all devices and piping furnished by the seller, and devices and piping required to complete the installation have been so indicated.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Following are general sources of reference material to check: Piping layout drawings Structural and Civil drawings Mechanical equipment datasheets Auxiliary and process flow diagrams The following sources should be checked for special requirements as they apply to seller equipment: Engineering conference notes Fluor Daniel narrative equipment specifications Seller equipment drawing notes Fluor Daniel mechanical equipment engineer Seller's service manual Squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Pumps And Turbines
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsibilities of the Piping Designer for layout, design, and support of all piping systems.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY TERMINOLOGY STRESS DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES SUPPORT CRITERIA STRESS ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES REFERENCES
APPLICATION This practice applies to all Piping Designers on all Fluor Daniel projects.
RESPONSIBILITY Assigned Project Piping Engineer, Lead Design Supervisor, and Lead Stress Engineer are responsible for implementing this practice.
TERMINOLOGY Layout and Design: The arrangement of all equipment; the routing of the piping that connects the equipment; and the conceptual definition of hard supports, pre-engineered, and engineered supports. Hard Supports: Structural steel or concrete structures provided by the structural department. Pre-Engineered Supports: Supports such as base supports, rod hangers, shoes, guides, and anchors as shown in the detail practices listed in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4200: Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details. Engineered Supports: Supports such as spring hangers, spring can base supports, snubbers, and constant support spring hangers specially designed by Stress Engineer for a specific location.
STRESS DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES Overview Piping Designer will create a sound piping layout and a design that includes the following items: Accurate interpretation of the P&ID (Piping And Instrumentation Diagram). Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
Routing of the line. Correct mechanical construction of the piping materials and components. An evaluation of the line's workability regarding stress and flexibility. Incorporating Stress Engineer's comments and requirements on lines analyzed by stress. Proper support of the line during operation, maintenance, and hydrotest. Stress Engineer supports Piping Designer's effort. Stress Engineer verifies that the design meets applicable criteria; assists in finding solutions to complex problems; helps to optimize the original layout of equipment and equipment support requirements; and designs engineered items such as spring hangers and flexible joints. Policy Statement Piping Designer is responsible for the layout, design, and support of all piping systems and is also responsible for the following items, obtained by using the applicable sections of the Piping technical practices: Locating supports, guides, anchors, compressor hold downs, and hanger rods. Providing prespring, cold spring, and clearance required for line expansion and additional line flexibility. Transmitting and handling stress sketches in complete compliance with procedures outlined in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220: Stress Design - Sketch Procedure. Piping Designer is not responsible for the flexibility calculations nor the validity of such calculations made by the Stress Engineer. Designer is responsible for any calculations or flexibility analysis that was undertaken and resolved without Stress Supervisor's approval. Design Guidelines The following guidelines apply to piping design stress considerations: Prefer pipe routing, fittings, and loops to provide flexibility. Where space and other limitations preclude this approach, request assistance from Project Lead Stress Engineer. Design piping to require a minimum number of anchors and guides. Keep weight stresses off equipment nozzles using base supports and anchors, or rod hangers or structural supports. To obtain flexibility that accommodates expansion at towers and drums, arrange the equipment locations and nozzle orientations so that the natural run of the piping will provide sufficient flexibility. Note!!! For hot piping, do not locate nozzles so that the most direct pipe routing is the end result. When computing stresses and allowing for expansion, use the worst case operating conditions (hot line and cold tower, or vice versa, or both: 1 pump hot, 1 pump cold). Consider startup conditions when lines and equipment are brought up to operating conditions from the cold conditions. Consider flexibility for lines that may be steam or hot gas purged and that are subject to regeneration, decoking, and dryout conditions. Ensure that outdoor piping in cold climates can contract the required amount. Investigate expansion, or the lack of it, in closed relief systems and hot blowdown systems.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
Calculate and correctly apply the thermal expansion of the pipe to select the proper shoe length. Incorporate rigid supports for exhaust stacks of relief systems venting to the atmosphere. To avoid differential expansion problems, investigate equipment tube anchors on vertical and horizontal tube heaters. Investigate cold piping conditions at bypasses around exchangers. Make the branch lines more flexible rather than installing expansion loops or expansion joints in the header. Investigate spring supporting or Teflon mounting pumps instead of using flexible piping on hot pump suction lines. Apply cold spring and prespring to piping for the following reasons: - Detailed stress analysis requires it. - It maintains adequate pipe spacing. Take cold spring into account during analysis, and indicate it on drawings to ensure sound design. To maintain adequate pipe spacing, use cold spring to make clearance corrections in pipe groups or racks, thus preventing excessive spreading between lines. Line size has no bearing on this. Show cold spring with 50 percent of the total movement at operating temperature. There is no minimum limit to the amount of cold spring that may be used; however, consider using less than 1 inch cold spring only where dictated by the design conditions. Use extreme care in selecting the maximum temperature used to calculate expansion. The operating temperature often is not the maximum temperature experienced by the process lines. For instance, most process lines must be steamed out at higher temperatures than those encountered during normal operation. Both Piping Designer and Stress Engineer must investigate using engineered expansion joints and other flexible connectors to eliminate piping forces on equipment. No expansion joint, either metal or elastomer bellows, shall be specified or purchased without the approval of Stress Group Supervisor or Project Lead Stress Engineer. Guide axial expansion joints on each side and anchor at changes of direction of pipe runs to take hydrostatic thrust, friction force, velocity thrust, and the mechanical spring rate of the joint.
SUPPORT CRITERIA Hard supports and pipe supported by pre-engineered or engineered element are to be designed in, not added on. During layout, Designer should plan, visualize, define, and communicate to Stress Engineer the method of support for all pipe lines. Talk early with Structural Engineer to establish concepts and schedule requirements. Continue this communication throughout the project, providing detailed definitions of support locations, anchor locations, anchor forces, and other data required for support design.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
STRESS ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES Lead Stress Engineer must validate calculations and flexibility analysis provided to Piping Designer and must further validate items listed in Policy 1 of the Pipe Stress Analyst Design Guide (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1201: Piping Stress Analysis - General Operating Practices.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1201:
Piping Stress Analysis - General Operating Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1202:
Piping Stress Analysis - Limiting Criteria On Equipment
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH PROCEDURE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for preparing and submitting piping sketches for stress analysis and ensures that these sketches are complete and contain the necessary information. This practice eliminates sketching of lines that can be given approval by other means such as inspection at model or equipment study, and provides the Piping Supervisor with a method to verify that the isometric checker has reviewed the Stress Sketch.
SCOPE This practice provides direction for the interface between Piping Design and Pipe Stress during the stress sketch development and isometric sign-off phase of the contract.
APPLICATION This practice will be implemented during the piping layout phase of the contract. The Piping Design Supervisor and the Pipe Stress Engineer will utilize this practice to ensure that stress related requirements are properly integrated into the piping design.
ACTIVITIES/ RESPONSIBILITIES Step-by-step activities and the responsible parties involved in implementing this practice are outlined in Attachment 01.
TERMINOLOGY Formal Analysis: A system requiring a manual stress review or a formal computer analysis; however, the Stress Engineer may require that certain lines be sketched in order to determine if a formal analysis is required.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Responsibilities And Activity Descriptions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description
1
Lead Stress Engineer
Review line list using contract specifications and flow diagrams to determine initially which lines require sketches (formal submittal) and mark the line list under stress column accordingly.
2
Unit Piping Supervisor
Refer to line list and initiate Flexibility Log listing line numbers to be sketched. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250: Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log.
3
Unit Piping Supervisor / Stress Engineer
Jointly review layouts and model as this work progresses. Prior to drawing sketch, verify if a formal analysis is actually required for the lines originally listed in the line list. Review closely for any problem areas or additional lines which may require formal analysis. Update line list and Flexibility Log accordingly.
4
Layout Designer
Initiate a sketch / DWD for each line listed in the Flexibility Log. The intent is to provide the Stress Engineer with a complete system showing all lines of a system that affect the piping flexibility of that system. Complex or large systems may require more than 1 sketch or the system may be drawn on roll size sheet.
5
Layout Design
Sign off and date in spaces provided after insuring all required data has been provided. Submit sketch to Unit Supervisor for review.
6
Unit Piping Supervisor
Review sketch for completeness. Sign off and forward.
7
Unit Piping Supervisor or Order 2 prints of Stress Sketch and place 1 in Stress file for reference until original Designee (Piping Assistant is returned. Transmit Stress Sketch original and 1 print (work print) to Stress or Contract Clerk) Engineer. Post date "to" Stress in Flexibility Log. For revisions, erase dates to and from Stress in Flexibility Log and post new date to Stress for revision.
8
Stress Engineer
Inspect line and either approve by inspection, start test calculations or start formal calculations. If sketch is incomplete or routing is unacceptable, hand carry to Unit Supervisor to rework. Make recommendations to ensure a prompt solution to the problem.
9
Stress Engineer
Add all Stress comments and notes directly on original in red. If necessary, circle comments in red so they stand out. Complete Stress approval and stress stamp and indicate if sketch is approved, not approved, or approved as marked.
10
Stress Engineer
Sign off in space provided, run 1 print of sketch for stress file and return original to Unit Piping Supervisor.
11
Unit Piping Supervisor / Layout Designer
Review stress comments with Layout Designer. Transmit loads and other relevant data to affect disciplines. Forward original for filing. For checker initiated changes and revisions, review stress comments with checker.
12
Unit Piping Supervisor or Place original in Stress sketch file binder. Remove and destroy print from file. Piping Assistant / Contract Post date "from" Stress in Flexibility Log. Clerk
13
Unit Piping Supervisor
Continuously monitor stress file to ensure isometric and model include stress requirements.
14
Assigned Designers
Continuously monitor stress file to ensure isometric and model include stress requirements.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description Checking
15
Piping Checker
Review line list and Flexibility Log to determine which sketches pertain to area. Compare finished isometrics to Stress sketch. Ensure that all stress requirements are met. Negotiate minor differences with Stress Engineer.
16
Piping Checker
For checker initiated changes, consult with the Stress Engineer and determine if a resubmittal is required and is so, revise the Stress sketch original and sign off in space provided. Change Stress sketch revision. Erase Unit Supervisor and Stress Analyst signatures. Forward to Unit Supervisor. Return to Sequence 6. Hold check prints until Stress Engineer returns Stress Sketch. Incorporate Stress comments.
17
Piping Checker
Checker will enter "Yes" on line for Stress approval, in revision block on isometric, if Stress sketch is marked "Resubmit Checked Isometric." If Stress sketch is marked "Approved" or line did not require Stress analysis, draw line through "Stress." Isometric Revisions
18
Revision Checker
Prior to releasing any revised isometric, review Stress sketch and analyze if flexibility is affected. Note!!! If there is any doubt that the change may affect Stress, the checker must consult with the Stress Engineer and the Piping Supervisor.
19
Revision Checker
If flexibility is affected, consult with Stress Engineer and determine if a resubmittal is required and if so, revise Stress sketch original to agree with revised isometric, sign off in space provided and change revision, place initials on Stress sketch original under the appropriate revision space for that line and isometric sheet number. Erase Unit Piping Supervisor and Stress Analyst signatures on sketch. Forward to Unit Supervisor. Return to Sequence 6. Hold Check print until Stress Engineer returns Stress sketch. Incorporate Stress comments. Note!!! If the issued isometric had been signed off by Stress, the Stress Engineer will review and approve all changes. Stress Signatures on Isometrics
20
Unit Piping Supervisor or Note isometric sheets that must be sent to Stress for signature. check Piping Piping Assistant Isometric Record and checked isometric to determine which isometrics require Stress approval signature. Hand carry to Stress Engineer. Wait for approval or leave with Stress Engineer. Receive signed isometrics from Stress Engineer.
21
Stress Engineer (if Design In addition to signoff of isometrics, reviews model before and after Client review to Model is used on the ensure that all lines approved earlier by inspection only are still acceptable. Project) Unit Supervisor Monitoring
22
Stress Engineering Supervisor
Stress Engineer Supervisor must review his work load and take action to meet his schedule.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description
23
Unit Piping Supervisor / Layout Designer
Periodically consult with Stress Engineer to obtain assistance in resolving flexibility problems by informal reviews at the model or drawing board to eliminate unnecessary paper flow. Jointly, decide on the following: a. The addition of any line or lines for formal submittal. b. The deletion of any lines or portions of lines which were requested for formal submittal. Update line list and Flexibility Log as necessary.
24
Unit Piping Supervisor
Periodically review Stress sketch file during checking phase to verify that isometrics checkers have entered their initials on the Stress sketch, indicating final isometrics agree with the Stress sketch.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to outline the information furnished by Piping Design, Pipe Stress, and Process Engineering to be utilized in the production of Stress Sketches.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SYSTEM BOUNDARY TITLE BLOCK DATA GRAPHIC SECTION SPRING HANGERS FLARE ISOMETRICS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice will be implemented during the Stress Analysis Phase of the contract and will be utilized when analysis of a piping system is required. Pipe Stress and Process Engineering will use this practice to convey information to Piping Design for use in the development of system configuration, process conditions, and pipe supports.
SYSTEM BOUNDARY A line or system requiring stress analysis will be submitted from anchor or equipment to other anchors or equipment as an isometric sketch or drawing. The original, coinciding with the Stress group file copy, will be returned to the responsible Design Supervisor.
TITLE BLOCK DATA Data affecting the flexibility and support analysis will be filled in on each Stress Sketch. Data that is not self-explanatory will be determined as outlined below. Maximum design and operating temperature for applicable conditions such as the following: - Startup - Regeneration - Hot and cold branch functions (pump with spares, one operating, one shut down; bypasses; systems with swing elbows; and swing reactor system) - Shutdown - Steam out (defined by Process) - Normal flowing conditions - Decoking - Upset
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
Unusual conditions such as lethal or hazardous commodity flowing in the line or ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) boiler code requirements. Pipe Stress Engineering will provide specific instructions regarding system configuration when jacketed pipe is specified or on pharmaceutical projects where stainless steel pipe with Tri-Clover connections are specified.
GRAPHIC SECTION Line work will be single stroke and may be drawn freehand. Weld dots will be indicated to identify FMU (fitting makeup) only. Dimensions will indicate distance from centerline of branch or ell to support. Round off dimensions to nearest 6 inches. The following information will be included on the sketch: Location of proposed support points and type such as the following: - Pipe supports - Trunnions - Spring hangers - Pickups - Hanger rods - Dummy supports - Field supports - Snubbers Location and orientation of proposed or actual control points such as the following: - Anchors - Equipment - Guides - Critical clearance - Directional anchor - Branch points - Spring wedges - Hold downs Foundation settlement
SPRING HANGERS The following information should be indicated as an integral part of the Stress Sketch as soon as stress information has been established. Resubmit revised sketch to Stress when steel information becomes available. Location of spring hanger. Height of the support point in relation to the centerline of the pipe or to the point on the pipe where the spring hanger is attached. Type of beam or structure used as supporting point and its orientation.
FLARE ISOMETRICS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
The flare isometric will provide Stress and Process Engineering with adequate information to analyze the complete system on a unit-by-unit basis. Refer to Attachment 02 for flare isometric example. Flare isometrics will adhere to the following: The isometric will be drawn on roll size layout paper. The header will be indicated as a complete system through the unit to the interconnecting pipeway main header or blowdown drum. Two-inch and larger branches will be indicated from the pressure relief valve to the flare header. The portion upstream of the pressure relief valve will be submitted with the flare isometric as a package on the following documents: - Stress Engineering: Stress sketches - Process Engineering: Stress sketches or isometrics
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Stress Sketch Example Attachment 02: Flare Isometric Example
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE This practice is intended as an aid for the Piping Designer in determining the effects of the piping's thermal expansion or contraction on equipment nozzles.
SCOPE This practice provides a method, which can be used by the Piping Designer, to determine the acceptability of pipe routings to rotating equipment. Included in this practice are instructions on how to determine the following: The location of the rotating equipment's Anchor. The allowable loads on the rotating equipment nozzles. The loads exerted by the piping on the rotating equipment. Methods for adding flexibility if the actual force exerted exceeds the allowable force.
APPLICATION During the initial stages of piping layout, the Piping Designer needs to examine the effects that the thermal expansion or contraction of a piping system would have on rotating equipment to which the given system is located. Optimum equipment location, nozzle orientations, and pipe routing can be achieved via the implementation of the techniques outlined in this practice. The resulting pipe routing is still subject to the review and approval of the review and approval of the assigned Lead Project Stress Engineer. However, based on the Piping Designer's correct application of this technical practice, modification to satisfy stress requirements should be minimized. Note!!! Refer to Attachments 01 through 04, as indicated below, to determine the location of equipment Anchors and, therefore, nozzle thermal movements, on various types of rotating equipment. Pumps, Normal Case Refer to Attachment 01, Pumps - Normal Case. Pumps, Variation Case Refer to Attachment 02, Pumps - Variation Case. Turbines, Normal Case Refer to Attachment 03, Turbines - Normal Case, Figure 1. Turbines, Common Variation Refer to Attachment 03, Turbines - Common Variation, Figure 2.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Centrifugal Compressor Refer to Attachment 04, Centrifugal Compressor. Allowable Loads The maximum allowable force on steel equipment nozzle is 200 pounds times the nominal nozzle size, but must not exceed 2,000 pounds. Examples: 2-inch, 300 pounds, RF, CS Nozzle, 200 by 2 = 400 pounds 18-inch, 150 pounds, RF, CS Nozzle, 200 by 18 = 3,600 pounds The latter exceeds the limit; therefore, use 2,000 pounds as a limiting force. The maximum allowable force on cast iron equipment nozzle is 50 pounds times nominal nozzle size, but must not exceed 500 pounds. Examples: 4-inch, 125 pounds, FF, CI Nozzle, 50 by 4 = 200 pounds 12-inch, 250 pounds, FF, CI Nozzle, 50 by 12 = 600 pounds The latter exceeds the limit; therefore, use 500 pounds.
EXAMPLE Refer to Attachment 05, How to Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Pump Layout. Allowable Force On Pump Nozzle Eight-inch nozzle times 200 lbs / nom. in. = 1,600 pounds maximum force allowed. Expansion North-South Direction The 15'-6" leg is the only run in the North-South direction. 15'-6" times 0.0362 = 0.5611" expansion. Absorbing Legs The 2 legs 90 degrees to the 15'-6" leg are the East-West leg (11'-0") plus the vertical leg (7'-3"). Total available bending leg = 11'-0" plus 7'-3" = 18'-3". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 06, Nomograph Application - North-South Expansion.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Expansion East-West Direction Assuming that 1 pump is hot and 1 cold, the 11'-0" leg is the only run, expanding in the East-West direction. 11'-0" times 0.362"/14 = 0.3982" expansion Absorbing Legs The legs 90 degrees to the East-West run are the 2 vertical legs (6'-8" and 7'-3") and the North-South leg (15'-6"). Total Available Bending Leg = (6'-8") + (7'-3") + (15'-6") = 29'-5". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 07, Nomograph Application - East-West Expansion. Expansion Vertical Direction The worst case vertical thermal expansion occurs between the Anchor point at the pump assumed hot and the support or Anchor on the vertical vessel. The total vertical leg expanding is: (1'-4") + (7'-3") + (6'-8") + (2'-9") = 18'-0" 18'-0" times 0.0362 "/' = 0.6515" expansion Absorbing Legs The legs 90 degrees to the vertical runs and falling along a direct line from the vessel nozzle to the nozzle of the pump assumed hot, are the 11'-0" North-South leg and the 15'-6" East-West leg. Total Available Bending Leg = (11'-0") + (15'-6") = 26'-6". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 08, Nomograph Application - Vertical Direction, and Attachment 09, Nomograph A (For Flexibility Based On Piping Force).
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Pumps - Normal Case Attachment 02: Pumps - Variation Case Attachment 03: Figure 1. Turbines - Normal Case Figure 2. Turbines - Common Variation
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Attachment 04: Centrifugal Compressor Attachment 05: Example: How To Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Pump Layout Attachment 06: Nomograph Application - North-South Expansion Attachment 07: Nomograph Application - East-West Expansion Attachment 08: Nomograph Application - Vertical Direction Attachment 09: Nomograph A (For Flexibility Based On Piping Force)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - NORTH-SOUTH EXPANSION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on pump nozzle. 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On Total Thermal Expansion scale, locate expansion in inches. 0.5611" (Point 2).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 2. Where this line crosses the Pivot Line , locate Point 3.
Step 4
On Nominal Pipe Diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4). When the schedule of pipe is other than the standard weight, use Pipe Moment of Inertia scale. This locates Point 5 on the Pipe Length scale.
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 3 on the Pivot Line to Point 4 on the Nominal Pipe Diameter scale. This locates Point 5 on the Pipe Length scale. Read 23'-0" on the Pipe Length scale as the minimum required absorbing pipe length.
Step 6
The available bending leg is 18'-3" (Refer to Page 2) is less than 23'-0". Therefore, a minimum of 5'-0" must be added to the vertical or East-West direction to be within the maximum allowable force on the pump nozzle.
Step 7
Since equipment elevations cannot be easily changed (both Process and Structural Engineering must become involved), the simplest method for adding the required bending leg is to add East-West bending leg as shown by dotted line on Attachment 05.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 07 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - EAST-WEST EXPANSION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on the pump nozzle - 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On total thermal expansion scale, locate expansion in inches - 0.3982" (Point 6).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 6. Where this line crosses the pivot line, locate Point 7.
Step 4
On nominal pipe diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4).
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 7 to Point 4. This locates Point 8 on the pipe length scale. Note!!! The minimum required absorbing pipe length is 20'-0".
Step 6
The available bending leg is 29'-5" which is greater than the required leg of 20'-0". Therefore, no additional flexibility is required to accommodate the East-West expansion.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 08 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - VERTICAL DIRECTION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on the pump nozzle - 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On the total thermal expansion scale, locate expansion in inches - 0.6516" (Point 9).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 9. Where this line crosses the pivot line, locate Point 10.
Step 4
On a nominal pipe diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4).
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 10, on the pivot line, to Point 4. This locates Point 11 on the pipe length scale. Note!!! The minimum required absorbing pipe length (bending leg) is 24'-0".
Step 6
The available bending leg is 26'-6" that is greater than the required leg of 24'-0".
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for Stress Engineers to initiate plot arrangements, determine thermal expansion, and locate anchors on nonrotating equipment such as exchangers and vessels. The assigned Project Piping Engineer will be responsible to enforce the use of this practice.
SCOPE This practice provides information about the following: Anchor locations Stacking arrangements Information required to determine thermal expansion Exchangers - shell and tube Kettle reboilers Vertical vessels or reactors Horizontal vessels Air cooled exchangers Fired heaters and reboilers Stress Analysis
APPLICATION During initial stages of piping layout, this practice will help Stress Engineers review equipment drawings for items such as stacking arrangement of shell and tube exchangers for piping flexibility, method of anchor, and anchor location to reduce differential expansion and minimize thermal stresses. Information required to calculate reasonable thermal expansion is explained for horizontal and vertical vessels. For air cooled exchangers, a method of controlling tube expansion and header box movement is discussed. Exchangers Shell And Tube The following information will be used to locate anchors and origin of thermal expansion: The stacking and plot arrangement on multiple shells in interconnected service. Wherever a close coupled arrangement is proposed, it is preferred to see all interconnecting lines such as shell-to-shell and channel-to-channel, plus bypass lines wherever operation can be maintained on partial capacity. Location of anchor point related to piping connection (vertical and horizontal). Wherever piping parallels horizontal equipment, anchor the end that provides the most compensating expansion. Identification of exchanger service; that is, reboiler, condenser or cooler, and identification of nozzles as shell or channel. Exchangers with process streams in both channel and shell should hang the shell cover end anchored. The objective, in most cases, is to utilize exchanger expansion to compensate for piping expansion. Grade mounted exchangers with buried cooling water to the channel may have to be anchored on the channel end support. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Stacked exchangers are similar, with expansions accumulating from the anchor point. The supplier's stacking arrangement should be reviewed by Stress Analyst before outlines are approved. The single pass on the shell side of the exchangers will invariably cause leaks if the connecting flanges are located at opposite ends and the temperature difference across the shell is appreciable. A much better arrangement is to locate all nozzles at the channel end so the connecting nozzles are close to each other, and the differential expansion between them is negligible. If the exchangers must be arranged with nozzles at opposite ends, or if there are 3 stacked exchangers, the nozzles at either one or both ends, one set, should be side projections to provide flexibility for differential expansion. The same problem will occur with single pass tube exchangers and should be treated accordingly. Thermosyphon Reboilers Thermosyphon reboilers may be supported from the adjacent vessel or from independent structures from grade. In either case, the method and location of support will be reviewed by Piping Stress. Location of the supports will be determined on the basis of minimizing differential movements between the reboiler piping and the vessel. If steam is to be circulated through the reboiler before startup, or if there is an appreciable difference between temperature of the reboiler and vessel, the reboiler may require spring support and additional flexibility in the piping. Kettle Reboilers The horizontal reboiler anchor location depends upon its relationship to the vessel. It is normally anchored at the reboiler support closest to the centerline of the vessel. The reboiler bottom elevation should be located as close as possible to the vessel tangent line elevation to reduce footage of piping required to accommodate vertical growth. The reboiler elevation must also meet process requirements as specified on the Flow Sheet. Vertical Vessels Or Reactors The following information will be used to determine thermal expansion and related criteria: Point of support, skirt height, and whether fireproofed, insulated, or both. Shell diameter and nozzle projection/size. Shell thickness and type of material. Shell temperatures: Use design temperatures of bottom, intermediate and top outlet piping. Do not use design temperatures as given on vessel outlines. Refractory lined vessels must be figured on a skin temperature obtained from the Vessel Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Horizontal Vessels The following information will be used to determine thermal expansion and related criteria: Location of support points of vessel with respect to nozzles. Anchor location (the end of the vessel that will provide the most compensating effect for piping expansion). Shell diameter and nozzle projection. Shell thickness and material. Any fireproofing or insulation. Design temperature: Do not use design temperature shown on vessel drawing; use design temperatures shown on the line list for inlet and outlet piping. Air Cooled Exchangers The following will be considered when establishing equipment studies: Controlling Tube Expansion - Single Pass Air-Cooler The inlet header box may be directionally fixed and the outlet box free to slide to allow for tube expansion. - Double Pass Air-Cooler The inlet and outlet are at the same end. This end may be directionally fixed. In some cases, the boxes are left uncontrolled (free floating) if piping flexibility is adequate. - Lateral Header Box Movement - Multiple header boxes connected by a common pipe header are designed to move laterally within their supporting frame to allow for pipe header expansion. - To aid header box, movement thrust blocks may be inserted between boxes. - Clearance within frame and thrust block requirements must be agreed upon with Supplier. - The inlet boxes of single pass coolers move in accordance with the inlet pipe header. - The outlet boxes move in accordance with the outlet pipe header. - For double pass coolers, the header boxes follow the growth of the inlet pipe header. The outlet piping must be designed flexible enough to allow for the differential expansion between inlet and outlet. Fired Heaters And Reboilers The following will be considered whenever establishing equipment studies: Tube expansion effecting piping at the heater terminals tube support points and type, length of tubes, and metal temperatures. Required deflection of the tube terminals at right angles to the centerline of the tubes. Possible support locations on the equipment structure, as required by line routing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Stress Analysis The maximum allowable stress on steel equipment is 15,000 psi. Refer to Attachment 01 to determine pipe length required for flexible equipment layout. Expansion North-South Direction Exchanger anchored side to the centerline of the vessel is the total North-South expansion. (10'-0")x(0.0061)+(15'-0"+5-0")x(0.0023)+(6'-0")x(0.0061) = 0.1436" Absorbing Legs The two legs 90 degrees to the North-South expansion are the East-West leg (18'-0") plus the vertical legs (70'-0" + 4'-0"). Total available = (18'-0") + (70'-0" + 4'-0") = 92'-0" Nomograph Application Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph B, Attachment 02. Step 1 On PIPE STRESS scale, locate maximum allowable stress on steel equipment. 15,000 psi (Point 1) Step 2 On TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION scale, locate expansion in inches. 0.1436" (Point 2) Step 3 Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 2. Where this line crosses the PIVOT LINE, locate Point 3. Step 4 On NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER scale, locate line size 24" (Point 4). Step 5 Draw a line from Point 3 on the PIVOT LINE to Point 4 on the NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER scale. This locates Point 5 on the PIPE LENGTH scale as the minimum required absorbing pipe length. Step 6 The available absorbing leg 92'-0" is greater than the minimum required pipe length 13'-0". So the pipe routing is okay in the North-South direction. Expansion East-West Direction The 18'-0" leg is the only run in the East-West direction. (18'-0") x (0.0023) = 0.0414" expansion such as 0.1". Follow the procedure described above and the minimum required absorbing pipe length is 10'-0". Expansion - Vertical Direction (20'-0")x(0.046)+(30'-0")x(0.027)+(15'-0")x(0.0061)-(70'-0"+4'-0")x(0.0023) -(6'-0")x(0.0061) = 1.6147" expansion Following the procedure described above, the minimum required absorbing pipe length is 44'-0".
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
The available absorbing leg is (15'-0") + (18'-0") + (5'-0") = 38'-0". This figure is smaller than the minimum required pipe length; so, add at least 6'- 0" in the North-South or East-West direction to be within the maximum allowable stress on the steel equipment. Use the same procedure and criteria as for pump layout, but check with Stress Analyst for the amount of expansion that may be taken by the heater tubes.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: How To Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Equipment Layout Attachment 02: Nomograph "B" (For Flexibility Based On Pipe Stress)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for Stress Engineers in evaluating the location of Anchors and guides, and determining the size of loops so that unbalanced forces are limited to 2,000 pounds and stresses in the piping system are limited to 20,000 psi.
SCOPE This practice provides information regarding stress limitations in piping and force limitations on Anchors and guides. Expansion loop requirements are based on the total expansion of piping systems. The size of the loop is calculated based on a stress limiting criteria of 20,000 psi. Thermal and frictional forces on Anchors and guides are limited to 2,000 pounds (imbalanced) by adjusting the size of the loop and relocating the Anchors and guides. Bowing of loop at point is also evaluated.
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Project Stress Engineers.
GENERAL During the initial stages of piping layout, Anchors and guides are located and the size of loops is determined based on a stress limitation of 20,000 psi. Imbalanced Anchor and guide forces are limited to 2,000 pounds so that no transmittal of load is required to Structural group. Pipe movement, at point, can be calculated to check interference with adjacent piping. Stress Limit The stress limiting criteria is 20,000 psi maximum allowable stress. Force Limit Force limit on Anchors and guides is 2,000 pounds maximum unbalanced force including friction loads. F(t) = 2,800#
F(f) = 3,500#
F(f) = 2,000#
F(f) = 3,000# X
Anchor
where F(f) = Thermal force F(f) = Friction force Total unbalanced force
= =
(3,500 + 3,000) - (2,800 + 2,000) 1,700 pounds
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
This is within the limiting criteria. Example: F(t) = 2,000#
F(f) = 1,500#
F(f) = 3,000#
F(f) = 500# X
Anchor
Total unbalanced force = (2,000 + 3,000) - (1,500 + 500) = 3,000 pounds. This exceeds the limiting criteria of 2,000 pounds unbalanced force. Note!!! Consult Supervising Stress Engineer for possible alternatives to comply with the force limitation. Expansion Loop Requirements Generally, if the total expansion in direction on the pipeway is less than 10 inches, the loop could be avoided by locating an Anchor in the middle of the run. The total expansion between loop Anchors should not exceed 12 inches. The expansion at the change of direction should not exceed 5 inches. Refer to Attachment 02, Points A and B. Consult the Supervising Stress Engineer for exceptions. Location Of Loops And Guides Example:
500' - 0"
A
B X
X
Max Exp 12 Inch Diameter Standard Weight 5 Inches
Max Exp 5 Inches
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Pipe material = Design temperature Expansion Coefficient= Commodity Insulation Coefficient of friction
A53 Gr.B = 500 degrees F 0.036"/ft = HC (Vapor) = None = 0.3 (steel on steel)
Total Expansion In The East-West Direction (500'-0") x (0.0362) = 18.1 inches. Location Of Loop Anchors Anchors should be located in such a way that the expansion going into the loop should not exceed 12 inches and the total unbalanced forces at the Anchors should be within the limiting criteria of 2,000 pounds. Locate Anchors at 125'-0" from Points A and B in the above example. Expansion Going Into The Loop {(500'-0") - 2(125'- 0")} x (0.0362) = 9.05 inches. Step 1.0 Determine Stress Coefficient K using the following formula: K= K=
Maximum allowable stress Expansion going into the loop 20,000 9.05
= 2, 210
Step 2.0 Enter the table, Curve Number For Stress Coefficient K, on the left-hand side of Attachment 01, and read down to the appropriate wall thickness 0.375 inch and draw an imaginary horizontal line across the table. At the top of the table, find the appropriate pipe diameter 12 inches, and draw an imaginary vertical line down the table. Read the correct curve Number 9 at the intersection of the 2 imaginary lines. Step 3.0 Enter the curve chart on Attachment 01, at the bottom for K = 2,210. Draw an imaginary line up to the curve Number 9. At the point of intersection, draw an imaginary horizontal line to the left and read the appropriate value for H and H = 23'-0" minimum.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Step 4.0 The loop width W and the guide locations for different pipe sizes are shown on Attachment 01. Note!!! Consult the Supervising Stress Engineer for exceptions. Thermal Forces At Loop Anchors Step 1.0 Enter the table, Curve Number For Force Coefficient C, on the left-hand side of Attachment 02, and determine the curve Number 12 using the procedure outlined in the above Steps 1.0 and 2.0. Step 2.0 Enter the curve chart on Attachment 02, on the left-hand side at H = 23'-0" and draw an imaginary horizontal line across the chart until it intersects curves Number 12. Draw an imaginary line from the intersection down to the value for C and read C = 190. Step 3.0 Thermal force = F(t) = (Force Coefficient C) x (Expansion going into the loop, inches). F(t) = (190) x (9.05) = 1,720 pounds. Location Of Guides In The North-South Direction (G-1) Step 1.0 Determine the Expansion at the change of direction. (125'-0") x (0.0362) = 4.5 inches Step 2.0 Using the maximum allowable Stress of 20,000 psi and Nomograph B, determine the minimum required length = 48'-0". Thermal Forces At Anchors Thermal forces at the Anchors due to guides in the East-West direction near the Points A and B: Step 1.0 On the Nominal Pipe Diameter scale, locate line Size 12. When the Schedule of pipe is other than the standard weight, use Pipe Moment of Inertia scale. Refer to Nomograph A.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Step 2.0 On the Pipe Length scale, locate the available length, 48'-0". Step 3.0 Draw a line connecting these 2 points to locate a point on the Pivot Line. Step 4.0 On the Total Thermal Expansion scale, locate expansion in inches (4.5 inches). Step 5.0 Draw a line connecting the total thermal expansion point and the Pivot Line point to locate a point on the Force scale. Read 1,400 pounds as the thermal force. Friction Forces At The Loop Anchors Weight of pipe Weight of commodity Weight of Insulation
= 49.5 pounds per foot = 0.0 pounds per foot = 0.0 pounds per foot ____________________
Total
=
49.6 pounds per foot
Friction Force At Anchor A-1 From The East Side F(f) = (Friction Coefficient) x (Total weight per foot) x (Length in feet) F(f) = (0.3) x (49.6) x (125'-0") = 1,860 pounds. Friction Force At Anchor A-1 From The West Side F(f) = (0.3) x (49.6) x
250 −0” 2
+
23 −0” 2
= 2, 030 pounds
Determining Unbalanced Forces Refer to Attachment 04. Reduction Of Unbalanced Forces The following steps could be taken to reduce the unbalanced forces within limits: Locate guide G-1 further down to increase the available length h. By increasing the length h, the unbalanced forces at Anchor A-1 or A-2 might exceed the force limitation. In that case, increase the loop length H and recalculate the forces.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Bowing Check the bowing at the middle of the loop and at the base of the loop. Using the loop in the above example, δ L' = 250 x 0.0362 = 9.05 inches where L' = Distance between Anchors = 250'-0" L = Distance between guides at the loop = 60'-0" W = Loop width = 20'-0" H = Loop height = 23'-0" W / H = 20/23 = 0.869 L / at = 60/20 = 3 Refer to Attachment 03, Figure 1, at W / H = 0.869 and read up to the curve L / W = 3. Read across to δ b / δ L' = 0.55. δ b = 0.55 x δ L' = 0.55 x 9.05 = 5 inches (Back of the Loop bows 5 inches). Refer to Attachment 03, Figure 2, at W / H = 0.869 and read up to the curve L / W = 3. Read across to δ a / δ L' = 0 (intersecting point outside the curve range) δ a = 0 x δ L' = 0 x 9.05 = 0 Inches (Bottom of Loop bows = 0 inches). Fifty percent cold spring produces half of this movement in the opposite direction initially and half in the normal direction in the final position.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Loop Stress Coefficient Attachment 02: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Loop Force Coefficient Attachment 03: Curves For Determining The Deflections At Different Points In The Expansion "U" Bend Attachment 04: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Determining Unbalanced Forces
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the Piping Designer or Engineer to estimate the size of variable spring cans and constant supports; to determine the minimum clearance between the bottom of structural supporting steel and the top of pipe for variable spring hangers and for rigid rod hangers; and to determine the length of rod required to limit the amount of lift caused by horizontal movement.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: LIMITATIONS SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by the Piping Designer or Engineer in determining the appropriate spring hangers and hanger rods. Charts containing the approximate size of variable spring cans and constant supports are based on Grinnell hanger components. Although the dimensions of spring hangers is fairly consistent among different manufacturers, the dimensions and method of structural attachment for constant supports varies from one manufacturer to another.
LIMITATIONS Piping Engineers or Designers working on Power Piping designed to ASME B31.1 must remember to limit the angle of swing of a hanger rod, measured from the vertical, to 4 degrees. This requirement is not included in ASME B31.3; however, when the 4 degree rule is exceeded, the resulting horizontal loads should be evaluated on the structural steel and on the hanger components.
SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS Clearances Variable spring hangers can be roughly sized by relating the hanger load to the diameter D of the container and by relating the line movement combined with the hanger load to the length L of the container. Refer to Attachments 01 and 02. Constant piping hangers can be roughly sized by relating the line movement combined with the hanger load to the length L and the diameter D of the container. Refer to Attachments 03 and 04.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS
Squad Check Requirements Piping checklist Structural/vessel checklist - Attachments to structural member - Load carrying capacity of structure or vessel Lengths Rod hanger lengths necessary for horizontal line movement. Refer to Attachment 5.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Variable Spring Hanger Sizing Table Attachment 02: Variable Spring Hanger Drawing Attachment 03: Constant Spring Hanger Sizing Table Attachment 04: Constant Spring Hanger Drawing Attachment 05: Rod Hanger Lengths
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL VARIABLE SPRING HANGER SIZING TABLE
Load Range (Pounds)
D (Inches)
Line Movement Vertically (Inches) 0 to 1/2
9/16 to 1
1-1/6 to 2
L
Minimum H
L
Minimum H
L
Minimum H
50
to
125
4
6
30
9
33
16
39
126
to
300
5-9/16
6
30
9
33
17
42
301
to
700
6-5/8
7
33
11
36
20
45
701
to
5,000
8-5/8
10
39
14
42
26
54
5,001
to
10,000
8-5/8
12
45
19
52
34
66
10,001
to
20,000
12-3/4
16
57
24
63
45
84
20,001
to
40,000
12-3/4
22
66
32
75
61
102
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL CONSTANT SPRING HANGER SIZING
Approximate Dimensions (Inches) L
Vertical Line Movement (Inches) 2
3
4
D
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Load Range (Pounds) 108 to 450
72 to 300
54 to 225
43 to 180
36 to 150
31 to 129
27 to 113
17
16
451 to 1,905
301 to 1,270
226 to 953
181 to 762
151 to 635
130 to 544
114 to 476
27
20
1,906 to 5,525
1,271 to 3,683
954 to 2,763
763 to 2,210
636 to 1,842
545 to 1,579
477 to 1,381
423 to 1,228
381 to 1,105
32
27
3,684 to 9,667
2,764 to 7,250
2,211 to 5,800
1,843 to 4,833
1,580 to 4,143
1,382 to 3,625
1,229 to 3,222
1,106 to 2,900
1,005 to 2,636
47
33
9,668 7,251 5,801 4,834 4,144 3,636 to to to to to to 24,463 18,348 14,678 12,231 10,484 9,174
3,223 to 8,154
2,901 to 7,339
2,637 to 6,671
68
31
18,349 14,679 12,232 10,485 9,175 8,155 7,340 6,672 to to to to to to to to 36,700 29,360 24,466 20,972 18,350 16,311 14,680 13,344
70
33
36,701 26,361 24,467 20,973 18,351 16,312 14,681 13,345 to to to to to to to to 57,500 46,000 38,332 32,858 28,750 25,555 23,000 20,907
100
45
46,001 38,333 32,859 28,751 25,556 23,001 20,908 to to to to to to to 66,000 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL CONSTANT SPRING HANGER SIZING
Approximate Dimensions (Inches)
Vertical Line Movement (Inches) 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
L
D
Load Range (Pounds)
17
16
27
20
32
27
922 to 2,417
851 to 2,231
790 to 2,071
47
33
2,418 to 6,166
2,232 to 5,645
2,072 to 5,242
1,934 to 4,892
1,813 to 4,587
68
31
6,117 5,646 5,243 4,893 to to to to 12,233 11,292 10,484 9,786
4,588 to 9,175
70
33
12,234 11,293 10,485 9,787 9,176 to to to to to 19,166 17,692 16,427 15,332 14,375
100
45
19,167 17,693 16,428 15,333 14,376 31,175 29,442 27,894 26,500 to to to to to to to to to 83,330 76,920 71,420 66,660 62,500 58,820 55,550 52,630 50,000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2250 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - PIPING FLEXIBILITY LOG
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to provide a uniform system of identifying, tracking, and noting status of sketches submitted to the Stress Engineer for formal analysis. This practice includes instructions for the preparation and maintenance of the Piping Flexibility Log.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: DEFINITIONS PROCEDURE REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The major stress evaluation work should occur during the equipment and pipeway layout phase of the piping activities. Based on a joint and continuing review by the Unit Supervisor and Stress Engineer of the piping layouts and model as they progress through layout, the line list is marked to indicate the line numbers to be sketched and submitted for formal analysis. The piping Flexibility Log is the tool used by the Unit Piping Supervisor to record and track these sketches.
DEFINITIONS Formal Analysis: A system requiring a manual stress review or formal computer analysis; however, the Stress Engineer may require that certain lines be sketched in order for the engineer to determine if a formal analysis is required.
PROCEDURE The Unit Piping Supervisor is responsible for maintaining the Piping Flexibility Log for stress analyzed piping within the supervisor's jurisdiction. The Unit Piping Supervisor will delegate portions of the actual work to the Piping Assistant. Refer to Attachment 01 for Form: 000.250.F1002: Piping Flexibility Log. Attachment 02 is a sample Piping Flexibility Log and instructions for completion.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2221:
Stress Design Sketch Information.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2250 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - PIPING FLEXIBILITY LOG
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Form 000.250.F1002: Piping Flexibility Log Attachment 02: Sample Piping Flexibility Log And Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - REINFORCING PAD REQUIREMENTS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for estimating the maximum internal pressure at which an unreinforced fabricated tee (stub-in) may be specified. This practice also provides a quick means of sizing a reinforcing pad.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: REQUIREMENTS LIMITATIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by personnel involved in stress design and reinforcing pad requirements.
REQUIREMENTS Before using this practice for design, check the specific requirements for branch connections contained in the Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models, and Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class. The allowable stresses listed in Attachment 1 are less than or equal to the basic allowable stress values given in Table A-1 of ASME B31.3. The allowable stress values listed in B31.3 are applicable for seamless pipe; for longitudinally welded pipe, the allowable stress values must be multiplied by the appropriate quality factors from Table A-1B of B31.3. (If the branch connection does not intersect the longitudinal weld, the basic allowable stress may be used in determining the requirement for pressure reinforcement.) In order to determine the need for a reinforcing pad due to pressure considerations, first find the allowable stress for the pipe material at the design temperature in Attachment 01. Find the row with the header size and wall thickness (or schedule) on the left side of Attachment 02. Find the column containing the allowable stress (from Attachment 01) and the corrosion allowance for the pipe on the top of Attachment 02. The intersection of this row and this column shows the maximum allowable design pressure, in psi, for an unreinforced fabricated tee. If the actual design pressure is higher than the listed pressure, a reinforcing pad is required on fabricated tees (stub-ins).
LIMITATIONS Although specifically developed for piping designed to the requirements of ASME B31.3 (Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping), this document may be used for piping designed to the requirements of other codes. The individual using this document for design to other codes should be familiar with the differences in design criteria between B31.3 and the applicable code. For example, the allowable stress values in B31.3 typically decrease from
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - REINFORCING PAD REQUIREMENTS
ambient to 600 degrees F. In B31.1, the allowable stress value at 600 degrees F is typically the same as at ambient. Also, for a given pressure and allowable stress, B31.1 requires 7 percent more reinforcement area than B31.3. The requirement for reinforcing pads on lines which are subject to substantial thermal growth or which are subject to shock loadings such as blowdown lines must be coordinated with Pipe Stress Engineering. This practice should not be used in the following situations: The angle between the header and the branch is not 90 degrees. The design temperature is higher than the maximum range of Attachment 01. The allowable stress at temperature is less than the minimum allowable stress tabulated in Attachment 02. In the above cases, the need for a reinforcing pad should be based on code calculations. If this document indicates that a reinforcing pad is required, it is recommended that a standard reinforcing pad made from the same pipe as the header be specified.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Basic Allowable Stress In Tension Attachment 02: Maximum Allowable Pressure
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL BASIC ALLOWABLE STRESS IN TENSION
Piping Material
Temp. 100ºF and Below
Temp. 101ºF to 650ºF
Carbon Steel:
ASTM A53 Gr. A ASTM A53 Gr. B ASTM A106 Gr. A ASTM A106 Gr. B API 5L Gr. A API 5L Gr. B
16000 20000 16000 20000 16000 20000
12000 16000 12000 16000 12000 16000
Alloy Steel:
ASTM A335 P5 ASTM A335 F9 ASTM A335 P11
20000 20000 20000
16000 16000 16000
Stainless Steel:
ASTM A312 TP304 ASTM A312 TP304H ASTM A312 TP309 ASTM A312 TP310 ASTM A312 TP316 ASTM A312 TP316H ASTM A312 TP317 ASTM A312 TP321 ASTM A312 TP321H ASTM A312 TP347 ASTM A312 TP347H ASTM A312 TP348 ASTM A312 TP348H
20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
16000 16000 18800 18800 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 18800 18800 18800 18800
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PRESSURE
Hdr Size
Hdr Sch
Header Wall Thickness (in)
Stress = 20,000
Stress = 18,800
Stress = 16,000
Stress = 12,000
Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance (in) (in) (in) (in) 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125
3
10S 40 80
0.120 0.216 0.300
680 259 0 640 243 1,369 894 467 1,260 840 1,969 1,369 1,041 1,850 1,286
0 544 207 439 1,095 715 977 1,575 1,095
0 408 374 820 832 1,180
155 535 820
0 280 624
4
10S 40 80
0.120 0.237 0.337
510 194 1,113 763 1,650 1,244
0 480 182 446 1,000 717 967 1,551 1,169
0 408 419 890 909 1,320
155 610 995
0 356 774
306 665 990
116 455 745
0 267 580
6
10S 40 80
0.134 0.280 0.432
377 168 850 619 1,394 1,150
0 355 158 421 810 581 947 1,310 1,081
0 302 396 680 893 1,115
134 495 920
0 337 760
226 510 835
100 370 690
0 253 570
8
10S 40 80
0.148 0.322 0.500
319 158 738 563 1,213 1,038
11 300 414 693 880 1,140
149 529 975
10 389 827
255 590 970
127 450 830
8 331 704
191 440 725
95 335 620
6 248 528
10
10S 30 40 60
0.165 0.307 0.365 0.500
281 544 656 938
154 413 525 806
37 296 407 638
265 511 616 881
145 388 493 757
35 278 383 599
225 435 25 750
123 330 420 645
30 236 326 510
169 325 390 560
92 245 315 480
22 177 244 383
12
10S 30 STD 40 XS
0.180 0.330 0.375 0.406 0.500
260 494 563 569 775
152 375 463 500 663
53 282 354 398 562
245 464 529 535 728
143 352 435 470 623
50 265 332 374 528
208 395 450 455 620
122 300 370 400 530
42 225 283 318 436
156 295 335 341 465
91 225 275 300 395
32 169 212 238 327
14
10 STD XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
325 500 700
231 407 594
144 319 506
305 470 658
217 382 558
142 298 475
260 400 560
185 325 475
121 254 404
195 300 420
135 240 335
91 190 303
16
10 30 40
0.250 0.375 0.500
281 438 600
200 350 506
125 276 436
264 411 654
188 329 475
116 259 409
225 350 480
160 280 405
99 220 348
165 260 360
120 210 300
74 165 261
18
10 STD XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
250 375 1,969
175 306 450
110 243 383
235 352 499
165 287 423
103 227 359
200 3?? 4??
140 245 360
88 193 305
150 225 315
105 180 270
66 145 229
20
10 20 30
0.250 0.375 0.500
219 338 475
156 275 400
99 217 342
205 317 446
146 258 376
92 203 321
175 270 380
125 220 320
78 172 273
130 200 285
90 165 240
58 129 205
24
10 20 XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
188 281 388
131 225 325
82 179 281
176 264 364
123 211 305
77 167 263
150 225 310
105 180 260
65 142 224
110 165 230
75 135 195
49 106 168
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR THE PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MATERIAL TAKEOFF PURPOSE This practice provides instruction for the preparation and handling of data to be transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor for the Preliminary and Secondary Piping MTO (Material Takeoff).
SCOPE This procedure identifies the responsible parties and describes the sequential activities involved in the preparation and handling of this data.
APPLICATION This practice should be used by all Piping Engineering personnel responsible for Preliminary and Secondary MTO Data transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor.
RESPONSIBILITIES The following is a list of the responsible parties involved: Lead Piping Supervisor Unit Piping Supervisor Material Control Supervisor Stress Engineer Piping Designer Piping Assistant Step-by-step activities of the individuals concerned are shown in Attachment 02. Handling of the Preliminary and Secondary Sketches are essentially the same; however, Steps 4B, 5D, 6, and 7 apply to Preliminary Sketch only, and Steps 4C and 5B apply to the Secondary Sketch. Overview The purpose of the Preliminary MTO is to give the Material Control Group an early evaluation of all material requirements and an accurate MTO for large diameter, alloy, stainless, and special type materials. The Secondary MTO is a continuous type takeoff, comparing the secondary and final material requirements. Changes should be minor. Strict conformance to this practice will result in a uniform approach to the handling of the Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff. This is important to ensure that all material, and specifically long delivery items, arrives at the jobsite prior to scheduled fabrication of those Isometrics. One hundred percent of all the material required for the Preliminary MTO will be purchased. The appropriate "bump" (as defined by project) will be applied in accordance with contract procedures. The Unit Supervisor is responsible to contact the Material Control Supervisor and revise the sketches/data whenever a major revision, such as changes to alloy piping, large valve
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR THE PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MATERIAL TAKEOFF size changes, line size changes, or specification changes are required. This will be done at any time during the job regardless of shutoff dates for Preliminary or Secondary Takeoffs. The Piping Designer is responsible to monitor the Master P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams), layouts, and other data continuously, and promptly report changes that affect material to the Unit Supervisor. This practice, together with any related data, will be reviewed with the Project Piping Engineer and the Material Control Supervisor to determine if any additional requirements should be included, and to ensure it is suitable for the contract.
PREREQUISITES The following data should be available in order to perform a successful MTO: Plot Plans, AFC Issue. P&IDs, AFC Issue. ("For Client Approval Issue" may be used for Takeoff.) Pipe Line List. Piping Material Specifications, AFC Issue. Standard Drawings. Flow Diagram Transpositions for Preliminary Takeoff. Related Model Piping or Piping Studies for Secondary Takeoff.
DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR The matrix in Attachment 01 identifies the documents to be transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor by Piping Design in order to perform the Preliminary or Secondary Takeoff.
DETAILED PROCEDURES Refer to Attachment 02, Detailed Procedure of Individuals Involved in the Preparation and Handling of Data Used for Preliminary and Secondary MTO.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Data Transmitted to Material Control Supervisor By Piping Supervisor Attachment 02: Detailed Procedure of Individuals Involved in the Preparation and Handling of Data Used for Preliminary and Secondary MTO
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
Items Provided Piping Classification
Preliminary Transpositions, Plot Plans
Studies / Pipeway Inst. Plans
Underground Piping (1)
X
X
SCRD / SW Carbon Steel
(3)
1/2" Through 12" BW Carbon Steel
(3)
Piping Sketches Plans Unchecked
14" and Larger BW Carbon Steel
X
All Heavy Wall (3/4" Wall and Greater)
X
All ASME Piping
X
All Alloy
X
All Stainless Steel
X
All Special Piping (2)
X
Isometrics
Fab. and Inst. Details (4)
All Special Piping (2)
X
Misc Supts, Guides, Etc.
X
Pipeway Lines
X
(9)
Notes: (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown in Matrix)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
Items Provided Piping Classification
Secondary Transpositions, Plot Plans
Underground Piping (1)
Studies / Pipeway Inst. Plans (5)
SCRD / SW Carbon Steel
Piping Sketches Plans Unchecked
Isometrics
Fab. and Inst. Details (4)
X
(3)
1/2" Through 12" BW Carbon Steel
(8)
(6) (8)
14" and Larger BW Carbon Steel
(7)
(6)
All Heavy Wall (3/4" Wall and Greater)
(7)
(6)
All ASME Piping
(7)
(6)
All Alloy
(7)
(6)
All Stainless Steel
(7)
(6)
All Special Piping (2)
(7)
(6)
All Special Piping (2)
X
Misc Supts, Guides, Etc.
X
Pipeway Lines
X Notes: (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown in Matrix)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
NOTES (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown)
1
Supplement Underground transpositions, studies and plans additional details of 14" and larger carbon steel, cast iron and Vitrified Clay Riser, drops and congested areas.
2
Special materials are those which have long delivery dates, are very costly or require special fabrication techniques. Included are non-metallics and lined piping. The materials Engineer shall provide information for these types in addition to assisting Material Control and the Piping Supervisor in deciding which to sketch.
3
Requirements will be developed from information shown on P&IDs, plot plans and transpositions applied to a factor system.
4
Fabrication details must be accompanied by an index listing all details available and estimated number of each item.
5
Underground studies may be used if Piping Plans are not available.
6
Unchecked Isometrics may be used in lieu of Sketches only if they are available. Isometrics shall not be prepared ahead of schedule solely to meet the needs of the material sketching activities.
7
Preliminary Sketches may be used for Secondary Takeoff if configuration and sheet numbers will match the final isometric.
8
Field fabricated lines require sketches. Vendor shop fabricated 1/2 inch thru 12 inch carbon steel lines will not require sketching unless Fluor procures materials for the shop.
9
If available, use Pipeway Installation Plan or studies in place of transpositions.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
1.
Lead Supervisor
Activity Description Review job data and ensure data availability. Request Material Control to provide Document Checklist at the conclusion of Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff.
2.
Unit Supervisor
Review the schedule for timing, duration, and manpower availability. Report any problems to the Lead Piping Engineer via the Lead Piping Supervisor, and review schedule and final plan with the material Control Supervisor. Develop applicable drafting room instruction. Assign Designers to prepare MTO sketches and other items listed in Attachment 01. Transmits data to Material Control Supervisor as required, in accordance with Attachment 01.
3.
Piping Assistant
Input Line List data into the Pipe Isometric Record.
4.
Piping Designer
A. Prepare MTO Sketches in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191: Piping Design Guide. B. Obtain xerox copy of stress sketch if practical to use as Preliminary MTO Sketch. C. Secondary Sketches will be drawn as soon as configurations are established on the model. D. Transmit sketches in groups of 5 to the Unit Supervisor. (Do not cause bottle necking by holding up large quantities of sketches.)
5.
Unit Supervisor
A. Review first 10 Preliminary and Secondary Sketches from each Designer for correct application of specification, standards, and instructions. Feed back all comments to Designers to eliminate repetition of initial errors. B. Determine if Secondary MTO yellow-off will parallel final yellow-off. If so, establish Secondary yellow-off master diagrams. C. Stress review not required - yellow-off the Master Flow Diagrams as sketches are turned in. review sketches for completeness and forward to the Piping Assistant. Advance to sequence 8. D. Stress review required - transmit all Preliminary Sketch originals requiring stress review as indicated in the line list to the Stress Engineer for evaluation.
6.
Stress Engineer
Make adequate analysis of Preliminary Sketch by inspection and note on original any additional materials necessary to satisfy flexibility and allow stiffener ring requirements (for example, three 14-inch 90-degree ells and 40' - 14" pipe).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
7.
Unit Piping Supervisor
Activity Description Review sketches for stress comments and yellow-off master P&IDs. Obtain xerox copy of each Preliminary or Secondary Sketch and give original to the Piping Assistant. File xerox copy.
8.
Piping Assistant
Transmit originals to Material Control Supervisor and for Secondary Takeoff; update Pipe Isometric Record.
9.
Material Control Supervisor
Perform takeoff. Material changes originated by Material Control Group will be marked in Black Ink on the xerox print in the Piping Design File. Changes will be transferred to xerox prints on a weekly basis. Before marking, bring changes to the Unit Supervisor's attention. Sketch Update
10.
Unit Supervisor
Monitor P&IDs, returned Stress Sketches, and Model Review Comments for changes affecting Material Sketches. Inform designers to review changes and revise material Sketches as required. review model development regularly for possible material changes.
11.
Piping Designer
Continuously monitor the P&IDs and other documents for changes that affect the MTO Sketch or Isometrics.
12.
Piping Designer
Revisions Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2019. In red, neatly make changes (that affect only the material) on the xerox print Piping Design File. Compare file copy of MTO Sketch with Stress Sketches returned from Stress since last issue to MTO, and incorporate Stress comments that affect material. Any significant change must be revised immediately as next Rev. and given to Unit Supervisor. A significant change may be one that affect, butt welded fittings and flanged or butt welded valves.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
Activity Description Redraws Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191. Void Line Numbers Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191. Once a line number is used and voided, it will not be used again. Never reuse that line number throughout duration of contract. Transmit revised and redrawn sketches or Isometrics to Unit Supervisor.
13.
Unit Supervisor
Revisions, Sheet Number Changes, and Redraws Review all revisions. Yellow-off P&IDs as necessary. Notify Material Control Supervisor when last sketch has been submitted for each (Preliminary and Secondary) Takeoff. Transmit all revised and redrawn sketches to Piping Assistant.
14.
Piping Assistant
Receive redrawn sketches and xerox prints (with red marks) from Unit Supervisor. Obtain 1 xerox print of sketches. File new xerox copy in Piping Design File. Update Pipe Isometric Record (for secondary takeoff only.) Forward sketches to Material Control Supervisor.
15.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Material Takeoff. If material changes are necessary, handle in accordance with Sequence 9.
16.
Piping Assistant
Handle subsequent revisions in accordance with Sequence 14.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
17.
Unit Supervisor
Activity Description Update Master Flow Diagrams. At cutoff of Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff, have Piping Assistant order 2 prints of each Master P&ID from the roller board. One print of each Master P&ID will go on the roller board for temporary master; send the other to the Material Control Supervisor. Send Master P&IDs (brownline mylar) from roller board to Control Systems Design Group for update. Prints on roller board will be master until new brownlines are made.
18.
Material Control Supervisor
Issue Document Checklist to Piping Assistant via Lead Supervisor.
19.
Piping Assistant
Verify that all line numbers, sheet numbers, and revision numbers of sketches input in Documents Checklist by material Control agree with the Pipe Isometric Record. Report Deviations to Unit Supervisor.
20.
Piping Designer
Preparation of Final Isometric for Check Show only as much of the Piping configuration on an Isometric sheet as was shown on the MTO sketch sheet. Before drawing Isometric, compare latest revision of Material Sketch in Piping Design File with configuration on model and piping plan to ensure that Isometric original reflects the same material and sheet number. Decision:
If materials or sheet number changes are not affected, forward Isometric original (Rev. 0) to Piping Assistant in accordance with contract procedures. If material or sheet numbers are minor, revise file copy Secondary Sketch (xerox print) and update to next revision (S2, S4, ....). Forward marked-up xerox print to the Piping Assistant. If material affected and changes are major, advise Supervisor. Mark file copy of sketch "void" and change to next revision (S2, S3, ....). Show following revision (S3, S4, ....) on Isometric original. Forward marked xerox prints or voided xerox prints and Isometric originals to Piping Assistant
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
21.
Piping Assistant
Activity Description Obtain 2 blueline prints of all Isometric originals showing revision numbers (S3, S4, ....). File 1 print in Drawing Area checkprint package. Forward other blueline print along with any voided and revised material Sketches to the Material Control Supervisor. For Isometric originals showing revision 0, obtain checkprint and file in Drawing Area checkprint package. Check off under column 18. Update Piping Isometric Record for Isometric drawn and revised sketches.
22.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Secondary Takeoff. Advise Unit Supervisor of any material changes initiated by material Control that may affect callouts or dimensions on the Isometric.
23.
Piping Checker
After checking, compare checked Isometric with Secondary MTO Sketch. Immediately advise Material Control Supervisor of any significant change.
24.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Secondary Takeoff.
25.
Lead Piping Supervisor
Monitor document checklist to ensure that it is in agreement with Piping Isometric Record. Close out and dispose of Material Sketch file in accordance with contract procedures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL MATERIAL SKETCHING - MATERIAL SKETCHING INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE The purpose of this practice is to provide instructions to produce sketches containing the proper data in a consistent format to enable Piping Material Control to perform a material takeoff for the purchase of materials.
SCOPE This practice is arranged according to the following major sections: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PRELIMINARY MTO SKETCHES SECONDARY MTO SKETCHES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any project in any operations center where early piping material identification is critical or advantageous to the success of the construction effort.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Use in conjunction with the procedure for preparation and handling of data used for material sketches, Practice 670.250.2190: Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff. Sketches shall be drawn on Piping sketch form E-643. Sketches will be given to Unit Supervisor in groups of 5 or less to avoid causing a bottleneck during yellow-off. Sketches may be drawn freehand or using a straightedge.
PRELIMINARY MTO SKETCHES Sketches may be drawn from origin to terminus or broken into as many sheets as required for clarity. Stress Sketches may be substituted as preliminary sketches with Unit Supervisor approval.
SECONDARY MTO SKETCHES The Secondary Takeoff is a continuous type takeoff, comparing the secondary and final material requirements. This comparison can be achieved only by maintaining material segregation by line and sheet number. Therefore, the sketch sheet number for a given configuration must match the final isometric sheet number for that same configuration. When this becomes impractical, sketches shall be revised to reflect materials relocated from one sheet to another. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL MATERIAL SKETCHING - MATERIAL SKETCHING INSTRUCTIONS
Review preliminary sketches to determine if sketch can be reused. If changes are minimum, reuse preliminary sketch. Change "P" revision to "S1." If preliminary sketch cannot be reused, draw new sketch for secondary take-off. For new secondary sketches, the sheet number breakdown shall be as follows: To ensure that isometrics will not require braking up into additional sheets for final issue, individual sketch and isometric sheets shall not cover more than one Piping Plan Area (except pipeway portions). Sheets shall be broken up at natural fabrication break points, not to match lines. See Attachment 2, Figure 1. Sketches may require 2 or more sheets if 2 or more of the following conditions exist on a line. Control valve manifolds Rotameters Steam traps or continuous drainers Complex configurations such as pump suction expansion loops Special support details
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Notes Attachment 02: Figure 1. Sample Line Sketch Figure 2. Sample Line Sketch Attachment 03: Sample Line Sketch Attachment 04: Sample Line Sketch Attachment 05: Sample Line Sketch
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL NOTES
Numbers shown here refer to the corresponding number shown in hexagon symbols on Attachments 02, 03, 04 and 05. 1.
Indicate Area/Unit designation.
2.
Indicate design and operating temperature.
3.
Indicate Field Fabrication and/or Shop Fabrication next to title block.
4.
Indicate flow diagram number and section in which line appears in the lower left hand corner.
5.
North arrow orientation shall be to the upper right or left. Continuing sketch sheets shall have same north arrow orientation if practical.
6.
Indicate selected wall thicknesses on sketches. Material Engineering will note the selected wall thicknesses on the flow diagrams.
7.
Do not dimension fitting makeup segments.
8.
Round off dimension to the nearest foot for all welded lines. Enclose dimensions in parentheses.
9.
Do not indicate weld dots or screwed/socketweld symbols unless there is a chance of misinterpretation (i.e., butt weld valves and flanged valves in the same line class, and fitting makeup).
10.
Call out branch sizes, even if dotted.
11.
Show reducers and swages. Call out only if eccentric or for clarification.
12.
Locate insulation and heat tracing breaks.
13.
Indicate all items per flow diagram including bleed valves, vents, drains, spectacle blinds, and orifice flanges.
14.
Call out equipment mating flanges and other items only if different from the Material Specifications.
15.
Instrument numbers are not required. Indicate the type of instruments in balloons with their size adjacent.
16.
Indicate the rating of control valve only if out of spec.
17.
Indicate suction strainers.
18.
Note any alloy vacuum stiffener ring requirements on field fabricated portions.
19.
Locate Field and Shop fabrication break points.
20.
Indicate "holds" by encircling and labeling on sketch. "HOLD" shall be indicated in blue pencil on Master Flow Diagram for reference.
21.
Revisions: The first revision number used on the sketches for the Preliminary Material Takeoff shall be "P1". The first Secondary revision number shall be "S1". Subsequent revisions shall be revisions shall be P2, etc., or S2, etc., as required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL NOTES
22.
Sheet Number Revisions: When a sheet number must be changed, update Xerox print in Piping Design File to next revision, crossing out previous sheet number (do not erase) and mark new sheet number in red. When additional sheets must be prepared for existing sketches, the next sheet number shall be assigned.
23.
Voiding Line Numbers: Mark "VOID LINE NUMBER" on sketch (Xerox print in file). Indicate next revision number in red. Also void out line number in the line list.
24.
REVISIONS SHALL NOT BE MADE BY ERASING AND REDRAWING ONCE SUBMITTED TO THE MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR. Preliminary and Secondary revisions (changes) made to existing line configurations, shall be made by drawing a wavy line through the portion of the existing line configuration that changed. The new line configuration will be drawn next to the voided line configuration in red. The entire revision shall be circled and marked with a revision symbol (see Method #1). When there is no room to draw the new line configuration next to the voided line configuration, draw it in any blank space on the same sketch sheet (see Method #2).
25.
Revisions Causing Redraw: Mark the Piping Design File Xerox print in red with the following note: "VOID P2, REDRAWN ON NEXT REVISIONS." The new sketch shall contain the following note "REDRAWN ON (enter next revision.)" Example:
If sketch being revised was revision "P1", the revision number used to void the sketch would be "P2" and the revisions number for the redrawn sketch would be "P3". (For the Secondary Takeoff, the revisions would be S2 and S3 respectively.)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the preparation and completion of piping models.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SCALE AND ACCURACY LEGEND DESIGN MODEL DATA MODEL BOARDS STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, AND PIPEWAYS MODEL PIPING VALVES FITTINGS MISCELLANEOUS AND SPECIALTY ITEMS ELECTRICAL / CONTROL SYSTEMS SUPPORTS SPECIAL FEATURE IDENTIFICATION PERSONNEL PROTECTION FIRE PROTECTION TAGGING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by all personnel involved in the creation of model piping. Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models.
SCALE AND ACCURACY Models are typically built in a range of scales from 1:48 (1/4" = 1'- 0") to 1:12 (1" = 1'- 0"). For our purposes, however, the most commonly used scale is 1:32 (3/8" = 1'- 0"). The accuracy of the model can be held to plus or minus 1/16". The decision to use other scales will be based on the specific needs of the project.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
LEGEND A model board legend will be attached to one of the model boards and will identify, by example, such items as: Piping service color code Types of valves Types of instruments Piping specialties Safety showers Fire hose reels Fire extinguishers
DESIGN MODEL DATA The following data is transmitted by the Unit Piping Supervisor to the Model Shop as rapidly as the information is developed or becomes available: Contract model specification and practice (Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002 and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2120). Model board index drawing (refer to Attachment 01). Equipment LCP (Location Control Plan). Equipment outlines and dimensional data. Building drawings (specify block or cut-away form). Structures, foundations, and pipe support drawings or sketches. Electrical equipment dimensional data and electrical conduit rack size and location. Instrument control panels. Overhead instrument rack size and location. Underground piping layouts or plans showing fire monitor locations. Other information as required Vessel orientation layouts are transmitted to the Model Shop as soon as possible. The Model Shop will fabricate the vessel and install nozzles, and other components as required. Equipment Outlines It is the Piping Supervisor's responsibility to compile equipment dimensional data from Mechanical Engineering and forward this information to the Model Shop. As outlines are received from Suppliers, the Unit Supervisor is to review the outlines and forward them to the Model Shop as necessary. The Model Shop will fabricate equipment in a simplified form, tag, and attach to model board, as required.
MODEL BOARDS The Piping Supervisor initiates the model board index on a reproducible of the plot plan to outline the perimeter of the model boards. Whenever possible, try breaking the model boards along column centerlines to eliminate the need for ghost supports. The area match lines and the edges of the boards should correspond Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
or should be reasonably close. For the model board to clear standard door openings, the maximum size of model board should not exceed 2'- 6" by 5'- 0". When overall height of model including bases does not exceed 2'- 6", the width may be increased. When possible, fired heaters should be put on separate model bases along with their related equipment and pipeway to facilitate the model piping and review.
STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, AND PIPEWAYS A design sketch or layout approved by Structural Engineering can be used for transmitting pipeway, structure, and miscellaneous pipe support information to the Model Shop. Foundation sizes for aboveground are not required for exchangers, vertical vessels, and pumps.
MODEL PIPING Using P&IDs (Piping And Instrumentation Diagrams), drafting room instructions, piping layouts, plot plan, and equipment studies, the designers will install the piping on the models. The designer is responsible for workmanship, completeness, and conformance to contract practices, specifications, and procedures. As an aid to accomplish this, the designer will yellow off copies of the P&IDs as each line is installed and tagged. This work should be audited by the Piping Supervisor on a regular basis. The pipe is represented by plastic tubing of the appropriate diameter and color. Pipe colors are to be as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Screwed / socketweld and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld will be installed as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Adhesive buttons are available through the Model Shop for all piping tags. Tag the model as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002.
VALVES Valves are installed on the model as described in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Valves will be permanently fixed in place only after final review and immediately prior to shipment. Refer to Attachment 02 for illustrations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
FITTINGS Commercially available components are installed when applicable in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. The Model Shop will fabricate piping, valves, or specialty items when there are no commercially available components. Refer to Attachment 03 for illustration.
MISCELLANEOUS AND SPECIALTY ITEMS Miscellaneous and specialty items will be installed in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Gray colored, commercially available components are installed when applicable. Adhesive buttons are available through the Model Shop for all piping tags. Refer to Attachment 04 for illustration.
ELECTRICAL / CONTROL SYSTEMS Electrical / Control Systems items will be installed in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Refer to Attachment 05 for illustration.
SUPPORTS The method of support for piping installed on the model is representative, indicating as near as possible the actual requirements. Ghost supports are installed to stabilize the pipe on the model. Pipe guide clips are installed to stabilize the pipe coming down a vessel. Locate model supports and guides as close as possible to the actual location. Refer to Attachment 06 for illustration.
SPECIAL FEATURE IDENTIFICATION Refer to Attachment 07 for illustrations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
PERSONNEL PROTECTION Personnel protection equipment is installed in outline forms. Refer to Attachment 09.
FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection equipment is installed in block forms fabricated to scale. Furnish Model Shop with size and quantity information. Refer to Attachment 08.
TAGGING Tags will be added to the model to provide information that is not readily visible as described in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Tags will be hand lettered with "Pilot Ultra Fine" permanent black ink pens. Ballpoint, fountain, or other type marking pens are not recommended. Tags are to be applied to clean surfaces only. Tags will be commercially available whenever possible.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002:
Development And Design Models
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Model Board Index Attachment 02: Valves Attachment 03: Fittings And Flanges Attachment 04: Miscellaneous And Specialty Items Attachment 05: Instruments Attachment 06: Supports Attachment 07: Special Feature Identification
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
Attachment 08: Fire Protection Equipment Attachment 09: Personnel Protection
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2121 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
PURPOSE This practice defines the requirements and guidelines for the preparation of project planning models and plot development.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT PLANNING MODEL PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
APPLICATION This practice will be applied selectively on projects where the use of this type of model renders appropriate value as determined by Piping Engineering and Project Management.
RESPONSIBILITY The assigned Project Piping Engineer will be responsible for the application of this practice.
PROJECT PLANNING MODEL The Project Planning Model is an overall site model developed to give a graphic representation of the plant. The model components can be rearranged with minimal effort to depict various schemes, to incorporate comments from the client, and to expedite approvals on projects. The following information is transmitted by Project Piping Engineer to the model shop as rapidly as the information is developed: Project model specification Plot board sizes. Unit sizes. Topographical drawing (if required). Control house and substation sizes. Building sizes. Interconnecting pipeways and sizes. Other information as required. Units are indicated and painted the appropriate color. Pipeways are indicated by approximately colored plastic strips. Roads are indicated by black tape outlines. You may take pictures as a record of various arrangements. When the model is no longer needed, return it to the model shop. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2121 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL The Plot Development Model is a 3 dimensional tool used to establish the most functional equipment arrangement with consideration for economics, operation, maintenance, and safety. The following information is transmitted by Project Piping Engineer to the model shop as rapidly as the information is developed: Project model specification. Plot board sizes. Vessel and equipment sketches with dimensions and elevations necessary for fabrication and installation. Structural information with dimensions necessary for fabrication of buildings and pipe racks. Electrical equipment, control house, instrument control panel, and analyzer house dimensional data and location. Other information as required. As equipment is fabricated, the model shop will attach item number labels and will paint the equipment the appropriate color. Use double-faced tape to mount the equipment. You may take pictures as a record of various arrangements. When the model is no longer needed, return it to the model shop.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsible disciplines and their activities in order to ensure an orderly completion of models that may be required on a Fluor Daniel project.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL MODEL PREPARATION PLANNING CONFERENCE PREPARATION OF PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODELS PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL REVIEW AND APPROVAL DESIGN MODEL PREPARATION MODEL PIPING FLUOR DANIEL FINAL REVIEW CLIENT MODEL REVIEW
APPLICATION All engineering disciplines and project management will review this practice during the early planning stages of a project and revised it if necessary to conform with contractual requirements of the project. When used on a project, this practice will be used to monitor, control, and sequence the activities to their completion.
GENERAL This practice describes the steps to be followed for developing the project planning model, the plot development model, and the design model; this practice also indicates the parties responsible for each model. This practice begins with the establishment of model criteria from initial development through the review and approval of each type of model. This practice applies to the preparation of the various models that may be required on a project. The project planning model is used for overall site/unit location and is normally built at a scale of 1 inch = 20 feet or smaller. The plot development model is used to establish equipment locations and elevations and is normally built at a scale of 1/4 of an inch = 1 foot. The design model is used for the actual design of a plant and is usually built at a scale of 3/8 of an inch = 1 foot to 3/4 of an inch = 1 foot. These models may be used in any combination for any project.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
MODEL PREPARATION PLANNING CONFERENCE During the early stages of a project, PPE (Project Piping Engineer) will call a conference with Engineering Coordinator, Project Lead Piping Design Supervisor, and Project Manager to review and discuss the following data: Contractual requirements and definitions of the types of models required and level of detail. Definitions of areas requiring models. Model specifications, practices, and procedures. Review of plan to utilize integrated engineering. Establishment of the status of equipment information to be used. Establishment of client review activities. Model photography schedule.
PREPARATION OF PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODELS Each engineering discipline and construction are responsible to provide Project Piping Engineering with the necessary information and data to complete the model. Project Electrical Engineer will establish substation sizes and locations, indicate electrical right-of-way or easement requirements, and provide sketches or layouts as necessary. Project Structural Engineer will establish building sizes, provide topographical maps as required, indicate civil requirements, and provide preliminary design sketches for structures, pipeways, and equipment supports. Project Control Systems Engineer will establish locations and sizes of analyzer and control houses, overhead instrument racks, and will also provide sketches and layouts as necessary. Project Vessel Engineer will establish unit tank and vessel sizes. Project Process Engineer will provide block type flow diagrams for unit tie-ins and design criteria for approximate unit sizes. Project Engineer will provide plant site information and client requirements. Project Mechanical Engineer will provide preliminary equipment sizes. Construction Representative will provide the type and size of mobile equipment to be used at the jobsite. Project Piping Lead Design Supervisor will establish sizes and locations of units and interconnecting pipeways. Lead Piping Design Supervisor will accumulate design data, review and develop overall plot arrangement and model board sizes, and then transmit this information to the model shop.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Model Shop will fabricate and provide plot boards, equipment structures, and components required for completion, revisions, or repairs. After the model shop work has been completed, Project Piping, Area/Unit Piping Design Supervisor will review the model for completeness and notify Project Piping Engineer that the model is ready for project review.
PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL REVIEW AND APPROVAL Project Piping Engineer will call a conference for Fluor Daniel review, arrange for review facilities, and notify participants, who will include: Construction Representative Control Systems Engineer Electrical Engineer Engineering Coordinator Fire Protection Engineer Lead Piping Design Supervisor Process Engineer Project Manager Structural Engineer The model will then be reviewed with consideration to the following criteria: Proper location of tankage, buildings, control houses, substations and other offsite equipment in relationship to the process units, project, and code requirements. Operation and maintenance. Construction and erection requirements. Overall review for fire protection. Project Piping Engineer will have the model corrected in accordance with the model conference notes and notify Project Manager when the model is ready for client review. Project Manager will review the model with the client and obtain comments and approval. Project Piping Engineer will have the model corrected in accordance with the conference notes and will prepare overall plot plan.
DESIGN MODEL PREPARATION Project Piping Engineer is responsible for ensuring the performance of the following: Initiate model board schedule and coordinate model construction with Model Shop Supervisor. Ensure that input from other design disciplines is received.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Develop a model board index for each scheduling area and release to model shop. Review vessel and equipment outlines for component fabrication and release to model shop as received. Develop the equipment location control plan and release to the model shop. Coordinate with control systems and electrical to provide for the installation of electrical and instrument model components. Component Development Unit Piping Design Supervisor, with input from Vessel Design Supervisor, will prepare assigned vessel orientations, review, and then submit to the model shop. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will provide equipment locations, required piping layout data, and all pipe support data required for structural design, and will transmit to the structural engineer. Project Structural Engineer will provide Unit Piping Design Supervisor with the following information: Design sketches for structures and equipment support suitable for model fabrication. Pipe support configurations and member sizes. Sketches and typical pipe support drawings. Project Mechanical/Electrical/Control Systems Engineer and Vessels Design Supervisor will transmit dimensional information for equipment to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will accumulate and review for completeness of detail all vendor drawings, equipment information, and structural information, and will transmit to Model Shop Supervisor as received. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will monitor, schedule, and report to Project Piping Engineer obstacles affecting manhour budget or schedule. Area Project Engineer will be responsible for expediting missing dimensional information for equipment to be transmitted to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Component Fabrication Model Shop will perform these activities: Fabricate and hold model boards in accordance with the model board index and the piping design schedule. Fabricate equipment, structures, pipe supports, equipment foundations, instruments, and electrical racks. Install components in the model and release model to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will review the model with Project Piping Engineer for accuracy and completeness. Component Assembly Review Project Piping Engineer will then schedule a component assembly review, arrange for review facilities, and notify participants, who will consist of the following: Area Project Engineer Control Systems Engineer Lead Piping Design Supervisor Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Process Engineer Unit Piping Design Supervisor Vessel Engineer Structural Engineer Construction Representative Electrical Design Supervisor Electrical Engineer Engineering Coordinator Fire Protection Engineer Project Mechanical Engineer Structural Design Supervisor The model will be reviewed with consideration to the following criteria: Conformance to project specifications, practices, and flow diagrams Operation and maintenance Consistency Economics Fire protection and safety At the completion of the review, Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the conference notes; Area Project Engineer will schedule a client review.
MODEL PIPING The Unit Piping Design Supervisor will supervise the performance of the following: Install piping on the model complete with valves, inline instruments, and identification tags in accordance with contract specifications and established procedures. Review model piping as work progresses for compliance with job standards, specifications, instructions, and industry design practices. Review drain funnel locations with the underground specialist. Coordinate with Lead Electrical Design Supervisor and Lead Control Systems Design Supervisor to schedule the installation of their respective systems and design features. Stress Engineer and Process Engineer will continually evaluate piping configurations and inform Unit Piping Design Supervisor immediately of any changes or potential problem areas. Control Systems Design Supervisor and Project Control Systems Engineer will perform these activities: Install instrumentation in accordance with contract specifications and established procedures. Review locations of inline instruments and instrument connections and notify Unit Piping Design Supervisor of any required changes. Review instrument installations with Project Control Systems Engineer and make corrections as necessary. Review instrument rack routing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Electrical Design Supervisor and Project Electrical Engineer will review locations and accessibility of electrical equipment, motor control center switchgear, pushbutton stations, and routing of conduit and cable racks. At the completion of this review, Electrical Design Supervisor will notify Unit Piping Design Supervisor that the model is ready for final review.
FLUOR DANIEL FINAL REVIEW Project Piping Engineer will schedule the Fluor Daniel final review, arrange for facilities, gather necessary reference materials and notify participants, who will consist of the following: Area Project Engineer Construction Representative Control Systems Engineer and Supervisor Engineering Coordinator Piping Staff Representative Process Engineer Project Manager Project Mechanical Engineer Structural Engineer and Design Supervisor Unit Layout Designer (for taking notes) Unit Piping Supervisor Vessel Engineer The objectives of the final review are the following: Review model to ensure that operations, maintenance, construction, and erection are in concurrence with project requirements. Perform a line-by-line flow diagram check of the model. Check for completeness with special attention to the routing of alloy and large diameter piping. Check location of control valve stations and instruments in relation to their function. Review piping for maintenance and general plant design. Review startup, shutdown, and operating conditions. Check for consistency. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the conference notes, and Project Piping Engineer will notify Project Manager that the model is ready for client review.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
CLIENT MODEL REVIEW Project Manager is responsible to perform these activities: Provide the client with the latest approved flow diagrams, contract specifications and procedures, supplies, and facility for the model review. Review and approve client comments and issue model conference notes. At the conclusion of the client model review, Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the model conference notes.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
PURPOSE This practice provides sources of information, general instructions, and suggested checking procedures for manual, FACET, CALMA and Intergraph projects.
APPLICATION The checking of drawings is one of the more important functions in the Piping Department, if not the most important. Not only does the exactness of our dimensions shown on the drawings rest in the hands of the checker, but so does the overall appearance of the finished plant. When checking a drawing in detail, a checker has the opportunity to watch for good operating conditions, proper clearance between equipment, and general plant consistency, all of which we wish to maintain.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SOURCES OF INFORMATION GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS CHECKING PROCEDURES CHECKING PROCEDURE CALMA AND INTERGRAPH 3D DRAWINGS
SOURCES OF INFORMATION The checker needs the following items to accomplish the checking function. Should you have any problem obtaining this information, see your Design Supervisor for assistance. Preliminary job information Piping specifications Piping Plot Plan and/or Drawing Index Piping Drawing Progress Report Piping model (plastic or electronic) - when applicable Line list Mechanical and Utility Flow Diagrams Piping design instructions Fluor Daniel Piping Design Guide Purchased or estimated piping material line bills or isometrics (material sketches) Appropriate Fluor Daniel and Client standards and specification Contract piping practices Location Control Plan Insulation specifications Equipment list Structural steel, concrete, electrical and vessel drawings, or model files
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Piping flexibility studies/stress sketches Specification sheets and certified outline prints of the following: - Instruments - Equipment - [Out of] Specification and Engineered Item List/Dimensional Data Book Adjacent piping drawings including underground drawings
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Design Supervisor assigns checker the area to check. The checker will show all additions and changes in sufficient detail for the draftsman's complete understanding. Avoid verbal instructions. If reasons for errors are not clearly apparent, consult the designer in charge of the area before making changes. Immediately notify Design Supervisor of any changes in piping, material, or equipment that may affect other departments. The piping checker is not to redesign because of personal preference or opinion. Obviously any changes of this type lead to expensive drafting costs and material discrepancies. If any material discrepancies are found, they must be called to the attention of Design Supervisor immediately. After drawings have been checked, return the check prints to the Design Supervisor for review and assignment of designer for backcheck and corrections. After the corrections have been made, the originals and check prints will be returned to the checker for signature. Before signing the drawings, be sure to check the master flow diagrams for any new revisions pertaining to the drawings; then sign the originals and return them to the design supervisor. Return the check prints to Design Supervisor for filing. The checker is responsible to keep the marks on his personal (desk copy) flow diagrams up to date with the master flow diagrams. The checker must inform Design Supervisor and mark all reference drawings for any changes made that will affect work already completed or in progress. This reference material will usually consist of (but not be limited to) other design sections work, adjacent piping areas, specifications, and vendor drawings. Design Supervisor is responsible for communicating these changes to proper parties through the proper procedural channels.
CHECKING PROCEDURES The order in which the following items are listed is a suggested step-by-step procedure for checking piping drawings to avoid unnecessary repetition of reference, possibility of omission, and wasted motion. This procedure is not meant to be a hard and fast rule that must be followed, but as a guide to assist our checkers in establishing a checking pattern.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Title Block Manual And FACET Drawings Note!!! Reference Material - Piping Design instructions, Fluor Daniel Piping Design Guide, and Drawing Progress Report. Proper title. Name of plant and location. Name of designer, supervisor, and, after corrections have been made, the checker. Project Piping Engineer, project engineer and client (if required by job procedure). Date (date the drawing is released for issue). Scale, if full drawing is same scale; if not, then the words "As Noted" should show in this block. Drawing number as taken from Drawing Progress Report or Drawing Index. Reference drawing block, (such as Upper/Lower Plans, Underground) Orientation Of Drawing Note!!! Reference Material - Plot Plan and Piping Drawing Index. North arrow. Coordinates of match lines. Reference to adjacent drawings. Equipment Location Note!!! Reference Material - Location Control Plan, Foundation Location Drawing, Structural Stick File, Vessel and Electrical Reference Drawings, and Equipment Folders. Coordinates of building columns, foundations, and pipe supports. Outlines of equipment, structures, foundations. Coordinates of vessels. Equipment Chart: Vessel nozzle orientation, elevations, projection size and rating. Ladders, platforms, walkways. Roads, paved areas, trenches. Proper numbers for all equipment and structures. Electrical substations, starter racks. Anchor location of horizontal vessels and exchangers. Equipment Configuration Check Equipment size per CDO (certified dimensional outline). Nozzle size and rating per CDO. Nozzle locations per CDO. Locations of supports and guides per CDO. or Ladder and Platform drawings. Any other pertinent details that affect the quality of the interference check (such as stiffener rings, insulation, and access/removal envelopes). Note "Hold" for all equipment not having certified outlines.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Space Requirements Note!!! Reference Material - Preliminary Job Information, Equipment, Vessel and Structural Reference Drawings. Erection space. Operating space. Tube bundle pulling or maintenance space. Manway clearance. Adequate operating space on platforms around instruments. Equipment removal space. Future installation requirements. Flow Diagrams And Line List Note!!! Reference Material - Mechanical and Utility Flow Diagrams, Line List, Piping Specifications. Line sizes, and direction of flow from source to destination. Valves, fittings, and equipment in each line according to specification. Proper line designation according to line list and flow diagrams. Checker should mark the master line list for any difference between it and the master flow diagram. Flow arrows on piping. Insulation as indicated on line list and flow diagrams. Steam tracing as indicated on line list and flow diagrams. Piping (Check For Scale As Work Progresses) Note!!! Reference Material - Preliminary Job Information, Piping Reference Drawings, Piping Design Guide, Piping Design Instructions, Stress Sketches, Material Sketches, Piping Specifications, and Piping Standards. Spacing and clearance requirements of lines in pipeways. Future space requirements in pipeways in accordance with the contract criteria. Continuation and spacing of lines on adjacent drawings. Clearances between pipe and equipment on structures. (Check for fireproofing.) Connections and flange rotations at equipment. Clearances around valves and equipment for operation, maintenance, and removal. Accessibility of valves and operating equipment. Proper location of traps, separators, vents, and drains. Instrument connections. (Check with Instrument Engineer for proper locations.) Proper location and orientation of orifice flanges, and proper amount of run up and down steam. Connections for future equipment or piping installation. Pipe shoes on insulated lines. Expansion or contraction of lines. Indicate amount of cold spring or prespring.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Location and designation of anchors, guides, hangers, and brackets. For these items, be sure to review stress sketches from Stress Group. Underground connections. Dimensions Sufficient dimensioning to draw Isometrics of the pipe lines without scaling and without reference to any other source other than piping drawings. Dimensioning to be in accordance with Practice 000.250.9810. Notes And Caption All notes and captions must be legible and with abbreviations according to Practice 000.000.9910. Lettering should be all of the same size, and upper case according to Practice 670.250.2050. Review Of General Piping Arrangement Correct spelling. Check line to see that it agrees completely with the master flow diagrams and contains all valves, instruments, control stations, and connections. If control valve is operated by a liquid level controller, it should, if possible, be located in view of the gage glass showing the liquid level. Vents should be provided at the high points of all lines, except those in air service. Drains should be provided at low points on all lines. On ring joint piping, check for enough flanges or offsets so that it can be installed. Check for location of underground connections and drain funnels. Use flat faced steel flanges against 125# flat faced cast iron equipment. gaskets will be full face type. Provide thermal relief valves between block valves on liquid lines directly exposed to sun. Check for proper support of small bore piping. Check structural drawings for miscellaneous steel not normally shown on model or plan drawing (for example, bracing, or gussets).
CHECKING PROCEDURE, CALMA AND INTERGRAPH 3D DRAWINGS Partition Audit Note!!! The Partition Audit involves the following: Review of the Equipment Status Record to determine that it is complete and current according to the latest equipment outline (aboveground partitions only).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Review of the Pipeline Status Record for items on hold (aboveground partitions only). Ideally, no items should be incomplete at this time, or the partition is not ready to be audited. Verification that IFC conflicts are resolved. Auditor must confirm that there are no unacceptable conflicts and that the envelope file date is just before the audit. Verification that material has been updated to the latest reference database. Designers will indicate when they have run Verify Reconstruct and Reconstruct Component on the Pipeline Status Record. The auditor will confirm that no database changes have occurred since those dates. Review the Partition Control Book to determine that all interface points have been documented. Using a plant view plot as a record, check 5 instances of each of the following on the workstation (aboveground partition only): Line spacing (insulation, thermal expansion). Pipe spans. Bottom of pipe or trunnion versus TOS. Access, maintenance, removal clearances. The designer and the piping supervisor will discuss the result of the audit to determine whether any additional checking is required. An Audit Status Sheet should be completed by the auditor and will help in tracking the various auditing tasks. Orientation Of Drawings Note!!! Reference Material - Plot Plan and Piping Drawing Index. North arrow. Coordinates of match lines. References to adjacent drawings. Design Review Note!!! The PDS designer will generate and annotate the piping drawings in accordance with the contract requirements. The partition layout designer's name will be placed in the "Designed By" blank. The partition designer's and the auditor's initials (if the partition was audited) will be placed in the "Checked By" blank. The partition designer or the auditor will also review the final drawing for the following: The computer model view used in the drawing (levels/classes displayed, extent of clipping match Drawing Index). Reference computer models added and displayed. Proper text (equipment numbers and coordinates, pipe support coordinates, pipe elevations, all lines labeled). Drawing symbols and text (reduced print scale, north arrow, a title block, HPFS, reference to individual piping isometrics for additional details). Matchline coordinates and reference to adjacent drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Audit Confidence Note!!! This procedure is intended to replace the full detail "Check" done in the past and our confidence in the system is based on the following: Interference check done before issue of drawings. Checked database prior to 3D modeling. All PDS designers access the same database for each individual project. Checked equipment (location and piping connections). Material cross-check between reference database and partition file. Proven reduced field rework on PDS projects with this audit procedure implemented.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1038 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING PLAN CORRECTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for making corrections to Piping Engineering drawings. It applies to all projects and work assignments.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major topics: RESPONSIBILITY OVERVIEW GENERAL CORRECTION GUIDELINES REFERENCES
APPLICATION Drawings must be checked, updated, and corrected before they can be issued for construction. This practice serves as a reminder for the experienced employee, and aids the new employee in the following ways: It acquaints new employees with actual job conditions and serves as a useful transitional tool from class to job. It provides additional training and job experience because it helps minimize the demands on the new designers until they gain more experience and confidence. It shows where errors often occur, and brings the new designers' experience level up more quickly. It frees up more experienced designers to work on more difficult tasks.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor for each discipline is responsible for proper use of this practice. The Department Manager is responsible for keeping design supervisors informed of changes and additions to this practice.
OVERVIEW Because changes and errors can and will occur, corrections are a vital part of all engineering drawings. Cooperation and communication is essential between checker, designer, and corrector during the checking and correction process. If an individual does not have the original drawing, the supervisor will indicate where the originals are kept and how to obtain them. When given a correcting assignment, the employee should handle originals carefully, and never crease or fold the original. Each original represents thousands of dollars of effort. Before any corrections are made, look over the check print carefully. There may be some critical notes in black lead pencil explaining how to make certain corrections. If in doubt, ask the checker.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1038 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING PLAN CORRECTIONS
GENERAL CORRECTION GUIDELINES Checker marks will be corrected on the original as follows: Do not touch items on the original that are marked correct on the check print. However, if corrected items need to be moved in order to make the change required, circle those items or areas in orange on the check print. This procedure will warn the checker to verify that the items are still correct. Delete areas on the original that are marked for deletion on the check print. Add areas or items on the check print that are marked to be added to the original or drawings. All changes on piping plan drawings should be to correct scale. If maintaining the correct scale creates a significant amount of additional work, consider drawing items out of scale. This approach will require approval of the supervisor in addition to identifying out of scale items with a wavy line below the applicable dimension. After the correction has been made on the original, circle all items on the check print in black lead pencil. This will make it easier to see what items are left to do. Conform to linework already on the original. Make all lettering neat and legible. Plan ahead when making corrections so that the changes are presented in a clear, organized manner. Tiny lettering, poor linework, and disorganized work are not acceptable. If a drawing can be clarified by redrawing or by erasing large areas marked correct, go to the supervisor first to determine if the idea is warranted. Never erase correct areas to "clean up" a drawing without approval from the supervisor. After the corrections have been made, be sure to initial each check print in black lead pencil and return them to the supervisor. Corrections to PDS Model Files must be made by a properly assigned PDS Designer. The reasons for making corrections to PDS Files are to obtain computer generated design check reports on such things as interferences and incompatible specifications, or to generate hard copy markups by another designer during the normal checking process.
REFERENCES General Engineering Practice 670.200.1037:
Drawing Checking
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for checking all manual and computer generated isometric piping drawings. It applies to all projects and work assignments.
SCOPE This practice provides: General instructions to checker Prerequisite data Sequence of checking Attachments
APPLICATION The primary function of isometric piping drawings is to convey the exacting details that are necessary to construct and install a portion of piping. If not properly prepared, the drawing will not convey the information necessary to transform design ideas into a finished product. All drawings are a form of a written communication and should be developed to transmit thoughts, ideas, and technical information as clearly and concisely as possible. Accuracy is the most important aspect of the isometric.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor will enforce the utilization of this standard. The Department Manager will maintain and revise this practice as required.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CHECKER Piping isometrics should be checked simultaneously with the model and the piping plan drawings. All resources used during checking of piping plan drawings should also be used for the checking of the piping isometrics. There are, however, some additional details and considerations that pertain to the piping isometrics only. These are listed and discussed in THE SEQUENCE OF CHECKING section of this practice. In general, butt-welded, shop, or field fabricated isometrics shall be fully detailed and dimensioned so that a vendor shop or site shop can fabricate all required spool pieces. In general, screwed or socketwelded isometrics should be dimensioned so that the field may cut and prefabricate as much as possible before installation. When using the coordinate and elevation method, show key elevations with only limited dimensions as required for material takeoff. Dimensions that must be maintained, show thus: 6'-7" (without plus or minus).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Dimensions that may vary slightly without affecting the clearance, show thus: 12'-4" ±. Dimension to the nearest inch. The isometrics released for checking should be completed to the best of the isometric drafter's ability as related to the information availability and instructions. Anything omitted or incorrect that is remembered by the isometric drafter should be called to the attention of the checker. If not already discovered, it can be incorporated on the check print. When assigning work to be checked, the Design Supervisor will specifically indicate isometrics to be checked. No drafting will be performed within the specifically assigned areas while checking is in progress. Each print to be used as a check print should be identified with a rubber stamp identifying it as a check print. The information required on the stamp will vary from office to office but should include the checker's name and the date, and the corrector's name and the date. The checker is to fill in his/her name and the date when isometric checking actually starts. The checker must make sure that the latest available information is being used. If any suppliers' prints are not certified, a "hold" or a note to "field verify" should be placed on the drawing as determined by Project Piping Engineer's instructions. Isometrics will be checked only against information that has already been checked such as certified supplier prints and areas of a model that have been reviewed. If, during a check, it is discovered that more information is needed or a design change is necessary, the checker will attach a note of explanation to the check print and hold until information is received. When checking has been completed, the check prints will be forwarded to designers for correction. The checker will ensure that all out-of-spec items and engineered items are identified as listed on the project engineered item list. The checker will indicate all additions, deletions, and changes. Major changes will be returned for redesign and resubmitted upon completion to the checker. The colors used for checking will be in accordance with General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050: Drawing Practices. The checker should not return work to be redesigned unless it is determined that a majority of the design is unacceptable. The checker will consult with the Design Supervisor if the reasons for the errors are not clearly apparent. All markings will be clear and concise for the corrector's complete understanding. Avoid using verbal instructions. Upon completion of an assignment, the checker should review the check prints with the Design Supervisor and the isometric/drafter before having the necessary corrections made to the drawings. Upon completion of the corrections and backchecking by the isometric drafter, the checker will review the drawings with the check prints and documents for the current changes prior to signing the drawings as checked. The signed drawing will be returned to the Design Supervisor and the check prints will be placed on file.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Color Code System The following color code is used throughout Fluor Daniel for checking and correcting drawings: Red Means To Add This is used by the checker when there is something to be added such as notes and changes in dims. When a corrector sees this, he/she is required to transfer these marks on the original drawings. If the marks cannot be understood, go to the checker for clarification. Never make a change or correction without fully understanding the checker's intention. Blue Means To Delete This is used during the check by the checker to indicate that an item such as notes and symbols is to be removed. When a corrector sees this on a drawing, he/she is required to erase what is marked in blue pencil. In addition, checkers sometimes write special instructions to the corrector in black pencil. Yellow Means Correct: Do Not Change Yellow is used by the checker during all phases of checking. When a corrector sees this, it indicates that the item is correct and should not be removed from the drawing. If yellowed off notes, dimensions, and other similar features must be moved for clarity of presentation, use care that they are rewritten correctly and circle the note in orange. Green Supersedes Red Green marks placed over red marks on a drawing indicate that one designer is making changes in red which is being verified in green by another designer (backchecking). When this situation occurs, the corrector is to transfer these marks to the drawing. Green supersedes all other colors. Note!!! Sometimes, the corrector is required to backcheck the drawing as well as correct it. If the correcting assignment includes backchecking, the changes are to be verified by the corrector and all incorrect changes are to be resolved with the checker. Black Pencil Means Note From Checker Items in pencil are used as notes to corrector by the checker. The corrector should read the notes and follow the checker's instructions.
PREREQUISITE DATA As a minimum, the Design Supervisor will make the following information available to the checker (all items to be approved for design): Any special instructional documents, job notes, or other information that has been passed on (either verbally or in writing) in project meetings or by other means. P&IDs Pipe line list Applicable piping specifications Equipment lists Drawing Progress/Status Reports (all departments) Vendor drawings
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Equipment layout drawings Applicable drawings from other disciplines Note!!! The design supervisor must immediately inform the checker when he learns about changes or possible changes in the area being checked.
SEQUENCE OF CHECKING Check the title block data. Fabrication And Installation Data Shop or field fab Internal cleaning requirements Post weld heat treatment required ASME boiler code requirements Seal welding required Shoes, guide and anchor requirements Check for any other special requirements Scheduling Data (If Required) Number of erection welds Sequence of erection Difficulty factor Line List Data Line commodity Liquid or vapor Conditions Insulation requirements Tracing requirements Stress review requirements Identification Data Piece mark number (shop fab only) Reference drawings Drafter's name/date drawn Project number/area/unit/change order Line number and class/sheet number/revision number
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
North Arrow North arrow orientation will be to the upper right preferably. Upper left is an alternate, if required. All isometrics will have the same north arrow orientation. Configuration Check general configuration. Check general configuration and routing of the line to see that it is in agreement with the P&IDs piping drawings and the model, and that it contains all the major items such as control stations, bypasses, and laterals before proceeding with a detailed check. Check the break out flange and union locations for the operation, maintenance, and turnaround requirements. Check the line list and P&ID for proper origin and terminus showing the correct equipment number, nozzle orientation, and elevation when tying into the equipment. On lines leaving area, check for match line, location, elevation, and coordinates. This should agree with the piping plans and the continuation sheets. Check for the continuation sheet number. Check for the same north arrow orientation. Make a detailed check of each piping isometric configuration. Each of the following items should be checked in detail to see that the piping isometric agrees with the piping drawings, model and flow diagrams: Exact configuration Line sizes and changes in size Direction of flow Location of branches, connections, and other similar items Fittings, flanges, valves, instruments, and other similar items Ensure that all items appearing on the flow diagram, model, and piping drawings are accounted for, and that they are shown correctly, using the proper symbols. Callouts Check for callouts. Special items, or items that are not in accordance with the piping specifications, are to be called out and labeled such as the following: Off-specification valves, flanges, pipes, or fittings Flanges 26 inches and larger must have the following information: - Flange OD - Bore - Bolt circle - Bolt hole diameter - Number of bolt holes - Flange thickness (The above listed items are not required for A.P.I. flange.) All specialty items by SP number or IC number
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Dummy legs, field supports, anchors Instrument connections and such items that are normally detailed on standard drawings Car seal open or closed valves Bolt through or cap screws requirements Coated or wrapped pipe at dikes, under roads, and at other similar locations Callout items that require information in addition to the standard symbol for interpretation, or that will benefit the fabricator such as the following: Reducers, swages, short radius ells, reducing flanges, 45 degree ells, and other such fittings. Chain operators, specification blinds, rod and spring hangers, and other such miscellaneous items included with the piping. Reinforcing pads or saddles, clips, brackets, lugs, and other similar items welded to the piping. Limits of shop and field fabrication, safety insulation, and ASME boiler code requirements, if any. Callout items that are normally indicated in accordance with the standard Fluor Daniel practice such as the following: Equipment nozzle flange size, rating, facing, and identification number Control valve flanges Orifice flange sizes, ratings, and fab detail number Cold spring or prespring Pump suction strainers Field weld locations Valve handwheel orientation and rotation of bolt holes, if required Flow direction on check valves Piece mark numbers Supports Check for support. Ensure that the line is adequately supported and that miscellaneous field supports, rod and spring hangers, brackets, lugs, and pickup supports are properly shown. Note!!! Supports not given a pipe support number or detailed by the structural group must be called out and detailed on the isometric. Provide special supporting for hydrotesting or erection. Check need for insulation lugs. Insulation Check all instrument connections for the following: Identification number Location Size, rating, facing, or connection type Accessibility Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Clearance Orifice tap orientation Orientation of control valve actuators Flow Sheets Check items that are not always shown in piping plans, models and flow sheets, such as the following: The hydrostatic test vents and drains. (Be sure to follow the line into the adjoining areas to verify the high or low points and to see if the vent or drain has been taken care of on the continuation isometric.) The elevation and orientation of the control valve bypass and the bypass valves. The steam traps at the low points on the steam lines. The minimum distance between welds. Dimensional Make a complete, detailed, and dimensional check in accordance with the Fluor Daniel dimensioning practice, paying particular attention to the following items: The main dimension lines should run from the face of flanges to the centerline of the pipe (ells or tees) and include valves, and changes in direction, and should be in a continuous string. The secondary dimensions should be used for laterals, miscellaneous connections, instruments, vents, drains, and other similar features. These items should be dimensioned separately and from 1 direction only (not in the main dimensions string). Dimensions on the piping isometric drawing will be to the contact face of flanges (except ring joint flanges will be to the extreme face of flange) and to the centerline of pipes, branches, and other similar features. Dimensions will be in inches up to 1'-0"; in feet and inches 1'-0" and over. Dimensions will be to the nearest 1/16 of an inch. Offsets will be full dimensioned, that is, all sides and angles. When calculating the eccentric reducer offset dimensions, use the outside diameter of both ends. Gaskets At the valves, flanges, orifice flanges, specification blinds, strainers, and other similar features, ensure that the location of the gaskets are shown in the proper location. At the valves, orifices, flanges, and specification blinds, gaskets should be included within the valve, orifice, or specification blinds dimensions. At equipment nozzles, gaskets should be shown on the equipment side and the outside of the regular dimension string. Miscellaneous Check for cold spring or prespring. Check for adequate meter run lengths. Check for anchor and support locations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Check proper configuration, dimensioning, and angles on boxed-in offset angles. Check to ensure that a minimum of 1 North/South coordinate, 1 East/West coordinate, and 1 elevation is given on each isometric. Make a final review of each isometric against flow diagram, model, and piping drawing, and look over entire isometric in general for accuracy and completeness.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for instruction and samples of a typical Fluor Daniel piping isometric including title block information.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL NOTES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in Fluor Daniel Operations Centers. Flexibility is allowed based on project's needs, the approval of the Project Piping Engineer, and the Operations Center Manager.
RESPONSIBILITY The responsibility for ensuring compliance with this practice rests with the assigned Project Piping Engineer, Lead Piping Design Supervisor, and Area Supervisors.
GENERAL NOTES The purpose of the piping isometric instructions and the sample isometrics are: To define Fluor Daniel minimum requirements pertaining to piping isometrics. To present the general format for piping isometrics. The term piping isometric is used to describe an 11 inch by 17 inch 3D drawing of a line or part of a line, complete with all information required for fabrication and installation. Refer to Attachment 14 for a copy of the Standard Piping Isometric Border. Isometrics are used for various activities during the course of a job such as material takeoff, stress analysis, and insulation subcontract administration. Therefore, the isometric drawing must also include adequate data to satisfy the needs of these activities without becoming unreadable. All items pictured on the piping isometric will be clearly identified and located through symbols, dimensions, or notes. For isometric symbols, refer to Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges. A piping isometric consists of 3 parts: Engineering Data Block consisting of 4 major sections: - Fabrication and Installation Data - Listing special information related to the fabrication and installation requirements of the line.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
-
Line List Data - Listing the commodity, service conditions, insulation, and tracing requirements. - Identification Data - Listing information required to identify the piping isometric and the source documents. - Revision Blocks - Indicate the type of revision and the required approvals. Geographic Section (or face) showing what is to be fabricated. B/M (Bill of Material) listing all materials required to fabricate and install the line is prepared by the Piping Material Control Group and may be attached to the isometric or issued as a separate document.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2081: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2190:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9820:
Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50025: Shop Fabrication And Handling - Process And Utility Piping Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50026: Field Fabrication And Installation - Process And Utility Piping Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50028: Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50201: Piping Support Elements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50300: Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.85013: Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing Piping Engineering Specification 670.285.85002: Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Key To Miscellaneous Isometric Examples Attachment 02: Sample Isometric Title Blocks Attachment 03: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 2.9.3 Attachment 04: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.4 to 4.6 Attachment 05: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.6 to 4.9 Attachment 06: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.10 to 4.12 Attachment 07: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.8 to 5.11 Attachment 08: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.14 to 5.19 Attachment 09: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.21 to 5.22 Attachment 10: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.23 to 5.25 Attachment 11: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.25 Attachment 12: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 8.2.1 to 8.2.2 Attachment 13: Example of Line Weight and Required Grid Lines Attachment 14: Form 000.250.F7103: Standard Piping Isometric Border+
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
1.0
Numbered notes on this attachment refer to specific sections of the sample Isometric Title Block (Attachment 02) and example of miscellaneous Isometric Symbols (Attachments 03 through 12).
2.0
General 2.1
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering, will define which lines require piping isometrics and the dimensioning method employed such as dimension method or coordinate and elevation method. The Designer should refer to the appropriate sample piping isometrics.
2.2
The sample isometrics included in this section illustrate methods of dimensioning and various types of callouts.
2.3
Basis for determining number of sheets required per line: 2.3.1
Clarity; do not overcrowd. Sample isometrics in this section show the maximum that should be on 1 sheet.
2.3.2
For manual and facet ISOs (Isometrics), review secondary material sketch before drawing isometric. Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2190: Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff and 670.250.2191: Material Sketching Material Sketching Instructions.
2.3.3
Configuration and sheet number also will agree with secondary material sketch (P-Sketch). Differences should be called to the attention of the Piping Design Supervisor.
2.4
Piping isometrics are not drawn to scale. However, there should be some semblance of proportion between the various runs of pipe. A run 4 feet long should be shown longer than a run 2 feet long. Fittings and valves also should be in a reasonable proportion within themselves, although these items are very often shown on the large side for clarity. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2081: Piping Isometrics Manual Components Drawing Instructions, Page 1, for fitting, flange and valve proportion samples.
2.5
North arrow orientation may be to the upper right or upper left depending on Best Presentation. Continuing piping isometric sheets will have same north arrow orientation. Once determined, north arrow should stay that way for entire project.
2.6
Lettering will be caps, minimum 3/16 of an inch high for manual ISOs or 3/32 of an inch high for electronic ISOs.
2.7
Line types and weights on ISOs are to be indicated as shown on the sample ISOs.
2.8
Isometric symbols will be in accordance with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
2.9
2.10
3.0
Shop Fabrication 2.9.1
The term Shop Fabrication refers to a line or any portion of that line that is fabricated in a shop outside the perimeter of the jobsite.
2.9.2
Refer to individual contract Project Requirements Checklist for shop / field fabrication categories.
2.9.3
Small flanges in the field fab category that are butt welded to swages and short stubs (plus or minus 12 inches) will be included in the shop fabrication such as at control valves and pumps. Refer to Attachment 03.
2.9.4
All field fabricated portions will be noted by a shop / field break. Field attached and field assembled items such as drains, vents, and field supports, will not show shop / field break. Project Piping Engineer to ensure this is understood by Shop Fabricator and Construction.
Field Fabrication 2.10.1
The term Field Fabrication refers to a line or any portion of that line (butt weld, screwed, or socket weld) that is to be fabricated at the jobsite.
2.10.2
Refer to individual Checklist for shop / field fabrication categories.
Engineering Data (Refer to Attachment 02 for Sample Engineering Data Block) 3.1
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50025: Shop Fabrication And Handling - Process And Utility Piping. If the line is to be shop fabricated in total or in part, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Shop Fab;" otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.2
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50026: Field Fabrication And Installation - Process And Utility Piping. If the line is to be totally field fabricated, partially field fabricated, or all shop, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Field Fab."
3.3
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50028: Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems. When internal cleaning of pipe is called for on the flow diagram or line list, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Internal Cleaning Required." Otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.4
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.285.85002: Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication. Enter "X" in "Yes" column for Post Weld Heat Treatment when called for on the summary for welding requirements included with Specification 670.250.85013: Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing. Otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.5
When ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code requirements for the line are called for on the flow diagram, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "ASME Boiler Code Piping." Otherwise, make entry in "No" column. All ASME code piping requires special control procedures, special documentation, and special checking and handling in the field.
3.6
Where seal welding is required for threaded connections, enter "X" in "Yes" column for Seal Weld Screwed Joints. Otherwise, make entry in "No" column. Refer to the Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
3.7
In the box labeled "Shoes, Guides, Cradles," enter quantity and drawing number of items required for installation which are not graphically presented or noted on face of isometric. If none required, enter "None." Entries include all items listed in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50201: Piping Support Elements.
3.8
Not used.
Line List Data 3.9
The Line Commodity will be as shown on the line list. Also, put an "X" in the appropriate box for either liquid or vapor as shown on the line list. When mixed commodity (vapor and liquid), put an "X" in each box.
3.10
The Design / Operating Pressures and Temperatures will be entered exactly as shown on the line list.
3.11
Enter an "X" in the appropriate box for Insulation requirements as noted on the flow diagram. If the total ISO requires IH (heat conservation), IS (safety), IC (cold), or IA (acoustic insulation), enter an "X" in the appropriate box. If the ISO does not require insulation, enter an "X" in the "None" column. If the ISO is partially insulated and partially uninsulated, enter an "X" in "As Noted" box.
3.12
Tracing - When the flow diagram indicates tracing is required, enter "X" in "Yes" column for trace. Enter number and size of tracers required as called for in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50300: Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments, and enter "X" in the box for "Heat Transfer Cement Requirements." When the flow diagram calls for ET (electric trace), enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Electric Trace." When the flow diagram calls for ETT (electric trace), enter "X" for both "Electric Trace" and "Heat Transfer Cement Required." When no tracing is required, make all entries in "No" column.
Identification Data 3.13
On ISOs containing shop fabrication, enter designation for color code band to be painted on each piece mark. This color, in accordance with the contract area color code specification, designates the unit or area in which the line is to be installed.
3.14
Enter line number prefix designation as shown in the line list. This may be the area or the unit number. Also, enter the full line number and line class.
3.15
The piece or mark number will not be entered in this area but will be shown or designated on the face of the ISO for each piece. Refer to Section 5.12.
3.16
Enter the Reference Plan Drawing number for the piping plan on which this ISO is shown.
3.17
Enter the flow diagram number and section showing the line.
3.18
Designer is to enter first initial, last name, and date the ISO was drawn. 3.19. Enter the Project Number. Use all digits in accordance with the project criteria. For scheduling and cost control purposes, also enter the Area number and the Unit number.
3.20
The "Line Number" block will have the full line number as shown in the line list. This normally includes the unit prefix, the line number, and the line class; for example, 11-102A. The Designer drawing the ISO
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
also will add the appropriate Sheet Number to each ISO as drawn. Add the total number of sheets only to the last sheet. If there is only 1 sheet, enter a "1 of 1." If there are 5 sheets, enter "5 of 5" on the last sheet. Sheets 1 through 4 will not have an entry in the second space. The "Rev." box is used to indicate the current revision status of the isometric. For issue AFC (Approved For Construction), the drawings will be issued Revision 1, and use numeric revision changes. Revision Blocks 3.21
3.22
4.0
Revision 1, AFC. 3.21.1
Enter AFC.
3.21.2
Designer is to enter initials and date ISO is generated.
3.21.3
Checker is to enter initials.
3.21.4
The unit supervisor will initial on approval line after flow diagram yellow-off.
3.21.5
Initial by material control.
3.21.6
If line has been reviewed by stress and the stress sketch is marked "Resubmit Checked Spool," checker will enter "Yes" on line for stress approval. Isometric will be sent to Stress Engineer who will remove "Yes" and enter their initials. If stress sketch is marked "Approved" or line did not require stress analysis, draw line through "Stress."
Subsequent revisions of AFC ISOs. The Designer making the change will fill in revision number, enter initials in "By" space, and the date change was made. The method of showing a dimensional change on face of ISO will be to cloud change and add delta. Checker is to enter initials in "Checked" space. The initials for "Stress," "Material," and "Approval" will be completed for each revised ISO as noted in 3.21.
Graphic Section - Dimensions Performance Standard It will be the responsibility of the Project Piping Engineer to ensure that adequate data required to produce ISO dimensions is readily accessible to the Designer prior to the start of ISO preparation. It will be the responsibility of the Designer to produce ISOs which are dimensionally correct. 4.1
Refer to individual Project Requirements Checklist for method of dimensioning to be used on a particular contract.
4.2
Refer to the sample ISOs in this section for examples of the dimensioning method specified on the contract Project Requirements Checklist.
4.3
Except for ring joint flanges, dimensions are centerline of pipe to centerline of pipe or centerline of pipe to contact face of flange. Ring joint flanges are dimensioned to the extreme face of flange and not to the contact surface of groove.
4.4
Air cooler header piping with 3 or more nozzles to be dimensioned as indicated on Attachment 04. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
4.5
Valves, or any items requiring extra long bolts such as bolt through control valves, will be noted as "Bolt Thru" with a face-to-face dimension given (include gaskets). Refer to Attachment 04.
4.6
Dimensions locating lateral connections on headers are to be the intersection of centerlines. Refer to Attachment 04.
4.7
When calculating eccentric reducer offset dimensions, use the outside diameter of both ends.
4.8
Cold spring or Prespring
4.9
5.0
4.8.1
Indicate cold spring or prespring by placing "Fab" before the dimension and the amount of cold spring or prespring deducted or added under the dimension.
4.8.2
Cold spring or prespring will be as indicated on the piping plan drawing. Refer to Attachment 05.
Offset dimensions: The following rules apply to all piping ISOs. Refer to Attachment 05. 4.9.1
Offset in single planes: (horizontal or vertical.) Give true length, 2 sides, and angle.
4.9.2
Offset in 2 planes: Give true length, 2 horizontal dimensions and 1 vertical dimension, and a horizontal and vertical angle.
4.10
Taper boring requirements will be noted at field welds on the ISO, if internal surface alignment of piping components to be jointed by butt welding exceeds 1/16 of an inch, unless otherwise specified by Project Design Criteria. Refer to Attachment 06.
4.11
Insulation break points will be located. Refer to Project Design Criteria for limitations.
4.12
Tie-ins will be noted by indicating tie-in number, existing line number and drawing reference number. Dimension as indicated on Attachment 06.
Graphic Section - Notes and Callouts 5.1
The equipment number and the nozzle identification letter or number will be shown.
5.2
The size, rating, and facing of flanges of equipment will be given.
5.3
A minimum of 1 elevation and 1 coordinate in each direction will be given on each ISO.
5.4
All dotted line continuations shown on an ISO will be referenced to a line number, a sheet number, or a drawing number. If the continuation is located on a different portion of the same sheet, reference will be indicated from point "A" to point "A", from point "B" to point "B", and so on.
5.5
Items having recognizable symbols and are included in the material specification for the line class do not require callouts or clarifying notes. Exceptions to this practice include size notations of line reductions using fitting, flanges, valves, and branches.
5.6
Item Code and Specialty Item Numbers appearing on the flow diagram will be shown on the ISO.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
5.7
Out-of-spec flange callout will include rating, facing, and nonstandard flange thicknesses only when different from the line class of the ISO.
5.8
Flanges 26 inches and larger must have the following information: flange OD, bore, bolt circle, bolt hole diameter, number of bolt holes, flange thickness, and catalog reference. Refer to Attachment 07.
5.9
When jack screws are required for spectacle blinds, the jack screw orientation will be noted; for example, jack screws on E-W centerline. Refer to spectacle blind standard drawings, Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9820: Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds, and Attachment 07.
5.10
Reducing slip-on flanges are to be listed by the 2 nominal pipe sizes; for example, 6 inch by 2 inch. Use only when flow is into equipment. Refer to Attachment 07.
5.11
In-line furnished items will be noted as "Furn'd" or "Bolts and Gaskets Furn'd." Refer to Attachment 07.
5.12
Mark numbers for shop fabricated spools. Mark numbers will be established for all shop pieces prior to final MTO (Material Takeoff) and issue. Identical configurations on the same ISO will not have the same mark number. Where possible, number pieces in the direction of flow. Pieces will be designated by sheet number and letter; for example, 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C. Field fabricated pieces do not require mark numbers.
5.13
FW (Field Welds) on shop ISOs will be located to allow spool pieces to fit within the shipping and handling requirements as defined on Project normally 8 feet by 8 feet by 40 feet. 5.13.1
Field welds also will be located to facilitate installation such as through a building wall, platform, or within a structure or pipeway.
5.13.2
Locate field welds above platforms and away from pipe supports to facilitate welding.
5.13.3
Where a choice exists between a field weld in the horizontal or vertical run, the horizontal location is preferred.
5.13.4
Field fitup type field welds should be provided for any piping arrangement that may require field alteration for fitup; for example, multiple equipment connections where branches are too short to allow correction without cutting. Fitup type field welds will only be used with Project Piping Engineer's approval.
5.14
Reinforcing pad thickness and size will be indicated where required. Refer to Attachment 08 and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2291: Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements.
5.15
Bends will be shown with round corners and note radius of bend in diameters in accordance with Piping Material Specifications, or note radius dimension. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.16
Orient handwheels on flanged and butt welded valves. Handwheel orientations will only be shown for screwed or socket welded control manifold valves and when operation or clearance is a consideration.
5.17
When valve handwheel or equipment flange orientation causes bolt holes to rotate off its normal north-south, east-west, horizontal or vertical axis, bolt holes will be noted to straddle the required centerline.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
5.18
Chain operated valves will be indicated on ISO with the distance above grade or platform indicated. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.19
Handwheel extension stems will be shown on ISO with length of extension stem indicated. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.20
The extent of mechanical or chemical cleaning of a piping system (when indicated on a P&ID) will be indicated on ISO.
5.21
Selected wall thickness or schedule. When total line or a specific line size requires a selected wall thickness, it will be indicated on the B/M (Bill of Material). If only a portion of the same line size requires a selected wall thickness or schedule, it will be shown on the face of the ISO. Refer to Attachment 09.
5.22
Instrument location, orientation, and identification will be shown. Minimum instrument identification balloon size will be 1/2 of an inch diameter. Refer to Attachment 10.
5.23
Heater Tube Slot Detail will be shown on ISO with the heater piping dimensionally located from the heater tube slot centerlines in the installed position. Refer to Attachment 10.
5.24
Indicate building walls and platforms on the ISO.
5.25
Cap screws will be noted on ISO as "Cap Screws Reqd" or "Cap Screws Furn'd." If cap screws are required, show size on ISO. Refer to Attachment 10. Length may be determined by referring to Attachment 11.
5.26
PMI (Positive Material Identification) Place PMI stamp at lower right hand corner of ISO.
5.27
Category M Stamp Place Category M stamp at lower right hand corner of ISO.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
6.0
7.0
8.0
Piping Fabrication and Installation Details 6.1
Piping Fabrication and Installation Details are drawings of items which are either Supplier or field fabricated and installed by the field from a standard detail drawing.
6.2
Individual job instructions will define which fabrication and installation details will be used on your contract.
6.3
Fabrication and Installation Details include, but are not limited to the following items: 6.3.1
Miscellaneous supports, anchors, guide, and shoes
6.3.2
Level controllers
6.3.3
Level glasses
6.3.4
Level switches
6.3.5
Orifice taps
6.3.6
Sample connections
6.3.7
Steam traps
6.3.8
Utility stations
Piping Fabrication and Installation Packages 7.1
Refers to Fabrication and Installation packages. Square will be 1/2 of an inch. Examples are steam traps assemblies and utility stations.
7.2
Fabrication and Installation packages will not be used on alloy, ASME, category "x", 900#, and higher rating ISOs. Orifice taps and level controllers will be detailed on ISO.
ASME ISO Instructions 8.1
ISO Identification Place ASME Stamp at lower right corner of ISO.
8.2
Weld Identification The ASME Engineer is responsible for a Field Welding Procedure that is attached to the isometric for all welds made in-place. Therefore, all welds that are or might be made in-place must be identified on the ISO. General Rule: All in-place welds will be identified with a field weld number typical for welds of the same size and type. Welds will be designed by ISO sheet number and letter such as 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
Welds that require identification on ISOs are as indicated below. Refer to Attachment 12. 8.2.1
Shop Fabricated ISO a. b. c. d.
8.2.2
Field butt welds Field socket welds Field nonpressure attachment welds Seal welds
Field Fabricated ISO a. b. c. d. e. f.
All butt welds All stub ins All socket welds All cplg, sol, wol, attachments to butt weld pipe All nonpressure attachment welds Seal welds
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the design of heat tracing systems.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL WINTERIZATION TEMPERATURE ZONES HEAT CONSERVATION INSTRUMENTATION WINTERIZATION AND HEAT CONSERVATION STEAM TRACING IDENTIFICATION REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by personnel involved in the design of heat tracing systems.
GENERAL This practice covers the protection of piping, vessels, equipment, and instrumentation against the effects of low temperatures that would cause congealing or freezing of contents, interfere with the normal operation of equipment or piping systems, or damage equipment or piping systems. Heat tracing to protect against low ambient temperatures is accomplished by means of winterization. Heat tracing to retain or maintain a specific temperature is accomplished by means of heat conservation. Should a conflict arise between this specification and the process flow diagrams, the process flow diagrams will govern.
WINTERIZATION The term winterization applies to measures taken to protect equipment from damage, and to prevent either interruption or failure of plant operations due to low ambient temperatures. Winterization procedures, design, and equipment must provide protection during the months when extreme low temperature conditions exist. Winterization of underground piping systems subject to freezing will consist of maintaining a burial depth equal to or greater than the frost line. Winterization is not required for equipment or piping systems located inside of heated buildings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Methods Of Winterization Circulation Winterization by circulation is provided where a sufficient power source is available to keep the fluid circulating. Draining Utility water and utility air lines in intermittent service will be winterized by draining. Steam Tracing Winterization by steam tracing is preferred if winterizing by circulation or draining is impractical. Glycol Water Tracing Winterization by circulation of hot glycol water is an alternative to steam tracing whenever sufficient quantities of glycol are available. Electric Tracing Winterization by electric tracing is utilized when precise temperature control is required or where other tracing methods are impractical.
TEMPERATURE ZONES The low January average temperature is used to define the zone number and the low ambient design temperature, which then determines the degree of winterization protection required. For areas outside the United States, the daily average low temperature of the coldest month will be used to determine the low ambient design temperature. Zone I: Low January Average 30 Degrees F Or Higher No winterizing is required for water service except where a sustained temperature below 30 degrees F is recorded numerous times for 24 hours or longer. Other fields and services will be governed by heat conservation practices. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at the low ambient design temperatures. Instrumentation will be protected as indicated in the section entitled Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Zone II: Low January Average 29 Degrees F To 0 Degrees F Winterization is required for water and aqueous solutions. Trace to maintain temperatures of approximately 75 degrees F. Fluids with pour points at or above the low ambient design temperature should be traced to maintain a temperature approximately 100 degrees F above their pour points. Pumps preferably are winterized with the companion piping. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at low ambient design temperatures. Storage tanks and vessels will have winterization type drains. Water draw-off sections of vessels and bottoms of air or gas receivers where water can collect will be heat traced by winterization. Instrumentation shall be protected as indicated under the Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation section. Zone III: Low January Average Below 0 Degrees F Winterization is required for water and aqueous solutions. Trace to maintain temperatures of approximately 75 degrees F. Fluids with pour points at or above the low ambient design temperature should be traced to maintain a temperature approximately 100 degrees F above their pour points. Special consideration should be given to the following systems: Buried lines due to depth of frost line Air intakes to boilers and other heating equipment Cooling towers and air coolers Pumps preferably are winterized with companion piping. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at low ambient design temperatures. Storage tanks will have winterization type drains. Water draw-off sections of vessels and bottoms of air or gas receivers where water can collect will be winterized. Instrumentation will be protected as indicated under Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation sections.
HEAT CONSERVATION The term heat conservation applies to measures taken to retain heat for the process, to maintain temperatures critical to process control, and to recover heat for economic reasons. Heat conservation of process piping, equipment, and instruments is required whenever the pour point of the fluid is above the normal operating temperature or when it would be desirable to maintain certain fluid temperatures. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Methods Of Heat Conservation Insulation Wherever practical, insulation will be used for heat conservation. Steam Tracing Steam tracing is the preferred method of heat conservation for heavy fluids where insulation alone is inadequate. Glycol Water Tracing Hot glycol water tracing is an alternative to steam tracing whenever sufficient quantities of glycol are available. Electric Tracing Electric tracing is utilized when precise temperature control is required or where steam tracing is not practical. To keep fluids in condition to flow, the thermostat setting for electric tracing will be determined according to fluid properties. Tracing With Heat Transfer Cement Heat transfer cement may be utilized when a process line requires a high heat input and common methods of heat tracing are inadequate. Steam Jacketed Piping Steam jacketing is utilized in specific cases where steam tracing with heat transfer cement is inadequate.
INSTRUMENTATION WINTERIZATION AND HEAT CONSERVATION Instrumentation winterization and heat conservation will be accomplished using the same zone numbers as indicated under the winterization section. Where practical, instruments will be installed in heated buildings to simplify protection requirements and to facilitate maintenance. Heat tracing and heated housings will be installed in such a manner that maintenance and removal of the instrument can be accomplished easily. Instruments, instrument lines, and level glasses that are heat traced and contain liquids that boil at tracing medium temperature are separated from the tracers with spacers to prevent overheating. Protection is required on gas or air service in all zones where condensate may render instruments inaccurate or inoperative. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
In Zones II and III, protection is required on liquid service where moisture is likely to enter lead lines and instruments. It is acceptable to use 1 tracer to heat trace more than 1 instrument item within a system. (For example, for a steam flow meter, the tracer may run first to the condensate pots, then down the lead lines, and then to the heater in the meter house.) Zone I Seals will be used for lead lines and instruments that contain water, or where condensate may occur. If seals are impractical, drip pots or drip legs will be used. Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone I previously, will be traced. Zone II Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone II previously, will be protected by seals, tracing, or heated housings. Zone III Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone III previously, will be protected by tracing or heated housings. Seals will be a nonfreezing solution compatible with the process fluids, and with piping and instrument materials. A 60 percent ethylene glycol and water solution will be used for most hydrocarbon process fluids. Refer to API RP-550 for other sealing fluids. Those parts of seal pots that are in contact with the process fluids are protected for the zone in which they are installed. In areas where steam or electricity is not readily available for heat tracing, consideration will be given to the use of instruments equipped with a mechanical diaphragm type seal at the process connection, in lieu of heat tracing. Instruments with dry gas or dry air purging do not require protection for the lead lines. Winterizing requirements for electronic transmitters will have special considerations and will be determined as contract standards are developed. Bulb type temperature instruments will be specified with fill material that does not require winterizing for the particular zone in which they are to be installed. Differential pressure instruments having factory-filled bellows or diaphragm assemblies will be specified with a fill material that does not require winterizing for the particular zone in which they are to be installed. Care will be taken not to overheat diaphragms above their design temperatures. Sample systems for analyzers that require a liquid stream will be protected in the same manner as the pipe line from which the sample is obtained for the zone in which they are installed. Caution will be used to ensure that the sample is not damaged by overheating or vaporizing. Gas samples to analyzers that contain condensables will be provided with heat tracing to prevent condensation.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Heated housings may be required for the analyzer and sample conditioning system. Each analyzer installation will be investigated for winterization requirements. External float or displacer type level instruments and level glasses will be protected, as indicated under the appropriate zone, or installed in heated housings. Protective provisions for differential type level instruments will conform to those described for differential type flow and pressure instruments. Control valves will not be traced with the associated process piping, except that valves will be stem traced on gas or vapor services with high pressure drops, where hydrates may be formed, or where freezing or congealing may occur. When control valves used, as direct connected regulators, require winterization, the pressure control line and valve diaphragm chamber containing the process fluid will be heat traced and insulated. Except Zones I and II, when the diaphragm chamber is sealed, the pressure control lines will be heat traced and insulated from the point of seal to the process line connection. Local mounted recorders for Zone I will be provided with weatherproof instrument cases with rain shields. For Zones II and III, they will be housed for protection from rain and snow. For heating requirements, refer to the Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation section.
STEAM TRACING Steam tracing minimum pressure requirements will be as follows: Zone I Minimum tracer steam pressure is 15 psig; maximum allowed is 150 psig. At minimum pressure, condensate will be routed to the plant sewer system. If condensate is collected, the minimum usable pressure is 25 psig. Zone II Minimum tracer steam pressure is 25 psig; maximum allowed is 150 psig. Zone III Minimum tracer steam pressure is 60 psig; maximum allowed is 200 psig. Steam tracing tubing materials will be in accordance with line Class Y for piping and equipment and line Class ZX for instrumentation. Tracers will be OD tubing. Soft annealed copper tubing will be used where temperature of the product line or tracing steam does not exceed 400 degrees F. Above this temperature dead soft annealed, hydraulic quality, low carbon seamless steel tubing will be used. For stainless steel lines, the tracer material will be low carbon steel. Stainless steel instrument leads will be traced with copper tubing. For aluminum pipe lines, the tracer material will be stainless steel. When calculating the outside diameter of the insulation, the pipe size must be increased by 1 size to allow for the tracers. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
For conditions where the tracer could overheat lines containing acid, caustic, amine, phenolic water, or any other chemicals insulation, spacer blocks will be installed between the tracer and the process line. Each tracer will have its own trap. Tracer traps will discharge to an open sewer or to grade. If condensate must be collected, minimum usable steam pressure is 25 psig. Compression type fittings will be installed outside of the insulation's OD socket type fittings may be installed inside of the insulation. Steam tracers will be pressure tested before the insulation is applied. Under emergency conditions, the insulation may be applied prior to the tracers; however, the fittings will be left exposed until the testing is complete. The required tracer size and length, for piping and equipment, is determined by piping heat loss and tracer steam pressure found in Attachment 01, Heat Loss Chart. The minimum tracer size is 3/8 of an inch OD tubing; the maximum size is 1 inch OD tubing. For economy, where the Heat Loss Chart indicates the requirements for multiple tracers, a single tracer with heat transfer cement should be considered. When using heat transfer cement, tracers of 3/8 of an inch and 1/2 of an inch are recommended. If more tracer area is required, multiple tracers of 3/8 of an inch and 1/2 of an inch will be used. Piping systems that are to be traced for heat conservation or for winterization will be so noted on the process flow diagrams. It will be further noted whether this will be accomplished by electric tracing, stem tracing, or steam tracing with heat tracing cement. All valves, flanges, and fittings will be included in the tracing requirements unless otherwise indicated in the specific job specifications.
IDENTIFICATION Steam tracing identification will be accomplished by providing metal tags with the line number of the traced line or the number of the traced instrument. Place 1 tag at each header or subheader block valve and 1 at each steam trap manifold. If more than 1 circuit is required, assign a hyphen and a number (for example, - 01), after the line or instrument number. Electric tracing identification will consist of each heater cable assembly being factory-shipped with a permanent, noncorrosive, metal tag securely attached to the junction box end of the cold section. The metal tag will state the heater number, type, hot section length, voltage, and amperes. The tag must remain on the header for permanent identification. The field will install caution signs, at 25 foot intervals, along electric traced lines, and on all electric traced instruments.
REFERENCES Pabco Manual: 19-46. Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.86110: Hot Insulation
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Loss Chart
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes general guidelines and specific instructions for developing heat tracing plans and ISO (isometric) drawings based on the piping plans and ISOs previously issued for construction.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Overview Layout Instructions Plan Instructions ISO Instructions The procedures detail each activity, and the sequence in which they should be performed to successfully complete the heat tracing system design.
APPLICATION This Practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection or winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides an overview of the procedures for establishing an overall heat tracing plan by listing each activity and the sequence in which it should be performed. Attachments 01, 02, and 03 provide the basics for use on a typical project. Project specific issues should be considered and modifications made as required.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When color coding the heat tracing systems, take care to differentiate between systems (such as water, steam, glycol, oil, and dow-therm). If at all possible, tracer runs should start at a high point and terminate at a low point. For tracer sizes, maximum runs and total depths of pockets, and header sizes, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651: Heat Tracing - Runs, Loops, Anchors, And Insulation Blocks. Do not route tracers through more than 1 unit. Tracers must stop at the battery limits block valve. The unit beyond the block valve must provide tracing beyond this point. With the exception of local pressure gages and local close-coupled pressure instruments, instruments requiring tracing will have their own supply sources independent from the piping tracing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Pre-insulated tubing installations are preferred for the tracer run from the supply manifold block valve to the line or instrument tracer, and from the line or instrument tracer to the return manifold. Check with Piping Material Engineering. Confer with the Piping Material Engineer or Control Systems Engineer, depending on contract responsibility, for the specific size and type of steam trap to be used when steam is the heat medium. Show welded or socketwelded piping to and from the supply and return manifolds to their respective headers on the piping plans. Show the actual location of supply and return manifolds on the piping plans. Indicate each manifold with a box representing the size of piping, valve handwheels, traps, and other features; label each with the manifold number. Refer to Attachment 02 for manifold numbering procedure. Remove clouds (for example, field fab and revisions) from the ISO reproducible prior to routing tracers. Avoid obscuring or removing pipe sizes or dimensions on the reproducible when routing tracers. Represent tracers with a thick line, drawn freehand, yet neat and orderly. Add the tracer on the tracing ISO. Indicate the approximate lengths in feet. Represent both the supply and return tracer runs. Add the following note to tracer ISOs with supply / return run tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine most practical and economical routing and supporting methods." Reference the supply manifold and return manifold numbers at the appropriate tracer origin and terminus, respectively. Back-cloud heat tracing supply / return run tracer, references, and callouts that apply to heat tracing only. Take care to avoid confusion with revision clouds. Liquid level instruments will be fully shown and detailed in the same manner as the line. Additional instruments will reference the detail number indicated in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651. Draw ISOs for supply and return manifolds and piping to and from their main headers using the same procedures and guidelines that apply for the piping isometrics for the contract. ISOs for supply and return manifolds also will indicate the location and orientation for manifold and tracer identification tags. Also indicate the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1038:
Drawing Checking: Piping Plan Corrections
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking: Piping Isometrics
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1641: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifold Heat Tracing - Runs, Loops, Anchors, and Insulation Blocks
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Procedures For Defining And Documenting Tracing System Requirements Attachment 02: Tracer Numbering System Attachment 03: Tracer Manifold Numbering System
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURES FOR DEFINING AND DOCUMENTING TRACING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity
1
Design Supervisor
Obtain a copy of each piping plan or a detailed layout to form the Heat Tracing Control Plan.
2
Piping Designer
Using a copy of the master flow diagram and line list, color code lines, equipment, and instruments that require heat tracing. Represent each kind of tracing (single, dual or heat transfer cement) by a different color.
3
After identifying lines, equipment, and instruments that require tracing, route tubing runs on the Heat Tracing Control Plan.
4
Locate supply and return manifolds based on the start and termination points of the tubing runs.
5
Review manifold locations and assign line and tag numbers to each manifold. Update master flow diagrams to show supply lines and manifolds and return lines and manifolds.
6
Assemble the following documents: One set of AFC (Approved For Construction) piping plans Reproducibles of drawings requiring steam tracing (plans, ISO, details Other data pertaining to specific job requirements and specifications
7
Using the Heat Tracing Control Plan as a guide, route tubing runs on the reproducible of the ISO. Indicate start and termination points on the copy of the piping plans. Prepare tracing control index listing: Manifold number Valve number Tracer number ISO / Line number
8
Route supply / return run tubing, on the piping plans, from the supply and return manifold to the start and termination points.
9
Review with Control Systems the design for instrument requirements and locations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURES FOR DEFINING AND DOCUMENTING TRACING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity
10
Add tubing to the ISOs (according to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.1635 and 670.250.1636).
11
Draw supply / return manifold ISOs (according to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.1640 and 670.250.1641).
12
Assemble completed package and return to design supervisor. Also return data utilized in preparing the documents.
13
Design Supervisor
Review drawings for completeness and compliance with contract specifications. Obtain copies of ISOs, piping plan prints, and color coded P&IDs (Piping And Instrumentation Diagrams). Assign to a checker.
14
Piping Checker
Review ISOs and piping plans for compliance with Fluor Daniel practices, contract specifications, master flow diagrams, line lists, and drafting room instructions. Return to designer for corrections. After corrections are complete, review, sign off, and submit completed package to Design Supervisor.
15
Design Supervisor
Review package and color off the master flow diagrams to ensure that traced lines have been completed. Submit ISOs for issue.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TRACER NUMBERING SYSTEM
The tracer numbering will be the ISO (Isometric) (Line Number) with the prefix HT added to the existing number.
Example:
Existing ISO number: 10-1001 AAIC Sheet 1 of 3
Modification for heat tracing: HT10-1001 AAIC Sheet 1 of 3
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TRACER MANIFOLD NUMBERING SYSTEM
SM: Supply Manifold
SM - XX - XXX
WBS* Number (Area / Unit / etc.)
SM - XX - XXX
Sequence Number within WBS* Number
SM - XX - XXX
RM: Return Manifold
RM - XX - XXX
WBS* Number (Area / Unit / etc.)
RM - XX - XXX
Sequence Number within WBS* Number
RM - XX - XXX
* WBS (Work Breakdown Structure)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1630 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE TITLE BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes specific guidelines for the development and preparation of the title block and engineering data block areas of the typical Heat Tracing Isometric.
SCOPE This practice includes detailed instructions for the preparation of the following areas of each Heat Tracing Isometric: Fabrication List Data Line List Data Identification Data Revision Blocks
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and/or winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric title block for a Heat Tracing Isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the Heat Tracing Isometric title block. Fabrication and Installation Data -
Steam Tracing Isometrics are FIELD fabricated. If line is marked "YES" for shop fab on sepia, change to "NO."
-
Change other entries to "NO" that are marked "YES." None of these apply to heat tracing.
- Entries under "shoes, guides, cradles" are to be deleted and "NONE" added. Line List Data -
Change line commodity to the applicable steam used for heat tracing and mark "VAPOR" under the vapor/liquid section.
-
Change the design/operating pressures and temperatures to those of the applicable tracing steam medium.
-
Leave the insulation and tracing sections as they are.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1630 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE TITLE BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS
Identification Data -
Delete entries under piece mark numbers.
-
The reference flow diagram indicated will be where the stream manifold, from which the tracer originates, is located.
-
Under "drawn" and "date drawn," change to those applicable to the Heat Tracing Isometric.
-
Add the prefix "HT" to the line number and change the line class to that of the heat tracing medium.
- Sheet number will remain the same as the original isometric. Revision Blocks -
Remove initials, dates, and other entries from revision blocks.
-
Change the isometric revision number to "1."
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric and Plan Instructions
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Heat Tracing Isometric Title Block
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1635 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - SINGLE TRACER
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of a single tracer heat tracing system.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat racing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of a single tracer steam tracing isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the single tracer steam tracing isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
Steam trace tubing will be represented by a thick heavy line, following the outline of the line being traced. Avoid obscuring any pipe sizes and dimensions when routing the tubing on the sepia. Add the routing of the preinsulated tubing required for the steam supply and return on the tracing isometric. Show the lengths required in parenthesis, in feet. The following note will be added to all steam tracing isometrics with preinsulated tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine the most practical and economical method of routing and supporting of tubing."
1.5 1.6
1.7
Reference the steam supply manifold and the condensate return manifold at the appropriate preinsulated tubing origin and terminus. Remove any existing clouds that may appear on the sepia isometric. Cloud preinsulated tubing routing and added callouts, notes, and references which apply to steam tracing only. Make references to appropriate steam tracing details.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1635 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - SINGLE TRACER
1.8
Make references to detail numbers for the instrument tracing. The exceptions are liquid level instruments which are fully shown on the tracing isometric.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents - Steam Tracing Details
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Single Tracer Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1636 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - DUAL TRACER
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of a dual tracer heat tracing system.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of a dual tracer steam tracing isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the dual tracer steam tracing isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
Steam trace tubing will be represented by a thick heavy line, following the outline of the line being traced. Avoid obscuring any pipe sizes and dimensions when routing the tubing on a sepia. Add the routing of the preinsulated tubing required for the steam supply and return on the tracing isometric. Show the lengths required in parenthesis, in feet. The following note will be added to all steam tracing isometrics with preinsulated tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine the most practical and economical method of routing and supporting of tubing."
1.5 1.6
Reference the steam supply manifold and the condensate return manifold at the appropriate preinsulated tubing origin and terminus. Remove any existing clouds that may appear on the sepia isometric. Cloud all preinsulated tubing routing and all added callouts, notes, and references which apply to steam tracing only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1636 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - DUAL TRACER
1.7 1.8
1.9 1.10
Make reference to the appropriate steam tracing details making note of the number of assemblies required. Make reference only to instrument details found on detail drawings. The exceptions are liquid level instruments which are fully shown on the tracing isometric. Show only one steam tracer in its entirety. The remaining tracer will be shown broken to prevent cluttering the isometric. In the Scheduling Data block, add the following note: " Two Tracer Assemblies Required."
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents - Steam Tracing Details
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Dual Tracer Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1640 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - STEAM SUPPLY MANIFOLD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of the heat tracing steam supply manifold.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of the heat tracing steam supply manifold with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the heat tracing steam supply manifold isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2087 and 670.250.2088 for guides to isometric presentation. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300 for tracer identification, manifold application, and manifold and tracer tagging. All manifold and tracer tags will be shown in their correct orientation. Call out the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section of the isometric. Provide at least one spare valved tap for future tracing requirements. Leave at least 12 inches after last branch connection on header for additional future requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1640 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - STEAM SUPPLY MANIFOLD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2087: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Steam Supply Manifold Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1641 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - CONDENSATE RETURN MANIFOLD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of the heat tracing condensate return manifold.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of the heat tracing condensate return manifold with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the heat tracing condensate return manifold isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2087 and 670.250.2088 for guides to isometric presentation. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300 for tracer identification, manifold application, and manifold and tracer tagging. All manifold and tracer tags will be shown in their correct orientation. Call out the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section of the isometric. Provide at least one spare valved tap for future tracing requirements. Leave at least 12 inches after last branch connection on header for additional future requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1641 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - CONDENSATE RETURN MANIFOLD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2087: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Condensate Return Manifold Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1055 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING PRACTICE: SIMPLIFIED METHOD OF DRAWING ELLIPTICAL AND DISHED VESSEL HEADS
PURPOSE This practice defines a simplified method for manually drawing elliptical heads on equipment.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: ELLIPTICAL HEAD STANDARD FLANGED AND DISHED HEAD ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice should be used to manually draw vessel heads.
ELLIPTICAL HEAD Refer to Attachment 01.
STANDARD FLANGED AND DISHED HEAD Refer to Attachment 02.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Elliptical Head Attachment 02: Standard Flanged And Dished Head
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development of aboveground piping plan drawings. Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2051: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Nondimensioned Method, through Practice 670.250.2055: Piping Plan - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method, describes piping plan production with varying levels of detail. This practice should be used directly with those practices. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to PDS Piping Applications Guide.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice should be used during the proposal stage or early on in a project to select the appropriate level of drawing detail required.
RESPONSIBILITY It is the responsibility of the Lead Piping Engineer (with the concurrence of both Project Management and Discipline Management) to apply this practice.
GENERAL The presentation and level of detail for piping plans and sections will vary based on the project needs. Refer to Attachment 01, Piping Plan Level Of Detail Options List. Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering, defines the drawing method to be used on the project. Drawing Sizes And Title Blocks Unless dictated otherwise by Client requirements, piping plans will be on Fluor Daniel standard title block frames. Refer to General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050: Drawing Practices. Drawing Scales Piping plans will normally be drawn or plotted at 3/8 of an inch = 1'- 0" scale. Smaller or larger scales may be used when deemed appropriate by the Design Supervisor.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Match Lines Match lines with coordinates and adjacent drawing references will be shown. North Arrow Plan drawings will have a north arrow placed in the upper right corner and pointing as follows: First choice: Up Second choice: Third choice:Right
Left
Line Work Attachment 02, Line Work, will be followed for either manual or electronic applications. Symbols For Fluor Daniel piping symbols, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9817: Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting, and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges. Piping Single-line piping will be used throughout. Note!!! Exception: Use double-line piping only where necessary to show critical clearances. Cold spring and prespring will be shown on Piping plans. Refer to Attachment 03, Cold Spring And Prespring. Fittings Weld dot symbols will be shown. Screwed and socketweld fitting symbols will be shown. Swages and reducers will be shown, but not called out unless they are eccentric (for example, TF and BF). Field Route Method A 1/4 of an inch octagon with the letter F may be used to denote field routed lines. Field Construction will route and support these lines as required. In-line items such as valves and instruments will be located by Construction in accordance with the flow diagrams, piping specifications, and drafting room instruction. These portions will be indicated with minimum detail and terminated either at equipment or with the field route symbol on each end. Lettering Letters and numbers should be distinct, opaque, uniform, and properly spaced for legible reproduction. Upper case letters will be used for lettering on drawings. Letters and numbers will have a natural slant to the right. (CAD drawings will be vertical.)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
The minimum height for lettering will be 1/8 of an inch. (CAD drawings may be 3/32 of an inch.) Words are to be clearly separated by a space equal to the height of the lettering. The minimum vertical spacing between lines will normally be 1/8 of an inch. Lettering should not be underlined, except when special emphasis is required. Note!!! Exception: When revisions are made, the original style of lettering should be maintained.
REFERENCES PDS Piping Applications Guide General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2051: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2052: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2053: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2055: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Nondimensioned Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
ATTACHMENTS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Attachment 01: Piping Plan Level Of Detail Options List Attachment 02: Line Work Attachment 03: Cold Spring And Prespring
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLAN LEVEL OF DETAIL OPTIONS LIST
Level
Equipment Presentation
Piping Shown On Plan
Dimensions
Application
Authority
5
670.250.2055 Minimum outline to show location, Fully detailed clearance, and with full correct dimensions appearance. and sections Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Lines to be shown regardless of size.
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension
Any EPC project with no isometrics
OP Center Management Sector, and Client approval
4
670.250.2054 Minimum outline to show location, Fully detailed clearance, and with full correct dimensions. appearance. Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension.
EPC Project Medium to heavy shop fab Has 100 percent ISOs Packages (hold)
Base Case
670.250.2053 Minimum outline to show location clearance, and Reduced correct detail with appearance. full dimensions. Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension.
E&P Project Has reduced isometric scope Packages (hold)
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
670.250.2052 Graphically correct based on Simple detail cut sheets. method.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Key equipment located.
E w / CM only "p" by "Subj" Non B.31.3 Industrial No ISOs
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
Type "A" front end package job "E" only job, light industrial No ISOs Non B.31.3
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
3
2
1
*
Description
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 2
670.250.2051 Graphic Butt weld representation piping 2" and Minimum symbolic of larger. Detail typical equipment. method.
Rack spacing defined. No equipment locations No piping dimensions .
Critical Piping: ASME Code Piping, Category "M" Piping (ANSI B31.3) alloy and special material, pressure classes greater than 900# and piping requiring holddowns.
Note 1. For lines not shown on plans (such as utility stations), isometrics will be produced from standard details. Note 2. Home office will produce isometrics for lines shown on plans only. Construction will provide isometrics for the balance based on typical details and standards.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
PURPOSE This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. (Refer to Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions). This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced Fluor Daniel Project scope; for example, Architectural And Engineering "conceptual." Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050, Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plan Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050).
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a minimum detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will have all the minimum information required to present the overall routing of piping in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of alloy and special materials Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show (but do not locate) a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). All piping, regardless of size, will be shown when located in pipeways, in sleeperways, and when resting on common or special structural supports. PIPING DRAWINGS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
Piping connections to equipment will be shown with minimum detail. Utility station piping will not be indicated. Piping will be shown, but not located, at controls or critical points such as control valves, meter runs, or mixing tees. The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify all lines. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for major structures only. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of coordinates will be shown. Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for major groups of pipe routing only. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable, and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of elevation callouts will be shown.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Equipment nozzle charts are not to be used. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Minimum Detail)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance Pipe Supports
X
Structures
X
Foundations
Remarks
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances. X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance.
Ladders And Platforms
X
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show outline only.
Steam Traps
X
Show outline only.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.) Temperature (TI, TW)
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
Indicate To Scale
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Level Bridle Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
1-1/2 inches and smaller thermal relief valves will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. (Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions). This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced Fluor Daniel Project scope; for example, Engineering and Construction Management only. Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050, Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plan Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail, both increased or decreased, will be based on project needs (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050).
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a simple detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will be complete with all the minimum information required for the routing of piping in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of the following: - ASME code piping - Category "M" piping {refer to ANSI (American National Standards Institute) B31.3.} - Alloy and special materials - Pressure classes greater than 900 number - Piping requiring "holddowns"
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show (but do not locate) a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). All piping, regardless of size, will be shown when located in pipeways, in sleeperways, and when resting on common or special structural supports.
PIPING DRAWINGS Piping connections to equipment will be shown with minimum detail. Utility station piping will not be indicated. Piping will be shown, but not located, at controls points such as control valves, meter runs, or mixing tees. The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify all lines. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for major equipment, pipe supports, and structures only. Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Dimensions are not required for inline items (gate valves). Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable, and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are not required for inline items in vertical runs.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Equipment nozzle charts are not to be used. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and are manholes not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES ANSI (American National Standards Institute) B31.3 Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions Supports - Supports, Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout TOP of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
Ladders And Platforms
X
X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance. 1.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout TOP of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131'-0").
2.
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show outline only.
Steam Traps
X
Show outline only.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
Level Bridle
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
X
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
1-1/2 inches and smaller thermal relief valves will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced scope Fluor Daniel Project; for example, Engineering and Procurement only. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Detail With Full Dimensions. This practice is to be used with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Increased or decreased alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a reduced detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will be complete with all information required to produce isometrics for fabrication and installation in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of the following: - ASME code piping - Category "M" piping {Refer to ANSI B31.3. (American National Standards Institute)} - Alloy and special materials - Pressure classes greater than 900 number - Piping requiring holddowns
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then, use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). Regardless of size, all piping will be shown when located in pipeways, sleeperways, resting on common or special structural supports, or in critical areas such as heaters, compressors, and multilevel structures. Instrumentation (level glasses and level controllers) will also be shown.
PIPING DRAWINGS Piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. Areas that may require additional detail include, but are not limited to, the following: Compressors Multilevel structure Heaters The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify every line. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X". Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for inline items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be instruments as noted on Attachment 02 and items located by fitting makeup.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate all nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8-inch 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW CPLG. Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or socket weld connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for all tabulated nozzles except those located radially on vertical equipment that will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides- Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basins, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Examples include the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs Item code numbers not covered by the P&IDs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and call out top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations Ladders And Platforms
X X
Show outline of aboveground portion. 1.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout TOP of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131'-0").
2.
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Field Route.
Steam Traps
X
Field Route.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
X
X X
Level Bridle
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
Thermal relief valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a full Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Fluor Daniel project. Use this practice in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a base case for a full Piping Engineering effort. Alternative levels of detail, both increased or decreased, will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates the information that is shown on a detailed and fully dimensioned Fluor Daniel Aboveground Piping Plan. Additional notes, data, and details may be required in accordance with project criteria. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will contain the information required to produce Isometrics for fabrication and installation. All piping, regardless of size, will be shown on the plan drawings. Alternate Carbon steel screwed or socket weld utility piping, 2 inches and smaller, may be omitted from plans except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold, or when piping is located in pipeways, sleeperways, resting on common or special supports, or in critical areas such as heaters, compressors, and multilevel structures. Instrumentation (level glasses and level controllers) will also be shown. Piping will be shown on isometrics. When omitting
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
utility pipe on plans, show a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then, use the Field Route symbol. (Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.)
PIPING DRAWINGS Full piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. Areas that may require additional detail include, but are not limited to, the following: Compressors Multilevel structure Heaters The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to identify lines adequately. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X". Dimensions Dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for in-line items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be instruments, as noted on Attachment 01, Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix, and items located by fitting makeup.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance. Refer to Attachment 02, Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix. Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8 inches - 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW CPLG. Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or socket weld connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for tabulated nozzles; those located radially on vertical equipment will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Field Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basin, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Examples include the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs Item code numbers (that are not covered by P&IDs)
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions in Attachment 01 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES PDS Piping Application Manual Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150:
Supports - Field Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperatures Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Nozzle Block Chart Attachment 04: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Detailed With Full Dimensions)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
X
X
Remarks
X
Level Bridle Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
X
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller will not be detailed unless part of a closed system. Refer to Note 1, below.
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Note 1. Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline When Required Outline To Scale For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
X
Ladders And Platforms
Show outline of aboveground portion. 1.
2.
Snow minimum indication of checker plat or grating and callout top of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131' - 0"). Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show detail on Isometric.
Steam Traps
X
Show detail on Isometric.
Emergency Showers
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail on Isometric.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail on Isometric.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a full Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Fluor Daniel Project where ISOs (Isometrics) are not being produced. Use this practice in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates the information that is shown on a detailed, fully dimensioned Fluor Daniel Aboveground Piping Plan with sections. Additional notes, data, and details may be required in accordance with project criteria. The Aboveground Piping Plan and required sections will contain all of the information required for fabrication and installation. All piping, regardless of size, will be shown on the drawing. (Refer to Attachment 01).
PIPING DRAWINGS Full piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. (Refer to Attachment 02). Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to identify all lines adequately. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X." Dimensions Dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on sections will not be repeated on plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for inline items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be items located by fitting makeup. EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
Show minimum outline of equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance. Refer to Attachment 03. Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8-inch, 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW (Socket Weld) CPLG (Coupling). Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or SW connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for tabulated nozzles; those located radially on vertical equipment that will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basins, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 04 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES PDS (Plant Design System) Piping Application Manual Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Base Supports, Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions And Sections) Attachment 02: Sample Nozzle Block Chart Attachment 03: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 04: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To When Required Scale For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
Ladders And Platforms
X
X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance. 1.
2.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout top of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131' - 0"). Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show full piping detail.
Steam Traps
X
Show full piping detail.
Emergency Showers
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Callout EW# _____. Show detail.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Indicate To Instrument Scale Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
Level Bridle
X
X
X
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
X
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 4200 Publication Date 27Jan98 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: FABRICATION DETAILS
Document Number
Assembly Number
670.250.4200
---
Description Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.250.4262
5BSH1-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4263
5BSH2-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4264
5BSH3-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4265
5CLH1-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4266
5CLH2-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4267
5CLH3-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4268
5FSH1-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4269
5FSH2-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4270
5FSH3-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4271
5FSH4-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4272
5HRH1-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4273
5HRH2-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4274
5HRH3-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4275
5TSH
Toggle Support - Hygienic
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9809 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DIMENSIONAL CHART - NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR PIPE
NOM PIPE SIZE
CARBON AND ALLOY STEELS ANSI STANDARD B36.10 (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES)
O.D. SCH 10
SCH 20
SCH 30
STD.
SCH 40
SCH 60
XS
SCH 80
1/8
0.405
0.068
0.068
0.095
0.095
1/4
0.540
0.088
0.088
0.119
0.119
3/8
0.675
0.091
0.091
0.126
0.126
SCH 100
SCH 120
SCH 140
SCH 160
XX
1/2
0.840
0.109
0.109
0.147
0.147
0.188
0.294
3/4
1.050
0.113
0.113
0.154
0.154
0.219
0.308
1
1.315
0.133
0.133
0.179
0.179
0.250
0.358
1-1/4
1.660
0.140
0.140
0.191
0.191
0.250
0.382 0.400
1-1/2
1.900
0.145
0.145
0.200
0.200
0.281
2
2.375
0.154
0.154
0.218
0.218
0.344
0.436
2-1/2
2.875
0.203
0.203
0.276
0.276
0.375
0.552
0.438
0.600
3
3.5
0.216
0.216
0.300
0.300
3-1/2
4.0
0.226
0.226
0.318
0.318
4
4.5
0.237
0.237
0.337
0.337
0.438
0.531
0.674
5
5.563
0.258
0.258
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
6
6.625
0.280
0.280
0.432
0.432
8
8.625
0.322
0.322
0.500
0.500
0.250
0.277
0.406
0.562 0.594
0.719
0.812
0.719
0.864
0.906
0.875
10
10.8
0.250
0.307
0.365
0.365
0.500
0.500
0.594
0.719
0.844
1.000
1.125
1.000
12
12.8
0.250
0.330
0.375
0.406
0.562
0.500
0.688
0.844
1.000
1.125
1.312
1.000
14
14.0
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.438
0.594
0.500
0.750
0.938
1.094
1.250
1.406
0.250
16
16.0
0.250
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.656
0.500
0.844
1.031
1.219
1.438
1.594
18
18.0
0.250
0.312
0.438
0.375
0.562
0.750
0.500
0.938
1.156
1.375
1.562
1.781
0.594
20
20.0
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.375
22
22.0
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.562
24
24.0
0.250
0.375
26
26.0
0.312
0.500
28
28.0
0.312
0.500
30
30.0
0.312
32
32.0
0.312
34
34.0
36
36.0
0.375
0.688
0.812
0.500
1.031
1.281
1.500
1.750
1.969
0.875
0.500
1.125
1.375
1.625
1.875
2.125
0.500
1.219
1.531
0.812
2.062
2.344
0.969
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.500
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.688
0.500
0.312
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.688
0.500
0.312
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.750
0.500
0.500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9809 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DIMENSIONAL CHART - NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR PIPE
NOM PIPE SIZE
O.D.
STAINLESS STEELS ANSI STANDARD B36.19 (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES) SCH 5S
SCH 10S
SCH 40S
SCH 80S
1/8
0.405
0.049
0.068
0.095
1/4
0.540
0.065
0.088
0.119
3/8
0.675
0.065
0.091
0.126
1/2
0.840
0.065
0.083
0.109
0.147
3/4
1.050
0.065
0.083
0.113
0.154
1
1.315
0.065
0.109
0.133
0.179
1-1/4
1.660
0.065
0.109
0.140
0.191
1-1/2
1.900
0.065
0.109
0.145
0.200
2
2.375
0.065
0.109
0.154
0.218
2-1/2
2.875
0.083
0.120
0.203
0.276
3
3.5
0.083
0.120
0.216
0.300
3-1/2
4.0
0.083
0.120
0.226
0.318
4
4.5
0.083
0.120
0.237
0.337
5
5.563
0.109
0.134
0.258
0.375
6
6.625
0.109
0.134
0.280
0.432
8
8.625
0.109
0.148
0.322
0.500
10
10.8
0.134
0.165
0.365
0.500
12
12.8
0.156
0.180
0.375
0.500
14
14.0
0.156
0.188
16
16.0
0.165
0.188
18
18.0
0.165
0.188
20
20.0
0.188
0.218
22
22.0
0.188
0.218
24
24.0
0.218
0.250
26
26.0
28
28.0
30
30.0
0.250
0.312
32
32.0
34
34.0
36
36.0
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
PURPOSE This resource provides basic dimensions and design data for selection and specification of blanks, also known as line blinds, spectacle blinds, paddle, and spacer blinds.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL DESIGN NOTES DESIGN BASIS SELECTION CHART FABRICATION NOTES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Use this document as a guide to determine thicknesses and other dimensions for design layout. The dimensional charts may also be used as a requisition attachment for ordering blanks.
GENERAL This resource covers spectacle blinds, paddle blinds, and paddle spacers that are designed to be inserted between a pair of line flanges, including flanges that are part of a valve or a piece of equipment. It does not include blanks that are permanently mounted in a quick-change device such as a Hamer blind or equivalent. This resource is for use only on projects where API (American Petroleum Institute) standards are not used, and for sizes and ratings outside the coverage of API Standard 590. Wherever API 590 is applicable, it will supersede this resource.
DESIGN NOTES Blanks will be provided where indicated on the flow diagrams. Blanks will be accessible from grade, platform, or permanent ladder. When weight of a blank exceeds 100 pounds, lifting and handling facilities will be provided, either mobile or in place. Mobile handling means crane or cherry picker type equipment. Grade access and reach capabilities require some type of structure, capable of taking the load, above the blank, and with provisions for attaching a hoisting device. When the piping is too stiff to allow easy removal of blinds, consideration will be given to the use of flange jacking devices or the installation of jack screws.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
DESIGN BASIS Blanks shown in this resource are designed to fit ASME/ANSI (American Society of Mechanical Engineers/ American National Standards Institute) B16.5 flanges. Thicknesses are calculated in accordance with Equation 15 in ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.5.3 and Equation 7 in ASME B31.3, Paragraph 104.5.3. Design pressure is maximum flange rating. A single corrosion allowance (applied to one side only) of 0.05 inch is included for carbon steel blanks. No corrosion allowance is provided for stainless steel.
SELECTION CHART Use the charts in Attachments 1 through 7 to determine the appropriate choice of spectacle blind or paddle blind and spacer. When size and rating indicate that paddles and spacers are required, both will be provided. Carbon steel and stainless steel blanks designed for raised face flanges may be bolted to either raised face or flat face steel or stainless steel flanges. They may not be bolted to iron or plastic flanges, including pipe flanges, flanges on valves or flanges on equipment. Blanks required in these situations will either be located adjacent to a pair of steel flanges or a special design including a full face with bolt holes will be provided.
FABRICATION NOTES Dimensional tolerances will be as follows: "T" -- +0.030 inch, -0.000 inch All others --- ñ0.063 inch Gasket contact surface will be in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 Paragraph 6.3.4. Special finishes are not required. Ring-joint groove dimensions and tolerances will be in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 Table 5. Gasket seating surfaces of nongalvanized carbon steel blanks will have a solvent removable or peelable rust-preventive coating for shipment. Material for carbon steel blanks will be ASTM-A516 grade 70 plate. Dimensions "T" is applicable for this grade only. Material for stainless steel blanks will be ASTM A-240, grade 304. Grade 316 may also be used. Dimension "T" is applicable for grades 304 or 316, and will be recalculated if low-carbon grades or other grades with lower allowable strengths are used.
REFERENCES ANSI B16.5 API Standard 590 ASME B31.3 ASTM-A516
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Symbols And Thickness Tables Attachment 02: Spectacle Blinds: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 03: Spectacle Blinds: 300#, 600#, and 900# Ring Joint Attachment 04: Paddle Blinds: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 05: Paddle Spacer: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 06: Paddle Spacer: 300#, 600#, 900# Ring Joint Attachment 07: Paddle Spacer: 300#, 600#, 900# Ring Joint
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF WEIGHTS - PIPING COMPONENTS
PURPOSE This practice provides data necessary to calculate piping weights for carbon steel components and conversion factors for other materials.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Carbon steel piping component weights Insulation weights Noncarbon steel weight factors
APPLICATION The data provided may be used for normal piping layout, design, and checking functions.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Tables Of Piping Materials, By Size In Pounds, For Carbon Steel Components Table 1. Table 2. Table 3. Table 4. Table 5. Table 6. Table 7. Table 8. Table 9. Table 10. Table 11. Table 12. Table 13. Table 14.
1" Pipe (1.313" OD) 1- 1/2" Pipe (1.900" OD) 2" Pipe (2.375 OD) 3" Pipe (3.500" OD) 4" Pipe (4.500" OD) 6" Pipe (6.625" OD) 8" Pipe (8.625" OD) 10" Pipe (10.75" OD) 12" Pipe (12.75" OD) 14" Pipe (14.00" OD) 16" Pipe (16.00" OD) 18" Pipe (18.00" OD) 20" Pipe (20.00" OD) 24" Pipe (24.00" OD)
Attachment 02: Various Piping Insulation Material Weights Attachment 03: Relative Weight Factors For Other Piping Materials
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 1. 1" Pipe (1.313" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
40
80
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.133
0.179
0.250
0.358
Pipe - pounds/foot
1.680
2.170
2.840
3.660
Water - pounds/foot
0.370
0.310
0.230
0.120
90 LR ELL
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
90 SR ELL
0.2
45 ELL
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
Tee
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
Lateral
1.7
2.5
Reducer
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
Cap
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
1.20
15.0
Weldneck
3.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
12.0
12.0
16.0
Lap joint
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
Blind
2.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Wall design
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
90 LR ELL
8
90 SR ELL
6
15
28
45 ELL
5
14
26
Tee
11
20
39
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
31
31
65
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle
20 150
300
31
25 400
600
80 900
1500 80
35
84
Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 2. 1-1/2" Pipe (1.900" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.145
0.200
0.281
0.400
Pipe - pounds/foot
2.720
3.630
4.860
6.410
Water - pounds/foot
0.880
0.770
0.610
0.410
90 LR ELL
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.0
90 SR ELL
0.6
0.8
45 ELL
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
Tee
2.0
2.4
3.0
3.7
Lateral
3.3
5.4
Reducer
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.3
Cap
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
3.5
8.0
9.0
9.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
Weldneck
4.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
19.0
19.0
34.0
Lap joint
3.5
8.0
9.0
9.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
Blind
3.5
9.0
10.0
10.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
13
24
90 SR ELL
12
23
26
46
45 ELL
11
21
23
39
Tee
20
30
37
70
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400
600
900
1500
42
105
Globe/angle FLANGED VALVES
Check
29
55
70
125
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
Gate
45
68
90
70
125
Globe/angle
30
60
76
170
Check
30
35
40
110
900
1500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 3. 2" Pipe (2.375" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.154
0.218
0.343
0.436
Pipe - pounds/foot
3.650
5.020
7.440
9.030
Water - pounds/foot
1.460
1.280
0.970
0.770
90 LR ELL
1.5
2.1
3.0
4.0
90 SR ELL
1.0
1.4
45 ELL
0.9
1.1
1.6
2.0
Tee
4.2
4.1
5.0
5.9
Lateral
5.0
7.8
Reducer
0.9
1.3
1.9
2.3
Cap
0.6
0.7
1.2
1.2
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
6.0
9.0
11.0
11.0
32.0
32.0
49.0
Weldneck
7.0
11.0
14.0
14.0
32.0
32.0
53.0
Lap joint
6.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
48.0
Blind
5.0
10. 0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
50.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
22
31
90 SR ELL
19
29
35
83
45 ELL
16
24
33
73
Tee
27
41
52
129
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
64
65
Globe/angle
44
75
Check
35
60
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
Gate
68
Globe/angle Check
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400 78
600
900
1500
86
216
216
97
230
86
173
190
400
600
900
1500
75
115
110
256
256
53
79
90
115
215
235
45
62
100
230
300
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 4. 3" Pipe (3.500" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.216
0.300
0.438
0.600
Pipe - pounds/foot
7.580
10.250
14.320
18.580
Water - pounds/foot
3.200
2.860
2.350
1.800
90 LR ELL
4.7
6.3
8.8
11.4
90 SR ELL
3.3
4.2
45 ELL
2.5
3.3
4.5
5.7
Tee
8.4
10.0
13.8
16.8
Lateral
13.0
19.0
Reducer
2.2
3.0
4.2
5.4
Cap
1.4
1.9
3.5
3.9
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
9
17
20
20
37
61
102
Weldneck
12
19
27
27
38
61
113
Lap joint
9
17
19
19
36
60
99
Blind
10
20
24
24
38
61
105
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
40
63
90 SR ELL
32
53
67
98
150
45 ELL
28
46
60
93
135
Tee
52
81
102
151
238
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
600
900
1500
117
124
147
300
425
Globe/angle
75
130
166
330
500
Check
60
95
155
186
307
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
128
145
194
188
314
460
Globe/angle
80
139
160
191
403
495
Check
65
120
152
245
440
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 5. 4" (4.500" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.237
0.337
0.531
0.674
Pipe - pounds/foot
10.790
14.980
22.510
27.540
Water - pounds/foot
5.510
4.980
4.02
3.38
90 LR ELL
8.9
12.4
18.6
22.7
90 SR ELL
6.7
8.3
45 ELL
4.5
6.2
9.3
11.4
Tee
13.5
18.6
34.3
34.2
Lateral
21.0
33.0
Reducer
3.6
5.0
7.5
9.2
Cap
2.5
3.5
6.5
7.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
15
26
32
43
66
90
158
Weldneck
17
29
41
48
64
90
177
Lap joint
15
26
31
42
64
92
153
Blind
19
31
39
47
67
90
164
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
72
98
90 SR ELL
59
85
99
128
185
254
45 ELL
51
78
82
119
170
214
Tee
86
121
153
187
262
386
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
127
170
220
278
396
552
Globe/angle
122
180
240
280
410
800
Check
80
170
220
250
270
460
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
140
215
270
355
472
735
Globe/angle
140
220
233
320
625
800
Check
100
185
200
280
397
780
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 6. 6" Pipe (6.625" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.280
0.432
0.718
0.864
Pipe - pounds/foot
18.970
28.570
45.300
53.200
Water - pounds/foot
12.510
11.290
9.200
8.200
90 LR ELL
23.5
35.3
56.0
66.0
90 SR ELL
16.6
22.9
45 ELL
11.8
17.7
28.0
33.0
Tee
36.3
42.5
85.0
85.0
Lateral
42.0
79.0
Reducer
8.7
13.1
20.8
24.4
Cap
6.4
9.5
17.5
18.7
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
22
45
54
95
128
202
396
Weldneck
27
48
67
96
130
202
451
Lap joint
22
45
52
93
125
208
387
Blind
29
56
71
101
133
197
418
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
126
182
90 SR ELL
90
147
184
275
375
566
45 ELL
82
132
149
240
320
476
Tee
149
217
279
400
565
839
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
219
360
460
640
892
1438
Globe/angle
243
375
730
656
770
1800
Check
165
280
310
486
500
790
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
240
420
530
726
900
1595
Globe/angle
250
390
750
782
920
1960
Check
200
330
395
550
1128
1630
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 7. 8" Pipe (8.625" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.322
0.500
0.906
0.875
Pipe - pounds/foot
28.550
43.400
74.700
72.400
Water - pounds/foot
21.690
19.800
15.800
16.100
90 LR ELL
47
71
123
120
90 SR ELL
34.5
50.2
45 ELL
24
36
61
60
Tee
61
78
152
152
Lateral
76
140
Reducer
14
22
37
36
Cap
11
17
32
31
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
33
67
82
135
207
319
601
Weldneck
42
76
104
137
222
334
692
Lap joint
33
67
79
132
223
347
587
Blind
48
90
115
159
232
363
649
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
202
283
90 SR ELL
157
238
310
435
639
995
45 ELL
127
203
215
360
507
870
Tee
230
337
445
610
978
1465
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
340
590
830
1080
1420
2500
Globe/angle
397
750
900
1125
1160
2860
Check
350
510
580
788
117
1320
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
400
700
940
1220
1612
2810
Globe/angle
475
850
1150
1300
1450
3345
Check
390
620
680
910
1430
2100
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 8. 10" Pipe (10.75" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
BUTT WELD VALVES
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 40
80
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.365
0.500
1.125
Pipe - pounds/foot
40.500
54.700
115.70
Water - pounds/foot
34.100
32.300
24.600
90 LR ELL
84
112
238
90 SR ELL
62.2
75
45 ELL
42.4
56
119
Tee
104
132
280
Lateral
124
202
Reducer
24
32
67
Cap
20
27
59
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
51
100
117
213
293
528
1148
Weldneck
60
110
152
225
316
546
1291
Lap joint
51
110
138
231
325
577
1120
Blind
78
146
181
267
338
599
1248
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
290
438
90 SR ELL
240
343
462
747
995
45 ELL
185
288
332
572
732
Tee
353
527
578
1007
1417
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
553
910
1250
1610
2225
3890
Globe/angle
573
1140
Check
460
660
820
1160
1725
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
630
1050
1530
1880
2470
4910
Globe/angle
670
1290
1070
2500
4160
Check
520
783
900
2170
2280
1440
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 9. 12" Pipe (12.75" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
Material: Carbon Steel
SCHEDULE NUMBER
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.312
Pipe - pounds/foot
49.600
65.400
160.30
Water - pounds/foot
49.000
47.000
34.900
90 LR ELL
123
162
397
90 SR ELL
82
108
45 ELL
62
81
199
Tee
162
187
429
Lateral
180
273
Reducer
33.4
44
107
Cap
30
38.1
95
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
72
140
164
261
388
820
1611
Weldneck
88
163
212
272
434
843
1919
Lap joint
72
164
187
286
433
902
1573
Blind
118
209
261
341
475
928
1775
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
485
624
90 SR ELL
345
509
669
815
1474
45 ELL
282
414
469
705
1124
Tee
513
754
943
1361
1928
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
730
1220
1800
2240
3208
5260
1310
1700
Check
560
1060
1150
1570
2625
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
830
1490
2000
2630
3800
7150
1431
1900
775
1300
1250
1970
3162
3370
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
Globe/angle FLANGED VALVES
Globe/angle Check
1598
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 10 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 10. 14" Pipe (14.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 30
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.406
Pipe - pounds/foot
54.600
72.100
189.10
Water - pounds/foot
59.700
57.500
42.600
90 LR ELL
158
208
546
90 SR ELL
108
139
45 ELL
80
104
Tee
226
280
Lateral
218
340
Reducer
63
83
Cap
35.3
45.9
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
96
195
235
318
460
1016
Weldneck
130
217
277
406
642
1241
Lap joint
119
220
254
349
477
1076
Blind
142
267
354
437
574
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
622
772
90 SR ELL
497
632
664
918
1549
45 ELL
377
587
638
883
1246
Tee
683
968
1131
1652
2318
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
990
1960
2210
3000
4350
8280
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
273
1500
Globe/angle
1360
Check
1095
1529
2251
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
1150
2170
2410
3455
5850
9660
Globe/angle
1525
Check
1213
1764
2640
RATING TYPE PSI
2500
2500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 11 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 11. 16" (16.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
30
40
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.593
Pipe - pounds/foot
62.600
82.800
245.10
Water - pounds/foot
79.100
76.500
55.900
90 LR ELL
208
273
809
90 SR ELL
138
182
45 ELL
104
137
Tee
250
369
Lateral
275
433
Reducer
77
102
Cap
45
58
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
108
262
310
442
559
1297
Weldneck
142
288
351
577
785
1597
Lap joint
143
282
337
476
588
1372
Blind
185
349
455
603
719
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
781
1058
90 SR ELL
656
958
1014
1402
1886
45 ELL
481
708
839
1212
1586
Tee
961
1404
1671
2128
3054
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1460
2550
3100
4030
6000
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
1580
2800
3500
4375
6500
7875
Globe/angle
1450
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160
405
1500
2500
2500
1500
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI
Check
1225
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 12 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 12. 18" Pipe (18.00") Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
Material: Carbon Steel
SCHEDULE NUMBER Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
Pipe - pounds/foot
70.600
93.500
Water - pounds/foot
101.20
98.400
90 LR ELL
263
347
90 SR ELL
176
231
45 ELL
132
174
Tee
333
425
Lateral
326
526
Reducer
94
123
Cap
57
75
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
140
331
380
573
797
1694
Weldneck
160
355
430
652
1074
2069
Lap joint
166
355
415
566
820
1769
Blind
229
440
572
762
1030
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
941
1426
90 SR ELL
711
1126
1340
1793
2817
45 ELL
521
901
1040
1543
2252
Tee
1010
1602
1909
2690
4327
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
1730
3300
150
300
600
900
1500
1898
3319
6020
6675
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
1500
2500
2500
6760
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate
400
Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 13 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 13. 20" Pipe (20.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
20
30
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
375
500
Pipe - pounds/foot
78.600
104.10
Water - pounds/foot
126.00
122.80
90 LR ELL
323
438
90 SR ELL
238
286
45 ELL
162
228
Tee
504
583
Lateral
396
628
Reducer
142
186
Cap
71
94
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
181
378
468
733
972
2114
Weldneck
196
431
535
811
1344
2614
Lap joint
211
428
510
725
1048
2189
Blind
298
545
711
976
1287
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
1352
1705
90 SR ELL
922
1375
1680
2314
3610
45 ELL
652
1105
1330
1917
2848
Tee
1378
1908
2370
3463
5520
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2200
4350
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2228
4278
5700
7015
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel
1500
2500
2500
8950
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 14 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 14. 24" Pipe (24.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 20
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
Pipe - pounds/foot
94.600
125.50
Water - pounds/foot
183.80
180.10
90 LR ELL
500
622
90 SR ELL
313
415
45 ELL
252
311
Tee
765
934
Lateral
544
882
Reducer
167
220
Cap
102
139
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
245
577
676
1056
1823
3378
Weldneck
295
632
777
1157
2450
4153
Lap joint
295
617
752
1046
2002
3478
Blind
446
841
1073
1355
2442
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
1821
2874
90 SR ELL
1671
2174
2474
3506
6155
45 ELL
1121
1634
1974
2831
5124
Tee
2276
3161
3811
5184
9387
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
3350
6700
150
300
400
600
900
1500
3350
7529
6995
9360
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
1500
2500
2500
10500
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL VARIOUS PIPING INSULATION MATERIAL WEIGHTS
Weight Of Insulation For The Pipe I T D
= = =
Insulation density in pounds per cubic foot Insulation thickness in inches Outside diameter of pipe in inches
Weight of insulation = 0.02181T (D + T) = pounds per foot Values For I Calcium silicate
11
85 percent magnesium
11
Thermobestos
11.53
KALO
21
Diatomaceous earth
21
High temperature
24
Super - X
25
Polyurethane
2.3
Amosite asbestos
16
Foamglas
9
Cellular glass
9
Mineral wool
8
Perlite
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Weight Of Piping Components, Pipe Weight, And Water In Pipe
Refer to Attachment 01, Tables 1 through 14 for carbon steel pipe components. Relative weight factors for other pipe materials. Note!!!
Value weights are approximate. When possible, obtain weights from the manufacturer. All flanged fitting. Flanged valve and flange weights include the proportional weight of bolts or studs to make up all joints.
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
AL
ALUMINUM
0.35000
AN
ASB CEM NON-PRESS
0.20400
AP
ASB CEM PRESSURE
0.23400
A2
ALLOY 20
1.02110
BR
BRASS (COPPER AND ZINC)
1.12000
BZ
BRONZE
1.12000
CC
CONCRETE STEEL CYL
0.00000
CD
CAST IRON SOIL
0.91000
CE
CAST IRON PRESSURE
0.89800
CN
CONCRETE NON-REINFORCED
0.29300
CP
CONCRETE PRESTRESS
0.32900
CR
CONCRETE REINFORCED
0.31200
CU
COPPER
1.14000
C1
CARBON STEEL
1.00000
C2
CARBON STEEL LO-TEMP
1.00000
DU
DUCTILE IRON
1.00000
GL
GLASS
0.31800
HA
HASTELLOY
1.18000
HS
HIGH SILICON IRON
1.00000
KA
1 1/4 CHROME
0.99600
KB
1 3/4 CHROME
0.99600
KC
2 1/4 CHROME
0.99600
KT
12 CHROME
0.99600
KY
KYNAR
0.22400
K1
1 CHROME
0.99600
K2
2 CHROME
0.99600
K3
3 CHROME
0.99600
K5
5 CHROME
0.99600 Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
K7
7 CHROME
0.99600
K9
9 CHROME
0.99600
MA
MALLEABLE IRON
1.00000
ML
MONEL
1.12000
MR
RTRP, FRP
0.21600
MY
CARBON 1/2 MOLY
0.99600
NL
INCONEL
1.08100
NY
INCOLOY
1.02100
N2
NICKLE 200
1.13000
PB
POLYBUTYLENE
0.11600
PE
POLYETHYLENE
0.12000
PR
POLYPROPYLENE
0.13200
PV
PVC
0.17600
SA
347 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
SB
410 STAINLESS STEEL
0.99600
SC
416 STAINLESS STEEL
0.99600
SH
304H STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S1
303 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S2
304 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S3
304L STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S4
309 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S5
310 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S6
316 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S7
316L STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S8
317 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S9
321 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
TM
TITANIUM
0.57400
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
TN
12 NICKEL
0.99600
VC
VITRIFIED CLAY
0.28000
WR
WROUGHT IRON
1.00000
YY
YOLOY (ASTM A333 GR9)
0.99600
ZE
0.00000
3N
3 1/2 NICKEL
0.99600
5N
5 NICKEL
0.99600
9N
9 NICKEL
0.99600
99.0
CR-CU-NI
1.14000
001
ASTM-A53
GR.A
SMLS
1.00000
002
API-5L
GR.A
SMLS
1.00000
003
ASTM-A53
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
004
API-5L
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
005
ASTM-A106
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
006
ASTM-A106
GR.C
SMLS
1.00000
007
ASTM-A333
GR.6
SMLS
1.00000
008
ASTM-A53
GR.A
ERW
1.00000
009
API-5L
GR.A
EFW
1.00000
010
API-5LS
GR.A (SPIRAL WELDED)
EFW
1.00000
011
ASTM-A53
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
012
ASTM-A135
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
013
API-5L
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
014
API-5LS
GR.B (SPIRAL WELD)
ERW
1.00000
015
ASTM-A139
GR.B
EFW
1.00000
016
ASTM-A155
GR.C CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
017
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
018
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
019
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.2 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
020
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF55 CL.2 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
021
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.2 (ASTM-A515 CR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
022
ASTM-A155
GR.C45 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
023
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
024
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
025
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
026
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF55 CL.3 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
027
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
028
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
029
ASTM-A155
GR.C45 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
030
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
031
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
032
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
033
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
034
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
035
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF70 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
036
ASTM-A335
GR.P1
SMLS
0.99600
037
ASTM-A335
GR.P2
SMLS
0.99600
038
ASTM-A335
GR.P5
SMLS
0.99600
039
ASTM-A335
GR.P5B
SMLS
0.99600
040
ASTM-A335
GR.P5C
SMLS
0.99600
041
ASTM-A335
GR.P7
SMLS
1.02100
042
ASTM-A335
GP.P9
SMLS
0.99600
043
ASTM-A335
GP.P11
SMLS
0.99600
044
ASTM-A335
GP.P22
SMLS
0.99600
045
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.2 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
046
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4CR.CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
047
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR.CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
048
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
0.99600
049
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.3 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
050
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4 CR.CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
051
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR.3 CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
052
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
0.99600
053
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
054
ASTM-A155
GR.CM70 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
055
ASTM-A155
GR.CM75 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
056
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
057
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
058
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
1.00000
059
0.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
060
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
SMLS
1.02100
061
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304H
SMLS
1.02100
062
ASTM-A376
GR.TP304
SMLS
1.02100
063
ASTM-A376
GR.TP304H
SMLS
1.02100
064
ASTM-AS58
GR.TP304 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP304PL)
EFW
1.02100
065
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
SMLS
1.02100
066
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
SMLS
1.02100
067
ASTM-A312
GR.316H
SMLS
1.02100
068
ASTM-A376
GR.TP316
SMLS
1.02100
069
ASTM-A376
GR.316H
SMLS
1.02100
070
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
071
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
SMLS
1.02100
072
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
SMLS
1.02100
073
ASTM-A376
GR.321
SMLS
1.02100
074
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
075
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347
SMLS
1.02100
076
ASTM-A376
GR.TP347
SMLS
1.02100
077
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
079
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
080
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304H
EFW
1.02100
081
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
082
ASTM-A409
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
083
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
EFW
1.02100
084
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
085
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316H
EFW
1.02100
086
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.2 (ASTM-A204 GR.TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
087
ASTM-A409
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
088
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
EFW
1.02100
089
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
090
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
091
ASTM-A409
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
092
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347
EFW
1.02100
093
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
094
ASTM-A409
GR.TP347
EFW
1.02100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
095
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
096
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
097
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
098
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
100
ASTM-B241
GR.3003-H112 (AS WELDED CONDITION)
SMLS
0.34500
103
ASTM-B241
GR.6061-T6 (WITH WELDED STRESS)
SMLS
0.34500
104
ASTM-A333
GR.1
SMLS
1.00000
105
API-5LX
GR.X42
SMLS
1.00000
106
API-5LX
GR.X46
SMLS
1.00000
107
API-5LX
GR.X52
SMLS
1.00000
108
API-5L
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
109
ASTM-A333
GR.6
ERW
1.00000
110
API-5LX
GR.X42
EFW
1.00000
111
API-5LX
GR.X46
EFW
1.00000
112
API-5LX
GR.X52
EFW
1.00000
113
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.A (ASTM-A515 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
114
ASTM-A155
GR.KC65 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.65 PL)
EFW
1.00000
115
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF60 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
116
ASTM-A333
GR.3
SMLS
1.00000
117
ASTM-A312
GR.TP309
SMLS
1.02100
118
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347H
SMLS
1.02100
119
ASTM-A312
GR.309
EFW
1.02100
121
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.2 (ASTM-A155 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
129
ASTM-B241
GR.1060-0
SMLS
0.34500
200
ASME-SA53
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
201
ASME-SA106
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
202
ASME-SA53
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
203
ASME-SA335
GR.P11
204
ASME-SA312
GR.304
SMLS
1.02100
205
ASME-SA312
GR.316
SMLS
1.00000
300
ASTM-A671
GR.CC60 CL.32(ASTM-A516 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.02100
301
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
302
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
EFW
1.02100
303
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
1.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
304
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
EFW
1.02100
305
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
306
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304L CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-240 TP304PL)
EFW
1.02100
309
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304L CL.2(ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
310
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316L CL.2(ASTM-A240 GR.TP316LPL)
EFW
1.02100
311
ASTM-A671
GR.CF66 CL.32(ASTM-A203 GR.D PL)
EFW
0.99600
312
ASTM-A671
GR.CC65 CL.22(ASTM-A516 GR.65 PL)
EFW
1.00000
719
SABS
GR.719-B
ERW & EFW
0.34500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
PURPOSE This practice provides lists defining the properties of pipe for use in design and engineering calculations.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Properties of Pipe by Size and Schedule Linear Expansion of Metals Modulus of Elasticity of Nonferrous Material
APPLICATION These tables should be used for reference to specific factors to be used in design and engineering work.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights / Piping Components
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Properties of Pipe Attachment 02: Modulus of Elasticity for Ferrous Material Attachment 03: Modulus of Elasticity of Nonferrous Material
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
Description
Dimension
D
Outside Diameter Of Pipe
Inches
Sch
Pipe Schedule
Non Dimension
t
Wall Thickness
Inches
Inside Diameter Of Pipe
Inches
Fifth power of "d"
Inches To The Fifth Power
d d
5
Ao
D Π/12
Outside Pipe Surface
Sq Ft / Ft Length
Ai
d Π/12
Inside Pipe Surface
Sq Ft / Ft Length
Am
(d2 − d2 )Π/4
Metal Area
Sq Inches
2
Af
d 2Π/4
Flow Area
Sq Inches
w
3.4Am
Weight Of Pipe
Lbs / Ft (Carbon Steel)
Ww
0.433 Af
Weight Of Water In Pipe
Lbs / Ft
Radius Of Gyrations
Inches
Moment Of Inertia
Inches To The Fourth Power
Section Modulus
Inches Cubed
Rg
2
2
(I/A) = (D + d ) ½ / 4 2
I
4
4
AmRg = 0.0491 (D - d ) 4
Z D
1/2
4
2I/D = 0.0982(d - d )/D Ao
Ai
Af
w
Rg
I
Z
0.307
0.00273 0.106
0.080
0.055
0.074
0.186
0.032
0.1271
0.0009
0.0043
D=0.045 40 STD 40S 0.068
0.269
0.00141 0.106
0.070
0.072
0.057
0.245
0.025
0.1215
0.0011
0.0052
80 XS 80S 0.095
0.215
0.00046 0.106
0.056
0.092
0.036
0.314
0.016
0.1146
0.0012
0.0060
1/4
t
d
d5
10S 0.049
1/8
Sch
Am
Ww
10S 0.065
0.410
0.01159 0.141
0.107
0.097
0.132
0.330
0.057
0.1694
0.0028
0.0103
D=0.540 40 STD 40S 0.088
0.364
0.00639 0.141
0.095
0.125
0.104
0.425
0.045
0.1628
0.0033
0.0123
80 XS 80S 0.119
0.302
0.00251 0.141
0.079
0.157
0.0072
0.535
0.031
0.1547
0.0038
0.0140
10S 0.065
0.545
0.04808 0.177
0.143
0.124
0.233
0.423
0.101
0.2169
0.0059
0.0174
D=0.675 40 STD 40S 0.091
0.493
0.02912 0.177
0.129
0.167
0.191
0.568
0.083
0.2090
0.0073
0.0216
80 XS 80S 0.126
0.423
0.01354 0.177
0.111
0.217
0.140
0.739
0.061
0.1991
0.0086
0.0255
10S 0.083
0.674
0.13909 0.220
1.176
0.197
0.357
0.671
0.154
0.269
0.0143
0.0341
1/2
40 STD 40S 0.109
0.622
0.09310 0.220
0.163
0.250
0.304
0.851
0.132
0.261
0.0171
0.0407
D=0.840
80 XS 80S 0.147
0.546
0.04852 0.220
0.143
0.320
0.234
1.088
0.101
0.250
0.0201
0.0478
3/8
160 0.188
0.466
0.02198 0.220
0.122
0.384
0.171
1.304
0.074
0.240
0.0221
0.0527
XXS 0.294
0.252
0.00102 0.220
0.066
0.504
0.050
1.715
0.022
0.219
0.0243
0.0577
5S 0.065
0.920
0.6591
0.275
0.241
0.201
0.664
0.683
0.288
0.349
0.0245
0.0467
10S 0.083
0.884
0.5398
0.275
0.231
0.252
0.614
0.857
0.266
0.343
0.0297
0.0566
3/4
40 STD 40S 0.113
0.824
0.3799
0.275
0.216
0.333
0.533
1.131
0.231
0.334
0.0370
0.0706
D=1.050
80 XS 80S 0.154
0.742
0.2249
0.275
0.194
0.434
0.432
1.474
0.187
0.321
0.0448
0.0853
160 0.219
0.614
0.0873
0.275
0.161
0.570
0.296
1.937
0.128
0.304
0.0527
0.1004
XXS 0.308
0.434
0.0154
0.275
0.114
0.718
0.148
2.441
0.064
0.284
0.0579
0.1104
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
t
d
d5
Ao
Ai
Af
w
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.065
1.185
2.337
0.344
0.310
Am 0.255
1.103
0.867
0.478
0.443
0.0500
0.7600
10S 0.109
1.097
1.589
0.344
0.287
0.413
0.945
1.404
0.409
0.428
0.0757
0.1151
1
40 STD 40S 0.133
1.049
1.270
0.344
0.275
0.494
0.864
1.679
0.374
0.420
0.0874
0.1329
D=1.315
80 XS 80S 0.179
0.957
0.803
0.344
0.250
0.639
0.719
2.172
0.311
0.407
0.1056
0.1606
160 0.250
0.815
0.360
0.344
0.213
0.836
0.522
2.844
0.226
0.387
0.1252
0.1903
XXS 0.358
0.599
0.077
0.344
0.157
1.076
0.282
3.659
0.122
0.361
0.1405
0.2137
5S 0.065
1.530
8.384
0.435
0.410
0.326
1.839
1.108
0.796
0.564
0.1037
0.1253
10S 0.109
1.442
6.235
0.434
0.378
0.531
1.633
1.805
0.707
0.550
0.1605
0.1934
1-1/4
40 STD 40S 0.140
1.380
5.005
0.434
0.361
0.668
1.496
2.273
0.648
0.540
0.1948
0.2346
D=1.660
80 XS 80S 0.191
1.278
3.409
0.434
0.334
0.881
1.283
2.997
0.555
0.524
0.2418
0.2914
160 0.250
1.160
2.100
0.434
0.304
1.107
1.057
3.765
0.458
0.506
0.2839
0.3421
XXS 0.382
0.896
0.577
0.434
0.234
1.534
0.630
5.215
0.273
0.472
0.3412
0.411
5S 0.065
1.770
17.37
0.497
0.463
0.375
2.461
1.275
1.066
0.649
0.158
0.166
10S 0.109
1.682
13.46
0.497
0.440
0.613
2.222
2.085
0.962
0.634
0.247
0.260
1-1/2
40 STD 40S 0.145
1.610
10.82
0.497
0.421
0.799
2.036
2.718
0.882
0.623
0.310
0.326
D=1.900
80 XS 80S 0.200
1.500
7.59
0.497
0.393
1.068
1.767
3.632
0.765
0.605
0.391
0.412
160 0.281
1.337
4.27
0.497
0.350
1.431
1.404
4.866
0.608
0.581
0.483
0.508
XXS 0.400
1.100
1.61
0.497
0.288
1.885
0.950
6.409
0.411
0.549
0.568
0.598
2 D=2.375
5S 0.065
2.245
57.03
0.622
0.588
0.472
3.958
1.605
1.714
0.817
0.315
0.265
10S 0.109
2.157
46.69
0.622
0.565
0.776
3.654
2.638
1.582
0.802
0.499
0.420
40 STD 40S 0.154
2.067
37.73
0.622
0.541
1.074
3.356
3.653
1.453
0.787
0.666
0.561
0.167
2.041
35.42
0.622
0.534
1.158
3.272
3.938
1.417
0.783
0.710
0.598
0.188
2.000
32.00
0.622
0.524
1.288
3.142
4.381
1.360
0.776
0.777
0.654
80 XS 80S 0.218
1.939
27.41
0.622
0.508
1.477
2.953
5.022
1.278
0.766
0.868
0.731
160 0.344
1.689
13.74
0.622
0.442
2.190
2.240
7.445
0.970
0.728
1.163
0.979
XXS 0.436
1.503
7.67
0.622
0.393
2.656
1.774
9.030
0.768
0.703
1.312
1.104
5S 0.083
2.709
145.9
0.753
0.709
0.728
5.76
2.475
2.496
0.988
0.711
0.495
10S 0.120
2.635
127.0
0.753
0.690
1.039
5.45
3.531
2.361
0.975
0.988
0.687
2-1/2
40 STD 40S 0.203
2.469
91.8
0.753
0.646
1.704
4.79
5.794
2.073
0.947
1.530
1.064
D=2.875
80 XS 80S 0.276
2.323
67.6
0.753
0.608
2.254
4.24
7.662
1.835
0.924
1.925
1.339
160 0.375
2.125
43.3
0.753
0.556
2.945
3.55
10.01
1.536
0.894
2.353
1.637
XXS 0.552
1.771
17.4
0.753
0.464
4.028
2.46
13.70
1.067
0.844
2.872
1.998
5S 0.083
3.334
411.9
0.916
0.873
0.891
8.73
3.03
3.780
1.208
1.300
0.743
10S 0.120
3.260
368.2
0.916
0.853
1.274
8.35
4.33
3.610
1.196
1.822
1.041
3
40 STD 40S 0.216
3.068
271.8
0.916
0.803
2.228
7.39
7.58
3.200
1.164
3.018
1.724
D=3.500
80 XS 80S 0.300
2.900
205.0
0.916
0.759
3.016
6.60
10.25
2.860
1.136
3.900
2.226
160 0.438
2.624
124.0
0.916
0.687
4.213
5.41
14.33
2.340
1.094
5.040
2.879
XXS 0.600
2.300
64.0
0.916
0.602
5.466
4.15
18.58
1.800
1.047
5.990
3.425
5S 0.083
3.834
828.0
1.047
1.004
1.021 11.55
3.47
5.000
1.385
1.960
0.979
10S 0.120
3.760
752.0
1.047
0.984
1.463 11.10
4.97
4.810
1.372
2.760
1.378
D=4.000 40 STD 40S 0.226
3.548
562.0
1.047
0.929
2.680
9.89
9.11
4.280
1.337
4.790
2.394
80 XS 80S 0.318
3.364
431.0
1.047
0.881
3.678
8.89
12.51
3.850
1.307
6.280
3.141
3-1/2
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
4 D=4.500
5 D=5.563
D
Sch
t
d
d5
Ao
Ai
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.083
4.334
1529.0
1.178
1.135
1.151
Am
14.75
Af
3.91
w
6.390
1.562
2.810
1.248
10S 0.120
4.260
1403.0
1.178
1.115
1.651
14.25
5.61
6.170
1.549
3.960
1.762
40 STD 40S 0.237
4.026
1058.0
1.178
1.054
3.170
12.73
10.79
5.510
1.510
7.230
3.220
Special 0.312
3.876
875.0
1.178
1.015
4.100
11.80
13.96
5.110
1.485
9.050
4.020
80 XS 80S 0.337
3.826
820.0
1.178
1.002
4.410
11.50
14.99
4.980
1.477
9.610
4.270
Special 0.375
3.750
742.0
1.178
0.982
4.860
11.04
16.52
4.780
1.404
10.420
4.630
120 0.438
3.624
625.0
1.178
0.949
5.590
10.31
19.00
4.470
1.444
11.660
5.180
Special 0.500
3.500
525.0
1.178
0.916
6.280
9.62
21.36
4.170
1.425
12.770
5.670
160 0.531
3.438
480.0
1.178
0.900
6.620
9.28
22.51
4.020
1.416
13.270
5.900
XXS 0.674
3.152
311.0
1.178
0.825
8.100
7.80
27.54
3.380
1.374
15.290
6.790
5S 0.109
5.345
4363.0
1.456
1.399
1.880
22.43
6.38
9.710
1.928
6.970
2.510
10S 0.134
5.295
4162.0
1.456
1.386
2.290
22.02
7.77
9.530
1.920
8.430
3.030
40 STD 40S 0.258
5.047
3275.0
1.456
1.321
4.300
20.01
14.62
8.660
1.878
15.170
5.450
80 XS 80S 0.375
4.813
2583.0
1.456
1.260
6.110
18.19
20.78
7.880
1.839
30.680
7.430
Special 0.438
4.688
2264.0
1.456
1.227
7.040
17.26
23.95
7.470
1.819
23.310
8.380
120 0.500
4.563
1978.0
1.456
1.194
7.950
16.35
27.04
7.060
1.799
25.740
9.250
160 0.625
4.313
1492.0
1.456
1.129
9.700
14.61
32.97
6.330
1.760
30.030
10.800
XXS 0.750
4.063
1107.0
1.456
1.064
11.34
12.97
38.55
5.610
1.722
33.640
12.100
d5/103
Sch
t
d
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
5S 0.109
6.407
10.80 1.734
1.677
2.23
32.2
w
Ww
7.58
13.95
2.304
Rg
11.84
I
3.58
Z
10S 01.34
6.357
10.38 1.734
1.664
2.73
31.7
9.29
13.74
2.295
14.40
4.35
Special 0.250
6.125
8.62 1.734
1.604
5.01
29.5
17.02
12.75
2.256
25.50
7.69
6
40 STD 40S 0.280
6.065
8.21 1.734
1.588
5.58
28.9
18.98
12.51
2.246
28.10
8.50
D=6.625
80 XS 80S 0.432
5.761
6.35 1.734
1.508
8.40
26.1
28.58
11.29
2.195
40.50
12.23
120 0.562
5.501
5.04 1.734
1.440
10.70
23.8
36.40
10.29
2.153
49.60
14.98
160 0.719
5.189
3.76 1.734
1.358
13.32
21.1
45.30
9.16
2.104
59.00
17.81
XXS 0.864
4.897
2.82 1.734
1.282
15.64
18.8
53.17
8.16
2.060
66.30
20.03
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
8 D=8.625
Sch
t
d
d5/103
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
w
Ww
5S 0.109
8.407
42.00 2.258
2.201
2.92
55.5
9.91
24.04
3.010
Rg
26.40
I
6.13
Z
10S 0.148
8.329
40.10 2.258
2.180
3.94
54.5
13.40
23.59
3.000
35.40
8.21
20 0.250
8.125
35.40 2.258
2.127
6.58
51.8
22.37
22.45
2.960
57.70
13.39
30 0.277
8.071
34.20 2.258
2.113
7.26
51.2
24.70
22.15
2.950
63.40
14.69
40 STD 40S 0.322
7.981
32.40 2.258
2.089
8.40
50.0
28.56
21.68
2.940
72.50
16.81
Special 0.375
7.875
30.30 2.258
2.062
9.72
48.7
33.00
21.10
2.920
82.90
19.22
60 0.406
7.813
29.10 2.258
2.045
10.48
47.9
35.60
20.80
2.910
88.80
20.58
80 XS 80S 0.500
7.625
25.80 2.258
1.996
12.76
45.7
43.40
19.80
2.880
105.70
24.52
100 0.594
7.439
22.80 2.258
1.948
14.96
43.5
50.90
18.80
2.850
121.40
28.14
120 0.719
7.189
19.20 2.258
1.882
17.84
40.6
60.60
17.60
2.810
140.60
32.60
140 0.812
7.001
16.80 2.258
1.883
19.93
38.5
67.80
16.70
2.780
153.70
35.63
XXS 0.875
6.875
15.40 2.258
1.800
21.30
37.1
72.40
16.10
2.760
162.00
37.57
160 0.906
6.813
14.70 2.258
1.784
21.97
36.5
74.70
15.80
2.750
165.90
38.48
5S 0.134
10.482
127.00 2.810
2.740
4.47
86.3
15.20
37.40
3.750
63.00
11.72
10S 0.165
10.420
123.00 2.810
2.730
5.49
85.3
18.70
36.90
3.740
76.90
14.30
20 0.250
10.250
113.00 2.810
2.680
8.25
82.5
28.00
35.70
3.710
113.70
21.16
30 0.307
10.136
107.00 2.810
2.650
10.07
80.7
34.20
34.90
3.690
137.50
25.57
10
40 STD 40S 0.365
10.020
101.00 2.810
2.620
11.91
78.9
40.50
34.10
3.670
160.80
29.91
D=10.75
60 XS 80S 0.500
9.750
88.10 2.810
2.550
16.10
74.7
54.70
32.30
3.630
212.00
39.40
80 0.594
9.654
80.00 2.810
2.500
18.92
71.8
64.30
31.10
3.600
244.80
45.50
12 D=14.00
100 0.719
9.314
70.10 2.810
2.440
22.63
68.1
76.90
29.50
3.560
286.20
53.20
Special 0.750
9.250
67.70 2.810
2.420
23.56
67.2
80.10
29.10
3.550
296.30
55.10
120 0.843
9.064
61.20 2.810
2.370
26.24
64.5
89.20
27.90
3.520
324.30
60.30
140 XXS 1.000
8.750
51.30 2.810
2.290
30.63
60.1
104.1
26.00
3.470
367.90
68.40
160 1.125
8.500
44.40 2.810
2.230
34.02
56.7
115.7
24.60
3.430
399.40
74.30
5S 0.156
12.438
298.00 3.340
3.260
3.17
121.5
21.0
52.60
4.450
122.40
19.20
10S 0.180
12.390
292.00 3.340
3.240
7.11
120.6
24.2
52.20
4.440
140.50
22.00
20 0.250
12.250
276.00 3.340
3.210
9.82
117.9
33.4
51.10
4.420
191.90
301.0
30 0.330
12.090
258.00 3.340
3.170
12.88
114.8
43.8
49.70
4.390
248.50
39.00
STD 40S 0.375
12.000
249.00 3.340
3.140
14.58
113.1
49.6
49.00
4.380
279.00
43.80
40 0.406
11.938
242.00 3.340
3.130
15.74
111.9
53.5
48.50
4.370
300.00
47.10
XS 80S 0.500
11.750
224.00 3.340
3.080
19.24
108.4
65.4
47.00
4.330
362.00
56.70
60 0.562
11.626
212.00 3.340
3.040
21.52
106.2
73.2
46.00
4.310
401.00
62.80
Special 0.625
11.500
201.00 3.340
3.010
23.81
103.9
80.9
45.00
4.290
439.00
68.80
80 0.687
11.376
191.00 3.340
2.980
26.04
101.6
88.5
44.00
4.270
475.00
74.50
100 0.843
11.064
166.00 3.340
2.900
31.53
96.1
107.2
41.60
4.220
562.00
88.10
120 XXS 1.000
10.750
144.00 3.340
2.810
36.91
90.8
125.5
39.30
4.170
642.00 100.70
140 1.125
10.500
128.00 3.340
2.750
41.09
86.6
139.7
37.50
4.130
701.00 109.90
160 1.312
10.126
106.00 3.340
2.650
47.14
80.5
160.3
34.90
4.070
781.00 122.60
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
t
d
d5/103
w
Ww
5S 0.156
13.688
481
3.67
Ao
3.58
Ai
Am 6.78
147.2
Af
23.1
63.7
4.90
Rg
163
I
23.2
Z
10S 0.188
13.624
469
3.67
3.57
8.16
145.8
27.7
63.1
4.88
195
27.8
10 0.250
13.500
448
3.67
3.53
10.80
143.1
36.7
62.0
4.86
255
36.5
20 0.312
13.375
428
3.67
3.50
13.44
140.5
45.7
60.8
4.84
315
45.0
30 STD 0.375
13.250
408
3.67
3.47
16.05
137.9
54.6
59.7
4.82
373
53.3
14
40 0.438
13.125
389
3.67
3.44
18.66
135.3
63.4
58.6
4.80
429
61.4
D=14.00
XS 0.500
13.000
371
3.67
3.40
21.21
132.7
72.1
57.5
4.78
484
69.1
60 0.594
12.814
345
3.67
3.35
24.98
129.0
84.9
55.8
4.74
562
80.3
Special 0.625
12.750
337
3.67
3.34
26.26
127.7
89.3
55.3
4.73
589
84.1
80 0.750
12.500
305
3.67
3.27
31.22
122.7
106.1
53.1
4.69
687
98.2
100 0.938
12.125
262
3.67
3.17
38.47
115.5
130.8
50.0
4.63
825
117.9
120 1.094
11.814
230
3.67
3.09
44.32
109.6
150.7
47.5
4.58
930
132.8
140 1.250
11.500
201
3.67
3.01
50.07
103.9
170.2
45.0
4.53
1027
146.8
160 1.406
11.188
175
3.67
2.93
55.63
98.3
189.1
42.6
4.48
1117
159.6
5S 0.165
15.670
945
4.19
4.10
8.21
192.9
27.9
83.5
5.60
257
32.2
10S 0.188
15.624
931
4.19
4.09
9.34
191.7
31.8
83.0
5.59
292
36.5
10 0.250
15.500
895
4.19
4.06
12.37
188.7
42.1
81.7
5.57
384
48.0
20 0.312
15.375
859
4.19
4.02
15.40
185.7
52.4
80.4
5.55
474
59.3
30 STD 0.375
15.250
825
4.19
3.99
18.41
182.7
63.6
79.1
5.53
562
70.3
40 XS 0.500
15.000
759
4.19
3.93
24.35
176.7
38.8
76.5
5.48
732
91.5
16 D=16.00
18 D=18.00
60 0.656
14.688
684
4.19
3.85
31.62
169.4
107.5
73.4
5.43
833
116.6
Special 0.750
14.500
641
4.19
3.80
35.90
165.1
127.5
71.5
5.40
1047
130.9
80 0.844
14.314
601
4.19
3.75
40.14
160.9
136.5
69.7
5.37
1157
144.6
100 1.031
13.938
526
4.19
3.65
48.48
152.6
164.8
66.1
5.29
1365
170.6
120 1.219
13.564
459
4.19
3.55
56.56
144.5
192.3
62.6
5.23
1556
194.5
140 1.438
13.124
389
4.19
3.44
65.79
135.3
223.7
58.6
5.17
1761
220.1
160 1.594
12.814
345
4.19
3.35
72.10
129.0
245.1
55.8
5.12
1984
236.7
5S 0.165
17.670
1723
4.71
4.63
9.24
245.2
31.4
106.2
6.31
368
40.9
10S 0.188
17.624
1700
4.71
4.61
10.52
243.9
35.8
105.6
6.30
417
46.4
10 0.250
17.500
1641
4.71
4.58
13.94
240.5
47.4
104.1
6.28
549
61.0
20 0.312
17.375
1584
4.71
4.55
17.36
237.1
59.0
102.7
6.25
679
75.5
ST 0.375
17.250
1527
4.71
4.52
20.76
233.7
70.6
101.2
6.23
807
89.6
30 0.438
17.124
1472
4.71
4.48
24.17
230.3
82.2
99.7
6.21
932
103.6
XS 0.500
17.000
1420
4.71
4.45
27.49
227.0
93.5
98.3
6.19
1053
117.0
40 0.562
16.876
1369
4.71
4.42
30.79
223.7
104.7
96.9
6.17
1171
130.2
Special 0.625
16.750
1318
4.71
4.39
34.12
220.4
116.0
95.4
6.15
1289
143.3
60 0.750
16.500
1223
4.71
4.32
40.64
213.8
138.2
92.6
6.10
1515
168.3
80 0.938
16.126
1090
4.71
4.22
50.23
204.2
170.8
88.4
6.04
1834
203.8
100 1.156
15.688
950
4.71
4.11
61.17
193.3
208.0
83.7
5.97
2180
242.2
120 1.375
15.250
825
4.71
3.99
71.81
182.7
244.2
79.1
5.90
2498
277.6
140 1.562
14.876
728
4.71
3.89
80.66
173.8
274.3
75.3
5.84
2750
305.5
160 1.781
14.433
627
4.71
3.78
90.75
163.7
308.5
70.9
5.77
3020
335.6
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
d
d5/103
Am
Af
5S 0.188
19.624
2910
5.24
Ao
5.14
Ai
11.70
302.5
39.8
131.0
7.00
574
57.4
10S 0.218
19.564
2870
5.24
5.12
13.55
300.6
46.1
130.2
6.99
663
66.3
Ww
Rg
I
Z
10 0.250
19.500
2820
5.24
5.11
15.51
298.6
52.7
129.3
6.98
757
75.7
19.250
2640
5.24
5.04
23.12
291.0
78.6
126.0
6.94
1114
111.4
30 XS 0.500
19.000
2480
5.24
4.97
30.60
283.5
104.1
122.8
6.90
1457
145.7
40 0.594
18.814
2360
5.24
4.93
36.20
278.0
122.9
120.4
6.86
1704
170.4
Special 0.625
18.750
2320
5.24
4.91
38.00
276.1
129.3
119.6
6.85
1787
178.7
60 0.812
18.376
2100
5.24
4.81
48.90
265.2
166.4
114.8
6.79
2257
225.7
Special 0.875
18.250
2020
5.24
4.78
52.60
261.6
178.7
113.3
6.77
2409
240.9
80 1.031
17.938
1860
5.24
4.70
61.40
252.7
208.9
109.4
6.72
2772
277.2
100 1.281
17.438
1610
5.24
4.57
75.30
238.8
256.1
103.4
6.63
3316
331.6
120 1.500
17.000
1420
5.24
4.45
87.20
227.0
296.4
98.3
6.56
3755
375.5
140 1.750
16.500
1220
5.24
4.32
100.3
213.8
341.1
92.6
6.48
4217
421.7
160 1.969
16.064
1070
5.24
4.21
111.5
202.7
379.1
87.8
6.41
4586
458.6
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
10 0.250
21.500
4.59
5.76
5.63
17.1
363
10 0.312
21.376
4.46
5.76
5.60
21.5
359
20 ST 0.375
21.250
4.33
5.76
5.56
25.5
22
30 XS 0.500
21.000
4.08
5.76
5.50
D=22.00
Special 0.625
20.750
3.85
5.76
5.43
Special 0.750
20.500
3.62
5.76
60 0.875
20.500
3.41
5.76
Special 1.000
20.000
3.20
5.76
D
w
20 STD 0.375
20 D=20.00
t
Sch
t
w
Ww
Rg
I
Z
58.1
157.2
7.69
1010
91.8
72.3
155.6
7.67
1250
113.7
355
86.6
153.6
7.65
1490
135.4
33.8
346
114.8
150.0
7.60
1953
177.5
42.0
338
142.7
146.4
7.56
2400
218.2
5.37
50.1
330
170.2
142.9
7.52
2830
257.3
5.30
58.1
322
197.4
139.5
7.48
3246
295.1
5.24
66.0
314
224.3
136.0
7.43
3646
331.5
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
24 D=24.00
Sch
t
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.218
23.564
7.26
6.28
6.17
16.3
436
55.4
w
188.8
8.41
1152
96.0
10 10S 0.250
23.500
7.17
6.28
6.15
18.7
434
63.4
187.8
8.40
1316
109.6
Special 0.312
23.376
6.98
6.28
6.12
23.2
429
78.9
185.8
8.38
1629
135.8
20 STD 0.375
23.250
6.79
6.28
6.09
27.8
425
94.6
183.8
8.35
1943
161.9
Special 0.438
23.125
6.61
6.28
6.05
32.4
420
110.1
181.9
8.33
2249
187.4
XS 0.500
23.000
6.44
6.28
6.02
36.9
415
125.5
179.9
8.31
2250
212.5
30 0.562
22.876
6.26
6.28
5.99
41.4
411
140.7
178.0
8.29
2840
237.0
Special 0.625
22.750
6.09
6.28
5.96
45.9
406
156.0
176.0
8.27
3140
261.0
40 0.688
22.626
5.93
6.28
5.92
50.3
402
171.1
174.1
8.25
3420
285.0
Special 0.750
22.500
5.77
6.28
5.89
54.8
398
186.3
172.2
8.22
3710
309.0
60 0.969
22.064
5.23
6.28
5.78
70.0
382
238.1
165.6
8.15
4653
388.0
Special 1.031
21.938
5.08
6.28
5.74
74.4
378
252.9
163.7
8.13
4920
410.0
80 1.219
21.564
4.66
6.28
5.65
87.2
365
296.4
158.1
8.07
5670
473.0
100 1.531
20.938
4.02
6.28
5.48
108.1
344
367.4
149.1
7.96
6852
571.0
120 1.812
20.376
3.51
6.28
5.33
126.3
326
429.4
141.2
7.87
7824
652.0
140 2.062
19.876
3.50
6.28
5.20
142.1
310
483.2
134.3
7.79
8630
719.0
160 2.344
19.314
2.69
6.28
5.06
159.4
293
542.0
126.9
7.70
9455
788.0
10 0.312
25.376
10.52
6.81
6.64
25.2
506
85.7
219.0
9.08
2078
160.0
STD 0.375
25.250
10.26
6.81
6.61
30.2
501
102.6
216.8
9.06
2479
191.0
Special 0.438
25.124
10.01
6.81
6.56
35.2
496
119.6
214.7
9.04
2874
221.0
20 XS 0.500
25.000
9.77
6.81
6.54
40.1
491
136.2
212.5
9.02
3257
250.0
Special 0.562
24.876
9.53
6.81
6.51
44.9
486
152.7
210.4
9.00
3639
280.0
26
Special 0.625
24.750
9.29
6.81
6.48
49.8
481
169.4
208.3
8.97
4014
309.0
D=26.00
Special 0.656
24.688
9.17
6.81
6.46
52.2
479
177.6
207.3
8.96
4198
323.0
Special 0.750
24.500
8.83
6.81
6.41
59.5
471
202.3
204.1
8.93
4747
365.0
Special 0.812
24.376
8.61
6.81
6.38
64.3
467
218.5
202.1
8.91
5102
393.0
Special 0.875
24.250
8.39
6.81
6.35
69.1
462
234.8
200.0
8.89
5458
420.0
Special 0.938
24.124
8.17
6.81
6.32
73.9
457
251.2
197.9
8.87
5808
447.0
Special 1.000
24.000
7.96
6.81
6.28
78.5
452
267.0
195.9
8.85
6147
473.0
28 D=28.00
10 0.312
27.376
15.38
7.33
7.17
27.1
589
92.3
254.9
9.79
2602
186.0
ST 0.375
27.250
15.03
7.33
7.13
32.5
583
110.7
252.5
9.77
3106
222.0
Special 0.438
27.124
14.68
7.33
7.10
37.9
578
128.9
250.2
9.75
3603
257.0
20 XS 0.500
27.000
14.35
7.33
7.07
43.2
573
146.9
247.9
9.72
4086
292.0
Special 0.562
26.876
14.02
7.33
7.04
48.4
567
164.7
245.6
9.70
4562
326.0
30 0.625
26.750
13.70
7.33
7.00
53.8
562
182.8
243.3
9.68
5039
360.0
Special 0.656
26.688
13.54
7.33
6.99
56.4
559
191.6
242.2
9.67
5271
377.0
Special 0.750
26.500
13.07
7.33
6.94
64.2
552
218.3
238.8
9.64
5966
426.0
Special 0.812
26.376
12.77
7.33
6.91
69.4
546
235.8
236.6
9.62
6416
458.0
Special 0.875
26.250
12.46
7.33
6.87
74.6
541
253.5
234.3
9.60
6867
490.0
Special 0.938
26.124
12.17
7.33
6.84
79.7
536
271.1
232.1
9.57
7311
522.0
Special 1.000
26.000
11.88
7.33
6.81
84.8
531
288.4
229.9
9.55
7742
553.0
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
30
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
5S 0.250
29.500
22.3
7.85
7.72
23.4
683
79.4
296.0
10.52
2586
172
10 10S 0.312
29.376
21.9
7.85
7.69
29.1
678
98.9
293.5
10.50
3210
214
Sch
t
w
I
Z
ST 0.375
29.250
21.4
7.85
7.66
34.9
672
118.7
291.0
10.48
3833
255
Special 0.438
29.125
21.0
7.85
7.62
40.6
666
138.0
288.4
10.45
4434
296
20 XS 0.500
29.000
20.5
7.85
7.59
46.3
661
157.6
286.0
10.43
5040
336
Special 0.562
28.875
20.1
7.85
7.56
52.0
665
176.8
283.6
10.41
5635
376
30 0.625
28.750
19.6
7.85
7.53
57.7
649
196.1
281.1
10.39
6230
415
Special 0.656
28.688
19.4
7.85
7.51
60.5
646
205.6
279.9
10.38
6514
434
Special 0.750
28.500
18.8
7.85
7.46
68.9
638
234.3
276.2
10.34
7377
492
Special 0.812
28.376
18.4
7.85
7.43
74.5
632
253.2
273.8
10.32
7937
529
Special 0.875
28.250
18.0
7.85
7.40
80.1
627
272.2
271.4
10.30
8499
567
Special 0.938
28.124
17.6
7.85
7.36
85.6
621
291.2
269.0
10.28
9053
604
Special 1.000
28.000
17.2
7.85
7.33
91.1
616
309.8
266.6
10.26
9591
639
10 0.312
31.376
30.4
8.38
8.21
31.1
773
105.6
334.8
11.20
3900
244
STD 0.375
31.250
29.8
8.38
8.18
37.3
767
126.7
332.1
11.18
4660
291
Special 0.438
31.124
29.2
8.38
8.15
43.4
761
147.7
329.4
11.16
5410
338
20 XS 0.500
31.000
28.6
8.38
8.12
49.5
755
168.2
326.8
11.14
6140
384
Special 0.562
30.876
28.1
8.38
8.08
55.5
749
188.7
324.2
11.12
6861
429
32
30 0.625
30.750
27.5
8.38
8.05
61.6
743
209.5
321.6
11.10
7585
474
D=32.00
40 0.688
30.624
26.9
8.38
8.02
67.6
737
230.1
318.9
11.07
8300
518
Special 0.750
30.500
26.4
8.38
7.98
73.6
731
250.3
316.4
11.05
8995
562
Special 0.812
31.376
25.9
8.38
7.95
79.6
725
270.5
313.8
11.03
9682
605
Special 0.875
30.250
25.3
8.38
7.92
85.6
719
290.9
311.2
11.01
10371
648
Special 0.938
30.124
24.8
8.38
7.89
91.5
713
311.2
308.6
10.99
11052
691
Special 1.000
30.000
24.3
8.38
7.85
97.4
707
331.1
306.1
10.97
11714
732
10 0.312
33.376
41.4
8.90
8.74
33.0
875
112.3
378.8
11.91
4686
276
STD 0.375
33.250
40.6
8.90
8.70
39.6
868
134.7
376.0
11.89
5599
329
Special 0.438
33.124
39.9
8.90
8.67
46.2
862
157.0
373.1
11.87
6505
383
20 XS 0.500
33.000
39.1
8.90
8.64
52.6
855
178.9
370.3
11.85
7383
434
Special 0.562
32.876
38.4
8.90
8.61
59.0
849
200.7
367.6
11.82
8256
486
30 0.625
32.750
37.7
8.90
8.57
65.5
842
222.8
364.8
11.80
9130
537
34 D=34.00
40 0.656
32.624
37.0
8.90
8.54
72.0
836
244.8
361.9
11.78
9994
587
Special 0.750
32.500
36.3
8.90
8.51
78.3
830
266.4
359.2
11.76
10835
637
Special 0.812
32.376
35.6
8.90
8.48
84.7
823
287.9
356.5
11.74
11666
686
Special 0.875
32.250
34.9
8.90
8.44
91.1
817
309.6
353.7
11.72
12501
735
Special 0.938
32.124
34.2
8.90
8.41
97.4
810
331.3
350.9
11.69
13326
784
Special 1.000
32.000
33.6
8.90
8.38
103.7
804
352.5
348.2
11.67
14129
831
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
36 D=36.00
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
10 0.312
35.376
55.4
9.42
9.26
35.0
983
118.9
425.6
12.62
5571
310
ST 0.375
35.250
54.4
9.42
9.23
42.0
976
142.7
422.6
12.60
6659
370
Special 0.438
35.124
53.5
9.42
9.20
48.9
969
166.4
419.6
12.57
7739
430
20 XS 0.500
35.000
52.5
9.42
9.16
55.8
962
189.6
416.6
12.55
8786
488
Special 0.562
34.876
51.6
9.42
9.13
62.6
955
212.7
413.6
12.53
9827
546
30 0.625
34.750
50.7
9.42
9.10
69.5
948
236.2
410.7
12.51
10871
604
Sch
t
w
I
Z
40 0.750
34.500
48.9
9.42
9.03
83.1
935
282.4
404.8
12.46
12909
717
Special 0.812
34.376
48.0
9.42
9.00
89.8
928
305.2
401.9
12.44
13906
772
Special 0.875
34.250
47.1
9.42
8.97
96.6
921
328.9
398.9
12.42
14904
828
Special 0.938
34.124
46.3
9.42
8.93
103.3
915
351.3
396.0
12.40
15893
883
Special 1.000
32.000
45.4
9.42
8.90
110.0
908
373.9
393.1
12.38
16855
936
Special 0.312
41.376
121.3
11.0
10.83
40.9
1345
138.9
582.2
14.74
8879
423
STD 0.375
41.250
119.4
11.0
10.80
49.0
1336
166.7
578.7
14.72
10621
506
Special 0.438
41.124
117.6
11.0
10.77
57.2
1328
194.4
575.1
14.67
12353
588
XS 0.500
41.000
115.9
11.0
10.73
65.2
1320
221.6
571.7
14.67
14037
668
42
Special 0.562
40.876
114.1
11.0
10.70
73.2
1312
248.7
568.2
14.65
15710
748
D=42.00
Special 0.625
40.750
112.4
11.0
10.67
81.2
1304
276.2
564.7
14.64
17393
828
Special 0.750
40.500
109.0
11.0
10.60
97.2
1288
330.5
557.8
14.59
20685
985
Special 0.812
40.376
107.3
11.0
10.57
105.1
1280
357.2
554.4
14.56
22295
1062
Special 0.875
40.250
105.6
11.0
10.54
113.0
1272
384.4
550.9
14.54
23916
1139
Special 0.938
40.124
104.0
11.0
10.50
121.0
1264
411.4
547.5
14.52
25522
1215
Special 1.000
40.000
102.4
11.0
10.47
128.8
1257
437.9
544.1
14.50
27088
1290
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR FERROUS MATERIAL
E = Modulus Of Elasticity - ksi (multiply tabulated values by 103), For Temp Degrees F Material
Temperature - Degrees F -325 -200 -100
Carbon steels with carbon content 0.30% or less
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
31.4
30.8 30.2
29.5
28.8
28.3
27.7
27.3 26.7
25.5
24.2
22.4
20.4
18.0
31.2
30.6 30.0
29.3
28.6
28.1
27.5
27.1 26.5
25.3
24.0
22.2
20.2
17.9 15.4
32.6
32.8 31.4
30.6
29.8
29.4
28.8
28.3 27.7
27.1
26.3
25.6
24.6
23.7 22.5
21.1
19.4
Intermediate chrome steels (5 32.9 Cr thru -9 Cr)
32.3 31.7
30.9
30.1
29.7
29.0
28.6 28.0
27.3
26.1
24.7
22.7
20.4 18.2
15.5
12.7
Austenitic steels (TP304, 310, 30.3 316, 321, 347)
29.7 29.0
28.3
27.6
27.0
26.5
25.8 25.3
24.8
24.1
23.5
22.8
22.1 21.2
20.2
19.2
30.7 30.1
29.2
28.5
27.9
27.3
26.7 26.1
25.6
24.7
22.2
21.5
19.1 16.6
13.4
13.2
12.9
12.6
12.2 11.7
11.0
10.2
Carbon steels with carbon content above 0.30% Carbon-Molly steels. Low chrome steels (2-1/4 Cr thru 3 Cr)
Straight Chromium steels (12 Cr, 17 Cr, 31.2 27 Cr) Gray Cast Iron
18.1
Note!!! These data are for information only. Verify suitability of materials for intended service at temperatures shown with Metallurgist or Piping Material Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR NONFERROUS MATERIAL
E = Modulus Of Elasticity - ksi (multiply tabulated values by 103), For Temp Degrees F Material
Temperature - Degrees F -325 -200 -100
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900 22.6
Monel 400
27.8
27.3
26.8
26.0 25.4
25.0
24.7
24.3
24.1
23.7 23.1
Copper - Nickel (70 Cu - 30 Ni)
23.3
22.9
22.7
22.0 21.5
21.1
20.7
20.2
19.6
18.8
Aluminum Alloys 11.1 (6061 & 6063)
10.8
10.5
10.0 9.60
9.20
Copper (99.8% Cu)
16.9
16.6
16.5
16.0 15.6
15.4
15.0
14.7
14.2
13.7
14.8
14.6
14.4
14.0 13.7
13.4
13.2
12.9
12.5
12.0
36% Nickel Steel 19.2 (Invar) 36 Ni
19.5
20.0
20.8 21.5
22.0
22.5
22.6
Leaded Tin Bronze (88 Cu 6 Sn-1.5 Pb 4.5 Zn)
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 22.1
21.7
21.2
22.6
Note!!! These data are for information only. Verify suitability of materials for intended service at temperatures shown with Metallurgist or Piping Material Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION TABLES
PURPOSE This practice provides data for the linear expansion of metals. This material is for information only; the metals listed in Attachment 01 are not always suitable for the temperatures shown.
SCOPE This practice covers linear expansion in the following metals: Carbon steel, carbon-moly 5 and 9 chrome-moly Austenitic stainless steel 12, 17, and 27 chrome 25 chrome/20 nickel Monel 67 3-1/2 nickel Aluminum Grey cast iron Bronze Brass 70 Cu / 30 Ni Ni-Fe-Cr
APPLICATION This practice should be used as a guide in layout only.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Linear Thermal Expansion Of Metals
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
-325
-2.37
-2.22
-3.85
-300
-2.24
-2.10
-275
-2.11
-250
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
-2.04
-2.62
-2.24
-3.63
-1.92
-2.50
-2.17
-1.98
-3.41
-1.80
-2.38
-2.07
-1.98
-1.86
-3.19
-1.68
-2.26
-1.96
-225
-1.85
-1.74
-2.96
-1.57
-2.14
-1.86
-200
-1.71
-1.62
-2.73
-1.46
-2.02
-1.76
-175
-1.58
-1.50
-2.50
-1.35
-1.90
-1.62
-150
-1.45
-1.37
-2.27
-1.24
-1.79
-1.48
-125
-1.30
-1.23
-2.01
-1.11
-1.59
-1.33
-100
-1.15
-1.08
-1.75
-0.98
-1.38
-1.17
-75
-1.00
-0.94
-1.50
-1.18
-1.01
-50
-0.84
-0.79
-1.24
-0.98
-0.84
-25
-0.68
-0.63
-0.98
-0.77
-0.67
0
-0.49
-0.46
-0.72
-0.57
-0.50
25
-0.32
-0.30
-0.46
-0.37
-0.32
50
-0.14
-0.13
-0.21
-0.20
-0.15
70
0
0
0
0
0
100
0.23
0.22
0.34
0.28
0.23
125
0.42
0.40
0.62
0.52
0.42
150
0.61
0.58
0.90
0.75
0.61
175
0.80
0.76
1.18
0.99
0.81
200
0.99
0.94
1.46
1.22
1.01
225
1.21
1.13
1.75
1.46
1.21
250
1.40
1.33
2.03
1.71
1.42
275
1.61
1.52
2.32
1.96
1.63
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
300
1.82
1.71
2.61
2.21
1.84
325
2.04
1.90
2.90
2.44
2.05
350
2.26
2.10
3.20
2.68
2.26
375
2.48
2.30
3.50
2.91
2.47
400
2.70
2.50
3.80
3.25
2.69
425
2.93
2.72
4.10
3.52
2.91
450
3.16
2.93
4.41
3.79
3.13
475
3.39
3.14
4.71
4.06
3.35
500
3.62
3.35
5.01
4.33
3.58
525
3.86
3.58
5.31
4.61
3.81
550
4.11
3.80
5.62
4.90
4.04
575
4.35
4.02
5.93
5.18
4.27
600
4.60
4.24
6.24
5.46
4.50
625
4.86
4.47
6.55
5.75
4.74
650
5.11
4.69
6.87
6.05
4.98
675
5.37
4.92
7.18
6.34
5.22
700
5.63
5.14
7.50
6.64
5.46
725
5.90
5.38
7.82
6.94
5.70
750
6.16
5.62
8.05
7.25
5.94
775
6.43
5.86
8.47
7.55
6.18
800
6.70
6.10
8.80
7.85
6.43
825
6.97
6.34
9.13
8.16
6.68
850
7.25
6.59
9.46
8.48
6.93
875
7.53
6.83
9.79
8.80
7.18
900
7.81
7.07
10.12
9.12
7.43
925
8.08
7.31
10.46
9.44
7.68
950
8.35
7.56
10.80
9.77
7.93
975
8.62
7.81
11.14
10.09
8.17
1000
8.89
8.06
11.48
10.42
8.41
1025
9.17
8.30
11.82
10.75
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
1050
9.46
8.55
12.16
11.09
1075
9.75
8.80
12.50
11.43
1100
10.04
9.05
12.84
11.77
1125
10.31
9.28
13.18
12.11
1150
10.57
9.52
13.52
12.47
1175
10.83
9.76
13.86
12.81
1200
11.10
10.00
14.20
13.15
1225
11.38
10.26
14.54
13.50
1250
11.66
10.53
14.88
13.86
1275
11.94
10.79
15.22
14.22
1300
12.22
11.06
15.56
14.58
1325
12.50
11.30
15.90
14.94
1350
12.78
11.55
16.24
15.30
1375
13.06
11.80
16.58
15.66
1400
13.34
12.05
16.92
16.02
1425
17.30
1450
17.69
1475
18.08
1500
18.47
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
-325
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
-4.68
-3.98
-3.88
-3.15
-300
-4.46
-3.74
-3.64
2.87
-275
-4.21
-3.50
-3.40
-2.70
-250
-3.97
-3.26
-3.16
2.53
-225
-3.71
-3.02
-2.93
-2.36
-200
-3.44
-2.78
-2.70
-2.19
-175
-3.16
-2.54
-2.47
2.12
-150
-2.88
-2.31
-2.24
-1.95
-125
-2.57
-2.06
-2.00
-1.74
-100
-2.27
-1.81
-1.76
-1.53
-75
-1.97
-1.56
-1.52
-1.33
-50
-1.67
-1.32
-1.29
-1.13
-25
-1.32
-1.25
-1.02
-0.89
0
-0.97
-0.77
-0.75
-0.66
25
-0.63
-0.49
-0.48
-0.42
50
-0.28
-0.22
-0.21
-0.19
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
0.46
0.21
0.36
0.35
0.31
0.28
125
0.85
0.38
0.66
0.64
0.56
0.52
150
1.23
0.55
0.96
0.94
0.82
0.76
175
1.62
0.73
1.26
1.23
1.07
0.99
200
2.00
0.90
1.56
1.52
1.33
1.23
225
2.41
1.08
1.86
1.83
1.59
1.49
250
2.83
1.27
2.17
2.14
1.86
1.76
275
3.24
1.45
2.48
2.45
2.13
2.03
300
3.67
1.64
2.79
2.76
2.40
2.30
325
4.09
1.83
3.11
3.08
2.68
2.59
350
4.52
2.03
3.42
3.41
2.96
2.88
375
4.95
2.22
3.74
3.73
3.24
3.18
400
5.39
2.42
4.05
4.05
3.52
3.48
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
425
5.83
2.62
4.37
4.38
3.76
450
6.28
2.83
4.69
4.72
4.04
475
6.72
3.03
5.01
5.06
4.31
500
7.17
3.24
5.33
5.40
4.59
525
7.63
3.46
5.65
5.75
4.87
550
8.10
3.67
5.98
6.10
5.16
575
8.56
3.89
6.31
6.45
5.44
600
9.03
4.11
6.64
6.80
5.72
625
4.34
6.96
7.16
6.01
650
4.57
7.29
7.53
6.30
675
4.80
7.62
7.89
6.58
700
5.03
7.95
8.26
6.88
725
5.26
8.28
8.64
7.17
750
5.50
8.62
9.02
7.47
775
5.74
8.96
9.40
7.76
800
5.98
9.30
9.78
8.06
825
6.22
9.64
10.17
8.35
850
6.47
9.99
10.57
8.66
875
6.72
10.33
10.96
8.95
900
6.97
10.68
11.35
9.26
925
7.23
11.02
11.75
9.56
950
7.50
11.37
12.16
9.87
975
7.76
11.71
12.57
10.18
1000
8.02
12.05
12.98
10.49
1025
12.40
13.39
10.80
1050
12.76
13.81
11.11
1075
13.11
14.23
11.42
1100
13.47
14.65
11.74
1125
12.05
1150
12.38
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
1175
12.69
1200
13.02
1225
13.36
1250
13.71
1275
14.04
1300
14.39
1325
14.74
1350
15.10
1375
15.44
1400
15.80
1425
16.16
1450
16.53
1475
16.88
1500
17.25
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA - FLANGE FACE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the provision of data necessary to determine permissible damage to flange face sealing surfaces, while still maintaining optimum flange / gasket joint sealing ability.
SCOPE The practice includes information about the following major topics: Type of damage anomalies, size, and frequency. Sealing surface width as a function of flange pressure class and size. Detail of flange face showing sealing surface width.
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Fluor Daniel Piping Materials personnel as an attachment to project specifications involving items having flanges. This practice is also to be used by inspection for determining unacceptable flange face sealing surface damage.
GENERAL This practice covers flanges designed to ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) B16.5 for class 150 through class 2500, and for sizes 1/2 of an inch through 24 inches. The sealing surface width and gasket nominal diameter dimensions are based on spiral-wound gasket dimensions made in accordance with ASME B16.20. These dimensions will also apply to flanges whose intended gasket is a nonmetallic flat ring gasket made in accordance with ASME B16.21.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B16.20 Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jacketed B16.21 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Type Of Damage, Size, And Frequency Attachment 02: Sealing Surface Width For Flange ASME Pressure Class 150 Through 600
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA - FLANGE FACE
Attachment 03: Sealing Surface Width For Flange ASME Pressure Class 900 Through 2500 Attachment 04: Detail Of Flange Face Showing Sealing Surface Width
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TYPE OF DAMAGE, SIZE , AND FREQUENCY
Type of Damage Anomalies Lineal: Scratches, scuffs, abrasions, cuts, and gouges.
Size Depth: Will not exceed depth of serration. PL: (Projected Length) (Refer to Attachment 04) The PL of individual anomalies will not exceed 33 percent of the sealing surface width shown in Attachment 02 and 03.
Pitting, punch marks.
Diameter: Maximum 3/32 of an inch.
Frequency Using the distance between 2 adjacent bolt holes, a maximum of 2 anomalies are permitted within this distance measured anywhere along the periphery of the sealing surface width. The maximum number of anomalies for flanges 2 inches and smaller will not exceed 4; for pipe sizes 3 inches and larger, the nominal pipe size plus 2 nominal sizes (for example, 10-inch pipe size allows 12 anomalies).
Arc strikes, drags or sand blasting.
ALL
Not permitted within the sealing surface width.
Weld spatter or other protrusions above serrations.
ALL
Not permitted within the serration width.
General rusting or scaling due to atmospheric pressure.
Will not reduce the serration height by more than 25 percent.
Not applicable.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SEALING SURFACE WIDTH FOR FLANGE ASME PRESSURE CLASS 150 THROUGH 600
Nominal Size
Gasket Nominal Diameter
Sealing Surface Width (inches) ASME Pressure Class 150 and 300
400
600
1/2"
1-1/4"
0.190
*
0.190
3/4"
1-9/16"
0.220
*
0.220
1"
1-7/8"
0.255
*
0.255
1-1/4"
2-3/8"
0.190
*
0.190
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
0.250
*
0.250
2"
3-3/8"
0.255
*
0.255
2-1/2"
3-7/8"
0.255
*
0.255
3"
4-3/4"
0.315
*
0.315
4"
5-7/8"
0.380
0.505
0.505
5"
7"
0.375
0.535
0.535
6"
8-1/4"
0.470
0.625
0.625
8"
10-3/8"
0.535
0.690
0.690
10"
12-1/2"
0.535
0.785
0.785
12"
14-3/4"
0.625
0.875
0.875
14"
16"
0.625
0.815
0.815
16"
18-1/4"
0.750
0.940
0.940
18"
20-3/4"
0.970
1.065
1.065
20"
22-3/4"
0.970
1.065
1.065
24"
27"
1.065
1.065
1.065
* There are no Class 400 flanges from 1/2-inch through 3-inch; use Class 600.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SEALING SURFACE WIDTH FOR FLANGE ASME PRESSURE CLASS 900 THROUGH 2500
Nominal Size
Gasket Nominal Diameter
Sealing Surface Width (inches) ASME Pressure Class 900
1500
2500
1/2"
1-1/4"
*
.0190
0.190
3/4"
1-9/16"
*
0.220
0.220
1"
1-7/8"
*
0.255
0.255
1-1/4"
2-3/8"
*
0.350
0.350
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
*
0.375
0.375
2"
3-3/8"
*
0.475
0.475
2-1/2"
3-7/8"
*
0.505
0.505
3"
4-3/4"
0.440
0.500
0.500
4"
5-7/8"
0.505
0.565
0.565
5"
7"
0.535
0.625
0.625
6"
8-1/4"
0.625
0.690
0.690
8"
10-1/8"
0.630
0.755
0.755
10"
12-1/4"
0.625
0.815
0.750
12"
14-1/2"
0.815
0.815
0.940
14"
15-3/4"
0.815
0.690
**
16"
18
0.815
0.940
**
18"
20-1/2"
1.065
1.065
**
20"
22-1/2"
0.940
1.065
**
24"
26-3/4"
0.940
1.190
**
* There are no Class 900 flanges from 1/2-inch through 2-1/2-inch; use Class 600. ** There are no Class 2500 flanges from 14-inch through 24-inch pipe.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9835 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL APPLICATION OF PIPE FABRICATION TOLERANCES
PURPOSE The purpose of this practice is to define to a Fabricator, what is expected and what will be used by Inspectors for "go - no-go".
LINEAR TOLERANCES The tolerances on linear dimensions (intermediate or overall) apply to face to face, face to end, and end to end measurements of fabricated straight pipe and headers; center to end or center to face of nozzles or other attachments; or center to face of bends; as illustrated in Attachment 01, Figure 1. These tolerances are not accumulative. Linear tolerances on "A" are: Sizes 10" and under Sizes 12" through 24" Sizes over 24" through 36"
plus or minus 1/8" (3.0 mm) plus or minus 3/16" (5.0 mm) plus or minus 1/4" (6.0 mm)
Sizes over 36" are subject to tolerances of plus/minus 1/4" (6.0 mm), increasing by plus or minus 1/16" (2.0 mm) for each 12" in diameter over 36". Due to the cumulative effects of tolerances on fittings or flanges, when joined without intervening pipe segments, deviations in excess of those specified above may occur.
ANGULARITY AND ROTATION TOLERANCES Angularity tolerance across the face of flanges, weld end preparation and on rotation of flanges are as stated in Attachment 01, Figure 1.
BENDS Bends will be provided with a total angularity tolerance of plus or minus 0.5 degrees as determined by the intersection of the tangent centerlines measured by appropriate equipment. When the fabricator is required to provide bends cut to a specified center-to-end dimension it will be to the tolerances specified above and in Attachment 01, Figure 1. If intermediate portions of the bend profile are essential, their tolerances will be a matter of agreement between the purchaser and the fabricator. Ovality The ovality of a pipe bend will not exceed the ovality required by the governing code. If there is no governing code, the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters will not exceed 8 percent of the average measured outside diameter of the straight portion of the pipe unless by mutual agreement between the purchaser and the fabricator. Where operating conditions require less ovality, it may be necessary to use larger radii, heavier pipe walls or a specific bending method that will provide a closer control of ovality. Buckling Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9835 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL APPLICATION OF PIPE FABRICATION TOLERANCES
Since there are occasions when buckles cannot be avoided, the following restrictions should apply: All wave shapes will blend into the pipe surface in a gradual manner. The maximum vertical height of any wave, measured from the average height of two adjoining crests to the valley, will not exceed 3 percent of the nominal pipe size. (Refer to Attachment 01, Figure 2, Note 1.) The minimum ratio of the distance between crests as compared to the height between crests and the included valley should be 12 to 1. (Refer to Attachment 01, Figure 2, Note 2.) Buckles which exceed the above tolerances will be subjected to corrective action to bring them within tolerance. If operating conditions require tighter tolerances on buckles, it may be necessary to use larger radii, heavier pipe walls or a specific bending process.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Figure 1. Application of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances Figure 2. Application of Pipe Wall Buckling Tolerances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9853 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PRESSURE CONVERSION TABLE - PSI TO BARS
PSI
NOTE:
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
1
0.1
110
7.6
525
36.2
1550
106.9
3100
213.7
2
0.1
120
8.3
550
37.9
1600
110.3
3200
220.6
3
0.2
130
9.0
575
39.6
1650
113.8
3300
227.5
4
0.3
140
9.7
600
41.4
1700
117.2
3400
234.4
5
0.4
150
10.3
625
43.1
1750
120.7
3500
241.3
6
0.4
160
11.0
650
44.8
1800
124.1
3600
248.2
7
0.5
170
11.7
675
46.5
1850
127.6
3700
255.1
8
0.6
180
12.4
700
48.3
1900
131.0
3800
262.0
9
0.6
190
13.1
725
50.0
1950
134.5
3900
268.9
10
0.7
200
13.8
750
51.7
2000
137.9
4000
275.8
11
0.8
210
14.5
775
53.4
2050
141.3
4100
282.7
12
0.8
220
15.2
800
55.2
2100
144.8
4200
289.6
13
0.9
230
15.9
825
56.9
2150
148.2
4300
296.5
14
1.0
240
16.6
850
58.6
2200
151.7
4400
303.4
ATM
1.0
250
17.2
875
60.3
2250
155.1
4500
310.3
15
1.0
260
17.9
900
62.1
2300
158.6
4600
317.2
20
1.4
270
18.6
925
63.8
2350
162.0
4700
324.1
25
1.7
280
19.3
950
65.5
2400
165.5
4800
331.0
30
2.1
290
20.0
975
67.2
2450
168.9
4900
337.8
35
2.5
300
20.7
1000
69.0
2500
172.4
5000
344.7
40
2.8
320
22.1
1050
73.4
2550
175.8
5100
351.6
45
3.1
340
23.4
1100
75.8
2600
179.3
5200
358.5
50
3.5
360
24.8
1150
79.3
2650
182.7
5300
365.4
55
3.8
380
26.2
1200
82.7
2700
186.2
5400
372.3
60
4.1
400
27.6
1250
86.2
2750
189.6
5500
379.2
65
4.5
420
29.0
1300
89.6
2800
193.1
5600
386.1
70
4.8
440
30.3
1350
93.1
2850
196.5
5700
393.0
75
5.2
460
31.7
1400
96.5
2900
200.0
5800
399.9
80
5.5
480
33.1
1450
100.0
2950
203.4
5900
406.8
85
5.9
500
34.5
1500
103.4
3000
206.8
6000
413.7
90
6.2
95
6.6
100
6.9
PSI = 14.5 x BARS BARS = 0.069 x PSI
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING CODES AND STANDARDS
PURPOSE This practice delineates specific Piping Engineering related codes and standards that are customarily used on drawings and in engineering text.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Specific code and standard identification will be used where applicable to avoid repeating text that is more appropriately covered in a reference document.
REFERENCES General Corporate Practice 000.000.9910:
Abbreviations: Terms And Phrases
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9911:
Abbreviations: Societies, Codes, Standards, And Agencies
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9912:
Abbreviations - Units Of Measure And Related Scales
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Standards Attachment 02: API (American Petroleum Institute) Standards Attachment 03: ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Codes and Standards Attachment 04: AWWA (American Water Works Association) Standards Attachment 05: CI (Chlorine Institute) Standards Attachment 06: CGA (Compressed Gas Association) Standards Attachment 07: FMRC (Factory Mutual Research Corporation) Standards Attachment 08: Fed Spec (Federal Specifications) Standards Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING CODES AND STANDARDS
Attachment 09: MSS (Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry) Standards Attachment 10: NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) Standards Attachment 11: NBS (National Bureau of Standards) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 12: NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 13: PFI (Pipe Fabrication Institute) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 14: SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 15: UL (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Standards
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
A13.1
Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems
A21.1
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
A21.4
Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
A21.10
Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 Inches through 48 Inches for Water and Other Liquids
A21.11
Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
A21.14
Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 Inches through 24 Inches for Gas
A21.15
Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
A21.50
Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe
A21.51
Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
A21.52
Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Gas
B1.1
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
B1.20.1
Pipe Threads, General Purpose
B1.20.3
Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)
B1.20.7
Hose Coupling Screw Threads
B16.1
Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800
B16.3
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B16.4
Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250
B16.5
Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B16.9
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt welding Fittings
B16.10
Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions for Ferrous Valves
B16.11
Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
B16.12
Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings
B16.14
Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads
B16.15 Standard No.
Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250 Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
B16.18
Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings
B16.20
Ring-Joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe Flanges
B16.21
Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
B16.22
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
B16.23
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV
B16.24
Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B16.25
Buttwelding Ends
B16.26
Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes
B16.28
Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns
B16.29
Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV
B16.32
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Fittings for Solvent Drainage Systems
B16.33
Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to 125 PSIG
B16.34
Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End
B16.36
Orifice Flanges
B16.38
Large Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves in Gas Distribution Systems, 125 PSIG (8.6 bar, gage)
B16.39
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions (Class 150, 250, and 300)
B16.40
Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shut-Offs and Valves in Gas Distribution Systems
B16.42
Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B18.2.1
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws - Inch Series
B18.2.2
Square and Hex Nuts, Inch Series
B18.22.1
Plain Washers
B36.10M
Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
B36.19M
Stainless Steel Pipe
B46.1 Standard No.
Surface Texture Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
B70.1
Refrigeration Flare Type Fittings
B181.1
Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose Connections
Z223.1
Installation of Gas Piping and Gas Equipment on Industrial Premises and Certain Other Premises
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL API STANDARDS (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
5L
Line Pipe
5LE
Polyethylene Line Pipe
5LP
Thermoplastic Line Pipe (PVC and CPVC)
5LR
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe (RTRP)
5L2
Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Gas Transmission Services
5L4
Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe (RTRP)
5T1
Bulletin on Imperfection Terminology
6A
Wellhead Equipment
6D
Pipeline Valves, End Closures, Connectors and Swivels
6FA
Fire Test for Valves
594
Wafer-Type Check Valves
595
Cast-Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
598
Valve Inspection and Test
599
Steel and Ductile Iron Plug Valves, Flanged or Buttwelding Ends
600
Steel Gate Valves, Flanged and Buttwelding Ends
601
Metallic Gaskets for Piping; Double-Jacketed Corrugated and Spiral-Wound
602
Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves
603
Class 150, Corrosion Resistant Gate Valves
604
Ductile Iron Gate Valves; Flanged Ends
605
Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flanges (Nominal Pipe Size 26 through 60; Classes 75, 150, 300, 400, 600, and 900)
606
Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves (Extended Body)
607
Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
609
Butterfly Valves, Lug Type and Wafer Type
Standard No.
Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL API STANDARDS (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
941
Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants
942
Recommended Practice for Welded, Plain Carbon Steel Refinery Equipment for Environmental Cracking Service
944
Survey of Materials Experience and Corrosion Problems in Sour Water Strippers
945
Study of the Effects of High Temperature, High Pressure Hydrogen on Low-Alloy Steels
1102
Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
1104
Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
RP10E
Recommended Practice for Application of Cement Lining to Steel Tubular Goods, Handling, Installation and Joining
RP550
Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems
RP1110
Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines
RP1111
Recommended Practice for Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines
RP2001
Recommended Practice for Fire Protection in Refineries
2210
Flame Arrestors for Vents of Tanks Storing Petroleum Products
2508
Design and Construction of Ethane and Ethylene Installations at Marine and Pipeline Terminals, natural Gas Processing Plants, Refineries, Petrochemical Plants and Tank Farms
2510
Design and Construction of LP-Gas Installation at Marine and Pipeline Terminals, Natural Gas Processing Plants, Refineries and Tank Farms
----
Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XI, Pipe Valves and Fittings
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL ASME CODES AND STANDARDS (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
Section
Title
I
Power Boilers
II
Material Specifications Part A - Ferrous Materials Part B - Nonferrous Materials Part C - Welding Rods, Electrodes and Filler Metals
III
Subsection NCA - General Requirements for Division 1 and Division 2 Division 1 Subsection NB Subsection NC Subsection ND Subsection NE Subsection NF Subsection NG -
Class 1 Components Class 2 Components Class 3 Components Class MC Components Component Supports Core Support Structures Appendices
Division 2 - Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments IV
Heating Boilers
V
Nondestructive Examination
VIII
Pressure Vessels Division 1 Division 2 - Alternative Rules
IX
Welding and Brazing Qualifications
X
Fiberglass - Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
----
Code Cases - Boilers and Pressure Vessels
----
Interpretations
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL AWWA STANDARDS (AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION)
Standard No.
Title
C101
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
C104
Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
C106
Gray-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
C110
Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches for Water and Other Liquids
C111
Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
C115
Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
C150
Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe
C151
Ductile-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
C200
Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger
C203
Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot-Applied
C205
Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 Inches and Larger - Shop Applied
C206
Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
C207
Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service - Sizes 4 Inches through 144 Inches
C208
Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings
C300
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
C301
Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
C302
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Non-Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C400 Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 Inches through 16 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C401
Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 Inches through 16 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C402
Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 Inches through 42 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C403
Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe Sizes 18 Inches through 42 Inches
C500
Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 48 Inches, for Water and Sewage Systems
C501
Cast Iron Sluice Gates
C502
Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants
Standard No.
Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL AWWA STANDARDS (AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION)
C503
Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants
C504
Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves
C506
Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle and Double Check Valve Types
C507
Ball Valves, Shaft (or Trunnion) Mounted, 6 Inches through 48 Inches, for Water Pressures up to 300 psi
C508
Swing Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 Inches through 24 Inches, NPS
C509
Resilient-Seated Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 12 Inches, NPS for Water Systems
C550
Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants
C600
Installation of Ductile Cast-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances
C602
Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines - 4 Inches and Larger - in Place
C603
Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe
C606
Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints
C900
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches through 12 Inches, for Water
C901
Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings, 1/2 Inch through 3 Inches, for Water
C902
Polybutylene (PB) Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings, 1/2 Inch through 3 Inches, for Water
C950
Glass - Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting - Resin Pressure Pipe
D100
Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs, and Elevated Tanks for Water Storage
M9
Concrete Pressure Pipe
M11
Steel Pipe - Design and Installation Manual
M14
Backflow Prevention and Cross-Connection Control
M23
PVC Pipe
R805
Water Hammer Allowances in Pipe Design - Committee Report
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CI STANDARDS (CHLORINE INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title Piping Systems for Dry Chlorine
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CGA STANDARDS (COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION)
Standard No. G4.4
Title Industrial Practices for Gaseous Oxygen Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 07 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL FMRC STANDARDS (FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION)
Standard No. ----
Title Factory Mutual Approval Guide Covering the Following: Pipe Couplings Hose Couplings Pipe Fittings Fire Hose Gas Hose Hydrants Pipe Joints Fire Hose Nozzles Monitor Nozzles Spray Nozzles Pipe Water Strainers Valves
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 08 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL FED SPEC STANDARDS (FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS)
Standard No. ----
Title Federal Specifications Covering the Following Topics: Fasteners Gaskets Packing Hose and Hose Couplings Ferrous and Nonferrous Metals Pipe Tube Fittings Flanges Valves
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY) Standard No.
Title
SP-6
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
SP-9
Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges
SP-25
Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions
SP-42
Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves with Flanged and Butt Weld Ends
SP-43
Wrought Stainless Steel Butt Welding Fittings
SP-44
Steel Pipe Line Flanges
SP-45
Bypass and Drain Connection Standard
SP-51
Class 150 LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged Fittings
SP-53
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components - Magnetic Particle Method
SP-54
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components Radiographic Examination Method
SP-55
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components - Visual Method
SP-58
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture
SP-60
Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves
SP-61
Hydrostatic Testing of Steel Valves
SP-65
High Pressure Chemical Industry Flanges and Threaded Stubs for Use with Lens Gaskets
SP-67
Butterfly Valves
SP-68
High Pressure - Offset Seat Butterfly Valves
SP-69
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application
SP-70
Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-71
Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-72
Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
SP-73
Silver Brazing Joints for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy and Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Title
Standard No.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY)
SP-75
Specification for High Test Wrought Welding Fittings
SP-77
Guide Lines for Pipe Support Contractual Relationships
SP-78
Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-79
Socket-Welding Reducer Inserts
SP-80
Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves
SP-81
Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged, Knife Gate Valves
SP-82
Valve Pressure Testing Methods
SP-83
Carbon Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded
SP-84
Steel Valves - Socket-Welding and Threaded Ends
SP-85
Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-86
Guidelines for Metric Data in Standards for Valves, Flanges and Fittings
SP-88
Diaphragm Type Valves
SP-89
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices
SP-90
Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports
SP-91
Guidelines for Manual Operation of Valves
SP-92
MSS Valve User Guide
SP-93
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components - Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
SP-94
Quality Standard for Ferritic and Martensitic Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components -Ultrasonic Examination Method
SP-95
Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs
SP-96
Guidelines on Terminology for Valves and Fittings
SP-97
Forged Carbon Steel Branch Outlet Fittings - Socket Welding, Threaded and Buttwelding Ends
SP-98
Protective Epoxy Coatings for the Interior of Valves and Hydrants
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY) Standard No.
Title
SP-101
Part-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment - Flange and Driving Component Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
SP-102
Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment - Flange and Driving Component Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 10 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NACE STANDARDS (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS)
Standard No.
Title
MR-01-69
Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems
MR-01-75
Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Material for Oil Field Equipment
RP-01-70
Protection of Austenitic Stainless Steels in Refineries against Stress Corrosion Cracking by Use of Neutralizing Solutions During Shut Down
RP-01-75
Control of Internal Corrosion in Steel Pipelines and Piping Systems
RP-04-72
Methods and Controls to Prevent In-Service Cracking of Carbon Steel Welds in P-1 Materials in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments
1G157
Hydrogen Absorption, Embrittlement and Fracture of Steel
5A151
Materials of Construction for Handling Sulfuric Acid
5B155
High Temperature Corrosion Data
8A158
High Temperature Hydrogen Sulfide Corrosion of Stainless Steel
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 11 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NBS STANDARDS (NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 12 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NFPA STANDARDS (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 13 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PFI STANDARDS (PIPE FABRICATION INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
ES1
Internal Machining and Solid Machined Backing Rings for Circumferential Butt Welds (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES2
Method of Dimensioning Piping Assemblies (Revised 1987) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES3
Fabricating Tolerances (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES4
Hydrostatic Testing of Fabricated Piping (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES5
Cleaning of Fabricated Piping (Revised 1987) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES7
Minimum Length and Spacing for Welded Nozzles (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES11
Permanent Marking on Piping Materials (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES16
Access Holes and Plugs for Radiographic Inspection of Pipe Welds (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES20
Wall Thickness Measurement by Ultrasonic Examination (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES21
Internal Machining and Fit-Up of GTAW Root Pass Circumferential Butt Welds (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES22
Recommended Practice for Color Coding of Piping Materials (Revised 1990)
ES24
Piping Bending Tolerances - Minimum Bending Radii - Minimum Tangents (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES25
Random Radiography of Pressure Retaining Girth Butt Welds (Revised 1988)
ES26
Welded Load Bearing Attachments to Pressure Retaining Piping Materials (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES27
Visual Examination - the Purpose, Meaning and Limitation of the Term (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES29
Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Ferritic Piping Materials (Revised 1990) ES30 Random Ultrasonic Examination of Butt Welds (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES31
Standard for Protection of Ends of Fabricated Piping Assemblies (Revised 1988)
ES32
Tool Calibration (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES33
Circumferential Butt Welds in the Arc of Pipe Bends (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES34
Painting of Fabricated Piping (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES35
Nonsymmetrical Bevels and Joint Configurations for Butt Welds (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
Standard No. ES36
Title Branch Reinforcement Work Sheets (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 14 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SAE STANDARDS (SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 15 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL UL STANDARDS (UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC.)
Standard No.
Title
125
Valves for Anhydrous Ammonia and LP Gas (Other Than Safety Relief)
144
Pressure Regulating Valves for LP Gas
260
Dry Pipe and Deluge Valves for Fire-Protection Service
262
Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service
312
Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service
401
Portable Spray Hose Nozzles for Fire-Protection Service
525
Flame Arrestors for Use on Vents of Storage Tanks for Petroleum Oil and Gasoline
536
Flexible Metallic Hose
567
Pipe Connectors for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and LP Gas
569
Pigtails and Flexible Hose Connectors for LP Gas
668
Hose Valves for Fire-Protection Service
789
Indicator Posts for Fire-Protection Services
842
Valves for Flammable Fluids
860
Pipe Unions for Flammable and Combustible Fluids and Fire-Protection Service
888
Steel Pipe for Underground Water Service
1091
Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service
1285
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Couplings for Underground Fire Service
1486
Quick Opening Devices for Dry Pipe Valves for Fire-Protection Service
1713
Glass Fiber-Reinforced Pressure Pipe and Couplings for Under-ground Fire Service
Piping Engineering
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 1 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
PURPOSE This practice lists abbreviations for terms and phrases that are customarily used on drawings and in engineering text. Abbreviations that are not listed will not be used unless properly defined on the drawing or in the text. When an abbreviation has more than 1 meaning, the intended meaning will usually be apparent from the context. Note!!! DO NOT use these abbreviations to signify equipment type! Refer to General Engineering Practice 000.200.1005: Numbering Systems, for the 2 digit, alpha identifiers that are used in the equipment number to represent equipment type.
APPLICATION Abbreviations will be used where necessary to save time and space, but only where their meaning is unquestionably clear to the reader. WHEN IN DOUBT, SPELL IT OUT!!!!!
REFERENCES General Corporate Practice 000.000.9911:
Abbreviations: Societies, Codes, Standards, And Agencies
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9912:
Abbreviations: Units Of Measure / Related Scales
ABBREVIATIONS On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
A ...................... A ...................... A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Signal, Auto COMPAir Compressor Air Conditioning Acoustically Lined Airstream Averaging Thermostat
AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS . . . . . . abs . . . . . . . . ABSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchor Bolt Absolute Absorber Air Break Switch About
ABV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC . . . . . . . . AC . . . . . . . . ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Above Aligning Connector, Alternating Current, Acoustical Air Circuit Breaker Accelerator, Access Accessory GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 2 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ACCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Account Access door Access floor Access panel Acoustical plaster
ACR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acrylic plastic Acoustical tile Air Conditioning Unit Area Drain Addendum
ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADMIN . . . Admin . . . . ADN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adhesive Adjacent Adjustable Administration Addition
ADPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter Air Filter, Ampere Frame Size, Antifreeze Automatic Fire Alarm Approved for Construction Approved for Design
AFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGV . . . . . . AGV . . . . .
Above Finished Floor Aboveground Aggregate Armored Glass Automatic Guided Vehicle
AGVS . . . . . AGVS . . . . AHU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Guided Vehicle System Air Handling Unit All Iron (iron to iron seats) Amber Indicating Light Alarm
ALB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Bell Automatic Louver Damper Alarm Horn Alignment Allowance
ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Altitude Alternate Aluminum, Aluminized Alarm Check Valve Ammeter Switch
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 3 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
AMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambient Ammeter Amount Analysis, Analyze Anchor, Anchorage
ANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annunciator Anodized Access Panel Air Pressure Drop Apparatus
APPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPROX . approx . . . APPURT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applicable Approximate Appurtenance Approve Approved
APVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approval Architectural Armature Arrange, Arrangement Automatic Sprinklers, Air Supply
ASB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASP . . . . . . . ASP . . . . . . .
Asbestos Above Suspended Ceiling Allowable Stress Design Automatic Sliding Fire Door Aisle Space Percentage
ASPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/RS . . . . AS/RS . . . . ASSOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asphalt Automatic Sprinkler Riser Automatic Storage and Retrieval System Association Assembly
ASYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT WT . . . at wt . . . . . . ATM . . . . . . atm . . . . . . . ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asymmetrical Asphalt Tile, Amperes Trip (setting) Atomic Weight Atmosphere, Atmospheric Autotransformer
AUTO. . . . . auto. . . . . . . AUX . . . . . . aux . . . . . . . AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Auxiliary Available Asbestos and Varnished Cambric Insulated Wire Avenue
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 4 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
AVG . . . . . . avg . . . . . . . AVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B ....................... B & F ..................
Average Aviation Award Bell Bell and Flange
B PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B TO B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Plate Back to Back Bell and Bell Bolts & Gaskets Bell and Spigot
B/M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAR . . . . . . bar . . . . . . . BARO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bill of Material Bending Schedule Non-SI Unit of Pressure Barometer, Barometric Battery
BB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBE . . . . . . BBE . . . . . . BBH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBL . . . . . . . bbl . . . . . . . .
Bolted Bonnet Bulletin Board Bevel Both Ends Baseboard Heater Barrel
BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCCSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCCSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning of Curve, Between Centers, Bolt Circle Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe - Arch Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe Bracing Banded, Blowdown, Bus Duct, Board
BDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bundle Bend Down Bedding Bus Differential Relay Bell End, Beveled End
BEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEP . . . . . . . BEP . . . . . . . BERTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Below Both Ends Plain Berthing Between Bevel
BF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BFD . . . . . . BFD . . . . . . BFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Flange, Boiler Feed Unit with Pumps, Tanks, etc. Block Flow Diagram Below Finished Floor Butterfly Valve Below Grade, Blast Gate
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 5 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BHP . . . . . . . bhp . . . . . . . BI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BID SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brinell Hardness, Boiler House Bulkhead Brake Horsepower Brass to Iron Seats Bid Summary
BIL BIN. BIT BJT BKT
Blue Indicating Light, Basic Impulse Level Binary Bituminous Bed Joint Bracket, Bucket
.................... ................... .................... .................... ...................
BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bend Line, Battery Limit, Building Line, Blueline, Blue, Branch Line BLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blind BLDG . . . . . bldg . . . . . . Building BLE . . . . . . . BLE . . . . . . Bevel Large End BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black, Blank, Block BLKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blocking Blanket Blower Boiler Ballast
BLVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BMEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOC,B/C . . BOC,B/C . BOD . . . . . . BOD . . . . . .
Boulevard Bench Mark, Beam Brake Mean Effective Pressure Bottom of Concrete, Bottom of Curb Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOD,B/D . BOD,B/D . BOP,B/P . . BOP,B/P . . BOS,B/S . . BOS,B/S . . BOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottom of Duct Bottom of Pipe Bottom of Steel Bottom Back Pressure, Base Plate, Boiling Point, Boiler Pressure, Back Plaster
BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending Radius, Branch Breeching Bearing Brick Breaker
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 6 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
BRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSE . . . . . . . BSE . . . . . . .
Brown Brass Bronze Both Sides Bevel Small End
BSHG / BUSH . . . . . . . . . BSMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushing Basement Booster Bent Bend Up
BUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BWE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Built-up Roof Bus Bar Ball Valve Butt Weld, Busway, Both Ways Butt Weld End
BYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C TO C . . . c to c . . . . . . C TO E . . . c to e . . . . . . C TO F . . . . c to f . . . . . .
Bypass Buzzer Center to Center Center to End Center to Face
C/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C&F . . . . . . C&F . . . . . . CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling Coil Care of Cost and Freight Corrosion Allowance Cabinet
CAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALC . . . . . calc . . . . . . . CAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT. . . . . . . cat. . . . . . . .
Computer Aided Engineering Calibrate Calculate, Calculation Capacitor, Capacity, Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Catalogue, Catalyst
CATR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Tray Catch Basin, Commercial Bolt, Circuit Breaker Continuous Blowdown Cribbing Contamination Control, Cooling Coil, Closing Coil, Controller Contact
CC . . . . . . . . cc . . . . . . . . . CCKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCW . . . . . . CCW . . . . .
Carbon Copy Closing Circuit Central Control Panel Cast Carbon Steel Counterclockwise GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 7 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDR . . . . . . CDR . . . . . . CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card, Cold Drawn Cadmium Plate Certified Dimensional Outline Conductor Convector
CEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFB&G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cement Lined, Cement Ceramic Certified Cold Finished Companion Flanges, Bolts, and Gaskets
CFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical Feed Counterflashing Continuous Fillet Weld Center of Gravity, Corner Guard Ceiling Box
CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chiller Chamfer Channel Chalkboard Chemical
CHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHKD PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge Check Checkered Plate Change Chain Operator, Chain Operated
CHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CI . . . . . . . . . CI . . . . . . . . . CID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIE . . . . . . . CIE . . . . . . .
Ceiling Height Check Valve Cast Iron, Curb Inlet Computer Integrated Design Computer Integrated Engineering
CIF . . . . . . . CIF . . . . . . . CIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost, Insurance, and Freight Clear Indicating Light Cast Iron Pipe Cast In Place Concrete Circle
CIRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circular, Circulate, Circumference Cast Iron Soil Pipe Control Joint Calking Circuit
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 8 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CKT BRKR . . . . . . . . . . . . CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL . . . . . . . . Cl . . . . . . . . . CLASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Breaker Center Line Class Classification Current Limiting Fuse
CLG CLL CLN CLO CLR
Ceiling, Cooling Contract Limit Line Clean Closet Clear, Clearance
................... .................... ................... ................... ...................
CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Closure Cross Main Corrugated Metal Pipe Ceramic Mosaic (tile) Concrete Masonry Unit
CND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNTFGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduit Centrifugal Counter Conveyor Cleanout, Converter (steam to water), Change Order, Cutout
CO . . . . . . . . Co. . . . . . . . . COD. . . . . . COD. . . . . . COEF . . . . . coef . . . . . . . COL . . . . . . col . . . . . . . COLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company Continued On Drawing, Chemical Oxygen Demand Coefficient Column Collector
COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Combination, Combustion Commercial Communication Compression
COMPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete Composition, Composite Compressor, Composition Roof Compartment Computer
COMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONCEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Concrete Concentric, Concentrated Condenser, Condensate Condition
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 9 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CONDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONSERV . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductor Conference Connection, Connections Conservation Construction
CONST JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTD . . . contd . . . . . . CONTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction Joint Continuous, Continue, Continuation, Control, Controller Control Valve Continued Contractor, Contract
CONV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORP . . . . . Corp. . . . . . CORR . . . . . corr . . . . . . .
Conveyor, Convection Coordinate Cleanout Plug Corporation Corrugated
CPCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPD . . . . . . CPD . . . . . . CPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemically Pure, Chrome Pendent Cascade Potential Device Control Power Interlock Cathodic Protection Kit Coupling
CPLRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPM . . . . . . CPM . . . . . . CPS . . . . . . . CPS . . . . . . . CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capillary Critical Path Method Certified Professional Secretary Control Power Transformer, Carpeted Central Processing Unit
CPVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensate Return Unit with Pumps, Tanks, etc., Control Relay, Chromium (plated) CRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Grain CRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course(s), Cold Rolled Steel CRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cathode Ray Tube CS . . . . . . . . CS . . . . . . . . CSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Steel, Control Switch, Cold Spring Casing Countersink Casement Corrugated Steel Pipe
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 10 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CST . . . . . . . CST . . . . . . Cast Steel CSTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Casting CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center Tap, Cooling Tower, Column Tie, Ceramic Tile, Copper Tube, Current Transformer CTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterflashing CTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coal Tar Enamel Lined CTR . . . . . . ctr . . . . . . . . CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center, Counter Control Countersunk Counterweight Current Transformer, Zero Sequence
CU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condensing Unit, Copper Cubicle Cabinet Unit Heater Control Valve, Cleaning Vacuum Continuous Weld
CW . . . . . . . CW . . . . . . . CWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clockwise Chilled Water Coil Cadweld Cold Working Pressure Cylinder
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Density, Drain, Derivative Control Mode (Demand), Degree of Curve D/P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Pressure DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Doubleacting DB . . . . . . . . DB . . . . . . . . Dry Bulb DB . . . . . . . . dB . . . . . . . . Decibel DBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DBT . . . . . . DBT . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Dry Bulb Temperature Direct Current Dry Chemical, Draft Curtain Distributed Control System
DDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEG . . . . . . deg . . . . . . . DELV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drip and Dust Tight Deaerator Degree Deluge Valve Demolish, Demolition
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 11 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
DEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPT . . . . . dept . . . . . . . DES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DETCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depressed Department Design Detail Detector Check
DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEV LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detector Develop, Device Developed Length Drinking Fountain, Drain Funnel Door Grille
DGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI . . . . . . . . . DI . . . . . . . . DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Gathering Panel Duct Heater, Double Hub, Double Hung, Door Heater Ductile Iron Diagram, Diagonal Differential, Diffuser
DIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIM. . . . . . . dim. . . . . . . DIMJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilute Dimension Ductile Iron Mech Joint Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Direct Acting
DISC. . . . . . disc. . . . . . . DISCH . . . . disch . . . . . . DISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIV . . . . . . . Div . . . . . . .
Disconnect Discharge Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe Distribution Division
DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DM (MOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . DM (2 POS) . . . . . . . . . . . . DMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Joist Dead Load, Drip Leg, Dummy Leg, Damaged Loads Ratio Damper Motorized - Modular Damper Motorized - 2 Position Demountable
DN . . . . . . . . DN . . . . . . . DO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DO. . . . . . . . do. . . . . . . . . DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down Dissolved Oxygen, Draw Out Ditto Design Pressure, Double Pipe, Damp-proofing Diesel Pump Controller
DPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Pole, Double Throw Dispenser, Damper Double Pole, Single Throw Dew Point Data Processing Unit
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 12 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
DPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dry Pipe Valve Drill, Drive, Door, Drain Drainboard Display Relay Panel Disk System, Downspout, Digital Signal
DSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disconnect Switch Fused Disk Drive Disconnect Switch Nonfused Disposal Door Switch
DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dust Tight, Design Temperature, Drain Tile Dovetail Anchor Dovetail Anchor Slot Dry Type Transformer (Refer to OTT) Duration
DV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DWG . . . . . dwg . . . . . . . DWL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diaphragm Valve Dummy Weld, Dumbwaiter Drawing Dowel Drawer
DX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DXCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DYB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.g. . . . . . . . E ......................
Direct Expansion Direct Expansion Cooling Coil Dynamic Breaking For Example (exempli gratia) East
E to E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EA . . . . . . . . ea . . . . . . . . . EAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End to End Each Exhaust Air Grille Exhaust Air Louver Exhaust Air Opening
EAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAR . . . . . . EAR . . . . . . EAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Air Register Environmental Assessment Report Entering Air Temperature Electric Baseboard Heater, Expansion Bolt Eddy Current Brake, Electric Baseboard Radiation
EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End of Curve Evaporative Condenser, Electric Connector Eccentric Economizer Logic Center Eddy Current Clutch
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 13 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDR . . . . . . EDR . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Duct Entering Dry Bulb Equivalent Direct Radiation Electric Furnace (steel) Each Face, Exhaust Fan
EFF . . . . . . . eff . . . . . . . . EFW . . . . . . EFW . . . . . . EHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA . . . . . . . EIA . . . . . . . EIR . . . . . . . EIR . . . . . . .
Efficiency Electric Fusion Welded Electric Heating Coil Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Impact Report
EIS . . . . . . . EIS . . . . . . . EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Impact Statement Elevation (Height) Electric Elevation (View), Elevator Elbow
ELLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ellipsoidal Elementary Emergency Lighting Electric Motor Emergency
EMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGR . . . . . engr. . . . . . . ENGRG . . . engrg. . . . . .
Electromotive Force Electrical Metallic Tubing Enclosure Engineer Engineering
ENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENVIR . . . . ENVIR . . . . EO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Envelope Environment Electrically Operated Elbolet
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosionproof, Electric Pneumatic Switch Device, Electrical Panelboard EPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric Pump Controller EPRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Erasable Programmable RAM EPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Erasable Programmable ROM EQ . . . . . . . . eq . . . . . . . . . Equation, Equal EQUIP . . . . equip. . . . . . ERAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ERW . . . . . . ERW . . . . . ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Erasable RA Erasable ROM Electric Resistance Welded Electric Supply GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 14 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Escalator External Static Pressure Estimate Extra Strength Vitrified Clay Pipe Estimated Time of Arrival
ETC . . . . . . etc. . . . . . . . . ETL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . EVAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
And So On (et cetera) Effective Tube Length, Electric Testing Laboratories Electric Unit Heater Equipment Utilization Evaporator
EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporative Cooler Electric Weld, Electric Wall Heater, Each Way Entering Wet Bulb Electric Water Cooler Entering Water Temp
EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example Exciter Excavate, Excavation Executive Exhaust, Exhauster
EXIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXP JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXPSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Existing Expanded Metal Plate Expansion Expansion Joint Exposed
EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F ....................... F DAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F TAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F TO F . . . . f to f . . . . . .
External, Exterior Flush, Flushing, Filter Fire Damper Fluidic Target Face to Face
F&D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F&D HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F&T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F/FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Faced and Drilled Flanged and Dished Head Float and Thermostatic Field Fabricated Flame Arrestor, Fire Alarm
FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FACIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabricate, Fabrication Facility Flow Alarm High Flow Alarm Low Finish All Over
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 15 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . FAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Alarm Panel Fasten / Fastener Free Alongside Steamer Final Air Temperature Flat Bar, Flat Bottom
FBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBQ . . . . . . fbq . . . . . . . FBRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberboard Flat Bottom Groove Furnished By Others Firebox Quality Firebrick
FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Coil Unit, Flow Controller, Flexible Connector, Fail Closed FCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facebrick FCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Coil Unit FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor Drain, Fire Department, Fire Damper FDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation FDPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Department Pumper Connection Feeder Fire Detection Unit Flanged End, Fire Escape, Fire Exit, Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher Cabinet
FEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEP . . . . . . . FEP . . . . . . . FES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FF . . . . . . . . FF . . . . . . . . FFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Female Teflon (Fluorinated Ethylene- Propylene) Flared End Section Flat Faced, Factory Finish Full Freight Allowed
FFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FGRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged, Faced, and Drilled Finished Floor Line Field Fit Weld Fiberglass Field Ground Resistor
FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat Head, Flexible Hose, Fire Hose, Fire Hydrant Flathead Machine Screw Fire Hose Rack Fire Hose Station Flathead Wood Screw
FHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIFO . . . . . . FIFO . . . . . . FIG. . . . . . . . fig. . . . . . . . . FIGNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Hydrant Flow Indicator, Fail Indeterminate First In - First Out Figure Figure Number GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 16 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finish Finished Floor Finished Grade Flush Joint Floor, Fail Locked
FLA . . . . . . . FLA . . . . . . FLAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLASH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Load Amperes Flow Alarm Flashing Floor Cleanout Field
FLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flange Flanged Flotation Floor Plate Floor / Flooring
FLTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Fluorescent Flexible Frequency Meter Flexible Metal Conduit
FMH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4PDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Metal Hose Found 4 Pole Double Throw 4 Pole Single Throw 4 Only, Floor Opening, Fail Open
FOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOB . . . . . . FOB . . . . . . FOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat on Bottom Free on Board Face of Flange, Face of Finish Face of Masonry Face of Stud
FOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat on Top FOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Oil Vent, Freezing Point, Fire Protection, Fireproof, Fire Pump FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fireplace FPRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fireproof FPT . . . . . . . FPT . . . . . . . Female Pipe Thread FQ . . . . . . . . fq . . . . . . . . . FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flange Quality Frame, Framing, From Air Fire Resistant Coating Frequency GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 17 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FS (160°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Freight, Fire Retardant Far Full Size Firestat (cut off at indicated)
FSB FSC FSH FSL FSS
FS Box Terminal FS Box Thru Flow Switch High Flow Switch Low Forged Stainless Steel
.................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
FST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Steel Fin Tube Radiation Fitting to Fitting Fitting, Footing Foot Switch
FU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Furred, Furring Furnish Future Valve
FV&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FVNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot Valve and Strainer Full Voltage Nonreversing Full Voltage Reversing Weld, Fillet Weld Forward
FXTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZ (34°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G ...................... GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GA . . . . . . . . ga . . . . . . . .
Fixture Freezestat (cut off at temp indicated) Ground Wire General Arrangement Gage, Gauge
GAL . . . . . . gal . . . . . . . . GALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAUV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gallon Galvanize Gasoline Gage Valve Gate Valve
GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Burner, Grab Bar General Contract, General Contractor Concrete Concrete Masonry Units Grade Cleanout Ground Current Transformer
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 18 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
GD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENL . . . . . genl . . . . . . . GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Duct Heater Grooved End Generator General Ground Fault, Ground Face
GFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current Ground Fault Current Interrupter Ground Fault Interrupter Ground Fault Relay Galvanized Iron
GIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Green Indicating Light Ground Joint Gasket, Gasketed Glass, Girt Line Glass Block
GLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glass Fiber Glass Lined Glass Valve Ground Bus Ground
GND JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Joint Ground Rod Ground Triad Ground Well Gear Operated
GOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gang Operated Switch Governor Government General Purpose, Guard Post, Galvanized Pipe Gypsum Dry Wall
GPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GR . . . . . . . . gr . . . . . . . . . GRC . . . . . . GRC . . . . . .
Gypsum Tile Gypsum Plaster Gypsum Tile Grade, Guardrail Galvanized Rigid Conduit
GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granite, Green Group Graphite Grating Grooved
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 19 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
GS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GSR . . . . . . GSR . . . . . . GSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Supply Ground Sensor Relay Galvanized Steel Sheet Glazed Structural Tile Grout
GT-TIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GYBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Tungsten Inert Gas Welding Gravity Vent Gravel Oxyacetylene Gas Welding Gypsum Board
GYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ...................... H/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gypsum Hydraulic Signal Hardware Half Coupling Hub and Spigot
H-STAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HALON 1211 . . . . . . . . . . 2HALON 1301 . . . . . . . . . HAZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humidistat Heat Actuated Device Bromochlorodi- fluoromethane Bromotrifluoro- methane Hazard
HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hose Bibb, Wall Hydrant HBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardboard HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hose Connection, Hand Control, Hydrocarbon, Hollow Core, Heating Coil HCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halon Control Panel HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head, Hand, Heavy Duty Duct Insertion Humidistat HD DRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDSS . . . . . HDSS . . . . .
Hard Drawn Headroom Clearance High Density Polyethylene Pipe Header High Density Storage System
HES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEX . . . . . . hex . . . . . . . HEX HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Early Strength Cement Hexagonal Hexagon Head Hard Faced Hard Face Seats
HG . . . . . . . . Hg . . . . . . . . HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HHV . . . . . . hhv . . . . . . .
Hydrargyrum- Mercury Hanger Head Joint Handhole Higher Heating Value GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 20 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
HI LIM (99°) . . . . . . . . . . . HI S SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Limit (cut off at temp. indicated) High Signal Selector High Intensity Discharge (lamps) Hook High Lift
HLS . . . . . . . HLS . . . . . . HM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highest Line of Sprinklers Hollow Metal Horn Home Office Hand Off Automatic
HOLDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOMX . . . . HOMX . . . . HORIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP . . . . . . . . hp . . . . . . . . HPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hold Down Home Office Management Control System Horizontal High Pressure, HP Structural Shapes, Hot Press High Point
HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handrail, Hot Rolled, Air to Air Heat Recovery Unit, Hand Reset, Hose Rack, Hose Reel, Hanger Rod HRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handrail Post HRSS . . . . . HRSS . . . . . High Riser Storage System HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Stick Switch, Hydraulic Supply HSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Strength Bolt HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
House Heat Tracing, Heat Traced, High Temperature, Height Heat Trace Cable Heating Heater
HU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HVU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humidifier Humidifier (steam injection) Heating and Ventilating, High Voltage (above 15 kV) Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning Heating and Ventilating Unit
HVY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy Headwall Hallway Hardwood Hot Water Heater
HYDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRO . . . HYDRO . . HYDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1, H2, H3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Hydrostatic (Test) Hydrant Hypotenuse Primary Terminals at Power Transformer GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 21 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . i.e. . . . . . . . . I .......... I .......... I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
That Is (id est) Incinerator, Current (Electrical) Signal Input Out (Electronic) Interlocked Armored Cable Iron Body Bronze Mounted
IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupting Capacity Inside Diameter, Induction Unit Identify, Identifier Inductor Inside Frosted, Inside Face
IFA IFC IFD IFI IFR
Issued for Approval Issued For Construction Issued for Design Issued for Information Issued for Review (& Comment)
.................... .................... .................... ..................... ....................
IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IHP . . . . . . . ihp . . . . . . . . IL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC. . . . . . . Inc. . . . . . . .
Ignition Indicated Horsepower Indicating Light Intermediate Metal Conduit Incorporated
INCIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCL . . . . . incl . . . . . . . INCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incinerator Include, Inclusive Intercooler Incoming Increaser
IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IND . . . . . . . IND . . . . . . . INDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicate Investigational New Drug (application) Industrial Information Initial
INJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Injection Inlet Inquiry Insulated, Insulation Inside
INSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulating Concrete Insulating Fill Inspect, Inspector Institute, Instantaneous Install
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 22 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
INSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTR V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTCON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument, Instruction Instrument Valve Internal, Interior, Integral Interconnection Intermediate
INTFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interface Intake Interlock Intermittent Interference
INTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTSCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INV EL, I.E. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Seats Intersect Interval Invert Invert Elevation
IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISARP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iron Pin Iron Pipe Size Inside Radius, Infrared ISA Recommended Practice Ionization Smoke Detector
ISNRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Screw Nonrising Stem Isometric Insurance Service Office Isolation Inside Screw Rising Stem
ISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IT . . . . . . . . . IT . . . . . . . . . ITC . . . . . . . ITC . . . . . . . ITSAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J .......................
Inside Stainless Steel Seats, Issue Inventory Turnover Investment Tax Credit Intrinsically Safe Joist
JB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junction Box - Power, Control, Lighting Junction Box - Instrument Junction Box - Loop Remote (Bldg Automation) Pull Box Splice Box - Feeder Cables
JBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JIT . . . . . . . . JIT . . . . . . . .
Junction Box - Telephone Janitor's Closet Junction Joint Filler Just In Time
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 23 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
JKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K ...................... KA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jacket Jockey Pump Joint Kirk Key Interlock Keyed Alike
KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KCPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knee Brace Keene's Cement Plaster Kiln Dried Knock Down Kitchen
KL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kynar Lined Knockout Korduct Rigid Conduit (Transite) Kickplate Knuckle Radius
KRSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L ...................... L-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerosene Antikiss Relay Induction, Structural Angle, Length of Curve Left to Right Lockout
LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lightning Arrestor, Load Analyzer, Level Alarm Laboratory Ladder Level Alarm High Level Alarm Low
LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAT . . . . . . LAT . . . . . . LATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laminate, Laminated Latitude, Leaving Air Temperature, Latent Lateral Lavatory Conduit Elbow - Back Cover, Lag Bolt
LBH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduit Elbow - Back Cover Heavy Duty Conduit Elbow - Left Side Cover, Label Conduit Elbow - Right Side Cover; Lumber Conduit Elbow - Corner Cap Heavy Duty Level Controller, Locked Closed, Load Center, Lead Covered, Light Control
LD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEB . . . . . . . LEB . . . . . . LEL . . . . . . . LEL . . . . . . .
Load Leaving Dry Bulb Landing Large End Beveled Lower Explosive Level GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 24 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
LEP . . . . . . . LEP . . . . . . . LEPRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LERAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large End Plain Light Erasable Programmable RAM Light Erasable Programmable ROM Light Erasable RAM Light Erasable ROM
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFAVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture Lighting Fixture - Aviation Lighting Fixture - Emergency Lighting Fixture - Exit Lighting Fixture - Fluorescent
LFIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFMH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFMV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFQZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture - Incandescent Lighting Fixture - Level Gage Lighting Fixture - Metal Halide Lighting Fixture - Mercury Vapor Lighting Fixture - Quartz
LFSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LGG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture - Sodium Vapor High Pressure Lighting Fixture - Sodium Vapor Low Pressure Lighting Fixture - Tank (internal) Long Level Gage Glass
LGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIFO . . . . . . LIFO . . . . . .
Length Left Hand Lower Heating Valve Level Indicator Last In - First Out
LIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LJF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear, Lineal Liquid, Liquor Lap Joint Flange Locker Live Load, Liquid Level
LLBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long Leg Back To Back Liquid Level Controller Low Limit Suction Pressure Controller Long Leg Vertical Limestone
LN . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . LND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO LIM (50°) . . . . . . . . . .
Logarithm (to base e) Lined Lining, Liquified Natural Gas Locked Open Level Operated Low Limit (cut off at temp. indicated)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 25 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
LO S SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOG. . . . . . . log. . . . . . . . LONG. . . . . long. . . . . . . LOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Signal Selector Locate, Location, Local Logarithm (to base 10) Longitude, Longitudinal Lockout Relay
LOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPG . . . . . . . LPG . . . . . . LPGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquid Oxygen Low Pressure, Lighting Panel, Low Point, Light Pole Liquified Petroleum Gas Low Pressure Gas Filled Lighting Power Transformer
LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LRA . . . . . . LRA . . . . . . LRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Ratio, Latching Relay, Long Radius Locked Rotor Amperes Long Radius Elbow Limit Switch Level Switch High
LSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level Switch Low Light, Left, Low Temperature, Long Tangent Load Tap Changer (Transformer) Long Tangent Fitting Lighting, Large Tongue and Groove
LTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lintel, Less Than Truckload Lubricate Low Voltage (below 600 V) Louver Lap Weld
LWB LWC LWN LWT LYT
Leaving Wet Bulb Lightweight Concrete Long Weld Neck Leaving Water Temperature Layout
................... . . . . . . LWC . . . . . . ................... ................... ...................
L1, L2, L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incoming Terminals or Bus M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor, Motor Control Coil & Contacts in Starter, Miscellaneous Structural Shapes M1E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milled 1 End M2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milled 2 Ends MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Actuator MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Air Connection Machine Magnetic Maintenance Malleable GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 26 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text MANF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning Manifold Masonry Material Make Up Air Unit Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
MAX . . . . . max . . . . . . . MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Mixing Box, Machine Bolt Magnetic Brake, Member Moment Connection, Multiple Contact, Miscellaneous Channels, Medicine Cabinet MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Control Center MCE . . . . . . MCE . . . . . . MCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MECH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufacturing Cycle Efficiency Magnetic Clutch Mechanical Medium Mean Effective Pressure
MET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MEZZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Mezzanine Male and Female Metal Floor Decking Mechanical Flow Diagram
MFDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFG . . . . . . mfg . . . . . . . MFR . . . . . . mfr . . . . . . . MG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Feeder Manufacturing Manufacturer Motor Generator Multigang Box
MH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHL . . . . . . MHL . . . . . . MHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manhole Mean Higher High Water Materials Handling Labor Manhour Mean High Water
MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIN . . . . . . min . . . . . . . MIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MISC . . . . . misc . . . . . . MJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malleable Iron Minimum Mirror Miscellaneous Mechanical Joint
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 27 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
MK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MLLW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mark Marked Match Line Molding Mean Lower Low Water
ML-S/RS . ML-S/RS . . MLW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniload - Storage and Retrieval System Mean Low Water Membrane Manual Manual Starter
MNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOL WT . mol wt . . . .
Maintained Maintained Contact Molybdenum, Masonry Opening Modular, Model Molecular Weight
MOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Momentary Momentary Contact Moment, Monument, Monitor Motor Motor Operated Valve, Movable
MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPT . . . . . . MPT . . . . . . MR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower Manual Pull Station Male Pipe Thread Mop Receptor Marble
MRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MSNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTD . . . . . . mtd . . . . . . .
Metal Roof Decking Multispeed Nonreversing Master Switch Mixing Tee, Structural Tee (cut from M Shape), Mount Mean Temperature Difference
MTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounted Metal Furring Mounting Metal Threshold Material
MTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material Takeoff Meter (Instrument) Makeup Mullion Medium Voltage (600 V to 15 kV)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 28 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
MW . . . . . . . MW . . . . . . . MWK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MZI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ......... N .........
Minimum Wall Millwork Maximum Working Pressure Multizone Unit North / Neutral (Drawings Only)
N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (N)B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA . . . . . . . . NA . . . . . . . NARR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Not Applicable Neutral Bus Not Required Not Applicable, Next Assembly Narrative
NAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NDE . . . . . . NDE . . . . . . NEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural National Normally Closed, No Change, No Comment Nondestructive Examination Negative
NEUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NGI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neutral Near Face, Not Furnished No Good Natural Gas Firm Natural Gas Interruptible
NI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel Iron Not In Contract Neon Indicating Light Nipple Neoprene Lined, Nailable
NMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO. . . . . . . No. / # . . . . NOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonmetallic Box Nonmetallic Normally Open Number Nipolet
NOM . . . . . nom . . . . . . . NONFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nominal Nonfreeze Normal Nozzle Nameplate
NPS . . . . . . . NPS . . . . . . . NPSH . . . . . NPSH . . . . . NPT . . . . . . . NPT . . . . . . NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nominal Pipe Size Net Positive Suction Head American National Taper Pipe Thread Noise Reduction Noise Reduction Coefficient
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 29 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
NRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonrising Stem Near Side, Nonsprinklered Normal Set Point Not to Scale Needle Valve
O ...................... O TO O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off, Electromagnetic or Sonic Signal Out to Out Overall Outside Air Damper Outside Air Intake
OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Burner Opposed Blade Damper Obscure, Obsolete On Centers Oil Circuit Breaker
OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ODR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overcurrent Relay Oil Circuit Recloser Octagon Outside Diameter Outdoor
ODT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OEM . . . . . . OEM . . . . . . OET . . . . . . OET . . . . . . OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil & Dust Tight Original Equipment Manufacturer 1 End Threaded Oil Bath Air Filter, Overflow, Outside Face Office
OFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OHWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offsite Open Hearth (steel), Overhead Ovalhead Machine Screw Ovalhead Wood Screw Oil Insulated
OIFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Insulated Fan Cooled Oil Insulated Self-Cooled Oil Immersed Water Cooled Overload Relay Operating Pressure, Opaque
OPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPP HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Opening Opposite Opposite Hand Operate
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 30 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optimizing Control Mode Optional Outside Radius Ordinary Orifice
ORG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OS&Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OSBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organization Original Oil Switch, Open Sprinkler Outside Screw & Yoke Outside Battery Limits
OSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outstanding Leg Oil Tight, Operating Temperature, Overtime Oil Tight Box Over Temperature Relay Oil Type Transformer
OUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outgoing, Outlet, Outside Overflow Overhead Overvoltage Relay Overvoltage
OWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OWJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P ....................... (P)BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil-Water-Gas Open Web Joist Pole, Page, Plain, Pneumatic Signal Potential Bus Proportional Comulator
P SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P&D . . . . . . P&D . . . . . . P&ID . . . . . P&ID . . . . . P/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Selector Pickup And Deposit Station Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Part Of Pipe Anchor, Public Address
PAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PARA . . . . . para . . . . . . .
Packaged Air Conditioner Pressure Alarm High Pressure Alarm Low Pneumatic Averaging Relay, Parallel Paragraph
PART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PATT . . . . . patt . . . . . . . PAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partial Pattern Plasma Arc Welding Private Automatic Exchange Push Button, Pull Box / Panic Bar
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 31 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text PB STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning Push Button Station Particle Board Plain Both Ends Push Button & Light Push Button Maintained Position
PBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private Branch Exchange PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug Cock, Point of Curvature, Point of Curve, Pulsating Current, Pile Cap, Personal Computer PC MK . . . . pc mk . . . . . Piece Mark PC(S) . . . . . pc(s) . . . . . . Piece, Pieces PCB . . . . . . . PCB . . . . . . Polychlorinated Biphenyl PCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCT / % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precast Concrete, Point of Compound Curve Pile Cutoff Portland Cement Plaster Programmable Controller Solid State Percent
PCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Control Valve Pitch Diameter Power Distribution Center Power Distribution Panel Polyethylene, Plain End, Porcelain Enamel, Pneumatic Electric Switch
PE . . . . . . . . PE . . . . . . . . PEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional Engineer Plain End Beveled Photoelectric Cell Pedestal Perforated
PERIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perimeter Permanent Perpendicular Performance Evaluation and Review Technique Photoelectric Scanner
PETRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFA . . . . . . . PFA . . . . . . . PFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petroleum Power Factor, Plain Face Teflon (perfluoroalkoxy) Prefabricate, Prefabricated Prefer
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 32 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred, Process Flow Diagram Power Factor Meter Prefinished Plate Glass, Pipe Guide Phase
pH . . . . . . . . pH . . . . . . . . PHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrogen Ion Concentration Preheat Coil Pneumatic Hesitation Relay Point of Intersection, Pressure Indicator Pressure Indicating Control Valve
PITO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PKGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point of Intersection of Turnout Post Indicator Valve Parking Packaged Plate, Plug, Property Line
PLAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plastic Laminate Plaster Platform Programmable Logic Controllers Pilot Light (Green)
PLMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plumbing Pilot Light (Red) Plant Pilot Loaded Valve Pneumatic
PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNL BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Panel Board Paint Purchase Order Phase Overcurrent Relay
PORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POSUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Porcelain Positive Position Point of Support Potentiometer
PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PR . . . . . . . . pr . . . . . . . . . PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Protection, Power Pole, Power Panel Polypropylene Lined Pair Pipe Rack Programmable RAM
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 33 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRCST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRECIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREFAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Controller Process Precast Precipitator Prefabricated
PRELIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESS. . . . press. . . . . . PRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary Prepare, Preparation Pressure Preformed Primary
PRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRMLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Premolded Product, Productivity Project, Projection Programmable ROM
PROP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRV . . . . . . PRV . . . . . .
Property Protective, Protection Pneumatic Ratio Relay Printer Pressure Reducing Valve
PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSD . . . . . . . PSD . . . . . . . PSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Support, Point of Switch, Pipe Stub, Pressure Switch Prestressed Concrete Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality Pressure Switch High Pressure Switch Low
PSLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Sleeve PSV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Safety Valve PT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point, Point of Tangency, Potential Transformer, Pipe Tap, Pressure Tap P/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure / Temperature PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Post Tensioned Concrete PTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paper Towel Dispenser Pothead Partition Paper Towel Receptor Pickup
PURCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC . . . . . . PVC . . . . . . PVCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase Plug Valve, Paved, Paving Pressure / Volume Polyvinyl Chloride, Point of Vertical Curve Polyvinyl Chloride Lined GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 34 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Point of Vertical Intersection Pavement Point of Vertical Tangent Power Bus
PWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plywood Postweld Heat Treatment Power Powerhouse Power Transformer
QA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QDRNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quality Assurance, Quick Acting Quality Control Quadrant Quick Opening Device Quick Opening Valve
QT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QTY . . . . . . qty . . . . . . . . QUAL . . . . qual . . . . . . . R ....................... R FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarry Tile Quantity Quality Relief Valve (hot water), Radius, Relay, Resistance, Red Return Fan
R-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right to Left Readout (electronic) Return Air Room Air Conditioner Reverse Acting
RAD RAD. RAF RAG RAH
Return Air Damper Radius, Radian Return Air Fan Return Air Grille Radiant Heating
................... .................. ................... ................... ...................
RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Random Access Memory Return Air Opening Remote Annunciator Panel Return Air Register Rubber Base
RBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Round Bolted Bonnet Rubble Stone Rubber Tile Reheat Coil, Receiver Controller Remote Control
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 35 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCP . . . . . . . RCP . . . . . . RCVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receptacle Box Record Refrigerant Compressor Reinforced Concrete Pipe Received
RCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCVY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Recovery Rupture Disc, Round, Roof Drain Roof Drain Conductor Radial
RDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE-BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rain & Dust Tight, Sleet Resistant Reinforcing Bar Recording Receptacle Reciprocate, Reciprocal
RECIRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recirculate Rectangular, Rectifier Reducer, Reducing Reducing Flange Reference
REFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REINF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerator, Refrigeration Regulator, Register Regenerator Reinforce Remove
REQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REQD . . . . . reqd . . . . . . REQN . . . . . reqn . . . . . . REQT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Request Required Requisition Requirement Resilient, Resistor
RESTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REV . . . . . . rev . . . . . . . . RF . . . . . . . . RF . . . . . . . . RFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restrictor Return Revise / Revision Raised Face Roofing
RFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof Hatch Reflect, Reflected, Reflective, Reflector Request for Purchase Request for Quotation Refractory
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 36 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RFSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RHEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Raised Face Smooth Finish Ring Gasket Relative Humidity / Rubber Hose / Right Hand Rheostat Heat Resisting, Rubber Insulated, and Lead Covered Cable
RIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Red Indicating Light Rack Rail, Railing Rubber Lined, Removable Link Railing
RLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RMS . . . . . . RMS . . . . . . RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Room Root Mean Square Riser Nipple Round
RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROW, R/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough Opening Restriction Orifice Read Only Memory, Rough Order of Magnitude Right of Way Receptacle Panel
RPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RRLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RSB . . . . . . . RSB . . . . . .
Receptacle Power Transformer Railroad Residual Voltage Relay Rising Stem, Resistor Rack Supported Building
RSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rigid Steel Conduit Reducing Street Elbow Resistance Thermometer Right, Raintight & Sleet Resistant Resistance Temperature Detector
RTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTRP . . . . . RTRP . . . . . RTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating Right Hand Ring Type Joint Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe Rotary
RV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVP . . . . . . RVP . . . . . . RVNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relief Valve, Roof Vent (Intake or Discharge) Reid Vapor Pressure Reduced Voltage Nonreversing Reduced Voltage Reversing Reverse (Side)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 37 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rivet S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South, Strainer, Safety Valve (steam), Beam (American Standard), Solenoid Actuator, Starter S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speed / Current S/FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shop Fabrication S/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Line S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/R . . . . . . . . S/R . . . . . . . S/RM . . . . . S/RM . . . . . S/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solid Neutral Store / Retrieve Store / Retrieve Machine Speed / Torque Software
SA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Air Supply Air Diffuser Safe, Safety Supply Air Grille Salvage
SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sanitary Saturate Automatic Submerged Arc Welding Stud Bolt Sample Connection, Solid Core, System Control, Shear Connector
SCH . . . . . . sch . . . . . . . . SCHEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule Schematic Screen Silicon Controlled Rectifier Screwed
SCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural Clay Tile Section Control Valve Smoke Detector, Supplier Document Siding Saddle
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEB . . . . . . . SEB . . . . . . . SEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECT . . . . . sect . . . . . . . SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Street Elbow, Screwed End Small End Beveled Second, Secondary Section Segment
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 38 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
SEHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . SER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Entrance Head Service Entrance Elbow Separate Small End Plain Series
SERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serrated Sewer Serrated Finish, Seal Fitting, Spot Face, Semifinished Seal Fittings with Drain Safety Glass
SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SH ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Glass, Safety Gate, Sight Glass Single Steam Heating Coil, Shelf, Shelving, Single Hub, Shower Shock Absorber Shield
SHO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shore, Shored, Shoring Sheet Sheeting Sheathing Similar
SIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SKL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shut In Winter Solder Joints Sketch, Sink Skylight Socket, Skirt
SKU . . . . . . SKU . . . . . . SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock Keeping Unit (or Part Number) Saran Lined, Sea Level, Sleeve Short Leg Back to Back Short Leg Vertical Shielded Metallic Arc With Covered Electrodes
SMLS STL . . . . . . . . . . . . . SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless Steel Swage Nipple, Spray Nozzle Substitute or Synthetic Natural Gas Sealant Slip On Flange
SOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOL ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOLN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP GR . . . . sp gr
Solenoid, Sockolet Solid State Solution Static Pressure, Spare, Spiral, Set Point, Soil Pipe, Spool, Soundproof . . . . . Specific Gravity GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 39 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
SP HT . . . . . sp ht . . . . . . SPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC . . . . . spec . . . . . . .
Specific Heat Space, Spacer Spacing Single Pole Double Throw Specification
SPHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPS-AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sphere, Spherical Speaker Special Sprinkler, Spring Speed Switch Antiplugging
SPS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQ . . . . . . . . sq . . . . . . . . SQH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Switch Plugging Single Pole Single Throw Square Square Head Square Root
SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Radius, Stress Relief, Steel Roll Up Short Radius Elbow Selector Switch Slow Speed Contactor Service Sink
SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Substation Service Transformer, Stainless Steel, Saturated Suction Temperature, Solid State Trip SSU . . . . . . . SSU . . . . . . . Storage Space Utilization Ratio ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structural Tee (cut from S Shape), Sound Trap ST SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight Seam STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Station STAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STD . . . . . . . Std . . . . . . . . STD WT . . std wt . . . . STEL . . . . . STEL . . . .
Stabilizer Stress Cone Standard Standard Weight Short Term Exposure Limit
STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STIFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seating, Stage Stiffener Stirrup Stack, Stock Steel
STM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STM TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steam Steam Tracing, Steam Trace Storage Magnetic Starter, Strainer, Straight Combination Magnetic Starter with Circuit Breaker GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 40 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
STRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STWY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Magnetic Starter with Fused Disconnect Switch Starter Rack Structural Steam Working Pressure Stairway
SUBST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUBSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Substitute Substation Suction Supplement Supersede
SUPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SURF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUSP CLG . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support, Superintendent Supervisor Surface Suspended Suspended Ceiling
SV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SW . . . . . . . . sw . . . . . . . . SWBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Valve, Solenoid Valve Service Socket Weld Switch Switchboard
SWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swage Switchgear Switchrack Symmetrical Symbol
SYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T ....................... T TO B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T TO T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronous, Synthetic System Tee, Ton, Temperature, Trap Top to Bottom Tangent to Tangent
TDAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TDAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T&B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T&C . . . . . . T&C . . . . . . T&G . . . . . . T&G . . . . . .
Time Delay After Deenergizing Time Delay After Energizing Top and Bottom Thread and Couple Tongue and Groove
T/SLAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top of Slab Tachometer Transfer Air Grille Temperature Alarm High Temperature Alarm Low
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 41 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text TAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TBE . . . . . . . TBE . . . . . .
Meaning Tangent Transfer Air Opening Transfer Air Register Terminal Block, Trolley Beam, Terminal Board, Towel Bar Thread Both Ends
TC . . . . . . . . TC . . . . . . . . Thermocouple, Trip Coil, Time Closing, No Load Tap Changer (Transformer), Total Carbon, Terra Cotta TCS . . . . . . . TCS . . . . . . Time Charge System TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Difference, Time Delay TDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Delay Relay TDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Dissolved Solids TE . . . . . . . . TE . . . . . . . . TEFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEMP . . . . . temp . . . . . .
Threaded End Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Telephone Telephone Pole Temperature, Temporary
TENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERM. . . . . term. . . . . . . TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tension Terminal Threaded Flange, Transfer Fan Teflon (polytetra-fluoroethylene) 3 Way
3/C . . . . . . . . 3/C . . . . . . . 3/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 PH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Conductor Cable (or 4, 7, 12, etc.) 3 Wire 3 Phase Threaded, Thread Thermostat
THK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TI . . . . . . . . . TI . . . . . . . . . TIP . . . . . . . TIP . . . . . . . TIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thick, Thickness Threshold Temperature Indicator Total Implied Precision Total Indicator Reading
TK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TKBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TLE . . . . . . . TLE . . . . . .
Tank Tackboard Tackstrip Tangent Line, Tangent Length, Total Load Thread Large End
TLV . . . . . . TLV . . . . . . TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOC . . . . . . TOC . . . . . .
Threshold Limit Value Timer Timer Programmable Time Opening, Turnout Total Organic Carbon GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 42 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
TOC . . . . . . T/C . . . . . . . TOD . . . . . . T/D . . . . . . . TOE . . . . . .
TOC . . . . . . Top of Concrete, Top of Curb T/C TOD . . . . . . Top of Duct T/D TOE . . . . . . Thread 1 End
TOF . . . . . . . T/F . . . . . . . . TOG . . . . . . T/G . . . . . . . TOJ . . . . . . .
TOF . . . . . . Top of Footing T/F TOG . . . . . Top of Grate T/G TOJ . . . . . . Top of Joist
T/J . . . . . . . . T/J TOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thredolet, Tolerance TOP . . . . . . . TOP . . . . . . Top of Pipe T/P . . . . . . . . T/P TOR . . . . . . TOR . . . . . . Top of Rail T/R . . . . . . . T/R TOS . . . . . . . TOS . . . . . . Top of Steel, Top of Soil T/S . . . . . . . T/S TOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total TOW . . . . . . TOW . . . . . Top of Wall T/W . . . . . . . T/W TP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPI . . . . . . . TPI . . . . . . .
Toe Plate Temperature Controller Toilet Paper Dispenser Throughput Performance Index
TPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3PDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe Plate Only Toilet Partition Triple Pole Double Throw Triple Pole Single Throw Thermal Relay, Trace, Tracing, Trench, Transom
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSE . . . . . . TSE . . . . . . . TSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Structural Tubing, Tray Support Thread Small End Temperature Switch High Temperature Switch Low
TSS . . . . . . . TSS . . . . . . . TST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Suspended Solids Temporary Strainer Tell Tale; Tee (Side Cover) Tee (Back Cover) Turbine
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 43 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
TV . . . . . . . . TV . . . . . . . 2SCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2SSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TWA . . . . . . TWA . . . . .
Television 2 Speed Consequent Pole (Starter) 2 Speed Separate Winding (Starter) Thermowell Time Weighted Average
TXB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1, T2, T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . U/L . . . . . . . U/L . . . . . . .
Tee, (Cross) Back Cover Typical Terrazzo Outgoing Terminals to Motor Unit Load
UA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Air Conditioner (with compressor) Union Bonnet Undercut Underdrain Upper Explosive Level
UG, U/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underground Underground Direct Burial Underground Duct Bank Unit Heater Union
UNF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unfinished Unless Noted Otherwise Unistrut Utility Pole Uninterruptible Power Supply
UR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USA . . . . . . USA . . . . . . USD . . . . . . USD . . . . . . UTIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UTS . . . . . . . UTS . . . . . .
Urinal United States of America Ultimate Strength Design Utility Ultimate Tensile Stress
UV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V ...................... VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Ventilator, Under Voltage Under Voltage Device Under Voltage Relay Valve, Vent, Vibration Isolator, Shear Vacuum
VAM VAR VAT VAV VAX
Voltammeter Variable, Varnish Vinyl Asbestos Tile Variable Air Volume Virtual Address Extended
.................. ................... ................... ................... . . . . . . VAX . . . . . .
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 44 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VCP . . . . . . VCP . . . . . . VD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vapor Barrier, Vinyl Base, Valve Box Vertical Curve Vitrified Clay Pipe Vapor Density Volume Damper
VEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Velocity Ventilate, Ventilation Vertical Vestibule Vinyl Fabric
VG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VICT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertical Grain Vibrate, Vibrating, Vibrator Victaulic Vinyl Viscosity
VIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIZ . . . . . . . viz . . . . . . . . VJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vitreous Namely V-Joint, V-Jointed Voltmeter Veneer
VOL . . . . . . vol . . . . . . . . VOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume Volt-Ohm Milliammeter Vapor Pressure, Velocity Pressure Voltage Regulator Vertical Lift
VRLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Relay Vermiculite Volt Meter Switch, Vent Stack, Versus, Vent Set Vinyl Tile Vertex
VU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W ......... W ......... W/ . . . . . . . . w/ . . . . . . . . . W/O . . . . . . w/o . . . . . . . WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilating Unit West, Wide, Width, Wide Flange, White With Without Welded Bonnet, Wet Bulb, Wood Base
WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WDTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weld Cap, Watercloset, Water Chiller Wide, Width, Wood Water and Dust Tight Water and Dust Tight, and Corrosion Resistant Wide Flange
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 45 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
WFAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WGP . . . . . . WGP . . . . . . WGS . . . . . . WGS . . . . . . WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Flow Alarm Wired Glass Wire Guidance Path Wire Guidance System Wall Heater, Wall Hung
WHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watthour Meter Watthour Meter Demand Warehouse Wrought Iron, Weir Inlet White Indicating Light
WIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WKWY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window Walkway Wind Load Watt Meter, Wire Mesh Watt Meter Demand
WN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WNF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding Neck Welding Neck Flange Water-Oil-Gas Weldolet Working Point, Working Pressure, Weatherproof, Waterproofing
WR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WROT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Repellent, Water Resistant Weather Resistant Box Wrought Waterstop Wainscot
WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WT . . . . . . . wt . . . . . . . .
Working Stress Design Allowable Working Steam Pressure Weatherstrip Wall Thickness, Watertight, Structural Tee Weight
WTW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X ...................... XA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall to Wall Wireway Welded Wire Fabric Auxiliary Relay to Prefixed Relay, Unclassified Instrument Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Terminal
XC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XFMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XFRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Through Transformer Transfer Switch Extra Heavy Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Elbow GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 46 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
XLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XMTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Linked Polyethylene Cross Linked Polyethylene, Lead Covered Transmitter Auxiliary Contact Normally Closed Auxiliary Contact Normally Open
XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explosionproof Explosionproof Dust Tight Explosionproof Gastight Explosionproof Rain, Gas, and Dust Tight Explosionproof Spin Top, Gas, and Dust Tight
XR . . . . . . . . XR . . . . . . . XS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X-Ray Extra Strong Outlet Body Hazardous Area - Tee Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Cross Double Extra Heavy
XXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X1, X2, X3, X0 . . . . . . . . Y ...................... YIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YP . . . . . . . . YP . . . . . . .
Double Extra Strong Secondary Terminals at Power Transformer (X0 is Neutral) Yellow Yellow Indicating Light Yield Point
YS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield Strength Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance (Diagram), Zone ZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freezestat
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 670 250 9965 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FEET AND INCHES
64ths
32nds
Decimals of a Foot 0"
3"
4"
5"
6"
7"
8"
10"
11"
0.0000 0.0833 0.1667 0.2500 0.3333 0.4167 0.0013 0.0846 0.1680 0.2513 0.3346 0.4180
0.5013 0.5846 0.6680 0.7513 0.8346 0.9180
0.015625
1/32
0.0026 0.0859 0.1693 0.2526 0.3359 0.4193
0.5026 0.5859 0.6693 0.7526 0.8359 0.9193
0.031250
0.0039 0.0872 0.1706 0.2539 0.3372 0.4206
0.5039 0.5872 0.6706 0.7539 0.8372 0.9206
0.046875
3
1/16 5 3/32 7
1/8 9 5/32 11
3/16 13 7/32
0.5000 0.5833 0.6667 0.7500 0.8333 0.9167
0.0052 0.0885 0.1719 0.2552 0.3385 0.4219
0.5052 0.5885 0.6719 0.7552 0.8385 0.9219
0.062500
0.0065 0.898
0.1732 0.2565 0.3398 0.4232
0.5065 0.5898 0.6732 0.7565 0.8398 0.9232
0.078125
0.0078 0.0911 0.1745 0.2578 0.3411 0.4245
0.5078 0.5911 0.6745 0.7578 0.8411 0.9245
0.093750
0.0091 0.0924 0.1758 0.2591 0.3424 0.4258
0.5091 0.5924 0.6758 0.7591 0.8424 0.9258
0.109375
0.0104 0.0937 0.1771 0.2604 0.3437 0.4271
0.5104 0.5937 0.6771 0.7604 0.8437 0.9271
0.125000
0.0117 0.0951 0.1784 0.2617 0.3451 0.4284
0.5117 0.5951 0.6784 0.7617 0.8451 0.9284
0.140625
0.0130 0.0964 0.1797 0.2630 0.3464 0.4297
0.5130 0.5964 0.6797 0.7630 0.8464 0.9297
0.156250
0.0143 0.0977 0.1810 0.2643 0.3477 0.4310
0.5143 0.5977 0.6810 0.7643 0.8477 0.9310
0.171875
0.0156 0.0990 0.1823 0.2656 0.3490 0.4323
0.5156 0.5990 0.6823 0.7656 0.8490 0.9323
0.187500
0.0169 0.1003 0.1836 0.2669 0.3503 0.4336
0.5169 0.6003 0.6836 0.7669 0.8503 0.9336
0.203125
0.0182 0.1016 0.1849 0.2682 0.3516 0.4349
0.5182 0.6016 0.6849 0.7682 0.8516 0.9349
0.218750
0.0195 0.1029 0.1862 0.2695 0.3529 0.4362
0.5196 0.6029 0.6862 0.7695 0.8529 0.9362
0.234375
1/4
0.0208 0.1042 0.1875 0.2708 0.3542 0.4375
0.5208 0.6042 0.6875 0.7708 0.8542 0.9375
0.250000
0.0221 0.1055 0.1888 0.2721 0.3555 0.4388
0.5221 0.6055 0.6888 0.7721 0.8555 0.9388
0.265625
9/32
0.0234 0.1068 0.1901 0.2734 0.3568 0.4401
0.5234 0.6068 0.6901 0.7734 0.8568 0.9401
0.281250
0.0247 0.1081 0.1914 0.2747 0.3581 0.4414
0.5247 0.6081 0.6914 0.7747 0.8581 0.9414
0.296875
0.0260 0.1094 0.1927 0.2760 0.3594 0.4427
0.5260 0.6094 0.6927 0.7760 0.8594 0.9427
0.312500
15
17
19
3/16 21
0.0273 0.1107 0.1940 0.2773 0.3607 0.4440
0.5273 0.6107 0.6940 0.7773 0.8607 0.9440
0.328125
11/32 0.0286 0.1120 0.1953 0.2786 0.3620 0.4453
0.5286 0.6120 0.6953 0.7786 0.8620 0.9453
0.343750
0.0299 0.1133 0.1966 0.2799 0.3633 0.4466
0.5299 0.6133 0.6966 0.7799 0.8633 0.9466
0.359375
0.0312 0.1146 0.1979 0.2812 0.3646 0.4479
0.5312 0.6146 0.6979 0.7812 0.8646 0.9479
0.375000
23
3/8 25
0.0326 0.1159 0.1992 0.2826 0.3659 0.4492
0.5326 0.6159 0.6992 0.7826 0.8659 0.9492
0.390625
13/32 0.0339 0.1172 0.2005 0.2839 0.3672 0.4505
0.5339 0.6172 0.7005 0.7839 0.8672 0.9505
0.406250
0.0352 0.1185 0.2018 0.2852 0.3685 0.4518
0.5352 0.6185 0.7018 0.7852 0.8685 0.9518
0.421875
27
7/16
31
2"
0 1
29
1"
Decimals of an Inch
0.0365 0.1198 0.2031 0.2865 0.3698 0.4531
0.5365 0.6198 0.7031 0.7865 0.8698 0.9531
0.437500
0.0378 0.1211 0.2044 0.2878 0.3711 0.4544
0.5378 0.6211 0.7044 0.7878 0.8711 0.9544
0.453125
15/32 0.0391 0.1224 0.2057 0.2891 0.3724 0.4557
0.5391 0.6224 0.7057 0.7891 0.8724 0.9557
0.468750
0.0404 0.1237 0.2070 0.2904 0.3737 0.4570
0.5404 0.6237 0.7070 0.7904 0.8737 0.9570
0.484375
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9965 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FEET AND INCHES
64ths
32nds
Decimals of a Foot 0"
1/2 33
5"
6"
7"
8"
9"
10"
11"
0.5417 0.6250 0.7083 0.7917 0.8750 0.9583
0.500000 0.515625
0.5443 0.6276 0.7109 0.7943 0.8776 0..9609
0.531250
0.0456 0.1289 0.2122 0.2956 0.3789 0.4622
0.5456 0.6289 0.7122 0.7956 0.8789 0.9622
0.546875
0.0469 0.1302 0.2135 0.2969 0.3802 0.4635
0.5469 0.6302 0.7135 0.7969 0.8802 0.9635
0.562500
0.0482 0.1315 0.2148 0.2982 0.3815 0.4648
0.5482 0.6315 0.7148 0.7982 0.8815 0.9648
0.578125
19/32 0.0495 0.1328 0.2161 0.2995 0.3828 0.4661
0.5495 0.6328 0.7161 0.7995 0.8828 0.9661
0.593750
0.0508 0.1341 0.2174 0.3008 0.3841 0.4674
0.5508 0.6341 0.7174 0.8008 0.8841 0.9674
0.609375
0.0521 0.1354 0.2188 0.3021 0.3854 0.4688
0.5521 0.6354 0.7188 0.8021 0.8854 0.9688
0.625000
0.0534 0.1367 0.2201 0.3034 0.3867 0.4701
0.5534 0.6367 0.7201 0.8034 0.8867 0.9701
0.640625
21/32 0.0547 0.1380 0.2214 0.3047 0.3880 0.4714
0.5547 0.6380 0.7214 0.8047 0.8880 0.9714
0.656250
0.0560 0.1393 0.2227 0.3060 0.3893 0.4727
0.5560 0.6393 0.7227 0.8060 0.8893 0.9727
0.671875
11/16 0.0573 0.1406 0.2240 0.3073 0.3906 0.4740
0.5573 0.6406 0.7240 0.8073 0.8906 0.9740
0.687500
0.0586 0.1419 0.2253 0.3086 0.3919 0.4753
0.5586 0.6419 0.7253 0.8086 0.8919 0.9753
0.703125
23/32 0.0599 0.1432 0.2266 0.3099 0.3932 0.4766
39
5/8 41
43
45
47
3/4 49
0.5599 0.6432 0.7266 0.8099 0.8932 0.9766
0.718750
0.0612 0.1445 0.2279 0.3112 0.3945 0.4779
0.5612 0.6645 0.7279 0.8112
0.8945 0.9779
0.734375
0.0625 0.1458 0.2292 0.3125 0.3958 0.4792
0.5625 0.6458 0.7292 0.8125 0.8958 0.9792
0.750000
0.0638 0.1471 0.2305 0.3138 0.3971 0.4805
0.5638 0.6471 0.7305 0.8138 0.8971 0.9805
0.765625
25/32 0.0651 0.1484 0.2318 0.3151 0.3984 0.4818
0.5651 0.6484 0.7318 0.8151 0.8984 0.9818
0.781250
0.0664 0.1497 0.2331 0.3164 0.3997 0.4831
0.5664 0.6497 0.7331 0.8164 0.8997 0.9831
0.796875
13/16 0.0677 0.1510 0.2344 0.3177 0.4010 0.4844
0.5677 0.6510 0.7344 0.8177 0.9010 0.9844
0.812500
51
53
0.0690 0.1523 0.2357 0.3190 0.4023 0.4857
0.5690 0.6523 0.7357 0.8190 0.9023 0.9857
0.828125
27/32 0.0703 0.1536 0.2370 0.3203 0.4036 0.4870
0.5703 0.6536 0.7370 0.8203 0.9036 0.9870
0.843750
0.0716 0.1549 0.2383 0.3216 0.4049 0.4883
0.5716 0.6549 0.7383 0.8216 0.9094 0.9883
0.859375
0.0729 0.1562 0.2396 0.3229 0.4062 0.4896
0.5729 0.6562 0.7396 0.8229 0.9062 0.9896
0.875000
55
7/8
63
4"
0.5430 0.6263 0.7096 0.7930 0.8763 0.9596
9/16
61
3"
0.0430 0.1263 0.2096 0.2930 0.3763 0.4596
37
59
2"
0.0417 0.1250 0.2083 0.2917 0.3750 0.4583
17/32 0.0443 0.1276 0.2109 0.2943 0.3776 0.4609 35
57
1"
Decimals of an Inch
0.0742 0.1576 0.2409 0.3242 0.4076 0.4909
0.5742 0.6576 0.7409 0.8242 0.9076 0.9909
0.890625
29/32 0.0755 0.1589 0.2422 0.3255 0.4089 0.4922
0.5755 0.6589 0.7422 0.8255 0.9089 0.9922
0.906250
0.0768 0.1602 0.2435 0.3268 0.4102 0.4935
0.5768 0.6602 0.7435 0.8268 0.9102 0.9935
0.921875
15/16 0.0781 0.1615 0.2448 0.3281 0.4115 0.4948
0.5781 0.6615 0.7448 0.8281 0.9115 0.9948
0.937500
0.0794 0.1628 0.2461 0.3294 0.4128 0.4961
0.5794 0.6628 0.7461 0.8294 0.9128 0.9961
0.953125
31/32 0.0807 0.1641 0.2474 0.3307 0.4141 0.4974
0.5807 0.6641 0.7474 0.8307 0.9141 0.9974
0.968750
0.0820 0.1654 0.2487 0.3320 0.4154 0.4987
0.5820 0.6654 0.7487 0.8320 0.9154 0.9987
0.984375
Piping Engineering
ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICES 670.250.0020:
Table Of Contents: Piping Engineering Design Guide
670.250.0100:
Organization Chart
670.250.0120:
Discipline Responsibilities
670.250.0170:
Operation Numbers And Activity Codes
000.000.0310:
Safety In The Home Office
670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions / Requisites
670.200.1005:
Drawing Numbering Systems
670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
670.250.1038:
Drawing Corrections - Piping
670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
670.250.1055:
Drawing Practice - Simplified Method Of Drawing Elliptical And Dished Vessel Heads
670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1061:
Supplier Submittal Review - Exchangers
670.250.1062:
Supplier Review - Pumps And Turbines
670.250.1063:
Supplier Review - Reciprocating Compressors
670.210.1150:
Storm Drainage
670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
670.210.1200:
Outside Underground Piping
670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
670.210.1211:
Thrust Restraint Design
670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
TECHNICAL PRACTICES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
670.250.1641:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifolds
670.250.2005:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development - Instructions
670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement - Location Control Plan Instructions - Onsites
670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing And Procedures
670.250.2021:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Interface Control Chart And Procedure
670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
670.250.2031:
Plant Arrangement - Valve Accessibility And Clearance
670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
670.250.2051:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Minimum Detail
670.250.2052:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method
670.250.2053:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method
670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
670.250.2055:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method
670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
670.250.2080:
Piping Isometrics - Piping Isometrics Drawing Instructions
670.250.2081:
Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions
670.250.2082:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Pipeway
670.250.2083:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, ASME Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2084:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Post Heat Treated And Stainless Steel Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2085:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2086:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld Dimension Method
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2087:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2089:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld, Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2090:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric And Procedure - Shop / Field Fabrication Of Vacuum Stiffener Rings
670.250.2091:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Steel Underground
670.250.2093:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop / Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2100:
Offsites - Refinery Plot Plans
670.250.2105:
Offsites - Tank Spacing
670.250.2110:
Offsites - Atmospheric Storage Tank Piping Layout Guide
670.250.2111:
Sleeve Through Dike
670.250.2120:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Models
670.250.2121:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Plot Development Model
670.250.2122
Model Piping - Instructions For Model Preparation And Review
670.250.2150:
Supports - Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, and Concrete Pads
670.250.2151:
Supports - Field Supports
670.250.2152:
Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts
670.250.2153:
Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors And Guides - Metallic Piping
670.250.2154:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping
670.250.2155:
Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature
670.250.2156:
Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
670.250.2157:
Supports - Gusset Supports
670.250.2158:
Supports - Structural Steel (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2159:
Supports - Concrete (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2170:
Spectacle Blind Layout, Design, Handling, and Removal
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2172:
Detail - Utility Station Piping
670.250.2174:
Detail - Vents And Drains
670.250.2175:
Sample Connections And Sample Cooler Details
670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
670.250.2210:
Stress Design - Responsibilities
670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
670.250.2230:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Rotating Equipment
670.250.2231:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Equipment - Exchangers And Vessels
670.250.2232:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Pipeway
670.250.2240:
Stress Design - Spring Hangers And Hanger Rods
670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
670.250.2340:
Tie-In Practices - Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Form
670.250.2350:
Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps
670.250.2351:
Pumps And Turbines - Reduction At Pump Suction
670.250.2352:
Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps
670.250.2353:
Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
670.250.2360:
Pumps And Turbines - Strainers, Pump Suction, Conical
670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
670.250.2475:
Compressor Piping - Pulse Dampener Type And Location Of Mounting On Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2480:
Compressor Piping - Pipe Support Spacing For Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2481:
Compressor Piping - Line Spacing Using Holddowns
670.250.2485:
Compressor Piping - Centrifugal Compressor General Arrangements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2490:
Compressor Piping - Steam Turbines For Compressor Piping And General Arrangements
670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
670.250.2525:
Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design
670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements - Heaters
670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping
670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
670.250.2601: Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers 670.250.2602:
Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements
670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
670.250.2650:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Piping
670.250.2651:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Trays
670.250.2660:
Vessel Layout - Classification Of Vessels Vs Piping
670.250.2701:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Arrangement And Layout Guide
670.250.2702:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Clearances And Camflex Type Layout Guide
670.250.2705:
Instruments - Tagging For Piping Plans, Isometrics, And Models
670.250.2710:
Instruments - Meter Runs - Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes
670.250.2711:
Instruments - Orifice Flange Tap Piping
670.250.2720:
Instruments - Pressure Instrument Branch Connection And Layout Clearances
670.250.2730:
Instruments - Thermowell Details Selection Chart
670.250.2740:
Instruments - Level Instrument Piping Layout Guidelines
670.250.2750:
Instruments - Relief Valve Piping And Locations
670.250.2752:
Instrument Piping - Steam Trap, Continuous Drainer, And Drip Pot Pipng
670.250.2790:
Instruments - Piping Layout Requirements - Misc Items
670.250.9100:
TOC: Piping ApplicationsGuide fro Intergraph PDS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
DETAILS 670.240.4000:
Table Of Contents: Plumbing Details
670.245.4000:
Table Of Contents: Fire Protection Details
670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.245.4300:
Table Of Contents: Steam Tracing Details
670.250.4301:
Maximum Steam Tracer Length And Pocket Depth
670.250.4302:
Tracer Supply And Condensate Header Sizing
670.250.4303:
Maximum Instrument Tracer Lengths And Pocket Depth
670.250.4304:
Tracer Position
670.250.4305:
Tracer Expansion Loops Tracer Anchor And Guide
670.250.4306:
Valves, Flanges, And Control Valve Manifold
670.250.4307:
Steam Jacketing
670.250.4308:
Pump Case Tracing
670.250.4309:
Steam Tracing - Liquid Level Instruments
670.250.4310:
Steam Tracing Manifolds
670.250.9801:
Dimensional Chart - Overall Dimensions - Weld Fitting And Branches
670.250.9804:
Formulas For Rolled Offsets Using Bends Or Elbows
670.250.9809:
Dimensional Chart - Nominal Wall Thickness For Pipe
670.250.9810:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Fittings, Flanges, And Valves
670.250.9811:
Dimensional Chart - Slip-On Flanged Fittings
670.250.9812:
Dimensional Chart - Standard Dimensions - Ring Joint Weld Neck Flanges
670.250.9813:
Dimensional Chart - Large Diameter Fabricated Type Reducers
670.250.9814:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Two And Three Weld Mitered Elbows
670.250.9815:
Dimensional Chart - Line Spacing - Pipe
670.250.9816:
Dimensional Chart - Cutting And Dimensioning Pipe At Odd Angles
670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
670.250.9820:
Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
RESOURCES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights - Piping Components
670.250.9822:
Properties Of Pipe
670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
670.250.9830:
Acceptance Criteria - Flange Face
670.250.9835:
Application Of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances
670.250.9853:
Pressure Conversion Table - PSI To Bars
670.250.9856:
Piping Codes And Standards
670.250.9860:
AWS Standard Welding Symbols
000.000.9910:
Abbreviations - Terms And Phrases
670.250.9965:
Decimal Equivalents Of Feet And Inches
670.250.9966:
Trigonometric Functions
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Topical Index of Piping Practices by Subject - Piping Engineering Design Guide
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
Note!!! The purpose of this attachment is to sort the Piping practices by subject. The subject areas are the following: Miscellaneous Plant Arrangement Offsites - Plant Arrangement Underground Equipment Studies - Vessels - Pumps and Turbines - Exchangers - Fired Equipment - Compressors Instruments Supplier Data Stress Material Sketching Plastic Model Piping Miscellaneous Details, Utility Stations, Spectacle Blinds Drawing and Drawing Checking Piping Isometrics Heat Tracing Piping Plans Supports Dimension Charts and Tables The listings in this attachment are not automatically updated with the table of contents. Miscellaneous 670.250.9100:
Table Of Contents: Piping Applications Guide For Intergraph PDS
670.250.0100:
Organization Chart
670.250.0120:
Discipline Responsibilities
670.250.0170:
Operation Numbers And Activity Codes
670.200.0310:
Safety In The Home Office
670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions / Requisites
670.250.2005:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development - Instructions
670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement - Location Control Plan Instructions - Onsites
Plant Arrangement
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing And Procedures
670.250.2021:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Interface Control Chart And Procedure
670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
670.250.2031:
Plant Arrangement - Valve Accessibility And Clearance
670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
670.250.2100:
Offsites - Refinery Plot Plans
670.250.2105:
Offsites - Tank Spacing
670.250.2110:
Offsites - Atmospheric Storage Tank Piping Layout Guide
670.250.2111:
Sleeve Through Dike
670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
670.250.2340:
Tie-In Practices - Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Form
670.210.1150:
Storm Drainage
670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
670.210.1200:
Outside Underground Piping
670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
670.210.1211:
Thrust Restraint Design
670.240.4000:
TOC Plumbing Details
670.245.4000:
TOC Fire Protection Details
670.250.2650:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Piping
670.250.2651:
Vessel Layout And Orientation - Trays
670.250.2660:
Vessel Layout - Classification Of Vessels vs Piping
670.250.2350:
Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps
670.250.2351:
Pumps And Turbines - Reduction At Pump Suction
Offsites Plant Arrangement
Underground
Equipment Studies: Vessels
Pumps And Turbines
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2352:
Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps
670.250.2353:
Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
670.250.2360:
Pumps And Turbines - Strainers, Pump Suction, Conical
670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
670.250.2601:
Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers
670.250.2602:
Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements
670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
Exchangers
Fired Equipment
6700.250.2525: Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design 670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements - Heater
670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping
670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
Compressors
670.250.2475: Compressor Piping - Pulse Dampener Type And Location Of Mounting On Reciprocating Compressors 670.250.2480:
Compressor Piping - Pipe Support Spacing For Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2481:
Compressor Piping - Line Spacing Using Holddowns
670.250.2485:
Compressor Piping - Centrifugal Compressor General Arrangement
670.250.2490:
Compressor Piping - Steam Turbines For Compressor Piping And General Arrangements
670.250.2701:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Arrangement And Layout Guide
670.250.2702:
Instruments - Control Valve Manifold Clearances And Camflex Type Layout Guide
670.250.2705:
Instruments - Tagging For Piping Plans, Isometrics, And Models
Instruments
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2710:
Instruments - Meter Runs - Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes
670.250.2711:
Instruments - Orifice Flange Tap Piping
670.250.2720: Instruments - Pressure Instrument Branch Connection And Layout Clearances 670.250.2730:
Instruments - Thermowell Details Selection Chart
670.250.2740:
Instruments - Level Instrument Piping Layout Guidelines
670.250.2750:
Instruments - Relief Valve Piping And Locations
670.250.2752:
Instrument Piping - Steam Trap, Continuous Drainer, And Drip Pot Piping
670.250.2790:
Instruments - Piping Layout Requirements - Misc Items
670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
670.250.1061:
Supplier Submittal Review - Exchangers
670.250.1062:
Supplier Review - Pumps And Turbines
670.250.1063:
Supplier Review - Reciprocating Compressors
670.250.2210:
Stress Design - Responsibilities
670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
670.250.2230:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Rotating Equipment
670.250.2231:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Equipment - Exchangers And Vessels
670.250.2232:
Stress Design - Layout Aids For Pipeway
670.250.2240:
Stress Design - Spring Hangers And Hanger Rods
670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
Supplier Data
Stress
Material Sketching
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
Plastic Model Piping 670.250.2120:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Models
670.250.2121:
Model Piping - Piping Design Instructions For Plot Development Model
670.250.2122:
Model Piping - Instructions For Model Preparation And Review
670.250.2170:
Spectacle Blind Layout, Design, Handling, And Removal
670.250.2172:
Detail - Utility Station Piping
670.250.2174:
Detail - Vents And Drains
670.250.2175:
Sample Connections And Sample Cooler Details
670.200.1005:
Drawing Numbering Systems
670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
670.250.1038:
Drawing Corrections - Piping
670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
670.250.2080:
Piping Isometrics - Piping Isometrics Drawing Instructions
670.250.2081:
Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions
670.250.2082:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Pipeway
670.250.2083:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, ASME Butt Weld, Dimension Method
Miscellaneous Details, Utility Stations, Spectacle Blinds
Drawing And Drawing Checking
Piping Isometrics
670.250.2084: Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Post Heat Treated And Stainless Steel Butt Weld, Dimension Method 670.250.2085:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method
670.250.2086:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld Dimension Method
670.250.2087:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Shop Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2089:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Screwed Or Socket Weld, Coordinate And Elevation Method
670.250.2090:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric And Procedure - Shop / Field Fabrication Of Vacuum Stiffener Rings
670.250.2091:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Steel Underground
670.250.2093: Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometrics - Shop / Field Fabrication, Non-Post Heat Treated Butt Weld, Dimension Method Heat Tracing 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
670.250.1641:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifolds
670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents: Steam Tracing Details
670.250.4301:
Maximum Steam Tracer Length And Pocket Depth
670.250.4302:
Tracer Supply And Condensate Header Sizing
670.250.4303:
Maximum Instrument Tracer Lengths And Pocket Depth
670.250.4304:
Tracer Position
670.250.4305:
Tracer Expansion Loops Tracer Anchor And Guide
670.250.4306:
Valves, Flanges, And Control Valve Manifold
670.250.4307:
Steam Jacketing
670.250.4308:
Pump Case Tracing
670.250.4309:
Steam Tracing - Liquid Level Instruments
670.250.4310:
Steam Tracing Manifolds
670.250.1055:
Drawing Practice - Simplified Method Of Drawing Elliptical And Dished Vessel Heads
670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
670.250.2051:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Minimum Detail
670.250.2052:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method
Piping Plans
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.2053:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method
670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
670.250.2055:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Detailed / Dimension Method
670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
670.250.2150:
Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads
670.250.2151:
Supports - Field Supports
670.250.2152:
Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts
670.250.2153:
Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors And Guides - Metallic Piping
670.250.2154:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping
670.250.2155:
Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature
670.250.2156:
Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
670.250.2157:
Supports - Gusset Supports
670.250.2158:
Supports - Structural Steel (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.2159:
Supports - Concrete (For Piping Layouts Only)
670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.250.9801:
Dimensional Chart - Overall Dimensions - Weld Fitting And Branches
67.250.9804:
Formulas For Rolled Offsets Using Bends Or Elbows
670.250.9809:
Dimensional Chart - Nominal Wall Thickness For Pipe
670.250.9810:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Fittings, Flanges, And Valves
670.250.9811:
Dimensional Chart - Slip-On Flanged Fittings
670.250.9812:
Dimensional Chart - Standard Dimensions - Ring Joint Weld Neck Flanges
670.250.9813:
Dimensional Chart - Large Diameter Fabricated Type Reducers
670.250.9814:
Dimensional Chart - Dimensions - Two And Three Weld Mitered Elbows
670.250.9815:
Dimensional Chart - Line Spacing - Pipe
670.250.9816:
Dimensional Chart - Cutting And Dimensioning Pipe At Odd Angles
Supports
Dimension Charts And Tables
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0020 Publication Date 13Nov96 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TOPICAL INDEX OF PIPING PRACTICES BY SUBJECT - PIPING ENGINEERING DESIGN GUIDE
670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
670.250.9820:
Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights - Piping Components
670.250.9822:
Properties Of Pipe
670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
670.250.9830:
Acceptance Criteria - Flange Face
670.250.9835:
Application Of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances
670.250.9840:
Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valve Dimensions
670.250.9853:
Pressure Conversion Table - PSI To Bars
670.250.9856:
Piping Codes And Standards
670.250.9860:
AWS Standard Welding Symbols
670.250.9910:
Abbreviations - Terms And Phrases
670.250.9965:
Decimal Equivalents Of Feet And Inches
670.250.9966:
Trigonometric Functions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9100 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: PIPING APPLICATION GUIDE FOR INTERGRAPH PDS
TECHNICAL PRACTICES 670.250.9100:
Table of Contents: Piping Application Guide for Intergraph PDS
670.250.9101:
Introduction
670.250.9102:
Project Setup
670.250.9103:
Plot Plan, Indexes, and LCP
670.250.9104:
Equipment Modeling
670.250.9105:
Pipe Modeling
670.250.9106:
Underground Piping
670.250.9115:
Interference Detection
670.250.9120:
Design Review
670.250.9125:
Isogen
670.250.9126:
Checking and Auditing
670.250.9130:
Drawing Extraction and Composition
670.250.9135:
MTO Reporting
670.250.9136:
Material Interface
670.250.9137:
Reference Database
670.250.9141:
Plotting
670.250.9142:
Forms
670.250.9143:
Memos
670.250.9190:
Glossary
090.203.9000:
Table of Contents: PDS Base Case Project Execution Plan
RESOURCES
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0120 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the discipline responsibilities of Piping Engineering and Design.
GENERAL Piping Engineering and Design is comprised of five subgroups: Piping Design Piping Material Control Piping Material Engineering Model Shop Pipe Stress Analysis Engineering These groups, under the direction of the assigned project piping engineer, are responsible for all piping engineering and design on a given project, and are commonly referred to under the collective title of Piping. Piping provides the resources and talent for producing all piping related deliverables required on a project. Since this department usually is the focal point of a project's detail design coordination, Piping engineers, designers, and drafters may be involved in the engineering work from concept to startup. To efficiently perform this work, many computer engineering programs are utilized to provide engineering calculations, three dimensional plant design, and two dimensional drawings and isometrics. These electronic methods, in conjunction with design models and conventional drawing methods, are evaluated for each project, and the combination providing the best value in engineering production is selected.
MAIN AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY Plant layout and equipment arrangement drawings. Piping layout, design, detail, and isometric drawings. Design, material, fabrication, and installation for piping, insulation and coatings. Material take-off requisitioning and control. Pipe stress analysis and pipe supports. Modeling technology to produce scaled models for layout, site arrangement, architectural features, detailed design, and working models.
REFERENCES The following documents are related to the use of this practice: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0750:
Project Discipline Responsibilities - General
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions/Requisites
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBERS AND ACTIVITY CODES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for standardized Operation Numbers and Activity Codes to be used by Piping Engineering and Design. Using these numbers and codes on timesheets during the course of each project will provide historical data, enabling the Piping Engineering discipline to produce more accurate and timely factors to measure the engineering effort.
SCOPE Refer to General Engineering Practice 670.200.0170: Common Engineering Activity Codes, for common Engineering Activity Codes applicable for all disciplines. This practice covers the range of technical activities on projects for the following groups: 250 Piping Engineering Covers labor for the activities of the Lead Piping Engineer and detailed tasks associated with that position. 251 Piping Design Covers labor expended for Piping design activities including plant layout and design of Piping systems. Includes drawing production of plans, elevations, isometrics, equipment locations, and modeling (plastic and electronic). When P&ID (Piping and Instrumentation Diagram) drafting is done by Piping, it will be done under Operation 251. 252 Piping Material Engineering Covers labor expended for the specification of Piping materials of construction. Activities include specification, line list and P&ID input, commodity catalog, and related computer data base functions. 253 Piping Material Control Covers labor expended in the Engineering control of piping materials from the initial material takeoff to final installation. 254 Piping Stress Engineering Covers labor expended for the Piping stress activities of stress analysis, engineered pipe supports, standard support details, and evaluation of the effect of loads on rotating equipment.
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer is responsible for the proper application of this practice on a project.
REFERENCES General Engineering Practice 670.200.0170: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0730: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0770:
Common Engineering Activity Codes
Estimating Engineering Labor And Expenses - Piping Engineering Scheduling - Project Discipline Responsibilities
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBERS AND ACTIVITY CODES
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0786:
Engineering Project Completion Report - Project Discipline Responsibilities
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Operation Number and Activity Code Matrix
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBER AND ACTIVITY CODE MATRIX
Op No
Activity
Discipline Specific Activity
E.
Unassigned
F.
Specifications ......................................
G.
Unassigned
H.
Permitting .............................................................................................................
I.
Unassigned
J.
Flow Diagrams ....................................
K.
Interdiscipline Drawing Squad Checks .................................................................
L.
Revamp Activities ...............................
(Includes Datasheets) ..............................
Reviews And P&ID Drafting ..................
Tie-Ins .................................................... Demolition Drawings .............................
M.
CIE Support ...........................................................................................................
N.
Project Standard ..................................
Drawings ................................................ Details ....................................................
O.
Unassigned
P.
Technical Support Activities .................................................................................
Q.
R.
S.
2 5 0
2 5 1
2 5 2
2 5 3
2 5 4
-
ü ü ü ü
-
ü ü
-
ü
ü ü ü ü ü - ü ü ü ü - ü - ü ü - - - - ü - ü -
ü ü ü ü ü Modeling ............................................ Plastic (Including Review) ...................... - ü Specialty Items List ............................................................................................... - ü Project Specification Database (PDS - RDB) ......................................................... - ü ü Stress Analysis Activities (Calculations) ............................................................... - ü Spare Parts ............................................................................................................ - ü Engineered Component Design ............................................................................. - ü Electronic Modeling ............................ Computer - PDS ..................................... - ü Project Commodity Catalog ................. PDS ....................................................... - ü FACET .................................................. - ü Other ..................................................... - ü Preliminary MTO Activities .................................................................................. - ü -
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0170 Publication Date 07Aug95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL OPERATION NUMBER AND ACTIVITY CODE MATRIX
Op No
Activity
Discipline Specific Activity
2 5 0
2 5 1
2 5 2
2 5 3
2 5 4
T.
Plot Plans ...............................................
-
ü - ü - ü - ü
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ü
-
-
-
Intermediate MTO Activities ................................................................................
-
-
-
ü
-
Drawings .............................................
-
ü
-
-
-
Final MTO Activities ............................................................................................
-
-
-
ü
-
Drawings (Equipment Locations) ........ Equipment Locations ..............................
-
-
-
-
General Arrangements ...........................
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Drawings ............................................
Plant Layouts ......................................... Stress Sketches ....................................... Flow Diagram Transposition ..................
U.
Isometrics (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual) .....
Material Sketches .................................................................................................
-
ü ü ü
Pipeline List / Line No. / Specification P&ID .......................................................
-
-
ü
-
-
X.
Drawings .............................................
Aboveground (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual)
-
-
-
-
Y.
Drawings .............................................
Underground (PDS, 2 - D, And Manual)
-
-
-
-
Z.
Drawings .............................................
All Other ...............................................
-
ü ü ü
-
-
-
V.
W.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsibilities of the Piping discipline during a project's development. Members of the Piping discipline are responsible for performing those portions of the scope of work assigned them. The assigned PPE (project piping engineer) will enforce the using this practice.
SCOPE The definition and scope of project discipline responsibilities will vary from project to project. The roles, activities, and responsibilities will include but not be limited to the following functions: Project Piping Engineer (PPE) Piping Design Piping Material Engineering Piping Material Control Pipe Stress Analysis and Engineering Model Shop
APPLICATION The Piping discipline usually is the focal point of the detail design coordination for industrial and process oriented projects. Therefore, the tempo of major projects is often set by the ability of Piping personnel to identify problem areas, respond to them on a timely basis, and be a leader in the design and engineering coordination efforts. Even though the major portion of Piping work is centered around process oriented projects, there is a significant amount of work involved in commercial and general engineering projects. The discipline's responsibilities within these types of projects are equally as important as those within process oriented projects, but are not as complex or extensive. In general, Piping will do the following: Prepare piping design, material, fabrication, and specialties specifications as required for items such as the following: - Insulation -
Coatings -Expansion joints
-
Engineered supports
Overall plant layout. Coordinate piping design with vendor equipment drawings. Prepare scale models for process plant, topographical or architectural requirements. Prepare bulk material takeoffs and requisitions. Perform technical bid analysis, and approve vendor drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Project Piping Engineer The project piping engineer is responsible for the following: Administering corporate personnel policies. Preparing the piping scope of work and design basis for the project; preparing estimates of manhours, computer time, and expenses. Initiating and maintaining a front-end work plan. Supervising the five engineering and design functions within the discipline; coordinating their work with other disciplines and with the client through project management. Providing discipline staff with all technical assistance required, and supervising the quality of the design work of the engineers, designers, and drafters, including all calculations, drawings, and specifications. Providing reporting and budget control, which includes: - Meeting notes -
Estimate Deviation Notices
-
Information needs lists
-
Monthly summaries of work for engineering reports
-
Control of manhours within the discipline
Providing schedule input for the discipline's activities, and assuring preparation and maintenance of control level schedule. Maintaining the piping discipline's input to project status reports. Performing engineering inspections on the jobsite and at vendor facilities. Enforcing department and project procedures. Reviewing and approving vendor drawings. Projecting estimated manpower requirements, and coordinating schedule and budget requirements with the discipline department manager and the project engineering manager. Providing performance appraisals and counseling for direct reports assigned to the project, and input to performance appraisals for others on the project. Instituting and monitoring formal checking practices and quality audits throughout the five Piping functional groups. Piping Design The piping design function on a project will do the following: Prepare all specifications required for plant layout and design, pipe fabrication, winterizing and heat tracing, and other piping specifications. Develop the overall and area plot plans; size process equipment buildings; locate all major equipment consistent with job specifications, codes, economics, safety, maintenance, and constructibility requirements. Prepare project planning, plot development, and design models for client review. Interface with Construction and all design and engineering groups during development. Develop design manhour estimates, trends, and detailed work schedules.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Work directly with Equipment Engineering to select major items of equipment. This service includes economic studies of equipment and piping systems, and participating in vendor and client conferences. Interface with the equipment engineers establishing preliminary equipment data requirements and outlines. Review Seller's drawings; where necessary, review "in-house" drawings developed by other design groups. Coordinate Piping Design activities with other groups within Piping to ensure control of piping material quantities, completion of piping model work, and stress analysis of required systems. Provide piping plans and related piping isometrics that supply construction and fabricators with sufficient details for prefabrication and installation of piping systems. Provide scope of work narratives and supporting drawings for piping subcontracts (e.g., shop fabrication; insulation; erection of above and below ground systems). Coordinate with Project Controls to provide data necessary for developing project piping estimates and schedules. Provide personnel for shop assistance, subcontract monitoring, and inspection and construction assistance at the jobsite. Piping Material Engineering The piping material engineering function on a project will do the following: Establish basic piping material specification requirements, and prepare all detailed material and purchase specifications. Prepare other specifications including material certification, valve nondestructive examination, and fiber reinforced plastics. Initiate and maintain the Summary of Heat Treatment and Related Requirements document. Assign line classifications, line identification, and insulation codes to all piping systems. Prepare Piping Line List. Review all P&IDs for conformance to the piping material specifications. Select special piping material components not covered by piping material specifications. Prepare pipe wall (pressure and vacuum), spectacle blind, and other required material and component pressure-retaining thickness calculations. Technically evaluate piping material bidder's lists; assist inspection in evaluating manufacturing and fabrication facilities. Evaluate and approve quotation summaries, products, and material and component substitutions for all piping materials and components. Develop inspection, examination, and quality control requirements for all piping systems material and components. Provide control and coordination procedures for certification and traceability of piping materials and components, when so dictated by Contract. Prepare field pressure test specification, calculation summary, and instructions. Provide consultation services regarding piping, insulation and coating materials. Assist all engineering groups and Construction with piping material interfaces or applications. Monitor trends and developments in the piping component fields to ensure that Fluor Daniel and Client have the benefit of the latest technology.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Develop material and application specifications for heat conserving insulation, including acoustical control. Develop specifications for internal and external coatings, including the following: - Concrete coated pipe applications -
Internal cleaning, passivating
-
Underground steel pipe coatings
-
Galvanizing
-
Heat transfer cements
-
Intumescent mastic fireproofing
-
Internal linings
Technically evaluate insulation bidder's list in cooperation with Procurement for Client and project approval. Prepare Request for Quotation design packages for insulation materials or subcontracts. Participate in technical evaluation of insulation quotations, preparation of bid summaries, and appropriate bidder recommendations. Initiate insulation Purchase Requests, Supplements, and all necessary procurement support documentation, including interface with subcontracts manager. Monitor insulation manufacturer and subcontractor's performance; provide inspection, examination, and quality control services for materials and application. Monitor new developments in insulation and coating materials and in applicable codes, standards, and regulations. Piping Material Control The piping material control function on a project will do the following: Prepare piping material acquisition plan and milestones commensurate with Construction and Engineering schedules. Prepare material logistics diagrams, and provide materials management resources. Prepare piping, insulation, and coating material takeoffs, and bills of material. Prepare Request for Quotation and Purchase Request with required attachments for piping materials. Monitor the bidding's progress; coordinate the review of bid summaries. Provide Project Controls with piping material data and requirements for development of estimates. Provide Project Controls with Purchase Order Committed Dollar reports, and provide other cost information for cost accounting and cost controlling. Provide Construction with reports and other information necessary to maintain field material inventory control. Coordinate special material handling procedures with Construction.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Piping Stress The piping stress engineering function on a project will do the following: Analyze and approve piping systems for effects of the following: - Thermal expansion and contraction -
Dead weight from operating and test loading
-
When required, dynamic or static seismic loading
-
Wind loads
-
Vibration
-
Live loads
-
Thermal transients
-
Thermal shock
-
Earth loads
Analyze the system for compliance with state, local, and national codes as well as contractual obligations. Provide engineering direction to meet allowable criteria for above parameters. Evaluate equipment and piping layout to optimize installation. Determine requirements for formal and informal documentation of calculations. Technically evaluate and approve bidder's list; initiate Request for Quotation and Purchase Request packages for spring hangers, expansion joints, slide plates, and other stress related components. Develop and provide specifications for stress analysis requirements and related engineered piping and support items. Evaluate the effects of new tie-ins on existing systems within existing plants. Develop inspection, examination, and quality control recommendations for piping support items. Monitor developments in applicable codes and standards to ensure necessary compliance. Determine piping loads at structures, vessels, and equipment; transmit them to related disciplines for incorporation into Equipment and Structural designs. Provide assistance to construction for field checkout of piping. Model Shop The model shop function on a project will do the following: Provide scaled model components mounted on plot boards and necessary services to construct planning, plot development, and design models. Provide specialty, large scale models to evaluate clearance or other problems. Provide special topographic or portable sales models to illustrate overall planning requirements of a project. Develop manhour and model material estimates and schedules. Provide photography service.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0750 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL PROJECT DISCIPLINE RESPONSIBILITIES
Crate and arrange for shipment or disposal of model upon the project's completion. Perform material takeoff for model supplies and components; procure material and supplies. Establish and maintain inventory control and material transfer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 1 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
PURPOSE This practice defines the various types of design documents produced by Piping on a typical project.
SCOPE This practice is organized into the following major sections: CODES, STANDARDS AND PRACTICES SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS LISTS CALCULATIONS AND ANALYSIS REPORTS PDI (PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS) BOOK
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in all Fluor Daniel Operations Centers. Flexibility is allowed based on project needs, the approval of the project manager, and the Operations Center Manager of Piping Engineering. Each Project Piping Engineer needs to review the data listed here, analyze the specific project needs, and make sure the project management team and the client fully understand what is to be included as part of the job.
RESPONSIBILITY The responsibility for ensuring compliance with this practice rests with the assigned project piping engineer.
CODES, STANDARDS AND PRACTICES The design, materials, and methods of construction for all piping systems and accessories will comply with the current editions of the practices, methods, or standards prepared by the technical societies, associations and regulatory agencies as applicable: ANSI (American National Standards Institute) ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) DIN (Deutsche Industrie Norm) FDA (Food and Drug Administration) GMP (Good Manufacturing Practices) MSS (Manufacturers Standard Society)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 2 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
NCPWB (National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau) NFPA (National Fire Protection Agency) NIH (National Institute of Health) OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) USDA (United States Department of Agriculture) The overall design and material selection is also guided by Fluor Daniel project documents and standards. In the event of a conflict between the various documents listed in this section, the more stringent criteria as determined by the project piping engineer will govern.
SPECIFICATIONS Piping specifications are narrative definitions of various technical aspects of the piping effort on a project. Depending on project requirements, some or all of the following specifications may be used. Additional specifications may also be developed to meet specific project requirements. 50001:
Process And Utility Design, Layout, And Drawing This specification prescribes the specific design, layout, and drawing criteria, and procedures to be used on the specific project. It includes spacing criteria for equipment, access clearances, and other safety, maintenance, and constructibility guidelines. Prerequisite: Interface meetings to define Client and construction criteria. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Piping Design Supervisor
50002:
Piping Design Models This specification is a basic overview of the methods, procedures, and components used for modeling an engineering project. Prerequisite: Decision as to requirement and definition of any unusual project requirements. Originator: Lead Piping Design Supervisor
50003:
Piping - Line Class Material Specification This specification prescribes all material required to assemble piping systems by line class based on pressure, temperature, corrosion, and commodity criteria. Prerequisite: Process and metallurgical flow diagram developed to a high level of definition; and a design criteria flow diagram review. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50025:
Piping -- Shop Fabrication And Handling-Process And Utility Piping This specification prescribes the specifics of vendor shop-oriented fabrication of metallic piping systems. Prerequisite: Determination of piping systems to be shop-fabricated; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 3 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50026:
Piping -- Field Fabrication And Installation-Process And Utility Piping This specification prescribes the specifics for the field-site fabrication, assembly, and installation of all piping systems required by the project. Prerequisite: Determination of construction responsibility; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer
50027:
Piping Tie-ins This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for piping tie-ins to existing plant systems. Prerequisite: Definition of responsibility for tie-ins; I.F.A. P&IDs showing tie-ins; and Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
50028:
Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and method for internal cleaning of piping systems. Prerequisite: Definition of the process for any special cleaning requirements; and Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50029:
Cleaning, Testing, And Passivation Of Hygienic Systems This specification prescribes the special scope, criteria, and methods for internal cleaning, and passivation of hygienic systems. Prerequisite: Process definition of any special cleaning requirements; and Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50030:
Geographic Color Coding This specification prescribes the logic and method for marking piping and other materials with a construction site, area-oriented, geographic color code. Prerequisite: Overall plot or site plan, definition of construction responsibility, and requirements. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
50035:
Pipe Markers And Valve Tags For Commodity And Safety-Related Identification This specification expands on industry standards and provides client specific / project specific criteria for the identification and tagging of pipe lines for commodity and safety. Prerequisite: Project Material Specification (50003) Commodity Key Sheet. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 4 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50050:
Piping Pressure Testing Specification This specification prescribes methods, tasks, scope, and criteria for testing installed piping systems, including hydrostatic, pneumatic, and sensitive leak testing. Prerequisite: Preliminary piping line list; Specification 50003; and Client testing criteria. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
The following purchase specifications (50100 - 50108) prescribe the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for Vendor performance on purchase orders of the applicable items. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer 50100:
Purchase Specification For Gate, Globe, And Check Valves
50101:
Purchase Specification For Ball, Butterfly, And Plug Valves
50102:
Purchase Specification For Diaphragm Valves
50103:
Purchase Specification For Knife Gate Valves
50104:
Purchase Specification For Pipe, Fittings, And Flanges
50106:
Purchase Specifications For Bolts, Nuts, And Gaskets
50107:
Purchase Specification For RTR Pipe And Fittings
50108:
Purchase Specification For HF Modified Castings
50109:
Internal Lining Of Piping Systems This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirement for any Vendor supplying piping components with linings such as glass, Teflon, or polypropylene. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50110:
Cement Lined, Carbon Steel Piping This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for lining of carbon steel pipe, flanges, and fittings with cement. Prerequisite: Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50111:
Galvanizing This specification prescribes the technical requirements for galvanizing steel surfaces of components purchased on a project. Prerequisite: Determination of Client requirement for galvanizing (versus paint). Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 5 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50112:
Package Equipment Piping This specification prescribes the minimum project requirements for piping furnished as a part of Vendor pre-piped equipment such as pumps, compressors, lube oil / seal oil consoles, and water treatment skids. Prerequisite: Determination of application (i.e., existence of applicable equipment); and direction from the project / Client that furnished piping is to conform to specific criteria. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Piping Material Engineer
50120:
Piping Traceability And Certification This specification prescribes the requirements for various levels of traceability and certification of piping components including manufacturer's standard certification of compliance, PMI (positive material identification) and full traceability. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application to the project; and Material Specification 50003. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
50200:
Piping Flexibility This specification prescribes the minimums for practices, methods, and criteria used in the stress analysis of piping systems on a project. Prerequisite: None, unless Client has special criteria applicable to the project. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50201:
Piping Support Elements This specification prescribes the criteria for all engineered (e.g., spring hangers) and pre-engineered (e.g., rod-hangers) piping support elements. Includes attachments defining pre-engineered supports. Prerequisite: Specific Client input regarding pipe supports, if any. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50202:
Metallic Expansion Joints This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of metallic expansion joints. Prerequisite Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50203:
Elastomer Expansion Joints This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of Elastomer expansion joints. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 6 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
50204:
Shock Arrestors This specification prescribes the specifics for the design, fabrication, and installation of shock arrestors attached to piping systems. Prerequisite: Determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Stress Engineer
50300:
Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments This specification prescribes the criteria for providing process heat control, heat conservation and winterizing of piping systems, some small equipment, and instruments. Prerequisite: Client's heat tracing and process control criteria; process data and requirements updated on P&IDs; and site climate data. Originator: Lead Design Supervisor
85002:
Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication This specification prescribes the scope and criteria for welding, thermal treatment, examination, and testing requirements for shop and field fabricated metallic process and utility piping. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003 Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer and Welding Engineer
85013:
Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for preparation, execution, acceptance and rejection of orbital and manual welds for stainless steel sanitary tubing. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003 Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer and Welding Engineer
86110:
Hot Insulation This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for hot applications. Prerequisite: Client's input for material preference; site climate data; and the cost of energy. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86130:
Cold Insulation This specification prescribes the scope. criteria, material, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for cold applications. Prerequisite: Client input for material preference; site climate data; and the cost of energy. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86150:
Acoustical Insulation This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, materials, and methods for insulating piping systems and equipment for noise control. Prerequisite: Definitive determination of need and application. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
86210:
Painting - Piping Systems Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 7 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
This specification prescribes the scope, criteria, and technical requirements for paint systems for piping aboveground and in non-immersion services. Prerequisite: Determination of any Client product preference criteria; site climate data Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer 86310:
Coating And Wrapping Of Steel Pipe This specification prescribes the materials and technical requirements for the external protective coating of steel pipe installed underground. Prerequisite: Determination of need; interface meetings with Civil; Material Specification 50003; and preliminary material take-off. Originator: Lead Piping Material Engineer
DRAWINGS Drawings are graphic records that are the results of the engineering and design process. They fall into two categories: issued and developmental. Issued Drawings Drawings produced as issued for construction deliverable documents may include, but not be limited to, the following: Plot Plans Plot plan is a scaled drawing of an overall site or unit within a site, and Client approval of this document is a key milestone to project's progress. (For related document, Site Plan, refer to Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.0755.) Prerequisite: Client-furnished data about the site, design criteria, maintenance and operating philosophy, and process data about the plant(s). Piping Drawing Index Piping drawing index is a plot plan-oriented drawing that forms a key to the piping plans issued on a project. Prerequisite: Approved plot plan; definitive manhour estimate; and responsible level of plant layout to establish drawing match lines or partition and limits. Piping Plans Piping plan drawings are produced as a standard deliverable on all projects. Piping plans will be provided at a scale which displays the level of detail necessary to convey quality and accurate design information. Prerequisite (Plans and Sections): Development: Approved plot plans; approved equipment location control plans; issued for Design P&IDs; and definitive equipment data (and piping design model where applicable) Check and Issue: Certified Dimensional outlines or FDOs (Fluor Daniel Outlines) of all (or most) equipment. (Issued for Approval and Approved for Construction issues with holds due to late outlines may be required by schedule but should be avoided.) Demolition Drawings Occasionally on projects, piping engineering and design will be responsible for the development of scaled drawings or photo markup drawings showing piping and equipment Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 8 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
removal in an existing facility. These drawings will depict piping items to be removed from an existing site prior to a new installation. Prerequisite: Client furnished data about the site. Piping Sections Piping section drawings are developed as required to support the piping plans and isometrics in providing proper data to Construction for installation. Prerequisite: (Refer to above Piping Plans.) Piping Isometrics The term isometric is used to describe an 11 by 17 inch, 3-dimensional drawing of a line or part of a line, complete with all information required for purchase, fabrication, and installation. On a base case, Fluor Daniel project, isometrics are produced for all lines. Prerequisite Development: Approved plot plans; issued for Design P&IDs; definitive equipment data (or piping design model where applicable); piping plans and sections. Check and Issue: Certified Dimensional outlines of all (or most) equipment. (Issued for Approval and Approved for Construction issues with holds due to late outlines may be required by schedule but should be avoided.) Piping Details Piping details fall into three categories: Pre-Engineered Support Details Pre-engineered support details are generic, miscellaneous items normally used on piping systems (e.g., field support, anchors, guides, hangers, and pickups). The Fluor Daniel pre-engineered details are based on the major industry hanger components and are packaged to reduce cost yet ensure high quality. Prerequisite - Development: None. - Check and Issue: Preliminary material take-off to confirm requirement of existing detail or need for new assembly. Engineered Support Details Project specific items such as spring hangers and expansion joint details are developed for each individual need. Prerequisite - Development: Stress analysis identification of need. - Check and Issue: Final design check of applicable piping system. Pre-Engineered Piping Details Pre-engineered piping details are generic, miscellaneous sub-assemblies normally used in piping systems (e.g., steam trap, safety shower, pressure, temperature vent, utility station assemblies). Prerequisite - Development: Identification of application and need - Check and Issue: Final design check of applicable piping system.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 9 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
Developmental Drawings Developmental drawings produced on a project but not normally issued may include the following: Equipment Location Control Plan An equipment location control drawing is generated for all areas of the project. These drawings will show the locations of hard and soft items that require space. Hard items are structures, equipment, or physical obstructions that are permanent. Soft items are items such as clearances, passageways, tube bundle removal areas. Prerequisite: Client-approved plot plan; specific equipment size data; and preliminary issue of the applicable P&IDs. Piping Transposition A piping transposition, or "one-line," is a simplified plot plan-oriented drawing produced by superimposing the routing of major process lines on a plot plan or location control plan background to prove the plot and to support cost estimating. Various versions may be produced and then checked for cost impact prior to formal issue of a plot plan for Client approval. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Piping Layouts / Studies Piping layouts, or studies, are produced in various levels of detail and at various times as required to define plant layout problems and explore economical solutions. Layouts are rough, informal drawings that are not intended for issue, but do contribute to the final design deliverable. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Nozzle Orientation Sketches Nozzle Orientation Sketches are produced with enough detail to show locations of vessel connections in plan and elevation. They are dimensioned and will include projection dimensions. These are informal sketches not intended for issue. They are used for preliminary information to the equipment group and for piping to continue design efforts while formal vendor drawings are being developed. Prerequisite: IFD P&IDs, equipment data sheets, and preliminary vessel shell and internals. Stress Sketches Stress sketches may be in the form of a formal isometric (copy) or a specific sketch developed for pipe line stress analysis. Data applicable to the stress analysis process is added to the sketch (or isometric copy); the results of the analysis is also recorded on the sketch. Recommendations and requirements of the stress analysis process are included in the final design piping plans and isometrics. Prerequisite: Process P&IDs; equipment data; Material Specification 50003; and Stress Analysis Specification 50200.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 10 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
LISTS Some piping engineering and design deliverables are lists, as follows: Piping Line List The piping line list is a tabulation of each line on the project, complete with all identification, origin, terminus, pressure, temperature, and other technical data used in design, stress analysis, fabrication, installation, and testing. Prerequisite: Preliminary level P&ID development. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer Specialty Piping Items List (SP List) The specialty piping items list is a tabulation of piping components that fall outside the normal line class specification (Material Specification 50003). Each item listed is identified by information that includes a number, P&ID location, line number for installation, description, manufacturer, and purchase order. Prerequisite: Definition of need and process criteria. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer Tie-in List The tie-in list is a tabulation of each connection point of new piping to existing piping. Each tie-in is identified by number, P&ID origin, line number, tie-in type, responsibility, and other installation and testing data. Prerequisite: Determination of need based on development progress or P&ID and input from Client jobsite. Originator: Project Piping Design Engineer Piping Material Commodity Catalog The piping material commodity catalog is a definitive publication of the full purchase descriptions of all piping materials specified for the project. The data contained is used by various home office groups to make initial purchases, and by the field to make subsequent buys and form a record for Client after job completion for spare parts and replacement. Prerequisite: Piping Material Specification 50003. Originator: Project Piping Material Engineer
CALCULATIONS AND ANALYSIS Calculations are a function of any engineering effort. A wide range of items are analyzed during the normal course of Piping engineering and design of a project. The actual calculations are not normally issued as a deliverable; however, exceptions may occur. Areas of analysis may include the following: Material Cost Analysis Materials of Construction Analysis Corrosion Allowance Analysis Flange Design Analysis Bolt Torque Analysis
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 0755 Publication Date 07Aug95 Page 11 of 11 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN DOCUMENTS - DESCRIPTIONS / REQUISITES
Stress and Flexibility Analysis Spring Hanger Design Analysis Expansion Joint Design Analysis Vacuum Stiffener Requirements for Large OD (Outside Diameter) Piping
REPORTS Reports are a byproduct of many of the Piping engineering and design activities, and are used to control the work and inform Project and Client management personnel. Standard reports available on a project may include but are not limited to the following: Piping Drawing Status Report Piping Specification Status Report Piping Isometric Status Report Piping Tie-in Status Report Interference Report (Electronic Model) Shop Fabricated Piping Status Report
PROCEDURE PDI Book The PDI is a collection of contract specific data organized in a consistent manner from job to job, to advise, instruct, guide, or inform all Piping personnel on projects what will be done for each specific project. Prerequisite: Not applicable. Originator: Project Piping Engineer / Lead Design Supervisor
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT: PLOT PLAN DEVELOPMENT - INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the sequence of functions and responsibilities in developing plot plans and is intended to ensure orderly development of plot plans with participation by responsible disciplines.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PREREQUISITE TERMINOLOGY OVERVIEW REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The practice is to be used by all projects requiring plot plans.
RESPONSIBILITY Responsible disciplines include, but are not limited to, the following: Architectural Building Mechanical - HVAC - Plumbing - Fire Protection Civil Construction Control Systems Electrical Environmental Equipment Manufacturing Engineering Piping Process Structural Vessels
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT: PLOT PLAN DEVELOPMENT - INSTRUCTIONS
PREREQUISITE Ideally, prior to the application of this interface procedure, the task force has been assembled, overall project design criteria has been established, and some basic information and documents are available.
TERMINOLOGY Transposition: A simplified piping routing plan drawing used to prove plot plan arrangement. AFC: Approved for Construction.
OVERVIEW The plot plan is the starting point planning tool for the physical definition of a project or part of a project. It will graphically show the key areas, units, equipment, and general features of the project. As such, it requires the input of all relevant engineering disciplines, construction, and the client. The activities outlined in Attachment 01 will be regarded as guidelines and not as rigid instructions. They may be tailored to fit specific project and client requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2030:
Plant Arrangement - General Recommendations For Spacing
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2040:
Plant Arrangement - Typical Unit Plot Arrangement
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50001: Process And Utility Piping Design, Layout, And Drawing
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Plot Plan Execution Procedure
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLOT PLAN EXECUTION PROCEDURE
Sequence 01
Activity
Responsible Discipline
Activity Description
Review site date, All client data, job criteria, and maintenance requirements
Examine all pertinent information including:
02
Process flow diagram and equipment datasheets
Prepare and issue block flow diagrams, process flow diagrams, and initial equipment list. Issue initial process equipment datasheets.
03
Equipment sizes Equipment, Vessels, Process / Manufacturing Engineering
04
Building sizes
As required by Generate approximate building building function dimensions for all buildings and electrical structures. Dimensions are given to Piping.
05
Site preparation
Civil
Develop preliminary overall site plans and grading / drainage requirements. Layouts are given to Piping.
06
Produce plot plans
Piping
On basis of data from preceding steps, produce initial plot plan. Consult with other disciplines as needed.
Transpositions
Piping
Develop transposition of critical piping to minimize cost and material flow.
06A
Process / Manufacturing Engineering
Property maps or site plans Topographical maps Preliminary soil reports Vicinity maps Locations of process feed stream such as utilities, product lines, power supply, and waste streams Existing obstructions (above and below ground) and buildings Client maintenance procedures Basis for roadways Construction requirements
On basis of above documents, establish approximate equipment sizes for exchangers, pumps, compressors, heaters, vessels, and tanks. Data is given to Piping.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2005 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLOT PLAN EXECUTION PROCEDURE
Sequence 07
Activity Issue Rev. A
Responsible Discipline Piping
Activity Description Issue for internal Fluor Daniel review and comment to: Architectural Building Mechanical HVAC Plumbing Fire Protection Civil Construction Control Systems Electrical Environmental Equipment Manufacturing Engineering Piping Process Structural Vessels
08
Issue Rev. B
Piping
Revise plot plan to incorporate comments received in Sequence #07. Hold formal Fluor Daniel review with disciplines listed in Sequence 07.
09
Issue Rev. 0
Piping
Incorporate changes for Sequence #08, distribute to all participants and issue for client approval.
10
Issue Rev. 1
Piping
Receive client comments, review with affected disciplines, revise as necessary, and issue AFC.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice provides instructions that serve as a guide for developing Flow Diagram Transpositions. Because each project has its own specific requirements, sound judgment must be exercised.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY INITIAL PLOT ORDER STUDY STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITION PREPARATION STEP I TRANSPOSITION STEP II TRANSPOSITION ITEMS TO BE INDICATED ON STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITIONS HEAT TRACING TRANSPOSITION REVISIONS ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Flow Diagram Transpositions should be prepared on all projects. The main objective of the piping transposition is to confirm that the plot plan is arranged for optimum plant design and economics. Give considerable attention to the line routing and component arrangements.
RESPONSIBILITY Because the transposition establishes the optimum plant arrangement, the Area/Unit Piping Design Supervisor should be responsible for their assigned area/unit.
INITIAL PLOT ORDER STUDY The purpose of the initial plot order study is to establish basic equipment order and plot shape by transposing the main process lines from the available process or P&IDs (Process and Instrumentation Diagrams) to establish logical equipment order. Schedule a review of the initial plot with Process Engineer. Add any information that can be obtained from Process Engineering.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITION PREPARATION The transposition is usually prepared on a transparency of the plot plan. Pipeway width will make it necessary to cut the plot plan in the pipeway area and add a section of paper to accommodate the lines. If a multilevel pipeway seems required, use a separate transparency for upper (utilities) and lower (process lines) levels.
STEP I TRANSPOSITION Step I transposition should prove plot plan economics and set preliminary pipe support configurations and sizes by transposing all process and utility lines on a transparency of the initial plot plan. Divide the pipeway into evenly spaced berths and indicate large and hot lines near the pipe support column centerlines. Route the remaining lines without regard for pipeway sequence. Color off a copy of the flow diagram to ensure all lines are accounted for. Check for the following: Verify instrument and electrical rack duct requirements, aboveground versus underground, and size. Color code 14 inch and larger alloy, exotic, and heavy wall lines on a print of Step I. Study the transposition for optimum plant design and economics. Review the transposition with Process Engineer and construction to obtain their squad check approval of plot arrangement. Update plot plan as required.
STEP II TRANSPOSITION Step II transposition should finalize basic pipeway, including expansion loop bays and anchor supports; use for preliminary MTO (Material Takeoff) and vessel orientations. Locate subpipeways. Verify header sizes, pressure drop conditions, and piping flexibility studies; and provide an initial piping study to be further developed. Check for the following: Study Step I in order to sequence pipeway lines. Generally group hot lines to one side to aid in expansion loop configurations. Route the lines with the goal that only minor additional studies would be required to develop the model, pipeway control drawings, and piping plans. Color off a copy of the mechanical flow diagrams. Obtain Lead Supervisor's approval. Readjust transposition as required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2010 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - FLOW DIAGRAM TRANSPOSITION INSTRUCTIONS
ITEMS TO BE INDICATED ON STEP I AND II TRANSPOSITIONS All process lines (Exclude items such as bridles and vent valves.) Utility lines in any pipeway or connecting to a major piece of equipment (Exclude items such as utility stations, steam traps, and sample coolers.) Flow arrows Line identification Utility commodities Line size (Indicate reducers in a pipeway.) Line risers and drops Control valve stations and the control valve function (such as PVC, LV, and FV) Orifice flanges Relief valves other than atmospheric or bypass systems Unit battery limit block valves and related platforms Detached plans for multilevel structures Distribution chart
HEAT TRACING TRANSPOSITION For heat tracing transposition instructions and practices, refer to Practice 670.250.1601: Heat Tracing Practices.
REVISIONS After the client has approved the plot plan, only major process or plot changes or an update of preliminary MTO would require a revision of the transposition.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Initial Plot Order Study - Step I and Step II Transpositions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the format and development of the front end document locating all equipment and space allocation requirements.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS METHOD OF COORDINATING PLOT ITEMS METHOD OF INDICATING ELEVATIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice and the LCP (Location Control Plan) is intended for use on all projects. Exception to the use of an LCP will have the approval of the Manager of Piping Engineering and the respective Project Engineering Manager.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Design Supervisor (or designated area Lead Supervisor) is responsible for the initiation and maintenance of the LCP.
GENERAL DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS Drawing Size And Scale Size Roll size drawings are recommended. Scale Appropriate scale will be tailored to specific job requirements. The following are recommended: One eighth of an inch = 1'- 0" drawing scale is recommended. One fourth of an inch = 1'- 0" drawing scale may be used if required for clarity (for example, congested areas). Items drawn out-of-scale for size and location should be avoided. Potentially out-of-scale items will be evaluated for impact on other disciplines.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Match Lines And Plot Limits Match lines and plot limits will be shown for drawing continuation and will indicate adjacent drawing numbers and coordinates. North Arrow Orientation of north arrow will be consistent with overall project requirements. Title Block Title block will be in accordance with project requirements. The following items will be noted on drawings: Last Structural pipe support or sleeper number used. Last utility station number used. Last safety shower number used. Key plan with north arrow is required, if more than 1 location control plan is used for an area. Space allocation legend and typical detail will appear on each plan. Legend will include, but not be limited to, items shown on sample drawing. Coordinates that have been transferred to foundation location plan drawings will be encircled on the LCP drawing with a cloud and cross-hatched, to indicate that Structural's foundation location plan drawing is now the controlling document. Revisions Coordinates Or Dimensions Neatly cross out portion to be revised on the drawing, add new number and revision triangle, and encircle with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Only latest revision will remain on original. Relocation Of Equipment Draw in new location, remove from previous location, add revision triangle, and encircle change with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Addition Of Equipment Add equipment, revise elevation table, add revision triangle, and encircle revised area with a cloud. Initial and date piping master. Deletion Of Equipment Remove equipment from face of drawing and elevation table. Add revision triangle and encircle revised area with cloud. Initial and date piping master.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Distribution Design Engineering distribution chart will be added to drawing and will include, but not be limited to, distribution list shown on sample drawing. The distribution chart is to be filled in with the dates sent to the appropriate department.
METHOD OF COORDINATING PLOT ITEMS Vertical Cylindrical Equipment Coordinate centerlines at grade or primary support level only. Horizontal Cylindrical Equipment Horizontal cylindrical equipment is located at grade and in structures. Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line, usually aisle side head. After outlines have been received, coordinate centerline of support used for anchor and remove reference line coordinate. Indicate anchor (X). Exchangers Shell And Tube Exchangers Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line, usually aisle side head. If underground cooling water lines are implemented, coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference centerline of channel nozzles. After outlines have been received, coordinate centerline of support used for anchor and remove reference line coordinate. Indicate anchors (X). Double Pipe Exchangers Coordinate longitudinal centerline and centerline of foundation closest to piping connections. Dimension shell nozzles from foundation coordinate. Air Coolers Coordinate centerline of air cooler columns at corner which must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Pumps Horizontal Pumps Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference face of foundation. After receipt of outline, coordinate centerline of discharge nozzle and remove reference coordinate on face of foundation. Refer to Attachments 01 and 02. Vertical Pumps
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Coordinate centerlines. Refer to Attachment 01. Compressors Reciprocating - Coordinate centerline of crankshaft and number 1 cylinder. Centrifugal - Coordinate centerline of shaft and discharge nozzle. Auxiliary equipment - Dimension from compressor coordinate lines. Boilers, Heaters, And Furnaces Coordinate longitudinal centerline and a reference line which is part of the equipment (stack, steam drum, main stay). Structures A structure is defined as an open structure designed as a support or access system such as process column towers, pipe racks, and bridges. Dimension to centerline of columns from equipment coordinates. At a structure that supports single horizontal or vertical equipment, dimension to centerline of columns from equipment coordinates. Draw section to establish structure elevations. Pipeways (Overhead And Grade) Overhead Bents Coordinate centerlines of columns (both sides) and longitudinal centerline of each bent. Dimension cantilever from centerline coordinate. Indicate pipeway bracing as braced bay. Overhead "T" Supports Coordinate centerline of column and longitudinal centerline. Dimension width from centerline of column coordinate. Pipe Supports At Grade (Sleepers) Coordinate edge that must be held and longitudinal centerline. Dimension overall length. Buildings A building is defined as an enclosed structure designed for occupancy by people, equipment, or both such as process building and control house laboratory. Buildings with equipment (for example, compressors, pumps, boilers) Coordinate main equipment and locate building by dimensions from equipment centerline to centerline of columns or outside face of masonry depending on type of building
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
construction. Dimensions will be given to that part of building which must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Buildings without mechanical equipment (for example, control house, laboratory, administration, and change houses) Coordinate the corner that must be held due to clearances or other reasons. Coordinate will be outside face of concrete or centerline of steel depending upon type of building. Paving Show and coordinate edge of paving. Roadways Coordinate centerline and dimension to edge of road and shoulder. Miscellaneous Equipment And Plot Items Miscellaneous items which require plot space will be shown on the LCP. The space required will be shown to scale. Some of the items that could be shown are listed below: Switchgear Coordinate face and 1 side and give overall dimension. Upon receipt of electrical drawings, add coordinate for centerline of columns and remove reference coordinate for face of rack. Substations and miscellaneous electrical equipment Coordinate fence line or edge of concrete slab on corner that must be held due to clearances or other reasons. MH (Manholes) Indicate, but do not coordinate, callout MH. Sumps and pits Coordinate inside control corner and define size by dimension or note. Existing interferences above and below ground including deadmen Coordinate and dimension for clearance. Auxiliary equipment Dimension from main equipment coordinate lines. Items normally located around pipe supports and major equipment will be shown and called out. Items to be shown will include, but not be limited to, the following and those indicated in legend of sample drawing: Utility stations Junction boxes Emergency shower Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Eyewash Electrical and instrument racks Hose reel Fire hose cabinet Fire monitors and hydrants Piping manifolds (control valve manifolds, steam tracing supply manifolds, and steam tracing condensate return manifolds) Security equipment (for example, floodlight pole and TV monitors) Welding receptacle
METHOD OF INDICATING ELEVATIONS Elevations will be given in elevation table, as indicated below: Equipment
Method
Compressors Pumps Heaters and boilers Shell and tube exchangers Double pipe - fins Air coolers Vertical vessels Horizontal vessels Tanks (concrete foundation) Mechanical items Building floors Pipe supports
Centerline of crankshaft elevation TOG (Top of Grout) elevation TOG elevation Centerline elevation Face Elevation of bottom flanges Base plate elevation TOG elevation Centerline elevation TOG elevation TOG elevation HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) TOS (Top of Support) elevation
For elevations on structures, the top of steel or concrete elevation on operating levels is to be indicated on the section. For slab elevations, consideration must be given to minimum slab thickness at (low points) (drain funnel locations). For pipeway strut elevation, the top of steel elevation will be indicated on the plan. HPFS elevations will appear on plan. Note!!!
1.
The method of indicating elevation for equipment should be evaluated for each contract. Example: Air coolers at grade will be indicated as TOG.
2.
Early establishment of TOG for some equipment such as pumps and vertical vessels will allow Structural an early start for foundation design.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0755:
Design Documents - Descriptions/Requisites Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - LOCATION CONTROL PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Figure 1. Vertical Pumps - Detail A Figure 2. Vertical Pumps - Detail B Attachment 02: Equipment And Miscellaneous Plot Items Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Location Control Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2015 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS PLOT ITEMS MATRIX
a. = Indicate by symbol b. = Show min. Outline to scale c. = Locate by coordinate or elevation d. = Locate by Dimension
Remarks
Vertical Cylindrical Equipment
X
X
Horizontal Cylindrical Equipment
X
X
Exchangers
X
X
Pumps
X
X
Compressors
X
X
Auxiliary Equipment
X
Heaters
X
Structures
X
Pipeways
X
X
X
Indicate P/W Bracing as "Braced Bay" Coord. Centerlines and Dim. L. and W.
Buildings
X
X
X
Coordinate Building Without Mechanical Equipment
Paving
X
X
Roadways
X
X
X
Dimension from Centerline to Edge of Road and Shoulder
Switchgear
X
X
X
Coordinate Face and One Side, and Indicate Overall Dimension
Substations and Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment
X
X
Manholes
X
Sumps and Pits
X
Utility Stations, Junction Boxes, and Eyewash
X X X
Callout "MH" X
Coordinate Inside Control Corner - Define Size by Dimension on Note
X
Instrument and Electrical Rack
X
Existing Interference
X
Dimension for Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the contents and preparation of the Pipeway Control Drawing from the Step II Transposition through the Rack Loading and Final Pipeway Drawing stages.
SCOPE This practice provides the following: Transmission of material requirements to the Material Control group. A scale drawing for the Stress group to check stress, establish loads, and forces. Transmission of information to the Structural Design group. A source of information for Construction for rack loading.
APPLICATION This practice should be considered for application on any project where there are major pipe racks where construction would benefit.
PHILOSOPHY Fabrication philosophy for this drawing (rack loaded portion) is maximum field fabrication. Lines in the pipeway that cross 2 or more supports will be rack loaded 2 feet past the last support it crosses. Individual projects may alter the fabrication philosophy to meet the requirements of their Project. Prerequisites The following prerequisites apply: Step II Transpositions. Pipe support spacing. Cross section of pipeway showing required clearances such as instrument racks, electrical racks, deck elevations, and drop areas.
PREPARATION Pipeway drawings are prepared for each main unit pipeway and main process area interconnecting pipeway. Offsite pipeways may be handled in the same manner. Microfilming frames will be placed on all roll size drawings. (Refer to Piping Design Guide 8.5.) It should be determined early in the contract life (prior to loading issue) if a roll drawing can be issued as a contract document. If not, separate drawing numbers must be assigned to each microfilming frame to facilitate breaking roll drawings into individual drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
If contract requirements call for 4 or 5 size drawings for issued contract drawings, the roll drawing will have to be cut up and given the drawing numbers which appear in the microfilming frame. Drawings may be produced utilizing manual, 2D CAD, or 3D CAD methods. A roll type drawing with the upper and lower racks drawn parallel is preferable for issue to Construction for rack loading, and for use by Design during the layout drawing and checking activities. For rack loading purposes, the drawing must contain line numbers, sizes, pipe support numbers, elevations, coordinates, and extent of piping to be rack loaded. The Pipeway Control Drawing will be drawn to the same scale as the area drawings. The Pipeway Control Drawing will be concerned primarily with lines in the pipeway and their associated items such as supports, hangers, anchors, and guides. Branch connections are shown for approximate locations initially, and updated as information becomes confirmed. A master copy of the pipeway control drawing is to be maintained by the Unit Supervisor in the same manner as a master flow diagram. It must be updated and revised to scale as the area piping plans and isometrics are drawn and checked. Layout Investigate for the following: Space and location for electrical and instrument racks. Drop areas. Client requirements for future space. Box clearances for orifice flange piping and other instruments. Potential interferences caused by lines dropping out of berth at 45 degrees, or use of SR ells. Oversized insulation on steam traced or cold insulated lines. Insulation of flanges on steam lines. Hold downs, anchors, guides, special shoes, and cradles. Sloping lines requiring special supports. Battery limit manifold requirements. Valve access requirements. Lines with valves in run which require more space than normal valves (lift plug VAs). Hamer blinds. Interferences caused by expansion such as line dropouts or steam boot leg movement in pipe supports. Lines in the main run are indicated including space for steam tracing headers as required. Utility lines will be located to the side of the heavy user and on the upper level of a 2-level rack. The hottest line will be located on 1 side of the rack and adjacent lines will be progressively cooler. Locate small lines that cannot span the pipe support spacing between the 2 cool uninsulated lines to enable the use of pick ups. Special consideration must be given to nonmetallic lines such as PVC, glass, and plastics. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
Indicate the required method of support for each line such as 5PU1, 5DS1, or 5HR3. Indicate the amount of cold spring/prespring. Locate and size required expansion loops. Show all lines as single line regardless of size. Indicate all pressure and nonpressure attachments. Lines in the pipeway will be located by both dimension and coordinate. Branch lines are indicated in their approximate location and sequence. They are not dimensioned or coordinated as this will be done on the isometric and area drawing. When a line crosses 2 or more supports, the rack loaded piping (portion located between field welds) will be indicated by a double line, broken off at each end. Pressure and nonpressure attachments must be indicated and identified on the rack loaded lines such as shoes, process, hydrotest vents and drains, and instrument air connections. Allow ample space between branch connections to the pipeway header and header-in-line items, for branch location adjustment. A distribution chart is to be added to the Pipeway Control Drawing. MTO (Material Takeoff) When the Pipeway Control Drawing is issued for rack loading and pipeway isometrics are produced, the Pipeway Control Drawing is used for preliminary and secondary MTO. When the Pipeway Control Drawing is issued for rack loading, and pipeway isometrics are not produced, the Pipeway Control Drawing is used for preliminary, secondary, and final takeoff. A BM/BMFMR (Bill of Material/Bill of Material Field Material Requisition) for each individual line will be issued with the pipeway control drawing when being issued for rack loading or final AFC (Approved for Construction) issue. It is the responsibility of Design to notify MTO of changes in material requirements. Stress Review Stress will receive 3 prints of the Pipeway Control Drawing from Piping Design and if required by Stress, 1 print of the Step II Flow Sheet Transposition. The Stress Engineer will review size and location of expansion loops, anchors, guides, and cold spring, and calculate anchor forces for Structural Design. The Stress Engineer will return 2 copies of the reviewed Pipeway Control Drawing to the Pipeway Design Supervisor and retain 1 copy for personal files. The Piping Design Supervisor will forward 1 copy to Structural Design, retain 1 copy for Design's use, and mark it as "Master Copy." As the Stress Group evaluates the branch sketches, they may have to modify the Pipeway Control Drawing. These revisions must by marked on the Piping Design Master and transmitted to Structural Engineering.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2020 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY CONTROL DRAWING AND PROCEDURES
Check The Pipeway Control Drawing Checker is responsible to verify the accuracy of the drawing such as spacing, branch location, and stress review comments. - For checking procedure and checklist, refer to Piping Design Guide 8.3. Area Checkers are responsible to mark any changes affecting the pipeway control drawing on the master copy. Issue The pipeway control drawing will be issued first for rack loading. Then, after final design, check will be issued as the pipeway plan or plans. For reason of control, a reproduction of the Pipeway Control Drawing should be used as the rack loading original, and should be assigned a sketch drawing number. Whenever issuing the Pipeway Loading Drawing or the Pipeway Piping Plan or plans where pipeway isometrics are not drawn, BM/BMFMRs must accompany them. Revisions including those without material changes must be sent through MTO before being issued. The Distribution Chart is to be filled in with the dates and sent to the appropriate department.
REFERENCES Piping Design Guide 8.3, 8.5.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Rack Loading Drawing Sample Attachment 02: Rack Loading Drawing Typical Notes
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2021 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY INTERFACE CONTROL CHART AND PROCEDURE
PURPOSE To provide a document for transmitting design information, and coordinating the interconnecting pipeway design interfaces. To provide a uniform method and procedure for conveying design changes promptly. To ensure quality control and accuracy for the interface match points at battery limits.
SCOPE This practice provides: Consistency and direction for interface between individual plant/unit design groups at unit battery limits. Instructions for preparation of interface control charts.
APPLICATION This practice should be on any project where there exists pipeway-to-unit interface coordination requirements. Example: Major interconnecting pipeway under 1 Area Lead and multiple onsite areas. Interconnecting or pipeway interface with another Fluor Daniel engineering office. Interconnecting or pipeway interface with another engineering company.
RESPONSIBILITY The Area Lead for the interconnecting pipeway design group initiates the pipeway interface control chart, maintains control of the master copy, and is responsible for updating and issuing the latest revision. General Procedure The interconnecting pipeway group enters all known information and issues a reproducible (vellum) work copy to the Unit Design Supervisor. - All match points will be located with coordinates and centerline or face elevation. - Add special requirements such as slope (provide rate), or "Do Not Pocket" notes in the remarks column. The unit design group checks and modifies the information as required. New information and changes are added to the reproducible, and after taking a print for unit records, the reproducible is returned to the pipeway group. As new information is developed, it is added to the original and distributed to the Unit Supervisor. As the pipeway design progresses, the chart will be updated and distributed promptly, thus ensuring both design groups are developing their pipeways to the latest data. Prior to check of pipeway control drawings or isometrics, either design group will inform the other, and design changes will be minimized to avoid rework.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2021 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - PIPEWAY INTERFACE CONTROL CHART AND PROCEDURE
Isometric Interface The interconnecting pipeway isometrics will indicate all materials up to and including the flange on the interconnecting side of battery limit block valve. Bolts and gaskets for connecting flanges will be covered by the unit isometrics. The interconnecting pipeway isometrics will cover all required materials up to the battery limit block valves on butt welded, socket weld, and screwed valves. When a natural breakpoint is not available, such as a valve or flange, piping will terminate with a plain or beveled end, as applicable. Screwed lines will terminate with a male threaded connection on the interconnecting pipeway side. Heat tracing: The process unit's responsibility for tracing will end at the battery limit connection.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2020:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Control Drawing and Procedures
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Form: 000.250.F3600:
Pipeway Interface Control Chart
Attachment 02: Sample Form: 000.250.F3600:Pipeway Interface Control Chart Attachment 03: Example Pipeway Interface Responsibilities
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING
PURPOSE This practice defines recommended spacing for buildings and equipment in oil and chemical plants.
SCOPE This practice includes recommendations for spacing in the following types of facilities: Oil Refineries Chemical Plants Gasoline Plants Petrochemical Plants
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Designers for preliminary layout and spacing of facilities and equipment. The specification 670 250 50001, Process and Utility Piping Design, Layout, and Drawing, should also be used. It is important to obtain the clients criteria and approval when developing plant arrangements.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: General Recommendations For Spacing In Oil and Chemical Plants Attachment 02: General Recommendations For Spacing in Oil Pipeline Pump Stations. Attachment 03: General Recommendations For Spacing in Public Utility Natural Gas Pumping Stations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL AND CHEMICAL PLANTS
Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendations (8), (7)
Serv. Bldg..
Elec. sub. & MCC
Utility Areas
Cool. Tower
Control Compr. Process Process Process Atmos. Press. Refrig. Rooms & Unit Unit Unit Storage Storage Storage Pump Mod. Inter. High Tanks Tanks Tanks Houses Hazard Hazard Hazard
Service Buildings (3)
(1)
Electrical Substations and MCC
(1)
Utilities Areas
50
50
Cooling Towers
50
50
100
Control Rooms (4)
(1)
(1)
100
100
Compressor & Pump Houses
100
100
100
100
100
Process Units Moderate Hazard (6) (9)
100
100
100
100
100
30
50
Process Units Intermediate Hazard (6) (10)
200
100
100
100
200
50
100
100
Process Units High Hazard (6) (11)
400
200
200
200
300
100
200
200
200
Atmospheric Storage Tanks
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
350
350
Pressure Storage Tanks (5)
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
(2)
Refrigerated Storage Tanks (5)
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
300
(2)
Unloading & Loading Racks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
300
300
250
350
350
Fire Stations & Fire Water Pumps
50
50
50
50
50
200
300
300
300
350
350
350
Unload . & Load. Racks
200
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( ).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL AND CHEMICAL PLANTS
Notes for Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendations
(1) The spacing requirements for building to building are based on occupancy, square area, storage criteria, type of construction, and access requirements. Minimum spacing for buildings shall be obtained from the Architectural Engineering Group. (2) The spacing for storage tanks shall be determined using the NFPA 30 principles. (3) Service buildings generally include: offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, cafeterias, labs, hospitals, garages, etc. (4) Control rooms serving unusually large or hazardous units and central control rooms for multiple units or housing computer equipment, require greater spacing and may require blast - resistant construction. (5) LPG tank locations, preferably, should be isolated to remote sections of the plant vessel heads aimed away from major plant values or occupancies. Spheres also should be remotely located whenever possible. (6) Distances are from battery limits. (7) Flare stacks (with knock out vessels) less than 75 feet in height should be 300 feet distance from other equipment and tankage; with stacks over 75 feet in height 200 feet distance may be considered. These minimum distances shall be verified by Fluor Daniel Process Engineering. (8) Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendation are based on the Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI) Guidelines for Loss Prevention and Control (IM.2.5.2). (9) Moderate Hazard: "This category includes processes, operations, or materials having a limited explosion hazard and a moderate fire hazard. This class generally involves endothermic reactions and nonreactive operations, such as distallation, absorption, mixing and blending of flammable liquids. Exothermic reactions with no flammable liquids or gases also fit in this group." Typical examples include: Acetic anhydride, Acetone (dehydrogenation of alcohol), Ammonia, Crude distillation, Ethanol (from methanol) Ethylene glycol, Formaldehyde, Methyl ethyl, solvent extraction, Urea, Visbreaking.(IRI, IM.2.5.2A) (10) Intermediate Hazard: "This category includes processes, operations, or materials having an appreciable explosion hazard and a moderate fire hazard. This class generally involves mildly exothermic reactions." Typical examples include: Alkylation (Refinery), Benzene Benezene-Taoulene-Zylene, Methanol (Reforming), Polypropylene, Polystyrene, Reforming (Refinery). (IRI, IM.2.5.2A) (11) High Hazard: This category includes processes, operations, or materialshaving a high explosion hazard and moderate to heavy fire hazard. This class involves highly exothermic or runaway reactions and highly hazard products handling." Typical examples include: Acetic acid, Acetone (cumene oxidation), Acrylic acid, Butadiene, Ethylene, Hydrocracking (Refinery), Polyethylene LD (high pressure), Polyethylene HD (large units), Propylene oxide, Vinyl acetate, Vinyl chloride. (IRI, IM.2.5.2A)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Control Room (1)
Service Bldg.
Tanks
Manual Valves
Emerg. Shutdown Stations
Open Flame
Loading Dwellings Docks
Pump House
0 ft
50 (3)
200
100
250
150
200
200
Tanks
200
200 (3)
2 dia. largest
100
250
200
250
200
Terminal and Tank Farms Storage Tanks
Loading Racks
Pumps
Service Bldg.
Docks
Open Flame
Compressor Pressure Tanks
Product Storage Tanks Not LPG
2 dia. largest
250
200
200 (3)
350
200
200
50 (4)
Loading Racks
250
50 - 250
200
200 (3)
200
200
100
100
Open Flame
200
200
200
-
200
-
100
200
Pressure Tanks
50 (4)
100
100
100 (3)
100
200
100
50
Offshore Properties Service Bldg. Service Building
20
Process and Gas Separation
50 (3)
Open Flame
Proc / Gas Separation
Open Flame
Gas Emerg Compressor Shutdown Stations
Product Storage
100
Gas Compressor Houses
50 (4)
50
50
Emergency Shutdown Stations
50
100
100
50 - 250
Product Storage Tanks
50 (2)
50
100
200
100
Loading Docks
100
100
100
100
100
100
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( )
Notes: Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
(1)
Control room should be pressurized.
(2)
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
(3)
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages,, except as specifically indicated.
(4)
500,00 gallons per group: 100 feet groups.
1.
Control room should be pressurized.
2
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
3.
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages, except as specifically indicated.
4.
300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet groups.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Compr. Houses
Gen. Bldg.
Shop Bldg.
Office Bldg.
Boiler Houses
Gas Meter Reg. Houses
Air Gas Jacket WareCooled Cooling Water Houses Exch. Tower Cooling (Gas) Wood Tower
Main Lines
Compressor Houses
(4), (6)
Generator Buildings
100 (5), (6)
(4)
Shop Building
100 (5)
30 (4)
(4)
Office Buildings
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
Boiler Houses
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
(4)
Gas Meter Regulator Houses
100
100
100
100
100
(4)
Incombustible or Air Cooled Exchangers (Gas)
100
100
100
100
100
40 (4)
Gas Cooling Towers Wood Construction
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
50 (4), (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
40 (4)
40 (4)
50
Warehouses
100 (5)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
30 (4), (5)
Main Lines
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (3)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
350 (5)
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
500 1000
Fire House & Equipment
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
50 100
100
Product Storage Tanks
100
Note: Spacings are shown in feet; Also see page 2 for notes ( ).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 07Apr98 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
1.
There should be a minimum of 2 remote control stations to actuate the main linepower operated valves. One (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from any gas pumping building, and 250 feet or more from any gas line. The second (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from the other (RCS) or any gas line or gas pumping building, or shielded by topography or structures so as to be accessible at all times.
2.
Power operated valves with no remote control stations and manually operated valves on main suction or discharge lines should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
3.
Main lines when equipped with other than power operated valves with (RCS) should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
4.
Distances indicated are for buildings or structures of incombustible construction. If otherwise, consult you Insurance Underwriters.
5.
All open flame devices or ordinary electrical equipment, should be located 100 feet from any gas vapor hazard area, gas line or gas pumping building; and 200 feet from Product Storage Tanks.
6.
Often electrical generating equipment, gas turbines, or other similar items are housed in the same building with gas compressors. In such instances, you should consult you Insurance Underwriters concerning the standards for the installation of this equipment. General Notes: (A) Main-line power operated valves with (RCS) should be located 350 feet from all station buildings. (B) Electrical Equipment should be located 100 feet from gas sources and 50 feet from cooling towers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
Minimum Distance in Feet Service Gas Oil Bldg Comp Pump House House
Dist And Frac
Util
Press. Atmo Loading Tanks Tanks Racks
Service Building
Refer to Chart
Gas Compressor House
100
-
Large Process Oil Pump House
100
50
-
Distillation and Fractionation
100
501
30
-
Utilities
50
100
100
100
-
Pressure Tanks
150
200
200
200
150
-2
Atmospheric Tanks
100
200
200
200
100
50
2 dia largest
Loading Racks
100
200
200
200
100
100
100
Fired Heaters
100
100
100
100
50
150
Cooling Towers
50-3 100
50-3 100
50-3 100
100
100
Ski Unit for Package Plant
100
50
50
40
Control Houses*
50
100
100
50
Main Fire Gas Pumps Vlv 50
100
250500
200
250500
200
250500
200
250500
0
100
250
100
250
50100
100
150
100
100
100
150
250
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
200
250500
150
50
200
200
200
200500
50
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
Minimum Distance in Feet Open Ord Flames Elect. Service Building
0
Gas Compressor House
100
Large Process Oil Pump House
100
Distillation and Fractionation
100
Utilities
Pressure Tanks
Emer Turret Fire Flares Stm Hydr Ctrl Nozzle Equip. Snf Sta House And BD **
50
50
**
50100 50
50100
50
50
50
50
50100
-
50 50
50100
50
50
50100
100
50
100
50100
200
50 50
100
50100
200
50
100
50100
200
50100
100
50100
50100
100
100
Loading Racks
100
Fired Heaters
-
100
-
50
0
Atmospheric Tanks
Lean Oil Pump
50
Cooling Towers
100
50100
50100
Ski Unit for Package Plant
100
50
100
Control Houses*
100
50
50 50
50
50100
100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN GASOLINE PLANTS
*
Control houses serving unusually large or hazardous units and central control houses for multiple units or housing computer equipment, require greater spacing and may require blast-resistant construction.
**
Both stations should be located at least 250 feet and not over 500 feet from compressor house, process area, loading racks, heaters, and main gas lines. Minimum 250 feet between stations.
***
Height less than 75 feet, 300 feet from plant. Height over 75 feet, 200 feet from plant. Service buildings include: Offices, laboratories, change houses, gate houses, shops, maintenance warehouses, garages, cafeterias, and hospitals. Utilities include: Boilers, power houses, and water treating.
1. 2. 3.
Where equipment is housed because of cold climate, a standard firewall should separate compressor and process equipment. Maximum of 300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet between groups, or other suitable arrangements. Fifty feet for handling nonflammables, 100 feet for handling flammables.
Note!!! Fire water systems, with locations of hydrants and valves, require special consideration. 4.
More spacing may be required in unattended plants or in high-valued attended plants with complex control systems.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Pump House Tanks
Control Room
Service Building
Tanks
Manual Valves
Emergency Shutdown Stations
01
503
200
100
250
2 dia lrgst
100
250
Serv Bldg
Docks
200
200
3
Terminal and Tank Farms Stor Tnk Ldg Racks
Pump
3
350
Product Storage Tanks, Not LPG
2 dia lrgst
250
200
200
Loading Racks
250
50-250
200
2003
200
Open Flame
200
200
100
-
200
Pressure Tanks
50
4
100
100
100
3
100
Offshore Properties Serv Bldg Proc / Gas Open Flm Gas Comp Emer Shtdn Service Buildings
20
Process and Gas Separation
503
-
-
100
-
50
50
-
100
100
50- 250
-
50
100
200
100
100
100
100
100
Open Flame Devices
4
Gas Compressor Houses
50
Emergency Shutdown Stations
50 2
Product Storage Tanks
50
Loading Docks
100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN OIL PIPE LINE PUMP STATIONS
Open
Fire
Dwellings
Fire
Ldg
Pump House
100
150
200
100
200
Tanks
100
200
200
100
250
Terminal and Tank Farms Fire
Fire
Comp
Open
Press
Product Storage Tanks, Not LPG
300
100
200
200
504
Loading Racks
150
100
200
200
100
Open Flame
100
50
100
-
200
Pressure Tanks
200
50- 100
100
200
503
Offshore Properties Prod Stor
Ldg
Service Buildings Process and Gas Separation Open Flame Devices Gas Compressor Houses Emergency Shutdown Stations Product Storage Tanks Loading Docks
100
-
1.
Control room should be pressurized.
2
Small open flame devices should be located no less than 50 feet from any vapor hazard area.
3.
Service buildings include: Offices, change houses, maintenance warehouses, laboratories, garages, except as specifically indicated.
4.
300,000 gallons per group; 100 feet groups.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Minimum Distance in Feet Comp Hous
Compressor Houses
Gen Bldg
Shop Bldg
Off Bldg
Boil Hou
-4,6 5,6
Opn Flm Dev
Gas Mtr Reg Hou
Inc / FF Clrs Gas
Gas Clg Twr Wf
Jack Wtr Clg Twr
Refer to Note
-4
Generator Buildings
100
Shop Buildings
1005
304
-4
Office Buildings
1005
304
304
-4
Boiler Houses
1005
304
304
304
Open Flame Devices
-4
No. 5
Refer to Note No. 5
Gas Meter of Gas Regulator Houses
100
100
100
100
100
-4
Incombustible or Fin Fan Coolers (Gas)
100
100
100
100
100
404
-
Gas Cooling Towers Wood or Wood Frame Construction
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
504,5
304
304
304
304
504
404
404
50
-4
Warehouses
1005
304
304
304
304
-
304,5
304,5
304.5
304
Main-Line Valves
Main-Line Power Operated Valves with (RCS) Should be Located 350 feet from All Station Buildings
Remote Control Shutdown Stations
Refer to Note No. 1
Main Lines
3503
3503
3503
3503
3503 Refer to No. 5
3505
3505
3505
3505
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
Minimum Distance in Feet Whs
Fire Equi Hou
Fire Hou
50100
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
-
50
50100
Gas Meter of Gas Regulator Houses
100 5
50100
50100
Incombustible or Fin Fan Coolers (Gas)
100 5
50100
50100
Gas Cooling Towers Wood or Wood Frame Construction
100 5
50100
50100
Jacket Water Cooling Towers
50
50
50100
-
50
50100
100
100
-5
-
-
1005
100
100
100
100
100
Compressor Houses
MnIn Vlv **
Rem Ctrl Shd Sta
Mn Lns
Cp Bldg Dwl etc.
Prop P/L Whs etc.
N o t e
Shop Buildings Office Buildings
No. 1
Boiler Houses Open Flame Devices
Warehouses
-4
Main-Line Valves
1005
Refer to No 2
Remote Control Shutdown Stations
Tur Noz
1005 ***
Refer to
Generator Buildings
Ord Elec Equi
-
Main Lines
3505
-3
2501
-
Product Storage Tanks
200
200
5001000
5001000
200
200
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2030 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPACING IN PUBLIC UTILITY NATURAL GAS PUMPING STATIONS
**
Main-line power operated valves with (RCS) should be located 350 feet from all station buildings.
***
Turret nozzles should be located 50 to 100 feet from any large structures, gas compressor buildings, cooling towers, or tanks.
1.
There should be a minimum of 2 remote control stations to actuate the main linepower operated valves. One (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from any gas pumping building, and 250 feet or more from any gas line. The second (RCS) should be located 250 feet or more from the other (RCS) or any gas line or gas pumping building, or shielded by topography or structures so as to be accessible at all times.
2.
Power operated valves with no remote control stations and manually operated valves on main suction or discharge lines should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
3.
Main lines when equipped with other than power operated valves with (RCS) should be located no less than 500 feet but not over 1,000 feet from any station building.
4.
Distances indicated are for buildings or structures of incombustible construction. If otherwise, consult you Insurance Underwriters.
5.
All open flame devices or ordinary electrical equipment, should be located 100 feet from any gas vapor hazard area, gas line or gas pumping building.
6.
Often electrical generating equipment, gas turbines, or other similar items are housed in the same building with gas compressors. In such instances, you should consult you Insurance Underwriters concerning the standards for the installation of this equipment.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2031 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - VALVE ACCESSIBILITY AND CLEARANCE
PURPOSE This practice describes the Fluor Daniel method for determining valve accessibility and operating clearances.
SCOPE This practice includes information on the following areas: Vertical Stem Valves Horizontal Stem Valves Average Man Clearances
APPLICATION This practice should be used on all projects. It is intended as a guideline only. It is the responsibility of both the Designer and Checker to follow this practice where practical.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Valve Accessibility And Clearance - Vertical Stem Attachment 02: Valve Accessibility And Clearance - Horizontal Stem Attachment 03: Average Man Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
PURPOSE This practice establishes recommended guidelines to assist the Piping Designer for development of a unit plot arrangement.
SCOPE This practice is arranged in the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND PIPEWAY CLEARANCES PIPEWAY LAYOUT REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guideline for the development of the unit Plot Plan.
RESPONSIBILITY It is the Lead Piping Supervisor's responsibility to ensure that this guideline is followed, along with any specific client requirements.
ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT Note!!! The numbers enclosed in parentheses below refer to specific notes in circles on Attachments 01, 02, and 03. Equipment Structures The plant layout of equipment shall utilize common structures for equipment vessels and pumps. As a rule single installation of equipment will not require a structure. Vertical Vessels Vertical vessels (A1) will be on a given centerline established by the largest vessel. The shell of the largest vessel will be 2'- 0" from the aisleway reference line. Vessels that are considered larger than the average vessel (A1.1) in a unit, will be established independently with the shell located 2'- 0" from the aisleway reference line. Manways in vertical vessels will normally be located on the side of the vessel away from the pipe rack. This leaves the pipe rack side clear for pipes going to and from the rack. Ladders will be located on either side of the vessel. Stacking two or more vertical vessels shall be investigated. This investigation shall consider the process conditions (commodities, temperatures, pressures), vertical height limitations, and
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
piping layout for economic advantages. The stacking of vessels requires the acceptance of Process and Vessel engineering. Horizontal Vessels Horizontal vessels (A2) will have the head of the largest vessel line up with the aisleway reference line. All other horizontal vessels in the same vicinity will have a common tangent line coordinate with the largest vessel. It may be economical for adjacent vessels to share a common saddle coordinate to utilize a common foundation. The minimum elevation from grade is usually shown on the P&ID if it is critical for process reasons. If no elevation is expressed and minimum is required, care should be taken to allow adequate clearance for piping. Exchangers Shell and tube heat exchangers (A3.1) will be lined up with their channel heads away from the pipeways, so that tube withdrawal is toward the outside of the unit. The shell heads will be lined up so that the largest head is in line with the aisleway reference line. All other exchangers are to be lined up to have a common channel nozzle coordinate. It may be economical for adjacent exchangers to share a common saddle coordinate to utilize a common foundation. "G"- fin or fin tube type exchangers will be located (A3.2) with the centerline of the shell nozzles lined up and located such that all piping remains clear of the aisleway reference line. Horizontal reboilers (A3.3) will preferably be located next to the equipment they service. Pumps
Locate pumps close to the equipment from which they take suction (A4.1). Pumps handling flammable products are not to be located under pipeways carrying major product lines, air coolers, or vessels. Pumps handling non-flammable products may be located under pipeways and air cooled exchangers. Pumps located between pipeways and equipment row should be located to avoid being hazardous to pipeway and equipment. Industrial Risk Insurers IM.2.5.2 (IRI) indicates the minimum distance to be 10 feet clear (A4.2); this distance should be verified by the clients requirements. Layout pump suctions and discharges on common centerlines, allowing the use of common pipe supports (A4.3). Aircoolers Aircoolers will normally be located above the pipeways (A5).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
Furnaces Furnaces should be located upwind or sidewind from the rest of the unit and be separated by at least 50 feet. Compressors Compressors should be located downwind from the rest of the unit, be separated from the other equipment, and preferably not located in an enclosed building. Valve Manifolds Operational valve manifolds, control valve manifolds and utility stations (A6) are to be located for operability and access.
EQUIPMENT AND PIPEWAY CLEARANCES Walkways 2'- 6" horizontal by 7'- 0" vertical (C1.1). Aisleway For fork lift or similar equipment 6'- 0" horizontal by 8'- 0" vertical. For portable manual equipment operation 3'- 0" horizontal by 8'- 0" vertical (C1.2). Access Way Mobil equipment access (hydraulic cranes, trucks, etc.) 10'- 0" horizontal by 10'- 0" vertical (C1.3). Flange Clearance Between adjacent equipment (example: shell and tube heat exchangers) 1'- 6" clearance between flanges if no other access is required (C2). Foundation Footings Minimum (2'- 6") walkway clearances are required between foundations of any equipment and any adjacent equipment or piping. Pump Clearances For pumps extending under the pipeways, a minimum 10'- 0" (C4.1) clearance is required between pumps at opposite sides of the rack. This clearance need not be in a straight line down a series of pumps under the rack. Minimum clearance of 3'- 0" is required between pumps (C4.2). The 3'- 0" dimension is a minimum requirement between adjacent equipment, foundation or piping. Exchanger Clearances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
Clear aisleway for exchanger shell head removal will be 6'- 0" when using a fork lift truck or portable "A" frame (C4.3). 3'- 0" clear platform is required when using a mobile crane positioned at channel end to remove shell cover (C4.3.1). 3'- 0" clear when shell cover is fixed and removal is not required. Miscellaneous Clearances Platforms will be 1'- 0" minimum clear of piping or pipeway (C4.4.1). Allow clearance for drain funnels in front of pumps (C4.4.2). Road Clearances The requirements for drainage ditches or underground pipeway easement may increase the dimension from the edge of roads to equipment (C5).
PIPEWAY LAYOUT For pipeway support elevations (P1), refer to Practice 670.250.2041: Plant Arrangement Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans. Pipe support spacings shall be maximized using the limits of pipe spans and structural integrity. Location of electrical and instrument raceways will be determined by one of the following: When electrical is located primarily aboveground (P2.1), raceways for electrical and instruments will be located as shown (vertical or horizontal, with horizontal being the alternate location), taking care not to interfere with pipe turn-outs and expansion loops. On projects where electrical is predominately aboveground, the top level of the pipeway (P2.2) will be reserved for electrical and instrument raceways. Drop space (P3), if required, for utility, steam trap, or vent piping drop space width is set by minimum clearance for largest line and may be on either or both sides of pipeway as required. The centerline of line drops (P4) will normally be 2'- 0" from centerline of P.S. column or end of cantilever, whichever is applicable. Special consideration needs to be given to large diameter lines. Width of rack (P5) will be determined by the flow diagram transposition. Refer to Practice 670.250.2010: Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions. For pipe support spacing (P6), refer to Practice 670.250.2041.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2040 Publication Date 07Apr98 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PLANT ARRANGEMENT - TYPICAL UNIT PLOT ARRANGEMENT
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2005: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2010:
Plant Arrangement - Plot Plan Development Instructions Plant Arrangement - Flow Diagram Transposition Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2015:
Plant Arrangement Location Control Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2041:
Plant Arrangement - Pipeway Layout - Allowable Pipe Spans
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Unit Plot Arrangement Attachment 02: Section Thru Pipeway, Standard Arrangements Attachment 03: Space Allocation At Support Columns
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
PURPOSE This practice establishes general guidelines for various types of tie-ins.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY DEFINITIONS REVIEW REQUIREMENTS LOCATE TIE-IN IN THE FIELD PREPARE DEMOLITION ISOMETRIC DESIGN ROUTING OF LINE TIE-IN TO DESTINATION REVIEW ISOMETRICS DOCUMENTATION MATERIALS PRESSURE TAPS BOLT-ON CONNECTIONS VALVES TESTING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guideline for making piping tie-ins, including selection, location, and design of tie-in connections to existing piping and equipment.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer will be responsible for the physical location, design, and initiation of material procurement for the tie-in. The Lead Process Engineer will establish tie-in process requirements. Construction will establish blinding, purging, safety procedures, and will perform NDE (Nondestructive Examination) on the proposed locations. The client will approve tie-ins.
DEFINITIONS Tie-In: A new piping connection to any existing pipeline or piece of equipment which is made in place. Pressure Tap (hot tap): A tie-in made by drilling or cutting a line or vessel, which is either under pressure or has been depressurized, but has not been cleared for conventional construction methods. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Stopple: A device used to isolate a section of pipe for repair or revision without depressuring or clearing the entire line.
REVIEW REQUIREMENTS Use as-built P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Check for special process requirements such as the following: - Do not picket - Vibrating service - Allowable pressure drop - Two-phase flow. Determine hot-tap or cold-cut. Prepare tie-in list (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340: Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms).
LOCATE TIE-IN IN THE FIELD The majority of tie-ins to existing facilities will be accomplished during a Plant shutdown. Those piping systems remaining live during a Plant shutdown and requiring tie-ins will be identified as such in the preliminary flowsheet markups. As illustrated by the following items, special care and attention will be given during the design phase, which will be effective in minimizing system shutdown requirements: Tie-in points will be tagged with a weatherproof tag indicating the job number and tie-in number, and will be fixed to the tie-in location by means of a semi-permanent but removable device such as a wire. The tie-in point will also be painted on the pipe or valved tie-in point with a color of paint which is acceptable to the Plant Engineer. Tie-ins will be as shown on applicable P&IDs. Use existing connections when possible. - Valve with no connection. - Blind flange. - Replace existing flanged spools with new spools incorporating a connection point. Choose locations which can be blocked by existing valves. Review tie-in locations with Process, Operations, and Maintenance. Determine testing requirements. Use Form: 000.250.F0300: FSR (Field Service Request), from Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340: Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms, for manual measurements and survey data. - Determine existing reference coordinates and elevations by survey, and paint the information on the reference item in the field; for example, pipe support column coordinates and top of steel elevations. - Measure from marked columns and steel elevations. - Take pipe measurements from welds rather than from hard-to-find centerline of elbows or Tees.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
-
On critical tie-ins, have centerline elevation and 1 set of coordinates surveyed to complement manual field measurements. - Perform UT on existing line. (Does it meet code?) - Determine type of PMI (Positive Material Identification) on the existing line. - Determine type of existing insulation or tracing. When the Fluor Daniel Piping Design team is close to completing their work, the Fluor Daniel Piping and Process Engineers will travel to the plant site and together will check the Plant Design team work from a Process and constructibility standpoint. When piping tie-ins are checked by Fluor Daniel Piping and Process Engineers, they will be reviewed with the plant's Project Engineer for approval. After preliminary approval by the plant's Project Engineer, Fluor Daniel Piping will formally draw up the Piping tie-in isometrics and Piping tie-in key plans, and develop the Piping tie-in list which will be issued formally for approval.
PREPARE DEMOLITION ISOMETRIC Demolition can be shown on existing isometrics or be part of the new tie-in isometric. Demolition isometrics show Construction exactly where the existing line has to be cut to install the new tie-in.
DESIGN ROUTING OF LINE FROM TIE-IN TO DESTINATION Field check for clearances. Try to maximize the use of existing steel. Do not block future expansions.
REVIEW ISOMETRICS Verify constructibility (such as crane access and welder access). Verify clearances for hot-tap machine (if required). Verify sketch's level of detail; does it show existing anchors, guides, and supports (for stress review)? Verify that thermal expansion has been accounted for when taking existing line field measurements. Verify that existing isolation valves are shown.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
DOCUMENTATION In addition to data normally shown on Piping drawings, the following information will be given when hot tapping or stoppling piping or equipment: Process fluid or vapor, and maximum operating pressure and temperature. Material specifications, acceptable wall thickness (not less than calculated minimum) of equipment or pipe to be tapped. Exact location and orientation of tapping nozzle. Drill or cutter diameter. Nozzles and adapters will be according to Piping Material Specifications as shown on the drawings. For cast iron lines, tapping saddle or sleeve specifications and the exact outside R (radius) of the lines measured at the point of pressure tapping. Special welding and heat testing procedures, if required. Valve size, rating, materials, and type. Packing material for valve and tapping machine, if other than that shown in the Piping Material Specifications for the valve. Gaskets for valve, adapter, and tapping machine, if other than that shown in the Piping Material Specifications for the valve. Test fluid and pressures for testing nozzle, valve, adapter and reinforcing pad (if reinforcing is specified), and special instructions for removal of test fluid and cleaning the nozzle, if required to prevent product contamination. Special instruction for work to be performed on equipment containing toxic or potentially hazardous material, and any other special safety precautions which may be required. Precautionary notes such as those required when tapping or stoppling ethylene, butadiene, or acetylene. The minimum clear, full-round valve opening required (allow for 1/8 of an inch clearance in diameter), and the specific valve meeting this requirement. If reinforced connections are not commercially available or if excessive time is required to secure the commercial connections, specify the following and provide the necessary information for their fabrication: - Cast iron lines. Design according to applicable code. - Other than cast iron lines. Specify pad.
MATERIALS Valves, packing, gaskets, and other piping components will be in accordance with the Piping Material Specifications. Nozzle reinforcement material will be of the same nominal chemical composition and physical characteristics as the branch connection and the equipment being tapped.
PRESSURE TAPS Pressure taps must be approved by Owner's Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Pressure taps may be used for the following: - To provide a connection into Piping or Process equipment without disrupting normal process operations. - To provide a connection into Process equipment that has been depressured but which is impractical to prepare for "hot work." An example would be connections into long underground pipelines. - To provide a connection into a pipeline for inserting a plugging or stoppling device to isolate equipment or a section of pipe. Pressure tapping of lines or vessels containing the following is not permitted unless written approval is obtained from the client, and client approved procedures are followed: - Compressed air - Caustic soda - Oxygen - Unsaturated hydrocarbons - Decomposables Pressure taps will not be used unless it is impractical to employ conventional methods. Each tap will be evaluated on its own merits considering operating conditions, material contents, and location. The following requirements will be met: - Pressure taps will not be made in equipment while it is operating at a temperature below the metal transition temperatures. - Special preheat, welding, and postheat procedures may be required for pressure taps that will be made at low temperatures (below 40 degrees F). - Pressure taps will not be specified for equipment handling amine (MEA and DEA) or caustic, if operating conditions would require stress relief. - Pressure taps will not be specified for equipment or lines containing flammables below atmospheric pressure, or containing a mixture within the flammable range and operating at any pressure. - Pressure taps will be avoided or special precautions specified when air hardening alloys are involved. - Pressure tapping of equipment containing hydrogen is permissible, provided the equipment has not operated above the Nelson curve limits. - When equipment containing hydrogen sulfide or other toxic materials is to be pressure tapped, special safety precautions for these materials will be specified. - If equipment handling ethylene, butadiene, or acetylene is to be pressure tapped, special precautions must be taken to maintain circulation and prevent overheating and thermal decomposition (with possible explosion) of the contents. Do not pressure tap pressurized piping or pressure vessels at locations where fluid flow does not exist. Pressure tapping of storage tanks will not be specified, except at locations on the shell where the liquid level can be maintained at least 3 feet above the highest point of welding during welding operations. Do not pressure tap equipment upstream of rotating machinery, unless facilities exist (such as strainers) that will prevent cuttings and droppings from reaching the machinery. Bolt-on connections will be used for pressure tapping cast iron equipment. Pressure tapping of reinforced concrete pressure piping (or other internally lined equipment) is allowed; however, special tapping materials, equipment, and techniques are required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Design of pressure tap connections will be in accordance with the applicable Codes and Standards. Locate pressure tap connections according to the following: - Allow sufficient clearance to install connections and operate the tapping or plugging equipment. - Whenever possible, locate connections so welding is performed at least 2 feet from flanges, threaded connections, and riveted joints. This should prevent leaks from developing in those joints. - Locate connections so that no welding is required within 2 inches of an existing weld. The nozzle length must be determined for the particular tapping machine that will be used in order to ensure a complete cut through the equipment wall. In addition, for flanged nozzles, the length should be adequate to permit removal of flange bolts. When practicable, the face-to-center line dimension of flanged nozzles for perpendicular connections to pipeline should be the same as the corresponding dimensions for a welding tee, and welding neck flange of the same size and rating as the tapped line. Connections will be the reinforced type using 1 of the following: - Pressure tap connections for size-to-size connections will be a full encirclement saddle (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). - Pressure tap connections for other than size-to-size will be 1 of the following: a) Integrally reinforced welding outlet fitting (fully welded). b) Reinforcing pad (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). c) Full encirclement, weld-on saddles (3-inch minimum width and a minimum thickness of either 1/4 of an inch or the header wall thickness, whichever is greater). d) Full encirclement, bolt-on saddles where attachment by welding is not permitted. - Pressure tapping connections for cast iron pipelines will be full encirclement, bolt-on saddle. - Stoppling connections will be full encirclement type, fitting equal to T. D. Williamson's stopple fitting. Connections will be designed to prevent buckling of the surface being tapped, due to application of test pressure to the inside of the branch connection. An acceptable method for calculating the buckling pressures in externally loaded cylinders is given in R. J. Roark's Formulas For Stress And Strain, Fourth Edition, Page 54, Item S(34). The minimum pressure tapping nozzle and valve size specified will be 1 inch NPS. Heating or purging of the tapping or stoppling connection will be specified, if the equipment contents will be solid at ambient temperatures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
BOLT-ON CONNECTIONS When welding or other hot work is not allowed, pressure taps using bolt-on connections will be considered. When bolt-on saddles are used to pressure tap equipment within limits or in fire hazardous areas, a fireproof gasket will be specified.
VALVES Valves must have clear, full round openings at least 1/8 of an inch greater in diameter than the specified drill or cutter OD. Valves will be inspected for sufficient clearance of cutter prior to tapping. Regular-port (not tilted-port or venturi-port) gate valve with the same NPS and rating as the branch connection will be specified, except as follows: - Ball valves may be used, if port opening and material specifications are adequate. - Corporate plug cocks (3/4 of an inch NPS) may be used in water service, if the line being tapped is cast iron or steel, Schedule 40, and is 4 inch NPS or larger. - If maximum drill diameter is required for valves size 2-inch NPS and smaller, full-port valves equal to Smith Valve No. 88 (threaded or socketweld). - Flanged full-port valves will be either API 600 pattern (available in 1- 1/2 inch and 2-inch sizes) or forged body (available in any size as a special order); check availability with the Material Engineer. For valve sizes 2 inch NPS and smaller (other than full-port type), it may be necessary to use a drill diameter 1 size smaller than that specified in order to clear the valve seat rings. This decision must be made in the field after the valve has been selected, since inside dimensions of the smaller valves vary widely with manufacturer and style.
TESTING The hot tapping or stoppling connections, reinforcing pad, valve, machine, and joints will be pressure tested prior to tapping the line. Hydrostatic test shall be specified for equipment operating between 40 and 200 degrees F, unless other special conditions require a different test medium. Air, nitrogen, or another inert gas shall be specified for other temperatures. Test pressure for the valve, nozzles, and reinforcing pad (if required) will be as follows: -
For tanks, test pressure will be 40 psi. For piping and pressure vessels, test pressure will be calculated in accordance with the applicable code and will be based on the most severe combination of design pressure and temperature (not the operating conditions), since operating conditions may change from time to time.
REFERENCES Roark, R.J. Formulas For Stress And Strain. Fourth Edition. Item S(34): 54. Piping Engineering Form 000.250.F0300:
FSR (Field Service Request)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2301 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN PRACTICES - GENERAL DESIGN
Piping Engineering Form 000.250.F4101:
Piping Tie-In List
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2340:
Tie-In List Instructions And Sample Forms
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Tie-In Examples
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2340 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN LIST AND FIELD REQUEST FORM INSTRUCTIONS AND SAMPLE FORMS
PURPOSE This practice provides information on Form 000.250.F4101: Piping Tie-In List, and Form 000.250.F0300: FSR (Field Service Request). Instructions for both forms are included. Use this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2301: Tie-In Practices General Design.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY FORM INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a guide for completing Form 000.250.F4101 and Form 000.250.F0300.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer will be responsible for the use of the tie-in forms.
FORM INSTRUCTIONS Form 000.250.F0300: Fsr (Field Service Request) Refer to Attachment 01. This form is to be initiated by the Piping Engineer as a request for service for data from the field. Form 000.250.F4101: Piping Tie-In List Refer to Attachment 02. This form is to be completed as follows: Header Section Fill in the title area with the originator's (BY) initials, Checker's (CHK) initials, contract number, unit and area numbers, sheet number, revision, and date. Revision Section Provide revision number indicating when the individual tie-in was added or last revised.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2340 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL TIE-IN LIST AND FIELD REQUEST FORM INSTRUCTIONS AND SAMPLE FORMS
Drawing Reference Section Provide Fluor Daniel tie-in number (and Client tie-in number, if required). Provide Piping line number, sheet number, and pipe size. Provide Piping plan drawing number on which the tie-in appears. Provide P&ID number and drawing section where the tie-in appears. Planning Section Tie-in line service. Provide measured wall thickness of the existing pipe. If equipment, list equipment number and put equipment name or other designator in remarks. Provide tie-in size and facing; for example, 4"-300RF. Indicate the material status. (Is the material ready for installation?) Indicate whether Fluor Daniel or the Client will perform the tie-in. Indicate how the line will be prepared for making the tie-in; for example, blinding, purging, and cleaning. Indicate process and Client approvals. Indicate start and finish dates of shutdown or shutdown phase period. Indicate if a hot tap is required. Yes or No. Indicate if Form 000.250.F0300 was generated. Yes or No. Indicate date when the tie-in isometric went AFC. Construction Section Indicate date when tie-in is complete. Indicate date when inspection and hydrotest are complete. Remarks Section Any pertinent comment regarding a tie-in.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2301:
Tie-In Practices - General Design
Attachment 01: Form 000.250.F0300:
FSR (Field Service Request)
Attachment 02: Form 000.250.F4101:
Piping Tie-In List
ATTACHMENTS
Piping Engineering
01
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
PURPOSE This practice provides guidelines for overall storm drainage design for a project site and applies to projects being performed by the Civil Discipline that require storm drainage design. Information contained herein should be used by the Civil Engineer as a guide. Many design criteria, data, charts are available in text books, handbooks, manuals, but some of them are shown here. The Design Engineer should stay up to date on materials, specifications, and design criteria. Each project will have its own set of situations to be analyzed and addressed with the best engineering concept. Good engineering judgment and most economical solutions should be utilized. For complicated projects, obtain appropriate reference publication and design storm drainage system as specified in the publication. For very large projects, computer programs are available where time and cost saving is justified. Even for smaller systems, simple computer programs are available which provide quick and accurate results.
SCOPE This practice utilizes many design criteria, data, charts, textbooks, handbooks, and manuals available for storm drainage design. This practice contains types of commonly used hydrology analysis, hydrology design criteria, the rational method to determine storm water runoff from a drainage area, hydraulic design of open channel and closed storm sewers, storage basins, and design of culverts.
APPLICATION Each engineer or designer performing storm drainage design should utilize this guideline on each project. It is the overall responsibility of the Lead Engineer to ensure that this practice is used for storm drainage design on projects.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Comprehensive storm drainage design includes more than determination of runoff quantities and the layout of a collection or conveyance system to dispose of the runoff. Integral to the design is the consideration of erosion control and its impact on adjacent properties. The design of the storm drainage system should be prepared in conjunction with the grading design since the grading directly influences the type and design of drainage system employed. It is necessary that the drainage philosophy be established before the grading design is prepared. The impact of increased/decreased runoff from the project site to adjacent properties must be considered. Further development within the watershed must also be considered. Stormwater management is integral to the drainage system design. It is becoming more commonplace for local/state authorities to require stormwater management programs in the form of retention/detention ponds. The rate of runoff is frequently controlled by statute. Implementation Of Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Storm Drainage Practice Implementation of storm drainage practice includes the following: Data collection Define existing watershed Define/develop drainage philosophy for site Develop proposed layout of system Prepare calculations for system Design stormwater management facilities, if required Data Collection Review local/state statutes. - Erosion Control -
Stormwater Management
Establish/determine requirements for permit applications. - Plan Requirements -
Calculations
Obtain most recent topographic plans of watershed. - Use USGS to establish general location and define total watershed. -
Use city/county topographic plans for preliminary design in absence of more accurate data.
-
Obtain topographic survey prepared at suitable accuracy for final design.
Obtain rainfall data. - Obtain latest rainfall data from appropriate governmental agency (weather bureau). Define Existing Watershed Delineate watersheds on topographic plans. Calculate existing runoff (Q10, Q25, Q50, and Q100) as required. - Onto site -
From site
Define/Develop Design Philosophy For Site Consider method of collecting runoff. - Sheet flow versus series of drainage inlets -
Ditches versus underground piping system
Establish design criteria. Develop Proposed Layout Of System Prepare conceptual grading and drainage plan. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Delineate drainage area for each inlet or section of ditch. Note!!! For conceptual design, space inlets based on 1 inlet per 10,000 sf. Prepare Calculations For System Design collection system for design storm frequency. Refine grading plans and adjust layout of storm drainage. - Check ponding at inlets. Check capacity of grates. -
Consider special inlets with high capacity grates.
-
Check ditch flow for depth and velocity. Consider need for erosion netting, sod, or rip rap/energy dissipaters. Use available charts for design of open channels.
-
Check pipe flow for cleansing/scouring velocity and depth of flow.
-
Determine inlet and outlet losses for manholes and culverts.
Pay special attention to details for proper drainage at the following: - Intersections of roadways -
Truck docks
-
Building entrances
-
Rail docks/yards
-
Pedestrian crossings
-
Roof drainage discharge points
-
Parking lots
Design Stormwater Management Facilities Code search - Check state/local/federal requirements. Prepare calculations/drawings for the following: - Erosion control -
Retention/detention basins
-
Outflow structures
-
Emergency spillways
-
Earth dams
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
HYDROLOGY ANALYSIS Technical Release 55 (TR-55) Technical Release 55, Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, presents simplified procedures to calculate storm runoff volume, peak rate of discharge, hydrographs, and storage volumes required for floodwater reservoirs. These procedures are applicable in small watersheds, especially urbanizing watersheds, in the United States. The model described in TR-55 begins with a rainfall amount uniformly imposed on the watershed over a specified time distribution. Mass rainfall is converted to mass runoff by using a runoff CN (curve number). CN is based on soils, plant cover, amount of impervious areas, interception, and surface storage. Runoff is then transformed into a hydrograph by using unit hydrograph theory and routing procedures that depend on runoff travel time through segments of the watershed. Use peak discharge method for up to 2,000 acres of drainage area. Use tabular method for up to 20 square miles of drainage area. In TR-20, the use of TC (Time of Concentration) permits this method for any size watershed within the scope of the curves or tables, while in TR-55, the procedure is limited to a homogeneous watershed. The approximate storage routing curves are generalizations derived from TR-20 routings. Use TR-20 if the watershed is very complex or a higher degree of accuracy is required. Use TR-20 if TT (travel time) is greater than 3 hours and time of concentration TC is greater than 2 hours and a drainage area of individual subareas differ by a factor of 5 or more. Refer to Civil Engineering software, quick TR-55, and TR-20 for computer application. Synthetic Unit Hydrograph Method (Chapter 16, Pages 16-1 To 16-26) Over the past 2 decades, the federal, state, county, and local agencies have made numerous hydrologic investigations of drainage basins using synthetic unit hydrograph methodology. The synthetic unit hydrograph method should be used on larger drainage areas. Rational Method The rational method is 1 of the most widely used techniques for estimating peak runoffs, and is applicable to most of the drainage problems encountered on Fluor Daniel projects. The rational formula is Q = CIA where Q
=
Peak runoff, cfs
C
=
Coefficient of runoff, the rate of direct runoff to rainfall
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
I
=
Rainfall intensity, inches per hour, corresponding to the time of concentration
A
=
Tributary area, acres
The rational method is commonly used for determining peak discharge from relatively small drainage areas up to 200 acres.
HYDROLOGY DESIGN CRITERIA Normally, design for a storm frequency of 10 years for projects, unless otherwise specified by the client. Check for storm frequency of 50 years to estimate the consequences of flooding the site. For major structures such as culvert under public highway, use a storm frequency of 50 years. Design major flood control channels and major lift stations for a storm frequency of 100 years. Stormwater runoff from tank farms is normally not included in the design. Stormwater is impounded within the dikes and released after the peak stormwater runoff has passed. Design containment storage within containment areas for a storm frequency of 10 years, 24-hour storm for projects, unless otherwise specified by the client. Ponding at inlets should be less than 3 inches for a frequency of 25 years storm.
RATIONAL METHOD Rational Formula The rational formula is Q = CIA. On a topographic plan of the drainage area, draw the drainage system and block off the subareas draining into the system. Determine A, the area of each subarea in acres. Coefficient Of Runoff The coefficient of runoff is intended to account for the many factors which influence peak flow rate. The coefficient of runoff primarily depends on the rainfall intensity, soil type and cover, percentage of impervious area, and antecedent moisture condition. Determine the coefficient of runoff C, for appropriate class of ground surface from the following table. If more than 1 class of ground surfaces fall in 1 tributary drainage area, use a composite coefficient of runoff value.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Coefficient of Runoff
C
Roofs Pavements Concrete Asphalt Oiled Compacted Soil Compacted Gravel Compacted Impervious Soil Natural Bare Soil Uncompacted Gravel Compacted Sand Soil Natural Soil, Grass Cover Uncompacted Soil Lawns
1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.20
Composite coefficient of runoff C: A1C1 + A2C2 + A3C3 + −−−−AnCn A1 + A2 + A3 + An where A1 A2 A3 ---- An= C1 C2 C3 ---- Cn
Areas in acres of different class of surfaces = Corresponding coefficient of runoff
Time Of Concentration If rain were to fall continuously at a constant rate and be uniformly distributed over an impervious surface, the rate of runoff from that surface would reach a maximum rate equivalent to the rate of rainfall. The time required to reach the maximum or equilibrium runoff rate is defined as the time of concentration. The time of concentration depends upon the length of the flow path, the slope, soil cover, and the type of development. Determine the initial time of concentration using the nomograph on Attachment 01. Use a minimum time of concentration of 5 minutes for paved areas and a minimum time of concentration of 10 minutes for unpaved areas. Precipitation The various precipitation amounts during specified time periods at recording stations are analyzed using common models of probability distributions. A number of alternative statistical distributions such as Log Pearson Type III, Pearson Type III, Two-Parameter Lognormal, Three-Parameter Lognormal, and Weibull, Type I, Extreme Value are used in flood hazard analysis.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Intensity Duration Curves Use the intensity duration curves available from federal, state, county or local agencies for the project location. If such curves are not available, construct these curves using Weather Bureau Technical Paper Number 40 (Continental United States); 42 (Puerto Rico and Virginia Islands); 43 (Hawaiian Islands); 47 and 52 (Alaska); or NOAA Atlas, Precipitation Frequency Atlas of the United States, published by the National Weather Service. For constructing the curves, given only 1 or 2 points, use the following conversion factors based on 30 minutes as 1.00: Duration in Minutes
Factor
Duration in Minutes
Factor
5
2.22
40
0.80
10
1.71
50
0.70
15
1.44
60
0.60
20
1.25
90
0.50
30
1.00
120
0.40
To go from 1 curve to another, use the following factors based on the 50 year maximum rainfall as 1.000: 1 year
0.428
25 years
0.898
2 years
0.455
50 years
1.000
5 years
0.659
100 years
1.108
10 years
0.762
Rainfall intensity duration curves for more than 100 years can be constructed using rainfall data for periods of 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, and 100 years; and time periods of 20 minutes, 60 minutes, 2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours; and 24 hours using the following formula: _ Xji = Xi + Kj Si
_ Xi
where j i Xji Xi Kj Si
= = = = = =
Return period in years Specific storm duration in minutes, hours or days Precipitation in inches for return period j and duration i Mean maximum annual storm for duration i Frequency factor (in standard deviations) for a return period of j years Standard deviation of maximum annual storm for duration i
For more detailed procedures using this formula, refer to "Analysis of Data," Pages 7 to 25 of Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency for California, Department of Water Resources, State of California, November 1982. A sample set of curves is shown in the sample problems in this practice.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Using the initial time of concentration, determine "I" intensity of rainfall in inches per hour from the intensity duration curve for the plant's geographical location using the proper yearly rainfall frequency. Compute Q = CIA. Refer to sample problems in this practice. Travel Time Determine the size of the channel or pipe required to carry Q on the slope of the drain. Determine the velocity of flow. Measure the length of flow to the point of inflow of the next subarea downstream. Compute the time of flow for this reach and add it to the initial time of concentration for the first area to Calculate Q for second subarea, using the new time of concentration and continue in similar fashion until a junction with a lateral channel is reached. Start at the upper end of the lateral and carry its Q to the junction with the main channel. Storm Runoff At Junction Compute the Q at the junction. Tributary area with longer time of concentration
Tributary area with shorter time of concentration
QA
QB
TA
TB
IA
IB
Peak Q cfs (cubic feet per second), time of concentration in minutes, rainfall intensity in inches/hour. If TA = TB then Qp = QA + QB TP = TA = TB If QA > QB then Qp = QA + QB IA IB TP = TA If QA< QB then Qp = QB + QA IB IA TP = TB Qp = Peak Q at junction Tp = Peak time of concentration at junction If more than 2 tributary areas are contributing at 1 junction, combine 2 areas at a time and proceed similarly until tributary areas are combined.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 9 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
DITCHES AND CHANNELS Capacity The capacity of ditches and channels will be calculated using the Manning's equation: 2/3 1/2 Q = 1.486 n r s A
where: Q A
= =
r
=
s n
= =
Capacity in cfs Cross sectional area of flow in square feet Area of flow Hydraulic radius = in feet Wetted perimeter Slope of energy grade line in foot per foot Roughness coefficient
Values of roughness coefficient n for ditches and channels Lined ditches and channels n = 0.014 for poured concrete n = 0.016 for shotcrete (gunite) n = 0.014 for asphalt n = 0.035 for medium weight rip rap n = 0.025 for crushed rock n = 0.030 for grass Unlined ditches and channels n = 0.020 for very fine sand, silt or loam n = 0.025 for sand and gravel n = 0.030 for coarse gravel Values of n for other surfaces can be found in Session 7, Pages 7-17 of King and Brater, Handbook of Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Chapter 5, Pages 110 to 113 of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. Ditches and channels should be designed with the top of the walls at or below the adjacent ground to allow interception of surface flows. The minimum velocity of flow should be 2.0 feet per second in order to prevent the settling of solids, if there is possibility of solids flowing in the ditches and channels. Velocities in unlined ditches and channels must be limited to prevent cutting or erosion of the ditch or channel bottom or sides. Permissible channel velocities for various types of soil can be found in Session 7, Pages 7-19 of King and Brater, Handbook of Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Chapter 7, Page 165 of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. If the mean velocity exceeds that permissible for that particular kind of soil, the channel should be protected with some type of lining. Freeboard or additional wall heights are to be added above the calculated water surface. For ditches and channels with capacities to 50 cfs, add 1.0 feet.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 10 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
For ditches and channels with capacities from 50 cfs to 200 cfs, add 1.5 feet. For ditches and channels with more than 200 cfs capacities, refer to Chapter 7, Pages 159 and 160, of Chow, Ven Te, Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1959. For curved alignments, add freeboards above the superelevated water surface. It is desirable to provide a depth greater than critical. If not possible, an energy dissipator may be required at the end of the ditch section. Linings Ditches and channels with a flow velocity that exceeds permissible velocity will be lined. Lining of ditches and channels will be poured concrete, gunite, asphalt, crushed rock, riprap, or other type of slope protection. For design procedure of riprap design, refer to Chapter 3, Pages III-137 to III-150 of Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation, 1980.
GRAVITY STORM SEWER SYSTEM Capacity The capacity of a gravity storm sewer system will be calculated using the Manning's equation. Refer to sections covering Ditches and Channels in this practice. Closed storm sewers should be deigned to flow full for the design storm, unless otherwise specified by the Client. The gravity storm sewer system will be designed in such a manner that at the maximum design flow, the water level in the most remote catch basin of the system or subsystem is a minimum of 6 inches below top of grating. The controlling elevation at a junction of a main, lateral, or sublateral for calculating the hydraulic gradeline upstream will be the hydraulic grade elevation of the main or lateral at the point or the soffit elevation of the pipe, whichever is greater. Values of Manning's n for closed sewers are as follows: Pipe Material Polyvinyl chloride pipe Steel Ductile iron Cast iron Cement lined pipe Concrete pipe Vitrified clay pipe Fiberglass reinforced plastic Corrugated metal pipe
n 0.010 0.011 0.013 0.013 0.015 0.013 0.013 0.010 0.024
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 11 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
The preferred slope for sewer lines will be approximately 0.01 foot (1/8 of an inch) per foot. The minimum slope will be approximately 0.005 foot (1/16 of an inch) per foot but may be decreased, if necessary, provided the required minimum velocity is maintained to avoid disposition of solids. The minimum pipe size for branch lines will be 4-inch diameter and 8-inch diameter for catch basin outlet pipes. The minimum velocity for closed storm sewers should be 2.0 feet per second to prevent the settling of solids. For concrete sewers where high velocity flow is continuous and grit erosion is expected to be a problem, use a maximum velocity of about 10 feet per second. The alignment chart in Attachment 02 can be used for the solution of Manning's equation for circular pipes flowing full. The graph in Attachment 03 is used for the solution of problems involving sewers flowing only partly filled. The following procedure is used for finding the hydraulic elements of the pipes. Compute the ratio of q/Q for each line. Find the ratio of h/D and v/V. From the ratio h/D, calculate h. From the ratio v/V, calculate v. q Q h D v V
= = = = = =
Actual flow, cfs Quantity if pipe flowing full, cfs Actual depth of flow, feet Inside diameter of pipe, feet Actual velocity, fps (feet per second) Velocity if pipe were flowing full, fps
Losses Manhole losses will be calculated from the following: 2 2 hmh = 0.05 v to0.75 v 2g 2g depending upon the inlet and outlet pipe size, elevation and design. Bend losses will be calculated from the following equations: 2 hb = Kb v 2g where Kb = 2.0 δ 90 where δ = Central angle of bend in degrees. Bend losses should be included for closed conduits; those flowing partially full as well as those flowing full.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 12 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
CULVERTS Drainage culverts are normally corrugated metal pipe, reinforced concrete pipe, or reinforced concrete box as necessary to meet the requirements for stormwater drainage flow, truck loads, and depth of fill above the culvert. Culverts under roads will be designed to support the earth pressures on the culvert and the maximum wheel load that will be imposed over it through its design life, plus the applicable impact, as defined in AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Traffic Officials) Standard specifications for Highway Bridges. In the absence of construction or maintenance vehicles with a greater wheel load, the culvert will be designed to support a wheel load of 16,000 pounds (HS-20 loading). Minimum cover over culverts will be 12-inches for circular corrugated metal pipe, and 18-inches for reinforced concrete pipe, and corrugated metal pipe arches. The minimum size of culvert will be 12-inch diameter for lengths of 30 feet or less and 18-inch diameter for lengths over 30 feet. Where installation of multiple culverts is required, the minimum clear distance between pipes will be as follows: Pipe Diameter
Minimum Clear Distance
12 inch to 24 inch 27 inch to 72 inch 78 inch to 120 inch
12 inches 1/2 diameter 36 inches
Culverts will have a slope that will provide a minimum velocity of 2.0 fps. Culverts will be sized to pass the 10-year storm flow with unsubmerged inlet. However, the culvert will be checked for the 50-year storm with ponding at the entrance not to exceed the top of the road subgrade. In designing any culvert larger than a 36-inch diameter single-barrel pipe (for example, arch and oval pipe, multiple-barrel culverts, concrete box), design features such as headwalls, endwalls, transition structures, and energy dissipators will be selected strictly on the basis of culvert performance and be economically justified. Procedure for determining culvert size: List the design data. Refer to sample problems in this practice. Estimate first trial size. Find headwater depth. Inlet Control: Using Attachments 04, 05, or 06, determine HW/D using the appropriate entrance scale. Convert HW/D to HW (headwater) by multiplying by D (pipe diameter) in feet. Outlet Control: Using Attachment 07, 08, or 09, determine H (head) in feet using the appropriate value for k(e) as given in the following table:
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 13 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Entrance Loss Coefficients Type of Entrance
Coefficient k(e)
Concrete Pipe Projecting from fill, socket end (groove end)
0.2
Projecting from fill, square cut end
0.5
Headwall or beadwall and wingwalls Socket end of pipe (groove end) Square end Round radius (radius - 1/2 D)
0.2 0.5 0.2
End section conforming to fill slope
0.5
Corrugated Metal Pipe Projecting from fill (no beadwall)
0.9
Headwall or beadwall and wingwalls, square edge
0.5
Beveled to conform to fill slope
0.7
Flared end section (available from manufacturer)
0.5
Beadwall, rounded edge
0.1
Solve for HW in the following equation: HW = H + ho − SoL For TW (tailwater) elevation equal to or greater than the top of the culvert at the outlet, set ho equal to TW. For TW elevation less than the top of the culvert at the outlet, use the following equation or TW, whichever is greater, where dc, the critical depth in feet, is determined from Attachment 10 or 11. ho = dc + D 2 Compare the headwaters for both inlet and outlet control. The higher headwater governs and indicates the flow existing under the given conditions for the trial size selected. Select culvert size which keeps headwater depth below allowable limit.
STORMWATER DETENTION AND RETENTION BASINS Flood Control Detention Basin The primary function of the flood control detention basin is to store the storm runoff during peak flood and reduce the peak discharge.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 14 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
The flood control detention basin is generally the least expensive and most reliable measure. It can be designed to fit a wide variety of sites and can accommodate multiple outlet spillways to control multifrequency outflow. Measures other than flood control detention basins may be preferred in some locations. Any device selected, however, should be assessed as to its function, maintenance needs, and impact. Design flood control detention basins for 50 years storm frequency. For flood control detention basin storage volume requirement calculations procedure, for up to 2,000 acres of drainage area, refer to Chapter 6 Storage Volume for Detention Basins, Pages 6-1 to 6-11 of Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, TR-55, United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, January 1975, or use local drainage manual, if available. Stormwater Retention Basin Regulations require management of storm runoff from industrial plant sites so as not to discharge toxic or hazardous pollutants to receiving waters. The purpose of stormwater retention basins is to store the stormwater during periods of storm runoff and release it at a lower rate to the treatment process. Retention pond and storage basin capacities will be determined based on the total accumulated stormwater runoff from the design storm frequency for duration of 24 hours. A minimum freeboard of 12 inches will be provided on top of water surface. Lining for ponds and basins will be as recommended in the Geotechnical Investigation Report or as required by process and environmental criteria for the project. Sediment Control Basin Erosion and sediment control measures are required during construction to prevent surface storm water runoff pollution into stream channels and water bodies. The sediment control basin is required to collect and store sediment or debris from affected areas. The sediment control basin collects and holds stormwater runoff to allow suspended sediment to settle out. Design sediment control basins for 10-year storm frequency, unless regulatory agencies dictate otherwise. The surface area of the sediment basin at the height of the rim of the riser pipe is calculated by using the following formula: A=
KQ Vs
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 15 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
where A Q K Vs
= = = =
Basin surface area square feet Storm runoff cfs 1.2 0.00096 ft/sec settling velocity for a 0.02 millimeter particle size.
Particles greater than or equal to the 0.02 millimeter particle size are to be retained in the basin. The sediment storage volume is 75 cu yd per acre of disturbed construction area. The settling zone will be a minimum of 2 feet deep. The combined capacities of the riser pipe and spillway are designed to be sufficient to pass the peak rate of storm runoff of a 10-year storm frequency. The sediment control basin will need to be periodically cleaned out to restore the basin to its original designed volume capacity. A concentric antivortex device and trash rack should be provided on top of the riser pipe. A concrete base of sufficient weight to prevent flotation of the riser is attached to the riser pipe with a watertight connection. Stone riprap protection should be provided on the spillway to reduce erosion of the spillway dike. A protection fence should be provided around the sediment control basin for safety. The sediment control basin may be used after construction as a permanent stormwater management basin. For sediment control basin design requirements and procedure, refer to Chapter 3, Pages III-59 to III-88 of Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation, 1980.
STORM DRAINAGE SOFTWARE (AVAILABLE IN IRVINE) 1.
Advanced Designer Series Civil Soft Storm Plus Storm Drain Analysis Program Storm Plus is based on the original computer program F0515P and was developed in April 1979. This program was written for use by the Los Angeles County Flood Control District or by its contractors on district projects. This program computes and plots uniform and nonuniform steady flow water surface profiles and pressure gradients in open channels or closed conduits with irregular or regular sections. The flow in a system may alternate between super critical, subcritical, or pressure flow in any sequence. The program will also analyze natural river channels
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 16 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
although the principle use of the program is intended for determining profiles in improved Flood Control Systems. 2.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-1 Flood Hydrograph Package This computer program was developed by HEC (The Hydrologic Engineering Center), Corp of Engineers, Department of the Army. The HEC-1 model is designed to simulate the surface runoff response of a river basin to precipitation by representing the basin as an interconnected system of hydrologic and hydraulic components. Each component models an aspect of the precipitation runoff process with a portion of the basin, commonly referred to as a subbasin. A component may represent a surface runoff entity, a stream channel, or a reservoir. The result of the modeling process is the computation of stream flow hydrographs at desired locations in the river basin. HEC-1 has several major capabilities which are used in the development of a watershed simulation model and the analysis of flood control measures. The capabilities are the following: Automatic estimation of unit graph, interception/infiltration, and streamflow routing parameters. Simulation of complex river basin runoff and streamflow. River basin simulation using a precipitation depth versus area function. Computation of modified frequency curves and expected annual damages. Simulation of flow through a reservoir and spillway for dam safety analysis. Simulation of dam breach hydrographs. Optimization of flood control system components.
3.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-2 Water Surface Profiles This computer program was developed by HEC, Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army. The HEC-2 computer program is intended for calculating water surface profiles for steady, gradually varied flow in natural or manmade channels. Both subcritical and supercritical flow profiles can be calculated. The effect of various obstructions such as bridges, culverts, weirs, and structures in the flood plain may be considered in the computations. The program is also designed for application in flood plain management and flood insurance studies to evaluate floodway encroachments and to designate flood hazard zones. Also, capabilities are available for assessing the effect of channel improvements and levels on water surface profiles.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 17 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
4.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software HEC-Plot Plotting Program for HEC-1 and HEC-2 HEC-Plot is an enhanced version of the Plot 2 Program of the US Army Corps of Engineers, written by HEC. Computer Program HEC-Plot was developed to provide a quick and simple graphical display of cross section data and computed results from HEC-1 and HEC-2. The HEC-Plot Program provides the capability to plot cross section data, including the changes to the section caused by the HEC-2 options that modify section data. HEC-2 profiles and rating curves of the output variables, available on HAESTAD 95 or TAPE 95, can be plotted. HEC-Plot also plots HEC-1 output hydrographs.
5.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software Quick HEC-12 Drop Inlet Design and Analysis Quick HEC-12 handles the following inlet types: Curb Grate Combination curb and grate 4-inch bridge Scupper Slotted Drain Grate in trapezoidal ditch Quick HEC-12 uses the manual procedure outlined by the Federal Highway Administration, Hydraulic Engineering circular Number 12, Drainage of Highway pavements, March, 1984.
6.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software POND-2 Detention Pond Design and Analysis POND-2 Computer Program is for detention pond design. It estimates detention storage requirements, computes a volume rating table for any pond configuration, routes hydrographs for different return frequencies through alternative ponds and plots the resulting inflow and outflow hydrographs. POND-2 is completely compatible with LINK-2 and can automatically import inflow hydrographs from QUICK TR-55, TR-20, and HEC-1 computer files.
7.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software Quick TR-55 Hydrology for small watersheds Quick TR-55 Computer Program was developed based on the SCS TR-55 Urban Hydrology for small watersheds. The program can generate and plot hydrographs, compute peak discharges, and perform predeveloped and postdeveloped analysis.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 18 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
8.
Haestad Methods Civil Engineering Software TR-20 Project Formulation Hydrology The TR-20 Computer Program is a single-event model which computes direct runoff resulting from any synthetic or natural rainstorm. It develops flood hydrographs from runoff and routes the flow through steam channels and reservoirs. The following major Civil Engineering software programs from Haestad Methods are also available:
9.
HECWRC Flood Flow Frequency
10. HMR52 Probable Maximum Storm 11. WSP-2 Water Surface Profiles 12. Hy-4-69 Hydraulics of Bridge Waterways 13. WSPRO (Hy-7) Bridge Waterways Analysis Model 14. DAMS 2 Structure Site Analysis 15. THYSYS Culverts Storm Sewer and Inlets 16. SWMM Storm Water Management Model 17. HEC-6 Scour and Deposition 18. SEDIMOT II Hydrology and Sedimentology 19. HYDRA Storm and Sanitary Sewer Analysis Software PITZER HYDRA is one of the most practical programs available to analyze storm and sanitary sewer collection systems. It is structured to work well on both large municipal systems and small tracks, with or without database files and without or within AutoCAD. HYDRA allows the designer to generate storm flows by the Rational Method, a modified SCS Method (Soil Conservation Service) or by continuous simulation. The best method to use depends upon the situation, available data, and the requirements of the municipality.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 19 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
REFERENCES AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Traffic Officials). Analysis of Data, Pages 7 to 25 of Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency for California, Department of Water Resources, State of California, November 1982. Bureau of Engineering Manual. Part G, Storm Drain Design. City of Los Angeles, Department of Public Works. Capacity Charts For the Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 10. Mar. 1965. Chow, Ven Te. Handbook of Applied Hydrology. McGraw-Hill Book Company. 1964. Chow, Ven Te. Open-Channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New York. 1959. Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. American Society of Civil Engineers. WPCF Manual of Practice Number 9. 1972. Design Manual. Hydraulic. Los Angeles County Flood District. Design Manual. Orange County Flood Control District. Engineering Field Manual. United States Department of Agriculture. SCS. Washington, DC. 1989. Estimating Probabilities of Extreme Floods: Methods and Recommended Research. National Research Council. Washington, DC. 1988. Guide For Sediment Control on Construction Sites in North Carolina. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service, SCS. North Carolina. 1973. Guidelines For Determining Flood Flow Frequency. Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data, Bulletin #17b of the Hydrology Subcommittee, VA. 1982. Gumbel, E. J. Statistics of Extremes. Columbia University Press. New York. 1958. Hydraulic Charts For the Selection of Highway Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 5. Dec 1965. Hydraulic Design of Improved Inlets For Culverts. Hydraulic Engineering Circular Number 13. Aug 1972. Hydrology Manual. Los Angeles County Flood Control District. Hydrology Manual. Orange County Flood Control District. Hydrology Manual. Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District. King and Brater. Handbook of Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New York. Kite, G. W. Frequency and Risk Analysis in Hydrology. Water Resource Publication. Littleton, CO. 1977. Manual For Erosion and Sediment Control in Georgia. Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Committee. 1975. Manual of Standards For Erosion and Sediment Control Measures. Association of Bay Area Governments. Jun 1981. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 20 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Maryland Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. College Park, MD. 1975. National Engineering Handbook. Drainage of Agricultural Land. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. Washington, DC. 1971. National Engineering Handbook. Hydraulics. United States Department of Agriculture, SCS. Washington, DC. 1975. National Engineering Handbook. Hydrology. United States Department of Agriculture. SCS (Soil Conservation Service). Washington, DC. NOAA Atlas, Precipitation - Frequency Atlas of the United States, published by the National Weather Service. Rainfall Depth Duration Frequency For California. Department of Water Resources. State of California. Nov 1982. Urban Hydrology For Small Watersheds. TR-55. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service. Jan 1975. Urban Runoff. Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. United States Department of Agriculture. Soil Conservation Service, SCS. St. Paul, MN. 1976. Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook. Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation Division of Soil and Water Conservation. 1980. Water Resources Technical Publication. Research Report Number 24. United States Department of The Interior, Bureau of Reclamation. Weather Bureau Technical Paper Number 40 Number 42 Number 43 Number 47 Number 52
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Overland Flow Time Attachment 02: Alignment Chart For Manning Formula For Pipe Flow Attachment 03: Relative Velocity And Flow In Circular Pipe For Any Depth Of Flow Attachment 04: Headwater Depth For Concrete Pipe Culverts With Inlet Control
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1150 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 21 of 21 FLUOR DANIEL STORM DRAINAGE
Attachment 05: Headwater Depth For CM Pipe Culverts With Inlet Control Attachment 06: Headwater Depth For CM Pipe Arch Culverts With Inlet Control Attachment 07: Head For Concrete Pipe Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 08: Head For Standard CM Pipe Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 09: Head For Standard CM Pipe Arch Culverts Flowing Full Attachment 10: Critical Depth Circular Pipe Attachment 11: Critical Depth Standard CM Pipe Arch Attachment 12: Form 000.210.F8000:
Rational Method Calculation Form
Attachment 13: Form 000.210.F8001:
Peak Q At The Junction Calculation Sheet
Attachment 14: Form 000.210.F5000:
Datasheet - Culvert Design
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
PURPOSE This practice establishes the parameters of the various components involved in the design of gravity and force main sanitary sewer systems. Design of these systems will require compliance with regulations and standards of various private and public agencies and applicable federal, state, county and city regulations. The design data, dimensions, regulations and standards will reflect a considerable diversity between owner and government agencies. The Civil Engineer must review these various regulations and standards and select the appropriate ones for the project. This technical practice should be used in conjunction with textbooks and other publications on the subject, such as those listed in the references. The design engineer should stay updated on materials, specifications, and design criteria.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SEWAGE FLOWRATES GRAVITY SEWER DESIGN MANHOLES PUMPING STATIONS SIPHONS HYDRAULIC DESIGN EXAMPLE PROBLEM REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice provides guidelines for the design of sanitary sewers and applies to all projects and work assignments being performed by Fluor Daniel Civil Discipline. The Lead Civil Engineer on a project is responsible for the use of these guidelines in designing sanitary sewer systems.
SEWAGE FLOWRATES Domestic sewage quantities normally are to be computed on a contributing population basis, except as noted in subparagraph d and e on page 3-1 of Hydraulic Design of Sewers. Subparagraph d (Industrial Waste Flows) Such industries cannot be computed totally on a population or fixture unit basis. Industrial waste sewers and sanitary sewers will be designed for the peak industrial flow as determined for the particular industrial process or activity involved. Subparagraph e (Fixture Unit Flow) The size of building connections, including those from theaters, restaurants, chapels, clubs and other such buildings, will, in all cases, be large enough to discharge the flow computed on a fixture unit basis. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
The population to be used in design depends upon the type of area which the sewer serves. If the area is entirely residential, the design population is based on full occupancy. If the area served is entirely industrial, the design population is the greatest number of employees in the area at any one time. Average Daily Per Capita Sewage quantities for different types of installations are shown on page 3-1 of Hydraulic Design of Sewers. The average daily flow will be computed by multiplying the resident and nonresident contribution populations by the appropriate per capita allowances and adding the two flows. Nonresidents working 8 hour shifts will be allowed 30 gallons per capita per day. Flowrate The average hourly flowrate should be used when designing sewers to serve small areas of the installation where several buildings or a group of buildings are under consideration and where the majority of sewage is generated by nonresidents or other short term occupants. The peak daily or diurnal flowrate is an important factor in sewer design, especially when minimum velocities are to be provided on a daily basis. The peak diurnal flowrate will be taken as 1/2 of the extreme peak flowrate. Extreme flowrates of flow occasionally and must be considered. Sewers will be designed with adequate capacity to handle extreme peaks flowrates, ratios of extreme peak flowrates at average flow will be calculated with the use of the following formula: R = C 0.67 Q where R Q
= =
C
=
Ratio of extreme peak flowrate to average Average daily flow or average hour flowrate in million gallons per day, gallons per day or gallons per hour Constant 3.8 for MGD, 38.2 for GPD, or 22.5 for GPH
Infiltration And Inflow In computing wastewater flows for new sewer design, allowances for groundwater infiltration will be 500 to 1,000 gallons per day per inch diameter per mile of pipe and will be added to the peak rate of flow.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Fixture Unit Flow The size of building connections will be large enough to discharge the flow computed on a fixture unit basis. This requirement applies to building connections only and not to the lateral or other sewers to which they connect.
GRAVITY SEWER DESIGN Generally, it is not desirable to design sewers for full flow even at peak rates. Trunk and interceptor sewers will be designed to flow at depths not exceeding 90 percent of full depth; lateral and main sewers 80 percent; and building connections, 70 percent. However, regardless of flow and depth, the minimum sizes to be used are 6 inch for building connections and 8 inch for all other sewers. The Manning formula will be used for design of gravity sewers: 2/3 1/2 V = 1.486 n R S
where V n R S
= = = =
Velocity in feet per second Coefficient of pipe roughness Hydraulic radius in feet Slope of energy line in feet per foot
Values of n (roughness coefficient) to be used in the formula range from 0.013 to 0.015, with the lowest n value applying to new or relatively new pipe. Values of n will also depend on the pipe material. Variation of n with depth of flow has been shown experimentally, and can be considered in designing sewer to flow partially full. Velocity Sewers will be designed to provide a minimum velocity of 2.0 FPS (feet per second) at the average daily flow, or average hourly flowrate, and minimum velocity of 2.5 to 3.5 FPS at the peak diurnal flowrate. Pipe Cover Adequate cover will be provided for frost protection and against structural damage due to any superimposed surface loading. Hydraulic Profile In most cases where small to medium sized gravity sewers are installed in long runs, it will be safe to assume uniform flow throughout the entire length of pipe. A hydraulic profile is recommended showing all the other utilities crossing the sewer line. Sewer plans generally will be oriented so that the flow in the sewer is from right to left on the sheet and stationing is upgrade from left to right. Each sewer plan should include a north arrow. Match lines should be easily identifiable.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Critical Flow Gravity sewers will ordinarily be designed to maintain subcritical flow conditions in the pipe throughout the normal range of design flows. However, there are exceptions in which supercritical flow may be required and will be justified. Hydrogen Sulfide In Sewers Two of the most important problems occurring in wastewater collection systems are the corrosion of sewers and appurtenances, and the propagation and emission of odors and toxic gases. Both of these problems can be attributed in large part to the generation of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) in sewers. Sewers will be designed hydraulically in accordance with U.S. EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) guidelines established therein to prevent excessive generation of hydrogen sulfide. Corrosion Control Plastic pipe PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride); HDPE (High Density Polyethylene); ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadien-Styrene), fiberglass, and vitrified clay pipe are best suited for corrosive environments, whereas concrete (including ABS composite), asbestos cement, ductile iron, and cast iron soil pipe should be avoided unless a special protective lining, coating or treatment are provided.
MANHOLES Sanitary sewer manholes will be spaced 300 to 400 feet. When the size is large enough to permit a man to enter, a spacing of 500 feet may be used. Manholes should be located at the junctions of sewers and changes in grades, sizes, or alignment. Manholes may be precast concrete (assembled in the field) cast in place, or brick.
PUMPING STATIONS Pumping station and pneumatic ejectors will normally be required to remove waste from areas which cannot be served hydraulically by gravity sewers. In certain situations, however, a gravity sewer system can be used, but only at the expense of deep trench excavation. Both wastewater pumping and gravity flow sewers may be technically feasible and capable of meeting service requirements, however, they may not be equivalent in economic terms. When it is not readily apparent which solution would be more economical, the decision to use one or the other should be based on life cycle cost analysis. Initial capital and construction costs for pumps, ejectors, structures, force main, plus operation and maintenance costs should be compared with cost of deep trench excavation or other special construction methods required for a gravity system. Generally, a gravity sewer system will be justified until its cost exceeds the cost of a pumped system by 10 percent.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Pumping Equipment Pumping equipment used in sanitary sewer systems may be classified into two general types; centrifugal pumps and pneumatic ejectors. The latter are used only in the smaller installations where centrifugal pumps, if used, would be too large for the application. Centrifugal pumps fall into the following three general classifications: Axial - flow or propeller pumps Mixed Flow or angle - flow pumps Radial - flow pumps (commonly referred to as centrifugal pumps) The classification into which a pump falls usually can be determined by its specific (Ns) at the point of maximum efficiency. The specific speed of an impeller may be defined as the speed in rpm (revolution per minute) at which a geometrically similar impeller would run if it were of such size as to deliver 1 gpm against 1 foot of head. The formula for specific speed is as follows: Ns =
RPM GPM H 3/4
where H is in feet. Pump Construction Most pump casings are made of cast iron. Although for special applications where gritty or corrosive liquids are involved, other materials sometimes are specified. Pneumatic ejectors are usually used for lifting sewage from basement of buildings and small lift stations where their advantage outweigh their low efficiency, which is limited to about 15 percent. Their advantages are the following: Sewage is completely enclosed an consequently no sewer gases can escape except through the vent. Operation is fully automatic and the ejector goes into service only when needed. The relatively few moving parts in contact with sewage require little attention or lubrication. Ejectors are not easily clogged. The following is an empirical formula for the approximate capacity of air required to operate an ejector: V=
Q(H + 34) 250
where V H Q
= = =
volume of free air required in CFM total head in feet rate of sewage discharge in GPM
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Datum All readings for suction lift, suction head, discharge head, and net positive suction head are taken with reference to the datum which in the case of horizontal shaft, is the elevation of the pump center line and in the case of vertical shaft pumps is the elevation of the entrance eye of the suction impeller. Suction Lift (Hs) Suction lift exists where the total suction head is below atmospheric pressure. Total suction lift, as determined on test, is the reading of a liquid manometer at the suction nozzle of the pump converted to feet of liquid and referenced to datum, minus the velocity head at the point of gage attachment. Suction Head (Hs) Suction head exists, when the total suction head is above atmospheric pressure, as determined on test, it is the reading of the gage at the suction of the pump converted to head, in feet, at the point of gage attachment. Total Discharge Head (Hd) Total discharge head is the reading of a pressure gage at the discharge of the pump, converted to feet of liquid and referred to datum, plus the velocity head at the point of gage attachment. Total Head (H) Total Head (H) is sometimes referred to as total dynamic head or TDH. Total head is the measure of the energy increase per pound of the liquid imparted to it by the pump and is therefore the algebraic difference between the total discharge head and the total suction head. Total head as determined on test where suction lift, and, where positive suction head exists, the total head is the total discharge head minus the total suction head. NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head) The NPSH is the total suction head, in feet of liquid absolute, determined at the suction nozzle and referred to datum, less the vapor pressure of the liquid in feet absolute.
SIPHONS The siphon in sewerage practice almost invariably refers to an inverted siphon or depressed sewer which would stand full even with no flow. Its purpose is to carry the flow under an obstruction such as stream or depressed highway and to regain as much elevation as possible after the obstruction has been passed.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Single And Multiple Barrel Siphons It is common practice, at least on large sewers, to construct multiple barrel siphons. The objective is to provide adequate self-cleaning velocities under widely varying flow conditions. The primary barrel is designed so that a velocity of 2 to 3 feet per second will be reached at least once each day, even during the early years of operation. Additional pipe regulated by lateral overflow weirs assist progressively in carrying flows of greater magnitude, that is maximum dry weather flow to maximum storm flow. Profile Two considerations which govern the profile of a siphon are provision for hydraulic losses and ease of cleaning. The friction loss through the barrel will be determined by the design velocity. For calculating the head loss it is sound conservative Hazen-Williams C of 100 (Manning n from 0.014 for small sizes to 0.018 for the largest). Siphons may need cleaning more often than gravity sewers. For easy cleaning, siphons should not have any sharp bends either vertical or horizontal; only smooth curves of adequate radius should be used.
HYDRAULIC DESIGN The first step in the hydraulic design of a sanitary sewer system is to prepare a map showing the locations of all required sewers and from which the tributary can be shown. Preliminary profiles of the ground surface along each line are also needed. They should show the critical elevations which will establish the sewer grades, such as basements of low lying buildings. topographic maps are useful at this stage of the design. Sanitary sewer design computation, being repetitious may best be done on tabular forms. The attached tabulation form is fairly comprehensive and can be adapted to the particular need of the designer. In using this form for sanitary sewer design, supplementary graph or tables are required to calculate wastewater flows and hydraulic data. It is recommended that all flows should be converted to cubic feet per second (CFS). Calculations should start from the highest elevation and proceed downward. Each building sewer outlet should be shown and be connected to the nearest sanitary sewer manhole. There is a tendency on the part of some designers to increase the size of the sewer in order to obtain a theoretical velocity of 2 feet per second when the available slope would not produce this velocity in a smaller pipe. Actually, in the larger pipe, the depth of flow would be decreased to such extent that the velocity might be no greater, and perhaps less, than in a smaller pipe laid on the same slope. In such cases, the net result of increasing the pipe size would be to increase the cost without improving the flow conditions. Errors of this nature can usually be eliminated through analysis of the velocity at various rates of flow.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
EXAMPLE PROBLEM Refer To Attachment 07: Column 1 (Total Discharge in GPMs [Gallons Per Minute]) was taken from the 3 buildings having a total of 236 fixture units designed by the mechanical department. With the use of the supply demand curve (Refer to Attachment 01), it will read 98.16 GPM. Column 2, Size of Pipe; Column 3, Length of Line in Feet; Column 4, Slope of Pipe in Percent; and Column 5, Velocity Flowing Full, use slope of 2.0 percent. Column 4 and 5 use pipe flow chart (Refer to Attachment 02) = 4.5 FPS. Column 6 (Discharge Flowing Full) = 1.52 CFS. Column 7, convert (Column 1) 98.16 GPM into CFS = 98.16 x 0.002228 = 0.2187 CFS = 21.87 (1/100) average flow to be 1/3.8 peak flow = 21.87/3.8 = 5.76 (1/100) CFS. Column 8 (peak flow 1/100 CFS) = 98.17 GPM x 0.002228 = 0.2187 CFS = 21.87 1/100 CFS. Column 9 (Discharge Average %) = (Column 7) 5.76 divided by (Column 6) 1.52 = 3.79 CFS. Column 10 (Discharge Peak %) = (Column 8) 21.87 divided by (Column 6) 1.52 = 14.39 CFS. Column 11 (Velocity Average %) = use proportionate flow chart on Attachment 03. Column 9 (3.79 discharge to velocity) = 0.46 FPS. Column 12 (Velocity Peak %) = use proportionate flow chart on Attachment 03. Column 10 (14.39 discharge to velocity) = 0.70 FPS. Column 13 (average flow velocity FPS) = (Column 11) 0.46 x (Column 5) 4.5 = 2.07 FPS. Column 14 (Peak Flow Velocity FPS) = Column 12 0.70 x Column 5 4.5 = 3.15 FPS. Column remarks, the designer will show the total discharge that are being added on that particular line. As specified previously, the pipe should not be designed flowing full. Attached are graphs to be used in calculating the hydraulic elements. To use Hydraulic Elements Graph in Attachment 04 for circular pipe. Example: Flows will be known, extreme peak, diurnal peak and average daily flow. Extreme Peak Diurnal Peak Average Daily Q S 12" Diameter n
= = = = =
1.71 CFS 0.91 CFS 0.44 CFS 1.71 0.003
=
0.013
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 9 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
From Attachment 05, for 12 inch the discharge is 2.0 CFS and the velocity is 2.53 FPS. 1.71 = 0.86 then on Attachment 04 hydraulic elements, with the use of this graph plot 0.86 = 2.0 d/D = 0.71 is less than the lateral and main sewer 0.80. using the same line proceed to the right where it intersects the dash line for velocity and it reads 1.14. 1.14 x 2.53 = 2.88 FPS. Same procedure will be performed for the other flows. The minimum velocity for average flow is V = 2.0 FPS. Q = 0.44 CFS = 0.44 = 0.22 from Attachment 04 = d/D = 0.33. 0.79 x 2.00 2.53 = 2.0 FPS for average flow.
REFERENCES Design and Computation of Sanitary and Storm Sewers. ASCE Manual and Reports on Engineering. ASCE. Practice Number 37. Domestic Wastewater Treatment. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-3). Engineering Manual. Part VIII, Chapter 1. Corps of Engineers. Hydraulic Design of Sewers. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-1). Plumbing. Engineering Manual. EM 1110-345-165. Corps of Engineers. Sanitary and Industrial Wastewater Collection - Pumping Stations and Force Mains. Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM 5-814-2). Selye, E.E. Book of Design. Sewerage Treatment Plant Design. ASCE Manual and Reports on Engineering. ASCE Practice Number 34. Steel and McGhee. Water Supply And Sewerage. These standards provide guidelines for the design of sanitary sewers and applies to all projects and work assignments being performed by the Fluor Daniel Civil Discipline.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Supply Demand Curve Attachment 02: Pipe Flow Chart Attachment 03: Proportionate Flow Chart (Manning's Formula) Attachment 04: Hydraulic Elements Graph for Circular Sewers Attachment 05: Alignment Chart for Manning Formula for Pipe Flow Attachment 06: Critical Depth of Flow and Specific Head In Rectangular And Circular Conduit
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1160 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 10 of 10 FLUOR DANIEL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
Attachment 07: Typical Computation Form
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
PURPOSE This practice establishes the general layout and design guidelines for outside underground piping and should be used for basic design. This practice will benefit Civil, Process, and Piping Design Engineers, but also can be of assistance to other disciplines as well. It is the responsibility of the Lead Engineer to ensure application and utilization of this practice.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: DOMESTIC WATER (POTABLE) SANITARY SEWERS OIL WATER DRAINAGE COOLING WATER FIREWATER NATURAL GAS PIPE MATERIALS PIPE BEDDING PIPE SETTLEMENT REFERENCES
APPLICATION This technical practice should be utilized by engineers and designers when locating outside underground piping facilities for industrial or process uses as well as commercial and residential uses. The practice should be used in conjunction with job specifications, client specifications, and specifications established by the local Purveyor or Government agency and is not intended to override any of the aforementioned guidelines unless none exist.
DOMESTIC WATER (POTABLE) In general, domestic water lines should be located on the side of the road that provides the shortest service connections. These lines should not be located under paved or heavily traveled areas. Horizontal separation of domestic water lines and other utility lines should be a minimum of 10 feet to avoid potential contamination. If possible, it should be located in its own easement. Domestic water lines should not be located in the same trench with other utilities. When domestic water lines cross other utilities, there will not be a joint within 3 feet in either direction of the crossing. The water line should be located at an elevation higher than other utilities, when at all possible. If the water line must cross underneath other utilities, the other pipeline should be enclosed in concrete or incorporate the use of pressure rated pipe.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
Minimum cover should be 4 feet under heavily traveled roads or railroads. In other nonstructural areas, 3 feet minimum cover is acceptable. Domestic water lines should always be located below frost depth.
SANITARY SEWERS Sanitary sewers are usually gravity flow and should be located vertically and horizontally before pressure pipelines. Sanitary sewers may be located at the centerline of roadways to help avoid conflicts with other pipelines located on either side of the roadway. It is preferable to locate sanitary sewers outside of roadways to avoid having to excavate roadways when repairing or replacing pipe. In many cases, flat sites may require a sanitary sewer lift station and force main system installed. The force main should be treated as a pressure line normally located next to roadways in a dedicated casement or corridor. Manholes on gravity lines should be used for changes in direction or slope and for maintenance access and should be spaced at approximately 300 feet for lines up to 12 inches in diameter and 500 feet maximum for lines larger than 12 inches in diameter. Minimum cover should be 4 feet for lines under heavily traveled roadways or railroads and 3 feet in nonstructural areas. For larger sanitary sewer mains (12 inches and above), it is not necessary for the top of the line to be below frost depth. The centerline or Springline should be at or below the frost line to avoid frost heave problems and provide satisfactory bedding. Also refer to Practice 670.210.1160: Sanitary Sewer Systems, for more detailed sanitary sewer design. Storm Sewers Surface Runoff Storm water runoff is normally collected via overland flow in ditches and culverts designed by the Civil Discipline. Many projects require enclosed stormwater systems with catch basins and manholes located as required. Clean stormwater should be discharged into natural site drainageways as much as possible. Stormwater runoff during construction may require a runoff pond to settle the solids and let the clear stormwater flow into the natural waterway. The governing laws on erosion control should be followed. In areas where hydrocarbon or other hazardous liquids or materials are present, catch basins or trench drains should be utilized so as to collect the flow. These hazardous materials should be piped to the appropriate waste treatment facilities.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
Storm Drainage Within Tanks Compound Areas Arrange grading in tank farm areas so that the surface slopes at a minimum of the 1 percent away from the tank to swales or ditches along the sides of the enclosure. Where there are 2 rows of tanks, the pipeway is normally run down the center. Provide a high point under the pipeway to prevent liquid spills from collecting there. Terminate the drainage ditches or swales at the corners of the tank enclosure. Provide a minimum 8 inch drain pipe from this point through the dike with a gate valve or indicator post valve outside of the enclosure. The drain valve should discharge to the storm ditches. This valve is normally kept closed and is used only after a rainstorm to discharge accumulated clean water. Provide a valved branch line from a point upstream of the drain valve which will give the operator the option of discharging the tank enclosure to an oily water sewer in the event of a spill of contamination. In cold climates, arrange the piping so that water does not stand against closed valves.
OIL WATER DRAINAGE Storage tanks are normally provided with a drain valve at the bottom of the tank to permit periodic drawoff of water which normally collects in the product. The water drawoff valve should be positioned over an open concrete box with an outlet discharging into the oily water collection system. The collecting sewer for a group of tanks is run under the center portion of the compound and a gate valve or indicator post valve operable outside of the compound is provided. This valve is normally kept closed so that in the event of spill or tank rupture, the commodity remains inside the diked enclosure and does not run into the cleanwater storm sewer system. Routing Of Clean And Oily Water Sewers Routing for main lines from process areas to waste treatment areas should run parallel to roads and not directly underneath. Where space permits, an easement or corridor alongside the road should be provided. Avoid routing large mains down the center of roads as it could potentially leave trenches open for long periods of time. It should be noted that storm sewer lines alongside of roads also can sustain heavy loads during the construction process. Consider keeping large trench excavations clear of construction work and access areas. If possible, discuss routing of all major (24 inches and larger) underground lines with Construction Manager. Verify whether or not sewer lines under roads and millroads will sustain earth and traffic loads. Refer to Practice 670.210.1210: Loads On Underground Pipe. For large sewer mains, it may not be necessary for the top of the line to be below frost depth. It is obvious the volumes of water that are flowing in these larger mains are not about to
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
freeze. To avoid frost heave problems and provide satisfactory bedding, the centerline or Springline should be at or below the frost line.
Manholes And Invert Elevations Provide manholes to access and maintain the system and in accordance with the requirements set forth in the contract specifications. When separate major groups of storage tanks, process blocks, and loading facilities are involved, sealed and vented manholes will be required at strategic points to sectionalize the system. Sewer invert elevations are set by the slope and size of the line handling the design flow and is a compromise between a larger line at a flat slope or a smaller line at a steeper slope. The starting and terminating elevations of the system play an important role in the above choice. To meet the hydraulic requirements, the system should terminate so that the top of pipe is 2 to 3 inches higher than the maximum water level in the receiving body of water or, if an existing sewer, the water level in the manhole.
COOLING WATER This system is run underground where the line sizes are large and soil conditions permit. The supply line starts at the cooling water pumps. Downstream of the associated valving, it drops underground. Routing of the supply and return line should parallel main roads running between the cooling tower and the process area units. The most economical route should be selected with the same considerations given to these lines as described in the section preceding. These headers usually run for long distances and depth of cover should be kept to a minimum giving consideration to the following: Top of pipe to be at or below frost line. At least 2 feet minimum cover and more, if necessary, to sustain construction traffic loads. Flat turn at changes of direction are preferred, provided all other piping and electrical ducts in the area can be set to avoid interference. Spacing of parallel cooling water headers: - To avoid heat transfer, provide clear space as follows: -- 18-inches between 24-inches and smaller headers -- 24-inches between 30-inches and larger headers
FIREWATER The design responsibility of underground firewater systems varies from office to office depending on available expertise. Detailed design of these systems are performed by Fire Protection personnel. The Civil Discipline, as a minimum, provides coordination in the final system layout and often shows the fire loop and building run-ins on the civil underground utilities plan. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
NATURAL GAS In General, natural gas pipelines are run underground and can be laid out in the form of a connected loop whenever possible dependent on those facilities requiring gas service. The mains should be located under or just outside the road shoulders or in a separate easement or utility corridor, whenever possible. Separation should be a minimum of 5 feet from pipelines or facilities containing nonhazardous materials and a minimum of 10 feet from facilities containing hazardous materials. It should be noted that many local agencies and codes require separation which are more strict than those mentioned above. Depth of bury should be at least 3 feet in potential traffic areas to avoid high traffic loading. Cathodic protection should always be considered for steel pipe, especially in areas with potentially high soil electrolysis. Coordinate with the electrical discipline.
PIPE MATERIALS Several pipe materials are available on the current market and are applicable to a wide variety of uses. The most common include the following: PVC DIP VCP CIP RCP CMP HDPE
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Cast Iron Pipe Reinforced Concrete Pipe Corrugated Metal Pipe High Density Polyethylene Pipe
PIPE BEDDING When suitable soil is encountered in a trench excavation, it can be used for pipe bedding if it meets the requirements of Specification 670.210.02224: Excavation, Backfill, And Compaction For Underground Piping. Any local rules and regulations should also be consulted along with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. When unstable bedding is encountered and the bottom of the trench is not sufficiently stable or firm, proper bedding must be installed to prevent vertical or lateral displacement of the pipe after installation. Excavate native soil below grade of bedding material and replace with a layer of gravel, crushed rock, sand, or other coarse aggregate which may produce the desired stability. Bedding details will be as shown on the drawings.
PIPE
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1200 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND PIPING
SETTLEMENT Differential settlement of manholes and connecting sewers can sometimes break the sewer pipe. A pipe joint just outside the manhole can lessen this danger. If the soil conditions are unstable or a high water table could leach sand bedding out from under the pipe, a second joint within 3 feet of the first should be provided. The pipe joints must be flexible such as a compression or mechanical joint. Differential settlement of cooling water branch lines and exchangers on piled foundation which may not settle, can over stress the piping. This problem can be remedied by locating the headers so that the branch lines are at least 10 feet long and providing flexible connectors, such as Dresser and Smith-Blair, at either end of the branch of steel pipe, or using mechanical joints for cast iron pipe.
REFERENCES Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.1160:
Sanitary Sewer Systems
Civil Engineering Practice 670.210.1210:
Loads On Underground Pipe
Civil Engineering Specification 670.210.02224: Excavation, Backfill, And Compaction For Underground Piping
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the engineer or designer calculating the loading that may be expected for various depths of bury and live loads on the surface over underground pipe and a method to verify that the loading is not excessive. This practice provides a design methodology to accurately calculate loads on underground pipe. This practice will benefit engineers and designers when laying out conduits crossings under roads or traffic areas that could have potentially heavy loading. In most cases, it will be needed to determine the load produced by the fill and the strength of pipe required to carry the load. In some cases, a definite strength of pipe will be specified and it will be desired to find a height of fill which will not produce a load on a pipe greater than that which it is capable of supporting. It is the responsibility of the engineer or designer to ensure the application of this practice.
SCOPE This practice provides the following: Discussion of different types of pipe and the methods for determining the inherent strength. Discussion of live and dead loads and the factors affecting the calculations of these loads. Description of pipe bedding and the applicable load factors. A design check and sample calculations.
APPLICATION It is the responsibility of the engineer and/or designer to consult this practice whenever earth loads or live loads exceed normal conditions. Normal conditions are defined as normal depths of bury and normal live loads transmitted by vehicles. This information contained within this practice would apply to new design as well as checking existing pipes for extreme loading such as that which would be encountered during construction.
PIPE STRENGTH When designing underground conduits, inherent pipe strength should be known so the supporting capability of the pipe is not exceeded by the proposed earth and live loads. Pipe strengths can be obtained from formulas derived using specific tests or are usually obtained from pipe manufacturers catalogs. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) testing standards usually require pipe strengths to be such that normally expected live and dead loads can be handled. However, some conditions such as extraordinary loads or very deep or shallow depths of bury require special attention. Pipe is normally classified as either rigid or flexible. Rigid pipe such as cast iron, concrete, or clay fail when the combined load (internal pressure and external load) imposed on them become greater than their inherent circumferential stiffness and they crack or rupture. Methods Of Testing And Specifying Pipe Strengths
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
3 Edge Bearing Strength (Clay Pipe, Asbestos Cement Pipe) The strength of a rigid conduit is normally specified by its resistance in a laboratory test called the 3 Edge Bearing Test. Since the load is applied to only 3 points on the pipe, the test is more severe than actual field conditions. To convert the 3 edge bearing strength to the design or safe supporting strength, multiply by a load factor based on the type of bedding used, then divide the results by the appropriate safety factor. D Load Strength (Concrete Pipe) For reinforced concrete pipe only, laboratory strength may be expressed as the load per foot of pipe which causes the pipe to develop an 0.01 inch crack or also as the ultimate load the pipe will withstand. The strength of the pipe, at either the 0.01 inch crack or ultimate, divided by the nominal internal diameter of the pipe in feet, is called the D load strength. For example, a 48 inch diameter reinforced concrete pipe has a 3 edge bearing test load at 0.01 inch crack of 8,000 lb/ft and an ultimate strength of 12,000 lb/ft The 0.01 inch crack strength is then 2,000D and the ultimate strength is 3,000D. Ring Test Crushing Load (Cast Iron Pipe) The crushing load for cast iron pipe varies with the size and wall thickness of the pipe and must be calculated. The modulus of rupture which governs the maximum crushing load should be figured as 40,000 psi; although, pipe having a modulus of rupture of 45,000 psi is available. The crushing load will decrease with an increase in internal pressure. Flexible Pipe Strength Load (Steel Pipe) Flexible pipe such as steel and plastic combine their own strength with the lateral support of the compacted soil at the side fills to resist deflection. The maximum external load to be applied to a flexible pipe is the load that will give a deflection of greater than: 5 percent of the nominal diameter for flexible coating. 2 percent of the nominal diameter for rigid coating. Internal pressure assists flexible pipe in supporting external loads but cannot be relied on since the pressure could be shut down. The table in Attachment 01 has been developed using various ASTM testing methods for various pipe categories.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
TYPES OF BURY Types of bury are essentially classified as that in cut or that in fill. Pipes in a cut situation are referred to as trench condition and pipes in a fill situation are referred to as embankment condition. There can also be a combination of both. Refer to Attachment 02. To simplify this practice and to induce a certain amount of conservatism, this practice will be limited to trench conditions and embankment conditions. A combination condition will be considered as an embankment condition.
PIPE LOADING Formulas and charts for determining loads on an underground pipe are determined from theories developed by A. Marston, Iowa State University. Earth loads and live or transmitted loads must be considered when designing underground conduits. Data on live and dead loads can be obtained from many different handbooks available as well as from pipe manufacturer's guidelines. Every condition of bury or loading does not have to be checked for failure. In most cases, pipe loading does not need to be checked. Most underground pipe design regulations require that pipe be designed for normal depths of bury with normally expected live loads. Certain conditions should be checked for pipe loading conditions. These conditions can be the following: Depths of bury exceeding 10 feet Abnormal soil conditions Unusually high live or transmitted loads Live loads for depths or buy less than 3 feet Earth Loads The amount of earth loads that is transmitted to the pipe is dependent on many factors. The primary factors that determine earth loading are: Depth of cover Width of trench at top of pipe Rigid or flexible pipe Type of construction (trench or embankment) Soil density and cohesion characteristics Formulas and charts developed by A. Marston provide a means to closely calculate the earth loading for the variable factors listed above. This data can be found in many available handbooks. AWWA (American Water Works Association) C-101, is a good example, as well as many catalogs and handbooks published by pipe manufacturers. Full descriptions of the various construction conditions are also given. In order to simplify the determination of earth loading, Attachment 03 may be used for approximate values. Approximate values from the table are satisfactory for the following reasons: Depths of cover are usually less than 8 feet. Earth load values for a depth of 8 feet are well below the 3 edge bearing strength of vitrified clay pipe or reinforced concrete pipe for any properly installed system. Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Unless the width of the trench is specified and controlled during construction, calculating earth loads from Marston's formula would be impractical. The unit weight of soil used in Attachment 03 is 120 pounds per cubic foot. Pipes with 12 inch diameter and less are assumed to have a trench width 1 foot wider than the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipes from 12 inches to 36 inches are assumed to have a trench width 2 feet wider than the outside diameter of the pipe. The table in Attachment 03 is intended to be used as a guide in determining earth loads for underground conduits with normal bury conditions. For unusual bury conditions such as large diameter pipes or deep pipes, the designer should consult the pipe manufacturer's catalog for design criteria. Live Loads It is usually not necessary to consider live loads except where they are exceedingly large or where they occur on conduits with very little cover. A few computations under various conditions will establish the relative importance of live loads in the designers mind. Trucks or construction equipment moving over the ground surface above underground piping subject the piping to loads. A certain percentage of the total load, based on depth of cover and size of pipe, is transmitted to the pipe. If paving is involved, flexible pavement will transfer more load to the pipe; whereas, rigid pavement such as concrete will tend to bridge the pipe transmitting more load to the surrounding soil. For calculating transmitted loads, use the guidelines that follow and the Table in Attachment 04 which gives the percent of live load that is transmitted to the pipe for various depths of cover. For piping under roads, depth of cover should be based on rough grade elevations for the road, since underground lines will be subject to truck traffic before any asphalt surface is applied. For design purposes, use a wheel load of 32,000 pounds (1/2 axle load of 64,000 pounds). The wheel load may be on dual tires but is still considered 1 wheel. This load is the heaviest that would be expected from a large unladen truck crane. Heavier loads could be possible during equipment handling or lifting activities and this point should be reviewed with Construction Management. Generally, the pipe is protected with timber mats or omitted entirely during these operations. The wheel load of 32,000 pounds recommended above is twice that of H-20 truck loading which is used as a basis for bridge and highway design. Where loads are known to be less or greater, the calculations should be based on the actual figures. The minimum wheel load used for design purposes is 16,000 pounds which is normal H-20 loading. When expecting heavy 1 time construction or equipment loads, the conduit could be installed after the loading has been imposed.
PIPE BEDDING The pipe bedding determines the load factor or number to multiply the 3 edge bearing strength to determine the field supporting strength. The bedding is the contact between the pipe and the foundation on which it rests. The soil on the sides of the pipe and above it is the backfill. The field supporting strength of a rigid pipe and, therefore, the load factor for a particular conduit, depend chiefly upon 2 characteristics of the installation as follows:
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Width of the bedding of the pipe and the quality of the contact between the pipe and bedding as it affects the distribution of the vertical forces. Magnitude of the lateral pressure acting against the sides of the pipe and the area of the pipe over which the lateral pressure acts. Cohesion for trench conduits is assumed to be negligible because of the following: Considerable time must elapse before effective cohesion between the backfill material and the sides of the trench can develop. The assumption of no cohesion yields the maximum probable load on the conduit. Pipe Bedding Classes Pipe bedding generally falls into 4 classes. These 4 classes are described below. Class A Load Factor 3.4 This method of bedding involves either a reinforced 2,000 psi concrete cradle or arch. The concrete will extend to the springline, which is halfway up the side of the pipe. The cross sectional area ratio of steel to concrete should be 0.4 percent. If no reinforcing is used then the load factor will be reduced to 2.4. If p = 1.0 percent for concrete arches, then the load factor can be increased to 4.8. Class B Load Factor 1.9 This method of bedding involves well graded crushed stone carefully placed and shaped to the bottom of the pipe with a minimum thickness below the pipe of 4 inches. The bedding will extend up the haunches to the springline of the pipe with select material as initial backfill. Class C Load Factor 1.5 This method of bedding involves carefully placed and compacted material with a wide range of gradation and possibly locally obtained. The bedding generally extends from 4 inches below the pipe up to 1/6 of the OD of the pipe. Select backfill will be used as initial backfill. Class D Load Factor 1.1 This method of bedding involves little or no care when shaping the foundation surface to fit the lower part of the conduit exterior or to fill all spaces under and around the conduit with granular materials. Initial backfill will be of select material. It can be seen by the bedding classes described above that the better quality bedding provides a higher load factor and, therefore, more load carrying capability. The economy of the different types of bedding along with the potential live and dead loads must be taken into account when specifying bedding requirements. In order to simplify the selection of an appropriate load factor, use a conservative value of 1.5 which is based on ordinary bedding. In special and unusual situations where a line is run excessively deep (over 10 feet), or for other reasons, it becomes necessary to specify a particular bedding condition, then the appropriate design handbook listed in Attachment 05 should be consulted.
FACTOR OF SAFETY
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
When the materials are analyzed and the job is properly assembled in the designer's mind, a factor of safety should be applied to the plans to account the unforeseen stresses which may be imposed on the structure. This technical practice would not be complete without a discussion of this factor of safety as applied to the structural design of an underground conduit. A factor of safety cannot be computed by laws and equations, but depends entirely upon the judgment and experience of the engineer and/or designer. In general, the Factor of Safety will range from 1.0 to 1.5 depending on a variety of conditions or situations. Culvert or nonpressure conduit failures are gradual in occurrence; whereas, pressure conduits usually fail quickly once a crack develops. Bedding and backfill is another variable factor that must be considered when selecting a factor of safety. Rigid pipes usually require a higher factor of safety than flexible pipes since flexible conduits will usually deflect more before they reach failure.
DESIGN CHECK This section gives the procedure for checking if a line under a given earth cover, subject to construction traffic loads, will not be excessively loaded. Minimum cover for protection against traffic loads Minimum cover depth which is measured from grade to top of pipe is determined by computing total load on pipe, but in no case should be less than: - 2'- 6" for cast iron and asbestos cement pressure lines - 2'- 0" for steel and concrete pressure lines - 2'- 0" for all nonpressure lines Bedding conditions Where calculations indicate that pipe will not sustain loads at the covers specified above, consideration may be given to improving the load carrying capability of the pipe by specifying a bedding condition with a higher load factor. Formulas and table - Earth loads (dead loads) We = Earth load based on maximum conditions of trench width and 120 lb./cu. foot soil material using Marston formula. Refer to Attachment 03. - Truck loads (live loads) Wt = Truck load, based on a concentrated wheel load of 32,000 pounds and an impact factor of 1.0. Use Table in Attachment 04 to determine load reaching pipe. If impact factor is required, multiply result by appropriate factor.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Safety supporting strength rigid pipe - no pressure. Safety supporting strength =
3 edge bearing strength x load factor safety factor
Refer to pipe bedding for load factors. Safety factors - nonpressure systems: Clay pipe Cast iron pipe Concrete pipe
1.5 1.5 1.0
Safe supporting strength must be equal to, or greater than, We and Wt. Safety supporting strength rigid pipe, pressure systems. Since there is a relationship between the amount of load a rigid pipe can carry and the internal pressure it is subjected to, it is necessary to include the effects of pressure in the equation to determine maximum load that can be applied. The following may be used for cast iron pressure pipe: Wd =
W
P1 − p P1
where: Wd W P' p
= = = =
Safe supporting strength (pound) Crushing load with no internal pressure (pound per linear feet) Bursting pressure with no external load Working pressure times 2.5 safety factor
The values of W and P are calculated as follows: W=
Rt 2 .0795(d + t)
P 1 = 2St d where: R S t d
= = = =
Ring modulus of rupture, use 40,000 psi Bursting tensile strength, use 18,000 psi Net thickness (inch) specified thickness less casting tolerance Nominal pipe size (inch)
Wd must be equal to or greater than: 2.5(We + Wt) Lf where: We Wt Lf
= = =
Earth load Truck load Load factor
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL LOADS ON UNDERGROUND PIPE
Safety factor is included in equations. Safe supporting strength - flexible (steel) pipe. The deflection determined by the following equation should not exceed the following: Five percent of nominal pipe diameter for flexible coatings. Two percent of nominal pipe diameter for rigid coatings. d=
fK W1 r 3 Et 3 + 732r 3
where: d f W1
= = =
E K t
= = =
ultimate long time deflection of pipe (inches) 1.5 (deflection lag factor) We + Wt times 1.25 safety factor (pounds/linear feet) r=radius of pipe (inches) 30,000,000 psi (modulus of elasticity, steel pipe) Bedding Factor = 0.10 thickness of pipe wall (inches)
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Crushing Strength Attachment 02: Types Of Bury Attachment 03: Dead Load From Earth Cover On Underground Pipes Attachment 04: Percentage Of Wheel Load Transmitted To Underground Pipe Attachment 05: Design Handbook Listing Attachment 06: Sample Design 1
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CRUSHING STRENGTH
(3-Edge Bearing Test, Lbs. Per Ln. Ft.)
Pipe Size (in.)
Vitrified Clay Nonreinforced C.I. Soil Pipe Extra Strength Concrete Class Extra Heavy ASTM C-700 2 ASTM C-14 ASTM A-74
Reinforced Concrete, ASTM C-76 Load to Produce a .01" Crack Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
4
2,000
2,000
6,500
6
2,000
2,000
4,400
8
2,200
2,000
4,275
10
2,400
2,000
4,275
12
2,600
2,250
4,425
1,000
1,350
2,000
3,000
15
2,900
2,600
5,310
1,250
1,688
2,500
3,750
18
3,300
3,000
1,500
2,025
3,000
4,500
21
3,850
3,300
1,750
2,363
3,500
5,250
24
4,400
3,600
2,000
2,700
4,000
6,000
27
4,700
2,250
3,038
4,500
6,750
30
5,000
2,500
3,375
5,000
7,500
33
5,500
2,750
3,713
5,500
8,250
36
6,000
3,000
4,050
6,000
9,000
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DEAD LOAD FROM EARTH COVER ON UNDERGROUND PIPES
(Loads are Shown in Lbs. Per Ln. Ft. of Pipe) Depth of Cover, Ft.
Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inch. 4
6
8
10
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
2
180
240
290
340
390
450
500
560
610
700
750
820
875
3
270
370
460
550
630
750
860
950
1,040
1,120
1,200
1,300
1,400
4
370
520
650
780
920
1,080
1,230
1,400
1,520
1,630
1,750
1,850
2,000
5
470
660
830
1,000
1,160
1,420
1,610
1,810
2,010
2,200
2,340
2,500
2,630
6
570
800
1,000
1,200
1,430
1,710
2,000
2,230
2,500
2,700
2,950
3,180
3,350
7
670
950
1,180
1,420
1,700
2,050
2,400
2,700
3,050
3,300
3,570
3,900
4,100
8
780
1,080
1,370
1,620
1,960
2,400
2,780
3,200
3,550
3,900
4,200
4,500
4,800
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PERCENTAGE OF WHEEL LOADS TRANSMITTED TO UNDERGROUND PIPES
(Figures Show Percentage of Wheel Load Applied to One Ln. Ft. of Pipe) Depth of Cover, Ft.
Nominal Pipe Diameter, Inches 4
6
8
10
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
1
9.3
12.8
15
17.3
20
22.6
24.8
26.4
27.2
28
28.6
29
29.4
2
4.3
5.7
7
8.3
9.6
11.5
13.2
15
15.6
16.8
17.8
18.7
19.5
3
2
2.9
3.6
4.3
5.2
6.4
7.5
8.6
9.3
10.2
11.1
11.8
12.5
4
1.2
1.7
2.1
2.5
3.1
3..9
4.6
5.3
5.8
6.5
7.2
7.9
8.5
5
0.7
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.6
3.1
3.6
3.9
4.4
4.9
5.3
5.8
6
0.5
0.8
1
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.1
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.5
3.8
4.2
7
0.2
0.5
0.7
0.8
1
1.3
1.6
1.3
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
8
0.1
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
2.2
2.3
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1210 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DESIGN HANDBOOK LISTING
Pipe
Handbook
Publisher
Asbestos Cement
Standard Practice for the Selection of Asbestos Cement Water Pipe
AWWA
Cast Iron
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
AWWA
Concrete Sewer
Concrete Pipe Handbook
American Concrete Pipe Association
Steel
Steel Pipe Design and Installation
AWWA
Vitrified Clay
Clay Pipe Engineering Manual
National Clay Pipe Institute
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the analysis and design of thrust blocks and joint restraint for pipelines and underground piping. It is the responsibility of the Civil Lead Engineer or Designer to utilize this practice where necessary.
SCOPE This practice includes the following: Discussions of thrust restraint for pressure piping, including both thrust blocks and pipe joint restraints. Typical values for soil parameters. Thrust values.
APPLICATION Thrust restraint must be included in the design and construction of pressure piping systems. Without thrust restraint, piping may separate during service.
THRUST GENERATION Thrust exists in pressure piping wherever there is a deflection, either horizontally or vertically, in the line. The thrust forces are generated from the static and dynamic fluid action on the pipe. Velocities in the majority of lines are of such low magnitude that dynamic thrust can usually be neglected. However, static thrust in pipes due to internal pressure usually require some kind of thrust restraint since the forces are of large magnitude. Large pipe diameters together with large deflection angles and high internal pressure will cause very large thrust forces that require careful design.
RESTRAINT METHODS Restraint for unbalanced forces in piping systems may be accomplished using one or a combination of the following methods: Concrete thrust blocks Restrained joints Thrust Blocks Thrust blocks are cast in place concrete blocks designed to transmit unbalanced forces from the pipe fitting to the soil that the block bears against. A thrust block acts similar to a spread footing, distributing the thrust across an adequate area of undisturbed soil. Thrust blocks must be cast in place against undisturbed soil which is very important in the selection of a thrust restraint system. Future excavation will disturb the soil bearing area in congested utility areas. Also, past excavation in a given area may not allow for thrust blocks to be utilized in such a case. Other considerations that must be addressed in the selection phase of a thrust restraint system is available space, soil parameters, and whether the deflection is vertical or horizontal. A
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
crowded utility corridor or small plant area may cause the design of a thrust block to be impractical because of space and excavation limitations. Also poor soil bearing capacities may require thrust blocks to become too large for the available space. Thrust blocks should not be used for vertical thrust restraint hat is in the upward direction. Downward vertical and horizontal thrusts are appropriate directions for thrust block restraint. Location Location of thrust blocks: Horizontal deflections greater than 10 degrees Downward vertical deflections Under valves in asbestos cement systems (not used much anymore) At fire hydrants The direction of thrust and the direction of the soil resultant reaction must be collinear to prevent an unbalanced moment from acting on the system. The depth to the bottom of the thrust block from the soil surface should be equal to or greater than two times the height of the block. Sizing Sizing of thrust blocks, as with all thrust restraint systems, must be designed for the highest pressure the pipe will experience throughout its service life. Typically, the highest pressure will occur during testing of the pipe line. Calculation of thrust resulting from pipe deflection is determined using the following formula: T = 2PASin Θ 2 Equation 1 where: T P A Θ
= = = =
Thrust (pounds Maximum (Test) Pressure psi Cross Sectional Area (Square Inch) of pipe Pipe Deflection
Values calculated from the above formula have no factor of safety. Values of thrust forces have been tabulated by the CIPRA (Cast Iron Pipe Research Association) and are presented in Attachment 01, Table 1. Values in Attachment 01, Table 1 are higher than those calculated using Equation 1. CIPRA values may contain a factor of safety that has been included in these values. As stated above, thrust blocks will be sized on the basis of test pressure in accordance with Attachment 01, Table 1, or the calculated value, and the bearing capacities of the soil. Bearing capacities are readily available from the project soils report. For preliminary sizing, Attachment 01, Table 2 shows typical soil classifications with bearing capacities. Again, these values should only be used for preliminary sizing of blocks. Knowing the force and soil bearing capacities, the thrust block size can be calculated. Block width usually varies from one to two times the height. Again, the height of the block should
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
be at least as high as the outside pipe diameter and at least as deep as the block is high. Reinforcement placement, sizing, and spacing for large blocks should be reviewed by structural engineering for adequacy. The placement of thrust blocks should be at a 45 degree angle to the soil bearing surface and should not cover any bolts or fittings of the piping. Restrained Joints Restrained joints are specially designed joints that together with soil friction transfer forces at pipe bends. Restrained joints are predominantly used where thrust blocks are not economical or practical due to limited space, access, unstable soils, or possible disturbance by future excavation. When restrained joints are used, the pipeline becomes its own thrust block. By restraining a length of pipe near bends and along the pipe line, the thrust force is transferred to the surrounding soil by the pipe. Unbalanced Forces Horizontal Bends: The length of pipe to be restrained is calculated by the formula L=
S f PAK KF s + DP p
Equation 2 where: L Sf P A Fs Θ
= = = = = =
K
=
Pp D
= =
length of pipe to be restrained (feet) safety factor internal pressure (psi) cross sectional pipe area (square inch) pipe to soil friction (pounds per feet) deflection angle 4 tan Θ 2 passive soil resistance (psf) pipe diameter (feet)
The length (L) calculated specifies the length of pipe that is required to be fitted with restrained joints to prevent the pipes from separating. Within this length, frictional and bearing forces of the soil will resist the thrust forces imposed from the pipe line deflection. To calculate pipe to soil friction, Fs, certain soil parameters are required. Fs = Ap C + W tan δ
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
where: Ap C W δ φ fφ
= = = = = =
pipe surface area (SF/LF) pipe cohesion (psf) normal force on pipe (plf) f φφ soil internal friction angle (degree) pipe friction to soil friction ratio
Also: C
= fc Cs
where: fc Cs
= =
pipe cohesion to soil cohesion ratio soil cohesion (psf)
Typical values of soil parameters are presented in Attachment 02, Soil Friction and Cohesion Factor, from Thrust Restraint For Underground Piping Systems by R. J. Carlsem. The soil parameters to be used for the friction calculation should be for whatever soil is in direct contact with the pipe. For example, if the pipe is surrounded by bedding material and the trench then backfilled with native material, the bedding parameters should be used for the calculations. To calculate the normal force on the pipe (W), the weight of the pipe plus the weight of fluid in the pipe plus the weight of soil above the pipe are added together. The soil above the pipe may be simplified to: We = ω HD where: We ω H D
= = = =
weight of earth (plf) unit weight of soil (pcf) depth of cover (feet) pipe diameter (feet)
The passive soil resistance, Pp, is calculated using Rankine Theory. P p = ωH c N φ + 2C s N φ where: Hc
=
Nφ
=
height of cover (feet) φ tan2 45 o + 2
To accurately account for all forces along the pipe length, an additional force for the added resistance resulting from pipe bells should be added to Fs to calculate F's. F's = Fs + Fb
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
where Fb
=
Db D
= =
π
P p D 2b − D 2
4 outside diameter of bell (feet) diameter of pipe (feet)
If the pipe is to be wrapped or encased with polyethylene, the value of Fs and F's must be reduced by 30 percent to account for slipping which may occur between the pipe and polyethylene. Vertical Bends: For unbalanced forces resulting in vertical uplift the following formula should be incorporated for design lengths: L=
S f KPA KF s + 2W
Terms have been previously defined. Dead Ends: The required length for unbalanced forces resulting from a dead end is calculated as follows: L=
S f PA Fs
Passive soil resistance may be included if the soil is to remain undisturbed. Tees Tees in pipe line are capable of restraining quite a lot of force through passive soil resistance. L=
S f (4PA − DP p L x ) 4F s
where: Ls LT
= =
LT + 2Lp length of tee (feet)
Lp
=
length of pipe adjacent to fitting (feet)
General When designing thrust restraint joints, one problem to be aware of is restraint length overlap and bend combinations. If two deflections are located near one another, the total deflection to be designed for may be the sum of the two deflections if bends are within each others restraint length. Also, joints should always be designed for test pressures if that is the maximum pressure that the pipe will experience.
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
REFERENCES Carlsem, Roger J. Thrust Restraint for Underground Piping Systems. CIPRA (Cast Iron Pipe Research Association). Handbook - Ductile Iron and Cast Iron Pipe. Cast Iron Pipe Research Association. Oak Brook, Illinois. Kennedy, H., D.S. Shumard, C.M. Meeks. Ductile Iron Pipe Thrust Restraint Design Handbook. EBAA Iron Sales, Eastland, Texas.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Table 1. Thrust at Fittings in lbs/100 psi Water Pressure Table 2. Approximate Values of Soil Capacities for Preliminary Design Attachment 02: Soil Friction and Cohesion Factor
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN
Table 1. Thrust At Fittings In lbs/100 psi Water Pressure Pipe Size Inches
Pipe End or Tee
90 Degree Bend
45 Degree Bend
22.5 Degree 11.25 Degree Bend Bend
4
1,810
2,559
1,385
706
355
6
3,739
5,288
2,862
1,459
733
8
6,433
9,097
4,923
2,510
1,261
10
9,677
13,685
7,406
3,776
1,897
12
13,685
19,353
10,474
5,340
2,683
14
18,385
26,001
14,072
7,174
3,604
16
23,779
33,628
18,199
9,278
4,661
18
29,865
42,235
22,858
11,653
5,855
20
36,644
51,822
28,046
14,298
7,183
24
52,279
73,934
40,013
20,398
10,249
30
80,425
113,738
61,554
31,380
15,766
Note!!! To determine thrust at pressures other than 100 psi, multiply the thrust obtained in the table by the ratio of pressure to 100. For example, the thrusts on a 12 inch, 90 degree bend at 125 psi is 19, 353 x
125 100
= 24, 191 pounds
Carlsem, Roger J. Thrust Restraint for Underground Piping Systems. CIPRA
Table 2. Approximate Values of Soil Capacities for Preliminary Design. Type of Soil Muck, peat, etc.
Safe Load lbs/SF 0
Soft Clay
1,000
Sandy Silt
3,000
Sand
4,000
Sandy Clay
6,000
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 210 1211 Publication Date 20Sep95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SOIL FRICTION AND COHESION FACTOR
Soil Description
Friction Angle Degrees
Cohesion Cs (psf)
fφ
fc
44.5 39
0 0
0.76 0.80
0 0
40 32
0 0
0.95 0.75
0 0
13 - 22
385 - 920
0.65
0.35
11.5 - 16.5
460 - 1,175
0.50 0.50
0.50 0.80
Well Graded Sand: Dry Saturated Silt (Passing No. 200): Dry Saturated Cohesive Granular: Wet to Moist Clay: Wet to Moist At Max. Compact
Civil Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
PURPOSE Piping assemblies usually are readily differentiated from vessel assemblies; occasionally, however, this distinction is not easily recognized. This practice provides design personnel with information that will assist them in recognizing this difference. Proper classification is important because improper classification affects code compliance, design, purchase, fabrication, testing, inspection, shipping, and installation.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY CLASSIFICATION EXEMPTION
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in all Fluor Daniel operations centers.
RESPONSIBILITY Bring any assembly whose classification is questionable to the attention of responsible Vessel Engineer and Piping Engineer for final disposition. Design personnel are cautioned to take special note of the following: Small, independently supported bottle assemblies consisting of a section of pipe with weld caps at each end and flanged or coupling outlets. Drip legs with liquid level control or indicators in piping systems. There have been occasions where such assemblies have been designed and fabricated as piping, then rejected by Client or by the local agency that has jurisdiction because they should have been handled as vessels. The mere presence of liquid level indicators or controls shows an intent to store a liquid, even momentarily; therefore, the assembly may be required to be a code pressure vessel by some jurisdictional agencies.
CLASSIFICATION Piping System A piping system is considered to be a pressure containing system whose primary function is to transport fluids from one location to another. A piping system may contain pressure vessels as well as piping components. The following are to be considered as piping components when used in a piping system: Expansion joints Fittings Pressure containing parts of other components such as small strainers and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, and metering or Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
controlling flow, providing that pressure containing parts of such components are generally recognized as piping components or accessories and are not required to be classed as vessels according to vessel classification. Vessel Usually the assembly is classified as a vessel when any of the following conditions exist: It has been identified by a vessel item number on flow diagrams and drawings. It must be designed, fabricated, or certified in accordance with a nationally recognized code or standard such as ASME, API, AWWA, NFPA, TBMA, or Factory Mutual. It must be fabricated by a vessel fabricator because of size, shape, construction, complexity, or economic advantage. The dimensions of the cross section are important criteria in the determination of whether a vessel is required to be certified to be constructed according to the Pressure Vessel Code. (Refer to Notes.) It is classified as a vessel by Client, Client's insurance underwriter, or local, state, and federal laws and ordinances. (Refer to RESPONSIBILITY.) It is classified as a vessel by jobsite labor craft jurisdiction. Its function is storage (even momentary), settling, surge, expansion, accumulation, separating, reacting, and blowdown; for example, something other than a conduit for transferring fluids. It is a nonexempt vessel. (Refer to EXEMPTION.)
EXEMPTION Piping System Piping systems recognized as superheaters, economizers, and other pressure parts connected directly to a boiler without intervening valves will be considered parts of the boiler proper. Their construction will conform to ASME Section I rules. Vessel Notes Notes regarding the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division I: Any component or assembly, regardless of size or pressure, may be stamped with the ASME Code Division 1 symbol if it meets all design, material, fabrication, and testing requirements of the code. However, Division 1 of the code does not consider the following to be necessarily within its scope and as such may be handled as either piping or as a vessel when none of the conditions listed under ASME Vessel Classification is present. A hot water supply storage tank heated by steam or any other indirect means when none of the following limitations is exceeded: - A heat input of 200,000 Btu per hour (58.6 kW) - A water temperature of 210 degrees F (99 degrees C) - A nominal water containing capacity of 120 gallons (16 cubic feet) Vessels having an internal or external operating pressure not exceeding 15 psi with no limitation on size. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2660 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL VESSEL LAYOUT - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS VS. PIPING
Vessels having an outside dimension not exceeding 6-5/8 inches (or in the case of rectangular cross section 6-5/8 inch diagonal) with no limitation on pressure.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for squad checking heater supplier drawings.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SUPPLIER CONFERENCE CHECKLIST GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING SQUAD CHECKING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The assigned Lead Piping Supervisor is responsible for the application of this practice. The narrative specifications, Mechanical Equipment Datasheets, P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams), supplier outlines, client data, and the job standards define the framework of the heater design.
SUPPLIER CONFERENCE Preparing for a supplier conference for a heater is a large task. A great deal of information must be collected and cross checked. Designs must be started with a minimal amount of data and direction. Most importantly, many design variations must be reviewed and a direction selected that proves to be the most desirable in regard to economics, safety, and ease of operation. The preliminary design is presented to the Heater Supplier at the outset during the preorder (Supplier) conference. In a broad sense, squad checking problems are relative to the degree of effectiveness with which Piping Design communicates with the Heater Supplier. This is a stage setting process; that is, the foundation for all further activities in dealing with the Supplier in design problems. Presently, a large part of the squad checking effort is the result of not establishing sufficient ground rules for the required design. Piping Design and Mechanical Engineering should do a detailed investigation during preliminary design of the equipment and create a sufficient number of drawings, sketches, and details to describe as much detail to the Heater Supplier as possible. There are a number of items that are negotiated with the Supplier during the conference; therefore, it is important to document the various agreements for future reference. Note!!! After the Supplier conference, the Supplier starts the detail drawings. The process continues to a higher and higher level. As time goes on, changes cost Fluor Daniel and the Supplier more time and more money. The original Supplier conference was virtually free; however, the fourth squad check can become quite costly.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
CHECKLIST GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING The key to effective squad checking is to focus fine attention to the Supplier's general arrangement drawings. This is the drawing that controls the other Supplier's detail drawings. Make certain that all the items requiring checking are reviewed and back checked. If needed, support the squad check markups with detail sketches to clearly indicate some requirement by firmly attaching the sketch to the drawing. Care must be taken to transfer all marks to the "Return Copy" for the Supplier. Provide adequate (even liberal) clearances so that minor changes such as line size change will not necessitate an additional squad check change. Transfer adequate (even liberal) piping loads (design) to the Supplier so that increases in line size will not require new support design. Tubes And Terminal Connections Actual and allowable tube movements must be indicated on drawing. The Stress group is responsible to request this data on the supplier drawing. Decoking connections, if required, are shown and properly oriented for clearance and accessibility. Check for decoking connections in stack, if required. Temperature connections: Correct rating, size, type, and properly oriented for clearance and operation. Is taper boring required on terminal connections? Refer to Attachment 01. Are manifolds properly supported, and guides or anchors indicated? (These supports are normally shown on a detail drawing. The Stress analysis governs.) Supplier to indicate on drawing, shop tube test pressure plus field test pressure. Field test pressure to be maximum allowable pressure at 100 degrees F. If tubes cannot withstand hydrotest pressure required for Fluor Daniel piping, provide method for blinding during test; check with Piping Supervisor for method of blinding. Check for high point vents. Are tube removal doors accessible to a convenient drop area? Orient tube pulling arm with doors. Dimensionally locate all terminal connections. Check connections for correct size, type, rating, and proper orientation for clearance and operation. Pipe Supports From Heater Dimensionally locate loads and indicate maximum deflections of one-fourth inch on steel members on supplier drawing. (Stress analysis governs.) Give clearances between pipe and supporting steel for spring or other type of supports. Verify that supplier will allow supports or guides from heater. The Pipe Stress Group will indicate and locate all special supports such as counter weights on general arrangement drawings. Miscellaneous Items Check heater floor height. Refer to contract standard (narrative specifications) when air preheater is required. Check clearance under duct.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Check instrument connections. Narrative specification governs. - Orient for most economical arrangement of piping and instrument leads. Check for accessibility from platform or ladder. Check stack damper wheel. Locate near or close to heater support leg in general operating area (unless there is automatic control). Are explosion doors located away from operating areas and other equipment? Check observation doors; are they approximately 5'- 0" above platform? Do not obstruct with internal piping. Where are burners located? Datasheets will indicate type. Supplier general arrangement drawing should indicate make, model, and locate connections. Are snuffing steam connections shown? Size, type, rating, elevation, and orientation must be indicated. Stack height agrees with narrative specification? Check for height above adjacent platforms. Are floor access openings sized, located, and clear of piping? Do burners have vertical or horizontal clearance for removal? Use Fluor Daniel North arrow and orient on Supplier's general arrangement and foundation loading drawing. Verify that foundation drawing and general arrangement drawing have same support column orientation. Is high point of grade shown in elevation on general arrangement drawings? (Reference elevation 0'- 0" bottom of heater support steel.) Where are floor sight ports located? Do header box doors have clearance for opening? Platform Drawings The following should agree with heater narrative, Piping specifications, and Structural contract standard drawings. Check for the following: Effective widths. Clearances around crossovers, overhead, and windbracing. Convection section tube removal doors can be opened without interfering with platform or handrail. Removable platforms or handrails may be required. Piping plus insulation clears steel knee braces and wind braces. Check fireproofing requirements. Pipe openings located and sized. Platform design agrees with structural specifications. - Side or front step-off ladders. - Maximum pitch and height of stairways runs. - Maximum runs of ladders. (Intermediate platforms may be required.) - Area of 200 square feet or more requires additional ladder or stairway for escape. - Check for access, area, and configuration. Foundation Loading Drawing Check for orientation and location of supports, ladders, and stairways.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Drawings That Will Normally Require Checking By Piping The extent of checking these drawings is as outlined under the appropriate section of these sheets. General Arrangement Plan and Elevation Drawing Ladders and Platforms Foundation Loading and Anchor Bolt location Detail Drawings That May Require Checking By Piping The extent of checking these detail drawings is limited to those areas which specifically affect piping design; that is, the preparation of piping arrangement drawings and piping spools. Burner Outlines Sootblower Outlines Air Preheater Outlines and Supporting Drawings Manifold and Header Drawings Special Piping Support Details Drawings That Are Available For Reference These drawings do not necessarily require checking by Piping Design. The drawings are to be checked by appropriate department. Tube Assembly Drawing Tube and Return Bend Details Stack and Breeching Details Access and Observation Port Details Header Box Arrangement Details Tube Support Details Damper and Damper Control Details Structural Steel Details Refractory Details Instrument Connection Details Platform and Ladder Details Parts and Hardware Description and Lists Shipping Lists and Details Heater Datasheets Fire Eye
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
SQUAD CHECKING Helpful hints that would improve squad checking effectiveness are as follows: Create a control list describing briefly all the markups on each drawing and make sure a copy is forwarded to the Supplier in the transmittal letter. This helps as a reference during phone calls and project cost control record keeping. If the markups are not perfectly clear, make a sufficient number of sketches to back up the changes. Use reference marks or section arrows to clearly indicate the view reference. Attach copies of the sketches to the squad check. This greatly helps in speeding marks transfer as well as eliminating the possibilities of errors. Provide ample design tolerances for possible changes so that changing Supplier criteria is reduced; for example, a 3-inch line with 1-inch insulation and a 400-pound load is designed as if it were a 14-inch pipe with a 600-pound design load. Usually, for small pipes and loads, a 100 percent overage is not expensive. Check with the Pipe Stress Engineer for design tolerance when loads exceed 1,000 pounds. When it appears that markups will create significant changes on the design of the heater, communicate these comments to the Fired Equipment Engineer prior to forwarding the squad check. Design, scope, schedules, and costs may be adversely affected; for example, changing vertical heater supports from top to bottom supports. Always maintain a copy of each squad check. Do not waste time squad checking detail heater drawings; emphasize the general arrangement drawing as far as controlling the design. Have the Stress group squad check the general arrangement drawing during Piping squad check. Do not waste time rerouting material through Supplier data. Do not waste time asking questions that could have answers generated by design, for example, rather than asking the question, "What is projection of 1-1/2 inch snuffing steam connection?", state that, "Projection of all snuffing connections will be 6 inches." The Supplier wants answers, not more questions. This is an important item. Many squad check comments contain too many questions rather that stating conditions or giving answers. Make certain that plan and elevation drawings of the general arrangement are squad checked at the same time. With the Supplier via the Fired Heater Engineer, schedule the arrival of drawings in related batches rather than piecemeal involvement. It may be wiser to delay a squad check when there is knowledge of a pending receipt of a related or critical drawing. Avoid situations where lines drop through platforms. The squad checking effort to approve such a scheme is complicated, particularly when there are line size changes. Also, the structural detail drawings must be available to avoid interferences. The structural details are not obtainable in the early stages of contract work. Unless there are great cost differences, it is always better to have the Heater Supplier provide collection headers when there are more than 2 connections. For example, ring headers for process outlets of vertical heaters are routed through congested areas where it is difficult for Fluor Daniel to squad check. Collection headers underneath box heaters may have 20 connections. The Supplier is required to design the required supports for headers. In counter weighted systems, this is difficult to control unless the Supplier has total responsibility. There are contractual and liability implications present. In terms of squad checking, it is important to qualify all the interface points between the following: Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
-
Furnished pipe and Fluor Daniel pipe. Furnished supports designed by the Supplier and those supports supplied by Fluor Daniel. - Instrument connections and instruments provided by Fluor Daniel. Once terminal loads and movements have been transmitted to Supplier, avoid changes unless the following conditions exist: - Supplier cannot or will not accept conditions. - System will fail unless altered and rerouting of lines is not feasible. - Do not reduce loads or movements if they have been accepted by the Supplier; a change in design may require use of the prior conditions. The squad checks are expensive and time consuming, but an important undertaking. It is the method by which a Supplier's proposal is qualified to be suitable for a particular installation. The designer is obligated to conduct the squad checking in a detailed, thorough manner.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2501:
Fired Equipment Piping - General Introduction
Practice 670.250.2505:
Fired Equipment Piping - General Discussion
Practice 670.250.2510:
Fired Equipment Piping - Narrative Specs
Practice 670.250.2511:
Fired Equipment Piping - Datasheets
Practice 670.250.2515:
Fired Equipment Piping - Interface Program
Practice 670.250.2516:
Fired Equipment Piping - Job Book
Practice 670.250.2520:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Layout
Practice 670.250.2521:
Fired Equipment Piping - Plot Location And Arrangement
Practice 670.250.2525:
Fired Equipment Piping - Piping Design
Practice 670.250.2526:
Fired Equipment Piping - Burner Piping
Practice 670.250.2530:
Fired Equipment Piping - Air Preheaters
Practice 670.250.2535:
Fired Equipment Piping - Instruments And Controls
Practice 670.250.2540:
Fired Equipment Piping - Snuffing Steam
Practice 670.250.2545:
Fired Equipment Piping - Soot Blowers
Practice 670.250.2550:
Fired Equipment Piping - Steam Generation
Practice 670.250.2555:
Fired Equipment Piping - Steam-Air Decoking
Practice 670.250.2560:
Fired Equipment Piping - Heater Platforms
Practice 670.250.2561:
Fired Equipment - Ladder And Platform Requirements Heaters
Practice 670.250.2580:
Heater Squad Checking - Fired Equipment Piping Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2580 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL HEATER SQUAD CHECKING - FIRED EQUIPMENT PIPING
Practice 670.250.2581:
Fired Equipment - Fired Equipment Piping
Practice 670.250.2582:
Fired Equipment - Burner Piping
Practice 670.250.2590:
Fired Equipment Piping - Pipe Stress
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heater Squad Checking - Squad Checking Examples
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2705 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT PIPING - TAGGING FOR PIPING PLANS, ISOMETRICS, AND MODEL
PURPOSE This practice illustrates which instrument balloons are to be shown on models, isometrics, and piping plans.
SCOPE This practice covers the most commonly used drawing instrument symbols for tagging. It also provides illustrations of this tagging for pressure, flow, temperature, and level instruments, and steam traps.
APPLICATION This practice should be used by Piping Engineers when tagging piping plans, isometrics, and models.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Drawing Instrument Symbols Attachment 02: Pressure Instruments Attachment 03: Flow Instruments Attachment 04: Temperature Instruments Attachment 05: Level Instruments and Steam Traps
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS - METER RUNS - ORIFICES, FLOW NOZZLES, AND VENTURI TUBES
PURPOSE This practice is used for determining minimum straight pipe runs needed for various meter run installations.
SCOPE This practice includes information on meter runs for orifices, flow nozzles, and venturi tubes.
APPLICATION This practice will be used as a design guide by Piping Designers. Exceptions to its use will be only with the approval of the Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Control Systems Engineer.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Meter Runs For Orifices Attachment 02: Specialty Meters Attachment 03: Meter Runs For Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes - General Notes Attachment 04: Meter Runs For Orifices, Flow Nozzles, And Venturi Tubes - Schedules 1 Through 8 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11.
Schedule 1 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 2 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 3 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 4 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 5 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 6 - For Orifices And Flow Nozzles Schedule 7 - Valves Schedule 8 - For Venturi Tubes Typical Piping Arrangement With Fittings Or Bends In The Same Plane Typical Piping Arrangement With Fittings Or Bends Not In The Same Plane Typical Piping Arrangement At Boiler Outlet
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SPECIALTY METERS
Types of Meters
Straight Run Requirement (In Nominal Pipe Diameters) Upstream Downstream (Refer to Note 2) (Refer to Note 2)
Magnetic Flow Meter
5
5
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Corielious Magnetic Flow
5
5
Straight Tube Corielious
10
10
Positive Displacement Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Turbine Flow Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Vortex Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Anubar (Pitot Tube)
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Venturi Tube
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
3
3
Sonics Meter
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Insertion Type
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 1
Flow Nozzle
Rotameter
NOTES: 1. Use same upstream and downstream straight run length as orifice flanges. 2. Listed dimensions are for layout purposes. Verify upstream and downstream requirements when the Supplier is selected.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2710 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL METER RUN FOR ORIFICES, FLOW NOZZLES, AND VENTURI TUBES - GENERAL NOTES
1.
Schedules 1 through 8, shown on Attachment 04, sheets 1 through 4, will apply in all cases except that 6 diameters will normally be used for the downstream run. Upstream runs will be based on a d/D ratio of 0.75. Deviations from these upstream and downstream runs will require the approval of Control Systems Engineering.
2.
Attachment 04, sheets 5, 6, and 7, show typical piping arrangements and schedules that apply.
3.
For practical purposes, a "diameter" (as used to measure the length of straight pipe) may be taken as a linear distance equal to the nominal pipe size in inches.
4.
The upstream and downstream dimensions shown are minimum, and will be increased where practical.
5.
If possible, the piping layout will avoid the use of straightening vanes. Use of straightening vanes requires the approval of Control Systems Engineering.
6.
The dimensions given on Schedules 1 through 7 are for orifice flanges or fittings having flange taps and for flow nozzles. When pipe taps (2-1/2 and 8 diameters) are used, the upstream dimension will be increased by 2 diameters and the downstream dimension by 8 diameters.
7.
When piping arrangement is not covered by a schedule, consult with Control Systems Engineering.
8.
Meter run schedules 1 through 8 are from ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers). Application - Part II Of Fluid Meters, 6th Edition, 1971, Interim Supplement 19.5 On Instruments And Apparatus, Page 180.
9.
Meter run schedules 1 through 8 show the recommended minimum lengths of pipe preceding orifices, flow nozzles, and venturi tubes. All control valves, including regulators, should be located on outlet side of primary element.
10. The following chart is applicable to meter run schedules 1 through 8. 0.0 - 0.50 Ratio Fittings Allowed 1. on Outlet Side of 2. Straight Pipe 3. 4. 5. 6.
Tees 45º Ells Gate Valves Y-Fittings Exp Joints Separators
0.50 - 0.60 Ratio 1. Tees 2. Gate Valves 3. Y-Fittings 4. Exp Joints 5. Separators (If inlet neck is 1 dia lg.)
0.60 - 0.70 Ratio 1. Gate Valves 2. Y-Fittings 3. Separators (If inlet neck is 1 dia. lg.)
0.70 - 0.80 Ratio 1. 2.
Gate Valve Long Radius Bend
11. For meter run Schedules 1 through 8, the absolute minimum downstream run will be 6 diameters if a control valve, regulator, partially closed gate valve, or check valve is the first downstream fitting.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2790 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS - PIPING LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
PURPOSE This practice provides piping layout information for a range of situations not covered by other documents.
SCOPE This practice covers the following areas: Butterfly Valve Rotameter Ring Joint Orifice Plate Holder
APPLICATION This practice combines various information not readily found and is utilized by the piping department to facilitate the layout effort.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Butterfly Valve Attachment 02: Rotameter Piping Attachment 03: Ring Joint Orifice Plate Holder
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to ensure a consistent and complete supplier document review. It applies to all projects.
SCOPE This practice provides procedure details and guidelines in reviewing and handling of supplier documents.
APPLICATION This practice should be referred to during the early stages of the project as TDC (Technical Data Control) is set up and as supplier documents arrive in-house. It should be referenced by the Piping Design Supervisor and Piping Designers throughout the project in relationship to squad checking and review of all supplier data and documentation.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor will enforce the utilization of this practice.
INTRODUCTION The Piping Design Supervisor should review the project schedule to ensure that supplier documents to be received are scheduled in a logical time sequence to support engineering and piping design.
PROCEDURE DETAILS General Supplier documentation for review may occur in any of the following forms: Catalogue Cut Sheets Supplier Preliminary Drawings Supplier Approval drawings being returned to the Supplier Certified Drawings Approval Drawings Supplier documentation should be received by the Piping Design Supervisor or his designee. TDC should be instructed as to who will receive the documentation ensuring that all items are reviewed and processed expeditiously. Return date and signoff sheet should be part of routing package.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
CATALOGUE CUT SHEETS On certain projects, the schedule sometimes dictates that supplier catalogue cut sheets be used to allow design to proceed. When utilizing catalogue cut sheets for layout, the following should be remembered: Catalog cut sheets are usually adequate for "off the shelf" items; i.e. small pumps, filters, valves, double pipe heat exchangers, air handling units, etc. Provide adequate clearances for service door swing, air flow requirements, or any other equipment requirements. When using cut sheets for layout, assure that adequate space is available to accommodate growth of the equipment (since this is usually in the early stage of design and sizes and capacities are still changing). Provide space for removal of equipment internals. Estimate nozzle sizes and use preliminary vessel sketches (if available) locating nozzles, manways, etc. for proper orientation. The Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designers should be aware of the Equipment Engineer's responsibility and establish a working relationship to ensure that information is exchanged as it becomes available.
DOCUMENTATION Drawing Review The drawings are to be distributed by the Design Supervisor or his designee, to the applicable Area Lead Designer for review. All comments are to be marked neatly in red on review prints or in pencil on sepia prints. The drawing review should include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: The overall package should be reviewed in general to verify that all drawings that comprise the package have been received. Review for adequacy of dimensioning on drawings, i.e. ensure that all nozzles and openings are completely dimensioned. Review the drawings against the P&IDs to verify that all piping/instrument connections are accounted for. Review the Bill of Material to ensure that piping nozzles are in accordance with applicable piping specifications (i.e., material of construction, pressure rating, pipe schedules, etc.). Set manway/handhole locations/orientations to suit optimum accessibility. Orient piping connections to suit piping layouts. Verify that type of end connections on the nozzles are clearly called out i.e., buttweld, flanged, etc. (if flanged, type of flange as well as flange orientation should be specified). Pipe stress review to locate pipe supports/pads. Ladders, platforms and other attachments shown in proper location. If the supplier drawings are from a foreign manufacturer, verify that piping connections meet ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials), ANSI (American National Standards Institute), or other applicable codes.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
Orient agitators, dip tubes, etc. to allow for pull space around equipment and structural steel. Review the equipment for constructibility; i.e., can the equipment be installed after adjacent equipment has been set and structural steel installed? Sequencing equipment arrival on site should be coordinated with the equipment group and the Construction Engineer. When equipment is mating to other equipment (i.e., thermosyphon reboilers to vessels) verify that mating flanges between the equipment are identical. Check that all equipment weights are supplied, maintenance requirements stated, required lifting lugs, and any special shipping, maintenance, lifting and supporting considerations are listed. Drawing Returned To Supplier When supplier drawings are returned to the supplier with comments, TDC should distribute prints of the marked-up drawings to the applicable disciplines. Refer to Attachment 01 for sample stamp and review codes. The Design Supervisor, or his designee, should review the marked-up prints to ensure that all comments have been incorporated. Any discrepancies should be pointed out to the responsible engineer immediately. Additional comments added by other disciplines should be reviewed to determine the impact on engineering/design development. Certified Drawings The certified supplier drawings should be reviewed to verify that marked-up comments have been incorporated by the supplier. Any deviation from the marked-up prints should be forwarded to the responsible engineer.
SUPPLIER FILES The Piping Design Supervisor, or his designee, will set up discipline files for supplier documentation where the latest revisions are kept. As revisions are received, the superseded copies are stamped "superseded" and kept for record. Refer to Practice 670.250.0790: Filing - Project Discipline Responsibilities.
REFERENCES For more detailed information and squad checking lists for various types of equipment see: General Engineering Practice 670.200.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0790:
Filing - Project Discipline Responsibilities
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1061:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Exchangers
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1060 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1063:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Pumps and Turbines Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Reciprocating Compressors
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Stamp and Review Code
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
PURPOSE This practice provides a general guide and checklist for squad checking supplier drawings of various types of exchangers, to ensure all piping discipline needs are met and responsibilities are fulfilled.
SCOPE This practice provides: General squad checking items common to all exchangers. Specific squad checking items that relate to the following types of exchangers: - Shell and Tube - Air Coolers - Reboiler (Kettle) - Thermosyphon Reboiler - Double Pipe - Plate and Frame General notes and instructions.
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking supplier drawings for exchangers is to ensure all design criteria are met, data is correctly documented and to convey any required changes to the supplier. Supplier drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review, for guidelines in reviewing and handling of supplier drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designer shall enforce the utilization of this standard. The Piping Designer/Checker responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings shall ensure all supplier data/drawings are carefully reviewed. Caution, squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval. Common To All Exchangers The following general list of squad check items is applicable to the various types of exchangers. Nozzle size, rating, and orientation. Location of nozzles and supports. All location dimensions. Miscellaneous connections in each nozzle (if required by equipment specification) and orientation of each. Correct equipment number and service. Nameplate in visible location. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Lifting lugs or davits required. Flow sheet check. Maximum and shop hydrotest pressures. Equipment weights. Required maintenance space and lifting or removal requirements.
SHELL AND TUBE The following are specific squad check items for shell and tube exchangers. Outside diameter and total length. Slotted hole in correct support for expansion (verify with stress). Clearance between outside diameter of bottom shell nozzle flange and face of concrete foundation. Type of channel cover and shell cover. Adequate dimensions for unit totally assembled. Weight of tube bundle required for maintenance information. If stacked and only one exchanger is shown on print, request stacking arrangement so that all nozzle locations will be verified correct. Stacked exchangers with high temperature differential between shells or between shell and channel nozzle, shall have stress group check for best nozzle arrangement. On stacked units check for the correct number, material, and type of bolts, gaskets and shims furnished.
AIR COOLERS The following are specific squad check items for forced draft and induced draft air cooler arrangements. Centerline dimensions of support columns. All platforms and structural steel (cross bracing) should be shown. Headroom below fan motor. Platform access to fan motor, vibration switches and header box where required. Expansion of tubes and location of anchor points. Header box vent and drain (when required). Show any additional piping loads on air cooler support columns. Allowable nozzle loads. Allowable nozzle movements. Weights of tubes and total unit for correct support design.
REBOILER (KETTLE) The following are specific squad check items for reboiler exchangers. Location of level gage, level controller and dimensions between connections.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Offset dimension between centerlines of shell outside diameter and channel outside diameter. See items under shell and tube exchanger squad checklist.
THERMOSYPHON REBOILER The following are specific squad check items for thermosyphon reboiler. Dimensions between nozzles on reboiler (to match with vessel nozzles). Support requirements. Clearances for tube pulling or bundle and rodding, if required.
DOUBLE PIPE The following are specific squad check items for double pipe exchangers. Verify span of double pipe exchanger to ensure that no additional support is required. Proper stacking and flow arrangement, verify with specification sheet and flow diagram. All units are shown on supplier drawings. Tube pulling area required, and type of maintenance.
PLATE AND FRAME The following are specific squad check items for plate and frame exchangers. Required space for plate removals and maintenance. Nozzle connection type and bolt stud lengths if supplied with exchangers. Number of required plates and plate support frame length. All nozzles identification: inlet/outlet and cold/hot side for correct piping connections. Full dimensions supports and bolt holes.
GENERAL NOTES The narrative specifications and mechanical equipment datasheets define the exchanger design; as required verify all design criteria with these documents and the project standards. General sources of reference material to check against should be as follows: Piping Layout Drawings Structural/Civil Drawings Mechanical Equipment Datasheets Process Flow Diagrams. The following sources should be checked for special requirements: Engineering Conference Notes Fluor Daniel Narrative, Equipment Specifications Supplier Equipment Drawing Notes Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1061 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - EXCHANGERS
Fluor Daniel Mechanical Equipment Engineer Supplier Service Manual
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2600:
Exchangers - TEMA Nomenclature
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2601: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2602: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2603:
Exchangers - Equipment Location And Piping Layout Shell And Tube Heat Exchangers Exchangers - Forced Draft And Induced Draft Air Cooler Arrangements Exchangers - Double Pipe Exchangers Piping Arrangements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines and checklists for seller drawing squad checks of various types of pumps and general purpose turbines.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: General pump squad check items for various types of pumps and turbines Specific squad check items for certain types of pumps Special squad check items for general purpose turbines General notes
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking seller drawings for pumps and turbines is to convey any required changes to the seller, and to ensure that all design criteria are met and that data are correctly documented. Seller drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review for guidelines in reviewing and handling of seller drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY The design supervisor and area lead designer shall enforce the utilization of this practice. The piping designer/checker who is responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings shall ensure all seller data and drawings are carefully reviewed. The department manager shall maintain and revise this practice as required.
GENERAL PUMP SQUAD CHECKLIST The following list of general squad check items is applicable to the various types of pumps including centrifugal, reciprocating (piston), rotary, vertical in-line, and vertical sump pumps. Overall dimensions: Be sure to adequately dimension for space and orientation requirements, including attached driver and pump baseplate. External connections: Be sure that the location for external connection points of piping are clearly sized and dimensioned. Drawings: Review the drawings against the P&IDs (process and instrument diagrams) to verify that all piping/instrument connections are accounted for.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
Suction and discharge nozzles: Check that the correct size, rating, and facing are indicated on the seller drawing. Ensure that piping nozzles and connections are in accordance with applicable piping specifications and other project specific requirements (such as type of material, pressure ratings, pipe schedules, and types of facings). Ensure that nozzles are adequately dimensioned from shaft centerline and referenced to the pump baseplate. Check clearance behind nozzle flange to allow for nuts on bolting make-up. Engineering codes and standards: If the seller drawings are from an offshore manufacturer, verify that all piping connections meet ASTM, ANSI, or other applicable codes. Allowable nozzle loads: The maximum limitations for allowable loads, forces, and moments by the pump seller should be clearly indicated on the pump datasheet or drawing. Auxiliary piping connections: Check against auxiliary and P&IDs for identifying symbols, size, rating, and facing. Connection points should be verified for ease of installation. Be sure casing vent and drain and baseplate drain connections are also indicated. Maintenance requirements: Check against piping layout drawing for overhead clearances and required breakout flanges in piping for removal of pump and driver. Equipment weights: Driver and pump weights should be listed to determine handling requirements. Pump baseplate: Insure that adequate dimensions are given to enable support foundation size and anchor bolts to be correctly designed. The relationship between the baseplate and pump should be fully dimensioned. Foundation/support requirement: Check that all pump extremities and auxiliaries are located so that there is no interference with the designed pump foundation/support. Driver outline (motor): Check against piping layout drawings for space and orientation requirements. Be sure the size and weight is adequately defined to establish clearance for removal and maintenance.
ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS The following specific items apply to certain types of pumps as listed: Reciprocating (piston) pumps - rod removal: Location and extent of clearance required for piston pull and rod removal.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
Rotary pumps - screw removal: Location and extent of clearance required for screw removal. Vertical pumps: Check vertical height of pump to determine overhead clearance for pulling of pump. Vertical sump pumps: Check length of pump from mounting surface to extreme underside of pump. This is to determine the clearance for sump depth and overhead clearance for pump removal. Determine whether complete sump cover is supplied with pump and whether it is fully dimensioned to fit the top of the sump as required by civil/structural drawings. Check the requirements of level control system fittings on side of sump pump. Extreme out-to-out dimension of pump suction shaft to be checked to determine clearance to sump walls.
TURBINE SQUAD CHECKLIST The following specific checklist applies to squad checking of seller drawings and for general purpose steam turbine pump drivers. For commonly checked items such as overall dimensions, maintenance requirements, removal clearances, and auxiliaries, refer to previous section, General Pump Squad Checklist. Inlet and exhaust: Check size rating and facing of these connections and be sure that they are dimensionally located and in accordance with applicable piping specifications. Verify that exhaust connection is high enough above grade to accommodate boot, trap, and drain requirements. Trip-throttle valve (seller supplied): Check for clearances around valve and equipment for operation, maintenance, and removal. Loading limitations: Check limitations to loads, forces, and moments from Fluor Daniel piping, and forward to the stress group. Drain and leakoff connections: Check against piping layout drawing for clearances to foundation support and accessibility in operation of valves. Check mechanical auxiliary flow diagrams for valve and piping requirements. Common drain and leakoff connections are as follows: Steam chest drains Casing drains Shaft packing leakoffs Trip valve or trip and throttle valve above seat drains Trip valve or trip and throttle valve and governor valve steam leakoffs GENERAL NOTES Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1062 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - PUMPS AND TURBINES
For all seller auxiliary schematic drawings, verify with Fluor Daniel auxiliary flow diagrams for process requirements. Check that all devices and piping furnished by seller and all devices and piping required to complete the installation have been so indicated. General sources of reference material to check against should be as follows: Piping layout drawings Structural/civil drawings Mechanical equipment datasheets Auxiliary diagrams and P&IDs Piping Material Specifications The following sources should be checked for special requirements as they apply to seller equipment: Engineering conference notes Fluor Daniel narrative equipment specifications Seller equipment drawing notes Fluor Daniel mechanical equipment engineer Seller's service manual Specific project requirements Squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2350: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2352: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2353:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review Pumps And Turbines - Typical Piping Arrangement For Centrifugal Pumps Pumps And Turbines - Pump Piping (Steam) Turbines And Reciprocating Pumps Pumps And Turbines - Misc Pump Piping - Coolant, Flush Oil, Vent, And Drain
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
PURPOSE This practice provides a general guide for squad checking seller drawings of reciprocating compressors and associated drawings.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY SELLER DRAWING LIST GENERAL SQUAD CHECKLIST ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS GENERAL NOTES REFERENCES
APPLICATION The primary function of squad checking seller drawings for reciprocating compressors is to convey any required changes to the seller, and to ensure that design criteria are met and that data are correctly documented. Seller drawings should show all required information to allow for accurate piping design and layout. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060: Supplier Drawing And Data Review for guidelines in reviewing and handling of seller drawings.
RESPONSIBILITY Design Supervisor and Area Lead Designer will enforce the utilization of this standard. Piping Designer/Checker who is responsible for squad checking the applicable drawings will ensure that seller data and drawings are carefully reviewed.
SELLER DRAWING LIST The following is a list of seller drawings that Piping Designer may be required to squad check: Composite outline drawing of driver and compressor Driver outline Jacket water piping schematic Lube oil schematic Packing vent and drain schematic Interstage equipment and piping drawings Lube oil cooler outline Oil filter outline Lube oil pump outline (when not integral part of compressor) Auxiliary lube oil pump outline
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Gage board outline Vent and drain schematic (for hazardous gases) Moisture trap outline Lube oil piping drawing
GENERAL SQUAD CHECKLIST Composite Outline Of Compressor And Driver Overall Dimensions: Adequately dimensioned for space and orientation requirements. Be sure that the location for external connection points of piping are clearly dimensioned. Check totally enclosed motors for maintenance requirements with Electrical Supervisor. Piston Pull: Check piping layout drawing for space requirements. Centerline of Shaft above Floor: Check against the piping layout elevation requirements. Check the horizontal offset between compressor shaft and driver shaft if gear box is required. Cylinder Valve: Check cylinder valve orientation and removal requirements plus manual clearance pocket requirements against suction and discharge bottle orientation and nozzle lengths. Cylinder Support: Check cylinder support and distance piece support (if required) against piping layout elevation and check clearance from bottom bottle to cylinder support. Dimensions: Check dimensions from centerline of cylinder to inlet and outlet face connections. Suction and Discharge Size, Rating, and Facing: Ensure that piping nozzles are in accordance with applicable piping specifications for items such as material type, pressure ratings, pipe schedules, and type of facing. If the seller drawings are from an offshore manufacturer, verify that piping connections meet ASTM, ANSI, or other applicable codes. Ensure that all nozzles are adequately dimensioned. Stud Projections: The bottom cylinder bottle connection must be long enough for double nuts (stud removal) for bottle removal.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Drawings: Review the drawings against the P&IDs to verify that piping and instrument connections are accounted for. Maintenance Lifts: Check against piping layout drawing for handling requirements. Verify weight of heaviest component that might be removed and check facility to be employed. Also, check piping layout for overhead clearance and required breakout flanges in piping. Allowable Nozzle Loads: The maximum limitations for allowable loads, forces, and moments by the seller should be clearly indicated on the compressor drawing or datasheet. Foundation Requirement: Check against compressor structure plan drawing. On seller's first squad check, show extent of concrete around the unit and the minimum clearance dimension to edge of concrete for seller fittings, piping, or down connections to auxiliary equipment. Auxiliary Piping Connections: Check against auxiliary and P&ID (process and instrument diagram) for identifying symbols, size, rating, and facing. Connection points should be verified for erection ease. Driver Outline (Motor) Overall Dimensions: Check that all dimensions required for space and orientation are shown. If external piping connections are required, be sure they are sized and dimensioned correctly. Also, if driver sound enclosure is required, check overall dimensions and accessibility to driver. Rotor Removal: Check for space and handling requirements. Equipment Weight: Weights should be listed to determine handling requirements in accordance with the piping layout drawing. Driver Outline (Turbine) Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062: Supplier Drawing and Data Review Pumps and Turbines, for seller squad checklists on special purpose steam turbines.
ADDITIONAL SQUAD CHECK ITEMS Additional items that must be squad checked but that may or may not appear on the composite outline drawing are indicated as follows:
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Jacket Water Schematic: Check only that routing of supply and return piping can accommodate seller's connections. Lube Oil Schematic: If piping not furnished by seller, check that routing of supply and return piping can accommodate seller's connections. Packing Vent and Drain Schematic: Check that routing of piping can accommodate seller's connections. Interstage Equipment and Piping Drawing: Verify accessibility, removal, and operation requirements. Check with stress for support requirements, especially on cylinder mounted intercoolers and furnished piping. Lube Oil Cooler Requirements: Check bundle pull area only upon evaluation of main suction and discharge piping routing. If cooler is located below steel platforming, removable floor steel is required. Check weight of these lifts involved. Oil Filter Outline: Check size, rating, facing, and dimensional data for piping connections only if Fluor Daniel is furnishing the piping. Lube Oil Pump Outline: Lube oil pump outline and auxiliary lube oil pump outline (when not integral part of compressor): For pump squad checklist, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062. Gage Board: Check for accessibility and orientation. Vent and Drain Schematic (For hazardous gases): Check that routing of piping can accommodate seller's connections. Moisture Trap Outline: If trap is to be used in unfurnished piping, check operational requirements with the mechanical engineer. Lube Oil Piping: Check accessibility of in-line items and support requirements.
GENERAL NOTES For reciprocating compressors, the lube oil system equipment is usually mounted on the compressor and supplied and piped by the seller. For all seller schematic drawings, verify with Fluor Daniel auxiliary flow diagrams for process requirements. Check that all devices and piping furnished by the seller, and devices and piping required to complete the installation have been so indicated.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1063 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL SUPPLIER DRAWING AND DATA REVIEW - RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS
Following are general sources of reference material to check: Piping layout drawings Structural and Civil drawings Mechanical equipment datasheets Auxiliary and process flow diagrams The following sources should be checked for special requirements as they apply to seller equipment: Engineering conference notes Fluor Daniel narrative equipment specifications Seller equipment drawing notes Fluor Daniel mechanical equipment engineer Seller's service manual Squad checking should be avoided on all unchecked certified drawings submitted for approval.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1060:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1062:
Supplier Drawing And Data Review - Pumps And Turbines
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2470:
Compressor Piping - Reciprocating Compressors - Piping And Arrangement
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsibilities of the Piping Designer for layout, design, and support of all piping systems.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY TERMINOLOGY STRESS DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES SUPPORT CRITERIA STRESS ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES REFERENCES
APPLICATION This practice applies to all Piping Designers on all Fluor Daniel projects.
RESPONSIBILITY Assigned Project Piping Engineer, Lead Design Supervisor, and Lead Stress Engineer are responsible for implementing this practice.
TERMINOLOGY Layout and Design: The arrangement of all equipment; the routing of the piping that connects the equipment; and the conceptual definition of hard supports, pre-engineered, and engineered supports. Hard Supports: Structural steel or concrete structures provided by the structural department. Pre-Engineered Supports: Supports such as base supports, rod hangers, shoes, guides, and anchors as shown in the detail practices listed in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4200: Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details. Engineered Supports: Supports such as spring hangers, spring can base supports, snubbers, and constant support spring hangers specially designed by Stress Engineer for a specific location.
STRESS DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES Overview Piping Designer will create a sound piping layout and a design that includes the following items: Accurate interpretation of the P&ID (Piping And Instrumentation Diagram). Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
Routing of the line. Correct mechanical construction of the piping materials and components. An evaluation of the line's workability regarding stress and flexibility. Incorporating Stress Engineer's comments and requirements on lines analyzed by stress. Proper support of the line during operation, maintenance, and hydrotest. Stress Engineer supports Piping Designer's effort. Stress Engineer verifies that the design meets applicable criteria; assists in finding solutions to complex problems; helps to optimize the original layout of equipment and equipment support requirements; and designs engineered items such as spring hangers and flexible joints. Policy Statement Piping Designer is responsible for the layout, design, and support of all piping systems and is also responsible for the following items, obtained by using the applicable sections of the Piping technical practices: Locating supports, guides, anchors, compressor hold downs, and hanger rods. Providing prespring, cold spring, and clearance required for line expansion and additional line flexibility. Transmitting and handling stress sketches in complete compliance with procedures outlined in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220: Stress Design - Sketch Procedure. Piping Designer is not responsible for the flexibility calculations nor the validity of such calculations made by the Stress Engineer. Designer is responsible for any calculations or flexibility analysis that was undertaken and resolved without Stress Supervisor's approval. Design Guidelines The following guidelines apply to piping design stress considerations: Prefer pipe routing, fittings, and loops to provide flexibility. Where space and other limitations preclude this approach, request assistance from Project Lead Stress Engineer. Design piping to require a minimum number of anchors and guides. Keep weight stresses off equipment nozzles using base supports and anchors, or rod hangers or structural supports. To obtain flexibility that accommodates expansion at towers and drums, arrange the equipment locations and nozzle orientations so that the natural run of the piping will provide sufficient flexibility. Note!!! For hot piping, do not locate nozzles so that the most direct pipe routing is the end result. When computing stresses and allowing for expansion, use the worst case operating conditions (hot line and cold tower, or vice versa, or both: 1 pump hot, 1 pump cold). Consider startup conditions when lines and equipment are brought up to operating conditions from the cold conditions. Consider flexibility for lines that may be steam or hot gas purged and that are subject to regeneration, decoking, and dryout conditions. Ensure that outdoor piping in cold climates can contract the required amount. Investigate expansion, or the lack of it, in closed relief systems and hot blowdown systems.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
Calculate and correctly apply the thermal expansion of the pipe to select the proper shoe length. Incorporate rigid supports for exhaust stacks of relief systems venting to the atmosphere. To avoid differential expansion problems, investigate equipment tube anchors on vertical and horizontal tube heaters. Investigate cold piping conditions at bypasses around exchangers. Make the branch lines more flexible rather than installing expansion loops or expansion joints in the header. Investigate spring supporting or Teflon mounting pumps instead of using flexible piping on hot pump suction lines. Apply cold spring and prespring to piping for the following reasons: - Detailed stress analysis requires it. - It maintains adequate pipe spacing. Take cold spring into account during analysis, and indicate it on drawings to ensure sound design. To maintain adequate pipe spacing, use cold spring to make clearance corrections in pipe groups or racks, thus preventing excessive spreading between lines. Line size has no bearing on this. Show cold spring with 50 percent of the total movement at operating temperature. There is no minimum limit to the amount of cold spring that may be used; however, consider using less than 1 inch cold spring only where dictated by the design conditions. Use extreme care in selecting the maximum temperature used to calculate expansion. The operating temperature often is not the maximum temperature experienced by the process lines. For instance, most process lines must be steamed out at higher temperatures than those encountered during normal operation. Both Piping Designer and Stress Engineer must investigate using engineered expansion joints and other flexible connectors to eliminate piping forces on equipment. No expansion joint, either metal or elastomer bellows, shall be specified or purchased without the approval of Stress Group Supervisor or Project Lead Stress Engineer. Guide axial expansion joints on each side and anchor at changes of direction of pipe runs to take hydrostatic thrust, friction force, velocity thrust, and the mechanical spring rate of the joint.
SUPPORT CRITERIA Hard supports and pipe supported by pre-engineered or engineered element are to be designed in, not added on. During layout, Designer should plan, visualize, define, and communicate to Stress Engineer the method of support for all pipe lines. Talk early with Structural Engineer to establish concepts and schedule requirements. Continue this communication throughout the project, providing detailed definitions of support locations, anchor locations, anchor forces, and other data required for support design.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2210 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - RESPONSIBILITIES
STRESS ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES Lead Stress Engineer must validate calculations and flexibility analysis provided to Piping Designer and must further validate items listed in Policy 1 of the Pipe Stress Analyst Design Guide (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1201: Piping Stress Analysis - General Operating Practices.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1201:
Piping Stress Analysis - General Operating Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1202:
Piping Stress Analysis - Limiting Criteria On Equipment
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4200:
Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH PROCEDURE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for preparing and submitting piping sketches for stress analysis and ensures that these sketches are complete and contain the necessary information. This practice eliminates sketching of lines that can be given approval by other means such as inspection at model or equipment study, and provides the Piping Supervisor with a method to verify that the isometric checker has reviewed the Stress Sketch.
SCOPE This practice provides direction for the interface between Piping Design and Pipe Stress during the stress sketch development and isometric sign-off phase of the contract.
APPLICATION This practice will be implemented during the piping layout phase of the contract. The Piping Design Supervisor and the Pipe Stress Engineer will utilize this practice to ensure that stress related requirements are properly integrated into the piping design.
ACTIVITIES/ RESPONSIBILITIES Step-by-step activities and the responsible parties involved in implementing this practice are outlined in Attachment 01.
TERMINOLOGY Formal Analysis: A system requiring a manual stress review or a formal computer analysis; however, the Stress Engineer may require that certain lines be sketched in order to determine if a formal analysis is required.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2221:
Stress Design - Sketch Information
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Responsibilities And Activity Descriptions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description
1
Lead Stress Engineer
Review line list using contract specifications and flow diagrams to determine initially which lines require sketches (formal submittal) and mark the line list under stress column accordingly.
2
Unit Piping Supervisor
Refer to line list and initiate Flexibility Log listing line numbers to be sketched. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250: Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log.
3
Unit Piping Supervisor / Stress Engineer
Jointly review layouts and model as this work progresses. Prior to drawing sketch, verify if a formal analysis is actually required for the lines originally listed in the line list. Review closely for any problem areas or additional lines which may require formal analysis. Update line list and Flexibility Log accordingly.
4
Layout Designer
Initiate a sketch / DWD for each line listed in the Flexibility Log. The intent is to provide the Stress Engineer with a complete system showing all lines of a system that affect the piping flexibility of that system. Complex or large systems may require more than 1 sketch or the system may be drawn on roll size sheet.
5
Layout Design
Sign off and date in spaces provided after insuring all required data has been provided. Submit sketch to Unit Supervisor for review.
6
Unit Piping Supervisor
Review sketch for completeness. Sign off and forward.
7
Unit Piping Supervisor or Order 2 prints of Stress Sketch and place 1 in Stress file for reference until original Designee (Piping Assistant is returned. Transmit Stress Sketch original and 1 print (work print) to Stress or Contract Clerk) Engineer. Post date "to" Stress in Flexibility Log. For revisions, erase dates to and from Stress in Flexibility Log and post new date to Stress for revision.
8
Stress Engineer
Inspect line and either approve by inspection, start test calculations or start formal calculations. If sketch is incomplete or routing is unacceptable, hand carry to Unit Supervisor to rework. Make recommendations to ensure a prompt solution to the problem.
9
Stress Engineer
Add all Stress comments and notes directly on original in red. If necessary, circle comments in red so they stand out. Complete Stress approval and stress stamp and indicate if sketch is approved, not approved, or approved as marked.
10
Stress Engineer
Sign off in space provided, run 1 print of sketch for stress file and return original to Unit Piping Supervisor.
11
Unit Piping Supervisor / Layout Designer
Review stress comments with Layout Designer. Transmit loads and other relevant data to affect disciplines. Forward original for filing. For checker initiated changes and revisions, review stress comments with checker.
12
Unit Piping Supervisor or Place original in Stress sketch file binder. Remove and destroy print from file. Piping Assistant / Contract Post date "from" Stress in Flexibility Log. Clerk
13
Unit Piping Supervisor
Continuously monitor stress file to ensure isometric and model include stress requirements.
14
Assigned Designers
Continuously monitor stress file to ensure isometric and model include stress requirements.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description Checking
15
Piping Checker
Review line list and Flexibility Log to determine which sketches pertain to area. Compare finished isometrics to Stress sketch. Ensure that all stress requirements are met. Negotiate minor differences with Stress Engineer.
16
Piping Checker
For checker initiated changes, consult with the Stress Engineer and determine if a resubmittal is required and is so, revise the Stress sketch original and sign off in space provided. Change Stress sketch revision. Erase Unit Supervisor and Stress Analyst signatures. Forward to Unit Supervisor. Return to Sequence 6. Hold check prints until Stress Engineer returns Stress Sketch. Incorporate Stress comments.
17
Piping Checker
Checker will enter "Yes" on line for Stress approval, in revision block on isometric, if Stress sketch is marked "Resubmit Checked Isometric." If Stress sketch is marked "Approved" or line did not require Stress analysis, draw line through "Stress." Isometric Revisions
18
Revision Checker
Prior to releasing any revised isometric, review Stress sketch and analyze if flexibility is affected. Note!!! If there is any doubt that the change may affect Stress, the checker must consult with the Stress Engineer and the Piping Supervisor.
19
Revision Checker
If flexibility is affected, consult with Stress Engineer and determine if a resubmittal is required and if so, revise Stress sketch original to agree with revised isometric, sign off in space provided and change revision, place initials on Stress sketch original under the appropriate revision space for that line and isometric sheet number. Erase Unit Piping Supervisor and Stress Analyst signatures on sketch. Forward to Unit Supervisor. Return to Sequence 6. Hold Check print until Stress Engineer returns Stress sketch. Incorporate Stress comments. Note!!! If the issued isometric had been signed off by Stress, the Stress Engineer will review and approve all changes. Stress Signatures on Isometrics
20
Unit Piping Supervisor or Note isometric sheets that must be sent to Stress for signature. check Piping Piping Assistant Isometric Record and checked isometric to determine which isometrics require Stress approval signature. Hand carry to Stress Engineer. Wait for approval or leave with Stress Engineer. Receive signed isometrics from Stress Engineer.
21
Stress Engineer (if Design In addition to signoff of isometrics, reviews model before and after Client review to Model is used on the ensure that all lines approved earlier by inspection only are still acceptable. Project) Unit Supervisor Monitoring
22
Stress Engineering Supervisor
Stress Engineer Supervisor must review his work load and take action to meet his schedule.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2220 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIVITY DESCRIPTIONS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity Description
23
Unit Piping Supervisor / Layout Designer
Periodically consult with Stress Engineer to obtain assistance in resolving flexibility problems by informal reviews at the model or drawing board to eliminate unnecessary paper flow. Jointly, decide on the following: a. The addition of any line or lines for formal submittal. b. The deletion of any lines or portions of lines which were requested for formal submittal. Update line list and Flexibility Log as necessary.
24
Unit Piping Supervisor
Periodically review Stress sketch file during checking phase to verify that isometrics checkers have entered their initials on the Stress sketch, indicating final isometrics agree with the Stress sketch.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to outline the information furnished by Piping Design, Pipe Stress, and Process Engineering to be utilized in the production of Stress Sketches.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SYSTEM BOUNDARY TITLE BLOCK DATA GRAPHIC SECTION SPRING HANGERS FLARE ISOMETRICS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice will be implemented during the Stress Analysis Phase of the contract and will be utilized when analysis of a piping system is required. Pipe Stress and Process Engineering will use this practice to convey information to Piping Design for use in the development of system configuration, process conditions, and pipe supports.
SYSTEM BOUNDARY A line or system requiring stress analysis will be submitted from anchor or equipment to other anchors or equipment as an isometric sketch or drawing. The original, coinciding with the Stress group file copy, will be returned to the responsible Design Supervisor.
TITLE BLOCK DATA Data affecting the flexibility and support analysis will be filled in on each Stress Sketch. Data that is not self-explanatory will be determined as outlined below. Maximum design and operating temperature for applicable conditions such as the following: - Startup - Regeneration - Hot and cold branch functions (pump with spares, one operating, one shut down; bypasses; systems with swing elbows; and swing reactor system) - Shutdown - Steam out (defined by Process) - Normal flowing conditions - Decoking - Upset
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
Unusual conditions such as lethal or hazardous commodity flowing in the line or ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) boiler code requirements. Pipe Stress Engineering will provide specific instructions regarding system configuration when jacketed pipe is specified or on pharmaceutical projects where stainless steel pipe with Tri-Clover connections are specified.
GRAPHIC SECTION Line work will be single stroke and may be drawn freehand. Weld dots will be indicated to identify FMU (fitting makeup) only. Dimensions will indicate distance from centerline of branch or ell to support. Round off dimensions to nearest 6 inches. The following information will be included on the sketch: Location of proposed support points and type such as the following: - Pipe supports - Trunnions - Spring hangers - Pickups - Hanger rods - Dummy supports - Field supports - Snubbers Location and orientation of proposed or actual control points such as the following: - Anchors - Equipment - Guides - Critical clearance - Directional anchor - Branch points - Spring wedges - Hold downs Foundation settlement
SPRING HANGERS The following information should be indicated as an integral part of the Stress Sketch as soon as stress information has been established. Resubmit revised sketch to Stress when steel information becomes available. Location of spring hanger. Height of the support point in relation to the centerline of the pipe or to the point on the pipe where the spring hanger is attached. Type of beam or structure used as supporting point and its orientation.
FLARE ISOMETRICS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2221 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SKETCH INFORMATION
The flare isometric will provide Stress and Process Engineering with adequate information to analyze the complete system on a unit-by-unit basis. Refer to Attachment 02 for flare isometric example. Flare isometrics will adhere to the following: The isometric will be drawn on roll size layout paper. The header will be indicated as a complete system through the unit to the interconnecting pipeway main header or blowdown drum. Two-inch and larger branches will be indicated from the pressure relief valve to the flare header. The portion upstream of the pressure relief valve will be submitted with the flare isometric as a package on the following documents: - Stress Engineering: Stress sketches - Process Engineering: Stress sketches or isometrics
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2220:
Stress Design - Sketch Procedure
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2250:
Stress Design - Piping Flexibility Log
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Stress Sketch Example Attachment 02: Flare Isometric Example
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE This practice is intended as an aid for the Piping Designer in determining the effects of the piping's thermal expansion or contraction on equipment nozzles.
SCOPE This practice provides a method, which can be used by the Piping Designer, to determine the acceptability of pipe routings to rotating equipment. Included in this practice are instructions on how to determine the following: The location of the rotating equipment's Anchor. The allowable loads on the rotating equipment nozzles. The loads exerted by the piping on the rotating equipment. Methods for adding flexibility if the actual force exerted exceeds the allowable force.
APPLICATION During the initial stages of piping layout, the Piping Designer needs to examine the effects that the thermal expansion or contraction of a piping system would have on rotating equipment to which the given system is located. Optimum equipment location, nozzle orientations, and pipe routing can be achieved via the implementation of the techniques outlined in this practice. The resulting pipe routing is still subject to the review and approval of the review and approval of the assigned Lead Project Stress Engineer. However, based on the Piping Designer's correct application of this technical practice, modification to satisfy stress requirements should be minimized. Note!!! Refer to Attachments 01 through 04, as indicated below, to determine the location of equipment Anchors and, therefore, nozzle thermal movements, on various types of rotating equipment. Pumps, Normal Case Refer to Attachment 01, Pumps - Normal Case. Pumps, Variation Case Refer to Attachment 02, Pumps - Variation Case. Turbines, Normal Case Refer to Attachment 03, Turbines - Normal Case, Figure 1. Turbines, Common Variation Refer to Attachment 03, Turbines - Common Variation, Figure 2.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Centrifugal Compressor Refer to Attachment 04, Centrifugal Compressor. Allowable Loads The maximum allowable force on steel equipment nozzle is 200 pounds times the nominal nozzle size, but must not exceed 2,000 pounds. Examples: 2-inch, 300 pounds, RF, CS Nozzle, 200 by 2 = 400 pounds 18-inch, 150 pounds, RF, CS Nozzle, 200 by 18 = 3,600 pounds The latter exceeds the limit; therefore, use 2,000 pounds as a limiting force. The maximum allowable force on cast iron equipment nozzle is 50 pounds times nominal nozzle size, but must not exceed 500 pounds. Examples: 4-inch, 125 pounds, FF, CI Nozzle, 50 by 4 = 200 pounds 12-inch, 250 pounds, FF, CI Nozzle, 50 by 12 = 600 pounds The latter exceeds the limit; therefore, use 500 pounds.
EXAMPLE Refer to Attachment 05, How to Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Pump Layout. Allowable Force On Pump Nozzle Eight-inch nozzle times 200 lbs / nom. in. = 1,600 pounds maximum force allowed. Expansion North-South Direction The 15'-6" leg is the only run in the North-South direction. 15'-6" times 0.0362 = 0.5611" expansion. Absorbing Legs The 2 legs 90 degrees to the 15'-6" leg are the East-West leg (11'-0") plus the vertical leg (7'-3"). Total available bending leg = 11'-0" plus 7'-3" = 18'-3". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 06, Nomograph Application - North-South Expansion.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Expansion East-West Direction Assuming that 1 pump is hot and 1 cold, the 11'-0" leg is the only run, expanding in the East-West direction. 11'-0" times 0.362"/14 = 0.3982" expansion Absorbing Legs The legs 90 degrees to the East-West run are the 2 vertical legs (6'-8" and 7'-3") and the North-South leg (15'-6"). Total Available Bending Leg = (6'-8") + (7'-3") + (15'-6") = 29'-5". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 07, Nomograph Application - East-West Expansion. Expansion Vertical Direction The worst case vertical thermal expansion occurs between the Anchor point at the pump assumed hot and the support or Anchor on the vertical vessel. The total vertical leg expanding is: (1'-4") + (7'-3") + (6'-8") + (2'-9") = 18'-0" 18'-0" times 0.0362 "/' = 0.6515" expansion Absorbing Legs The legs 90 degrees to the vertical runs and falling along a direct line from the vessel nozzle to the nozzle of the pump assumed hot, are the 11'-0" North-South leg and the 15'-6" East-West leg. Total Available Bending Leg = (11'-0") + (15'-6") = 26'-6". Nomograph Application Refer to Attachment 08, Nomograph Application - Vertical Direction, and Attachment 09, Nomograph A (For Flexibility Based On Piping Force).
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Pumps - Normal Case Attachment 02: Pumps - Variation Case Attachment 03: Figure 1. Turbines - Normal Case Figure 2. Turbines - Common Variation
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR ROTATING EQUIPMENT
Attachment 04: Centrifugal Compressor Attachment 05: Example: How To Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Pump Layout Attachment 06: Nomograph Application - North-South Expansion Attachment 07: Nomograph Application - East-West Expansion Attachment 08: Nomograph Application - Vertical Direction Attachment 09: Nomograph A (For Flexibility Based On Piping Force)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - NORTH-SOUTH EXPANSION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on pump nozzle. 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On Total Thermal Expansion scale, locate expansion in inches. 0.5611" (Point 2).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 2. Where this line crosses the Pivot Line , locate Point 3.
Step 4
On Nominal Pipe Diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4). When the schedule of pipe is other than the standard weight, use Pipe Moment of Inertia scale. This locates Point 5 on the Pipe Length scale.
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 3 on the Pivot Line to Point 4 on the Nominal Pipe Diameter scale. This locates Point 5 on the Pipe Length scale. Read 23'-0" on the Pipe Length scale as the minimum required absorbing pipe length.
Step 6
The available bending leg is 18'-3" (Refer to Page 2) is less than 23'-0". Therefore, a minimum of 5'-0" must be added to the vertical or East-West direction to be within the maximum allowable force on the pump nozzle.
Step 7
Since equipment elevations cannot be easily changed (both Process and Structural Engineering must become involved), the simplest method for adding the required bending leg is to add East-West bending leg as shown by dotted line on Attachment 05.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 07 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - EAST-WEST EXPANSION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on the pump nozzle - 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On total thermal expansion scale, locate expansion in inches - 0.3982" (Point 6).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 6. Where this line crosses the pivot line, locate Point 7.
Step 4
On nominal pipe diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4).
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 7 to Point 4. This locates Point 8 on the pipe length scale. Note!!! The minimum required absorbing pipe length is 20'-0".
Step 6
The available bending leg is 29'-5" which is greater than the required leg of 20'-0". Therefore, no additional flexibility is required to accommodate the East-West expansion.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2230 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 08 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NOMOGRAPH APPLICATION - VERTICAL DIRECTION
(Note!!! Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph A - Attachment 09)
Step 1
On the force scale, locate maximum allowed force on the pump nozzle - 1,600 pounds (Point 1).
Step 2
On the total thermal expansion scale, locate expansion in inches - 0.6516" (Point 9).
Step 3
Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 9. Where this line crosses the pivot line, locate Point 10.
Step 4
On a nominal pipe diameter scale, locate line size 12" (Point 4).
Step 5
Draw a line from Point 10, on the pivot line, to Point 4. This locates Point 11 on the pipe length scale. Note!!! The minimum required absorbing pipe length (bending leg) is 24'-0".
Step 6
The available bending leg is 26'-6" that is greater than the required leg of 24'-0".
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for Stress Engineers to initiate plot arrangements, determine thermal expansion, and locate anchors on nonrotating equipment such as exchangers and vessels. The assigned Project Piping Engineer will be responsible to enforce the use of this practice.
SCOPE This practice provides information about the following: Anchor locations Stacking arrangements Information required to determine thermal expansion Exchangers - shell and tube Kettle reboilers Vertical vessels or reactors Horizontal vessels Air cooled exchangers Fired heaters and reboilers Stress Analysis
APPLICATION During initial stages of piping layout, this practice will help Stress Engineers review equipment drawings for items such as stacking arrangement of shell and tube exchangers for piping flexibility, method of anchor, and anchor location to reduce differential expansion and minimize thermal stresses. Information required to calculate reasonable thermal expansion is explained for horizontal and vertical vessels. For air cooled exchangers, a method of controlling tube expansion and header box movement is discussed. Exchangers Shell And Tube The following information will be used to locate anchors and origin of thermal expansion: The stacking and plot arrangement on multiple shells in interconnected service. Wherever a close coupled arrangement is proposed, it is preferred to see all interconnecting lines such as shell-to-shell and channel-to-channel, plus bypass lines wherever operation can be maintained on partial capacity. Location of anchor point related to piping connection (vertical and horizontal). Wherever piping parallels horizontal equipment, anchor the end that provides the most compensating expansion. Identification of exchanger service; that is, reboiler, condenser or cooler, and identification of nozzles as shell or channel. Exchangers with process streams in both channel and shell should hang the shell cover end anchored. The objective, in most cases, is to utilize exchanger expansion to compensate for piping expansion. Grade mounted exchangers with buried cooling water to the channel may have to be anchored on the channel end support. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Stacked exchangers are similar, with expansions accumulating from the anchor point. The supplier's stacking arrangement should be reviewed by Stress Analyst before outlines are approved. The single pass on the shell side of the exchangers will invariably cause leaks if the connecting flanges are located at opposite ends and the temperature difference across the shell is appreciable. A much better arrangement is to locate all nozzles at the channel end so the connecting nozzles are close to each other, and the differential expansion between them is negligible. If the exchangers must be arranged with nozzles at opposite ends, or if there are 3 stacked exchangers, the nozzles at either one or both ends, one set, should be side projections to provide flexibility for differential expansion. The same problem will occur with single pass tube exchangers and should be treated accordingly. Thermosyphon Reboilers Thermosyphon reboilers may be supported from the adjacent vessel or from independent structures from grade. In either case, the method and location of support will be reviewed by Piping Stress. Location of the supports will be determined on the basis of minimizing differential movements between the reboiler piping and the vessel. If steam is to be circulated through the reboiler before startup, or if there is an appreciable difference between temperature of the reboiler and vessel, the reboiler may require spring support and additional flexibility in the piping. Kettle Reboilers The horizontal reboiler anchor location depends upon its relationship to the vessel. It is normally anchored at the reboiler support closest to the centerline of the vessel. The reboiler bottom elevation should be located as close as possible to the vessel tangent line elevation to reduce footage of piping required to accommodate vertical growth. The reboiler elevation must also meet process requirements as specified on the Flow Sheet. Vertical Vessels Or Reactors The following information will be used to determine thermal expansion and related criteria: Point of support, skirt height, and whether fireproofed, insulated, or both. Shell diameter and nozzle projection/size. Shell thickness and type of material. Shell temperatures: Use design temperatures of bottom, intermediate and top outlet piping. Do not use design temperatures as given on vessel outlines. Refractory lined vessels must be figured on a skin temperature obtained from the Vessel Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Horizontal Vessels The following information will be used to determine thermal expansion and related criteria: Location of support points of vessel with respect to nozzles. Anchor location (the end of the vessel that will provide the most compensating effect for piping expansion). Shell diameter and nozzle projection. Shell thickness and material. Any fireproofing or insulation. Design temperature: Do not use design temperature shown on vessel drawing; use design temperatures shown on the line list for inlet and outlet piping. Air Cooled Exchangers The following will be considered when establishing equipment studies: Controlling Tube Expansion - Single Pass Air-Cooler The inlet header box may be directionally fixed and the outlet box free to slide to allow for tube expansion. - Double Pass Air-Cooler The inlet and outlet are at the same end. This end may be directionally fixed. In some cases, the boxes are left uncontrolled (free floating) if piping flexibility is adequate. - Lateral Header Box Movement - Multiple header boxes connected by a common pipe header are designed to move laterally within their supporting frame to allow for pipe header expansion. - To aid header box, movement thrust blocks may be inserted between boxes. - Clearance within frame and thrust block requirements must be agreed upon with Supplier. - The inlet boxes of single pass coolers move in accordance with the inlet pipe header. - The outlet boxes move in accordance with the outlet pipe header. - For double pass coolers, the header boxes follow the growth of the inlet pipe header. The outlet piping must be designed flexible enough to allow for the differential expansion between inlet and outlet. Fired Heaters And Reboilers The following will be considered whenever establishing equipment studies: Tube expansion effecting piping at the heater terminals tube support points and type, length of tubes, and metal temperatures. Required deflection of the tube terminals at right angles to the centerline of the tubes. Possible support locations on the equipment structure, as required by line routing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
Stress Analysis The maximum allowable stress on steel equipment is 15,000 psi. Refer to Attachment 01 to determine pipe length required for flexible equipment layout. Expansion North-South Direction Exchanger anchored side to the centerline of the vessel is the total North-South expansion. (10'-0")x(0.0061)+(15'-0"+5-0")x(0.0023)+(6'-0")x(0.0061) = 0.1436" Absorbing Legs The two legs 90 degrees to the North-South expansion are the East-West leg (18'-0") plus the vertical legs (70'-0" + 4'-0"). Total available = (18'-0") + (70'-0" + 4'-0") = 92'-0" Nomograph Application Refer to circled numbers on Nomograph B, Attachment 02. Step 1 On PIPE STRESS scale, locate maximum allowable stress on steel equipment. 15,000 psi (Point 1) Step 2 On TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION scale, locate expansion in inches. 0.1436" (Point 2) Step 3 Draw a line from Point 1 to Point 2. Where this line crosses the PIVOT LINE, locate Point 3. Step 4 On NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER scale, locate line size 24" (Point 4). Step 5 Draw a line from Point 3 on the PIVOT LINE to Point 4 on the NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER scale. This locates Point 5 on the PIPE LENGTH scale as the minimum required absorbing pipe length. Step 6 The available absorbing leg 92'-0" is greater than the minimum required pipe length 13'-0". So the pipe routing is okay in the North-South direction. Expansion East-West Direction The 18'-0" leg is the only run in the East-West direction. (18'-0") x (0.0023) = 0.0414" expansion such as 0.1". Follow the procedure described above and the minimum required absorbing pipe length is 10'-0". Expansion - Vertical Direction (20'-0")x(0.046)+(30'-0")x(0.027)+(15'-0")x(0.0061)-(70'-0"+4'-0")x(0.0023) -(6'-0")x(0.0061) = 1.6147" expansion Following the procedure described above, the minimum required absorbing pipe length is 44'-0".
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2231 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL LAYOUT AIDS FOR EXCHANGERS AND VESSELS EQUIPMENT
The available absorbing leg is (15'-0") + (18'-0") + (5'-0") = 38'-0". This figure is smaller than the minimum required pipe length; so, add at least 6'- 0" in the North-South or East-West direction to be within the maximum allowable stress on the steel equipment. Use the same procedure and criteria as for pump layout, but check with Stress Analyst for the amount of expansion that may be taken by the heater tubes.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: How To Determine Pipe Length Required For Flexible Equipment Layout Attachment 02: Nomograph "B" (For Flexibility Based On Pipe Stress)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for Stress Engineers in evaluating the location of Anchors and guides, and determining the size of loops so that unbalanced forces are limited to 2,000 pounds and stresses in the piping system are limited to 20,000 psi.
SCOPE This practice provides information regarding stress limitations in piping and force limitations on Anchors and guides. Expansion loop requirements are based on the total expansion of piping systems. The size of the loop is calculated based on a stress limiting criteria of 20,000 psi. Thermal and frictional forces on Anchors and guides are limited to 2,000 pounds (imbalanced) by adjusting the size of the loop and relocating the Anchors and guides. Bowing of loop at point is also evaluated.
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Project Stress Engineers.
GENERAL During the initial stages of piping layout, Anchors and guides are located and the size of loops is determined based on a stress limitation of 20,000 psi. Imbalanced Anchor and guide forces are limited to 2,000 pounds so that no transmittal of load is required to Structural group. Pipe movement, at point, can be calculated to check interference with adjacent piping. Stress Limit The stress limiting criteria is 20,000 psi maximum allowable stress. Force Limit Force limit on Anchors and guides is 2,000 pounds maximum unbalanced force including friction loads. F(t) = 2,800#
F(f) = 3,500#
F(f) = 2,000#
F(f) = 3,000# X
Anchor
where F(f) = Thermal force F(f) = Friction force Total unbalanced force
= =
(3,500 + 3,000) - (2,800 + 2,000) 1,700 pounds
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
This is within the limiting criteria. Example: F(t) = 2,000#
F(f) = 1,500#
F(f) = 3,000#
F(f) = 500# X
Anchor
Total unbalanced force = (2,000 + 3,000) - (1,500 + 500) = 3,000 pounds. This exceeds the limiting criteria of 2,000 pounds unbalanced force. Note!!! Consult Supervising Stress Engineer for possible alternatives to comply with the force limitation. Expansion Loop Requirements Generally, if the total expansion in direction on the pipeway is less than 10 inches, the loop could be avoided by locating an Anchor in the middle of the run. The total expansion between loop Anchors should not exceed 12 inches. The expansion at the change of direction should not exceed 5 inches. Refer to Attachment 02, Points A and B. Consult the Supervising Stress Engineer for exceptions. Location Of Loops And Guides Example:
500' - 0"
A
B X
X
Max Exp 12 Inch Diameter Standard Weight 5 Inches
Max Exp 5 Inches
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Pipe material = Design temperature Expansion Coefficient= Commodity Insulation Coefficient of friction
A53 Gr.B = 500 degrees F 0.036"/ft = HC (Vapor) = None = 0.3 (steel on steel)
Total Expansion In The East-West Direction (500'-0") x (0.0362) = 18.1 inches. Location Of Loop Anchors Anchors should be located in such a way that the expansion going into the loop should not exceed 12 inches and the total unbalanced forces at the Anchors should be within the limiting criteria of 2,000 pounds. Locate Anchors at 125'-0" from Points A and B in the above example. Expansion Going Into The Loop {(500'-0") - 2(125'- 0")} x (0.0362) = 9.05 inches. Step 1.0 Determine Stress Coefficient K using the following formula: K= K=
Maximum allowable stress Expansion going into the loop 20,000 9.05
= 2, 210
Step 2.0 Enter the table, Curve Number For Stress Coefficient K, on the left-hand side of Attachment 01, and read down to the appropriate wall thickness 0.375 inch and draw an imaginary horizontal line across the table. At the top of the table, find the appropriate pipe diameter 12 inches, and draw an imaginary vertical line down the table. Read the correct curve Number 9 at the intersection of the 2 imaginary lines. Step 3.0 Enter the curve chart on Attachment 01, at the bottom for K = 2,210. Draw an imaginary line up to the curve Number 9. At the point of intersection, draw an imaginary horizontal line to the left and read the appropriate value for H and H = 23'-0" minimum.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Step 4.0 The loop width W and the guide locations for different pipe sizes are shown on Attachment 01. Note!!! Consult the Supervising Stress Engineer for exceptions. Thermal Forces At Loop Anchors Step 1.0 Enter the table, Curve Number For Force Coefficient C, on the left-hand side of Attachment 02, and determine the curve Number 12 using the procedure outlined in the above Steps 1.0 and 2.0. Step 2.0 Enter the curve chart on Attachment 02, on the left-hand side at H = 23'-0" and draw an imaginary horizontal line across the chart until it intersects curves Number 12. Draw an imaginary line from the intersection down to the value for C and read C = 190. Step 3.0 Thermal force = F(t) = (Force Coefficient C) x (Expansion going into the loop, inches). F(t) = (190) x (9.05) = 1,720 pounds. Location Of Guides In The North-South Direction (G-1) Step 1.0 Determine the Expansion at the change of direction. (125'-0") x (0.0362) = 4.5 inches Step 2.0 Using the maximum allowable Stress of 20,000 psi and Nomograph B, determine the minimum required length = 48'-0". Thermal Forces At Anchors Thermal forces at the Anchors due to guides in the East-West direction near the Points A and B: Step 1.0 On the Nominal Pipe Diameter scale, locate line Size 12. When the Schedule of pipe is other than the standard weight, use Pipe Moment of Inertia scale. Refer to Nomograph A.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Step 2.0 On the Pipe Length scale, locate the available length, 48'-0". Step 3.0 Draw a line connecting these 2 points to locate a point on the Pivot Line. Step 4.0 On the Total Thermal Expansion scale, locate expansion in inches (4.5 inches). Step 5.0 Draw a line connecting the total thermal expansion point and the Pivot Line point to locate a point on the Force scale. Read 1,400 pounds as the thermal force. Friction Forces At The Loop Anchors Weight of pipe Weight of commodity Weight of Insulation
= 49.5 pounds per foot = 0.0 pounds per foot = 0.0 pounds per foot ____________________
Total
=
49.6 pounds per foot
Friction Force At Anchor A-1 From The East Side F(f) = (Friction Coefficient) x (Total weight per foot) x (Length in feet) F(f) = (0.3) x (49.6) x (125'-0") = 1,860 pounds. Friction Force At Anchor A-1 From The West Side F(f) = (0.3) x (49.6) x
250 −0” 2
+
23 −0” 2
= 2, 030 pounds
Determining Unbalanced Forces Refer to Attachment 04. Reduction Of Unbalanced Forces The following steps could be taken to reduce the unbalanced forces within limits: Locate guide G-1 further down to increase the available length h. By increasing the length h, the unbalanced forces at Anchor A-1 or A-2 might exceed the force limitation. In that case, increase the loop length H and recalculate the forces.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2232 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - LAYOUT AIDS FOR PIPEWAY
Bowing Check the bowing at the middle of the loop and at the base of the loop. Using the loop in the above example, δ L' = 250 x 0.0362 = 9.05 inches where L' = Distance between Anchors = 250'-0" L = Distance between guides at the loop = 60'-0" W = Loop width = 20'-0" H = Loop height = 23'-0" W / H = 20/23 = 0.869 L / at = 60/20 = 3 Refer to Attachment 03, Figure 1, at W / H = 0.869 and read up to the curve L / W = 3. Read across to δ b / δ L' = 0.55. δ b = 0.55 x δ L' = 0.55 x 9.05 = 5 inches (Back of the Loop bows 5 inches). Refer to Attachment 03, Figure 2, at W / H = 0.869 and read up to the curve L / W = 3. Read across to δ a / δ L' = 0 (intersecting point outside the curve range) δ a = 0 x δ L' = 0 x 9.05 = 0 Inches (Bottom of Loop bows = 0 inches). Fifty percent cold spring produces half of this movement in the opposite direction initially and half in the normal direction in the final position.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Loop Stress Coefficient Attachment 02: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Loop Force Coefficient Attachment 03: Curves For Determining The Deflections At Different Points In The Expansion "U" Bend Attachment 04: Layout Aids For Pipeway: Determining Unbalanced Forces
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the Piping Designer or Engineer to estimate the size of variable spring cans and constant supports; to determine the minimum clearance between the bottom of structural supporting steel and the top of pipe for variable spring hangers and for rigid rod hangers; and to determine the length of rod required to limit the amount of lift caused by horizontal movement.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: LIMITATIONS SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by the Piping Designer or Engineer in determining the appropriate spring hangers and hanger rods. Charts containing the approximate size of variable spring cans and constant supports are based on Grinnell hanger components. Although the dimensions of spring hangers is fairly consistent among different manufacturers, the dimensions and method of structural attachment for constant supports varies from one manufacturer to another.
LIMITATIONS Piping Engineers or Designers working on Power Piping designed to ASME B31.1 must remember to limit the angle of swing of a hanger rod, measured from the vertical, to 4 degrees. This requirement is not included in ASME B31.3; however, when the 4 degree rule is exceeded, the resulting horizontal loads should be evaluated on the structural steel and on the hanger components.
SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS Clearances Variable spring hangers can be roughly sized by relating the hanger load to the diameter D of the container and by relating the line movement combined with the hanger load to the length L of the container. Refer to Attachments 01 and 02. Constant piping hangers can be roughly sized by relating the line movement combined with the hanger load to the length L and the diameter D of the container. Refer to Attachments 03 and 04.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - SPRING HANGERS AND HANGER RODS
Squad Check Requirements Piping checklist Structural/vessel checklist - Attachments to structural member - Load carrying capacity of structure or vessel Lengths Rod hanger lengths necessary for horizontal line movement. Refer to Attachment 5.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Variable Spring Hanger Sizing Table Attachment 02: Variable Spring Hanger Drawing Attachment 03: Constant Spring Hanger Sizing Table Attachment 04: Constant Spring Hanger Drawing Attachment 05: Rod Hanger Lengths
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL VARIABLE SPRING HANGER SIZING TABLE
Load Range (Pounds)
D (Inches)
Line Movement Vertically (Inches) 0 to 1/2
9/16 to 1
1-1/6 to 2
L
Minimum H
L
Minimum H
L
Minimum H
50
to
125
4
6
30
9
33
16
39
126
to
300
5-9/16
6
30
9
33
17
42
301
to
700
6-5/8
7
33
11
36
20
45
701
to
5,000
8-5/8
10
39
14
42
26
54
5,001
to
10,000
8-5/8
12
45
19
52
34
66
10,001
to
20,000
12-3/4
16
57
24
63
45
84
20,001
to
40,000
12-3/4
22
66
32
75
61
102
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL CONSTANT SPRING HANGER SIZING
Approximate Dimensions (Inches) L
Vertical Line Movement (Inches) 2
3
4
D
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Load Range (Pounds) 108 to 450
72 to 300
54 to 225
43 to 180
36 to 150
31 to 129
27 to 113
17
16
451 to 1,905
301 to 1,270
226 to 953
181 to 762
151 to 635
130 to 544
114 to 476
27
20
1,906 to 5,525
1,271 to 3,683
954 to 2,763
763 to 2,210
636 to 1,842
545 to 1,579
477 to 1,381
423 to 1,228
381 to 1,105
32
27
3,684 to 9,667
2,764 to 7,250
2,211 to 5,800
1,843 to 4,833
1,580 to 4,143
1,382 to 3,625
1,229 to 3,222
1,106 to 2,900
1,005 to 2,636
47
33
9,668 7,251 5,801 4,834 4,144 3,636 to to to to to to 24,463 18,348 14,678 12,231 10,484 9,174
3,223 to 8,154
2,901 to 7,339
2,637 to 6,671
68
31
18,349 14,679 12,232 10,485 9,175 8,155 7,340 6,672 to to to to to to to to 36,700 29,360 24,466 20,972 18,350 16,311 14,680 13,344
70
33
36,701 26,361 24,467 20,973 18,351 16,312 14,681 13,345 to to to to to to to to 57,500 46,000 38,332 32,858 28,750 25,555 23,000 20,907
100
45
46,001 38,333 32,859 28,751 25,556 23,001 20,908 to to to to to to to 66,000 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500 87,500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2240 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL CONSTANT SPRING HANGER SIZING
Approximate Dimensions (Inches)
Vertical Line Movement (Inches) 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
L
D
Load Range (Pounds)
17
16
27
20
32
27
922 to 2,417
851 to 2,231
790 to 2,071
47
33
2,418 to 6,166
2,232 to 5,645
2,072 to 5,242
1,934 to 4,892
1,813 to 4,587
68
31
6,117 5,646 5,243 4,893 to to to to 12,233 11,292 10,484 9,786
4,588 to 9,175
70
33
12,234 11,293 10,485 9,787 9,176 to to to to to 19,166 17,692 16,427 15,332 14,375
100
45
19,167 17,693 16,428 15,333 14,376 31,175 29,442 27,894 26,500 to to to to to to to to to 83,330 76,920 71,420 66,660 62,500 58,820 55,550 52,630 50,000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2250 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - PIPING FLEXIBILITY LOG
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines to provide a uniform system of identifying, tracking, and noting status of sketches submitted to the Stress Engineer for formal analysis. This practice includes instructions for the preparation and maintenance of the Piping Flexibility Log.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: DEFINITIONS PROCEDURE REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The major stress evaluation work should occur during the equipment and pipeway layout phase of the piping activities. Based on a joint and continuing review by the Unit Supervisor and Stress Engineer of the piping layouts and model as they progress through layout, the line list is marked to indicate the line numbers to be sketched and submitted for formal analysis. The piping Flexibility Log is the tool used by the Unit Piping Supervisor to record and track these sketches.
DEFINITIONS Formal Analysis: A system requiring a manual stress review or formal computer analysis; however, the Stress Engineer may require that certain lines be sketched in order for the engineer to determine if a formal analysis is required.
PROCEDURE The Unit Piping Supervisor is responsible for maintaining the Piping Flexibility Log for stress analyzed piping within the supervisor's jurisdiction. The Unit Piping Supervisor will delegate portions of the actual work to the Piping Assistant. Refer to Attachment 01 for Form: 000.250.F1002: Piping Flexibility Log. Attachment 02 is a sample Piping Flexibility Log and instructions for completion.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2221:
Stress Design Sketch Information.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2250 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - PIPING FLEXIBILITY LOG
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Form 000.250.F1002: Piping Flexibility Log Attachment 02: Sample Piping Flexibility Log And Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - REINFORCING PAD REQUIREMENTS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for estimating the maximum internal pressure at which an unreinforced fabricated tee (stub-in) may be specified. This practice also provides a quick means of sizing a reinforcing pad.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: REQUIREMENTS LIMITATIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by personnel involved in stress design and reinforcing pad requirements.
REQUIREMENTS Before using this practice for design, check the specific requirements for branch connections contained in the Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models, and Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class. The allowable stresses listed in Attachment 1 are less than or equal to the basic allowable stress values given in Table A-1 of ASME B31.3. The allowable stress values listed in B31.3 are applicable for seamless pipe; for longitudinally welded pipe, the allowable stress values must be multiplied by the appropriate quality factors from Table A-1B of B31.3. (If the branch connection does not intersect the longitudinal weld, the basic allowable stress may be used in determining the requirement for pressure reinforcement.) In order to determine the need for a reinforcing pad due to pressure considerations, first find the allowable stress for the pipe material at the design temperature in Attachment 01. Find the row with the header size and wall thickness (or schedule) on the left side of Attachment 02. Find the column containing the allowable stress (from Attachment 01) and the corrosion allowance for the pipe on the top of Attachment 02. The intersection of this row and this column shows the maximum allowable design pressure, in psi, for an unreinforced fabricated tee. If the actual design pressure is higher than the listed pressure, a reinforcing pad is required on fabricated tees (stub-ins).
LIMITATIONS Although specifically developed for piping designed to the requirements of ASME B31.3 (Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping), this document may be used for piping designed to the requirements of other codes. The individual using this document for design to other codes should be familiar with the differences in design criteria between B31.3 and the applicable code. For example, the allowable stress values in B31.3 typically decrease from
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL STRESS DESIGN - REINFORCING PAD REQUIREMENTS
ambient to 600 degrees F. In B31.1, the allowable stress value at 600 degrees F is typically the same as at ambient. Also, for a given pressure and allowable stress, B31.1 requires 7 percent more reinforcement area than B31.3. The requirement for reinforcing pads on lines which are subject to substantial thermal growth or which are subject to shock loadings such as blowdown lines must be coordinated with Pipe Stress Engineering. This practice should not be used in the following situations: The angle between the header and the branch is not 90 degrees. The design temperature is higher than the maximum range of Attachment 01. The allowable stress at temperature is less than the minimum allowable stress tabulated in Attachment 02. In the above cases, the need for a reinforcing pad should be based on code calculations. If this document indicates that a reinforcing pad is required, it is recommended that a standard reinforcing pad made from the same pipe as the header be specified.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Basic Allowable Stress In Tension Attachment 02: Maximum Allowable Pressure
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL BASIC ALLOWABLE STRESS IN TENSION
Piping Material
Temp. 100ºF and Below
Temp. 101ºF to 650ºF
Carbon Steel:
ASTM A53 Gr. A ASTM A53 Gr. B ASTM A106 Gr. A ASTM A106 Gr. B API 5L Gr. A API 5L Gr. B
16000 20000 16000 20000 16000 20000
12000 16000 12000 16000 12000 16000
Alloy Steel:
ASTM A335 P5 ASTM A335 F9 ASTM A335 P11
20000 20000 20000
16000 16000 16000
Stainless Steel:
ASTM A312 TP304 ASTM A312 TP304H ASTM A312 TP309 ASTM A312 TP310 ASTM A312 TP316 ASTM A312 TP316H ASTM A312 TP317 ASTM A312 TP321 ASTM A312 TP321H ASTM A312 TP347 ASTM A312 TP347H ASTM A312 TP348 ASTM A312 TP348H
20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
16000 16000 18800 18800 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 18800 18800 18800 18800
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2291 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PRESSURE
Hdr Size
Hdr Sch
Header Wall Thickness (in)
Stress = 20,000
Stress = 18,800
Stress = 16,000
Stress = 12,000
Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance Corrosion Allowance (in) (in) (in) (in) 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125 0.000 0.065 0.125
3
10S 40 80
0.120 0.216 0.300
680 259 0 640 243 1,369 894 467 1,260 840 1,969 1,369 1,041 1,850 1,286
0 544 207 439 1,095 715 977 1,575 1,095
0 408 374 820 832 1,180
155 535 820
0 280 624
4
10S 40 80
0.120 0.237 0.337
510 194 1,113 763 1,650 1,244
0 480 182 446 1,000 717 967 1,551 1,169
0 408 419 890 909 1,320
155 610 995
0 356 774
306 665 990
116 455 745
0 267 580
6
10S 40 80
0.134 0.280 0.432
377 168 850 619 1,394 1,150
0 355 158 421 810 581 947 1,310 1,081
0 302 396 680 893 1,115
134 495 920
0 337 760
226 510 835
100 370 690
0 253 570
8
10S 40 80
0.148 0.322 0.500
319 158 738 563 1,213 1,038
11 300 414 693 880 1,140
149 529 975
10 389 827
255 590 970
127 450 830
8 331 704
191 440 725
95 335 620
6 248 528
10
10S 30 40 60
0.165 0.307 0.365 0.500
281 544 656 938
154 413 525 806
37 296 407 638
265 511 616 881
145 388 493 757
35 278 383 599
225 435 25 750
123 330 420 645
30 236 326 510
169 325 390 560
92 245 315 480
22 177 244 383
12
10S 30 STD 40 XS
0.180 0.330 0.375 0.406 0.500
260 494 563 569 775
152 375 463 500 663
53 282 354 398 562
245 464 529 535 728
143 352 435 470 623
50 265 332 374 528
208 395 450 455 620
122 300 370 400 530
42 225 283 318 436
156 295 335 341 465
91 225 275 300 395
32 169 212 238 327
14
10 STD XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
325 500 700
231 407 594
144 319 506
305 470 658
217 382 558
142 298 475
260 400 560
185 325 475
121 254 404
195 300 420
135 240 335
91 190 303
16
10 30 40
0.250 0.375 0.500
281 438 600
200 350 506
125 276 436
264 411 654
188 329 475
116 259 409
225 350 480
160 280 405
99 220 348
165 260 360
120 210 300
74 165 261
18
10 STD XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
250 375 1,969
175 306 450
110 243 383
235 352 499
165 287 423
103 227 359
200 3?? 4??
140 245 360
88 193 305
150 225 315
105 180 270
66 145 229
20
10 20 30
0.250 0.375 0.500
219 338 475
156 275 400
99 217 342
205 317 446
146 258 376
92 203 321
175 270 380
125 220 320
78 172 273
130 200 285
90 165 240
58 129 205
24
10 20 XS
0.250 0.375 0.500
188 281 388
131 225 325
82 179 281
176 264 364
123 211 305
77 167 263
150 225 310
105 180 260
65 142 224
110 165 230
75 135 195
49 106 168
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR THE PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MATERIAL TAKEOFF PURPOSE This practice provides instruction for the preparation and handling of data to be transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor for the Preliminary and Secondary Piping MTO (Material Takeoff).
SCOPE This procedure identifies the responsible parties and describes the sequential activities involved in the preparation and handling of this data.
APPLICATION This practice should be used by all Piping Engineering personnel responsible for Preliminary and Secondary MTO Data transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor.
RESPONSIBILITIES The following is a list of the responsible parties involved: Lead Piping Supervisor Unit Piping Supervisor Material Control Supervisor Stress Engineer Piping Designer Piping Assistant Step-by-step activities of the individuals concerned are shown in Attachment 02. Handling of the Preliminary and Secondary Sketches are essentially the same; however, Steps 4B, 5D, 6, and 7 apply to Preliminary Sketch only, and Steps 4C and 5B apply to the Secondary Sketch. Overview The purpose of the Preliminary MTO is to give the Material Control Group an early evaluation of all material requirements and an accurate MTO for large diameter, alloy, stainless, and special type materials. The Secondary MTO is a continuous type takeoff, comparing the secondary and final material requirements. Changes should be minor. Strict conformance to this practice will result in a uniform approach to the handling of the Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff. This is important to ensure that all material, and specifically long delivery items, arrives at the jobsite prior to scheduled fabrication of those Isometrics. One hundred percent of all the material required for the Preliminary MTO will be purchased. The appropriate "bump" (as defined by project) will be applied in accordance with contract procedures. The Unit Supervisor is responsible to contact the Material Control Supervisor and revise the sketches/data whenever a major revision, such as changes to alloy piping, large valve
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR THE PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MATERIAL TAKEOFF size changes, line size changes, or specification changes are required. This will be done at any time during the job regardless of shutoff dates for Preliminary or Secondary Takeoffs. The Piping Designer is responsible to monitor the Master P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams), layouts, and other data continuously, and promptly report changes that affect material to the Unit Supervisor. This practice, together with any related data, will be reviewed with the Project Piping Engineer and the Material Control Supervisor to determine if any additional requirements should be included, and to ensure it is suitable for the contract.
PREREQUISITES The following data should be available in order to perform a successful MTO: Plot Plans, AFC Issue. P&IDs, AFC Issue. ("For Client Approval Issue" may be used for Takeoff.) Pipe Line List. Piping Material Specifications, AFC Issue. Standard Drawings. Flow Diagram Transpositions for Preliminary Takeoff. Related Model Piping or Piping Studies for Secondary Takeoff.
DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR The matrix in Attachment 01 identifies the documents to be transmitted to the Material Control Supervisor by Piping Design in order to perform the Preliminary or Secondary Takeoff.
DETAILED PROCEDURES Refer to Attachment 02, Detailed Procedure of Individuals Involved in the Preparation and Handling of Data Used for Preliminary and Secondary MTO.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Data Transmitted to Material Control Supervisor By Piping Supervisor Attachment 02: Detailed Procedure of Individuals Involved in the Preparation and Handling of Data Used for Preliminary and Secondary MTO
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
Items Provided Piping Classification
Preliminary Transpositions, Plot Plans
Studies / Pipeway Inst. Plans
Underground Piping (1)
X
X
SCRD / SW Carbon Steel
(3)
1/2" Through 12" BW Carbon Steel
(3)
Piping Sketches Plans Unchecked
14" and Larger BW Carbon Steel
X
All Heavy Wall (3/4" Wall and Greater)
X
All ASME Piping
X
All Alloy
X
All Stainless Steel
X
All Special Piping (2)
X
Isometrics
Fab. and Inst. Details (4)
All Special Piping (2)
X
Misc Supts, Guides, Etc.
X
Pipeway Lines
X
(9)
Notes: (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown in Matrix)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
Items Provided Piping Classification
Secondary Transpositions, Plot Plans
Underground Piping (1)
Studies / Pipeway Inst. Plans (5)
SCRD / SW Carbon Steel
Piping Sketches Plans Unchecked
Isometrics
Fab. and Inst. Details (4)
X
(3)
1/2" Through 12" BW Carbon Steel
(8)
(6) (8)
14" and Larger BW Carbon Steel
(7)
(6)
All Heavy Wall (3/4" Wall and Greater)
(7)
(6)
All ASME Piping
(7)
(6)
All Alloy
(7)
(6)
All Stainless Steel
(7)
(6)
All Special Piping (2)
(7)
(6)
All Special Piping (2)
X
Misc Supts, Guides, Etc.
X
Pipeway Lines
X Notes: (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown in Matrix)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL DATA TRANSMITTED TO MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR BY PIPING SUPERVISOR
NOTES (Apply Only Where Reference Number is Shown)
1
Supplement Underground transpositions, studies and plans additional details of 14" and larger carbon steel, cast iron and Vitrified Clay Riser, drops and congested areas.
2
Special materials are those which have long delivery dates, are very costly or require special fabrication techniques. Included are non-metallics and lined piping. The materials Engineer shall provide information for these types in addition to assisting Material Control and the Piping Supervisor in deciding which to sketch.
3
Requirements will be developed from information shown on P&IDs, plot plans and transpositions applied to a factor system.
4
Fabrication details must be accompanied by an index listing all details available and estimated number of each item.
5
Underground studies may be used if Piping Plans are not available.
6
Unchecked Isometrics may be used in lieu of Sketches only if they are available. Isometrics shall not be prepared ahead of schedule solely to meet the needs of the material sketching activities.
7
Preliminary Sketches may be used for Secondary Takeoff if configuration and sheet numbers will match the final isometric.
8
Field fabricated lines require sketches. Vendor shop fabricated 1/2 inch thru 12 inch carbon steel lines will not require sketching unless Fluor procures materials for the shop.
9
If available, use Pipeway Installation Plan or studies in place of transpositions.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
1.
Lead Supervisor
Activity Description Review job data and ensure data availability. Request Material Control to provide Document Checklist at the conclusion of Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff.
2.
Unit Supervisor
Review the schedule for timing, duration, and manpower availability. Report any problems to the Lead Piping Engineer via the Lead Piping Supervisor, and review schedule and final plan with the material Control Supervisor. Develop applicable drafting room instruction. Assign Designers to prepare MTO sketches and other items listed in Attachment 01. Transmits data to Material Control Supervisor as required, in accordance with Attachment 01.
3.
Piping Assistant
Input Line List data into the Pipe Isometric Record.
4.
Piping Designer
A. Prepare MTO Sketches in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191: Piping Design Guide. B. Obtain xerox copy of stress sketch if practical to use as Preliminary MTO Sketch. C. Secondary Sketches will be drawn as soon as configurations are established on the model. D. Transmit sketches in groups of 5 to the Unit Supervisor. (Do not cause bottle necking by holding up large quantities of sketches.)
5.
Unit Supervisor
A. Review first 10 Preliminary and Secondary Sketches from each Designer for correct application of specification, standards, and instructions. Feed back all comments to Designers to eliminate repetition of initial errors. B. Determine if Secondary MTO yellow-off will parallel final yellow-off. If so, establish Secondary yellow-off master diagrams. C. Stress review not required - yellow-off the Master Flow Diagrams as sketches are turned in. review sketches for completeness and forward to the Piping Assistant. Advance to sequence 8. D. Stress review required - transmit all Preliminary Sketch originals requiring stress review as indicated in the line list to the Stress Engineer for evaluation.
6.
Stress Engineer
Make adequate analysis of Preliminary Sketch by inspection and note on original any additional materials necessary to satisfy flexibility and allow stiffener ring requirements (for example, three 14-inch 90-degree ells and 40' - 14" pipe).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
7.
Unit Piping Supervisor
Activity Description Review sketches for stress comments and yellow-off master P&IDs. Obtain xerox copy of each Preliminary or Secondary Sketch and give original to the Piping Assistant. File xerox copy.
8.
Piping Assistant
Transmit originals to Material Control Supervisor and for Secondary Takeoff; update Pipe Isometric Record.
9.
Material Control Supervisor
Perform takeoff. Material changes originated by Material Control Group will be marked in Black Ink on the xerox print in the Piping Design File. Changes will be transferred to xerox prints on a weekly basis. Before marking, bring changes to the Unit Supervisor's attention. Sketch Update
10.
Unit Supervisor
Monitor P&IDs, returned Stress Sketches, and Model Review Comments for changes affecting Material Sketches. Inform designers to review changes and revise material Sketches as required. review model development regularly for possible material changes.
11.
Piping Designer
Continuously monitor the P&IDs and other documents for changes that affect the MTO Sketch or Isometrics.
12.
Piping Designer
Revisions Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2019. In red, neatly make changes (that affect only the material) on the xerox print Piping Design File. Compare file copy of MTO Sketch with Stress Sketches returned from Stress since last issue to MTO, and incorporate Stress comments that affect material. Any significant change must be revised immediately as next Rev. and given to Unit Supervisor. A significant change may be one that affect, butt welded fittings and flanged or butt welded valves.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
Activity Description Redraws Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191. Void Line Numbers Follow instructions in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191. Once a line number is used and voided, it will not be used again. Never reuse that line number throughout duration of contract. Transmit revised and redrawn sketches or Isometrics to Unit Supervisor.
13.
Unit Supervisor
Revisions, Sheet Number Changes, and Redraws Review all revisions. Yellow-off P&IDs as necessary. Notify Material Control Supervisor when last sketch has been submitted for each (Preliminary and Secondary) Takeoff. Transmit all revised and redrawn sketches to Piping Assistant.
14.
Piping Assistant
Receive redrawn sketches and xerox prints (with red marks) from Unit Supervisor. Obtain 1 xerox print of sketches. File new xerox copy in Piping Design File. Update Pipe Isometric Record (for secondary takeoff only.) Forward sketches to Material Control Supervisor.
15.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Material Takeoff. If material changes are necessary, handle in accordance with Sequence 9.
16.
Piping Assistant
Handle subsequent revisions in accordance with Sequence 14.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
17.
Unit Supervisor
Activity Description Update Master Flow Diagrams. At cutoff of Preliminary and Secondary Takeoff, have Piping Assistant order 2 prints of each Master P&ID from the roller board. One print of each Master P&ID will go on the roller board for temporary master; send the other to the Material Control Supervisor. Send Master P&IDs (brownline mylar) from roller board to Control Systems Design Group for update. Prints on roller board will be master until new brownlines are made.
18.
Material Control Supervisor
Issue Document Checklist to Piping Assistant via Lead Supervisor.
19.
Piping Assistant
Verify that all line numbers, sheet numbers, and revision numbers of sketches input in Documents Checklist by material Control agree with the Pipe Isometric Record. Report Deviations to Unit Supervisor.
20.
Piping Designer
Preparation of Final Isometric for Check Show only as much of the Piping configuration on an Isometric sheet as was shown on the MTO sketch sheet. Before drawing Isometric, compare latest revision of Material Sketch in Piping Design File with configuration on model and piping plan to ensure that Isometric original reflects the same material and sheet number. Decision:
If materials or sheet number changes are not affected, forward Isometric original (Rev. 0) to Piping Assistant in accordance with contract procedures. If material or sheet numbers are minor, revise file copy Secondary Sketch (xerox print) and update to next revision (S2, S4, ....). Forward marked-up xerox print to the Piping Assistant. If material affected and changes are major, advise Supervisor. Mark file copy of sketch "void" and change to next revision (S2, S3, ....). Show following revision (S3, S4, ....) on Isometric original. Forward marked xerox prints or voided xerox prints and Isometric originals to Piping Assistant
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2190 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL DETAILED PROCEDURE OF INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF DATA USED FOR PRELIMINARY AND SECONDARY MTO Seq
Responsibility
21.
Piping Assistant
Activity Description Obtain 2 blueline prints of all Isometric originals showing revision numbers (S3, S4, ....). File 1 print in Drawing Area checkprint package. Forward other blueline print along with any voided and revised material Sketches to the Material Control Supervisor. For Isometric originals showing revision 0, obtain checkprint and file in Drawing Area checkprint package. Check off under column 18. Update Piping Isometric Record for Isometric drawn and revised sketches.
22.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Secondary Takeoff. Advise Unit Supervisor of any material changes initiated by material Control that may affect callouts or dimensions on the Isometric.
23.
Piping Checker
After checking, compare checked Isometric with Secondary MTO Sketch. Immediately advise Material Control Supervisor of any significant change.
24.
Material Control Supervisor
Update Secondary Takeoff.
25.
Lead Piping Supervisor
Monitor document checklist to ensure that it is in agreement with Piping Isometric Record. Close out and dispose of Material Sketch file in accordance with contract procedures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL MATERIAL SKETCHING - MATERIAL SKETCHING INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE The purpose of this practice is to provide instructions to produce sketches containing the proper data in a consistent format to enable Piping Material Control to perform a material takeoff for the purchase of materials.
SCOPE This practice is arranged according to the following major sections: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PRELIMINARY MTO SKETCHES SECONDARY MTO SKETCHES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any project in any operations center where early piping material identification is critical or advantageous to the success of the construction effort.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Use in conjunction with the procedure for preparation and handling of data used for material sketches, Practice 670.250.2190: Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff. Sketches shall be drawn on Piping sketch form E-643. Sketches will be given to Unit Supervisor in groups of 5 or less to avoid causing a bottleneck during yellow-off. Sketches may be drawn freehand or using a straightedge.
PRELIMINARY MTO SKETCHES Sketches may be drawn from origin to terminus or broken into as many sheets as required for clarity. Stress Sketches may be substituted as preliminary sketches with Unit Supervisor approval.
SECONDARY MTO SKETCHES The Secondary Takeoff is a continuous type takeoff, comparing the secondary and final material requirements. This comparison can be achieved only by maintaining material segregation by line and sheet number. Therefore, the sketch sheet number for a given configuration must match the final isometric sheet number for that same configuration. When this becomes impractical, sketches shall be revised to reflect materials relocated from one sheet to another. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL MATERIAL SKETCHING - MATERIAL SKETCHING INSTRUCTIONS
Review preliminary sketches to determine if sketch can be reused. If changes are minimum, reuse preliminary sketch. Change "P" revision to "S1." If preliminary sketch cannot be reused, draw new sketch for secondary take-off. For new secondary sketches, the sheet number breakdown shall be as follows: To ensure that isometrics will not require braking up into additional sheets for final issue, individual sketch and isometric sheets shall not cover more than one Piping Plan Area (except pipeway portions). Sheets shall be broken up at natural fabrication break points, not to match lines. See Attachment 2, Figure 1. Sketches may require 2 or more sheets if 2 or more of the following conditions exist on a line. Control valve manifolds Rotameters Steam traps or continuous drainers Complex configurations such as pump suction expansion loops Special support details
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2190:
Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Notes Attachment 02: Figure 1. Sample Line Sketch Figure 2. Sample Line Sketch Attachment 03: Sample Line Sketch Attachment 04: Sample Line Sketch Attachment 05: Sample Line Sketch
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL NOTES
Numbers shown here refer to the corresponding number shown in hexagon symbols on Attachments 02, 03, 04 and 05. 1.
Indicate Area/Unit designation.
2.
Indicate design and operating temperature.
3.
Indicate Field Fabrication and/or Shop Fabrication next to title block.
4.
Indicate flow diagram number and section in which line appears in the lower left hand corner.
5.
North arrow orientation shall be to the upper right or left. Continuing sketch sheets shall have same north arrow orientation if practical.
6.
Indicate selected wall thicknesses on sketches. Material Engineering will note the selected wall thicknesses on the flow diagrams.
7.
Do not dimension fitting makeup segments.
8.
Round off dimension to the nearest foot for all welded lines. Enclose dimensions in parentheses.
9.
Do not indicate weld dots or screwed/socketweld symbols unless there is a chance of misinterpretation (i.e., butt weld valves and flanged valves in the same line class, and fitting makeup).
10.
Call out branch sizes, even if dotted.
11.
Show reducers and swages. Call out only if eccentric or for clarification.
12.
Locate insulation and heat tracing breaks.
13.
Indicate all items per flow diagram including bleed valves, vents, drains, spectacle blinds, and orifice flanges.
14.
Call out equipment mating flanges and other items only if different from the Material Specifications.
15.
Instrument numbers are not required. Indicate the type of instruments in balloons with their size adjacent.
16.
Indicate the rating of control valve only if out of spec.
17.
Indicate suction strainers.
18.
Note any alloy vacuum stiffener ring requirements on field fabricated portions.
19.
Locate Field and Shop fabrication break points.
20.
Indicate "holds" by encircling and labeling on sketch. "HOLD" shall be indicated in blue pencil on Master Flow Diagram for reference.
21.
Revisions: The first revision number used on the sketches for the Preliminary Material Takeoff shall be "P1". The first Secondary revision number shall be "S1". Subsequent revisions shall be revisions shall be P2, etc., or S2, etc., as required.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2191 Publication Date 22Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL NOTES
22.
Sheet Number Revisions: When a sheet number must be changed, update Xerox print in Piping Design File to next revision, crossing out previous sheet number (do not erase) and mark new sheet number in red. When additional sheets must be prepared for existing sketches, the next sheet number shall be assigned.
23.
Voiding Line Numbers: Mark "VOID LINE NUMBER" on sketch (Xerox print in file). Indicate next revision number in red. Also void out line number in the line list.
24.
REVISIONS SHALL NOT BE MADE BY ERASING AND REDRAWING ONCE SUBMITTED TO THE MATERIAL CONTROL SUPERVISOR. Preliminary and Secondary revisions (changes) made to existing line configurations, shall be made by drawing a wavy line through the portion of the existing line configuration that changed. The new line configuration will be drawn next to the voided line configuration in red. The entire revision shall be circled and marked with a revision symbol (see Method #1). When there is no room to draw the new line configuration next to the voided line configuration, draw it in any blank space on the same sketch sheet (see Method #2).
25.
Revisions Causing Redraw: Mark the Piping Design File Xerox print in red with the following note: "VOID P2, REDRAWN ON NEXT REVISIONS." The new sketch shall contain the following note "REDRAWN ON (enter next revision.)" Example:
If sketch being revised was revision "P1", the revision number used to void the sketch would be "P2" and the revisions number for the redrawn sketch would be "P3". (For the Secondary Takeoff, the revisions would be S2 and S3 respectively.)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the preparation and completion of piping models.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SCALE AND ACCURACY LEGEND DESIGN MODEL DATA MODEL BOARDS STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, AND PIPEWAYS MODEL PIPING VALVES FITTINGS MISCELLANEOUS AND SPECIALTY ITEMS ELECTRICAL / CONTROL SYSTEMS SUPPORTS SPECIAL FEATURE IDENTIFICATION PERSONNEL PROTECTION FIRE PROTECTION TAGGING REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by all personnel involved in the creation of model piping. Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002: Development And Design Models.
SCALE AND ACCURACY Models are typically built in a range of scales from 1:48 (1/4" = 1'- 0") to 1:12 (1" = 1'- 0"). For our purposes, however, the most commonly used scale is 1:32 (3/8" = 1'- 0"). The accuracy of the model can be held to plus or minus 1/16". The decision to use other scales will be based on the specific needs of the project.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
LEGEND A model board legend will be attached to one of the model boards and will identify, by example, such items as: Piping service color code Types of valves Types of instruments Piping specialties Safety showers Fire hose reels Fire extinguishers
DESIGN MODEL DATA The following data is transmitted by the Unit Piping Supervisor to the Model Shop as rapidly as the information is developed or becomes available: Contract model specification and practice (Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002 and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2120). Model board index drawing (refer to Attachment 01). Equipment LCP (Location Control Plan). Equipment outlines and dimensional data. Building drawings (specify block or cut-away form). Structures, foundations, and pipe support drawings or sketches. Electrical equipment dimensional data and electrical conduit rack size and location. Instrument control panels. Overhead instrument rack size and location. Underground piping layouts or plans showing fire monitor locations. Other information as required Vessel orientation layouts are transmitted to the Model Shop as soon as possible. The Model Shop will fabricate the vessel and install nozzles, and other components as required. Equipment Outlines It is the Piping Supervisor's responsibility to compile equipment dimensional data from Mechanical Engineering and forward this information to the Model Shop. As outlines are received from Suppliers, the Unit Supervisor is to review the outlines and forward them to the Model Shop as necessary. The Model Shop will fabricate equipment in a simplified form, tag, and attach to model board, as required.
MODEL BOARDS The Piping Supervisor initiates the model board index on a reproducible of the plot plan to outline the perimeter of the model boards. Whenever possible, try breaking the model boards along column centerlines to eliminate the need for ghost supports. The area match lines and the edges of the boards should correspond Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
or should be reasonably close. For the model board to clear standard door openings, the maximum size of model board should not exceed 2'- 6" by 5'- 0". When overall height of model including bases does not exceed 2'- 6", the width may be increased. When possible, fired heaters should be put on separate model bases along with their related equipment and pipeway to facilitate the model piping and review.
STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, AND PIPEWAYS A design sketch or layout approved by Structural Engineering can be used for transmitting pipeway, structure, and miscellaneous pipe support information to the Model Shop. Foundation sizes for aboveground are not required for exchangers, vertical vessels, and pumps.
MODEL PIPING Using P&IDs (Piping And Instrumentation Diagrams), drafting room instructions, piping layouts, plot plan, and equipment studies, the designers will install the piping on the models. The designer is responsible for workmanship, completeness, and conformance to contract practices, specifications, and procedures. As an aid to accomplish this, the designer will yellow off copies of the P&IDs as each line is installed and tagged. This work should be audited by the Piping Supervisor on a regular basis. The pipe is represented by plastic tubing of the appropriate diameter and color. Pipe colors are to be as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Screwed / socketweld and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld will be installed as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Adhesive buttons are available through the Model Shop for all piping tags. Tag the model as specified in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002.
VALVES Valves are installed on the model as described in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Valves will be permanently fixed in place only after final review and immediately prior to shipment. Refer to Attachment 02 for illustrations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
FITTINGS Commercially available components are installed when applicable in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. The Model Shop will fabricate piping, valves, or specialty items when there are no commercially available components. Refer to Attachment 03 for illustration.
MISCELLANEOUS AND SPECIALTY ITEMS Miscellaneous and specialty items will be installed in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Gray colored, commercially available components are installed when applicable. Adhesive buttons are available through the Model Shop for all piping tags. Refer to Attachment 04 for illustration.
ELECTRICAL / CONTROL SYSTEMS Electrical / Control Systems items will be installed in accordance with Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Refer to Attachment 05 for illustration.
SUPPORTS The method of support for piping installed on the model is representative, indicating as near as possible the actual requirements. Ghost supports are installed to stabilize the pipe on the model. Pipe guide clips are installed to stabilize the pipe coming down a vessel. Locate model supports and guides as close as possible to the actual location. Refer to Attachment 06 for illustration.
SPECIAL FEATURE IDENTIFICATION Refer to Attachment 07 for illustrations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
PERSONNEL PROTECTION Personnel protection equipment is installed in outline forms. Refer to Attachment 09.
FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection equipment is installed in block forms fabricated to scale. Furnish Model Shop with size and quantity information. Refer to Attachment 08.
TAGGING Tags will be added to the model to provide information that is not readily visible as described in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002. Tags will be hand lettered with "Pilot Ultra Fine" permanent black ink pens. Ballpoint, fountain, or other type marking pens are not recommended. Tags are to be applied to clean surfaces only. Tags will be commercially available whenever possible.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50002:
Development And Design Models
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Model Board Index Attachment 02: Valves Attachment 03: Fittings And Flanges Attachment 04: Miscellaneous And Specialty Items Attachment 05: Instruments Attachment 06: Supports Attachment 07: Special Feature Identification
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2120 Publication Date 18Mar96 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - PIPING DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS FOR DESIGN MODELS
Attachment 08: Fire Protection Equipment Attachment 09: Personnel Protection
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2121 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
PURPOSE This practice defines the requirements and guidelines for the preparation of project planning models and plot development.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT PLANNING MODEL PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
APPLICATION This practice will be applied selectively on projects where the use of this type of model renders appropriate value as determined by Piping Engineering and Project Management.
RESPONSIBILITY The assigned Project Piping Engineer will be responsible for the application of this practice.
PROJECT PLANNING MODEL The Project Planning Model is an overall site model developed to give a graphic representation of the plant. The model components can be rearranged with minimal effort to depict various schemes, to incorporate comments from the client, and to expedite approvals on projects. The following information is transmitted by Project Piping Engineer to the model shop as rapidly as the information is developed: Project model specification Plot board sizes. Unit sizes. Topographical drawing (if required). Control house and substation sizes. Building sizes. Interconnecting pipeways and sizes. Other information as required. Units are indicated and painted the appropriate color. Pipeways are indicated by approximately colored plastic strips. Roads are indicated by black tape outlines. You may take pictures as a record of various arrangements. When the model is no longer needed, return it to the model shop. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2121 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL
PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL The Plot Development Model is a 3 dimensional tool used to establish the most functional equipment arrangement with consideration for economics, operation, maintenance, and safety. The following information is transmitted by Project Piping Engineer to the model shop as rapidly as the information is developed: Project model specification. Plot board sizes. Vessel and equipment sketches with dimensions and elevations necessary for fabrication and installation. Structural information with dimensions necessary for fabrication of buildings and pipe racks. Electrical equipment, control house, instrument control panel, and analyzer house dimensional data and location. Other information as required. As equipment is fabricated, the model shop will attach item number labels and will paint the equipment the appropriate color. Use double-faced tape to mount the equipment. You may take pictures as a record of various arrangements. When the model is no longer needed, return it to the model shop.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
PURPOSE This practice defines the responsible disciplines and their activities in order to ensure an orderly completion of models that may be required on a Fluor Daniel project.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL MODEL PREPARATION PLANNING CONFERENCE PREPARATION OF PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODELS PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL REVIEW AND APPROVAL DESIGN MODEL PREPARATION MODEL PIPING FLUOR DANIEL FINAL REVIEW CLIENT MODEL REVIEW
APPLICATION All engineering disciplines and project management will review this practice during the early planning stages of a project and revised it if necessary to conform with contractual requirements of the project. When used on a project, this practice will be used to monitor, control, and sequence the activities to their completion.
GENERAL This practice describes the steps to be followed for developing the project planning model, the plot development model, and the design model; this practice also indicates the parties responsible for each model. This practice begins with the establishment of model criteria from initial development through the review and approval of each type of model. This practice applies to the preparation of the various models that may be required on a project. The project planning model is used for overall site/unit location and is normally built at a scale of 1 inch = 20 feet or smaller. The plot development model is used to establish equipment locations and elevations and is normally built at a scale of 1/4 of an inch = 1 foot. The design model is used for the actual design of a plant and is usually built at a scale of 3/8 of an inch = 1 foot to 3/4 of an inch = 1 foot. These models may be used in any combination for any project.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
MODEL PREPARATION PLANNING CONFERENCE During the early stages of a project, PPE (Project Piping Engineer) will call a conference with Engineering Coordinator, Project Lead Piping Design Supervisor, and Project Manager to review and discuss the following data: Contractual requirements and definitions of the types of models required and level of detail. Definitions of areas requiring models. Model specifications, practices, and procedures. Review of plan to utilize integrated engineering. Establishment of the status of equipment information to be used. Establishment of client review activities. Model photography schedule.
PREPARATION OF PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODELS Each engineering discipline and construction are responsible to provide Project Piping Engineering with the necessary information and data to complete the model. Project Electrical Engineer will establish substation sizes and locations, indicate electrical right-of-way or easement requirements, and provide sketches or layouts as necessary. Project Structural Engineer will establish building sizes, provide topographical maps as required, indicate civil requirements, and provide preliminary design sketches for structures, pipeways, and equipment supports. Project Control Systems Engineer will establish locations and sizes of analyzer and control houses, overhead instrument racks, and will also provide sketches and layouts as necessary. Project Vessel Engineer will establish unit tank and vessel sizes. Project Process Engineer will provide block type flow diagrams for unit tie-ins and design criteria for approximate unit sizes. Project Engineer will provide plant site information and client requirements. Project Mechanical Engineer will provide preliminary equipment sizes. Construction Representative will provide the type and size of mobile equipment to be used at the jobsite. Project Piping Lead Design Supervisor will establish sizes and locations of units and interconnecting pipeways. Lead Piping Design Supervisor will accumulate design data, review and develop overall plot arrangement and model board sizes, and then transmit this information to the model shop.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Model Shop will fabricate and provide plot boards, equipment structures, and components required for completion, revisions, or repairs. After the model shop work has been completed, Project Piping, Area/Unit Piping Design Supervisor will review the model for completeness and notify Project Piping Engineer that the model is ready for project review.
PROJECT PLANNING AND PLOT DEVELOPMENT MODEL REVIEW AND APPROVAL Project Piping Engineer will call a conference for Fluor Daniel review, arrange for review facilities, and notify participants, who will include: Construction Representative Control Systems Engineer Electrical Engineer Engineering Coordinator Fire Protection Engineer Lead Piping Design Supervisor Process Engineer Project Manager Structural Engineer The model will then be reviewed with consideration to the following criteria: Proper location of tankage, buildings, control houses, substations and other offsite equipment in relationship to the process units, project, and code requirements. Operation and maintenance. Construction and erection requirements. Overall review for fire protection. Project Piping Engineer will have the model corrected in accordance with the model conference notes and notify Project Manager when the model is ready for client review. Project Manager will review the model with the client and obtain comments and approval. Project Piping Engineer will have the model corrected in accordance with the conference notes and will prepare overall plot plan.
DESIGN MODEL PREPARATION Project Piping Engineer is responsible for ensuring the performance of the following: Initiate model board schedule and coordinate model construction with Model Shop Supervisor. Ensure that input from other design disciplines is received.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Develop a model board index for each scheduling area and release to model shop. Review vessel and equipment outlines for component fabrication and release to model shop as received. Develop the equipment location control plan and release to the model shop. Coordinate with control systems and electrical to provide for the installation of electrical and instrument model components. Component Development Unit Piping Design Supervisor, with input from Vessel Design Supervisor, will prepare assigned vessel orientations, review, and then submit to the model shop. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will provide equipment locations, required piping layout data, and all pipe support data required for structural design, and will transmit to the structural engineer. Project Structural Engineer will provide Unit Piping Design Supervisor with the following information: Design sketches for structures and equipment support suitable for model fabrication. Pipe support configurations and member sizes. Sketches and typical pipe support drawings. Project Mechanical/Electrical/Control Systems Engineer and Vessels Design Supervisor will transmit dimensional information for equipment to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will accumulate and review for completeness of detail all vendor drawings, equipment information, and structural information, and will transmit to Model Shop Supervisor as received. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will monitor, schedule, and report to Project Piping Engineer obstacles affecting manhour budget or schedule. Area Project Engineer will be responsible for expediting missing dimensional information for equipment to be transmitted to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Component Fabrication Model Shop will perform these activities: Fabricate and hold model boards in accordance with the model board index and the piping design schedule. Fabricate equipment, structures, pipe supports, equipment foundations, instruments, and electrical racks. Install components in the model and release model to Unit Piping Design Supervisor. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will review the model with Project Piping Engineer for accuracy and completeness. Component Assembly Review Project Piping Engineer will then schedule a component assembly review, arrange for review facilities, and notify participants, who will consist of the following: Area Project Engineer Control Systems Engineer Lead Piping Design Supervisor Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Process Engineer Unit Piping Design Supervisor Vessel Engineer Structural Engineer Construction Representative Electrical Design Supervisor Electrical Engineer Engineering Coordinator Fire Protection Engineer Project Mechanical Engineer Structural Design Supervisor The model will be reviewed with consideration to the following criteria: Conformance to project specifications, practices, and flow diagrams Operation and maintenance Consistency Economics Fire protection and safety At the completion of the review, Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the conference notes; Area Project Engineer will schedule a client review.
MODEL PIPING The Unit Piping Design Supervisor will supervise the performance of the following: Install piping on the model complete with valves, inline instruments, and identification tags in accordance with contract specifications and established procedures. Review model piping as work progresses for compliance with job standards, specifications, instructions, and industry design practices. Review drain funnel locations with the underground specialist. Coordinate with Lead Electrical Design Supervisor and Lead Control Systems Design Supervisor to schedule the installation of their respective systems and design features. Stress Engineer and Process Engineer will continually evaluate piping configurations and inform Unit Piping Design Supervisor immediately of any changes or potential problem areas. Control Systems Design Supervisor and Project Control Systems Engineer will perform these activities: Install instrumentation in accordance with contract specifications and established procedures. Review locations of inline instruments and instrument connections and notify Unit Piping Design Supervisor of any required changes. Review instrument installations with Project Control Systems Engineer and make corrections as necessary. Review instrument rack routing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
Electrical Design Supervisor and Project Electrical Engineer will review locations and accessibility of electrical equipment, motor control center switchgear, pushbutton stations, and routing of conduit and cable racks. At the completion of this review, Electrical Design Supervisor will notify Unit Piping Design Supervisor that the model is ready for final review.
FLUOR DANIEL FINAL REVIEW Project Piping Engineer will schedule the Fluor Daniel final review, arrange for facilities, gather necessary reference materials and notify participants, who will consist of the following: Area Project Engineer Construction Representative Control Systems Engineer and Supervisor Engineering Coordinator Piping Staff Representative Process Engineer Project Manager Project Mechanical Engineer Structural Engineer and Design Supervisor Unit Layout Designer (for taking notes) Unit Piping Supervisor Vessel Engineer The objectives of the final review are the following: Review model to ensure that operations, maintenance, construction, and erection are in concurrence with project requirements. Perform a line-by-line flow diagram check of the model. Check for completeness with special attention to the routing of alloy and large diameter piping. Check location of control valve stations and instruments in relation to their function. Review piping for maintenance and general plant design. Review startup, shutdown, and operating conditions. Check for consistency. Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the conference notes, and Project Piping Engineer will notify Project Manager that the model is ready for client review.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2122 Publication Date 22Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL MODEL PIPING - INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PREPARATION AND REVIEW
CLIENT MODEL REVIEW Project Manager is responsible to perform these activities: Provide the client with the latest approved flow diagrams, contract specifications and procedures, supplies, and facility for the model review. Review and approve client comments and issue model conference notes. At the conclusion of the client model review, Unit Piping Design Supervisor will correct the model in accordance with the model conference notes.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
PURPOSE This practice provides sources of information, general instructions, and suggested checking procedures for manual, FACET, CALMA and Intergraph projects.
APPLICATION The checking of drawings is one of the more important functions in the Piping Department, if not the most important. Not only does the exactness of our dimensions shown on the drawings rest in the hands of the checker, but so does the overall appearance of the finished plant. When checking a drawing in detail, a checker has the opportunity to watch for good operating conditions, proper clearance between equipment, and general plant consistency, all of which we wish to maintain.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: SOURCES OF INFORMATION GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS CHECKING PROCEDURES CHECKING PROCEDURE CALMA AND INTERGRAPH 3D DRAWINGS
SOURCES OF INFORMATION The checker needs the following items to accomplish the checking function. Should you have any problem obtaining this information, see your Design Supervisor for assistance. Preliminary job information Piping specifications Piping Plot Plan and/or Drawing Index Piping Drawing Progress Report Piping model (plastic or electronic) - when applicable Line list Mechanical and Utility Flow Diagrams Piping design instructions Fluor Daniel Piping Design Guide Purchased or estimated piping material line bills or isometrics (material sketches) Appropriate Fluor Daniel and Client standards and specification Contract piping practices Location Control Plan Insulation specifications Equipment list Structural steel, concrete, electrical and vessel drawings, or model files
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Piping flexibility studies/stress sketches Specification sheets and certified outline prints of the following: - Instruments - Equipment - [Out of] Specification and Engineered Item List/Dimensional Data Book Adjacent piping drawings including underground drawings
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Design Supervisor assigns checker the area to check. The checker will show all additions and changes in sufficient detail for the draftsman's complete understanding. Avoid verbal instructions. If reasons for errors are not clearly apparent, consult the designer in charge of the area before making changes. Immediately notify Design Supervisor of any changes in piping, material, or equipment that may affect other departments. The piping checker is not to redesign because of personal preference or opinion. Obviously any changes of this type lead to expensive drafting costs and material discrepancies. If any material discrepancies are found, they must be called to the attention of Design Supervisor immediately. After drawings have been checked, return the check prints to the Design Supervisor for review and assignment of designer for backcheck and corrections. After the corrections have been made, the originals and check prints will be returned to the checker for signature. Before signing the drawings, be sure to check the master flow diagrams for any new revisions pertaining to the drawings; then sign the originals and return them to the design supervisor. Return the check prints to Design Supervisor for filing. The checker is responsible to keep the marks on his personal (desk copy) flow diagrams up to date with the master flow diagrams. The checker must inform Design Supervisor and mark all reference drawings for any changes made that will affect work already completed or in progress. This reference material will usually consist of (but not be limited to) other design sections work, adjacent piping areas, specifications, and vendor drawings. Design Supervisor is responsible for communicating these changes to proper parties through the proper procedural channels.
CHECKING PROCEDURES The order in which the following items are listed is a suggested step-by-step procedure for checking piping drawings to avoid unnecessary repetition of reference, possibility of omission, and wasted motion. This procedure is not meant to be a hard and fast rule that must be followed, but as a guide to assist our checkers in establishing a checking pattern.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Title Block Manual And FACET Drawings Note!!! Reference Material - Piping Design instructions, Fluor Daniel Piping Design Guide, and Drawing Progress Report. Proper title. Name of plant and location. Name of designer, supervisor, and, after corrections have been made, the checker. Project Piping Engineer, project engineer and client (if required by job procedure). Date (date the drawing is released for issue). Scale, if full drawing is same scale; if not, then the words "As Noted" should show in this block. Drawing number as taken from Drawing Progress Report or Drawing Index. Reference drawing block, (such as Upper/Lower Plans, Underground) Orientation Of Drawing Note!!! Reference Material - Plot Plan and Piping Drawing Index. North arrow. Coordinates of match lines. Reference to adjacent drawings. Equipment Location Note!!! Reference Material - Location Control Plan, Foundation Location Drawing, Structural Stick File, Vessel and Electrical Reference Drawings, and Equipment Folders. Coordinates of building columns, foundations, and pipe supports. Outlines of equipment, structures, foundations. Coordinates of vessels. Equipment Chart: Vessel nozzle orientation, elevations, projection size and rating. Ladders, platforms, walkways. Roads, paved areas, trenches. Proper numbers for all equipment and structures. Electrical substations, starter racks. Anchor location of horizontal vessels and exchangers. Equipment Configuration Check Equipment size per CDO (certified dimensional outline). Nozzle size and rating per CDO. Nozzle locations per CDO. Locations of supports and guides per CDO. or Ladder and Platform drawings. Any other pertinent details that affect the quality of the interference check (such as stiffener rings, insulation, and access/removal envelopes). Note "Hold" for all equipment not having certified outlines.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Space Requirements Note!!! Reference Material - Preliminary Job Information, Equipment, Vessel and Structural Reference Drawings. Erection space. Operating space. Tube bundle pulling or maintenance space. Manway clearance. Adequate operating space on platforms around instruments. Equipment removal space. Future installation requirements. Flow Diagrams And Line List Note!!! Reference Material - Mechanical and Utility Flow Diagrams, Line List, Piping Specifications. Line sizes, and direction of flow from source to destination. Valves, fittings, and equipment in each line according to specification. Proper line designation according to line list and flow diagrams. Checker should mark the master line list for any difference between it and the master flow diagram. Flow arrows on piping. Insulation as indicated on line list and flow diagrams. Steam tracing as indicated on line list and flow diagrams. Piping (Check For Scale As Work Progresses) Note!!! Reference Material - Preliminary Job Information, Piping Reference Drawings, Piping Design Guide, Piping Design Instructions, Stress Sketches, Material Sketches, Piping Specifications, and Piping Standards. Spacing and clearance requirements of lines in pipeways. Future space requirements in pipeways in accordance with the contract criteria. Continuation and spacing of lines on adjacent drawings. Clearances between pipe and equipment on structures. (Check for fireproofing.) Connections and flange rotations at equipment. Clearances around valves and equipment for operation, maintenance, and removal. Accessibility of valves and operating equipment. Proper location of traps, separators, vents, and drains. Instrument connections. (Check with Instrument Engineer for proper locations.) Proper location and orientation of orifice flanges, and proper amount of run up and down steam. Connections for future equipment or piping installation. Pipe shoes on insulated lines. Expansion or contraction of lines. Indicate amount of cold spring or prespring.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Location and designation of anchors, guides, hangers, and brackets. For these items, be sure to review stress sketches from Stress Group. Underground connections. Dimensions Sufficient dimensioning to draw Isometrics of the pipe lines without scaling and without reference to any other source other than piping drawings. Dimensioning to be in accordance with Practice 000.250.9810. Notes And Caption All notes and captions must be legible and with abbreviations according to Practice 000.000.9910. Lettering should be all of the same size, and upper case according to Practice 670.250.2050. Review Of General Piping Arrangement Correct spelling. Check line to see that it agrees completely with the master flow diagrams and contains all valves, instruments, control stations, and connections. If control valve is operated by a liquid level controller, it should, if possible, be located in view of the gage glass showing the liquid level. Vents should be provided at the high points of all lines, except those in air service. Drains should be provided at low points on all lines. On ring joint piping, check for enough flanges or offsets so that it can be installed. Check for location of underground connections and drain funnels. Use flat faced steel flanges against 125# flat faced cast iron equipment. gaskets will be full face type. Provide thermal relief valves between block valves on liquid lines directly exposed to sun. Check for proper support of small bore piping. Check structural drawings for miscellaneous steel not normally shown on model or plan drawing (for example, bracing, or gussets).
CHECKING PROCEDURE, CALMA AND INTERGRAPH 3D DRAWINGS Partition Audit Note!!! The Partition Audit involves the following: Review of the Equipment Status Record to determine that it is complete and current according to the latest equipment outline (aboveground partitions only).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Review of the Pipeline Status Record for items on hold (aboveground partitions only). Ideally, no items should be incomplete at this time, or the partition is not ready to be audited. Verification that IFC conflicts are resolved. Auditor must confirm that there are no unacceptable conflicts and that the envelope file date is just before the audit. Verification that material has been updated to the latest reference database. Designers will indicate when they have run Verify Reconstruct and Reconstruct Component on the Pipeline Status Record. The auditor will confirm that no database changes have occurred since those dates. Review the Partition Control Book to determine that all interface points have been documented. Using a plant view plot as a record, check 5 instances of each of the following on the workstation (aboveground partition only): Line spacing (insulation, thermal expansion). Pipe spans. Bottom of pipe or trunnion versus TOS. Access, maintenance, removal clearances. The designer and the piping supervisor will discuss the result of the audit to determine whether any additional checking is required. An Audit Status Sheet should be completed by the auditor and will help in tracking the various auditing tasks. Orientation Of Drawings Note!!! Reference Material - Plot Plan and Piping Drawing Index. North arrow. Coordinates of match lines. References to adjacent drawings. Design Review Note!!! The PDS designer will generate and annotate the piping drawings in accordance with the contract requirements. The partition layout designer's name will be placed in the "Designed By" blank. The partition designer's and the auditor's initials (if the partition was audited) will be placed in the "Checked By" blank. The partition designer or the auditor will also review the final drawing for the following: The computer model view used in the drawing (levels/classes displayed, extent of clipping match Drawing Index). Reference computer models added and displayed. Proper text (equipment numbers and coordinates, pipe support coordinates, pipe elevations, all lines labeled). Drawing symbols and text (reduced print scale, north arrow, a title block, HPFS, reference to individual piping isometrics for additional details). Matchline coordinates and reference to adjacent drawings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1037 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING
Audit Confidence Note!!! This procedure is intended to replace the full detail "Check" done in the past and our confidence in the system is based on the following: Interference check done before issue of drawings. Checked database prior to 3D modeling. All PDS designers access the same database for each individual project. Checked equipment (location and piping connections). Material cross-check between reference database and partition file. Proven reduced field rework on PDS projects with this audit procedure implemented.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1038 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING PLAN CORRECTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for making corrections to Piping Engineering drawings. It applies to all projects and work assignments.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major topics: RESPONSIBILITY OVERVIEW GENERAL CORRECTION GUIDELINES REFERENCES
APPLICATION Drawings must be checked, updated, and corrected before they can be issued for construction. This practice serves as a reminder for the experienced employee, and aids the new employee in the following ways: It acquaints new employees with actual job conditions and serves as a useful transitional tool from class to job. It provides additional training and job experience because it helps minimize the demands on the new designers until they gain more experience and confidence. It shows where errors often occur, and brings the new designers' experience level up more quickly. It frees up more experienced designers to work on more difficult tasks.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor for each discipline is responsible for proper use of this practice. The Department Manager is responsible for keeping design supervisors informed of changes and additions to this practice.
OVERVIEW Because changes and errors can and will occur, corrections are a vital part of all engineering drawings. Cooperation and communication is essential between checker, designer, and corrector during the checking and correction process. If an individual does not have the original drawing, the supervisor will indicate where the originals are kept and how to obtain them. When given a correcting assignment, the employee should handle originals carefully, and never crease or fold the original. Each original represents thousands of dollars of effort. Before any corrections are made, look over the check print carefully. There may be some critical notes in black lead pencil explaining how to make certain corrections. If in doubt, ask the checker.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1038 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING PLAN CORRECTIONS
GENERAL CORRECTION GUIDELINES Checker marks will be corrected on the original as follows: Do not touch items on the original that are marked correct on the check print. However, if corrected items need to be moved in order to make the change required, circle those items or areas in orange on the check print. This procedure will warn the checker to verify that the items are still correct. Delete areas on the original that are marked for deletion on the check print. Add areas or items on the check print that are marked to be added to the original or drawings. All changes on piping plan drawings should be to correct scale. If maintaining the correct scale creates a significant amount of additional work, consider drawing items out of scale. This approach will require approval of the supervisor in addition to identifying out of scale items with a wavy line below the applicable dimension. After the correction has been made on the original, circle all items on the check print in black lead pencil. This will make it easier to see what items are left to do. Conform to linework already on the original. Make all lettering neat and legible. Plan ahead when making corrections so that the changes are presented in a clear, organized manner. Tiny lettering, poor linework, and disorganized work are not acceptable. If a drawing can be clarified by redrawing or by erasing large areas marked correct, go to the supervisor first to determine if the idea is warranted. Never erase correct areas to "clean up" a drawing without approval from the supervisor. After the corrections have been made, be sure to initial each check print in black lead pencil and return them to the supervisor. Corrections to PDS Model Files must be made by a properly assigned PDS Designer. The reasons for making corrections to PDS Files are to obtain computer generated design check reports on such things as interferences and incompatible specifications, or to generate hard copy markups by another designer during the normal checking process.
REFERENCES General Engineering Practice 670.200.1037:
Drawing Checking
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1037:
Drawing Checking
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking - Piping Isometrics
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for checking all manual and computer generated isometric piping drawings. It applies to all projects and work assignments.
SCOPE This practice provides: General instructions to checker Prerequisite data Sequence of checking Attachments
APPLICATION The primary function of isometric piping drawings is to convey the exacting details that are necessary to construct and install a portion of piping. If not properly prepared, the drawing will not convey the information necessary to transform design ideas into a finished product. All drawings are a form of a written communication and should be developed to transmit thoughts, ideas, and technical information as clearly and concisely as possible. Accuracy is the most important aspect of the isometric.
RESPONSIBILITY The Design Supervisor will enforce the utilization of this standard. The Department Manager will maintain and revise this practice as required.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CHECKER Piping isometrics should be checked simultaneously with the model and the piping plan drawings. All resources used during checking of piping plan drawings should also be used for the checking of the piping isometrics. There are, however, some additional details and considerations that pertain to the piping isometrics only. These are listed and discussed in THE SEQUENCE OF CHECKING section of this practice. In general, butt-welded, shop, or field fabricated isometrics shall be fully detailed and dimensioned so that a vendor shop or site shop can fabricate all required spool pieces. In general, screwed or socketwelded isometrics should be dimensioned so that the field may cut and prefabricate as much as possible before installation. When using the coordinate and elevation method, show key elevations with only limited dimensions as required for material takeoff. Dimensions that must be maintained, show thus: 6'-7" (without plus or minus).
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Dimensions that may vary slightly without affecting the clearance, show thus: 12'-4" ±. Dimension to the nearest inch. The isometrics released for checking should be completed to the best of the isometric drafter's ability as related to the information availability and instructions. Anything omitted or incorrect that is remembered by the isometric drafter should be called to the attention of the checker. If not already discovered, it can be incorporated on the check print. When assigning work to be checked, the Design Supervisor will specifically indicate isometrics to be checked. No drafting will be performed within the specifically assigned areas while checking is in progress. Each print to be used as a check print should be identified with a rubber stamp identifying it as a check print. The information required on the stamp will vary from office to office but should include the checker's name and the date, and the corrector's name and the date. The checker is to fill in his/her name and the date when isometric checking actually starts. The checker must make sure that the latest available information is being used. If any suppliers' prints are not certified, a "hold" or a note to "field verify" should be placed on the drawing as determined by Project Piping Engineer's instructions. Isometrics will be checked only against information that has already been checked such as certified supplier prints and areas of a model that have been reviewed. If, during a check, it is discovered that more information is needed or a design change is necessary, the checker will attach a note of explanation to the check print and hold until information is received. When checking has been completed, the check prints will be forwarded to designers for correction. The checker will ensure that all out-of-spec items and engineered items are identified as listed on the project engineered item list. The checker will indicate all additions, deletions, and changes. Major changes will be returned for redesign and resubmitted upon completion to the checker. The colors used for checking will be in accordance with General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050: Drawing Practices. The checker should not return work to be redesigned unless it is determined that a majority of the design is unacceptable. The checker will consult with the Design Supervisor if the reasons for the errors are not clearly apparent. All markings will be clear and concise for the corrector's complete understanding. Avoid using verbal instructions. Upon completion of an assignment, the checker should review the check prints with the Design Supervisor and the isometric/drafter before having the necessary corrections made to the drawings. Upon completion of the corrections and backchecking by the isometric drafter, the checker will review the drawings with the check prints and documents for the current changes prior to signing the drawings as checked. The signed drawing will be returned to the Design Supervisor and the check prints will be placed on file.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Color Code System The following color code is used throughout Fluor Daniel for checking and correcting drawings: Red Means To Add This is used by the checker when there is something to be added such as notes and changes in dims. When a corrector sees this, he/she is required to transfer these marks on the original drawings. If the marks cannot be understood, go to the checker for clarification. Never make a change or correction without fully understanding the checker's intention. Blue Means To Delete This is used during the check by the checker to indicate that an item such as notes and symbols is to be removed. When a corrector sees this on a drawing, he/she is required to erase what is marked in blue pencil. In addition, checkers sometimes write special instructions to the corrector in black pencil. Yellow Means Correct: Do Not Change Yellow is used by the checker during all phases of checking. When a corrector sees this, it indicates that the item is correct and should not be removed from the drawing. If yellowed off notes, dimensions, and other similar features must be moved for clarity of presentation, use care that they are rewritten correctly and circle the note in orange. Green Supersedes Red Green marks placed over red marks on a drawing indicate that one designer is making changes in red which is being verified in green by another designer (backchecking). When this situation occurs, the corrector is to transfer these marks to the drawing. Green supersedes all other colors. Note!!! Sometimes, the corrector is required to backcheck the drawing as well as correct it. If the correcting assignment includes backchecking, the changes are to be verified by the corrector and all incorrect changes are to be resolved with the checker. Black Pencil Means Note From Checker Items in pencil are used as notes to corrector by the checker. The corrector should read the notes and follow the checker's instructions.
PREREQUISITE DATA As a minimum, the Design Supervisor will make the following information available to the checker (all items to be approved for design): Any special instructional documents, job notes, or other information that has been passed on (either verbally or in writing) in project meetings or by other means. P&IDs Pipe line list Applicable piping specifications Equipment lists Drawing Progress/Status Reports (all departments) Vendor drawings
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Equipment layout drawings Applicable drawings from other disciplines Note!!! The design supervisor must immediately inform the checker when he learns about changes or possible changes in the area being checked.
SEQUENCE OF CHECKING Check the title block data. Fabrication And Installation Data Shop or field fab Internal cleaning requirements Post weld heat treatment required ASME boiler code requirements Seal welding required Shoes, guide and anchor requirements Check for any other special requirements Scheduling Data (If Required) Number of erection welds Sequence of erection Difficulty factor Line List Data Line commodity Liquid or vapor Conditions Insulation requirements Tracing requirements Stress review requirements Identification Data Piece mark number (shop fab only) Reference drawings Drafter's name/date drawn Project number/area/unit/change order Line number and class/sheet number/revision number
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
North Arrow North arrow orientation will be to the upper right preferably. Upper left is an alternate, if required. All isometrics will have the same north arrow orientation. Configuration Check general configuration. Check general configuration and routing of the line to see that it is in agreement with the P&IDs piping drawings and the model, and that it contains all the major items such as control stations, bypasses, and laterals before proceeding with a detailed check. Check the break out flange and union locations for the operation, maintenance, and turnaround requirements. Check the line list and P&ID for proper origin and terminus showing the correct equipment number, nozzle orientation, and elevation when tying into the equipment. On lines leaving area, check for match line, location, elevation, and coordinates. This should agree with the piping plans and the continuation sheets. Check for the continuation sheet number. Check for the same north arrow orientation. Make a detailed check of each piping isometric configuration. Each of the following items should be checked in detail to see that the piping isometric agrees with the piping drawings, model and flow diagrams: Exact configuration Line sizes and changes in size Direction of flow Location of branches, connections, and other similar items Fittings, flanges, valves, instruments, and other similar items Ensure that all items appearing on the flow diagram, model, and piping drawings are accounted for, and that they are shown correctly, using the proper symbols. Callouts Check for callouts. Special items, or items that are not in accordance with the piping specifications, are to be called out and labeled such as the following: Off-specification valves, flanges, pipes, or fittings Flanges 26 inches and larger must have the following information: - Flange OD - Bore - Bolt circle - Bolt hole diameter - Number of bolt holes - Flange thickness (The above listed items are not required for A.P.I. flange.) All specialty items by SP number or IC number
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Dummy legs, field supports, anchors Instrument connections and such items that are normally detailed on standard drawings Car seal open or closed valves Bolt through or cap screws requirements Coated or wrapped pipe at dikes, under roads, and at other similar locations Callout items that require information in addition to the standard symbol for interpretation, or that will benefit the fabricator such as the following: Reducers, swages, short radius ells, reducing flanges, 45 degree ells, and other such fittings. Chain operators, specification blinds, rod and spring hangers, and other such miscellaneous items included with the piping. Reinforcing pads or saddles, clips, brackets, lugs, and other similar items welded to the piping. Limits of shop and field fabrication, safety insulation, and ASME boiler code requirements, if any. Callout items that are normally indicated in accordance with the standard Fluor Daniel practice such as the following: Equipment nozzle flange size, rating, facing, and identification number Control valve flanges Orifice flange sizes, ratings, and fab detail number Cold spring or prespring Pump suction strainers Field weld locations Valve handwheel orientation and rotation of bolt holes, if required Flow direction on check valves Piece mark numbers Supports Check for support. Ensure that the line is adequately supported and that miscellaneous field supports, rod and spring hangers, brackets, lugs, and pickup supports are properly shown. Note!!! Supports not given a pipe support number or detailed by the structural group must be called out and detailed on the isometric. Provide special supporting for hydrotesting or erection. Check need for insulation lugs. Insulation Check all instrument connections for the following: Identification number Location Size, rating, facing, or connection type Accessibility Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Clearance Orifice tap orientation Orientation of control valve actuators Flow Sheets Check items that are not always shown in piping plans, models and flow sheets, such as the following: The hydrostatic test vents and drains. (Be sure to follow the line into the adjoining areas to verify the high or low points and to see if the vent or drain has been taken care of on the continuation isometric.) The elevation and orientation of the control valve bypass and the bypass valves. The steam traps at the low points on the steam lines. The minimum distance between welds. Dimensional Make a complete, detailed, and dimensional check in accordance with the Fluor Daniel dimensioning practice, paying particular attention to the following items: The main dimension lines should run from the face of flanges to the centerline of the pipe (ells or tees) and include valves, and changes in direction, and should be in a continuous string. The secondary dimensions should be used for laterals, miscellaneous connections, instruments, vents, drains, and other similar features. These items should be dimensioned separately and from 1 direction only (not in the main dimensions string). Dimensions on the piping isometric drawing will be to the contact face of flanges (except ring joint flanges will be to the extreme face of flange) and to the centerline of pipes, branches, and other similar features. Dimensions will be in inches up to 1'-0"; in feet and inches 1'-0" and over. Dimensions will be to the nearest 1/16 of an inch. Offsets will be full dimensioned, that is, all sides and angles. When calculating the eccentric reducer offset dimensions, use the outside diameter of both ends. Gaskets At the valves, flanges, orifice flanges, specification blinds, strainers, and other similar features, ensure that the location of the gaskets are shown in the proper location. At the valves, orifices, flanges, and specification blinds, gaskets should be included within the valve, orifice, or specification blinds dimensions. At equipment nozzles, gaskets should be shown on the equipment side and the outside of the regular dimension string. Miscellaneous Check for cold spring or prespring. Check for adequate meter run lengths. Check for anchor and support locations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1039 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING CHECKING: PIPING ISOMETRICS
Check proper configuration, dimensioning, and angles on boxed-in offset angles. Check to ensure that a minimum of 1 North/South coordinate, 1 East/West coordinate, and 1 elevation is given on each isometric. Make a final review of each isometric against flow diagram, model, and piping drawing, and look over entire isometric in general for accuracy and completeness.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for instruction and samples of a typical Fluor Daniel piping isometric including title block information.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL NOTES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to all projects in Fluor Daniel Operations Centers. Flexibility is allowed based on project's needs, the approval of the Project Piping Engineer, and the Operations Center Manager.
RESPONSIBILITY The responsibility for ensuring compliance with this practice rests with the assigned Project Piping Engineer, Lead Piping Design Supervisor, and Area Supervisors.
GENERAL NOTES The purpose of the piping isometric instructions and the sample isometrics are: To define Fluor Daniel minimum requirements pertaining to piping isometrics. To present the general format for piping isometrics. The term piping isometric is used to describe an 11 inch by 17 inch 3D drawing of a line or part of a line, complete with all information required for fabrication and installation. Refer to Attachment 14 for a copy of the Standard Piping Isometric Border. Isometrics are used for various activities during the course of a job such as material takeoff, stress analysis, and insulation subcontract administration. Therefore, the isometric drawing must also include adequate data to satisfy the needs of these activities without becoming unreadable. All items pictured on the piping isometric will be clearly identified and located through symbols, dimensions, or notes. For isometric symbols, refer to Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges. A piping isometric consists of 3 parts: Engineering Data Block consisting of 4 major sections: - Fabrication and Installation Data - Listing special information related to the fabrication and installation requirements of the line.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
-
Line List Data - Listing the commodity, service conditions, insulation, and tracing requirements. - Identification Data - Listing information required to identify the piping isometric and the source documents. - Revision Blocks - Indicate the type of revision and the required approvals. Geographic Section (or face) showing what is to be fabricated. B/M (Bill of Material) listing all materials required to fabricate and install the line is prepared by the Piping Material Control Group and may be attached to the isometric or issued as a separate document.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2081: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2190:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering Piping Isometrics - Manual Components Drawing Instructions Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2191:
Material Sketching - Material Sketching Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2291:
Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9820:
Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50025: Shop Fabrication And Handling - Process And Utility Piping Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50026: Field Fabrication And Installation - Process And Utility Piping Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50028: Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50201: Piping Support Elements
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING ISOMETRICS - PIPING ISOMETRICS DRAWING INSTRUCTIONS
Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50300: Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.85013: Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing Piping Engineering Specification 670.285.85002: Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Key To Miscellaneous Isometric Examples Attachment 02: Sample Isometric Title Blocks Attachment 03: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 2.9.3 Attachment 04: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.4 to 4.6 Attachment 05: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.6 to 4.9 Attachment 06: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 4.10 to 4.12 Attachment 07: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.8 to 5.11 Attachment 08: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.14 to 5.19 Attachment 09: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.21 to 5.22 Attachment 10: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.23 to 5.25 Attachment 11: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 5.25 Attachment 12: Miscellaneous Isometric Examples - 8.2.1 to 8.2.2 Attachment 13: Example of Line Weight and Required Grid Lines Attachment 14: Form 000.250.F7103: Standard Piping Isometric Border+
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
1.0
Numbered notes on this attachment refer to specific sections of the sample Isometric Title Block (Attachment 02) and example of miscellaneous Isometric Symbols (Attachments 03 through 12).
2.0
General 2.1
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering, will define which lines require piping isometrics and the dimensioning method employed such as dimension method or coordinate and elevation method. The Designer should refer to the appropriate sample piping isometrics.
2.2
The sample isometrics included in this section illustrate methods of dimensioning and various types of callouts.
2.3
Basis for determining number of sheets required per line: 2.3.1
Clarity; do not overcrowd. Sample isometrics in this section show the maximum that should be on 1 sheet.
2.3.2
For manual and facet ISOs (Isometrics), review secondary material sketch before drawing isometric. Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2190: Material Sketching - Procedure For Preliminary And Secondary Material Takeoff and 670.250.2191: Material Sketching Material Sketching Instructions.
2.3.3
Configuration and sheet number also will agree with secondary material sketch (P-Sketch). Differences should be called to the attention of the Piping Design Supervisor.
2.4
Piping isometrics are not drawn to scale. However, there should be some semblance of proportion between the various runs of pipe. A run 4 feet long should be shown longer than a run 2 feet long. Fittings and valves also should be in a reasonable proportion within themselves, although these items are very often shown on the large side for clarity. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2081: Piping Isometrics Manual Components Drawing Instructions, Page 1, for fitting, flange and valve proportion samples.
2.5
North arrow orientation may be to the upper right or upper left depending on Best Presentation. Continuing piping isometric sheets will have same north arrow orientation. Once determined, north arrow should stay that way for entire project.
2.6
Lettering will be caps, minimum 3/16 of an inch high for manual ISOs or 3/32 of an inch high for electronic ISOs.
2.7
Line types and weights on ISOs are to be indicated as shown on the sample ISOs.
2.8
Isometric symbols will be in accordance with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Drawings And Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
2.9
2.10
3.0
Shop Fabrication 2.9.1
The term Shop Fabrication refers to a line or any portion of that line that is fabricated in a shop outside the perimeter of the jobsite.
2.9.2
Refer to individual contract Project Requirements Checklist for shop / field fabrication categories.
2.9.3
Small flanges in the field fab category that are butt welded to swages and short stubs (plus or minus 12 inches) will be included in the shop fabrication such as at control valves and pumps. Refer to Attachment 03.
2.9.4
All field fabricated portions will be noted by a shop / field break. Field attached and field assembled items such as drains, vents, and field supports, will not show shop / field break. Project Piping Engineer to ensure this is understood by Shop Fabricator and Construction.
Field Fabrication 2.10.1
The term Field Fabrication refers to a line or any portion of that line (butt weld, screwed, or socket weld) that is to be fabricated at the jobsite.
2.10.2
Refer to individual Checklist for shop / field fabrication categories.
Engineering Data (Refer to Attachment 02 for Sample Engineering Data Block) 3.1
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50025: Shop Fabrication And Handling - Process And Utility Piping. If the line is to be shop fabricated in total or in part, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Shop Fab;" otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.2
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50026: Field Fabrication And Installation - Process And Utility Piping. If the line is to be totally field fabricated, partially field fabricated, or all shop, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Field Fab."
3.3
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50028: Internal Cleaning Of Piping Systems. When internal cleaning of pipe is called for on the flow diagram or line list, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Internal Cleaning Required." Otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.4
Enter Piping Engineering Specification 670.285.85002: Welding - Pipe, Shop / Field Fabrication. Enter "X" in "Yes" column for Post Weld Heat Treatment when called for on the summary for welding requirements included with Specification 670.250.85013: Welding - Stainless Steel Hygienic Tubing. Otherwise, make entry in "No" column.
3.5
When ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code requirements for the line are called for on the flow diagram, enter "X" in "Yes" column for "ASME Boiler Code Piping." Otherwise, make entry in "No" column. All ASME code piping requires special control procedures, special documentation, and special checking and handling in the field.
3.6
Where seal welding is required for threaded connections, enter "X" in "Yes" column for Seal Weld Screwed Joints. Otherwise, make entry in "No" column. Refer to the Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50003: Piping - Material Specification Line Class.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
3.7
In the box labeled "Shoes, Guides, Cradles," enter quantity and drawing number of items required for installation which are not graphically presented or noted on face of isometric. If none required, enter "None." Entries include all items listed in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50201: Piping Support Elements.
3.8
Not used.
Line List Data 3.9
The Line Commodity will be as shown on the line list. Also, put an "X" in the appropriate box for either liquid or vapor as shown on the line list. When mixed commodity (vapor and liquid), put an "X" in each box.
3.10
The Design / Operating Pressures and Temperatures will be entered exactly as shown on the line list.
3.11
Enter an "X" in the appropriate box for Insulation requirements as noted on the flow diagram. If the total ISO requires IH (heat conservation), IS (safety), IC (cold), or IA (acoustic insulation), enter an "X" in the appropriate box. If the ISO does not require insulation, enter an "X" in the "None" column. If the ISO is partially insulated and partially uninsulated, enter an "X" in "As Noted" box.
3.12
Tracing - When the flow diagram indicates tracing is required, enter "X" in "Yes" column for trace. Enter number and size of tracers required as called for in Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.50300: Heat Tracing For Piping, Equipment, And Instruments, and enter "X" in the box for "Heat Transfer Cement Requirements." When the flow diagram calls for ET (electric trace), enter "X" in "Yes" column for "Electric Trace." When the flow diagram calls for ETT (electric trace), enter "X" for both "Electric Trace" and "Heat Transfer Cement Required." When no tracing is required, make all entries in "No" column.
Identification Data 3.13
On ISOs containing shop fabrication, enter designation for color code band to be painted on each piece mark. This color, in accordance with the contract area color code specification, designates the unit or area in which the line is to be installed.
3.14
Enter line number prefix designation as shown in the line list. This may be the area or the unit number. Also, enter the full line number and line class.
3.15
The piece or mark number will not be entered in this area but will be shown or designated on the face of the ISO for each piece. Refer to Section 5.12.
3.16
Enter the Reference Plan Drawing number for the piping plan on which this ISO is shown.
3.17
Enter the flow diagram number and section showing the line.
3.18
Designer is to enter first initial, last name, and date the ISO was drawn. 3.19. Enter the Project Number. Use all digits in accordance with the project criteria. For scheduling and cost control purposes, also enter the Area number and the Unit number.
3.20
The "Line Number" block will have the full line number as shown in the line list. This normally includes the unit prefix, the line number, and the line class; for example, 11-102A. The Designer drawing the ISO
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
also will add the appropriate Sheet Number to each ISO as drawn. Add the total number of sheets only to the last sheet. If there is only 1 sheet, enter a "1 of 1." If there are 5 sheets, enter "5 of 5" on the last sheet. Sheets 1 through 4 will not have an entry in the second space. The "Rev." box is used to indicate the current revision status of the isometric. For issue AFC (Approved For Construction), the drawings will be issued Revision 1, and use numeric revision changes. Revision Blocks 3.21
3.22
4.0
Revision 1, AFC. 3.21.1
Enter AFC.
3.21.2
Designer is to enter initials and date ISO is generated.
3.21.3
Checker is to enter initials.
3.21.4
The unit supervisor will initial on approval line after flow diagram yellow-off.
3.21.5
Initial by material control.
3.21.6
If line has been reviewed by stress and the stress sketch is marked "Resubmit Checked Spool," checker will enter "Yes" on line for stress approval. Isometric will be sent to Stress Engineer who will remove "Yes" and enter their initials. If stress sketch is marked "Approved" or line did not require stress analysis, draw line through "Stress."
Subsequent revisions of AFC ISOs. The Designer making the change will fill in revision number, enter initials in "By" space, and the date change was made. The method of showing a dimensional change on face of ISO will be to cloud change and add delta. Checker is to enter initials in "Checked" space. The initials for "Stress," "Material," and "Approval" will be completed for each revised ISO as noted in 3.21.
Graphic Section - Dimensions Performance Standard It will be the responsibility of the Project Piping Engineer to ensure that adequate data required to produce ISO dimensions is readily accessible to the Designer prior to the start of ISO preparation. It will be the responsibility of the Designer to produce ISOs which are dimensionally correct. 4.1
Refer to individual Project Requirements Checklist for method of dimensioning to be used on a particular contract.
4.2
Refer to the sample ISOs in this section for examples of the dimensioning method specified on the contract Project Requirements Checklist.
4.3
Except for ring joint flanges, dimensions are centerline of pipe to centerline of pipe or centerline of pipe to contact face of flange. Ring joint flanges are dimensioned to the extreme face of flange and not to the contact surface of groove.
4.4
Air cooler header piping with 3 or more nozzles to be dimensioned as indicated on Attachment 04. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
4.5
Valves, or any items requiring extra long bolts such as bolt through control valves, will be noted as "Bolt Thru" with a face-to-face dimension given (include gaskets). Refer to Attachment 04.
4.6
Dimensions locating lateral connections on headers are to be the intersection of centerlines. Refer to Attachment 04.
4.7
When calculating eccentric reducer offset dimensions, use the outside diameter of both ends.
4.8
Cold spring or Prespring
4.9
5.0
4.8.1
Indicate cold spring or prespring by placing "Fab" before the dimension and the amount of cold spring or prespring deducted or added under the dimension.
4.8.2
Cold spring or prespring will be as indicated on the piping plan drawing. Refer to Attachment 05.
Offset dimensions: The following rules apply to all piping ISOs. Refer to Attachment 05. 4.9.1
Offset in single planes: (horizontal or vertical.) Give true length, 2 sides, and angle.
4.9.2
Offset in 2 planes: Give true length, 2 horizontal dimensions and 1 vertical dimension, and a horizontal and vertical angle.
4.10
Taper boring requirements will be noted at field welds on the ISO, if internal surface alignment of piping components to be jointed by butt welding exceeds 1/16 of an inch, unless otherwise specified by Project Design Criteria. Refer to Attachment 06.
4.11
Insulation break points will be located. Refer to Project Design Criteria for limitations.
4.12
Tie-ins will be noted by indicating tie-in number, existing line number and drawing reference number. Dimension as indicated on Attachment 06.
Graphic Section - Notes and Callouts 5.1
The equipment number and the nozzle identification letter or number will be shown.
5.2
The size, rating, and facing of flanges of equipment will be given.
5.3
A minimum of 1 elevation and 1 coordinate in each direction will be given on each ISO.
5.4
All dotted line continuations shown on an ISO will be referenced to a line number, a sheet number, or a drawing number. If the continuation is located on a different portion of the same sheet, reference will be indicated from point "A" to point "A", from point "B" to point "B", and so on.
5.5
Items having recognizable symbols and are included in the material specification for the line class do not require callouts or clarifying notes. Exceptions to this practice include size notations of line reductions using fitting, flanges, valves, and branches.
5.6
Item Code and Specialty Item Numbers appearing on the flow diagram will be shown on the ISO.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
5.7
Out-of-spec flange callout will include rating, facing, and nonstandard flange thicknesses only when different from the line class of the ISO.
5.8
Flanges 26 inches and larger must have the following information: flange OD, bore, bolt circle, bolt hole diameter, number of bolt holes, flange thickness, and catalog reference. Refer to Attachment 07.
5.9
When jack screws are required for spectacle blinds, the jack screw orientation will be noted; for example, jack screws on E-W centerline. Refer to spectacle blind standard drawings, Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9820: Dimensional Chart - Spectacle Blinds, and Attachment 07.
5.10
Reducing slip-on flanges are to be listed by the 2 nominal pipe sizes; for example, 6 inch by 2 inch. Use only when flow is into equipment. Refer to Attachment 07.
5.11
In-line furnished items will be noted as "Furn'd" or "Bolts and Gaskets Furn'd." Refer to Attachment 07.
5.12
Mark numbers for shop fabricated spools. Mark numbers will be established for all shop pieces prior to final MTO (Material Takeoff) and issue. Identical configurations on the same ISO will not have the same mark number. Where possible, number pieces in the direction of flow. Pieces will be designated by sheet number and letter; for example, 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C. Field fabricated pieces do not require mark numbers.
5.13
FW (Field Welds) on shop ISOs will be located to allow spool pieces to fit within the shipping and handling requirements as defined on Project normally 8 feet by 8 feet by 40 feet. 5.13.1
Field welds also will be located to facilitate installation such as through a building wall, platform, or within a structure or pipeway.
5.13.2
Locate field welds above platforms and away from pipe supports to facilitate welding.
5.13.3
Where a choice exists between a field weld in the horizontal or vertical run, the horizontal location is preferred.
5.13.4
Field fitup type field welds should be provided for any piping arrangement that may require field alteration for fitup; for example, multiple equipment connections where branches are too short to allow correction without cutting. Fitup type field welds will only be used with Project Piping Engineer's approval.
5.14
Reinforcing pad thickness and size will be indicated where required. Refer to Attachment 08 and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2291: Stress Design - Reinforcing Pad Requirements.
5.15
Bends will be shown with round corners and note radius of bend in diameters in accordance with Piping Material Specifications, or note radius dimension. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.16
Orient handwheels on flanged and butt welded valves. Handwheel orientations will only be shown for screwed or socket welded control manifold valves and when operation or clearance is a consideration.
5.17
When valve handwheel or equipment flange orientation causes bolt holes to rotate off its normal north-south, east-west, horizontal or vertical axis, bolt holes will be noted to straddle the required centerline.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
5.18
Chain operated valves will be indicated on ISO with the distance above grade or platform indicated. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.19
Handwheel extension stems will be shown on ISO with length of extension stem indicated. Refer to Attachment 08.
5.20
The extent of mechanical or chemical cleaning of a piping system (when indicated on a P&ID) will be indicated on ISO.
5.21
Selected wall thickness or schedule. When total line or a specific line size requires a selected wall thickness, it will be indicated on the B/M (Bill of Material). If only a portion of the same line size requires a selected wall thickness or schedule, it will be shown on the face of the ISO. Refer to Attachment 09.
5.22
Instrument location, orientation, and identification will be shown. Minimum instrument identification balloon size will be 1/2 of an inch diameter. Refer to Attachment 10.
5.23
Heater Tube Slot Detail will be shown on ISO with the heater piping dimensionally located from the heater tube slot centerlines in the installed position. Refer to Attachment 10.
5.24
Indicate building walls and platforms on the ISO.
5.25
Cap screws will be noted on ISO as "Cap Screws Reqd" or "Cap Screws Furn'd." If cap screws are required, show size on ISO. Refer to Attachment 10. Length may be determined by referring to Attachment 11.
5.26
PMI (Positive Material Identification) Place PMI stamp at lower right hand corner of ISO.
5.27
Category M Stamp Place Category M stamp at lower right hand corner of ISO.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
6.0
7.0
8.0
Piping Fabrication and Installation Details 6.1
Piping Fabrication and Installation Details are drawings of items which are either Supplier or field fabricated and installed by the field from a standard detail drawing.
6.2
Individual job instructions will define which fabrication and installation details will be used on your contract.
6.3
Fabrication and Installation Details include, but are not limited to the following items: 6.3.1
Miscellaneous supports, anchors, guide, and shoes
6.3.2
Level controllers
6.3.3
Level glasses
6.3.4
Level switches
6.3.5
Orifice taps
6.3.6
Sample connections
6.3.7
Steam traps
6.3.8
Utility stations
Piping Fabrication and Installation Packages 7.1
Refers to Fabrication and Installation packages. Square will be 1/2 of an inch. Examples are steam traps assemblies and utility stations.
7.2
Fabrication and Installation packages will not be used on alloy, ASME, category "x", 900#, and higher rating ISOs. Orifice taps and level controllers will be detailed on ISO.
ASME ISO Instructions 8.1
ISO Identification Place ASME Stamp at lower right corner of ISO.
8.2
Weld Identification The ASME Engineer is responsible for a Field Welding Procedure that is attached to the isometric for all welds made in-place. Therefore, all welds that are or might be made in-place must be identified on the ISO. General Rule: All in-place welds will be identified with a field weld number typical for welds of the same size and type. Welds will be designed by ISO sheet number and letter such as 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2080 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL KEY TO MISCELLANEOUS ISOMETRIC EXAMPLES
Welds that require identification on ISOs are as indicated below. Refer to Attachment 12. 8.2.1
Shop Fabricated ISO a. b. c. d.
8.2.2
Field butt welds Field socket welds Field nonpressure attachment welds Seal welds
Field Fabricated ISO a. b. c. d. e. f.
All butt welds All stub ins All socket welds All cplg, sol, wol, attachments to butt weld pipe All nonpressure attachment welds Seal welds
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the design of heat tracing systems.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL WINTERIZATION TEMPERATURE ZONES HEAT CONSERVATION INSTRUMENTATION WINTERIZATION AND HEAT CONSERVATION STEAM TRACING IDENTIFICATION REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by personnel involved in the design of heat tracing systems.
GENERAL This practice covers the protection of piping, vessels, equipment, and instrumentation against the effects of low temperatures that would cause congealing or freezing of contents, interfere with the normal operation of equipment or piping systems, or damage equipment or piping systems. Heat tracing to protect against low ambient temperatures is accomplished by means of winterization. Heat tracing to retain or maintain a specific temperature is accomplished by means of heat conservation. Should a conflict arise between this specification and the process flow diagrams, the process flow diagrams will govern.
WINTERIZATION The term winterization applies to measures taken to protect equipment from damage, and to prevent either interruption or failure of plant operations due to low ambient temperatures. Winterization procedures, design, and equipment must provide protection during the months when extreme low temperature conditions exist. Winterization of underground piping systems subject to freezing will consist of maintaining a burial depth equal to or greater than the frost line. Winterization is not required for equipment or piping systems located inside of heated buildings.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Methods Of Winterization Circulation Winterization by circulation is provided where a sufficient power source is available to keep the fluid circulating. Draining Utility water and utility air lines in intermittent service will be winterized by draining. Steam Tracing Winterization by steam tracing is preferred if winterizing by circulation or draining is impractical. Glycol Water Tracing Winterization by circulation of hot glycol water is an alternative to steam tracing whenever sufficient quantities of glycol are available. Electric Tracing Winterization by electric tracing is utilized when precise temperature control is required or where other tracing methods are impractical.
TEMPERATURE ZONES The low January average temperature is used to define the zone number and the low ambient design temperature, which then determines the degree of winterization protection required. For areas outside the United States, the daily average low temperature of the coldest month will be used to determine the low ambient design temperature. Zone I: Low January Average 30 Degrees F Or Higher No winterizing is required for water service except where a sustained temperature below 30 degrees F is recorded numerous times for 24 hours or longer. Other fields and services will be governed by heat conservation practices. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at the low ambient design temperatures. Instrumentation will be protected as indicated in the section entitled Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Zone II: Low January Average 29 Degrees F To 0 Degrees F Winterization is required for water and aqueous solutions. Trace to maintain temperatures of approximately 75 degrees F. Fluids with pour points at or above the low ambient design temperature should be traced to maintain a temperature approximately 100 degrees F above their pour points. Pumps preferably are winterized with the companion piping. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at low ambient design temperatures. Storage tanks and vessels will have winterization type drains. Water draw-off sections of vessels and bottoms of air or gas receivers where water can collect will be heat traced by winterization. Instrumentation shall be protected as indicated under the Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation section. Zone III: Low January Average Below 0 Degrees F Winterization is required for water and aqueous solutions. Trace to maintain temperatures of approximately 75 degrees F. Fluids with pour points at or above the low ambient design temperature should be traced to maintain a temperature approximately 100 degrees F above their pour points. Special consideration should be given to the following systems: Buried lines due to depth of frost line Air intakes to boilers and other heating equipment Cooling towers and air coolers Pumps preferably are winterized with companion piping. Compressors, blowers, and other mechanical equipment are specified for operation at low ambient design temperatures. Storage tanks will have winterization type drains. Water draw-off sections of vessels and bottoms of air or gas receivers where water can collect will be winterized. Instrumentation will be protected as indicated under Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation sections.
HEAT CONSERVATION The term heat conservation applies to measures taken to retain heat for the process, to maintain temperatures critical to process control, and to recover heat for economic reasons. Heat conservation of process piping, equipment, and instruments is required whenever the pour point of the fluid is above the normal operating temperature or when it would be desirable to maintain certain fluid temperatures. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 4 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Methods Of Heat Conservation Insulation Wherever practical, insulation will be used for heat conservation. Steam Tracing Steam tracing is the preferred method of heat conservation for heavy fluids where insulation alone is inadequate. Glycol Water Tracing Hot glycol water tracing is an alternative to steam tracing whenever sufficient quantities of glycol are available. Electric Tracing Electric tracing is utilized when precise temperature control is required or where steam tracing is not practical. To keep fluids in condition to flow, the thermostat setting for electric tracing will be determined according to fluid properties. Tracing With Heat Transfer Cement Heat transfer cement may be utilized when a process line requires a high heat input and common methods of heat tracing are inadequate. Steam Jacketed Piping Steam jacketing is utilized in specific cases where steam tracing with heat transfer cement is inadequate.
INSTRUMENTATION WINTERIZATION AND HEAT CONSERVATION Instrumentation winterization and heat conservation will be accomplished using the same zone numbers as indicated under the winterization section. Where practical, instruments will be installed in heated buildings to simplify protection requirements and to facilitate maintenance. Heat tracing and heated housings will be installed in such a manner that maintenance and removal of the instrument can be accomplished easily. Instruments, instrument lines, and level glasses that are heat traced and contain liquids that boil at tracing medium temperature are separated from the tracers with spacers to prevent overheating. Protection is required on gas or air service in all zones where condensate may render instruments inaccurate or inoperative. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 5 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
In Zones II and III, protection is required on liquid service where moisture is likely to enter lead lines and instruments. It is acceptable to use 1 tracer to heat trace more than 1 instrument item within a system. (For example, for a steam flow meter, the tracer may run first to the condensate pots, then down the lead lines, and then to the heater in the meter house.) Zone I Seals will be used for lead lines and instruments that contain water, or where condensate may occur. If seals are impractical, drip pots or drip legs will be used. Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone I previously, will be traced. Zone II Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone II previously, will be protected by seals, tracing, or heated housings. Zone III Lead lines and instruments containing fluids, as indicated in Zone III previously, will be protected by tracing or heated housings. Seals will be a nonfreezing solution compatible with the process fluids, and with piping and instrument materials. A 60 percent ethylene glycol and water solution will be used for most hydrocarbon process fluids. Refer to API RP-550 for other sealing fluids. Those parts of seal pots that are in contact with the process fluids are protected for the zone in which they are installed. In areas where steam or electricity is not readily available for heat tracing, consideration will be given to the use of instruments equipped with a mechanical diaphragm type seal at the process connection, in lieu of heat tracing. Instruments with dry gas or dry air purging do not require protection for the lead lines. Winterizing requirements for electronic transmitters will have special considerations and will be determined as contract standards are developed. Bulb type temperature instruments will be specified with fill material that does not require winterizing for the particular zone in which they are to be installed. Differential pressure instruments having factory-filled bellows or diaphragm assemblies will be specified with a fill material that does not require winterizing for the particular zone in which they are to be installed. Care will be taken not to overheat diaphragms above their design temperatures. Sample systems for analyzers that require a liquid stream will be protected in the same manner as the pipe line from which the sample is obtained for the zone in which they are installed. Caution will be used to ensure that the sample is not damaged by overheating or vaporizing. Gas samples to analyzers that contain condensables will be provided with heat tracing to prevent condensation.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 6 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
Heated housings may be required for the analyzer and sample conditioning system. Each analyzer installation will be investigated for winterization requirements. External float or displacer type level instruments and level glasses will be protected, as indicated under the appropriate zone, or installed in heated housings. Protective provisions for differential type level instruments will conform to those described for differential type flow and pressure instruments. Control valves will not be traced with the associated process piping, except that valves will be stem traced on gas or vapor services with high pressure drops, where hydrates may be formed, or where freezing or congealing may occur. When control valves used, as direct connected regulators, require winterization, the pressure control line and valve diaphragm chamber containing the process fluid will be heat traced and insulated. Except Zones I and II, when the diaphragm chamber is sealed, the pressure control lines will be heat traced and insulated from the point of seal to the process line connection. Local mounted recorders for Zone I will be provided with weatherproof instrument cases with rain shields. For Zones II and III, they will be housed for protection from rain and snow. For heating requirements, refer to the Instrumentation Winterization And Heat Conservation section.
STEAM TRACING Steam tracing minimum pressure requirements will be as follows: Zone I Minimum tracer steam pressure is 15 psig; maximum allowed is 150 psig. At minimum pressure, condensate will be routed to the plant sewer system. If condensate is collected, the minimum usable pressure is 25 psig. Zone II Minimum tracer steam pressure is 25 psig; maximum allowed is 150 psig. Zone III Minimum tracer steam pressure is 60 psig; maximum allowed is 200 psig. Steam tracing tubing materials will be in accordance with line Class Y for piping and equipment and line Class ZX for instrumentation. Tracers will be OD tubing. Soft annealed copper tubing will be used where temperature of the product line or tracing steam does not exceed 400 degrees F. Above this temperature dead soft annealed, hydraulic quality, low carbon seamless steel tubing will be used. For stainless steel lines, the tracer material will be low carbon steel. Stainless steel instrument leads will be traced with copper tubing. For aluminum pipe lines, the tracer material will be stainless steel. When calculating the outside diameter of the insulation, the pipe size must be increased by 1 size to allow for the tracers. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 7 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
For conditions where the tracer could overheat lines containing acid, caustic, amine, phenolic water, or any other chemicals insulation, spacer blocks will be installed between the tracer and the process line. Each tracer will have its own trap. Tracer traps will discharge to an open sewer or to grade. If condensate must be collected, minimum usable steam pressure is 25 psig. Compression type fittings will be installed outside of the insulation's OD socket type fittings may be installed inside of the insulation. Steam tracers will be pressure tested before the insulation is applied. Under emergency conditions, the insulation may be applied prior to the tracers; however, the fittings will be left exposed until the testing is complete. The required tracer size and length, for piping and equipment, is determined by piping heat loss and tracer steam pressure found in Attachment 01, Heat Loss Chart. The minimum tracer size is 3/8 of an inch OD tubing; the maximum size is 1 inch OD tubing. For economy, where the Heat Loss Chart indicates the requirements for multiple tracers, a single tracer with heat transfer cement should be considered. When using heat transfer cement, tracers of 3/8 of an inch and 1/2 of an inch are recommended. If more tracer area is required, multiple tracers of 3/8 of an inch and 1/2 of an inch will be used. Piping systems that are to be traced for heat conservation or for winterization will be so noted on the process flow diagrams. It will be further noted whether this will be accomplished by electric tracing, stem tracing, or steam tracing with heat tracing cement. All valves, flanges, and fittings will be included in the tracing requirements unless otherwise indicated in the specific job specifications.
IDENTIFICATION Steam tracing identification will be accomplished by providing metal tags with the line number of the traced line or the number of the traced instrument. Place 1 tag at each header or subheader block valve and 1 at each steam trap manifold. If more than 1 circuit is required, assign a hyphen and a number (for example, - 01), after the line or instrument number. Electric tracing identification will consist of each heater cable assembly being factory-shipped with a permanent, noncorrosive, metal tag securely attached to the junction box end of the cold section. The metal tag will state the heater number, type, hot section length, voltage, and amperes. The tag must remain on the header for permanent identification. The field will install caution signs, at 25 foot intervals, along electric traced lines, and on all electric traced instruments.
REFERENCES Pabco Manual: 19-46. Piping Engineering Specification 670.250.86110: Hot Insulation
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1601 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 8 of 8 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING PRACTICES
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Loss Chart
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes general guidelines and specific instructions for developing heat tracing plans and ISO (isometric) drawings based on the piping plans and ISOs previously issued for construction.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Overview Layout Instructions Plan Instructions ISO Instructions The procedures detail each activity, and the sequence in which they should be performed to successfully complete the heat tracing system design.
APPLICATION This Practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection or winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides an overview of the procedures for establishing an overall heat tracing plan by listing each activity and the sequence in which it should be performed. Attachments 01, 02, and 03 provide the basics for use on a typical project. Project specific issues should be considered and modifications made as required.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When color coding the heat tracing systems, take care to differentiate between systems (such as water, steam, glycol, oil, and dow-therm). If at all possible, tracer runs should start at a high point and terminate at a low point. For tracer sizes, maximum runs and total depths of pockets, and header sizes, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651: Heat Tracing - Runs, Loops, Anchors, And Insulation Blocks. Do not route tracers through more than 1 unit. Tracers must stop at the battery limits block valve. The unit beyond the block valve must provide tracing beyond this point. With the exception of local pressure gages and local close-coupled pressure instruments, instruments requiring tracing will have their own supply sources independent from the piping tracing.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Pre-insulated tubing installations are preferred for the tracer run from the supply manifold block valve to the line or instrument tracer, and from the line or instrument tracer to the return manifold. Check with Piping Material Engineering. Confer with the Piping Material Engineer or Control Systems Engineer, depending on contract responsibility, for the specific size and type of steam trap to be used when steam is the heat medium. Show welded or socketwelded piping to and from the supply and return manifolds to their respective headers on the piping plans. Show the actual location of supply and return manifolds on the piping plans. Indicate each manifold with a box representing the size of piping, valve handwheels, traps, and other features; label each with the manifold number. Refer to Attachment 02 for manifold numbering procedure. Remove clouds (for example, field fab and revisions) from the ISO reproducible prior to routing tracers. Avoid obscuring or removing pipe sizes or dimensions on the reproducible when routing tracers. Represent tracers with a thick line, drawn freehand, yet neat and orderly. Add the tracer on the tracing ISO. Indicate the approximate lengths in feet. Represent both the supply and return tracer runs. Add the following note to tracer ISOs with supply / return run tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine most practical and economical routing and supporting methods." Reference the supply manifold and return manifold numbers at the appropriate tracer origin and terminus, respectively. Back-cloud heat tracing supply / return run tracer, references, and callouts that apply to heat tracing only. Take care to avoid confusion with revision clouds. Liquid level instruments will be fully shown and detailed in the same manner as the line. Additional instruments will reference the detail number indicated in Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651. Draw ISOs for supply and return manifolds and piping to and from their main headers using the same procedures and guidelines that apply for the piping isometrics for the contract. ISOs for supply and return manifolds also will indicate the location and orientation for manifold and tracer identification tags. Also indicate the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1038:
Drawing Checking: Piping Plan Corrections
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - ISOMETRIC AND PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1039:
Drawing Checking: Piping Isometrics
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1635:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Single Tracer
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1636:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Dual Tracer
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1640:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Steam Supply Manifold
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1641: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1651:
Heat Tracing - Sample Isometric - Condensate Return Manifold Heat Tracing - Runs, Loops, Anchors, and Insulation Blocks
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Procedures For Defining And Documenting Tracing System Requirements Attachment 02: Tracer Numbering System Attachment 03: Tracer Manifold Numbering System
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURES FOR DEFINING AND DOCUMENTING TRACING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity
1
Design Supervisor
Obtain a copy of each piping plan or a detailed layout to form the Heat Tracing Control Plan.
2
Piping Designer
Using a copy of the master flow diagram and line list, color code lines, equipment, and instruments that require heat tracing. Represent each kind of tracing (single, dual or heat transfer cement) by a different color.
3
After identifying lines, equipment, and instruments that require tracing, route tubing runs on the Heat Tracing Control Plan.
4
Locate supply and return manifolds based on the start and termination points of the tubing runs.
5
Review manifold locations and assign line and tag numbers to each manifold. Update master flow diagrams to show supply lines and manifolds and return lines and manifolds.
6
Assemble the following documents: One set of AFC (Approved For Construction) piping plans Reproducibles of drawings requiring steam tracing (plans, ISO, details Other data pertaining to specific job requirements and specifications
7
Using the Heat Tracing Control Plan as a guide, route tubing runs on the reproducible of the ISO. Indicate start and termination points on the copy of the piping plans. Prepare tracing control index listing: Manifold number Valve number Tracer number ISO / Line number
8
Route supply / return run tubing, on the piping plans, from the supply and return manifold to the start and termination points.
9
Review with Control Systems the design for instrument requirements and locations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PROCEDURES FOR DEFINING AND DOCUMENTING TRACING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Sequence
Responsibility
Activity
10
Add tubing to the ISOs (according to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.1635 and 670.250.1636).
11
Draw supply / return manifold ISOs (according to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.1640 and 670.250.1641).
12
Assemble completed package and return to design supervisor. Also return data utilized in preparing the documents.
13
Design Supervisor
Review drawings for completeness and compliance with contract specifications. Obtain copies of ISOs, piping plan prints, and color coded P&IDs (Piping And Instrumentation Diagrams). Assign to a checker.
14
Piping Checker
Review ISOs and piping plans for compliance with Fluor Daniel practices, contract specifications, master flow diagrams, line lists, and drafting room instructions. Return to designer for corrections. After corrections are complete, review, sign off, and submit completed package to Design Supervisor.
15
Design Supervisor
Review package and color off the master flow diagrams to ensure that traced lines have been completed. Submit ISOs for issue.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TRACER NUMBERING SYSTEM
The tracer numbering will be the ISO (Isometric) (Line Number) with the prefix HT added to the existing number.
Example:
Existing ISO number: 10-1001 AAIC Sheet 1 of 3
Modification for heat tracing: HT10-1001 AAIC Sheet 1 of 3
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1610 Publication Date 20Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TRACER MANIFOLD NUMBERING SYSTEM
SM: Supply Manifold
SM - XX - XXX
WBS* Number (Area / Unit / etc.)
SM - XX - XXX
Sequence Number within WBS* Number
SM - XX - XXX
RM: Return Manifold
RM - XX - XXX
WBS* Number (Area / Unit / etc.)
RM - XX - XXX
Sequence Number within WBS* Number
RM - XX - XXX
* WBS (Work Breakdown Structure)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1630 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE TITLE BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes specific guidelines for the development and preparation of the title block and engineering data block areas of the typical Heat Tracing Isometric.
SCOPE This practice includes detailed instructions for the preparation of the following areas of each Heat Tracing Isometric: Fabrication List Data Line List Data Identification Data Revision Blocks
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and/or winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric title block for a Heat Tracing Isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the Heat Tracing Isometric title block. Fabrication and Installation Data -
Steam Tracing Isometrics are FIELD fabricated. If line is marked "YES" for shop fab on sepia, change to "NO."
-
Change other entries to "NO" that are marked "YES." None of these apply to heat tracing.
- Entries under "shoes, guides, cradles" are to be deleted and "NONE" added. Line List Data -
Change line commodity to the applicable steam used for heat tracing and mark "VAPOR" under the vapor/liquid section.
-
Change the design/operating pressures and temperatures to those of the applicable tracing steam medium.
-
Leave the insulation and tracing sections as they are.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1630 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE TITLE BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS
Identification Data -
Delete entries under piece mark numbers.
-
The reference flow diagram indicated will be where the stream manifold, from which the tracer originates, is located.
-
Under "drawn" and "date drawn," change to those applicable to the Heat Tracing Isometric.
-
Add the prefix "HT" to the line number and change the line class to that of the heat tracing medium.
- Sheet number will remain the same as the original isometric. Revision Blocks -
Remove initials, dates, and other entries from revision blocks.
-
Change the isometric revision number to "1."
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric and Plan Instructions
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Heat Tracing Isometric Title Block
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1635 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - SINGLE TRACER
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of a single tracer heat tracing system.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat racing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of a single tracer steam tracing isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the single tracer steam tracing isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
Steam trace tubing will be represented by a thick heavy line, following the outline of the line being traced. Avoid obscuring any pipe sizes and dimensions when routing the tubing on the sepia. Add the routing of the preinsulated tubing required for the steam supply and return on the tracing isometric. Show the lengths required in parenthesis, in feet. The following note will be added to all steam tracing isometrics with preinsulated tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine the most practical and economical method of routing and supporting of tubing."
1.5 1.6
1.7
Reference the steam supply manifold and the condensate return manifold at the appropriate preinsulated tubing origin and terminus. Remove any existing clouds that may appear on the sepia isometric. Cloud preinsulated tubing routing and added callouts, notes, and references which apply to steam tracing only. Make references to appropriate steam tracing details.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1635 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - SINGLE TRACER
1.8
Make references to detail numbers for the instrument tracing. The exceptions are liquid level instruments which are fully shown on the tracing isometric.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents - Steam Tracing Details
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Single Tracer Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1636 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - DUAL TRACER
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of a dual tracer heat tracing system.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of a dual tracer steam tracing isometric with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the dual tracer steam tracing isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
Steam trace tubing will be represented by a thick heavy line, following the outline of the line being traced. Avoid obscuring any pipe sizes and dimensions when routing the tubing on a sepia. Add the routing of the preinsulated tubing required for the steam supply and return on the tracing isometric. Show the lengths required in parenthesis, in feet. The following note will be added to all steam tracing isometrics with preinsulated tubing: "Routing shown is the preferred method of installation. Field to determine the most practical and economical method of routing and supporting of tubing."
1.5 1.6
Reference the steam supply manifold and the condensate return manifold at the appropriate preinsulated tubing origin and terminus. Remove any existing clouds that may appear on the sepia isometric. Cloud all preinsulated tubing routing and all added callouts, notes, and references which apply to steam tracing only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1636 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - DUAL TRACER
1.7 1.8
1.9 1.10
Make reference to the appropriate steam tracing details making note of the number of assemblies required. Make reference only to instrument details found on detail drawings. The exceptions are liquid level instruments which are fully shown on the tracing isometric. Show only one steam tracer in its entirety. The remaining tracer will be shown broken to prevent cluttering the isometric. In the Scheduling Data block, add the following note: " Two Tracer Assemblies Required."
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1601:
Heat Tracing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1630:
Heat Tracing - Sample Title Block Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300:
Table Of Contents - Steam Tracing Details
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Dual Tracer Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1640 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - STEAM SUPPLY MANIFOLD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of the heat tracing steam supply manifold.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of the heat tracing steam supply manifold with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the heat tracing steam supply manifold isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2087 and 670.250.2088 for guides to isometric presentation. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300 for tracer identification, manifold application, and manifold and tracer tagging. All manifold and tracer tags will be shown in their correct orientation. Call out the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section of the isometric. Provide at least one spare valved tap for future tracing requirements. Leave at least 12 inches after last branch connection on header for additional future requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1640 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - STEAM SUPPLY MANIFOLD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2087: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Steam Supply Manifold Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1641 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - CONDENSATE RETURN MANIFOLD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development and preparation of the isometric drawing required for the fabrication and installation of the heat tracing condensate return manifold.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PROCEDURES GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice applies to any Fluor Daniel project where there is a requirement for heat tracing for process fluid protection and winterization.
PROCEDURES Attachment 01 provides a typical isometric of the heat tracing condensate return manifold with references to the following general instructions.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS When reviewing Attachment 01, refer to the following instructions for properly completing the heat tracing condensate return manifold isometric: 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Refer to Piping Engineering Practices 670.250.2087 and 670.250.2088 for guides to isometric presentation. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.4300 for tracer identification, manifold application, and manifold and tracer tagging. All manifold and tracer tags will be shown in their correct orientation. Call out the appropriate manifold title and number in the lower right corner of the graphics section of the isometric. Provide at least one spare valved tap for future tracing requirements. Leave at least 12 inches after last branch connection on header for additional future requirements.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.1610:
Heat Tracing - Isometric And Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1641 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL HEAT TRACING - SAMPLE ISOMETRIC - CONDENSATE RETURN MANIFOLD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2087: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2088:
Piping Isometrics - Sample Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method Piping Isometrics - Sample Isometric - Field Fabrication, Nonpost Heat Treated Butt Weld Coordinate And Elevation Method
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Heat Tracing - Condensate Return Manifold Sample Isometric
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 1055 Publication Date 20Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL DRAWING PRACTICE: SIMPLIFIED METHOD OF DRAWING ELLIPTICAL AND DISHED VESSEL HEADS
PURPOSE This practice defines a simplified method for manually drawing elliptical heads on equipment.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: ELLIPTICAL HEAD STANDARD FLANGED AND DISHED HEAD ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice should be used to manually draw vessel heads.
ELLIPTICAL HEAD Refer to Attachment 01.
STANDARD FLANGED AND DISHED HEAD Refer to Attachment 02.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Elliptical Head Attachment 02: Standard Flanged And Dished Head
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the development of aboveground piping plan drawings. Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2051: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Nondimensioned Method, through Practice 670.250.2055: Piping Plan - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method, describes piping plan production with varying levels of detail. This practice should be used directly with those practices. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to PDS Piping Applications Guide.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY GENERAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice should be used during the proposal stage or early on in a project to select the appropriate level of drawing detail required.
RESPONSIBILITY It is the responsibility of the Lead Piping Engineer (with the concurrence of both Project Management and Discipline Management) to apply this practice.
GENERAL The presentation and level of detail for piping plans and sections will vary based on the project needs. Refer to Attachment 01, Piping Plan Level Of Detail Options List. Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720: Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering, defines the drawing method to be used on the project. Drawing Sizes And Title Blocks Unless dictated otherwise by Client requirements, piping plans will be on Fluor Daniel standard title block frames. Refer to General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050: Drawing Practices. Drawing Scales Piping plans will normally be drawn or plotted at 3/8 of an inch = 1'- 0" scale. Smaller or larger scales may be used when deemed appropriate by the Design Supervisor.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Match Lines Match lines with coordinates and adjacent drawing references will be shown. North Arrow Plan drawings will have a north arrow placed in the upper right corner and pointing as follows: First choice: Up Second choice: Third choice:Right
Left
Line Work Attachment 02, Line Work, will be followed for either manual or electronic applications. Symbols For Fluor Daniel piping symbols, refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9817: Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting, and Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818: Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges. Piping Single-line piping will be used throughout. Note!!! Exception: Use double-line piping only where necessary to show critical clearances. Cold spring and prespring will be shown on Piping plans. Refer to Attachment 03, Cold Spring And Prespring. Fittings Weld dot symbols will be shown. Screwed and socketweld fitting symbols will be shown. Swages and reducers will be shown, but not called out unless they are eccentric (for example, TF and BF). Field Route Method A 1/4 of an inch octagon with the letter F may be used to denote field routed lines. Field Construction will route and support these lines as required. In-line items such as valves and instruments will be located by Construction in accordance with the flow diagrams, piping specifications, and drafting room instruction. These portions will be indicated with minimum detail and terminated either at equipment or with the field route symbol on each end. Lettering Letters and numbers should be distinct, opaque, uniform, and properly spaced for legible reproduction. Upper case letters will be used for lettering on drawings. Letters and numbers will have a natural slant to the right. (CAD drawings will be vertical.)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
The minimum height for lettering will be 1/8 of an inch. (CAD drawings may be 3/32 of an inch.) Words are to be clearly separated by a space equal to the height of the lettering. The minimum vertical spacing between lines will normally be 1/8 of an inch. Lettering should not be underlined, except when special emphasis is required. Note!!! Exception: When revisions are made, the original style of lettering should be maintained.
REFERENCES PDS Piping Applications Guide General Engineering Practice 670.200.1050:
Drawing Practices
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2051: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2052: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2053: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2055: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2070:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Nondimensioned Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Simple Detail / Dimension Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Dimension Method Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed / Dimension Method Piping Plans - Drawing Area Chart For Metric And English Systems
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9817:
Symbols For Piping Plan Drawings - Valve And Fitting
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9818:
Symbols For Piping Isometrics - Fittings And Flanges
ATTACHMENTS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - ABOVEGROUND PIPING PLAN INSTRUCTIONS
Attachment 01: Piping Plan Level Of Detail Options List Attachment 02: Line Work Attachment 03: Cold Spring And Prespring
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2050 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLAN LEVEL OF DETAIL OPTIONS LIST
Level
Equipment Presentation
Piping Shown On Plan
Dimensions
Application
Authority
5
670.250.2055 Minimum outline to show location, Fully detailed clearance, and with full correct dimensions appearance. and sections Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Lines to be shown regardless of size.
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension
Any EPC project with no isometrics
OP Center Management Sector, and Client approval
4
670.250.2054 Minimum outline to show location, Fully detailed clearance, and with full correct dimensions. appearance. Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension.
EPC Project Medium to heavy shop fab Has 100 percent ISOs Packages (hold)
Base Case
670.250.2053 Minimum outline to show location clearance, and Reduced correct detail with appearance. full dimensions. Nozzles shown are listed on nozzle charts.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Equipment and piping located by coordinate or dimension.
E&P Project Has reduced isometric scope Packages (hold)
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
670.250.2052 Graphically correct based on Simple detail cut sheets. method.
Butt weld piping 2" and larger. Critical piping regardless of size.*
Key equipment located.
E w / CM only "p" by "Subj" Non B.31.3 Industrial No ISOs
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
Type "A" front end package job "E" only job, light industrial No ISOs Non B.31.3
OP Center Management, Sector, and Client approval
3
2
1
*
Description
Refer to Note 1
Refer to Note 2
670.250.2051 Graphic Butt weld representation piping 2" and Minimum symbolic of larger. Detail typical equipment. method.
Rack spacing defined. No equipment locations No piping dimensions .
Critical Piping: ASME Code Piping, Category "M" Piping (ANSI B31.3) alloy and special material, pressure classes greater than 900# and piping requiring holddowns.
Note 1. For lines not shown on plans (such as utility stations), isometrics will be produced from standard details. Note 2. Home office will produce isometrics for lines shown on plans only. Construction will provide isometrics for the balance based on typical details and standards.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
PURPOSE This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. (Refer to Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions). This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced Fluor Daniel Project scope; for example, Architectural And Engineering "conceptual." Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050, Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plan Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050).
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a minimum detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will have all the minimum information required to present the overall routing of piping in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of alloy and special materials Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show (but do not locate) a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). All piping, regardless of size, will be shown when located in pipeways, in sleeperways, and when resting on common or special structural supports. PIPING DRAWINGS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
Piping connections to equipment will be shown with minimum detail. Utility station piping will not be indicated. Piping will be shown, but not located, at controls or critical points such as control valves, meter runs, or mixing tees. The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify all lines. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for major structures only. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of coordinates will be shown. Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for major groups of pipe routing only. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable, and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. This work is conceptual; therefore, a minimum number of elevation callouts will be shown.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Equipment nozzle charts are not to be used. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 4 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - MINIMUM DETAIL
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Minimum Detail)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance Pipe Supports
X
Structures
X
Foundations
Remarks
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances. X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance.
Ladders And Platforms
X
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show outline only.
Steam Traps
X
Show outline only.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2051 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.) Temperature (TI, TW)
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
Indicate To Scale
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Level Bridle Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
1-1/2 inches and smaller thermal relief valves will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. (Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions). This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced Fluor Daniel Project scope; for example, Engineering and Construction Management only. Work this practice directly with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050, Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plan Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail, both increased or decreased, will be based on project needs (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050).
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a simple detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will be complete with all the minimum information required for the routing of piping in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of the following: - ASME code piping - Category "M" piping {refer to ANSI (American National Standards Institute) B31.3.} - Alloy and special materials - Pressure classes greater than 900 number - Piping requiring "holddowns"
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show (but do not locate) a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). All piping, regardless of size, will be shown when located in pipeways, in sleeperways, and when resting on common or special structural supports.
PIPING DRAWINGS Piping connections to equipment will be shown with minimum detail. Utility station piping will not be indicated. Piping will be shown, but not located, at controls points such as control valves, meter runs, or mixing tees. The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify all lines. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for major equipment, pipe supports, and structures only. Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Dimensions are not required for inline items (gate valves). Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable, and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are not required for inline items in vertical runs.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Equipment nozzle charts are not to be used. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and are manholes not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES ANSI (American National Standards Institute) B31.3 Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153:
Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions Supports - Supports, Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - SIMPLE DETAIL / DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout TOP of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
Ladders And Platforms
X
X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance. 1.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout TOP of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131'-0").
2.
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show outline only.
Steam Traps
X
Show outline only.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2052 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
Level Bridle
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
X
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
1-1/2 inches and smaller thermal relief valves will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a reduced scope Fluor Daniel Project; for example, Engineering and Procurement only. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2054: Piping Plans - Sample Aboveground - Full Detail With Full Dimensions. This practice is to be used with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Increased or decreased alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates information that is shown on a reduced detail Aboveground Piping Plan. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will be complete with all information required to produce isometrics for fabrication and installation in the following categories: All butt weld piping 2 inches and larger All sizes of the following: - ASME code piping - Category "M" piping {Refer to ANSI B31.3. (American National Standards Institute)} - Alloy and special materials - Pressure classes greater than 900 number - Piping requiring holddowns
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Carbon steel screwed or socket weld piping 2 inches and smaller, and 1-1/2 inches and smaller butt weld piping will not be shown except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold. Show a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then, use the "Field Route" symbol (refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050). Regardless of size, all piping will be shown when located in pipeways, sleeperways, resting on common or special structural supports, or in critical areas such as heaters, compressors, and multilevel structures. Instrumentation (level glasses and level controllers) will also be shown.
PIPING DRAWINGS Piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. Areas that may require additional detail include, but are not limited to, the following: Compressors Multilevel structure Heaters The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to adequately identify every line. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X". Dimensions All dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for inline items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be instruments as noted on Attachment 02 and items located by fitting makeup.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of all equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance (refer to Attachment 01). Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate all nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8-inch 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW CPLG. Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or socket weld connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for all tabulated nozzles except those located radially on vertical equipment that will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides- Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basins, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Examples include the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs Item code numbers not covered by the P&IDs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 02 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULL DIMENSION METHOD
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To Scale When Required For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and call out top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations Ladders And Platforms
X X
Show outline of aboveground portion. 1.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout TOP of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131'-0").
2.
Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Field Route.
Steam Traps
X
Field Route.
Emergency Showers
X
Call out ES# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Call out EW# ___. Show minimum outline on plan.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2053 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
X
X X
Level Bridle
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
Thermal relief valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller will not be shown unless part of a closed system. (Refer to Note 1.)
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Shown for clearances only.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a full Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Fluor Daniel project. Use this practice in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: RESPONSIBILITY PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION This practice is to be used as a base case for a full Piping Engineering effort. Alternative levels of detail, both increased or decreased, will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
RESPONSIBILITY The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates the information that is shown on a detailed and fully dimensioned Fluor Daniel Aboveground Piping Plan. Additional notes, data, and details may be required in accordance with project criteria. The Aboveground Piping Plan, together with the plastic model (if used), will contain the information required to produce Isometrics for fabrication and installation. All piping, regardless of size, will be shown on the plan drawings. Alternate Carbon steel screwed or socket weld utility piping, 2 inches and smaller, may be omitted from plans except when it ties into a piece of equipment or a control valve manifold, or when piping is located in pipeways, sleeperways, resting on common or special supports, or in critical areas such as heaters, compressors, and multilevel structures. Instrumentation (level glasses and level controllers) will also be shown. Piping will be shown on isometrics. When omitting
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
utility pipe on plans, show a section of piping at the equipment or manifold; then, use the Field Route symbol. (Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.)
PIPING DRAWINGS Full piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. Areas that may require additional detail include, but are not limited to, the following: Compressors Multilevel structure Heaters The drawing of sections and details will require the approval of the Unit Piping Supervisor. Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to identify lines adequately. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing.
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X". Dimensions Dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless the lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for in-line items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be instruments, as noted on Attachment 01, Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix, and items located by fitting makeup.
EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Show minimum outline of equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance. Refer to Attachment 02, Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix. Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8 inches - 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW CPLG. Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or socket weld connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for tabulated nozzles; those located radially on vertical equipment will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Field Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basin, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basin, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping. Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Examples include the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs Item code numbers (that are not covered by P&IDs)
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions in Attachment 01 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES PDS Piping Application Manual Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150:
Supports - Field Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED WITH FULL DIMENSIONS
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperatures Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix Attachment 02: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 03: Sample Nozzle Block Chart Attachment 04: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Detailed With Full Dimensions)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Instrument Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Indicate To Scale
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
X
X
Remarks
X
Level Bridle Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
X
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller will not be detailed unless part of a closed system. Refer to Note 1, below.
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Note 1. Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2054 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline When Required Outline To Scale For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
X
Ladders And Platforms
Show outline of aboveground portion. 1.
2.
Snow minimum indication of checker plat or grating and callout top of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131' - 0"). Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show detail on Isometric.
Steam Traps
X
Show detail on Isometric.
Emergency Showers
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail on Isometric.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail on Isometric.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 1 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the presentation of Piping Plan Drawings that would be considered applicable to a full Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Fluor Daniel Project where ISOs (Isometrics) are not being produced. Use this practice in conjunction with Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050: Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions. When PDS (Plant Design System) is used, refer to the PDS Piping Application Manual.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: PIPING GENERAL NOTES PIPING DRAWINGS COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATION EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION The Lead Piping Engineer and Lead Piping Design Supervisor are responsible for the proper execution of this practice. This practice is to be used as an alternate to the Fluor Daniel base case. Alternative levels of detail will be based on project needs. Refer to Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050.
PIPING GENERAL NOTES This practice illustrates the information that is shown on a detailed, fully dimensioned Fluor Daniel Aboveground Piping Plan with sections. Additional notes, data, and details may be required in accordance with project criteria. The Aboveground Piping Plan and required sections will contain all of the information required for fabrication and installation. All piping, regardless of size, will be shown on the drawing. (Refer to Attachment 01).
PIPING DRAWINGS Full piping plans with equipment nozzle charts will be provided. (Refer to Attachment 02). Detached or upper piping plans will be used as required to avoid congestion. Line Identification Line numbers and flow arrows will be shown throughout the drawing to identify all lines adequately. Vessel trim numbers will be shown on drawing. Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 2 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
COORDINATES, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS Coordinates Indicate coordinates on the graphic section of the plan for equipment, pipe supports, and structures. Indicate coordinate at anchored end of equipment and show an "X." Dimensions Dimensions 1 foot and above will be in feet and inches. Dimensions less than 1 foot will be in inches. Dimension lines are to be grouped in a string, if possible. Omit face-to-face dimensioning of valves and other piping components. Fitting makeup will not be dimensioned. The use of 1/16 of an inch dimensions will be avoided when locating piping or equipment. Usage will be limited to fitting makeup, calculated dimensions, furnished equipment, or similar situations. A minimum number of dimensions will be shown. Dimensions shown on lower plans will not be repeated on upper plans. Dimensions shown on sections will not be repeated on plans. Dimensions shown on individual area plans will not be repeated on adjoining plans unless lack of that dimension will cause excessive checking time. Generally, piping will be dimensioned from coordinates on equipment, pipe supports, or structures. Miscellaneous Callouts Callouts for angular offsets will be given only if offsets are other than 90 or 45 degrees. Do not use shading to highlight or emphasize portions of the drawing. Elevations Show HPFS (High Point of Finished Surface) elevation on grade plans only. Elevations will be given for lines that cannot be located by reference to either equipment or pipeway. Use of BOP (Bottom of Pipe) or centerline elevations will be interchangeable and choice will be based on the easiest to determine. Do not show elevations for horizontal runs established by vertical fitting makeup. Elevation callouts are required for inline items in vertical runs. Exceptions will be items located by fitting makeup. EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 3 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
Show minimum outline of equipment or items that take up plot space. Outline should be sufficient to indicate location, clearances, and provide a correct representation of the equipment's appearance. Refer to Attachment 03. Identify equipment by indicating its corresponding tag number. Nozzle Tables Tabulate nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Show nozzle designation or description. Show size and rating or type such as 8-inch, 150 #RF, 3/4 of an inch SW (Socket Weld) CPLG (Coupling). Elevations will be shown for nozzles that require piping or instrumentation. Elevations will not be given for screwed or SW connections on top or bottom of equipment where it would result in a threaded end or plan end elevations. Orientation will be given in degrees, clockwise from North (North = 0 degrees). Nozzles on vertical equipment that require piping will have projection shown. Coordinates will be shown for tabulated nozzles; those located radially on vertical equipment that will show projection and orientation. Piping attached to vertical equipment will have the first drop or rise located by coordinates on the equipment nozzle table. Field Supports Indicate field supports as described in the following practices: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Supports - Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Supports - Field Supports Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156: Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges - Pulsating Piping Drain Funnels, Catch Basins, And Manholes Drain funnels, catch basins, and manholes are not to be shown except where pertinent to aboveground piping.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 4 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
Nonstandard Items Nonstandard items must be called out on piping plans. Do not include item codes and specialty items that are covered by the P&IDs (Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams). Some examples of nonstandard items are the following: Short radius elbows Reducing elbows Slip-on reducing flange Chain operated valves and valve handle extensions Hanger springs
INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRICAL The instructions on Attachment 04 are to be used as minimum requirements. Additional information may be required in some cases for clarification.
REFERENCES PDS (Plant Design System) Piping Application Manual Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.0720:
Project Requirements Checklist - Piping Engineering
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2050:
Piping Plans - Aboveground Piping Plan Instructions
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2150: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2151: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2152: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2153: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2154: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2155: Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.2156:
Supports - Base Supports, Base Supports, Base Springs, Base Anchors, Angle Base Supports, And Concrete Pads Supports - Field Supports Supports - Cradles, Dummy Supports, Trunnions, Shear Lugs, Riser Clamps, And U-Bolts Supports - Shoes, Load Pads, Slide Plates, Stiffener Plates, Anchors, Directional Anchors, And Guides - Metallic Piping Supports - Hanger Rods - Metallic Piping Supports - Base Supports, Cradles, Anchors, And Holddowns - Low Temperature Supports - Holddowns And Adjustable Spring Wedges Pulsating Piping
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Page 5 of 5 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING PLANS - SAMPLE ABOVEGROUND - FULLY DETAILED / DIMENSION METHOD
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Sample Aboveground Piping Plan (Fully Detailed With Full Dimensions And Sections) Attachment 02: Sample Nozzle Block Chart Attachment 03: Equipment And Plot Items Presentation Matrix Attachment 04: Instrument And Electrical Item Presentation Matrix
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL EQUIPMENT AND PLOT ITEMS PRESENTATION MATRIX
Show Minimum Show Outline Outline To When Required Scale For Clearance
Remarks
Pipe Supports
X
Show centerline coordinates of column and callout top of steel elevations and pipe support number.
Structures
X
Show only the portion of steel or concrete that is required to establish clearances.
Foundations
Ladders And Platforms
X
X
Show minimum outline of aboveground portion if required for clearance. 1.
2.
Show minimum indication of checker plate or grating and callout top of platform EL. (PLATF.#2 EL. 131' - 0"). Show outline of ladder and cage with single line.
Utility Stations
X
Show full piping detail.
Steam Traps
X
Show full piping detail.
Emergency Showers
X
Callout ES# _____. Show detail.
Eye Wash Stations
X
Callout EW# _____. Show detail.
Buildings
X
Roads
X
Pumps
X
Vessels
X
Heaters
X
Compressors
X
Exchangers
X
Air Coolers
X
Internals will not be shown unless they are part of the piping. Show anchor end of horizontal vessels.
Show anchor end of exchangers.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 2055 Publication Date 21Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL ITEM PRESENTATION MATRIX
Indicate Indicate To Instrument Scale Balloon (Refer to Note 1.)
Locate By Dimension Coordinate Or Elevation
Temperature (TI, TW)
X
X
X
Pressure (PI, PT)
X
X
X
Flow (FI, FE, FG)
X
X
X
Level Instrument (LC, LG)
X
X
X
Level Bridle
X
X
X
Control Valve (FC, CV, LC)
X
X
X
Safety Valves (PSV, TSV)
X
X
X
Remarks
Indicate clearance required for transmitter.
Instrument And Electrical Rack
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Major Electrical And Instrument Equipment
X
Show portion for space required and clearance.
Note 1: Arrows from instrument balloons will indicate the orientation of instruments that are indicated by balloon only.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 4200 Publication Date 27Jan98 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF CONTENTS: FABRICATION DETAILS
Document Number
Assembly Number
670.250.4200
---
Description Table Of Contents: Fabrication Details
670.250.4262
5BSH1-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4263
5BSH2-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4264
5BSH3-*-**
Base Supports - Hygienic
670.250.4265
5CLH1-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4266
5CLH2-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4267
5CLH3-*-**
Clamp - Hygienic
670.250.4268
5FSH1-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4269
5FSH2-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4270
5FSH3-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4271
5FSH4-*
Field Support - Hygienic
670.250.4272
5HRH1-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4273
5HRH2-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4274
5HRH3-*-**
Hanger Rods - Hygienic
670.250.4275
5TSH
Toggle Support - Hygienic
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9809 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DIMENSIONAL CHART - NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR PIPE
NOM PIPE SIZE
CARBON AND ALLOY STEELS ANSI STANDARD B36.10 (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES)
O.D. SCH 10
SCH 20
SCH 30
STD.
SCH 40
SCH 60
XS
SCH 80
1/8
0.405
0.068
0.068
0.095
0.095
1/4
0.540
0.088
0.088
0.119
0.119
3/8
0.675
0.091
0.091
0.126
0.126
SCH 100
SCH 120
SCH 140
SCH 160
XX
1/2
0.840
0.109
0.109
0.147
0.147
0.188
0.294
3/4
1.050
0.113
0.113
0.154
0.154
0.219
0.308
1
1.315
0.133
0.133
0.179
0.179
0.250
0.358
1-1/4
1.660
0.140
0.140
0.191
0.191
0.250
0.382 0.400
1-1/2
1.900
0.145
0.145
0.200
0.200
0.281
2
2.375
0.154
0.154
0.218
0.218
0.344
0.436
2-1/2
2.875
0.203
0.203
0.276
0.276
0.375
0.552
0.438
0.600
3
3.5
0.216
0.216
0.300
0.300
3-1/2
4.0
0.226
0.226
0.318
0.318
4
4.5
0.237
0.237
0.337
0.337
0.438
0.531
0.674
5
5.563
0.258
0.258
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
6
6.625
0.280
0.280
0.432
0.432
8
8.625
0.322
0.322
0.500
0.500
0.250
0.277
0.406
0.562 0.594
0.719
0.812
0.719
0.864
0.906
0.875
10
10.8
0.250
0.307
0.365
0.365
0.500
0.500
0.594
0.719
0.844
1.000
1.125
1.000
12
12.8
0.250
0.330
0.375
0.406
0.562
0.500
0.688
0.844
1.000
1.125
1.312
1.000
14
14.0
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.438
0.594
0.500
0.750
0.938
1.094
1.250
1.406
0.250
16
16.0
0.250
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.656
0.500
0.844
1.031
1.219
1.438
1.594
18
18.0
0.250
0.312
0.438
0.375
0.562
0.750
0.500
0.938
1.156
1.375
1.562
1.781
0.594
20
20.0
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.375
22
22.0
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.562
24
24.0
0.250
0.375
26
26.0
0.312
0.500
28
28.0
0.312
0.500
30
30.0
0.312
32
32.0
0.312
34
34.0
36
36.0
0.375
0.688
0.812
0.500
1.031
1.281
1.500
1.750
1.969
0.875
0.500
1.125
1.375
1.625
1.875
2.125
0.500
1.219
1.531
0.812
2.062
2.344
0.969
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.500
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.688
0.500
0.312
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.688
0.500
0.312
0.500
0.625
0.375
0.750
0.500
0.500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9809 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DIMENSIONAL CHART - NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR PIPE
NOM PIPE SIZE
O.D.
STAINLESS STEELS ANSI STANDARD B36.19 (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES) SCH 5S
SCH 10S
SCH 40S
SCH 80S
1/8
0.405
0.049
0.068
0.095
1/4
0.540
0.065
0.088
0.119
3/8
0.675
0.065
0.091
0.126
1/2
0.840
0.065
0.083
0.109
0.147
3/4
1.050
0.065
0.083
0.113
0.154
1
1.315
0.065
0.109
0.133
0.179
1-1/4
1.660
0.065
0.109
0.140
0.191
1-1/2
1.900
0.065
0.109
0.145
0.200
2
2.375
0.065
0.109
0.154
0.218
2-1/2
2.875
0.083
0.120
0.203
0.276
3
3.5
0.083
0.120
0.216
0.300
3-1/2
4.0
0.083
0.120
0.226
0.318
4
4.5
0.083
0.120
0.237
0.337
5
5.563
0.109
0.134
0.258
0.375
6
6.625
0.109
0.134
0.280
0.432
8
8.625
0.109
0.148
0.322
0.500
10
10.8
0.134
0.165
0.365
0.500
12
12.8
0.156
0.180
0.375
0.500
14
14.0
0.156
0.188
16
16.0
0.165
0.188
18
18.0
0.165
0.188
20
20.0
0.188
0.218
22
22.0
0.188
0.218
24
24.0
0.218
0.250
26
26.0
28
28.0
30
30.0
0.250
0.312
32
32.0
34
34.0
36
36.0
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
PURPOSE This resource provides basic dimensions and design data for selection and specification of blanks, also known as line blinds, spectacle blinds, paddle, and spacer blinds.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: GENERAL DESIGN NOTES DESIGN BASIS SELECTION CHART FABRICATION NOTES REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Use this document as a guide to determine thicknesses and other dimensions for design layout. The dimensional charts may also be used as a requisition attachment for ordering blanks.
GENERAL This resource covers spectacle blinds, paddle blinds, and paddle spacers that are designed to be inserted between a pair of line flanges, including flanges that are part of a valve or a piece of equipment. It does not include blanks that are permanently mounted in a quick-change device such as a Hamer blind or equivalent. This resource is for use only on projects where API (American Petroleum Institute) standards are not used, and for sizes and ratings outside the coverage of API Standard 590. Wherever API 590 is applicable, it will supersede this resource.
DESIGN NOTES Blanks will be provided where indicated on the flow diagrams. Blanks will be accessible from grade, platform, or permanent ladder. When weight of a blank exceeds 100 pounds, lifting and handling facilities will be provided, either mobile or in place. Mobile handling means crane or cherry picker type equipment. Grade access and reach capabilities require some type of structure, capable of taking the load, above the blank, and with provisions for attaching a hoisting device. When the piping is too stiff to allow easy removal of blinds, consideration will be given to the use of flange jacking devices or the installation of jack screws.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
DESIGN BASIS Blanks shown in this resource are designed to fit ASME/ANSI (American Society of Mechanical Engineers/ American National Standards Institute) B16.5 flanges. Thicknesses are calculated in accordance with Equation 15 in ASME B31.3, Paragraph 304.5.3 and Equation 7 in ASME B31.3, Paragraph 104.5.3. Design pressure is maximum flange rating. A single corrosion allowance (applied to one side only) of 0.05 inch is included for carbon steel blanks. No corrosion allowance is provided for stainless steel.
SELECTION CHART Use the charts in Attachments 1 through 7 to determine the appropriate choice of spectacle blind or paddle blind and spacer. When size and rating indicate that paddles and spacers are required, both will be provided. Carbon steel and stainless steel blanks designed for raised face flanges may be bolted to either raised face or flat face steel or stainless steel flanges. They may not be bolted to iron or plastic flanges, including pipe flanges, flanges on valves or flanges on equipment. Blanks required in these situations will either be located adjacent to a pair of steel flanges or a special design including a full face with bolt holes will be provided.
FABRICATION NOTES Dimensional tolerances will be as follows: "T" -- +0.030 inch, -0.000 inch All others --- ñ0.063 inch Gasket contact surface will be in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 Paragraph 6.3.4. Special finishes are not required. Ring-joint groove dimensions and tolerances will be in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 Table 5. Gasket seating surfaces of nongalvanized carbon steel blanks will have a solvent removable or peelable rust-preventive coating for shipment. Material for carbon steel blanks will be ASTM-A516 grade 70 plate. Dimensions "T" is applicable for this grade only. Material for stainless steel blanks will be ASTM A-240, grade 304. Grade 316 may also be used. Dimension "T" is applicable for grades 304 or 316, and will be recalculated if low-carbon grades or other grades with lower allowable strengths are used.
REFERENCES ANSI B16.5 API Standard 590 ASME B31.3 ASTM-A516
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9820 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL SPECTACLE BLINDS
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Symbols And Thickness Tables Attachment 02: Spectacle Blinds: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 03: Spectacle Blinds: 300#, 600#, and 900# Ring Joint Attachment 04: Paddle Blinds: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 05: Paddle Spacer: 150#, 300#, 600#, 900# Raised Face - 150# Flat Face Attachment 06: Paddle Spacer: 300#, 600#, 900# Ring Joint Attachment 07: Paddle Spacer: 300#, 600#, 900# Ring Joint
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TABLE OF WEIGHTS - PIPING COMPONENTS
PURPOSE This practice provides data necessary to calculate piping weights for carbon steel components and conversion factors for other materials.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Carbon steel piping component weights Insulation weights Noncarbon steel weight factors
APPLICATION The data provided may be used for normal piping layout, design, and checking functions.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Tables Of Piping Materials, By Size In Pounds, For Carbon Steel Components Table 1. Table 2. Table 3. Table 4. Table 5. Table 6. Table 7. Table 8. Table 9. Table 10. Table 11. Table 12. Table 13. Table 14.
1" Pipe (1.313" OD) 1- 1/2" Pipe (1.900" OD) 2" Pipe (2.375 OD) 3" Pipe (3.500" OD) 4" Pipe (4.500" OD) 6" Pipe (6.625" OD) 8" Pipe (8.625" OD) 10" Pipe (10.75" OD) 12" Pipe (12.75" OD) 14" Pipe (14.00" OD) 16" Pipe (16.00" OD) 18" Pipe (18.00" OD) 20" Pipe (20.00" OD) 24" Pipe (24.00" OD)
Attachment 02: Various Piping Insulation Material Weights Attachment 03: Relative Weight Factors For Other Piping Materials
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 1. 1" Pipe (1.313" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
40
80
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.133
0.179
0.250
0.358
Pipe - pounds/foot
1.680
2.170
2.840
3.660
Water - pounds/foot
0.370
0.310
0.230
0.120
90 LR ELL
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
90 SR ELL
0.2
45 ELL
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
Tee
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
Lateral
1.7
2.5
Reducer
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
Cap
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
1.20
15.0
Weldneck
3.0
5.0
7.0
7.0
12.0
12.0
16.0
Lap joint
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
Blind
2.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Wall design
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
90 LR ELL
8
90 SR ELL
6
15
28
45 ELL
5
14
26
Tee
11
20
39
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
31
31
65
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle
20 150
300
31
25 400
600
80 900
1500 80
35
84
Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 2. 1-1/2" Pipe (1.900" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.145
0.200
0.281
0.400
Pipe - pounds/foot
2.720
3.630
4.860
6.410
Water - pounds/foot
0.880
0.770
0.610
0.410
90 LR ELL
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.0
90 SR ELL
0.6
0.8
45 ELL
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
Tee
2.0
2.4
3.0
3.7
Lateral
3.3
5.4
Reducer
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.3
Cap
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
3.5
8.0
9.0
9.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
Weldneck
4.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
19.0
19.0
34.0
Lap joint
3.5
8.0
9.0
9.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
Blind
3.5
9.0
10.0
10.0
19.0
19.0
31.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
13
24
90 SR ELL
12
23
26
46
45 ELL
11
21
23
39
Tee
20
30
37
70
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400
600
900
1500
42
105
Globe/angle FLANGED VALVES
Check
29
55
70
125
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
Gate
45
68
90
70
125
Globe/angle
30
60
76
170
Check
30
35
40
110
900
1500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 3. 2" Pipe (2.375" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.154
0.218
0.343
0.436
Pipe - pounds/foot
3.650
5.020
7.440
9.030
Water - pounds/foot
1.460
1.280
0.970
0.770
90 LR ELL
1.5
2.1
3.0
4.0
90 SR ELL
1.0
1.4
45 ELL
0.9
1.1
1.6
2.0
Tee
4.2
4.1
5.0
5.9
Lateral
5.0
7.8
Reducer
0.9
1.3
1.9
2.3
Cap
0.6
0.7
1.2
1.2
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
6.0
9.0
11.0
11.0
32.0
32.0
49.0
Weldneck
7.0
11.0
14.0
14.0
32.0
32.0
53.0
Lap joint
6.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
48.0
Blind
5.0
10. 0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
50.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
22
31
90 SR ELL
19
29
35
83
45 ELL
16
24
33
73
Tee
27
41
52
129
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
64
65
Globe/angle
44
75
Check
35
60
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
Gate
68
Globe/angle Check
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400 78
600
900
1500
86
216
216
97
230
86
173
190
400
600
900
1500
75
115
110
256
256
53
79
90
115
215
235
45
62
100
230
300
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 4. 3" Pipe (3.500" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.216
0.300
0.438
0.600
Pipe - pounds/foot
7.580
10.250
14.320
18.580
Water - pounds/foot
3.200
2.860
2.350
1.800
90 LR ELL
4.7
6.3
8.8
11.4
90 SR ELL
3.3
4.2
45 ELL
2.5
3.3
4.5
5.7
Tee
8.4
10.0
13.8
16.8
Lateral
13.0
19.0
Reducer
2.2
3.0
4.2
5.4
Cap
1.4
1.9
3.5
3.9
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
9
17
20
20
37
61
102
Weldneck
12
19
27
27
38
61
113
Lap joint
9
17
19
19
36
60
99
Blind
10
20
24
24
38
61
105
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
40
63
90 SR ELL
32
53
67
98
150
45 ELL
28
46
60
93
135
Tee
52
81
102
151
238
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
600
900
1500
117
124
147
300
425
Globe/angle
75
130
166
330
500
Check
60
95
155
186
307
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
128
145
194
188
314
460
Globe/angle
80
139
160
191
403
495
Check
65
120
152
245
440
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
400
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 5. 4" (4.500" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.237
0.337
0.531
0.674
Pipe - pounds/foot
10.790
14.980
22.510
27.540
Water - pounds/foot
5.510
4.980
4.02
3.38
90 LR ELL
8.9
12.4
18.6
22.7
90 SR ELL
6.7
8.3
45 ELL
4.5
6.2
9.3
11.4
Tee
13.5
18.6
34.3
34.2
Lateral
21.0
33.0
Reducer
3.6
5.0
7.5
9.2
Cap
2.5
3.5
6.5
7.0
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
15
26
32
43
66
90
158
Weldneck
17
29
41
48
64
90
177
Lap joint
15
26
31
42
64
92
153
Blind
19
31
39
47
67
90
164
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
72
98
90 SR ELL
59
85
99
128
185
254
45 ELL
51
78
82
119
170
214
Tee
86
121
153
187
262
386
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
127
170
220
278
396
552
Globe/angle
122
180
240
280
410
800
Check
80
170
220
250
270
460
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
140
215
270
355
472
735
Globe/angle
140
220
233
320
625
800
Check
100
185
200
280
397
780
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 6. 6" Pipe (6.625" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.280
0.432
0.718
0.864
Pipe - pounds/foot
18.970
28.570
45.300
53.200
Water - pounds/foot
12.510
11.290
9.200
8.200
90 LR ELL
23.5
35.3
56.0
66.0
90 SR ELL
16.6
22.9
45 ELL
11.8
17.7
28.0
33.0
Tee
36.3
42.5
85.0
85.0
Lateral
42.0
79.0
Reducer
8.7
13.1
20.8
24.4
Cap
6.4
9.5
17.5
18.7
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
22
45
54
95
128
202
396
Weldneck
27
48
67
96
130
202
451
Lap joint
22
45
52
93
125
208
387
Blind
29
56
71
101
133
197
418
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
126
182
90 SR ELL
90
147
184
275
375
566
45 ELL
82
132
149
240
320
476
Tee
149
217
279
400
565
839
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
219
360
460
640
892
1438
Globe/angle
243
375
730
656
770
1800
Check
165
280
310
486
500
790
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
240
420
530
726
900
1595
Globe/angle
250
390
750
782
920
1960
Check
200
330
395
550
1128
1630
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 7. 8" Pipe (8.625" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
40
80
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.322
0.500
0.906
0.875
Pipe - pounds/foot
28.550
43.400
74.700
72.400
Water - pounds/foot
21.690
19.800
15.800
16.100
90 LR ELL
47
71
123
120
90 SR ELL
34.5
50.2
45 ELL
24
36
61
60
Tee
61
78
152
152
Lateral
76
140
Reducer
14
22
37
36
Cap
11
17
32
31
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
33
67
82
135
207
319
601
Weldneck
42
76
104
137
222
334
692
Lap joint
33
67
79
132
223
347
587
Blind
48
90
115
159
232
363
649
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
202
283
90 SR ELL
157
238
310
435
639
995
45 ELL
127
203
215
360
507
870
Tee
230
337
445
610
978
1465
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
340
590
830
1080
1420
2500
Globe/angle
397
750
900
1125
1160
2860
Check
350
510
580
788
117
1320
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
400
700
940
1220
1612
2810
Globe/angle
475
850
1150
1300
1450
3345
Check
390
620
680
910
1430
2100
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160 XXS
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 8. 10" Pipe (10.75" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
BUTT WELD VALVES
FLANGED VALVES
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 40
80
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.365
0.500
1.125
Pipe - pounds/foot
40.500
54.700
115.70
Water - pounds/foot
34.100
32.300
24.600
90 LR ELL
84
112
238
90 SR ELL
62.2
75
45 ELL
42.4
56
119
Tee
104
132
280
Lateral
124
202
Reducer
24
32
67
Cap
20
27
59
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
51
100
117
213
293
528
1148
Weldneck
60
110
152
225
316
546
1291
Lap joint
51
110
138
231
325
577
1120
Blind
78
146
181
267
338
599
1248
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
290
438
90 SR ELL
240
343
462
747
995
45 ELL
185
288
332
572
732
Tee
353
527
578
1007
1417
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
553
910
1250
1610
2225
3890
Globe/angle
573
1140
Check
460
660
820
1160
1725
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
630
1050
1530
1880
2470
4910
Globe/angle
670
1290
1070
2500
4160
Check
520
783
900
2170
2280
1440
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 9. 12" Pipe (12.75" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
Material: Carbon Steel
SCHEDULE NUMBER
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.312
Pipe - pounds/foot
49.600
65.400
160.30
Water - pounds/foot
49.000
47.000
34.900
90 LR ELL
123
162
397
90 SR ELL
82
108
45 ELL
62
81
199
Tee
162
187
429
Lateral
180
273
Reducer
33.4
44
107
Cap
30
38.1
95
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
Screwed or SO
72
140
164
261
388
820
1611
Weldneck
88
163
212
272
434
843
1919
Lap joint
72
164
187
286
433
902
1573
Blind
118
209
261
341
475
928
1775
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2500
90 LR ELL
485
624
90 SR ELL
345
509
669
815
1474
45 ELL
282
414
469
705
1124
Tee
513
754
943
1361
1928
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
730
1220
1800
2240
3208
5260
1310
1700
Check
560
1060
1150
1570
2625
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
830
1490
2000
2630
3800
7150
1431
1900
775
1300
1250
1970
3162
3370
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
Globe/angle FLANGED VALVES
Globe/angle Check
1598
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 10 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 10. 14" Pipe (14.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 30
160
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.406
Pipe - pounds/foot
54.600
72.100
189.10
Water - pounds/foot
59.700
57.500
42.600
90 LR ELL
158
208
546
90 SR ELL
108
139
45 ELL
80
104
Tee
226
280
Lateral
218
340
Reducer
63
83
Cap
35.3
45.9
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
96
195
235
318
460
1016
Weldneck
130
217
277
406
642
1241
Lap joint
119
220
254
349
477
1076
Blind
142
267
354
437
574
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
622
772
90 SR ELL
497
632
664
918
1549
45 ELL
377
587
638
883
1246
Tee
683
968
1131
1652
2318
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
990
1960
2210
3000
4350
8280
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
FLANGED VALVES
273
1500
Globe/angle
1360
Check
1095
1529
2251
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
1150
2170
2410
3455
5850
9660
Globe/angle
1525
Check
1213
1764
2640
RATING TYPE PSI
2500
2500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 11 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 11. 16" (16.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
30
40
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
1.593
Pipe - pounds/foot
62.600
82.800
245.10
Water - pounds/foot
79.100
76.500
55.900
90 LR ELL
208
273
809
90 SR ELL
138
182
45 ELL
104
137
Tee
250
369
Lateral
275
433
Reducer
77
102
Cap
45
58
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
108
262
310
442
559
1297
Weldneck
142
288
351
577
785
1597
Lap joint
143
282
337
476
588
1372
Blind
185
349
455
603
719
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
781
1058
90 SR ELL
656
958
1014
1402
1886
45 ELL
481
708
839
1212
1586
Tee
961
1404
1671
2128
3054
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1460
2550
3100
4030
6000
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Gate
1580
2800
3500
4375
6500
7875
Globe/angle
1450
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 160
405
1500
2500
2500
1500
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI
Check
1225
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 12 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 12. 18" Pipe (18.00") Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
Material: Carbon Steel
SCHEDULE NUMBER Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
Pipe - pounds/foot
70.600
93.500
Water - pounds/foot
101.20
98.400
90 LR ELL
263
347
90 SR ELL
176
231
45 ELL
132
174
Tee
333
425
Lateral
326
526
Reducer
94
123
Cap
57
75
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
140
331
380
573
797
1694
Weldneck
160
355
430
652
1074
2069
Lap joint
166
355
415
566
820
1769
Blind
229
440
572
762
1030
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
941
1426
90 SR ELL
711
1126
1340
1793
2817
45 ELL
521
901
1040
1543
2252
Tee
1010
1602
1909
2690
4327
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
1730
3300
150
300
600
900
1500
1898
3319
6020
6675
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
1500
2500
2500
6760
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate
400
Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 13 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 13. 20" Pipe (20.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
20
30
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
375
500
Pipe - pounds/foot
78.600
104.10
Water - pounds/foot
126.00
122.80
90 LR ELL
323
438
90 SR ELL
238
286
45 ELL
162
228
Tee
504
583
Lateral
396
628
Reducer
142
186
Cap
71
94
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
181
378
468
733
972
2114
Weldneck
196
431
535
811
1344
2614
Lap joint
211
428
510
725
1048
2189
Blind
298
545
711
976
1287
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
1352
1705
90 SR ELL
922
1375
1680
2314
3610
45 ELL
652
1105
1330
1917
2848
Tee
1378
1908
2370
3463
5520
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2200
4350
150
300
400
600
900
1500
2228
4278
5700
7015
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel
1500
2500
2500
8950
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 14 of 14 FLUOR DANIEL TABLES OF PIPING MATERIALS, BY SIZE IN POUNDS, FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
Table 14. 24" Pipe (24.00" OD) Unit of Measure: Pounds PIPE
SCHEDULE NUMBER
Material: Carbon Steel 20
Wall design
STD
XS
Thickness - inches
0.375
0.500
Pipe - pounds/foot
94.600
125.50
Water - pounds/foot
183.80
180.10
90 LR ELL
500
622
90 SR ELL
313
415
45 ELL
252
311
Tee
765
934
Lateral
544
882
Reducer
167
220
Cap
102
139
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
1500
Screwed or SO
245
577
676
1056
1823
3378
Weldneck
295
632
777
1157
2450
4153
Lap joint
295
617
752
1046
2002
3478
Blind
446
841
1073
1355
2442
RATING TYPE PSI
150
300
400
600
900
90 LR ELL
1821
2874
90 SR ELL
1671
2174
2474
3506
6155
45 ELL
1121
1634
1974
2831
5124
Tee
2276
3161
3811
5184
9387
BUTT WELD RATING TYPE PSI VALVES Gate
150
300
400
600
900
1500
3350
6700
150
300
400
600
900
1500
3350
7529
6995
9360
WELDING FITTINGS
FLANGES
FLANGED FITTINGS
1500
2500
2500
10500
Globe/angle Check FLANGED VALVES
RATING TYPE PSI Gate Globe/angle Check
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL VARIOUS PIPING INSULATION MATERIAL WEIGHTS
Weight Of Insulation For The Pipe I T D
= = =
Insulation density in pounds per cubic foot Insulation thickness in inches Outside diameter of pipe in inches
Weight of insulation = 0.02181T (D + T) = pounds per foot Values For I Calcium silicate
11
85 percent magnesium
11
Thermobestos
11.53
KALO
21
Diatomaceous earth
21
High temperature
24
Super - X
25
Polyurethane
2.3
Amosite asbestos
16
Foamglas
9
Cellular glass
9
Mineral wool
8
Perlite
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Weight Of Piping Components, Pipe Weight, And Water In Pipe
Refer to Attachment 01, Tables 1 through 14 for carbon steel pipe components. Relative weight factors for other pipe materials. Note!!!
Value weights are approximate. When possible, obtain weights from the manufacturer. All flanged fitting. Flanged valve and flange weights include the proportional weight of bolts or studs to make up all joints.
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
AL
ALUMINUM
0.35000
AN
ASB CEM NON-PRESS
0.20400
AP
ASB CEM PRESSURE
0.23400
A2
ALLOY 20
1.02110
BR
BRASS (COPPER AND ZINC)
1.12000
BZ
BRONZE
1.12000
CC
CONCRETE STEEL CYL
0.00000
CD
CAST IRON SOIL
0.91000
CE
CAST IRON PRESSURE
0.89800
CN
CONCRETE NON-REINFORCED
0.29300
CP
CONCRETE PRESTRESS
0.32900
CR
CONCRETE REINFORCED
0.31200
CU
COPPER
1.14000
C1
CARBON STEEL
1.00000
C2
CARBON STEEL LO-TEMP
1.00000
DU
DUCTILE IRON
1.00000
GL
GLASS
0.31800
HA
HASTELLOY
1.18000
HS
HIGH SILICON IRON
1.00000
KA
1 1/4 CHROME
0.99600
KB
1 3/4 CHROME
0.99600
KC
2 1/4 CHROME
0.99600
KT
12 CHROME
0.99600
KY
KYNAR
0.22400
K1
1 CHROME
0.99600
K2
2 CHROME
0.99600
K3
3 CHROME
0.99600
K5
5 CHROME
0.99600 Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 2 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
K7
7 CHROME
0.99600
K9
9 CHROME
0.99600
MA
MALLEABLE IRON
1.00000
ML
MONEL
1.12000
MR
RTRP, FRP
0.21600
MY
CARBON 1/2 MOLY
0.99600
NL
INCONEL
1.08100
NY
INCOLOY
1.02100
N2
NICKLE 200
1.13000
PB
POLYBUTYLENE
0.11600
PE
POLYETHYLENE
0.12000
PR
POLYPROPYLENE
0.13200
PV
PVC
0.17600
SA
347 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
SB
410 STAINLESS STEEL
0.99600
SC
416 STAINLESS STEEL
0.99600
SH
304H STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S1
303 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S2
304 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S3
304L STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S4
309 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S5
310 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S6
316 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S7
316L STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S8
317 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
S9
321 STAINLESS STEEL
1.02100
TM
TITANIUM
0.57400
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 3 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
TN
12 NICKEL
0.99600
VC
VITRIFIED CLAY
0.28000
WR
WROUGHT IRON
1.00000
YY
YOLOY (ASTM A333 GR9)
0.99600
ZE
0.00000
3N
3 1/2 NICKEL
0.99600
5N
5 NICKEL
0.99600
9N
9 NICKEL
0.99600
99.0
CR-CU-NI
1.14000
001
ASTM-A53
GR.A
SMLS
1.00000
002
API-5L
GR.A
SMLS
1.00000
003
ASTM-A53
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
004
API-5L
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
005
ASTM-A106
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
006
ASTM-A106
GR.C
SMLS
1.00000
007
ASTM-A333
GR.6
SMLS
1.00000
008
ASTM-A53
GR.A
ERW
1.00000
009
API-5L
GR.A
EFW
1.00000
010
API-5LS
GR.A (SPIRAL WELDED)
EFW
1.00000
011
ASTM-A53
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
012
ASTM-A135
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
013
API-5L
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
014
API-5LS
GR.B (SPIRAL WELD)
ERW
1.00000
015
ASTM-A139
GR.B
EFW
1.00000
016
ASTM-A155
GR.C CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
017
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
018
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.2 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
019
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.2 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
020
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF55 CL.2 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
021
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.2 (ASTM-A515 CR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
022
ASTM-A155
GR.C45 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
023
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
024
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.3 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
025
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 4 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
026
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF55 CL.3 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
027
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
028
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.3 (ASTM-A515 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
029
ASTM-A155
GR.C45 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
030
ASTM-A155
GR.C50 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
031
ASTM-A155
GR.C55 CL.1 (ASTM-A285 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
032
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
033
ASTM-A155
GR.KC55 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.55 PL)
EFW
1.00000
034
ASTM-A155
GR.KC70 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
035
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF70 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.70 PL)
EFW
1.00000
036
ASTM-A335
GR.P1
SMLS
0.99600
037
ASTM-A335
GR.P2
SMLS
0.99600
038
ASTM-A335
GR.P5
SMLS
0.99600
039
ASTM-A335
GR.P5B
SMLS
0.99600
040
ASTM-A335
GR.P5C
SMLS
0.99600
041
ASTM-A335
GR.P7
SMLS
1.02100
042
ASTM-A335
GP.P9
SMLS
0.99600
043
ASTM-A335
GP.P11
SMLS
0.99600
044
ASTM-A335
GP.P22
SMLS
0.99600
045
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.2 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
046
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4CR.CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
047
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR.CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
048
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.2 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
0.99600
049
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.3 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
050
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4 CR.CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
051
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR.3 CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
052
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.3 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
0.99600
053
ASTM-A155
GR.CM65 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.A PL)
EFW
1.00000
054
ASTM-A155
GR.CM70 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.B PL)
EFW
1.00000
055
ASTM-A155
GR.CM75 CL.1 (ASTM-A204 GR.C PL)
EFW
1.00000
056
ASTM-A155
GR.1-1/4 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.11 PL)
EFW
0.99600
057
ASTM-A155
GR.2-1/4 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.22 PL)
EFW
0.99600
058
ASTM-A155
GR.5 CR. CL.1 (ASTM-A387 GR.5 PL)
EFW
1.00000
059
0.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 5 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
060
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
SMLS
1.02100
061
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304H
SMLS
1.02100
062
ASTM-A376
GR.TP304
SMLS
1.02100
063
ASTM-A376
GR.TP304H
SMLS
1.02100
064
ASTM-AS58
GR.TP304 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP304PL)
EFW
1.02100
065
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
SMLS
1.02100
066
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
SMLS
1.02100
067
ASTM-A312
GR.316H
SMLS
1.02100
068
ASTM-A376
GR.TP316
SMLS
1.02100
069
ASTM-A376
GR.316H
SMLS
1.02100
070
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
071
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
SMLS
1.02100
072
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
SMLS
1.02100
073
ASTM-A376
GR.321
SMLS
1.02100
074
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
075
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347
SMLS
1.02100
076
ASTM-A376
GR.TP347
SMLS
1.02100
077
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-A240 TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
079
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
080
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304H
EFW
1.02100
081
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
082
ASTM-A409
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
083
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
EFW
1.02100
084
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
085
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316H
EFW
1.02100
086
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.2 (ASTM-A204 GR.TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
087
ASTM-A409
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
088
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
EFW
1.02100
089
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
090
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
091
ASTM-A409
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
092
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347
EFW
1.02100
093
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.2 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
094
ASTM-A409
GR.TP347
EFW
1.02100
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 6 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
095
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
096
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP316 PL)
EFW
1.02100
097
ASTM-A358
GR.TP321 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP321 PL)
EFW
1.02100
098
ASTM-A358
GR.TP347 CL.5 (ASTM-A240 GR.TP347 PL)
EFW
1.02100
100
ASTM-B241
GR.3003-H112 (AS WELDED CONDITION)
SMLS
0.34500
103
ASTM-B241
GR.6061-T6 (WITH WELDED STRESS)
SMLS
0.34500
104
ASTM-A333
GR.1
SMLS
1.00000
105
API-5LX
GR.X42
SMLS
1.00000
106
API-5LX
GR.X46
SMLS
1.00000
107
API-5LX
GR.X52
SMLS
1.00000
108
API-5L
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
109
ASTM-A333
GR.6
ERW
1.00000
110
API-5LX
GR.X42
EFW
1.00000
111
API-5LX
GR.X46
EFW
1.00000
112
API-5LX
GR.X52
EFW
1.00000
113
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.A (ASTM-A515 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
114
ASTM-A155
GR.KC65 CL.1 (ASTM-A515 GR.65 PL)
EFW
1.00000
115
ASTM-A155
GR.KCF60 CL.1 (ASTM-A516 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
116
ASTM-A333
GR.3
SMLS
1.00000
117
ASTM-A312
GR.TP309
SMLS
1.02100
118
ASTM-A312
GR.TP347H
SMLS
1.02100
119
ASTM-A312
GR.309
EFW
1.02100
121
ASTM-A155
GR.KC60 CL.2 (ASTM-A155 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.00000
129
ASTM-B241
GR.1060-0
SMLS
0.34500
200
ASME-SA53
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
201
ASME-SA106
GR.B
SMLS
1.00000
202
ASME-SA53
GR.B
ERW
1.00000
203
ASME-SA335
GR.P11
204
ASME-SA312
GR.304
SMLS
1.02100
205
ASME-SA312
GR.316
SMLS
1.00000
300
ASTM-A671
GR.CC60 CL.32(ASTM-A516 GR.60 PL)
EFW
1.02100
301
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304
EFW
1.02100
302
ASTM-A312
GR.TP304L
EFW
1.02100
303
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316
EFW
1.02100
1.00000
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9821 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 7 of 7 FLUOR DANIEL RELATIVE WEIGHT FACTORS FOR OTHER PIPING MATERIALS
Code
Basic Material
Conversion Factor
304
ASTM-A312
GR.TP316L
EFW
1.02100
305
ASTM-A312
GR.TP321
EFW
1.02100
306
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304L CL.1, 3 & 4(ASTM-240 TP304PL)
EFW
1.02100
309
ASTM-A358
GR.TP304L CL.2(ASTM-A240 GR.TP304 PL)
EFW
1.02100
310
ASTM-A358
GR.TP316L CL.2(ASTM-A240 GR.TP316LPL)
EFW
1.02100
311
ASTM-A671
GR.CF66 CL.32(ASTM-A203 GR.D PL)
EFW
0.99600
312
ASTM-A671
GR.CC65 CL.22(ASTM-A516 GR.65 PL)
EFW
1.00000
719
SABS
GR.719-B
ERW & EFW
0.34500
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
PURPOSE This practice provides lists defining the properties of pipe for use in design and engineering calculations.
SCOPE This practice includes information about the following major topics: Properties of Pipe by Size and Schedule Linear Expansion of Metals Modulus of Elasticity of Nonferrous Material
APPLICATION These tables should be used for reference to specific factors to be used in design and engineering work.
REFERENCES Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9821:
Table Of Weights / Piping Components
Piping Engineering Practice 670.250.9823:
Coefficient Of Expansion Tables
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Properties of Pipe Attachment 02: Modulus of Elasticity for Ferrous Material Attachment 03: Modulus of Elasticity of Nonferrous Material
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
Description
Dimension
D
Outside Diameter Of Pipe
Inches
Sch
Pipe Schedule
Non Dimension
t
Wall Thickness
Inches
Inside Diameter Of Pipe
Inches
Fifth power of "d"
Inches To The Fifth Power
d d
5
Ao
D Π/12
Outside Pipe Surface
Sq Ft / Ft Length
Ai
d Π/12
Inside Pipe Surface
Sq Ft / Ft Length
Am
(d2 − d2 )Π/4
Metal Area
Sq Inches
2
Af
d 2Π/4
Flow Area
Sq Inches
w
3.4Am
Weight Of Pipe
Lbs / Ft (Carbon Steel)
Ww
0.433 Af
Weight Of Water In Pipe
Lbs / Ft
Radius Of Gyrations
Inches
Moment Of Inertia
Inches To The Fourth Power
Section Modulus
Inches Cubed
Rg
2
2
(I/A) = (D + d ) ½ / 4 2
I
4
4
AmRg = 0.0491 (D - d ) 4
Z D
1/2
4
2I/D = 0.0982(d - d )/D Ao
Ai
Af
w
Rg
I
Z
0.307
0.00273 0.106
0.080
0.055
0.074
0.186
0.032
0.1271
0.0009
0.0043
D=0.045 40 STD 40S 0.068
0.269
0.00141 0.106
0.070
0.072
0.057
0.245
0.025
0.1215
0.0011
0.0052
80 XS 80S 0.095
0.215
0.00046 0.106
0.056
0.092
0.036
0.314
0.016
0.1146
0.0012
0.0060
1/4
t
d
d5
10S 0.049
1/8
Sch
Am
Ww
10S 0.065
0.410
0.01159 0.141
0.107
0.097
0.132
0.330
0.057
0.1694
0.0028
0.0103
D=0.540 40 STD 40S 0.088
0.364
0.00639 0.141
0.095
0.125
0.104
0.425
0.045
0.1628
0.0033
0.0123
80 XS 80S 0.119
0.302
0.00251 0.141
0.079
0.157
0.0072
0.535
0.031
0.1547
0.0038
0.0140
10S 0.065
0.545
0.04808 0.177
0.143
0.124
0.233
0.423
0.101
0.2169
0.0059
0.0174
D=0.675 40 STD 40S 0.091
0.493
0.02912 0.177
0.129
0.167
0.191
0.568
0.083
0.2090
0.0073
0.0216
80 XS 80S 0.126
0.423
0.01354 0.177
0.111
0.217
0.140
0.739
0.061
0.1991
0.0086
0.0255
10S 0.083
0.674
0.13909 0.220
1.176
0.197
0.357
0.671
0.154
0.269
0.0143
0.0341
1/2
40 STD 40S 0.109
0.622
0.09310 0.220
0.163
0.250
0.304
0.851
0.132
0.261
0.0171
0.0407
D=0.840
80 XS 80S 0.147
0.546
0.04852 0.220
0.143
0.320
0.234
1.088
0.101
0.250
0.0201
0.0478
3/8
160 0.188
0.466
0.02198 0.220
0.122
0.384
0.171
1.304
0.074
0.240
0.0221
0.0527
XXS 0.294
0.252
0.00102 0.220
0.066
0.504
0.050
1.715
0.022
0.219
0.0243
0.0577
5S 0.065
0.920
0.6591
0.275
0.241
0.201
0.664
0.683
0.288
0.349
0.0245
0.0467
10S 0.083
0.884
0.5398
0.275
0.231
0.252
0.614
0.857
0.266
0.343
0.0297
0.0566
3/4
40 STD 40S 0.113
0.824
0.3799
0.275
0.216
0.333
0.533
1.131
0.231
0.334
0.0370
0.0706
D=1.050
80 XS 80S 0.154
0.742
0.2249
0.275
0.194
0.434
0.432
1.474
0.187
0.321
0.0448
0.0853
160 0.219
0.614
0.0873
0.275
0.161
0.570
0.296
1.937
0.128
0.304
0.0527
0.1004
XXS 0.308
0.434
0.0154
0.275
0.114
0.718
0.148
2.441
0.064
0.284
0.0579
0.1104
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
t
d
d5
Ao
Ai
Af
w
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.065
1.185
2.337
0.344
0.310
Am 0.255
1.103
0.867
0.478
0.443
0.0500
0.7600
10S 0.109
1.097
1.589
0.344
0.287
0.413
0.945
1.404
0.409
0.428
0.0757
0.1151
1
40 STD 40S 0.133
1.049
1.270
0.344
0.275
0.494
0.864
1.679
0.374
0.420
0.0874
0.1329
D=1.315
80 XS 80S 0.179
0.957
0.803
0.344
0.250
0.639
0.719
2.172
0.311
0.407
0.1056
0.1606
160 0.250
0.815
0.360
0.344
0.213
0.836
0.522
2.844
0.226
0.387
0.1252
0.1903
XXS 0.358
0.599
0.077
0.344
0.157
1.076
0.282
3.659
0.122
0.361
0.1405
0.2137
5S 0.065
1.530
8.384
0.435
0.410
0.326
1.839
1.108
0.796
0.564
0.1037
0.1253
10S 0.109
1.442
6.235
0.434
0.378
0.531
1.633
1.805
0.707
0.550
0.1605
0.1934
1-1/4
40 STD 40S 0.140
1.380
5.005
0.434
0.361
0.668
1.496
2.273
0.648
0.540
0.1948
0.2346
D=1.660
80 XS 80S 0.191
1.278
3.409
0.434
0.334
0.881
1.283
2.997
0.555
0.524
0.2418
0.2914
160 0.250
1.160
2.100
0.434
0.304
1.107
1.057
3.765
0.458
0.506
0.2839
0.3421
XXS 0.382
0.896
0.577
0.434
0.234
1.534
0.630
5.215
0.273
0.472
0.3412
0.411
5S 0.065
1.770
17.37
0.497
0.463
0.375
2.461
1.275
1.066
0.649
0.158
0.166
10S 0.109
1.682
13.46
0.497
0.440
0.613
2.222
2.085
0.962
0.634
0.247
0.260
1-1/2
40 STD 40S 0.145
1.610
10.82
0.497
0.421
0.799
2.036
2.718
0.882
0.623
0.310
0.326
D=1.900
80 XS 80S 0.200
1.500
7.59
0.497
0.393
1.068
1.767
3.632
0.765
0.605
0.391
0.412
160 0.281
1.337
4.27
0.497
0.350
1.431
1.404
4.866
0.608
0.581
0.483
0.508
XXS 0.400
1.100
1.61
0.497
0.288
1.885
0.950
6.409
0.411
0.549
0.568
0.598
2 D=2.375
5S 0.065
2.245
57.03
0.622
0.588
0.472
3.958
1.605
1.714
0.817
0.315
0.265
10S 0.109
2.157
46.69
0.622
0.565
0.776
3.654
2.638
1.582
0.802
0.499
0.420
40 STD 40S 0.154
2.067
37.73
0.622
0.541
1.074
3.356
3.653
1.453
0.787
0.666
0.561
0.167
2.041
35.42
0.622
0.534
1.158
3.272
3.938
1.417
0.783
0.710
0.598
0.188
2.000
32.00
0.622
0.524
1.288
3.142
4.381
1.360
0.776
0.777
0.654
80 XS 80S 0.218
1.939
27.41
0.622
0.508
1.477
2.953
5.022
1.278
0.766
0.868
0.731
160 0.344
1.689
13.74
0.622
0.442
2.190
2.240
7.445
0.970
0.728
1.163
0.979
XXS 0.436
1.503
7.67
0.622
0.393
2.656
1.774
9.030
0.768
0.703
1.312
1.104
5S 0.083
2.709
145.9
0.753
0.709
0.728
5.76
2.475
2.496
0.988
0.711
0.495
10S 0.120
2.635
127.0
0.753
0.690
1.039
5.45
3.531
2.361
0.975
0.988
0.687
2-1/2
40 STD 40S 0.203
2.469
91.8
0.753
0.646
1.704
4.79
5.794
2.073
0.947
1.530
1.064
D=2.875
80 XS 80S 0.276
2.323
67.6
0.753
0.608
2.254
4.24
7.662
1.835
0.924
1.925
1.339
160 0.375
2.125
43.3
0.753
0.556
2.945
3.55
10.01
1.536
0.894
2.353
1.637
XXS 0.552
1.771
17.4
0.753
0.464
4.028
2.46
13.70
1.067
0.844
2.872
1.998
5S 0.083
3.334
411.9
0.916
0.873
0.891
8.73
3.03
3.780
1.208
1.300
0.743
10S 0.120
3.260
368.2
0.916
0.853
1.274
8.35
4.33
3.610
1.196
1.822
1.041
3
40 STD 40S 0.216
3.068
271.8
0.916
0.803
2.228
7.39
7.58
3.200
1.164
3.018
1.724
D=3.500
80 XS 80S 0.300
2.900
205.0
0.916
0.759
3.016
6.60
10.25
2.860
1.136
3.900
2.226
160 0.438
2.624
124.0
0.916
0.687
4.213
5.41
14.33
2.340
1.094
5.040
2.879
XXS 0.600
2.300
64.0
0.916
0.602
5.466
4.15
18.58
1.800
1.047
5.990
3.425
5S 0.083
3.834
828.0
1.047
1.004
1.021 11.55
3.47
5.000
1.385
1.960
0.979
10S 0.120
3.760
752.0
1.047
0.984
1.463 11.10
4.97
4.810
1.372
2.760
1.378
D=4.000 40 STD 40S 0.226
3.548
562.0
1.047
0.929
2.680
9.89
9.11
4.280
1.337
4.790
2.394
80 XS 80S 0.318
3.364
431.0
1.047
0.881
3.678
8.89
12.51
3.850
1.307
6.280
3.141
3-1/2
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
4 D=4.500
5 D=5.563
D
Sch
t
d
d5
Ao
Ai
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.083
4.334
1529.0
1.178
1.135
1.151
Am
14.75
Af
3.91
w
6.390
1.562
2.810
1.248
10S 0.120
4.260
1403.0
1.178
1.115
1.651
14.25
5.61
6.170
1.549
3.960
1.762
40 STD 40S 0.237
4.026
1058.0
1.178
1.054
3.170
12.73
10.79
5.510
1.510
7.230
3.220
Special 0.312
3.876
875.0
1.178
1.015
4.100
11.80
13.96
5.110
1.485
9.050
4.020
80 XS 80S 0.337
3.826
820.0
1.178
1.002
4.410
11.50
14.99
4.980
1.477
9.610
4.270
Special 0.375
3.750
742.0
1.178
0.982
4.860
11.04
16.52
4.780
1.404
10.420
4.630
120 0.438
3.624
625.0
1.178
0.949
5.590
10.31
19.00
4.470
1.444
11.660
5.180
Special 0.500
3.500
525.0
1.178
0.916
6.280
9.62
21.36
4.170
1.425
12.770
5.670
160 0.531
3.438
480.0
1.178
0.900
6.620
9.28
22.51
4.020
1.416
13.270
5.900
XXS 0.674
3.152
311.0
1.178
0.825
8.100
7.80
27.54
3.380
1.374
15.290
6.790
5S 0.109
5.345
4363.0
1.456
1.399
1.880
22.43
6.38
9.710
1.928
6.970
2.510
10S 0.134
5.295
4162.0
1.456
1.386
2.290
22.02
7.77
9.530
1.920
8.430
3.030
40 STD 40S 0.258
5.047
3275.0
1.456
1.321
4.300
20.01
14.62
8.660
1.878
15.170
5.450
80 XS 80S 0.375
4.813
2583.0
1.456
1.260
6.110
18.19
20.78
7.880
1.839
30.680
7.430
Special 0.438
4.688
2264.0
1.456
1.227
7.040
17.26
23.95
7.470
1.819
23.310
8.380
120 0.500
4.563
1978.0
1.456
1.194
7.950
16.35
27.04
7.060
1.799
25.740
9.250
160 0.625
4.313
1492.0
1.456
1.129
9.700
14.61
32.97
6.330
1.760
30.030
10.800
XXS 0.750
4.063
1107.0
1.456
1.064
11.34
12.97
38.55
5.610
1.722
33.640
12.100
d5/103
Sch
t
d
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
5S 0.109
6.407
10.80 1.734
1.677
2.23
32.2
w
Ww
7.58
13.95
2.304
Rg
11.84
I
3.58
Z
10S 01.34
6.357
10.38 1.734
1.664
2.73
31.7
9.29
13.74
2.295
14.40
4.35
Special 0.250
6.125
8.62 1.734
1.604
5.01
29.5
17.02
12.75
2.256
25.50
7.69
6
40 STD 40S 0.280
6.065
8.21 1.734
1.588
5.58
28.9
18.98
12.51
2.246
28.10
8.50
D=6.625
80 XS 80S 0.432
5.761
6.35 1.734
1.508
8.40
26.1
28.58
11.29
2.195
40.50
12.23
120 0.562
5.501
5.04 1.734
1.440
10.70
23.8
36.40
10.29
2.153
49.60
14.98
160 0.719
5.189
3.76 1.734
1.358
13.32
21.1
45.30
9.16
2.104
59.00
17.81
XXS 0.864
4.897
2.82 1.734
1.282
15.64
18.8
53.17
8.16
2.060
66.30
20.03
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
8 D=8.625
Sch
t
d
d5/103
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
w
Ww
5S 0.109
8.407
42.00 2.258
2.201
2.92
55.5
9.91
24.04
3.010
Rg
26.40
I
6.13
Z
10S 0.148
8.329
40.10 2.258
2.180
3.94
54.5
13.40
23.59
3.000
35.40
8.21
20 0.250
8.125
35.40 2.258
2.127
6.58
51.8
22.37
22.45
2.960
57.70
13.39
30 0.277
8.071
34.20 2.258
2.113
7.26
51.2
24.70
22.15
2.950
63.40
14.69
40 STD 40S 0.322
7.981
32.40 2.258
2.089
8.40
50.0
28.56
21.68
2.940
72.50
16.81
Special 0.375
7.875
30.30 2.258
2.062
9.72
48.7
33.00
21.10
2.920
82.90
19.22
60 0.406
7.813
29.10 2.258
2.045
10.48
47.9
35.60
20.80
2.910
88.80
20.58
80 XS 80S 0.500
7.625
25.80 2.258
1.996
12.76
45.7
43.40
19.80
2.880
105.70
24.52
100 0.594
7.439
22.80 2.258
1.948
14.96
43.5
50.90
18.80
2.850
121.40
28.14
120 0.719
7.189
19.20 2.258
1.882
17.84
40.6
60.60
17.60
2.810
140.60
32.60
140 0.812
7.001
16.80 2.258
1.883
19.93
38.5
67.80
16.70
2.780
153.70
35.63
XXS 0.875
6.875
15.40 2.258
1.800
21.30
37.1
72.40
16.10
2.760
162.00
37.57
160 0.906
6.813
14.70 2.258
1.784
21.97
36.5
74.70
15.80
2.750
165.90
38.48
5S 0.134
10.482
127.00 2.810
2.740
4.47
86.3
15.20
37.40
3.750
63.00
11.72
10S 0.165
10.420
123.00 2.810
2.730
5.49
85.3
18.70
36.90
3.740
76.90
14.30
20 0.250
10.250
113.00 2.810
2.680
8.25
82.5
28.00
35.70
3.710
113.70
21.16
30 0.307
10.136
107.00 2.810
2.650
10.07
80.7
34.20
34.90
3.690
137.50
25.57
10
40 STD 40S 0.365
10.020
101.00 2.810
2.620
11.91
78.9
40.50
34.10
3.670
160.80
29.91
D=10.75
60 XS 80S 0.500
9.750
88.10 2.810
2.550
16.10
74.7
54.70
32.30
3.630
212.00
39.40
80 0.594
9.654
80.00 2.810
2.500
18.92
71.8
64.30
31.10
3.600
244.80
45.50
12 D=14.00
100 0.719
9.314
70.10 2.810
2.440
22.63
68.1
76.90
29.50
3.560
286.20
53.20
Special 0.750
9.250
67.70 2.810
2.420
23.56
67.2
80.10
29.10
3.550
296.30
55.10
120 0.843
9.064
61.20 2.810
2.370
26.24
64.5
89.20
27.90
3.520
324.30
60.30
140 XXS 1.000
8.750
51.30 2.810
2.290
30.63
60.1
104.1
26.00
3.470
367.90
68.40
160 1.125
8.500
44.40 2.810
2.230
34.02
56.7
115.7
24.60
3.430
399.40
74.30
5S 0.156
12.438
298.00 3.340
3.260
3.17
121.5
21.0
52.60
4.450
122.40
19.20
10S 0.180
12.390
292.00 3.340
3.240
7.11
120.6
24.2
52.20
4.440
140.50
22.00
20 0.250
12.250
276.00 3.340
3.210
9.82
117.9
33.4
51.10
4.420
191.90
301.0
30 0.330
12.090
258.00 3.340
3.170
12.88
114.8
43.8
49.70
4.390
248.50
39.00
STD 40S 0.375
12.000
249.00 3.340
3.140
14.58
113.1
49.6
49.00
4.380
279.00
43.80
40 0.406
11.938
242.00 3.340
3.130
15.74
111.9
53.5
48.50
4.370
300.00
47.10
XS 80S 0.500
11.750
224.00 3.340
3.080
19.24
108.4
65.4
47.00
4.330
362.00
56.70
60 0.562
11.626
212.00 3.340
3.040
21.52
106.2
73.2
46.00
4.310
401.00
62.80
Special 0.625
11.500
201.00 3.340
3.010
23.81
103.9
80.9
45.00
4.290
439.00
68.80
80 0.687
11.376
191.00 3.340
2.980
26.04
101.6
88.5
44.00
4.270
475.00
74.50
100 0.843
11.064
166.00 3.340
2.900
31.53
96.1
107.2
41.60
4.220
562.00
88.10
120 XXS 1.000
10.750
144.00 3.340
2.810
36.91
90.8
125.5
39.30
4.170
642.00 100.70
140 1.125
10.500
128.00 3.340
2.750
41.09
86.6
139.7
37.50
4.130
701.00 109.90
160 1.312
10.126
106.00 3.340
2.650
47.14
80.5
160.3
34.90
4.070
781.00 122.60
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
t
d
d5/103
w
Ww
5S 0.156
13.688
481
3.67
Ao
3.58
Ai
Am 6.78
147.2
Af
23.1
63.7
4.90
Rg
163
I
23.2
Z
10S 0.188
13.624
469
3.67
3.57
8.16
145.8
27.7
63.1
4.88
195
27.8
10 0.250
13.500
448
3.67
3.53
10.80
143.1
36.7
62.0
4.86
255
36.5
20 0.312
13.375
428
3.67
3.50
13.44
140.5
45.7
60.8
4.84
315
45.0
30 STD 0.375
13.250
408
3.67
3.47
16.05
137.9
54.6
59.7
4.82
373
53.3
14
40 0.438
13.125
389
3.67
3.44
18.66
135.3
63.4
58.6
4.80
429
61.4
D=14.00
XS 0.500
13.000
371
3.67
3.40
21.21
132.7
72.1
57.5
4.78
484
69.1
60 0.594
12.814
345
3.67
3.35
24.98
129.0
84.9
55.8
4.74
562
80.3
Special 0.625
12.750
337
3.67
3.34
26.26
127.7
89.3
55.3
4.73
589
84.1
80 0.750
12.500
305
3.67
3.27
31.22
122.7
106.1
53.1
4.69
687
98.2
100 0.938
12.125
262
3.67
3.17
38.47
115.5
130.8
50.0
4.63
825
117.9
120 1.094
11.814
230
3.67
3.09
44.32
109.6
150.7
47.5
4.58
930
132.8
140 1.250
11.500
201
3.67
3.01
50.07
103.9
170.2
45.0
4.53
1027
146.8
160 1.406
11.188
175
3.67
2.93
55.63
98.3
189.1
42.6
4.48
1117
159.6
5S 0.165
15.670
945
4.19
4.10
8.21
192.9
27.9
83.5
5.60
257
32.2
10S 0.188
15.624
931
4.19
4.09
9.34
191.7
31.8
83.0
5.59
292
36.5
10 0.250
15.500
895
4.19
4.06
12.37
188.7
42.1
81.7
5.57
384
48.0
20 0.312
15.375
859
4.19
4.02
15.40
185.7
52.4
80.4
5.55
474
59.3
30 STD 0.375
15.250
825
4.19
3.99
18.41
182.7
63.6
79.1
5.53
562
70.3
40 XS 0.500
15.000
759
4.19
3.93
24.35
176.7
38.8
76.5
5.48
732
91.5
16 D=16.00
18 D=18.00
60 0.656
14.688
684
4.19
3.85
31.62
169.4
107.5
73.4
5.43
833
116.6
Special 0.750
14.500
641
4.19
3.80
35.90
165.1
127.5
71.5
5.40
1047
130.9
80 0.844
14.314
601
4.19
3.75
40.14
160.9
136.5
69.7
5.37
1157
144.6
100 1.031
13.938
526
4.19
3.65
48.48
152.6
164.8
66.1
5.29
1365
170.6
120 1.219
13.564
459
4.19
3.55
56.56
144.5
192.3
62.6
5.23
1556
194.5
140 1.438
13.124
389
4.19
3.44
65.79
135.3
223.7
58.6
5.17
1761
220.1
160 1.594
12.814
345
4.19
3.35
72.10
129.0
245.1
55.8
5.12
1984
236.7
5S 0.165
17.670
1723
4.71
4.63
9.24
245.2
31.4
106.2
6.31
368
40.9
10S 0.188
17.624
1700
4.71
4.61
10.52
243.9
35.8
105.6
6.30
417
46.4
10 0.250
17.500
1641
4.71
4.58
13.94
240.5
47.4
104.1
6.28
549
61.0
20 0.312
17.375
1584
4.71
4.55
17.36
237.1
59.0
102.7
6.25
679
75.5
ST 0.375
17.250
1527
4.71
4.52
20.76
233.7
70.6
101.2
6.23
807
89.6
30 0.438
17.124
1472
4.71
4.48
24.17
230.3
82.2
99.7
6.21
932
103.6
XS 0.500
17.000
1420
4.71
4.45
27.49
227.0
93.5
98.3
6.19
1053
117.0
40 0.562
16.876
1369
4.71
4.42
30.79
223.7
104.7
96.9
6.17
1171
130.2
Special 0.625
16.750
1318
4.71
4.39
34.12
220.4
116.0
95.4
6.15
1289
143.3
60 0.750
16.500
1223
4.71
4.32
40.64
213.8
138.2
92.6
6.10
1515
168.3
80 0.938
16.126
1090
4.71
4.22
50.23
204.2
170.8
88.4
6.04
1834
203.8
100 1.156
15.688
950
4.71
4.11
61.17
193.3
208.0
83.7
5.97
2180
242.2
120 1.375
15.250
825
4.71
3.99
71.81
182.7
244.2
79.1
5.90
2498
277.6
140 1.562
14.876
728
4.71
3.89
80.66
173.8
274.3
75.3
5.84
2750
305.5
160 1.781
14.433
627
4.71
3.78
90.75
163.7
308.5
70.9
5.77
3020
335.6
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
Sch
d
d5/103
Am
Af
5S 0.188
19.624
2910
5.24
Ao
5.14
Ai
11.70
302.5
39.8
131.0
7.00
574
57.4
10S 0.218
19.564
2870
5.24
5.12
13.55
300.6
46.1
130.2
6.99
663
66.3
Ww
Rg
I
Z
10 0.250
19.500
2820
5.24
5.11
15.51
298.6
52.7
129.3
6.98
757
75.7
19.250
2640
5.24
5.04
23.12
291.0
78.6
126.0
6.94
1114
111.4
30 XS 0.500
19.000
2480
5.24
4.97
30.60
283.5
104.1
122.8
6.90
1457
145.7
40 0.594
18.814
2360
5.24
4.93
36.20
278.0
122.9
120.4
6.86
1704
170.4
Special 0.625
18.750
2320
5.24
4.91
38.00
276.1
129.3
119.6
6.85
1787
178.7
60 0.812
18.376
2100
5.24
4.81
48.90
265.2
166.4
114.8
6.79
2257
225.7
Special 0.875
18.250
2020
5.24
4.78
52.60
261.6
178.7
113.3
6.77
2409
240.9
80 1.031
17.938
1860
5.24
4.70
61.40
252.7
208.9
109.4
6.72
2772
277.2
100 1.281
17.438
1610
5.24
4.57
75.30
238.8
256.1
103.4
6.63
3316
331.6
120 1.500
17.000
1420
5.24
4.45
87.20
227.0
296.4
98.3
6.56
3755
375.5
140 1.750
16.500
1220
5.24
4.32
100.3
213.8
341.1
92.6
6.48
4217
421.7
160 1.969
16.064
1070
5.24
4.21
111.5
202.7
379.1
87.8
6.41
4586
458.6
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
10 0.250
21.500
4.59
5.76
5.63
17.1
363
10 0.312
21.376
4.46
5.76
5.60
21.5
359
20 ST 0.375
21.250
4.33
5.76
5.56
25.5
22
30 XS 0.500
21.000
4.08
5.76
5.50
D=22.00
Special 0.625
20.750
3.85
5.76
5.43
Special 0.750
20.500
3.62
5.76
60 0.875
20.500
3.41
5.76
Special 1.000
20.000
3.20
5.76
D
w
20 STD 0.375
20 D=20.00
t
Sch
t
w
Ww
Rg
I
Z
58.1
157.2
7.69
1010
91.8
72.3
155.6
7.67
1250
113.7
355
86.6
153.6
7.65
1490
135.4
33.8
346
114.8
150.0
7.60
1953
177.5
42.0
338
142.7
146.4
7.56
2400
218.2
5.37
50.1
330
170.2
142.9
7.52
2830
257.3
5.30
58.1
322
197.4
139.5
7.48
3246
295.1
5.24
66.0
314
224.3
136.0
7.43
3646
331.5
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 7 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
24 D=24.00
Sch
t
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
I
Z
5S 0.218
23.564
7.26
6.28
6.17
16.3
436
55.4
w
188.8
8.41
1152
96.0
10 10S 0.250
23.500
7.17
6.28
6.15
18.7
434
63.4
187.8
8.40
1316
109.6
Special 0.312
23.376
6.98
6.28
6.12
23.2
429
78.9
185.8
8.38
1629
135.8
20 STD 0.375
23.250
6.79
6.28
6.09
27.8
425
94.6
183.8
8.35
1943
161.9
Special 0.438
23.125
6.61
6.28
6.05
32.4
420
110.1
181.9
8.33
2249
187.4
XS 0.500
23.000
6.44
6.28
6.02
36.9
415
125.5
179.9
8.31
2250
212.5
30 0.562
22.876
6.26
6.28
5.99
41.4
411
140.7
178.0
8.29
2840
237.0
Special 0.625
22.750
6.09
6.28
5.96
45.9
406
156.0
176.0
8.27
3140
261.0
40 0.688
22.626
5.93
6.28
5.92
50.3
402
171.1
174.1
8.25
3420
285.0
Special 0.750
22.500
5.77
6.28
5.89
54.8
398
186.3
172.2
8.22
3710
309.0
60 0.969
22.064
5.23
6.28
5.78
70.0
382
238.1
165.6
8.15
4653
388.0
Special 1.031
21.938
5.08
6.28
5.74
74.4
378
252.9
163.7
8.13
4920
410.0
80 1.219
21.564
4.66
6.28
5.65
87.2
365
296.4
158.1
8.07
5670
473.0
100 1.531
20.938
4.02
6.28
5.48
108.1
344
367.4
149.1
7.96
6852
571.0
120 1.812
20.376
3.51
6.28
5.33
126.3
326
429.4
141.2
7.87
7824
652.0
140 2.062
19.876
3.50
6.28
5.20
142.1
310
483.2
134.3
7.79
8630
719.0
160 2.344
19.314
2.69
6.28
5.06
159.4
293
542.0
126.9
7.70
9455
788.0
10 0.312
25.376
10.52
6.81
6.64
25.2
506
85.7
219.0
9.08
2078
160.0
STD 0.375
25.250
10.26
6.81
6.61
30.2
501
102.6
216.8
9.06
2479
191.0
Special 0.438
25.124
10.01
6.81
6.56
35.2
496
119.6
214.7
9.04
2874
221.0
20 XS 0.500
25.000
9.77
6.81
6.54
40.1
491
136.2
212.5
9.02
3257
250.0
Special 0.562
24.876
9.53
6.81
6.51
44.9
486
152.7
210.4
9.00
3639
280.0
26
Special 0.625
24.750
9.29
6.81
6.48
49.8
481
169.4
208.3
8.97
4014
309.0
D=26.00
Special 0.656
24.688
9.17
6.81
6.46
52.2
479
177.6
207.3
8.96
4198
323.0
Special 0.750
24.500
8.83
6.81
6.41
59.5
471
202.3
204.1
8.93
4747
365.0
Special 0.812
24.376
8.61
6.81
6.38
64.3
467
218.5
202.1
8.91
5102
393.0
Special 0.875
24.250
8.39
6.81
6.35
69.1
462
234.8
200.0
8.89
5458
420.0
Special 0.938
24.124
8.17
6.81
6.32
73.9
457
251.2
197.9
8.87
5808
447.0
Special 1.000
24.000
7.96
6.81
6.28
78.5
452
267.0
195.9
8.85
6147
473.0
28 D=28.00
10 0.312
27.376
15.38
7.33
7.17
27.1
589
92.3
254.9
9.79
2602
186.0
ST 0.375
27.250
15.03
7.33
7.13
32.5
583
110.7
252.5
9.77
3106
222.0
Special 0.438
27.124
14.68
7.33
7.10
37.9
578
128.9
250.2
9.75
3603
257.0
20 XS 0.500
27.000
14.35
7.33
7.07
43.2
573
146.9
247.9
9.72
4086
292.0
Special 0.562
26.876
14.02
7.33
7.04
48.4
567
164.7
245.6
9.70
4562
326.0
30 0.625
26.750
13.70
7.33
7.00
53.8
562
182.8
243.3
9.68
5039
360.0
Special 0.656
26.688
13.54
7.33
6.99
56.4
559
191.6
242.2
9.67
5271
377.0
Special 0.750
26.500
13.07
7.33
6.94
64.2
552
218.3
238.8
9.64
5966
426.0
Special 0.812
26.376
12.77
7.33
6.91
69.4
546
235.8
236.6
9.62
6416
458.0
Special 0.875
26.250
12.46
7.33
6.87
74.6
541
253.5
234.3
9.60
6867
490.0
Special 0.938
26.124
12.17
7.33
6.84
79.7
536
271.1
232.1
9.57
7311
522.0
Special 1.000
26.000
11.88
7.33
6.81
84.8
531
288.4
229.9
9.55
7742
553.0
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 8 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
30
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
5S 0.250
29.500
22.3
7.85
7.72
23.4
683
79.4
296.0
10.52
2586
172
10 10S 0.312
29.376
21.9
7.85
7.69
29.1
678
98.9
293.5
10.50
3210
214
Sch
t
w
I
Z
ST 0.375
29.250
21.4
7.85
7.66
34.9
672
118.7
291.0
10.48
3833
255
Special 0.438
29.125
21.0
7.85
7.62
40.6
666
138.0
288.4
10.45
4434
296
20 XS 0.500
29.000
20.5
7.85
7.59
46.3
661
157.6
286.0
10.43
5040
336
Special 0.562
28.875
20.1
7.85
7.56
52.0
665
176.8
283.6
10.41
5635
376
30 0.625
28.750
19.6
7.85
7.53
57.7
649
196.1
281.1
10.39
6230
415
Special 0.656
28.688
19.4
7.85
7.51
60.5
646
205.6
279.9
10.38
6514
434
Special 0.750
28.500
18.8
7.85
7.46
68.9
638
234.3
276.2
10.34
7377
492
Special 0.812
28.376
18.4
7.85
7.43
74.5
632
253.2
273.8
10.32
7937
529
Special 0.875
28.250
18.0
7.85
7.40
80.1
627
272.2
271.4
10.30
8499
567
Special 0.938
28.124
17.6
7.85
7.36
85.6
621
291.2
269.0
10.28
9053
604
Special 1.000
28.000
17.2
7.85
7.33
91.1
616
309.8
266.6
10.26
9591
639
10 0.312
31.376
30.4
8.38
8.21
31.1
773
105.6
334.8
11.20
3900
244
STD 0.375
31.250
29.8
8.38
8.18
37.3
767
126.7
332.1
11.18
4660
291
Special 0.438
31.124
29.2
8.38
8.15
43.4
761
147.7
329.4
11.16
5410
338
20 XS 0.500
31.000
28.6
8.38
8.12
49.5
755
168.2
326.8
11.14
6140
384
Special 0.562
30.876
28.1
8.38
8.08
55.5
749
188.7
324.2
11.12
6861
429
32
30 0.625
30.750
27.5
8.38
8.05
61.6
743
209.5
321.6
11.10
7585
474
D=32.00
40 0.688
30.624
26.9
8.38
8.02
67.6
737
230.1
318.9
11.07
8300
518
Special 0.750
30.500
26.4
8.38
7.98
73.6
731
250.3
316.4
11.05
8995
562
Special 0.812
31.376
25.9
8.38
7.95
79.6
725
270.5
313.8
11.03
9682
605
Special 0.875
30.250
25.3
8.38
7.92
85.6
719
290.9
311.2
11.01
10371
648
Special 0.938
30.124
24.8
8.38
7.89
91.5
713
311.2
308.6
10.99
11052
691
Special 1.000
30.000
24.3
8.38
7.85
97.4
707
331.1
306.1
10.97
11714
732
10 0.312
33.376
41.4
8.90
8.74
33.0
875
112.3
378.8
11.91
4686
276
STD 0.375
33.250
40.6
8.90
8.70
39.6
868
134.7
376.0
11.89
5599
329
Special 0.438
33.124
39.9
8.90
8.67
46.2
862
157.0
373.1
11.87
6505
383
20 XS 0.500
33.000
39.1
8.90
8.64
52.6
855
178.9
370.3
11.85
7383
434
Special 0.562
32.876
38.4
8.90
8.61
59.0
849
200.7
367.6
11.82
8256
486
30 0.625
32.750
37.7
8.90
8.57
65.5
842
222.8
364.8
11.80
9130
537
34 D=34.00
40 0.656
32.624
37.0
8.90
8.54
72.0
836
244.8
361.9
11.78
9994
587
Special 0.750
32.500
36.3
8.90
8.51
78.3
830
266.4
359.2
11.76
10835
637
Special 0.812
32.376
35.6
8.90
8.48
84.7
823
287.9
356.5
11.74
11666
686
Special 0.875
32.250
34.9
8.90
8.44
91.1
817
309.6
353.7
11.72
12501
735
Special 0.938
32.124
34.2
8.90
8.41
97.4
810
331.3
350.9
11.69
13326
784
Special 1.000
32.000
33.6
8.90
8.38
103.7
804
352.5
348.2
11.67
14129
831
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 9 of 9 FLUOR DANIEL PROPERTIES OF PIPE
D
36 D=36.00
d
d5/106
Ao
Ai
Am
Af
Ww
Rg
10 0.312
35.376
55.4
9.42
9.26
35.0
983
118.9
425.6
12.62
5571
310
ST 0.375
35.250
54.4
9.42
9.23
42.0
976
142.7
422.6
12.60
6659
370
Special 0.438
35.124
53.5
9.42
9.20
48.9
969
166.4
419.6
12.57
7739
430
20 XS 0.500
35.000
52.5
9.42
9.16
55.8
962
189.6
416.6
12.55
8786
488
Special 0.562
34.876
51.6
9.42
9.13
62.6
955
212.7
413.6
12.53
9827
546
30 0.625
34.750
50.7
9.42
9.10
69.5
948
236.2
410.7
12.51
10871
604
Sch
t
w
I
Z
40 0.750
34.500
48.9
9.42
9.03
83.1
935
282.4
404.8
12.46
12909
717
Special 0.812
34.376
48.0
9.42
9.00
89.8
928
305.2
401.9
12.44
13906
772
Special 0.875
34.250
47.1
9.42
8.97
96.6
921
328.9
398.9
12.42
14904
828
Special 0.938
34.124
46.3
9.42
8.93
103.3
915
351.3
396.0
12.40
15893
883
Special 1.000
32.000
45.4
9.42
8.90
110.0
908
373.9
393.1
12.38
16855
936
Special 0.312
41.376
121.3
11.0
10.83
40.9
1345
138.9
582.2
14.74
8879
423
STD 0.375
41.250
119.4
11.0
10.80
49.0
1336
166.7
578.7
14.72
10621
506
Special 0.438
41.124
117.6
11.0
10.77
57.2
1328
194.4
575.1
14.67
12353
588
XS 0.500
41.000
115.9
11.0
10.73
65.2
1320
221.6
571.7
14.67
14037
668
42
Special 0.562
40.876
114.1
11.0
10.70
73.2
1312
248.7
568.2
14.65
15710
748
D=42.00
Special 0.625
40.750
112.4
11.0
10.67
81.2
1304
276.2
564.7
14.64
17393
828
Special 0.750
40.500
109.0
11.0
10.60
97.2
1288
330.5
557.8
14.59
20685
985
Special 0.812
40.376
107.3
11.0
10.57
105.1
1280
357.2
554.4
14.56
22295
1062
Special 0.875
40.250
105.6
11.0
10.54
113.0
1272
384.4
550.9
14.54
23916
1139
Special 0.938
40.124
104.0
11.0
10.50
121.0
1264
411.4
547.5
14.52
25522
1215
Special 1.000
40.000
102.4
11.0
10.47
128.8
1257
437.9
544.1
14.50
27088
1290
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR FERROUS MATERIAL
E = Modulus Of Elasticity - ksi (multiply tabulated values by 103), For Temp Degrees F Material
Temperature - Degrees F -325 -200 -100
Carbon steels with carbon content 0.30% or less
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
31.4
30.8 30.2
29.5
28.8
28.3
27.7
27.3 26.7
25.5
24.2
22.4
20.4
18.0
31.2
30.6 30.0
29.3
28.6
28.1
27.5
27.1 26.5
25.3
24.0
22.2
20.2
17.9 15.4
32.6
32.8 31.4
30.6
29.8
29.4
28.8
28.3 27.7
27.1
26.3
25.6
24.6
23.7 22.5
21.1
19.4
Intermediate chrome steels (5 32.9 Cr thru -9 Cr)
32.3 31.7
30.9
30.1
29.7
29.0
28.6 28.0
27.3
26.1
24.7
22.7
20.4 18.2
15.5
12.7
Austenitic steels (TP304, 310, 30.3 316, 321, 347)
29.7 29.0
28.3
27.6
27.0
26.5
25.8 25.3
24.8
24.1
23.5
22.8
22.1 21.2
20.2
19.2
30.7 30.1
29.2
28.5
27.9
27.3
26.7 26.1
25.6
24.7
22.2
21.5
19.1 16.6
13.4
13.2
12.9
12.6
12.2 11.7
11.0
10.2
Carbon steels with carbon content above 0.30% Carbon-Molly steels. Low chrome steels (2-1/4 Cr thru 3 Cr)
Straight Chromium steels (12 Cr, 17 Cr, 31.2 27 Cr) Gray Cast Iron
18.1
Note!!! These data are for information only. Verify suitability of materials for intended service at temperatures shown with Metallurgist or Piping Material Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9822 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR NONFERROUS MATERIAL
E = Modulus Of Elasticity - ksi (multiply tabulated values by 103), For Temp Degrees F Material
Temperature - Degrees F -325 -200 -100
70
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900 22.6
Monel 400
27.8
27.3
26.8
26.0 25.4
25.0
24.7
24.3
24.1
23.7 23.1
Copper - Nickel (70 Cu - 30 Ni)
23.3
22.9
22.7
22.0 21.5
21.1
20.7
20.2
19.6
18.8
Aluminum Alloys 11.1 (6061 & 6063)
10.8
10.5
10.0 9.60
9.20
Copper (99.8% Cu)
16.9
16.6
16.5
16.0 15.6
15.4
15.0
14.7
14.2
13.7
14.8
14.6
14.4
14.0 13.7
13.4
13.2
12.9
12.5
12.0
36% Nickel Steel 19.2 (Invar) 36 Ni
19.5
20.0
20.8 21.5
22.0
22.5
22.6
Leaded Tin Bronze (88 Cu 6 Sn-1.5 Pb 4.5 Zn)
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 22.1
21.7
21.2
22.6
Note!!! These data are for information only. Verify suitability of materials for intended service at temperatures shown with Metallurgist or Piping Material Engineer.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION TABLES
PURPOSE This practice provides data for the linear expansion of metals. This material is for information only; the metals listed in Attachment 01 are not always suitable for the temperatures shown.
SCOPE This practice covers linear expansion in the following metals: Carbon steel, carbon-moly 5 and 9 chrome-moly Austenitic stainless steel 12, 17, and 27 chrome 25 chrome/20 nickel Monel 67 3-1/2 nickel Aluminum Grey cast iron Bronze Brass 70 Cu / 30 Ni Ni-Fe-Cr
APPLICATION This practice should be used as a guide in layout only.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Linear Thermal Expansion Of Metals
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
-325
-2.37
-2.22
-3.85
-300
-2.24
-2.10
-275
-2.11
-250
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
-2.04
-2.62
-2.24
-3.63
-1.92
-2.50
-2.17
-1.98
-3.41
-1.80
-2.38
-2.07
-1.98
-1.86
-3.19
-1.68
-2.26
-1.96
-225
-1.85
-1.74
-2.96
-1.57
-2.14
-1.86
-200
-1.71
-1.62
-2.73
-1.46
-2.02
-1.76
-175
-1.58
-1.50
-2.50
-1.35
-1.90
-1.62
-150
-1.45
-1.37
-2.27
-1.24
-1.79
-1.48
-125
-1.30
-1.23
-2.01
-1.11
-1.59
-1.33
-100
-1.15
-1.08
-1.75
-0.98
-1.38
-1.17
-75
-1.00
-0.94
-1.50
-1.18
-1.01
-50
-0.84
-0.79
-1.24
-0.98
-0.84
-25
-0.68
-0.63
-0.98
-0.77
-0.67
0
-0.49
-0.46
-0.72
-0.57
-0.50
25
-0.32
-0.30
-0.46
-0.37
-0.32
50
-0.14
-0.13
-0.21
-0.20
-0.15
70
0
0
0
0
0
100
0.23
0.22
0.34
0.28
0.23
125
0.42
0.40
0.62
0.52
0.42
150
0.61
0.58
0.90
0.75
0.61
175
0.80
0.76
1.18
0.99
0.81
200
0.99
0.94
1.46
1.22
1.01
225
1.21
1.13
1.75
1.46
1.21
250
1.40
1.33
2.03
1.71
1.42
275
1.61
1.52
2.32
1.96
1.63
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
300
1.82
1.71
2.61
2.21
1.84
325
2.04
1.90
2.90
2.44
2.05
350
2.26
2.10
3.20
2.68
2.26
375
2.48
2.30
3.50
2.91
2.47
400
2.70
2.50
3.80
3.25
2.69
425
2.93
2.72
4.10
3.52
2.91
450
3.16
2.93
4.41
3.79
3.13
475
3.39
3.14
4.71
4.06
3.35
500
3.62
3.35
5.01
4.33
3.58
525
3.86
3.58
5.31
4.61
3.81
550
4.11
3.80
5.62
4.90
4.04
575
4.35
4.02
5.93
5.18
4.27
600
4.60
4.24
6.24
5.46
4.50
625
4.86
4.47
6.55
5.75
4.74
650
5.11
4.69
6.87
6.05
4.98
675
5.37
4.92
7.18
6.34
5.22
700
5.63
5.14
7.50
6.64
5.46
725
5.90
5.38
7.82
6.94
5.70
750
6.16
5.62
8.05
7.25
5.94
775
6.43
5.86
8.47
7.55
6.18
800
6.70
6.10
8.80
7.85
6.43
825
6.97
6.34
9.13
8.16
6.68
850
7.25
6.59
9.46
8.48
6.93
875
7.53
6.83
9.79
8.80
7.18
900
7.81
7.07
10.12
9.12
7.43
925
8.08
7.31
10.46
9.44
7.68
950
8.35
7.56
10.80
9.77
7.93
975
8.62
7.81
11.14
10.09
8.17
1000
8.89
8.06
11.48
10.42
8.41
1025
9.17
8.30
11.82
10.75
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Carbon Steel Carbon-Moly Low-Chrome (Through 3 Cr Mo)
5 Cr Mo Through 9 Cr Mo
Austenitic Stainless Steels 18 Cr 8 Ni
1050
9.46
8.55
12.16
11.09
1075
9.75
8.80
12.50
11.43
1100
10.04
9.05
12.84
11.77
1125
10.31
9.28
13.18
12.11
1150
10.57
9.52
13.52
12.47
1175
10.83
9.76
13.86
12.81
1200
11.10
10.00
14.20
13.15
1225
11.38
10.26
14.54
13.50
1250
11.66
10.53
14.88
13.86
1275
11.94
10.79
15.22
14.22
1300
12.22
11.06
15.56
14.58
1325
12.50
11.30
15.90
14.94
1350
12.78
11.55
16.24
15.30
1375
13.06
11.80
16.58
15.66
1400
13.34
12.05
16.92
16.02
1425
17.30
1450
17.69
1475
18.08
1500
18.47
12 Cr 17 Cr 27 Cr
25 Cr 20 Ni
Monel 67 Ni 30 Cu
3-1/2 Nickel
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 4 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
-325
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
-4.68
-3.98
-3.88
-3.15
-300
-4.46
-3.74
-3.64
2.87
-275
-4.21
-3.50
-3.40
-2.70
-250
-3.97
-3.26
-3.16
2.53
-225
-3.71
-3.02
-2.93
-2.36
-200
-3.44
-2.78
-2.70
-2.19
-175
-3.16
-2.54
-2.47
2.12
-150
-2.88
-2.31
-2.24
-1.95
-125
-2.57
-2.06
-2.00
-1.74
-100
-2.27
-1.81
-1.76
-1.53
-75
-1.97
-1.56
-1.52
-1.33
-50
-1.67
-1.32
-1.29
-1.13
-25
-1.32
-1.25
-1.02
-0.89
0
-0.97
-0.77
-0.75
-0.66
25
-0.63
-0.49
-0.48
-0.42
50
-0.28
-0.22
-0.21
-0.19
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
0.46
0.21
0.36
0.35
0.31
0.28
125
0.85
0.38
0.66
0.64
0.56
0.52
150
1.23
0.55
0.96
0.94
0.82
0.76
175
1.62
0.73
1.26
1.23
1.07
0.99
200
2.00
0.90
1.56
1.52
1.33
1.23
225
2.41
1.08
1.86
1.83
1.59
1.49
250
2.83
1.27
2.17
2.14
1.86
1.76
275
3.24
1.45
2.48
2.45
2.13
2.03
300
3.67
1.64
2.79
2.76
2.40
2.30
325
4.09
1.83
3.11
3.08
2.68
2.59
350
4.52
2.03
3.42
3.41
2.96
2.88
375
4.95
2.22
3.74
3.73
3.24
3.18
400
5.39
2.42
4.05
4.05
3.52
3.48
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 5 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
425
5.83
2.62
4.37
4.38
3.76
450
6.28
2.83
4.69
4.72
4.04
475
6.72
3.03
5.01
5.06
4.31
500
7.17
3.24
5.33
5.40
4.59
525
7.63
3.46
5.65
5.75
4.87
550
8.10
3.67
5.98
6.10
5.16
575
8.56
3.89
6.31
6.45
5.44
600
9.03
4.11
6.64
6.80
5.72
625
4.34
6.96
7.16
6.01
650
4.57
7.29
7.53
6.30
675
4.80
7.62
7.89
6.58
700
5.03
7.95
8.26
6.88
725
5.26
8.28
8.64
7.17
750
5.50
8.62
9.02
7.47
775
5.74
8.96
9.40
7.76
800
5.98
9.30
9.78
8.06
825
6.22
9.64
10.17
8.35
850
6.47
9.99
10.57
8.66
875
6.72
10.33
10.96
8.95
900
6.97
10.68
11.35
9.26
925
7.23
11.02
11.75
9.56
950
7.50
11.37
12.16
9.87
975
7.76
11.71
12.57
10.18
1000
8.02
12.05
12.98
10.49
1025
12.40
13.39
10.80
1050
12.76
13.81
11.11
1075
13.11
14.23
11.42
1100
13.47
14.65
11.74
1125
12.05
1150
12.38
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9823 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 6 of 6 FLUOR DANIEL LINEAR THERMAL EXPANSION OF METALS
(Base Temp. = 70°F)
Linear Thermal Expansion of Metals (Inches / 100 Feet) Material
Temp. Degree F
Aluminum
Gray Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
70 Cr 30 Ni
Ni-Fe-Cr
1175
12.69
1200
13.02
1225
13.36
1250
13.71
1275
14.04
1300
14.39
1325
14.74
1350
15.10
1375
15.44
1400
15.80
1425
16.16
1450
16.53
1475
16.88
1500
17.25
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA - FLANGE FACE
PURPOSE This practice establishes guidelines for the provision of data necessary to determine permissible damage to flange face sealing surfaces, while still maintaining optimum flange / gasket joint sealing ability.
SCOPE The practice includes information about the following major topics: Type of damage anomalies, size, and frequency. Sealing surface width as a function of flange pressure class and size. Detail of flange face showing sealing surface width.
APPLICATION This practice is to be used by Fluor Daniel Piping Materials personnel as an attachment to project specifications involving items having flanges. This practice is also to be used by inspection for determining unacceptable flange face sealing surface damage.
GENERAL This practice covers flanges designed to ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) B16.5 for class 150 through class 2500, and for sizes 1/2 of an inch through 24 inches. The sealing surface width and gasket nominal diameter dimensions are based on spiral-wound gasket dimensions made in accordance with ASME B16.20. These dimensions will also apply to flanges whose intended gasket is a nonmetallic flat ring gasket made in accordance with ASME B16.21.
REFERENCES ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B16.20 Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jacketed B16.21 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Type Of Damage, Size, And Frequency Attachment 02: Sealing Surface Width For Flange ASME Pressure Class 150 Through 600
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA - FLANGE FACE
Attachment 03: Sealing Surface Width For Flange ASME Pressure Class 900 Through 2500 Attachment 04: Detail Of Flange Face Showing Sealing Surface Width
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL TYPE OF DAMAGE, SIZE , AND FREQUENCY
Type of Damage Anomalies Lineal: Scratches, scuffs, abrasions, cuts, and gouges.
Size Depth: Will not exceed depth of serration. PL: (Projected Length) (Refer to Attachment 04) The PL of individual anomalies will not exceed 33 percent of the sealing surface width shown in Attachment 02 and 03.
Pitting, punch marks.
Diameter: Maximum 3/32 of an inch.
Frequency Using the distance between 2 adjacent bolt holes, a maximum of 2 anomalies are permitted within this distance measured anywhere along the periphery of the sealing surface width. The maximum number of anomalies for flanges 2 inches and smaller will not exceed 4; for pipe sizes 3 inches and larger, the nominal pipe size plus 2 nominal sizes (for example, 10-inch pipe size allows 12 anomalies).
Arc strikes, drags or sand blasting.
ALL
Not permitted within the sealing surface width.
Weld spatter or other protrusions above serrations.
ALL
Not permitted within the serration width.
General rusting or scaling due to atmospheric pressure.
Will not reduce the serration height by more than 25 percent.
Not applicable.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SEALING SURFACE WIDTH FOR FLANGE ASME PRESSURE CLASS 150 THROUGH 600
Nominal Size
Gasket Nominal Diameter
Sealing Surface Width (inches) ASME Pressure Class 150 and 300
400
600
1/2"
1-1/4"
0.190
*
0.190
3/4"
1-9/16"
0.220
*
0.220
1"
1-7/8"
0.255
*
0.255
1-1/4"
2-3/8"
0.190
*
0.190
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
0.250
*
0.250
2"
3-3/8"
0.255
*
0.255
2-1/2"
3-7/8"
0.255
*
0.255
3"
4-3/4"
0.315
*
0.315
4"
5-7/8"
0.380
0.505
0.505
5"
7"
0.375
0.535
0.535
6"
8-1/4"
0.470
0.625
0.625
8"
10-3/8"
0.535
0.690
0.690
10"
12-1/2"
0.535
0.785
0.785
12"
14-3/4"
0.625
0.875
0.875
14"
16"
0.625
0.815
0.815
16"
18-1/4"
0.750
0.940
0.940
18"
20-3/4"
0.970
1.065
1.065
20"
22-3/4"
0.970
1.065
1.065
24"
27"
1.065
1.065
1.065
* There are no Class 400 flanges from 1/2-inch through 3-inch; use Class 600.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9830 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SEALING SURFACE WIDTH FOR FLANGE ASME PRESSURE CLASS 900 THROUGH 2500
Nominal Size
Gasket Nominal Diameter
Sealing Surface Width (inches) ASME Pressure Class 900
1500
2500
1/2"
1-1/4"
*
.0190
0.190
3/4"
1-9/16"
*
0.220
0.220
1"
1-7/8"
*
0.255
0.255
1-1/4"
2-3/8"
*
0.350
0.350
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
*
0.375
0.375
2"
3-3/8"
*
0.475
0.475
2-1/2"
3-7/8"
*
0.505
0.505
3"
4-3/4"
0.440
0.500
0.500
4"
5-7/8"
0.505
0.565
0.565
5"
7"
0.535
0.625
0.625
6"
8-1/4"
0.625
0.690
0.690
8"
10-1/8"
0.630
0.755
0.755
10"
12-1/4"
0.625
0.815
0.750
12"
14-1/2"
0.815
0.815
0.940
14"
15-3/4"
0.815
0.690
**
16"
18
0.815
0.940
**
18"
20-1/2"
1.065
1.065
**
20"
22-1/2"
0.940
1.065
**
24"
26-3/4"
0.940
1.190
**
* There are no Class 900 flanges from 1/2-inch through 2-1/2-inch; use Class 600. ** There are no Class 2500 flanges from 14-inch through 24-inch pipe.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9835 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL APPLICATION OF PIPE FABRICATION TOLERANCES
PURPOSE The purpose of this practice is to define to a Fabricator, what is expected and what will be used by Inspectors for "go - no-go".
LINEAR TOLERANCES The tolerances on linear dimensions (intermediate or overall) apply to face to face, face to end, and end to end measurements of fabricated straight pipe and headers; center to end or center to face of nozzles or other attachments; or center to face of bends; as illustrated in Attachment 01, Figure 1. These tolerances are not accumulative. Linear tolerances on "A" are: Sizes 10" and under Sizes 12" through 24" Sizes over 24" through 36"
plus or minus 1/8" (3.0 mm) plus or minus 3/16" (5.0 mm) plus or minus 1/4" (6.0 mm)
Sizes over 36" are subject to tolerances of plus/minus 1/4" (6.0 mm), increasing by plus or minus 1/16" (2.0 mm) for each 12" in diameter over 36". Due to the cumulative effects of tolerances on fittings or flanges, when joined without intervening pipe segments, deviations in excess of those specified above may occur.
ANGULARITY AND ROTATION TOLERANCES Angularity tolerance across the face of flanges, weld end preparation and on rotation of flanges are as stated in Attachment 01, Figure 1.
BENDS Bends will be provided with a total angularity tolerance of plus or minus 0.5 degrees as determined by the intersection of the tangent centerlines measured by appropriate equipment. When the fabricator is required to provide bends cut to a specified center-to-end dimension it will be to the tolerances specified above and in Attachment 01, Figure 1. If intermediate portions of the bend profile are essential, their tolerances will be a matter of agreement between the purchaser and the fabricator. Ovality The ovality of a pipe bend will not exceed the ovality required by the governing code. If there is no governing code, the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters will not exceed 8 percent of the average measured outside diameter of the straight portion of the pipe unless by mutual agreement between the purchaser and the fabricator. Where operating conditions require less ovality, it may be necessary to use larger radii, heavier pipe walls or a specific bending method that will provide a closer control of ovality. Buckling Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9835 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL APPLICATION OF PIPE FABRICATION TOLERANCES
Since there are occasions when buckles cannot be avoided, the following restrictions should apply: All wave shapes will blend into the pipe surface in a gradual manner. The maximum vertical height of any wave, measured from the average height of two adjoining crests to the valley, will not exceed 3 percent of the nominal pipe size. (Refer to Attachment 01, Figure 2, Note 1.) The minimum ratio of the distance between crests as compared to the height between crests and the included valley should be 12 to 1. (Refer to Attachment 01, Figure 2, Note 2.) Buckles which exceed the above tolerances will be subjected to corrective action to bring them within tolerance. If operating conditions require tighter tolerances on buckles, it may be necessary to use larger radii, heavier pipe walls or a specific bending process.
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: Figure 1. Application of Pipe Fabrication Tolerances Figure 2. Application of Pipe Wall Buckling Tolerances
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9853 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PRESSURE CONVERSION TABLE - PSI TO BARS
PSI
NOTE:
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
PSI
BARS
1
0.1
110
7.6
525
36.2
1550
106.9
3100
213.7
2
0.1
120
8.3
550
37.9
1600
110.3
3200
220.6
3
0.2
130
9.0
575
39.6
1650
113.8
3300
227.5
4
0.3
140
9.7
600
41.4
1700
117.2
3400
234.4
5
0.4
150
10.3
625
43.1
1750
120.7
3500
241.3
6
0.4
160
11.0
650
44.8
1800
124.1
3600
248.2
7
0.5
170
11.7
675
46.5
1850
127.6
3700
255.1
8
0.6
180
12.4
700
48.3
1900
131.0
3800
262.0
9
0.6
190
13.1
725
50.0
1950
134.5
3900
268.9
10
0.7
200
13.8
750
51.7
2000
137.9
4000
275.8
11
0.8
210
14.5
775
53.4
2050
141.3
4100
282.7
12
0.8
220
15.2
800
55.2
2100
144.8
4200
289.6
13
0.9
230
15.9
825
56.9
2150
148.2
4300
296.5
14
1.0
240
16.6
850
58.6
2200
151.7
4400
303.4
ATM
1.0
250
17.2
875
60.3
2250
155.1
4500
310.3
15
1.0
260
17.9
900
62.1
2300
158.6
4600
317.2
20
1.4
270
18.6
925
63.8
2350
162.0
4700
324.1
25
1.7
280
19.3
950
65.5
2400
165.5
4800
331.0
30
2.1
290
20.0
975
67.2
2450
168.9
4900
337.8
35
2.5
300
20.7
1000
69.0
2500
172.4
5000
344.7
40
2.8
320
22.1
1050
73.4
2550
175.8
5100
351.6
45
3.1
340
23.4
1100
75.8
2600
179.3
5200
358.5
50
3.5
360
24.8
1150
79.3
2650
182.7
5300
365.4
55
3.8
380
26.2
1200
82.7
2700
186.2
5400
372.3
60
4.1
400
27.6
1250
86.2
2750
189.6
5500
379.2
65
4.5
420
29.0
1300
89.6
2800
193.1
5600
386.1
70
4.8
440
30.3
1350
93.1
2850
196.5
5700
393.0
75
5.2
460
31.7
1400
96.5
2900
200.0
5800
399.9
80
5.5
480
33.1
1450
100.0
2950
203.4
5900
406.8
85
5.9
500
34.5
1500
103.4
3000
206.8
6000
413.7
90
6.2
95
6.6
100
6.9
PSI = 14.5 x BARS BARS = 0.069 x PSI
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING CODES AND STANDARDS
PURPOSE This practice delineates specific Piping Engineering related codes and standards that are customarily used on drawings and in engineering text.
SCOPE This practice includes the following major sections: REFERENCES ATTACHMENTS
APPLICATION Specific code and standard identification will be used where applicable to avoid repeating text that is more appropriately covered in a reference document.
REFERENCES General Corporate Practice 000.000.9910:
Abbreviations: Terms And Phrases
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9911:
Abbreviations: Societies, Codes, Standards, And Agencies
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9912:
Abbreviations - Units Of Measure And Related Scales
ATTACHMENTS Attachment 01: ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Standards Attachment 02: API (American Petroleum Institute) Standards Attachment 03: ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Codes and Standards Attachment 04: AWWA (American Water Works Association) Standards Attachment 05: CI (Chlorine Institute) Standards Attachment 06: CGA (Compressed Gas Association) Standards Attachment 07: FMRC (Factory Mutual Research Corporation) Standards Attachment 08: Fed Spec (Federal Specifications) Standards Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL PIPING CODES AND STANDARDS
Attachment 09: MSS (Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry) Standards Attachment 10: NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) Standards Attachment 11: NBS (National Bureau of Standards) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 12: NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 13: PFI (Pipe Fabrication Institute) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 14: SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) Standards (HOLD) Attachment 15: UL (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Standards
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
A13.1
Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems
A21.1
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
A21.4
Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
A21.10
Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 Inches through 48 Inches for Water and Other Liquids
A21.11
Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
A21.14
Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 Inches through 24 Inches for Gas
A21.15
Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
A21.50
Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe
A21.51
Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
A21.52
Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Gas
B1.1
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
B1.20.1
Pipe Threads, General Purpose
B1.20.3
Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)
B1.20.7
Hose Coupling Screw Threads
B16.1
Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800
B16.3
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B16.4
Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250
B16.5
Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B16.9
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt welding Fittings
B16.10
Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions for Ferrous Valves
B16.11
Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
B16.12
Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings
B16.14
Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads
B16.15 Standard No.
Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250 Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
B16.18
Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings
B16.20
Ring-Joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe Flanges
B16.21
Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
B16.22
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
B16.23
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV
B16.24
Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B16.25
Buttwelding Ends
B16.26
Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes
B16.28
Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns
B16.29
Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV
B16.32
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Fittings for Solvent Drainage Systems
B16.33
Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to 125 PSIG
B16.34
Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End
B16.36
Orifice Flanges
B16.38
Large Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves in Gas Distribution Systems, 125 PSIG (8.6 bar, gage)
B16.39
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions (Class 150, 250, and 300)
B16.40
Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shut-Offs and Valves in Gas Distribution Systems
B16.42
Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300
B18.2.1
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws - Inch Series
B18.2.2
Square and Hex Nuts, Inch Series
B18.22.1
Plain Washers
B36.10M
Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
B36.19M
Stainless Steel Pipe
B46.1 Standard No.
Surface Texture Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 01 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL ANSI STANDARDS (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
B70.1
Refrigeration Flare Type Fittings
B181.1
Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose Connections
Z223.1
Installation of Gas Piping and Gas Equipment on Industrial Premises and Certain Other Premises
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL API STANDARDS (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
5L
Line Pipe
5LE
Polyethylene Line Pipe
5LP
Thermoplastic Line Pipe (PVC and CPVC)
5LR
Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe (RTRP)
5L2
Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Gas Transmission Services
5L4
Care and Use of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Line Pipe (RTRP)
5T1
Bulletin on Imperfection Terminology
6A
Wellhead Equipment
6D
Pipeline Valves, End Closures, Connectors and Swivels
6FA
Fire Test for Valves
594
Wafer-Type Check Valves
595
Cast-Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
598
Valve Inspection and Test
599
Steel and Ductile Iron Plug Valves, Flanged or Buttwelding Ends
600
Steel Gate Valves, Flanged and Buttwelding Ends
601
Metallic Gaskets for Piping; Double-Jacketed Corrugated and Spiral-Wound
602
Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves
603
Class 150, Corrosion Resistant Gate Valves
604
Ductile Iron Gate Valves; Flanged Ends
605
Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flanges (Nominal Pipe Size 26 through 60; Classes 75, 150, 300, 400, 600, and 900)
606
Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves (Extended Body)
607
Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
609
Butterfly Valves, Lug Type and Wafer Type
Standard No.
Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 02 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL API STANDARDS (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
941
Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants
942
Recommended Practice for Welded, Plain Carbon Steel Refinery Equipment for Environmental Cracking Service
944
Survey of Materials Experience and Corrosion Problems in Sour Water Strippers
945
Study of the Effects of High Temperature, High Pressure Hydrogen on Low-Alloy Steels
1102
Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
1104
Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
RP10E
Recommended Practice for Application of Cement Lining to Steel Tubular Goods, Handling, Installation and Joining
RP550
Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems
RP1110
Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines
RP1111
Recommended Practice for Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines
RP2001
Recommended Practice for Fire Protection in Refineries
2210
Flame Arrestors for Vents of Tanks Storing Petroleum Products
2508
Design and Construction of Ethane and Ethylene Installations at Marine and Pipeline Terminals, natural Gas Processing Plants, Refineries, Petrochemical Plants and Tank Farms
2510
Design and Construction of LP-Gas Installation at Marine and Pipeline Terminals, Natural Gas Processing Plants, Refineries and Tank Farms
----
Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XI, Pipe Valves and Fittings
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 03 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL ASME CODES AND STANDARDS (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
Section
Title
I
Power Boilers
II
Material Specifications Part A - Ferrous Materials Part B - Nonferrous Materials Part C - Welding Rods, Electrodes and Filler Metals
III
Subsection NCA - General Requirements for Division 1 and Division 2 Division 1 Subsection NB Subsection NC Subsection ND Subsection NE Subsection NF Subsection NG -
Class 1 Components Class 2 Components Class 3 Components Class MC Components Component Supports Core Support Structures Appendices
Division 2 - Code for Concrete Reactor Vessels and Containments IV
Heating Boilers
V
Nondestructive Examination
VIII
Pressure Vessels Division 1 Division 2 - Alternative Rules
IX
Welding and Brazing Qualifications
X
Fiberglass - Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
----
Code Cases - Boilers and Pressure Vessels
----
Interpretations
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL AWWA STANDARDS (AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION)
Standard No.
Title
C101
Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe
C104
Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
C106
Gray-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
C110
Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches for Water and Other Liquids
C111
Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
C115
Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
C150
Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe
C151
Ductile-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids
C200
Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger
C203
Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot-Applied
C205
Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 Inches and Larger - Shop Applied
C206
Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
C207
Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service - Sizes 4 Inches through 144 Inches
C208
Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings
C300
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
C301
Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids
C302
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Non-Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C400 Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 Inches through 16 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C401
Asbestos-Cement Distribution Pipe, 4 Inches through 16 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C402
Asbestos-Cement Transmission Pipe, 18 Inches through 42 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids
C403
Asbestos-Cement Transmission and Feeder Main Pipe Sizes 18 Inches through 42 Inches
C500
Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 48 Inches, for Water and Sewage Systems
C501
Cast Iron Sluice Gates
C502
Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants
Standard No.
Title
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 04 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL AWWA STANDARDS (AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION)
C503
Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants
C504
Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves
C506
Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure Principle and Double Check Valve Types
C507
Ball Valves, Shaft (or Trunnion) Mounted, 6 Inches through 48 Inches, for Water Pressures up to 300 psi
C508
Swing Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 Inches through 24 Inches, NPS
C509
Resilient-Seated Gate Valves, 3 Inches through 12 Inches, NPS for Water Systems
C550
Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants
C600
Installation of Ductile Cast-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances
C602
Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines - 4 Inches and Larger - in Place
C603
Installation of Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe
C606
Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints
C900
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches through 12 Inches, for Water
C901
Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings, 1/2 Inch through 3 Inches, for Water
C902
Polybutylene (PB) Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings, 1/2 Inch through 3 Inches, for Water
C950
Glass - Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting - Resin Pressure Pipe
D100
Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs, and Elevated Tanks for Water Storage
M9
Concrete Pressure Pipe
M11
Steel Pipe - Design and Installation Manual
M14
Backflow Prevention and Cross-Connection Control
M23
PVC Pipe
R805
Water Hammer Allowances in Pipe Design - Committee Report
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 05 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CI STANDARDS (CHLORINE INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title Piping Systems for Dry Chlorine
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 06 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL CGA STANDARDS (COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION)
Standard No. G4.4
Title Industrial Practices for Gaseous Oxygen Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 07 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL FMRC STANDARDS (FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORATION)
Standard No. ----
Title Factory Mutual Approval Guide Covering the Following: Pipe Couplings Hose Couplings Pipe Fittings Fire Hose Gas Hose Hydrants Pipe Joints Fire Hose Nozzles Monitor Nozzles Spray Nozzles Pipe Water Strainers Valves
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 08 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL FED SPEC STANDARDS (FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS)
Standard No. ----
Title Federal Specifications Covering the Following Topics: Fasteners Gaskets Packing Hose and Hose Couplings Ferrous and Nonferrous Metals Pipe Tube Fittings Flanges Valves
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 1 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY) Standard No.
Title
SP-6
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
SP-9
Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges
SP-25
Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions
SP-42
Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves with Flanged and Butt Weld Ends
SP-43
Wrought Stainless Steel Butt Welding Fittings
SP-44
Steel Pipe Line Flanges
SP-45
Bypass and Drain Connection Standard
SP-51
Class 150 LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged Fittings
SP-53
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components - Magnetic Particle Method
SP-54
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components Radiographic Examination Method
SP-55
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components - Visual Method
SP-58
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture
SP-60
Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves
SP-61
Hydrostatic Testing of Steel Valves
SP-65
High Pressure Chemical Industry Flanges and Threaded Stubs for Use with Lens Gaskets
SP-67
Butterfly Valves
SP-68
High Pressure - Offset Seat Butterfly Valves
SP-69
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application
SP-70
Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-71
Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-72
Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
SP-73
Silver Brazing Joints for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy and Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Title
Standard No.
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 2 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY)
SP-75
Specification for High Test Wrought Welding Fittings
SP-77
Guide Lines for Pipe Support Contractual Relationships
SP-78
Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-79
Socket-Welding Reducer Inserts
SP-80
Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves
SP-81
Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged, Knife Gate Valves
SP-82
Valve Pressure Testing Methods
SP-83
Carbon Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded
SP-84
Steel Valves - Socket-Welding and Threaded Ends
SP-85
Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends
SP-86
Guidelines for Metric Data in Standards for Valves, Flanges and Fittings
SP-88
Diaphragm Type Valves
SP-89
Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices
SP-90
Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports
SP-91
Guidelines for Manual Operation of Valves
SP-92
MSS Valve User Guide
SP-93
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components - Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
SP-94
Quality Standard for Ferritic and Martensitic Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, Fittings and Other Piping Components -Ultrasonic Examination Method
SP-95
Swage(d) Nipples and Bull Plugs
SP-96
Guidelines on Terminology for Valves and Fittings
SP-97
Forged Carbon Steel Branch Outlet Fittings - Socket Welding, Threaded and Buttwelding Ends
SP-98
Protective Epoxy Coatings for the Interior of Valves and Hydrants
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 09 Page 3 of 3 FLUOR DANIEL MSS STANDARDS (MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY) Standard No.
Title
SP-101
Part-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment - Flange and Driving Component Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
SP-102
Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment - Flange and Driving Component Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 10 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NACE STANDARDS (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS)
Standard No.
Title
MR-01-69
Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems
MR-01-75
Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Material for Oil Field Equipment
RP-01-70
Protection of Austenitic Stainless Steels in Refineries against Stress Corrosion Cracking by Use of Neutralizing Solutions During Shut Down
RP-01-75
Control of Internal Corrosion in Steel Pipelines and Piping Systems
RP-04-72
Methods and Controls to Prevent In-Service Cracking of Carbon Steel Welds in P-1 Materials in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments
1G157
Hydrogen Absorption, Embrittlement and Fracture of Steel
5A151
Materials of Construction for Handling Sulfuric Acid
5B155
High Temperature Corrosion Data
8A158
High Temperature Hydrogen Sulfide Corrosion of Stainless Steel
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 11 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NBS STANDARDS (NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 12 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL NFPA STANDARDS (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 13 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL PFI STANDARDS (PIPE FABRICATION INSTITUTE)
Standard No.
Title
ES1
Internal Machining and Solid Machined Backing Rings for Circumferential Butt Welds (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES2
Method of Dimensioning Piping Assemblies (Revised 1987) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES3
Fabricating Tolerances (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES4
Hydrostatic Testing of Fabricated Piping (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES5
Cleaning of Fabricated Piping (Revised 1987) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES7
Minimum Length and Spacing for Welded Nozzles (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES11
Permanent Marking on Piping Materials (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES16
Access Holes and Plugs for Radiographic Inspection of Pipe Welds (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES20
Wall Thickness Measurement by Ultrasonic Examination (Revised 1985) (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES21
Internal Machining and Fit-Up of GTAW Root Pass Circumferential Butt Welds (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES22
Recommended Practice for Color Coding of Piping Materials (Revised 1990)
ES24
Piping Bending Tolerances - Minimum Bending Radii - Minimum Tangents (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES25
Random Radiography of Pressure Retaining Girth Butt Welds (Revised 1988)
ES26
Welded Load Bearing Attachments to Pressure Retaining Piping Materials (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
ES27
Visual Examination - the Purpose, Meaning and Limitation of the Term (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES29
Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Ferritic Piping Materials (Revised 1990) ES30 Random Ultrasonic Examination of Butt Welds (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES31
Standard for Protection of Ends of Fabricated Piping Assemblies (Revised 1988)
ES32
Tool Calibration (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES33
Circumferential Butt Welds in the Arc of Pipe Bends (Reaffirmed 1988)
ES34
Painting of Fabricated Piping (Reaffirmed 1989)
ES35
Nonsymmetrical Bevels and Joint Configurations for Butt Welds (Revised 1984) (Reaffirmed 1990)
Standard No. ES36
Title Branch Reinforcement Work Sheets (Revised 1986) (Reaffirmed 1989)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 14 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL SAE STANDARDS (SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS)
(To be provided at a later date)
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9856 Publication Date 31Oct95 Attachment 15 Page 1 of 1 FLUOR DANIEL UL STANDARDS (UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC.)
Standard No.
Title
125
Valves for Anhydrous Ammonia and LP Gas (Other Than Safety Relief)
144
Pressure Regulating Valves for LP Gas
260
Dry Pipe and Deluge Valves for Fire-Protection Service
262
Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service
312
Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service
401
Portable Spray Hose Nozzles for Fire-Protection Service
525
Flame Arrestors for Use on Vents of Storage Tanks for Petroleum Oil and Gasoline
536
Flexible Metallic Hose
567
Pipe Connectors for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and LP Gas
569
Pigtails and Flexible Hose Connectors for LP Gas
668
Hose Valves for Fire-Protection Service
789
Indicator Posts for Fire-Protection Services
842
Valves for Flammable Fluids
860
Pipe Unions for Flammable and Combustible Fluids and Fire-Protection Service
888
Steel Pipe for Underground Water Service
1091
Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service
1285
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Couplings for Underground Fire Service
1486
Quick Opening Devices for Dry Pipe Valves for Fire-Protection Service
1713
Glass Fiber-Reinforced Pressure Pipe and Couplings for Under-ground Fire Service
Piping Engineering
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 1 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
PURPOSE This practice lists abbreviations for terms and phrases that are customarily used on drawings and in engineering text. Abbreviations that are not listed will not be used unless properly defined on the drawing or in the text. When an abbreviation has more than 1 meaning, the intended meaning will usually be apparent from the context. Note!!! DO NOT use these abbreviations to signify equipment type! Refer to General Engineering Practice 000.200.1005: Numbering Systems, for the 2 digit, alpha identifiers that are used in the equipment number to represent equipment type.
APPLICATION Abbreviations will be used where necessary to save time and space, but only where their meaning is unquestionably clear to the reader. WHEN IN DOUBT, SPELL IT OUT!!!!!
REFERENCES General Corporate Practice 000.000.9911:
Abbreviations: Societies, Codes, Standards, And Agencies
General Corporate Practice 000.000.9912:
Abbreviations: Units Of Measure / Related Scales
ABBREVIATIONS On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
A ...................... A ...................... A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Signal, Auto COMPAir Compressor Air Conditioning Acoustically Lined Airstream Averaging Thermostat
AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS . . . . . . abs . . . . . . . . ABSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchor Bolt Absolute Absorber Air Break Switch About
ABV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC . . . . . . . . AC . . . . . . . . ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Above Aligning Connector, Alternating Current, Acoustical Air Circuit Breaker Accelerator, Access Accessory GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 2 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ACCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Account Access door Access floor Access panel Acoustical plaster
ACR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acrylic plastic Acoustical tile Air Conditioning Unit Area Drain Addendum
ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADMIN . . . Admin . . . . ADN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adhesive Adjacent Adjustable Administration Addition
ADPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter Air Filter, Ampere Frame Size, Antifreeze Automatic Fire Alarm Approved for Construction Approved for Design
AFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AGV . . . . . . AGV . . . . .
Above Finished Floor Aboveground Aggregate Armored Glass Automatic Guided Vehicle
AGVS . . . . . AGVS . . . . AHU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Guided Vehicle System Air Handling Unit All Iron (iron to iron seats) Amber Indicating Light Alarm
ALB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Bell Automatic Louver Damper Alarm Horn Alignment Allowance
ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Altitude Alternate Aluminum, Aluminized Alarm Check Valve Ammeter Switch
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 3 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
AMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambient Ammeter Amount Analysis, Analyze Anchor, Anchorage
ANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annunciator Anodized Access Panel Air Pressure Drop Apparatus
APPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPROX . approx . . . APPURT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applicable Approximate Appurtenance Approve Approved
APVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approval Architectural Armature Arrange, Arrangement Automatic Sprinklers, Air Supply
ASB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASP . . . . . . . ASP . . . . . . .
Asbestos Above Suspended Ceiling Allowable Stress Design Automatic Sliding Fire Door Aisle Space Percentage
ASPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS/RS . . . . AS/RS . . . . ASSOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asphalt Automatic Sprinkler Riser Automatic Storage and Retrieval System Association Assembly
ASYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT WT . . . at wt . . . . . . ATM . . . . . . atm . . . . . . . ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asymmetrical Asphalt Tile, Amperes Trip (setting) Atomic Weight Atmosphere, Atmospheric Autotransformer
AUTO. . . . . auto. . . . . . . AUX . . . . . . aux . . . . . . . AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Auxiliary Available Asbestos and Varnished Cambric Insulated Wire Avenue
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 4 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
AVG . . . . . . avg . . . . . . . AVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B ....................... B & F ..................
Average Aviation Award Bell Bell and Flange
B PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B TO B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Plate Back to Back Bell and Bell Bolts & Gaskets Bell and Spigot
B/M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAR . . . . . . bar . . . . . . . BARO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bill of Material Bending Schedule Non-SI Unit of Pressure Barometer, Barometric Battery
BB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBE . . . . . . BBE . . . . . . BBH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBL . . . . . . . bbl . . . . . . . .
Bolted Bonnet Bulletin Board Bevel Both Ends Baseboard Heater Barrel
BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCCSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCCSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning of Curve, Between Centers, Bolt Circle Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe - Arch Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe Bracing Banded, Blowdown, Bus Duct, Board
BDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bundle Bend Down Bedding Bus Differential Relay Bell End, Beveled End
BEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEP . . . . . . . BEP . . . . . . . BERTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Below Both Ends Plain Berthing Between Bevel
BF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BFD . . . . . . BFD . . . . . . BFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BFV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Flange, Boiler Feed Unit with Pumps, Tanks, etc. Block Flow Diagram Below Finished Floor Butterfly Valve Below Grade, Blast Gate
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 5 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BHP . . . . . . . bhp . . . . . . . BI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BID SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brinell Hardness, Boiler House Bulkhead Brake Horsepower Brass to Iron Seats Bid Summary
BIL BIN. BIT BJT BKT
Blue Indicating Light, Basic Impulse Level Binary Bituminous Bed Joint Bracket, Bucket
.................... ................... .................... .................... ...................
BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bend Line, Battery Limit, Building Line, Blueline, Blue, Branch Line BLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blind BLDG . . . . . bldg . . . . . . Building BLE . . . . . . . BLE . . . . . . Bevel Large End BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black, Blank, Block BLKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blocking Blanket Blower Boiler Ballast
BLVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BMEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOC,B/C . . BOC,B/C . BOD . . . . . . BOD . . . . . .
Boulevard Bench Mark, Beam Brake Mean Effective Pressure Bottom of Concrete, Bottom of Curb Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOD,B/D . BOD,B/D . BOP,B/P . . BOP,B/P . . BOS,B/S . . BOS,B/S . . BOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottom of Duct Bottom of Pipe Bottom of Steel Bottom Back Pressure, Base Plate, Boiling Point, Boiler Pressure, Back Plaster
BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bending Radius, Branch Breeching Bearing Brick Breaker
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 6 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
BRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSE . . . . . . . BSE . . . . . . .
Brown Brass Bronze Both Sides Bevel Small End
BSHG / BUSH . . . . . . . . . BSMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushing Basement Booster Bent Bend Up
BUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BWE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Built-up Roof Bus Bar Ball Valve Butt Weld, Busway, Both Ways Butt Weld End
BYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C TO C . . . c to c . . . . . . C TO E . . . c to e . . . . . . C TO F . . . . c to f . . . . . .
Bypass Buzzer Center to Center Center to End Center to Face
C/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C&F . . . . . . C&F . . . . . . CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling Coil Care of Cost and Freight Corrosion Allowance Cabinet
CAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALC . . . . . calc . . . . . . . CAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAT. . . . . . . cat. . . . . . . .
Computer Aided Engineering Calibrate Calculate, Calculation Capacitor, Capacity, Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Catalogue, Catalyst
CATR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Tray Catch Basin, Commercial Bolt, Circuit Breaker Continuous Blowdown Cribbing Contamination Control, Cooling Coil, Closing Coil, Controller Contact
CC . . . . . . . . cc . . . . . . . . . CCKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCW . . . . . . CCW . . . . .
Carbon Copy Closing Circuit Central Control Panel Cast Carbon Steel Counterclockwise GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 7 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CDR . . . . . . CDR . . . . . . CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card, Cold Drawn Cadmium Plate Certified Dimensional Outline Conductor Convector
CEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFB&G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cement Lined, Cement Ceramic Certified Cold Finished Companion Flanges, Bolts, and Gaskets
CFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical Feed Counterflashing Continuous Fillet Weld Center of Gravity, Corner Guard Ceiling Box
CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chiller Chamfer Channel Chalkboard Chemical
CHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHKD PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge Check Checkered Plate Change Chain Operator, Chain Operated
CHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CI . . . . . . . . . CI . . . . . . . . . CID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIE . . . . . . . CIE . . . . . . .
Ceiling Height Check Valve Cast Iron, Curb Inlet Computer Integrated Design Computer Integrated Engineering
CIF . . . . . . . CIF . . . . . . . CIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost, Insurance, and Freight Clear Indicating Light Cast Iron Pipe Cast In Place Concrete Circle
CIRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circular, Circulate, Circumference Cast Iron Soil Pipe Control Joint Calking Circuit
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 8 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CKT BRKR . . . . . . . . . . . . CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL . . . . . . . . Cl . . . . . . . . . CLASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Breaker Center Line Class Classification Current Limiting Fuse
CLG CLL CLN CLO CLR
Ceiling, Cooling Contract Limit Line Clean Closet Clear, Clearance
................... .................... ................... ................... ...................
CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Closure Cross Main Corrugated Metal Pipe Ceramic Mosaic (tile) Concrete Masonry Unit
CND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNTFGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduit Centrifugal Counter Conveyor Cleanout, Converter (steam to water), Change Order, Cutout
CO . . . . . . . . Co. . . . . . . . . COD. . . . . . COD. . . . . . COEF . . . . . coef . . . . . . . COL . . . . . . col . . . . . . . COLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company Continued On Drawing, Chemical Oxygen Demand Coefficient Column Collector
COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Combination, Combustion Commercial Communication Compression
COMPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete Composition, Composite Compressor, Composition Roof Compartment Computer
COMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONCEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Concrete Concentric, Concentrated Condenser, Condensate Condition
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 9 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CONDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONSERV . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductor Conference Connection, Connections Conservation Construction
CONST JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTD . . . contd . . . . . . CONTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction Joint Continuous, Continue, Continuation, Control, Controller Control Valve Continued Contractor, Contract
CONV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CORP . . . . . Corp. . . . . . CORR . . . . . corr . . . . . . .
Conveyor, Convection Coordinate Cleanout Plug Corporation Corrugated
CPCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPD . . . . . . CPD . . . . . . CPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemically Pure, Chrome Pendent Cascade Potential Device Control Power Interlock Cathodic Protection Kit Coupling
CPLRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPM . . . . . . CPM . . . . . . CPS . . . . . . . CPS . . . . . . . CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capillary Critical Path Method Certified Professional Secretary Control Power Transformer, Carpeted Central Processing Unit
CPVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensate Return Unit with Pumps, Tanks, etc., Control Relay, Chromium (plated) CRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Grain CRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course(s), Cold Rolled Steel CRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cathode Ray Tube CS . . . . . . . . CS . . . . . . . . CSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Steel, Control Switch, Cold Spring Casing Countersink Casement Corrugated Steel Pipe
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 10 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
CST . . . . . . . CST . . . . . . Cast Steel CSTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Casting CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center Tap, Cooling Tower, Column Tie, Ceramic Tile, Copper Tube, Current Transformer CTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterflashing CTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coal Tar Enamel Lined CTR . . . . . . ctr . . . . . . . . CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center, Counter Control Countersunk Counterweight Current Transformer, Zero Sequence
CU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condensing Unit, Copper Cubicle Cabinet Unit Heater Control Valve, Cleaning Vacuum Continuous Weld
CW . . . . . . . CW . . . . . . . CWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clockwise Chilled Water Coil Cadweld Cold Working Pressure Cylinder
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Density, Drain, Derivative Control Mode (Demand), Degree of Curve D/P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Pressure DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Doubleacting DB . . . . . . . . DB . . . . . . . . Dry Bulb DB . . . . . . . . dB . . . . . . . . Decibel DBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DBT . . . . . . DBT . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Dry Bulb Temperature Direct Current Dry Chemical, Draft Curtain Distributed Control System
DDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEG . . . . . . deg . . . . . . . DELV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drip and Dust Tight Deaerator Degree Deluge Valve Demolish, Demolition
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 11 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
DEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPT . . . . . dept . . . . . . . DES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DETCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depressed Department Design Detail Detector Check
DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEV LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detector Develop, Device Developed Length Drinking Fountain, Drain Funnel Door Grille
DGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI . . . . . . . . . DI . . . . . . . . DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Gathering Panel Duct Heater, Double Hub, Double Hung, Door Heater Ductile Iron Diagram, Diagonal Differential, Diffuser
DIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIM. . . . . . . dim. . . . . . . DIMJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilute Dimension Ductile Iron Mech Joint Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Direct Acting
DISC. . . . . . disc. . . . . . . DISCH . . . . disch . . . . . . DISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIV . . . . . . . Div . . . . . . .
Disconnect Discharge Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe Distribution Division
DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DM (MOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . DM (2 POS) . . . . . . . . . . . . DMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Joist Dead Load, Drip Leg, Dummy Leg, Damaged Loads Ratio Damper Motorized - Modular Damper Motorized - 2 Position Demountable
DN . . . . . . . . DN . . . . . . . DO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DO. . . . . . . . do. . . . . . . . . DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down Dissolved Oxygen, Draw Out Ditto Design Pressure, Double Pipe, Damp-proofing Diesel Pump Controller
DPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Pole, Double Throw Dispenser, Damper Double Pole, Single Throw Dew Point Data Processing Unit
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 12 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
DPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dry Pipe Valve Drill, Drive, Door, Drain Drainboard Display Relay Panel Disk System, Downspout, Digital Signal
DSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disconnect Switch Fused Disk Drive Disconnect Switch Nonfused Disposal Door Switch
DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dust Tight, Design Temperature, Drain Tile Dovetail Anchor Dovetail Anchor Slot Dry Type Transformer (Refer to OTT) Duration
DV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DWG . . . . . dwg . . . . . . . DWL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diaphragm Valve Dummy Weld, Dumbwaiter Drawing Dowel Drawer
DX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DXCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DYB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.g. . . . . . . . E ......................
Direct Expansion Direct Expansion Cooling Coil Dynamic Breaking For Example (exempli gratia) East
E to E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EA . . . . . . . . ea . . . . . . . . . EAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End to End Each Exhaust Air Grille Exhaust Air Louver Exhaust Air Opening
EAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAR . . . . . . EAR . . . . . . EAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Air Register Environmental Assessment Report Entering Air Temperature Electric Baseboard Heater, Expansion Bolt Eddy Current Brake, Electric Baseboard Radiation
EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End of Curve Evaporative Condenser, Electric Connector Eccentric Economizer Logic Center Eddy Current Clutch
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 13 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDR . . . . . . EDR . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric Duct Entering Dry Bulb Equivalent Direct Radiation Electric Furnace (steel) Each Face, Exhaust Fan
EFF . . . . . . . eff . . . . . . . . EFW . . . . . . EFW . . . . . . EHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA . . . . . . . EIA . . . . . . . EIR . . . . . . . EIR . . . . . . .
Efficiency Electric Fusion Welded Electric Heating Coil Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Impact Report
EIS . . . . . . . EIS . . . . . . . EL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Impact Statement Elevation (Height) Electric Elevation (View), Elevator Elbow
ELLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ellipsoidal Elementary Emergency Lighting Electric Motor Emergency
EMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGR . . . . . engr. . . . . . . ENGRG . . . engrg. . . . . .
Electromotive Force Electrical Metallic Tubing Enclosure Engineer Engineering
ENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENVIR . . . . ENVIR . . . . EO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Envelope Environment Electrically Operated Elbolet
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosionproof, Electric Pneumatic Switch Device, Electrical Panelboard EPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric Pump Controller EPRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Erasable Programmable RAM EPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Erasable Programmable ROM EQ . . . . . . . . eq . . . . . . . . . Equation, Equal EQUIP . . . . equip. . . . . . ERAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ERW . . . . . . ERW . . . . . ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Erasable RA Erasable ROM Electric Resistance Welded Electric Supply GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 14 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Escalator External Static Pressure Estimate Extra Strength Vitrified Clay Pipe Estimated Time of Arrival
ETC . . . . . . etc. . . . . . . . . ETL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . EU . . . . . . . . EVAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
And So On (et cetera) Effective Tube Length, Electric Testing Laboratories Electric Unit Heater Equipment Utilization Evaporator
EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporative Cooler Electric Weld, Electric Wall Heater, Each Way Entering Wet Bulb Electric Water Cooler Entering Water Temp
EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example Exciter Excavate, Excavation Executive Exhaust, Exhauster
EXIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXP JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXPSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Existing Expanded Metal Plate Expansion Expansion Joint Exposed
EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F ....................... F DAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F TAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F TO F . . . . f to f . . . . . .
External, Exterior Flush, Flushing, Filter Fire Damper Fluidic Target Face to Face
F&D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F&D HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F&T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F/FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Faced and Drilled Flanged and Dished Head Float and Thermostatic Field Fabricated Flame Arrestor, Fire Alarm
FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FACIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabricate, Fabrication Facility Flow Alarm High Flow Alarm Low Finish All Over
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 15 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . FAS . . . . . . . FAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Alarm Panel Fasten / Fastener Free Alongside Steamer Final Air Temperature Flat Bar, Flat Bottom
FBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBQ . . . . . . fbq . . . . . . . FBRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberboard Flat Bottom Groove Furnished By Others Firebox Quality Firebrick
FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Coil Unit, Flow Controller, Flexible Connector, Fail Closed FCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facebrick FCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Coil Unit FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor Drain, Fire Department, Fire Damper FDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation FDPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Department Pumper Connection Feeder Fire Detection Unit Flanged End, Fire Escape, Fire Exit, Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher Cabinet
FEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEP . . . . . . . FEP . . . . . . . FES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FF . . . . . . . . FF . . . . . . . . FFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Female Teflon (Fluorinated Ethylene- Propylene) Flared End Section Flat Faced, Factory Finish Full Freight Allowed
FFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FGRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flanged, Faced, and Drilled Finished Floor Line Field Fit Weld Fiberglass Field Ground Resistor
FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FHWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat Head, Flexible Hose, Fire Hose, Fire Hydrant Flathead Machine Screw Fire Hose Rack Fire Hose Station Flathead Wood Screw
FHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIFO . . . . . . FIFO . . . . . . FIG. . . . . . . . fig. . . . . . . . . FIGNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Hydrant Flow Indicator, Fail Indeterminate First In - First Out Figure Figure Number GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 16 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finish Finished Floor Finished Grade Flush Joint Floor, Fail Locked
FLA . . . . . . . FLA . . . . . . FLAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLASH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Load Amperes Flow Alarm Flashing Floor Cleanout Field
FLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flange Flanged Flotation Floor Plate Floor / Flooring
FLTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Fluorescent Flexible Frequency Meter Flexible Metal Conduit
FMH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4PDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Metal Hose Found 4 Pole Double Throw 4 Pole Single Throw 4 Only, Floor Opening, Fail Open
FOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOB . . . . . . FOB . . . . . . FOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat on Bottom Free on Board Face of Flange, Face of Finish Face of Masonry Face of Stud
FOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat on Top FOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Oil Vent, Freezing Point, Fire Protection, Fireproof, Fire Pump FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fireplace FPRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fireproof FPT . . . . . . . FPT . . . . . . . Female Pipe Thread FQ . . . . . . . . fq . . . . . . . . . FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flange Quality Frame, Framing, From Air Fire Resistant Coating Frequency GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 17 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
FRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FS (160°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Freight, Fire Retardant Far Full Size Firestat (cut off at indicated)
FSB FSC FSH FSL FSS
FS Box Terminal FS Box Thru Flow Switch High Flow Switch Low Forged Stainless Steel
.................... .................... .................... .................... ....................
FST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forged Steel Fin Tube Radiation Fitting to Fitting Fitting, Footing Foot Switch
FU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Furred, Furring Furnish Future Valve
FV&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FVNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot Valve and Strainer Full Voltage Nonreversing Full Voltage Reversing Weld, Fillet Weld Forward
FXTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZ (34°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G ...................... GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GA . . . . . . . . ga . . . . . . . .
Fixture Freezestat (cut off at temp indicated) Ground Wire General Arrangement Gage, Gauge
GAL . . . . . . gal . . . . . . . . GALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAUV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gallon Galvanize Gasoline Gage Valve Gate Valve
GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Burner, Grab Bar General Contract, General Contractor Concrete Concrete Masonry Units Grade Cleanout Ground Current Transformer
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 18 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
GD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENL . . . . . genl . . . . . . . GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Duct Heater Grooved End Generator General Ground Fault, Ground Face
GFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Current Ground Fault Current Interrupter Ground Fault Interrupter Ground Fault Relay Galvanized Iron
GIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Green Indicating Light Ground Joint Gasket, Gasketed Glass, Girt Line Glass Block
GLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glass Fiber Glass Lined Glass Valve Ground Bus Ground
GND JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Joint Ground Rod Ground Triad Ground Well Gear Operated
GOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gang Operated Switch Governor Government General Purpose, Guard Post, Galvanized Pipe Gypsum Dry Wall
GPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GR . . . . . . . . gr . . . . . . . . . GRC . . . . . . GRC . . . . . .
Gypsum Tile Gypsum Plaster Gypsum Tile Grade, Guardrail Galvanized Rigid Conduit
GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granite, Green Group Graphite Grating Grooved
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 19 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
GS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GSR . . . . . . GSR . . . . . . GSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Supply Ground Sensor Relay Galvanized Steel Sheet Glazed Structural Tile Grout
GT-TIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GYBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Tungsten Inert Gas Welding Gravity Vent Gravel Oxyacetylene Gas Welding Gypsum Board
GYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ...................... H/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CPLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H&S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gypsum Hydraulic Signal Hardware Half Coupling Hub and Spigot
H-STAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HALON 1211 . . . . . . . . . . 2HALON 1301 . . . . . . . . . HAZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humidistat Heat Actuated Device Bromochlorodi- fluoromethane Bromotrifluoro- methane Hazard
HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hose Bibb, Wall Hydrant HBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardboard HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hose Connection, Hand Control, Hydrocarbon, Hollow Core, Heating Coil HCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halon Control Panel HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head, Hand, Heavy Duty Duct Insertion Humidistat HD DRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDSS . . . . . HDSS . . . . .
Hard Drawn Headroom Clearance High Density Polyethylene Pipe Header High Density Storage System
HES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HEX . . . . . . hex . . . . . . . HEX HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Early Strength Cement Hexagonal Hexagon Head Hard Faced Hard Face Seats
HG . . . . . . . . Hg . . . . . . . . HGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HJT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HHV . . . . . . hhv . . . . . . .
Hydrargyrum- Mercury Hanger Head Joint Handhole Higher Heating Value GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 20 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
HI LIM (99°) . . . . . . . . . . . HI S SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Limit (cut off at temp. indicated) High Signal Selector High Intensity Discharge (lamps) Hook High Lift
HLS . . . . . . . HLS . . . . . . HM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highest Line of Sprinklers Hollow Metal Horn Home Office Hand Off Automatic
HOLDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOMX . . . . HOMX . . . . HORIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP . . . . . . . . hp . . . . . . . . HPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hold Down Home Office Management Control System Horizontal High Pressure, HP Structural Shapes, Hot Press High Point
HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handrail, Hot Rolled, Air to Air Heat Recovery Unit, Hand Reset, Hose Rack, Hose Reel, Hanger Rod HRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handrail Post HRSS . . . . . HRSS . . . . . High Riser Storage System HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Stick Switch, Hydraulic Supply HSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Strength Bolt HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
House Heat Tracing, Heat Traced, High Temperature, Height Heat Trace Cable Heating Heater
HU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HVU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humidifier Humidifier (steam injection) Heating and Ventilating, High Voltage (above 15 kV) Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning Heating and Ventilating Unit
HVY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HWH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy Headwall Hallway Hardwood Hot Water Heater
HYDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRO . . . HYDRO . . HYDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1, H2, H3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Hydrostatic (Test) Hydrant Hypotenuse Primary Terminals at Power Transformer GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 21 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . i.e. . . . . . . . . I .......... I .......... I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
That Is (id est) Incinerator, Current (Electrical) Signal Input Out (Electronic) Interlocked Armored Cable Iron Body Bronze Mounted
IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupting Capacity Inside Diameter, Induction Unit Identify, Identifier Inductor Inside Frosted, Inside Face
IFA IFC IFD IFI IFR
Issued for Approval Issued For Construction Issued for Design Issued for Information Issued for Review (& Comment)
.................... .................... .................... ..................... ....................
IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IHP . . . . . . . ihp . . . . . . . . IL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INC. . . . . . . Inc. . . . . . . .
Ignition Indicated Horsepower Indicating Light Intermediate Metal Conduit Incorporated
INCIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCL . . . . . incl . . . . . . . INCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incinerator Include, Inclusive Intercooler Incoming Increaser
IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IND . . . . . . . IND . . . . . . . INDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicate Investigational New Drug (application) Industrial Information Initial
INJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Injection Inlet Inquiry Insulated, Insulation Inside
INSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulating Concrete Insulating Fill Inspect, Inspector Institute, Instantaneous Install
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 22 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
INSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTR V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTCON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument, Instruction Instrument Valve Internal, Interior, Integral Interconnection Intermediate
INTFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interface Intake Interlock Intermittent Interference
INTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTSCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INV EL, I.E. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Seats Intersect Interval Invert Invert Elevation
IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISARP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iron Pin Iron Pipe Size Inside Radius, Infrared ISA Recommended Practice Ionization Smoke Detector
ISNRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Screw Nonrising Stem Isometric Insurance Service Office Isolation Inside Screw Rising Stem
ISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IT . . . . . . . . . IT . . . . . . . . . ITC . . . . . . . ITC . . . . . . . ITSAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J .......................
Inside Stainless Steel Seats, Issue Inventory Turnover Investment Tax Credit Intrinsically Safe Joist
JB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junction Box - Power, Control, Lighting Junction Box - Instrument Junction Box - Loop Remote (Bldg Automation) Pull Box Splice Box - Feeder Cables
JBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JIT . . . . . . . . JIT . . . . . . . .
Junction Box - Telephone Janitor's Closet Junction Joint Filler Just In Time
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 23 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
JKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K ...................... KA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jacket Jockey Pump Joint Kirk Key Interlock Keyed Alike
KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KCPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knee Brace Keene's Cement Plaster Kiln Dried Knock Down Kitchen
KL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kynar Lined Knockout Korduct Rigid Conduit (Transite) Kickplate Knuckle Radius
KRSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L ...................... L-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerosene Antikiss Relay Induction, Structural Angle, Length of Curve Left to Right Lockout
LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lightning Arrestor, Load Analyzer, Level Alarm Laboratory Ladder Level Alarm High Level Alarm Low
LAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAT . . . . . . LAT . . . . . . LATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laminate, Laminated Latitude, Leaving Air Temperature, Latent Lateral Lavatory Conduit Elbow - Back Cover, Lag Bolt
LBH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LBY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduit Elbow - Back Cover Heavy Duty Conduit Elbow - Left Side Cover, Label Conduit Elbow - Right Side Cover; Lumber Conduit Elbow - Corner Cap Heavy Duty Level Controller, Locked Closed, Load Center, Lead Covered, Light Control
LD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEB . . . . . . . LEB . . . . . . LEL . . . . . . . LEL . . . . . . .
Load Leaving Dry Bulb Landing Large End Beveled Lower Explosive Level GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 24 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
LEP . . . . . . . LEP . . . . . . . LEPRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LERAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large End Plain Light Erasable Programmable RAM Light Erasable Programmable ROM Light Erasable RAM Light Erasable ROM
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFAVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture Lighting Fixture - Aviation Lighting Fixture - Emergency Lighting Fixture - Exit Lighting Fixture - Fluorescent
LFIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFMH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFMV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFQZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture - Incandescent Lighting Fixture - Level Gage Lighting Fixture - Metal Halide Lighting Fixture - Mercury Vapor Lighting Fixture - Quartz
LFSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LFTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LGG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Fixture - Sodium Vapor High Pressure Lighting Fixture - Sodium Vapor Low Pressure Lighting Fixture - Tank (internal) Long Level Gage Glass
LGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LHV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIFO . . . . . . LIFO . . . . . .
Length Left Hand Lower Heating Valve Level Indicator Last In - First Out
LIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LJF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear, Lineal Liquid, Liquor Lap Joint Flange Locker Live Load, Liquid Level
LLBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long Leg Back To Back Liquid Level Controller Low Limit Suction Pressure Controller Long Leg Vertical Limestone
LN . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . LND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO LIM (50°) . . . . . . . . . .
Logarithm (to base e) Lined Lining, Liquified Natural Gas Locked Open Level Operated Low Limit (cut off at temp. indicated)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 25 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
LO S SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOG. . . . . . . log. . . . . . . . LONG. . . . . long. . . . . . . LOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Signal Selector Locate, Location, Local Logarithm (to base 10) Longitude, Longitudinal Lockout Relay
LOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPG . . . . . . . LPG . . . . . . LPGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquid Oxygen Low Pressure, Lighting Panel, Low Point, Light Pole Liquified Petroleum Gas Low Pressure Gas Filled Lighting Power Transformer
LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LRA . . . . . . LRA . . . . . . LRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Ratio, Latching Relay, Long Radius Locked Rotor Amperes Long Radius Elbow Limit Switch Level Switch High
LSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level Switch Low Light, Left, Low Temperature, Long Tangent Load Tap Changer (Transformer) Long Tangent Fitting Lighting, Large Tongue and Groove
LTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lintel, Less Than Truckload Lubricate Low Voltage (below 600 V) Louver Lap Weld
LWB LWC LWN LWT LYT
Leaving Wet Bulb Lightweight Concrete Long Weld Neck Leaving Water Temperature Layout
................... . . . . . . LWC . . . . . . ................... ................... ...................
L1, L2, L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incoming Terminals or Bus M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor, Motor Control Coil & Contacts in Starter, Miscellaneous Structural Shapes M1E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milled 1 End M2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milled 2 Ends MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Actuator MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Air Connection Machine Magnetic Maintenance Malleable GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 26 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text MANF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning Manifold Masonry Material Make Up Air Unit Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
MAX . . . . . max . . . . . . . MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Mixing Box, Machine Bolt Magnetic Brake, Member Moment Connection, Multiple Contact, Miscellaneous Channels, Medicine Cabinet MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Control Center MCE . . . . . . MCE . . . . . . MCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MECH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufacturing Cycle Efficiency Magnetic Clutch Mechanical Medium Mean Effective Pressure
MET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MEZZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Mezzanine Male and Female Metal Floor Decking Mechanical Flow Diagram
MFDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFG . . . . . . mfg . . . . . . . MFR . . . . . . mfr . . . . . . . MG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Feeder Manufacturing Manufacturer Motor Generator Multigang Box
MH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHL . . . . . . MHL . . . . . . MHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manhole Mean Higher High Water Materials Handling Labor Manhour Mean High Water
MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIN . . . . . . min . . . . . . . MIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MISC . . . . . misc . . . . . . MJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malleable Iron Minimum Mirror Miscellaneous Mechanical Joint
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 27 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
MK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MLLW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mark Marked Match Line Molding Mean Lower Low Water
ML-S/RS . ML-S/RS . . MLW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniload - Storage and Retrieval System Mean Low Water Membrane Manual Manual Starter
MNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MNTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOL WT . mol wt . . . .
Maintained Maintained Contact Molybdenum, Masonry Opening Modular, Model Molecular Weight
MOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Momentary Momentary Contact Moment, Monument, Monitor Motor Motor Operated Valve, Movable
MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPT . . . . . . MPT . . . . . . MR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower Manual Pull Station Male Pipe Thread Mop Receptor Marble
MRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MSNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTD . . . . . . mtd . . . . . . .
Metal Roof Decking Multispeed Nonreversing Master Switch Mixing Tee, Structural Tee (cut from M Shape), Mount Mean Temperature Difference
MTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounted Metal Furring Mounting Metal Threshold Material
MTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material Takeoff Meter (Instrument) Makeup Mullion Medium Voltage (600 V to 15 kV)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 28 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
MW . . . . . . . MW . . . . . . . MWK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MZI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ......... N .........
Minimum Wall Millwork Maximum Working Pressure Multizone Unit North / Neutral (Drawings Only)
N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (N)B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA . . . . . . . . NA . . . . . . . NARR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Not Applicable Neutral Bus Not Required Not Applicable, Next Assembly Narrative
NAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NATL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NDE . . . . . . NDE . . . . . . NEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural National Normally Closed, No Change, No Comment Nondestructive Examination Negative
NEUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NGI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neutral Near Face, Not Furnished No Good Natural Gas Firm Natural Gas Interruptible
NI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nickel Iron Not In Contract Neon Indicating Light Nipple Neoprene Lined, Nailable
NMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO. . . . . . . No. / # . . . . NOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonmetallic Box Nonmetallic Normally Open Number Nipolet
NOM . . . . . nom . . . . . . . NONFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nominal Nonfreeze Normal Nozzle Nameplate
NPS . . . . . . . NPS . . . . . . . NPSH . . . . . NPSH . . . . . NPT . . . . . . . NPT . . . . . . NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nominal Pipe Size Net Positive Suction Head American National Taper Pipe Thread Noise Reduction Noise Reduction Coefficient
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 29 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
NRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonrising Stem Near Side, Nonsprinklered Normal Set Point Not to Scale Needle Valve
O ...................... O TO O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off, Electromagnetic or Sonic Signal Out to Out Overall Outside Air Damper Outside Air Intake
OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Burner Opposed Blade Damper Obscure, Obsolete On Centers Oil Circuit Breaker
OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ODR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overcurrent Relay Oil Circuit Recloser Octagon Outside Diameter Outdoor
ODT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OEM . . . . . . OEM . . . . . . OET . . . . . . OET . . . . . . OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil & Dust Tight Original Equipment Manufacturer 1 End Threaded Oil Bath Air Filter, Overflow, Outside Face Office
OFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OHWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offsite Open Hearth (steel), Overhead Ovalhead Machine Screw Ovalhead Wood Screw Oil Insulated
OIFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Insulated Fan Cooled Oil Insulated Self-Cooled Oil Immersed Water Cooled Overload Relay Operating Pressure, Opaque
OPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPP HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Opening Opposite Opposite Hand Operate
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 30 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optimizing Control Mode Optional Outside Radius Ordinary Orifice
ORG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OS&Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OSBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organization Original Oil Switch, Open Sprinkler Outside Screw & Yoke Outside Battery Limits
OSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outstanding Leg Oil Tight, Operating Temperature, Overtime Oil Tight Box Over Temperature Relay Oil Type Transformer
OUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outgoing, Outlet, Outside Overflow Overhead Overvoltage Relay Overvoltage
OWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OWJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P ....................... (P)BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P COM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil-Water-Gas Open Web Joist Pole, Page, Plain, Pneumatic Signal Potential Bus Proportional Comulator
P SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P&D . . . . . . P&D . . . . . . P&ID . . . . . P&ID . . . . . P/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Selector Pickup And Deposit Station Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Part Of Pipe Anchor, Public Address
PAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PARA . . . . . para . . . . . . .
Packaged Air Conditioner Pressure Alarm High Pressure Alarm Low Pneumatic Averaging Relay, Parallel Paragraph
PART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PATT . . . . . patt . . . . . . . PAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partial Pattern Plasma Arc Welding Private Automatic Exchange Push Button, Pull Box / Panic Bar
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 31 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text PB STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meaning Push Button Station Particle Board Plain Both Ends Push Button & Light Push Button Maintained Position
PBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private Branch Exchange PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug Cock, Point of Curvature, Point of Curve, Pulsating Current, Pile Cap, Personal Computer PC MK . . . . pc mk . . . . . Piece Mark PC(S) . . . . . pc(s) . . . . . . Piece, Pieces PCB . . . . . . . PCB . . . . . . Polychlorinated Biphenyl PCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCT / % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precast Concrete, Point of Compound Curve Pile Cutoff Portland Cement Plaster Programmable Controller Solid State Percent
PCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Control Valve Pitch Diameter Power Distribution Center Power Distribution Panel Polyethylene, Plain End, Porcelain Enamel, Pneumatic Electric Switch
PE . . . . . . . . PE . . . . . . . . PEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional Engineer Plain End Beveled Photoelectric Cell Pedestal Perforated
PERIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perimeter Permanent Perpendicular Performance Evaluation and Review Technique Photoelectric Scanner
PETRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFA . . . . . . . PFA . . . . . . . PFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petroleum Power Factor, Plain Face Teflon (perfluoroalkoxy) Prefabricate, Prefabricated Prefer
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 32 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred, Process Flow Diagram Power Factor Meter Prefinished Plate Glass, Pipe Guide Phase
pH . . . . . . . . pH . . . . . . . . PHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PICV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrogen Ion Concentration Preheat Coil Pneumatic Hesitation Relay Point of Intersection, Pressure Indicator Pressure Indicating Control Valve
PITO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PKGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point of Intersection of Turnout Post Indicator Valve Parking Packaged Plate, Plug, Property Line
PLAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLATF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plastic Laminate Plaster Platform Programmable Logic Controllers Pilot Light (Green)
PLMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plumbing Pilot Light (Red) Plant Pilot Loaded Valve Pneumatic
PNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNL BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Panel Board Paint Purchase Order Phase Overcurrent Relay
PORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POSUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Porcelain Positive Position Point of Support Potentiometer
PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PR . . . . . . . . pr . . . . . . . . . PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Protection, Power Pole, Power Panel Polypropylene Lined Pair Pipe Rack Programmable RAM
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 33 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRCST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRECIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREFAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Controller Process Precast Precipitator Prefabricated
PRELIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESS. . . . press. . . . . . PRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary Prepare, Preparation Pressure Preformed Primary
PRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRMLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Premolded Product, Productivity Project, Projection Programmable ROM
PROP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRV . . . . . . PRV . . . . . .
Property Protective, Protection Pneumatic Ratio Relay Printer Pressure Reducing Valve
PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSD . . . . . . . PSD . . . . . . . PSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Support, Point of Switch, Pipe Stub, Pressure Switch Prestressed Concrete Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality Pressure Switch High Pressure Switch Low
PSLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Sleeve PSV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Safety Valve PT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point, Point of Tangency, Potential Transformer, Pipe Tap, Pressure Tap P/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure / Temperature PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Post Tensioned Concrete PTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paper Towel Dispenser Pothead Partition Paper Towel Receptor Pickup
PURCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC . . . . . . PVC . . . . . . PVCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase Plug Valve, Paved, Paving Pressure / Volume Polyvinyl Chloride, Point of Vertical Curve Polyvinyl Chloride Lined GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 34 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
PVCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Point of Vertical Intersection Pavement Point of Vertical Tangent Power Bus
PWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PWT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plywood Postweld Heat Treatment Power Powerhouse Power Transformer
QA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QDRNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QOV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quality Assurance, Quick Acting Quality Control Quadrant Quick Opening Device Quick Opening Valve
QT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QTY . . . . . . qty . . . . . . . . QUAL . . . . qual . . . . . . . R ....................... R FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarry Tile Quantity Quality Relief Valve (hot water), Radius, Relay, Resistance, Red Return Fan
R-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right to Left Readout (electronic) Return Air Room Air Conditioner Reverse Acting
RAD RAD. RAF RAG RAH
Return Air Damper Radius, Radian Return Air Fan Return Air Grille Radiant Heating
................... .................. ................... ................... ...................
RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Random Access Memory Return Air Opening Remote Annunciator Panel Return Air Register Rubber Base
RBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Round Bolted Bonnet Rubble Stone Rubber Tile Reheat Coil, Receiver Controller Remote Control
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 35 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCP . . . . . . . RCP . . . . . . RCVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receptacle Box Record Refrigerant Compressor Reinforced Concrete Pipe Received
RCVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCVY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Recovery Rupture Disc, Round, Roof Drain Roof Drain Conductor Radial
RDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE-BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rain & Dust Tight, Sleet Resistant Reinforcing Bar Recording Receptacle Reciprocate, Reciprocal
RECIRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recirculate Rectangular, Rectifier Reducer, Reducing Reducing Flange Reference
REFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REINF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerator, Refrigeration Regulator, Register Regenerator Reinforce Remove
REQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REQD . . . . . reqd . . . . . . REQN . . . . . reqn . . . . . . REQT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Request Required Requisition Requirement Resilient, Resistor
RESTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REV . . . . . . rev . . . . . . . . RF . . . . . . . . RF . . . . . . . . RFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restrictor Return Revise / Revision Raised Face Roofing
RFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof Hatch Reflect, Reflected, Reflective, Reflector Request for Purchase Request for Quotation Refractory
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 36 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RFSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RHEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Raised Face Smooth Finish Ring Gasket Relative Humidity / Rubber Hose / Right Hand Rheostat Heat Resisting, Rubber Insulated, and Lead Covered Cable
RIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Red Indicating Light Rack Rail, Railing Rubber Lined, Removable Link Railing
RLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RMS . . . . . . RMS . . . . . . RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Room Root Mean Square Riser Nipple Round
RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROW, R/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough Opening Restriction Orifice Read Only Memory, Rough Order of Magnitude Right of Way Receptacle Panel
RPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RRLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RSB . . . . . . . RSB . . . . . .
Receptacle Power Transformer Railroad Residual Voltage Relay Rising Stem, Resistor Rack Supported Building
RSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rigid Steel Conduit Reducing Street Elbow Resistance Thermometer Right, Raintight & Sleet Resistant Resistance Temperature Detector
RTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTRP . . . . . RTRP . . . . . RTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating Right Hand Ring Type Joint Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe Rotary
RV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVP . . . . . . RVP . . . . . . RVNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relief Valve, Roof Vent (Intake or Discharge) Reid Vapor Pressure Reduced Voltage Nonreversing Reduced Voltage Reversing Reverse (Side)
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 37 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
RVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rivet S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . South, Strainer, Safety Valve (steam), Beam (American Standard), Solenoid Actuator, Starter S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speed / Current S/FAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shop Fabrication S/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Line S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/R . . . . . . . . S/R . . . . . . . S/RM . . . . . S/RM . . . . . S/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solid Neutral Store / Retrieve Store / Retrieve Machine Speed / Torque Software
SA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SALV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Air Supply Air Diffuser Safe, Safety Supply Air Grille Salvage
SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sanitary Saturate Automatic Submerged Arc Welding Stud Bolt Sample Connection, Solid Core, System Control, Shear Connector
SCH . . . . . . sch . . . . . . . . SCHEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule Schematic Screen Silicon Controlled Rectifier Screwed
SCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural Clay Tile Section Control Valve Smoke Detector, Supplier Document Siding Saddle
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEB . . . . . . . SEB . . . . . . . SEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECT . . . . . sect . . . . . . . SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Street Elbow, Screwed End Small End Beveled Second, Secondary Section Segment
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 38 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
SEHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . SEP . . . . . . . SER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Entrance Head Service Entrance Elbow Separate Small End Plain Series
SERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serrated Sewer Serrated Finish, Seal Fitting, Spot Face, Semifinished Seal Fittings with Drain Safety Glass
SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SH ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Glass, Safety Gate, Sight Glass Single Steam Heating Coil, Shelf, Shelving, Single Hub, Shower Shock Absorber Shield
SHO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shore, Shored, Shoring Sheet Sheeting Sheathing Similar
SIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SKL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shut In Winter Solder Joints Sketch, Sink Skylight Socket, Skirt
SKU . . . . . . SKU . . . . . . SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock Keeping Unit (or Part Number) Saran Lined, Sea Level, Sleeve Short Leg Back to Back Short Leg Vertical Shielded Metallic Arc With Covered Electrodes
SMLS STL . . . . . . . . . . . . . SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamless Steel Swage Nipple, Spray Nozzle Substitute or Synthetic Natural Gas Sealant Slip On Flange
SOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOL ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOLN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP GR . . . . sp gr
Solenoid, Sockolet Solid State Solution Static Pressure, Spare, Spiral, Set Point, Soil Pipe, Spool, Soundproof . . . . . Specific Gravity GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 39 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
SP HT . . . . . sp ht . . . . . . SPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC . . . . . spec . . . . . . .
Specific Heat Space, Spacer Spacing Single Pole Double Throw Specification
SPHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPS-AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sphere, Spherical Speaker Special Sprinkler, Spring Speed Switch Antiplugging
SPS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQ . . . . . . . . sq . . . . . . . . SQH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Switch Plugging Single Pole Single Throw Square Square Head Square Root
SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SSK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short Radius, Stress Relief, Steel Roll Up Short Radius Elbow Selector Switch Slow Speed Contactor Service Sink
SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Substation Service Transformer, Stainless Steel, Saturated Suction Temperature, Solid State Trip SSU . . . . . . . SSU . . . . . . . Storage Space Utilization Ratio ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structural Tee (cut from S Shape), Sound Trap ST SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight Seam STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Station STAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STD . . . . . . . Std . . . . . . . . STD WT . . std wt . . . . STEL . . . . . STEL . . . .
Stabilizer Stress Cone Standard Standard Weight Short Term Exposure Limit
STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STIFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seating, Stage Stiffener Stirrup Stack, Stock Steel
STM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STM TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steam Steam Tracing, Steam Trace Storage Magnetic Starter, Strainer, Straight Combination Magnetic Starter with Circuit Breaker GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 40 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
STRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STRUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STWY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Magnetic Starter with Fused Disconnect Switch Starter Rack Structural Steam Working Pressure Stairway
SUBST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUBSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Substitute Substation Suction Supplement Supersede
SUPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SURF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUSP CLG . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support, Superintendent Supervisor Surface Suspended Suspended Ceiling
SV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SW . . . . . . . . sw . . . . . . . . SWBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Valve, Solenoid Valve Service Socket Weld Switch Switchboard
SWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swage Switchgear Switchrack Symmetrical Symbol
SYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T ....................... T TO B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T TO T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronous, Synthetic System Tee, Ton, Temperature, Trap Top to Bottom Tangent to Tangent
TDAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TDAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T&B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T&C . . . . . . T&C . . . . . . T&G . . . . . . T&G . . . . . .
Time Delay After Deenergizing Time Delay After Energizing Top and Bottom Thread and Couple Tongue and Groove
T/SLAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top of Slab Tachometer Transfer Air Grille Temperature Alarm High Temperature Alarm Low
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 41 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text TAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TBE . . . . . . . TBE . . . . . .
Meaning Tangent Transfer Air Opening Transfer Air Register Terminal Block, Trolley Beam, Terminal Board, Towel Bar Thread Both Ends
TC . . . . . . . . TC . . . . . . . . Thermocouple, Trip Coil, Time Closing, No Load Tap Changer (Transformer), Total Carbon, Terra Cotta TCS . . . . . . . TCS . . . . . . Time Charge System TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Difference, Time Delay TDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Delay Relay TDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Dissolved Solids TE . . . . . . . . TE . . . . . . . . TEFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEMP . . . . . temp . . . . . .
Threaded End Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Telephone Telephone Pole Temperature, Temporary
TENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERM. . . . . term. . . . . . . TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tension Terminal Threaded Flange, Transfer Fan Teflon (polytetra-fluoroethylene) 3 Way
3/C . . . . . . . . 3/C . . . . . . . 3/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 PH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Conductor Cable (or 4, 7, 12, etc.) 3 Wire 3 Phase Threaded, Thread Thermostat
THK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TI . . . . . . . . . TI . . . . . . . . . TIP . . . . . . . TIP . . . . . . . TIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thick, Thickness Threshold Temperature Indicator Total Implied Precision Total Indicator Reading
TK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TKBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TLE . . . . . . . TLE . . . . . .
Tank Tackboard Tackstrip Tangent Line, Tangent Length, Total Load Thread Large End
TLV . . . . . . TLV . . . . . . TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOC . . . . . . TOC . . . . . .
Threshold Limit Value Timer Timer Programmable Time Opening, Turnout Total Organic Carbon GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 42 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
TOC . . . . . . T/C . . . . . . . TOD . . . . . . T/D . . . . . . . TOE . . . . . .
TOC . . . . . . Top of Concrete, Top of Curb T/C TOD . . . . . . Top of Duct T/D TOE . . . . . . Thread 1 End
TOF . . . . . . . T/F . . . . . . . . TOG . . . . . . T/G . . . . . . . TOJ . . . . . . .
TOF . . . . . . Top of Footing T/F TOG . . . . . Top of Grate T/G TOJ . . . . . . Top of Joist
T/J . . . . . . . . T/J TOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thredolet, Tolerance TOP . . . . . . . TOP . . . . . . Top of Pipe T/P . . . . . . . . T/P TOR . . . . . . TOR . . . . . . Top of Rail T/R . . . . . . . T/R TOS . . . . . . . TOS . . . . . . Top of Steel, Top of Soil T/S . . . . . . . T/S TOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total TOW . . . . . . TOW . . . . . Top of Wall T/W . . . . . . . T/W TP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPI . . . . . . . TPI . . . . . . .
Toe Plate Temperature Controller Toilet Paper Dispenser Throughput Performance Index
TPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TPTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3PDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe Plate Only Toilet Partition Triple Pole Double Throw Triple Pole Single Throw Thermal Relay, Trace, Tracing, Trench, Transom
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSE . . . . . . TSE . . . . . . . TSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Structural Tubing, Tray Support Thread Small End Temperature Switch High Temperature Switch Low
TSS . . . . . . . TSS . . . . . . . TST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Suspended Solids Temporary Strainer Tell Tale; Tee (Side Cover) Tee (Back Cover) Turbine
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 43 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
TV . . . . . . . . TV . . . . . . . 2SCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2SSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TWA . . . . . . TWA . . . . .
Television 2 Speed Consequent Pole (Starter) 2 Speed Separate Winding (Starter) Thermowell Time Weighted Average
TXB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1, T2, T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . U/L . . . . . . . U/L . . . . . . .
Tee, (Cross) Back Cover Typical Terrazzo Outgoing Terminals to Motor Unit Load
UA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Air Conditioner (with compressor) Union Bonnet Undercut Underdrain Upper Explosive Level
UG, U/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underground Underground Direct Burial Underground Duct Bank Unit Heater Union
UNF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unfinished Unless Noted Otherwise Unistrut Utility Pole Uninterruptible Power Supply
UR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USA . . . . . . USA . . . . . . USD . . . . . . USD . . . . . . UTIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UTS . . . . . . . UTS . . . . . .
Urinal United States of America Ultimate Strength Design Utility Ultimate Tensile Stress
UV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V ...................... VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Ventilator, Under Voltage Under Voltage Device Under Voltage Relay Valve, Vent, Vibration Isolator, Shear Vacuum
VAM VAR VAT VAV VAX
Voltammeter Variable, Varnish Vinyl Asbestos Tile Variable Air Volume Virtual Address Extended
.................. ................... ................... ................... . . . . . . VAX . . . . . .
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 44 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
VB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VCP . . . . . . VCP . . . . . . VD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vapor Barrier, Vinyl Base, Valve Box Vertical Curve Vitrified Clay Pipe Vapor Density Volume Damper
VEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Velocity Ventilate, Ventilation Vertical Vestibule Vinyl Fabric
VG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VICT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertical Grain Vibrate, Vibrating, Vibrator Victaulic Vinyl Viscosity
VIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIZ . . . . . . . viz . . . . . . . . VJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vitreous Namely V-Joint, V-Jointed Voltmeter Veneer
VOL . . . . . . vol . . . . . . . . VOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume Volt-Ohm Milliammeter Vapor Pressure, Velocity Pressure Voltage Regulator Vertical Lift
VRLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Relay Vermiculite Volt Meter Switch, Vent Stack, Versus, Vent Set Vinyl Tile Vertex
VU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W ......... W ......... W/ . . . . . . . . w/ . . . . . . . . . W/O . . . . . . w/o . . . . . . . WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilating Unit West, Wide, Width, Wide Flange, White With Without Welded Bonnet, Wet Bulb, Wood Base
WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WDTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weld Cap, Watercloset, Water Chiller Wide, Width, Wood Water and Dust Tight Water and Dust Tight, and Corrosion Resistant Wide Flange
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 45 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
WFAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WGP . . . . . . WGP . . . . . . WGS . . . . . . WGS . . . . . . WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Flow Alarm Wired Glass Wire Guidance Path Wire Guidance System Wall Heater, Wall Hung
WHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watthour Meter Watthour Meter Demand Warehouse Wrought Iron, Weir Inlet White Indicating Light
WIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WKWY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window Walkway Wind Load Watt Meter, Wire Mesh Watt Meter Demand
WN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WNF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding Neck Welding Neck Flange Water-Oil-Gas Weldolet Working Point, Working Pressure, Weatherproof, Waterproofing
WR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WROT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Repellent, Water Resistant Weather Resistant Box Wrought Waterstop Wainscot
WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WSTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WT . . . . . . . wt . . . . . . . .
Working Stress Design Allowable Working Steam Pressure Weatherstrip Wall Thickness, Watertight, Structural Tee Weight
WTW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X ...................... XA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall to Wall Wireway Welded Wire Fabric Auxiliary Relay to Prefixed Relay, Unclassified Instrument Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Terminal
XC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XFMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XFRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Through Transformer Transfer Switch Extra Heavy Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Elbow GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 000 000 9910 Publication Date 29Dec95 Page 46 of 46 FLUOR DANIEL ABBREVIATIONS: TERMS AND PHRASES
On Dwgs In Text
Meaning
XLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XMTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Linked Polyethylene Cross Linked Polyethylene, Lead Covered Transmitter Auxiliary Contact Normally Closed Auxiliary Contact Normally Open
XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explosionproof Explosionproof Dust Tight Explosionproof Gastight Explosionproof Rain, Gas, and Dust Tight Explosionproof Spin Top, Gas, and Dust Tight
XR . . . . . . . . XR . . . . . . . XS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X-Ray Extra Strong Outlet Body Hazardous Area - Tee Outlet Body, Hazardous Area - Cross Double Extra Heavy
XXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X1, X2, X3, X0 . . . . . . . . Y ...................... YIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YP . . . . . . . . YP . . . . . . .
Double Extra Strong Secondary Terminals at Power Transformer (X0 is Neutral) Yellow Yellow Indicating Light Yield Point
YS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield Strength Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance (Diagram), Zone ZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freezestat
GENERAL CORPORATE
Practice 670 250 9965 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 1 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FEET AND INCHES
64ths
32nds
Decimals of a Foot 0"
3"
4"
5"
6"
7"
8"
10"
11"
0.0000 0.0833 0.1667 0.2500 0.3333 0.4167 0.0013 0.0846 0.1680 0.2513 0.3346 0.4180
0.5013 0.5846 0.6680 0.7513 0.8346 0.9180
0.015625
1/32
0.0026 0.0859 0.1693 0.2526 0.3359 0.4193
0.5026 0.5859 0.6693 0.7526 0.8359 0.9193
0.031250
0.0039 0.0872 0.1706 0.2539 0.3372 0.4206
0.5039 0.5872 0.6706 0.7539 0.8372 0.9206
0.046875
3
1/16 5 3/32 7
1/8 9 5/32 11
3/16 13 7/32
0.5000 0.5833 0.6667 0.7500 0.8333 0.9167
0.0052 0.0885 0.1719 0.2552 0.3385 0.4219
0.5052 0.5885 0.6719 0.7552 0.8385 0.9219
0.062500
0.0065 0.898
0.1732 0.2565 0.3398 0.4232
0.5065 0.5898 0.6732 0.7565 0.8398 0.9232
0.078125
0.0078 0.0911 0.1745 0.2578 0.3411 0.4245
0.5078 0.5911 0.6745 0.7578 0.8411 0.9245
0.093750
0.0091 0.0924 0.1758 0.2591 0.3424 0.4258
0.5091 0.5924 0.6758 0.7591 0.8424 0.9258
0.109375
0.0104 0.0937 0.1771 0.2604 0.3437 0.4271
0.5104 0.5937 0.6771 0.7604 0.8437 0.9271
0.125000
0.0117 0.0951 0.1784 0.2617 0.3451 0.4284
0.5117 0.5951 0.6784 0.7617 0.8451 0.9284
0.140625
0.0130 0.0964 0.1797 0.2630 0.3464 0.4297
0.5130 0.5964 0.6797 0.7630 0.8464 0.9297
0.156250
0.0143 0.0977 0.1810 0.2643 0.3477 0.4310
0.5143 0.5977 0.6810 0.7643 0.8477 0.9310
0.171875
0.0156 0.0990 0.1823 0.2656 0.3490 0.4323
0.5156 0.5990 0.6823 0.7656 0.8490 0.9323
0.187500
0.0169 0.1003 0.1836 0.2669 0.3503 0.4336
0.5169 0.6003 0.6836 0.7669 0.8503 0.9336
0.203125
0.0182 0.1016 0.1849 0.2682 0.3516 0.4349
0.5182 0.6016 0.6849 0.7682 0.8516 0.9349
0.218750
0.0195 0.1029 0.1862 0.2695 0.3529 0.4362
0.5196 0.6029 0.6862 0.7695 0.8529 0.9362
0.234375
1/4
0.0208 0.1042 0.1875 0.2708 0.3542 0.4375
0.5208 0.6042 0.6875 0.7708 0.8542 0.9375
0.250000
0.0221 0.1055 0.1888 0.2721 0.3555 0.4388
0.5221 0.6055 0.6888 0.7721 0.8555 0.9388
0.265625
9/32
0.0234 0.1068 0.1901 0.2734 0.3568 0.4401
0.5234 0.6068 0.6901 0.7734 0.8568 0.9401
0.281250
0.0247 0.1081 0.1914 0.2747 0.3581 0.4414
0.5247 0.6081 0.6914 0.7747 0.8581 0.9414
0.296875
0.0260 0.1094 0.1927 0.2760 0.3594 0.4427
0.5260 0.6094 0.6927 0.7760 0.8594 0.9427
0.312500
15
17
19
3/16 21
0.0273 0.1107 0.1940 0.2773 0.3607 0.4440
0.5273 0.6107 0.6940 0.7773 0.8607 0.9440
0.328125
11/32 0.0286 0.1120 0.1953 0.2786 0.3620 0.4453
0.5286 0.6120 0.6953 0.7786 0.8620 0.9453
0.343750
0.0299 0.1133 0.1966 0.2799 0.3633 0.4466
0.5299 0.6133 0.6966 0.7799 0.8633 0.9466
0.359375
0.0312 0.1146 0.1979 0.2812 0.3646 0.4479
0.5312 0.6146 0.6979 0.7812 0.8646 0.9479
0.375000
23
3/8 25
0.0326 0.1159 0.1992 0.2826 0.3659 0.4492
0.5326 0.6159 0.6992 0.7826 0.8659 0.9492
0.390625
13/32 0.0339 0.1172 0.2005 0.2839 0.3672 0.4505
0.5339 0.6172 0.7005 0.7839 0.8672 0.9505
0.406250
0.0352 0.1185 0.2018 0.2852 0.3685 0.4518
0.5352 0.6185 0.7018 0.7852 0.8685 0.9518
0.421875
27
7/16
31
2"
0 1
29
1"
Decimals of an Inch
0.0365 0.1198 0.2031 0.2865 0.3698 0.4531
0.5365 0.6198 0.7031 0.7865 0.8698 0.9531
0.437500
0.0378 0.1211 0.2044 0.2878 0.3711 0.4544
0.5378 0.6211 0.7044 0.7878 0.8711 0.9544
0.453125
15/32 0.0391 0.1224 0.2057 0.2891 0.3724 0.4557
0.5391 0.6224 0.7057 0.7891 0.8724 0.9557
0.468750
0.0404 0.1237 0.2070 0.2904 0.3737 0.4570
0.5404 0.6237 0.7070 0.7904 0.8737 0.9570
0.484375
Piping Engineering
Practice 670 250 9965 Publication Date 31Oct95 Page 2 of 2 FLUOR DANIEL DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FEET AND INCHES
64ths
32nds
Decimals of a Foot 0"
1/2 33
5"
6"
7"
8"
9"
10"
11"
0.5417 0.6250 0.7083 0.7917 0.8750 0.9583
0.500000 0.515625
0.5443 0.6276 0.7109 0.7943 0.8776 0..9609
0.531250
0.0456 0.1289 0.2122 0.2956 0.3789 0.4622
0.5456 0.6289 0.7122 0.7956 0.8789 0.9622
0.546875
0.0469 0.1302 0.2135 0.2969 0.3802 0.4635
0.5469 0.6302 0.7135 0.7969 0.8802 0.9635
0.562500
0.0482 0.1315 0.2148 0.2982 0.3815 0.4648
0.5482 0.6315 0.7148 0.7982 0.8815 0.9648
0.578125
19/32 0.0495 0.1328 0.2161 0.2995 0.3828 0.4661
0.5495 0.6328 0.7161 0.7995 0.8828 0.9661
0.593750
0.0508 0.1341 0.2174 0.3008 0.3841 0.4674
0.5508 0.6341 0.7174 0.8008 0.8841 0.9674
0.609375
0.0521 0.1354 0.2188 0.3021 0.3854 0.4688
0.5521 0.6354 0.7188 0.8021 0.8854 0.9688
0.625000
0.0534 0.1367 0.2201 0.3034 0.3867 0.4701
0.5534 0.6367 0.7201 0.8034 0.8867 0.9701
0.640625
21/32 0.0547 0.1380 0.2214 0.3047 0.3880 0.4714
0.5547 0.6380 0.7214 0.8047 0.8880 0.9714
0.656250
0.0560 0.1393 0.2227 0.3060 0.3893 0.4727
0.5560 0.6393 0.7227 0.8060 0.8893 0.9727
0.671875
11/16 0.0573 0.1406 0.2240 0.3073 0.3906 0.4740
0.5573 0.6406 0.7240 0.8073 0.8906 0.9740
0.687500
0.0586 0.1419 0.2253 0.3086 0.3919 0.4753
0.5586 0.6419 0.7253 0.8086 0.8919 0.9753
0.703125
23/32 0.0599 0.1432 0.2266 0.3099 0.3932 0.4766
39
5/8 41
43
45
47
3/4 49
0.5599 0.6432 0.7266 0.8099 0.8932 0.9766
0.718750
0.0612 0.1445 0.2279 0.3112 0.3945 0.4779
0.5612 0.6645 0.7279 0.8112
0.8945 0.9779
0.734375
0.0625 0.1458 0.2292 0.3125 0.3958 0.4792
0.5625 0.6458 0.7292 0.8125 0.8958 0.9792
0.750000
0.0638 0.1471 0.2305 0.3138 0.3971 0.4805
0.5638 0.6471 0.7305 0.8138 0.8971 0.9805
0.765625
25/32 0.0651 0.1484 0.2318 0.3151 0.3984 0.4818
0.5651 0.6484 0.7318 0.8151 0.8984 0.9818
0.781250
0.0664 0.1497 0.2331 0.3164 0.3997 0.4831
0.5664 0.6497 0.7331 0.8164 0.8997 0.9831
0.796875
13/16 0.0677 0.1510 0.2344 0.3177 0.4010 0.4844
0.5677 0.6510 0.7344 0.8177 0.9010 0.9844
0.812500
51
53
0.0690 0.1523 0.2357 0.3190 0.4023 0.4857
0.5690 0.6523 0.7357 0.8190 0.9023 0.9857
0.828125
27/32 0.0703 0.1536 0.2370 0.3203 0.4036 0.4870
0.5703 0.6536 0.7370 0.8203 0.9036 0.9870
0.843750
0.0716 0.1549 0.2383 0.3216 0.4049 0.4883
0.5716 0.6549 0.7383 0.8216 0.9094 0.9883
0.859375
0.0729 0.1562 0.2396 0.3229 0.4062 0.4896
0.5729 0.6562 0.7396 0.8229 0.9062 0.9896
0.875000
55
7/8
63
4"
0.5430 0.6263 0.7096 0.7930 0.8763 0.9596
9/16
61
3"
0.0430 0.1263 0.2096 0.2930 0.3763 0.4596
37
59
2"
0.0417 0.1250 0.2083 0.2917 0.3750 0.4583
17/32 0.0443 0.1276 0.2109 0.2943 0.3776 0.4609 35
57
1"
Decimals of an Inch
0.0742 0.1576 0.2409 0.3242 0.4076 0.4909
0.5742 0.6576 0.7409 0.8242 0.9076 0.9909
0.890625
29/32 0.0755 0.1589 0.2422 0.3255 0.4089 0.4922
0.5755 0.6589 0.7422 0.8255 0.9089 0.9922
0.906250
0.0768 0.1602 0.2435 0.3268 0.4102 0.4935
0.5768 0.6602 0.7435 0.8268 0.9102 0.9935
0.921875
15/16 0.0781 0.1615 0.2448 0.3281 0.4115 0.4948
0.5781 0.6615 0.7448 0.8281 0.9115 0.9948
0.937500
0.0794 0.1628 0.2461 0.3294 0.4128 0.4961
0.5794 0.6628 0.7461 0.8294 0.9128 0.9961
0.953125
31/32 0.0807 0.1641 0.2474 0.3307 0.4141 0.4974
0.5807 0.6641 0.7474 0.8307 0.9141 0.9974
0.968750
0.0820 0.1654 0.2487 0.3320 0.4154 0.4987
0.5820 0.6654 0.7487 0.8320 0.9154 0.9987
0.984375
Piping Engineering
Related Documents
250 Piping Design Guide
March 2021 0
Piping System Design
February 2021 1
Process Piping Design Vol1
February 2021 1
Handbook Of Piping Design
January 2021 1
Piping Drafting Guide
January 2021 1
Piping
January 2021 3More Documents from "luis"
250 Piping Design Guide
March 2021 0
Calendario Comunal
February 2021 0
Poslovna Statistika
February 2021 1
